Duplicate bison/lib (gnulib) to m4/lib as they actually need to be different

597ee3bf4ec17244e6ef615a1ec10491798e18fe

309 files changed, 75485 insertions, 3 deletions

diff --git a/build/sysincl/misc-win.yml b/build/sysincl/misc-win.yml
index 8e89403406..8e1a37cd52 100644
--- a/build/sysincl/misc-win.yml
+++ b/build/sysincl/misc-win.yml
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
   - inttypes.h:    contrib/libs/libx264/extras/inttypes.h
   - stdint.h:      contrib/libs/libx264/extras/stdint.h
 
-- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/(bison|m4)"
+- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/bison/"
   includes:
   - alloca.h:      contrib/tools/bison/lib/platform/win64/alloca.h
   - getopt.h:      contrib/tools/bison/lib/platform/win64/getopt.h
@@ -95,6 +95,23 @@
   - sys/wait.h:    contrib/tools/bison/lib/platform/win64/sys/wait.h
   - unistd.h:      contrib/tools/bison/lib/platform/win64/unistd.h
 
+- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/m4/"
+  includes:
+  - alloca.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/alloca.h
+  - getopt.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/getopt.h
+  - fcntl.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/fcntl.h
+  - langinfo.h:    contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/langinfo.h
+  - locale.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/locale.h
+  - math.h:        contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/math.h
+  - sched.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sched.h
+  - signal.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/signal.h
+  - spawn.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/spawn.h
+  - stdbool.h:     contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/stdbool.h
+  - sys/stat.h:    contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/stat.h
+  - sys/time.h:    contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/time.h
+  - sys/wait.h:    contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/wait.h
+  - unistd.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unistd.h
+
 - source_filter: "^contrib/libs/libpq"
   includes:
   - dirent.h:      contrib/libs/libpq/src/include/port/win32_msvc/dirent.h
diff --git a/build/sysincl/misc.yml b/build/sysincl/misc.yml
index 08cf09447d..ba0c67de9b 100644
--- a/build/sysincl/misc.yml
+++ b/build/sysincl/misc.yml
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
     - complex.h:     contrib/libs/libm/include/complex.h
     - math.h:        contrib/libs/libm/include/math.h
 
-- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/(bison|m4)/"
+- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/bison/"
   includes:
     - error.h:       contrib/tools/bison/lib/error.h
     - fcntl.h:       contrib/tools/bison/lib/platform/posix/fcntl.h
@@ -61,6 +61,22 @@
     - ../ucrt/signal.h
     - ../ucrt/sys/stat.h
 
+- source_filter: "^contrib/tools/m4/"
+  includes:
+    - error.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.h
+    - fcntl.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/fcntl.h
+    - getopt.h:      contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/getopt.h
+    - obstack.h:     contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.h
+    - regex.h:       contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.h
+    - system.h
+    - unlocked-io.h: contrib/tools/m4/lib/unlocked-io.h
+    # ucrt headers are included by m4/lib in a very specific way
+    - ../ucrt/fcntl.h
+    - ../ucrt/locale.h
+    - ../ucrt/math.h
+    - ../ucrt/signal.h
+    - ../ucrt/sys/stat.h
+
 - source_filter: "^contrib/tools/make"
   includes:
     - fnmatch.h:     contrib/tools/make/glob/fnmatch.h
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f876996bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,828 @@
+/* Array bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
+   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
+
+#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex size)
+{
+    /* These bitsets have a fixed size.  */
+    if (BITSET_SIZE_ (src) != size)
+      abort ();
+
+    return size;
+}
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_small_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+                    bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
+
+  /* Short circuit common case.  */
+  if (!word)
+    return 0;
+
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
+  bitno = *next;
+  if (bitno >= size)
+    return 0;
+
+  word >>= bitno;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+        {
+          if (word & 1)
+            list[count++] = bitno;
+          word >>= 1;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+        {
+          if (word & 1)
+            {
+              list[count++] = bitno;
+              if (count >= num)
+                {
+                  bitno++;
+                  break;
+                }
+            }
+          word >>= 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_set (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always hit
+     the cache.  It is likely someone is trying to access outside the
+     bounds of the bitset.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_reset (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+               bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always hit
+     the cache.  It is likely someone is trying to access outside the
+     bounds of the bitset.  Since the bit is zero anyway, let it pass.  */
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static bool
+abitset_test (bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+              bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list_reverse (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+                      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      bitset_word word;
+
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+        {
+          if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+            {
+              list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+              if (count >= num)
+                {
+                  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+                  return count;
+                }
+            }
+          word <<= 1;
+        }
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+              bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+        continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+        return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+         of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= BITSET_SIZE_ (src))
+        return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+        {
+          /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+             Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+             with many set bits where we filled the array
+             on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+          bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+          word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+          for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                {
+                  list[count++] = bitno;
+                  if (count >= num)
+                    {
+                      *next = bitno + 1;
+                      return count;
+                    }
+                }
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+          windex++;
+        }
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+        continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+        {
+          for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                list[count++] = bitno;
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                {
+                  list[count++] = bitno;
+                  if (count >= num)
+                    {
+                      *next = bitno + 1;
+                      return count;
+                    }
+                }
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+abitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_zero (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
+    if (dstp[i])
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy1 (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  if (srcp == dstp)
+      return;
+  memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+          return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+          return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+          return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+abitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bool changed = false;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+      abitset_copy1 (dst, src);
+  else
+      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_small_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_small_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+size_t
+abitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+  size_t bytes;
+  size_t header_size = offsetof (union bitset_union, a.words);
+  struct bitset_align_struct { char a; union bitset_union b; };
+  size_t bitset_alignment = offsetof (struct bitset_align_struct, b);
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  bytes = header_size + size * sizeof (bitset_word);
+
+  /* Align the size properly for a vector of abitset objects.  */
+  if (header_size % bitset_alignment != 0
+      || sizeof (bitset_word) % bitset_alignment != 0)
+    {
+      bytes += bitset_alignment - 1;
+      bytes -= bytes % bitset_alignment;
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+bitset
+abitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
+     There is probably little merit if using caching since
+     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
+  if (size == 1)
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_small_vtable;
+  else
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_vtable;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = size;
+  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
+  return bset;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f66122894a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/abitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Functions to support abitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ABITSET_H
+#define _ABITSET_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t abitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset abitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9125e2af04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# include "exitfail.h"
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (exit_failure)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   NULL-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for 0, and "n" for 1.  */
+
+ptrdiff_t
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+          const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;                     /* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;                /* Length of ARG.  */
+  ptrdiff_t matchind = -1;      /* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  bool ambiguous = false;       /* If true, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+        {
+          if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+            /* Exact match found.  */
+            return i;
+          else if (matchind == -1)
+            /* First nonexact match found.  */
+            matchind = i;
+          else
+            {
+              /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+              if (vallist == NULL
+                  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+                             vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+                {
+                  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+                     disambiguate. */
+                  ambiguous = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, ptrdiff_t problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+                        ? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+                        : _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+         quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+                const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fputs (_("Valid arguments are:"), stderr);
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+        || memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+        fprintf (stderr, "\n  - %s", quote (arglist[i]));
+        last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        fprintf (stderr, ", %s", quote (arglist[i]));
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+ptrdiff_t
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+                      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+                      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+                      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  ptrdiff_t res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+                      const char *const *arglist,
+                      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  no_backups,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing_backups,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered_backups
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  no_backups, no_backups, no_backups,
+  simple_backups, simple_backups,
+  numbered_existing_backups, numbered_existing_backups,
+  numbered_backups, numbered_backups
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = no_backups;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+                             backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+                             backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is '%s'\n",
+          ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4c8027144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-1999, 2001-2002, 2004-2005, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# include "verify.h"
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  */
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist) \
+    verify (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+ptrdiff_t argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+                    char const *vallist, size_t valsize) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to 'exit (exit_failure)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value,
+                       ptrdiff_t problem);
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
+                     char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, report an explanation of the
+   failure, and exit using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+ptrdiff_t __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
+                                char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+                                char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
+                                argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)              \
+  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,      \
+                                    (char const *) (Vallist),   \
+                                    sizeof *(Vallist),          \
+                                    argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
+                                  char const *const *arglist,
+                                  char const *vallist, size_t valsize)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)                  \
+  argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist,                                 \
+                        (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/asnprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/asnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76e228d860
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/asnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+char *
+asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename-lgpl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9307e83142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
+   system root, return the empty string.  */
+
+char *
+last_component (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+  bool saw_slash = false;
+
+  while (ISSLASH (*base))
+    base++;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+        saw_slash = true;
+      else if (saw_slash)
+        {
+          base = p;
+          saw_slash = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name or last_component.  Act like strlen
+   (NAME), except omit all trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
+      && ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
+    return 2;
+
+  if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
+      && len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
+    return prefix_len + 1;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d73fd41aa1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xstrndup.h"
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = last_component (name);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
+     empty string.  */
+  if (! *base)
+    return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
+
+  /* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one.  */
+  length = base_len (base);
+  if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
+    length++;
+
+  /* On systems with drive letters, "a/b:c" must return "./b:c" rather
+     than "b:c" to avoid confusion with a drive letter.  On systems
+     with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue.  */
+  if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
+    {
+      char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
+      p[0] = '.';
+      p[1] = '/';
+      memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
+      p[length + 2] = '\0';
+      return p;
+    }
+
+  /* Finally, copy the basename.  */
+  return xstrndup (base, length);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bbitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bbitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..443d2da2e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bbitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/* Base bitset stuff.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BBITSET_H
+#define _BBITSET_H
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Currently we support five flavours of bitsets:
+   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, fast for dense bitsets).
+                  Memory for bit array and bitset structure allocated
+                  contiguously.
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of arrays of bits (variable size, least storage
+                  for large very sparse sets).
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to arrays of bits
+                  (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets).
+                  Faster than BITSET_LIST for random access.
+   BITSET_VARRAY: Variable array of bits (variable size, fast for
+                  dense bitsets).
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.  Used for gathering
+                  statistics and/or better run-time checking.
+*/
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_VARRAY,
+                  BITSET_TYPE_NUM, BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset", "vbitset"}
+
+extern const char * const bitset_type_names[];
+
+enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
+
+/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned int) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+
+/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
+   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
+   size_t, and that is good enough.  If this type is changed to be
+   wider than size_t, the code needs to be modified to check for
+   overflow when converting bit counts to byte or word counts.
+   The bit and word index types must be unsigned.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
+
+/* Word index.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_windex;
+
+/* Maximum values for commonly-used unsigned types.  BITSET_SIZE_MAX
+   always equals SIZE_MAX, but some older systems lack SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define BITSET_BINDEX_MAX ((bitset_bindex) -1)
+
+/* Limit max word index to the maximum value of a signed integer
+   to simplify cache disabling.  */
+#define BITSET_WINDEX_MAX (((bitset_windex) -1) >> 1)
+#define BITSET_SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+
+#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
+
+enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES,
+                 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT,
+                 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
+                 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
+                 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN,
+                 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
+
+struct bbitset_struct
+{
+  const struct bitset_vtable *vtable;
+  bitset_windex cindex;         /* Cache word index.  */
+  bitset_windex csize;          /* Cache size in words.  */
+  bitset_word *cdata;           /* Cache data pointer.  */
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;         /* Number of bits.  */
+  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
+     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
+     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
+     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
+     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
+};
+
+
+typedef union bitset_union *bitset;
+
+
+/* Private accessor macros to bitset structure.  */
+#define BITSET_VTABLE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable
+#define BITSET_CINDEX_(SRC) (SRC)->b.cindex
+#define BITSET_CDATA_(SRC) (SRC)->b.cdata
+#define BITSET_CSIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.csize
+#define BITSET_NBITS_(SRC) (SRC)->b.n_bits
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
+struct bitset_vtable
+{
+  void (*set) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  void (*reset) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bool (*toggle) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bool (*test) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bitset_bindex (*resize) (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+  bitset_bindex (*size) (bitset);
+  bitset_bindex (*count) (bitset);
+
+  bool (*empty_p) (bitset);
+  void (*ones) (bitset);
+  void (*zero) (bitset);
+
+  void (*copy) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*disjoint_p) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*equal_p) (bitset, bitset);
+  void (*not_) (bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*subset_p) (bitset, bitset);
+
+  void (*and_) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*and_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*andn) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*andn_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*or_) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*xor_) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*xor_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+  void (*and_or) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*and_or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*andn_or) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*andn_or_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  void (*or_and) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+  bool (*or_and_cmp) (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+  bitset_bindex (*list) (bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+                         bitset_bindex *);
+  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) (bitset, bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+                                 bitset_bindex *);
+  void (*free) (bitset);
+  enum bitset_type type;
+};
+
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) \
+((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
+
+
+/* Redefine number of bits in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESIZE_(DST, SIZE) (DST)->b.vtable->resize (DST, SIZE)
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->size (SRC)
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COUNT_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->count (SRC)
+
+/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->type
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->set (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->reset (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_TOGGLE_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->toggle (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
+#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.vtable->test (SRC, BITNO)
+
+/* Free bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
+ ((SRC)->b.vtable->free ? (SRC)->b.vtable->free (SRC) :(void)0)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->empty_p (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->ones (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->zero (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->copy (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->disjoint_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->equal_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->not_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->subset_p (DST, SRC)
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_XOR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list_reverse (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+
+/* Private functions for bitset implementations.  */
+
+extern bool bitset_toggle_ (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ (bitset);
+
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_size_ (bitset);
+
+extern bool bitset_copy_ (bitset, bitset);
+
+extern void bitset_and_or_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern bool bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern void bitset_andn_or_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern bool bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern void bitset_or_and_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+extern bool bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset);
+
+#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bbdb44d12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "binary-io.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..423c2ae3ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/binary-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Binary mode I/O.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BINARY_H
+#define _BINARY_H
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is guaranteed by the gnulib <fcntl.h>. */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+/* The MSVC7 <stdio.h> doesn't like to be included after '#define fileno ...',
+   so we include it here first.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef BINARY_IO_INLINE
+# define BINARY_IO_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* set_binary_mode (fd, mode)
+   sets the binary/text I/O mode of file descriptor fd to the given mode
+   (must be O_BINARY or O_TEXT) and returns the previous mode.  */
+#if O_BINARY
+# if defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+#  include <io.h> /* declares setmode() */
+#  define set_binary_mode setmode
+# else
+#  define set_binary_mode _setmode
+#  undef fileno
+#  define fileno _fileno
+# endif
+#else
+  /* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the only choice.  */
+  /* Use a function rather than a macro, to avoid gcc warnings
+     "warning: statement with no effect".  */
+BINARY_IO_INLINE int
+set_binary_mode (int fd, int mode)
+{
+  (void) fd;
+  (void) mode;
+  return O_BINARY;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* SET_BINARY (fd);
+   changes the file descriptor fd to perform binary I/O.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# include <unistd.h> /* declares isatty() */
+  /* Avoid putting stdin/stdout in binary mode if it is connected to
+     the console, because that would make it impossible for the user
+     to interrupt the program through Ctrl-C or Ctrl-Break.  */
+# define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) (!isatty (fd) ? (set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY), 0) : 0))
+#else
+# define SET_BINARY(fd) ((void) set_binary_mode (fd, O_BINARY))
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _BINARY_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bison-system.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bison-system.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..472a1921a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bison-system.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/* System-dependent definitions for Bison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_SYSTEM_H
+# define BISON_SYSTEM_H
+
+/* flex 2.5.31 gratutiously defines macros like INT8_MIN.  But this
+   runs afoul of pre-C99 compilers that have <inttypes.h> or
+   <stdint.h>, which are included below if available.  It also runs
+   afoul of pre-C99 compilers that define these macros in <limits.h>.  */
+# if ! defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901
+#  undef INT8_MIN
+#  undef INT16_MIN
+#  undef INT32_MIN
+#  undef INT8_MAX
+#  undef INT16_MAX
+#  undef UINT8_MAX
+#  undef INT32_MAX
+#  undef UINT16_MAX
+#  undef UINT32_MAX
+# endif
+
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
+# define STREQ(L, R)  (strcmp(L, R) == 0)
+# define STRNEQ(L, R) (!STREQ(L, R))
+
+/* Just like strncmp, but the second argument must be a literal string
+   and you don't specify the length.  */
+# define STRNCMP_LIT(S, Literal)                        \
+  strncmp (S, "" Literal "", sizeof (Literal) - 1)
+
+/* Whether Literal is a prefix of S.  */
+# define STRPREFIX_LIT(Literal, S)              \
+  (STRNCMP_LIT (S, Literal) == 0)
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
+/* This isn't perfect, but it's good enough for Bison, which needs
+   only to hash pointers.  */
+typedef size_t uintptr_t;
+# endif
+
+/* Version mismatch. */
+# define EX_MISMATCH 63
+
+/*---------.
+| Gnulib.  |
+`---------*/
+
+# include <unlocked-io.h>
+# include <verify.h>
+# include <xalloc.h>
+
+
+/*-----------------.
+| GCC extensions.  |
+`-----------------*/
+
+/* Use PACIFY_CC to indicate that Code is unimportant to the logic of Bison
+   but that it is necessary for suppressing compiler warnings.  For example,
+   Code might be a variable initializer that's always overwritten before the
+   variable is used.
+
+   PACIFY_CC is intended to be useful only as a comment as it does not alter
+   Code.  It is tempting to redefine PACIFY_CC so that it will suppress Code
+   when configuring without --enable-gcc-warnings.  However, that would mean
+   that, for maintainers, Bison would compile with potentially less warnings
+   and safer logic than it would for users.  Due to the overhead of M4,
+   suppressing Code is unlikely to offer any significant improvement in
+   Bison's performance anyway.  */
+# define PACIFY_CC(Code) Code
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+#  if (! defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2 \
+       || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5))
+#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* The __-protected variants of 'format' and 'printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# endif
+
+
+/*------.
+| NLS.  |
+`------*/
+
+# include <locale.h>
+
+# include <gettext.h>
+# define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+# define N_(Msgid) (Msgid)
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| Booleans.  |
+`-----------*/
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+
+/*-------------.
+| Assertions.  |
+`-------------*/
+
+/* In the past, Bison defined aver to simply invoke abort in the case of
+   a failed assertion.  The rationale was that <assert.h>'s assertions
+   were too heavyweight and could be disabled too easily.  See
+   discussions at
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bison-patches/2006-01/msg00080.html>
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bison-patches/2006-09/msg00111.html>.
+
+   However, normal assert output can be helpful during development and
+   in bug reports from users.  Moreover, it's not clear now that
+   <assert.h>'s assertions are significantly heavyweight.  Finally, if
+   users want to experiment with disabling assertions, it's debatable
+   whether it's our responsibility to stop them.  See discussion
+   starting at
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bison-patches/2009-09/msg00013.html>.
+
+   For now, we use assert but we call it aver throughout Bison in case
+   we later wish to try another scheme.
+*/
+# include <assert.h>
+# define aver assert
+
+
+/*-----------.
+| Obstacks.  |
+`-----------*/
+
+# define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+# define obstack_chunk_free  free
+# include <obstack.h>
+
+/* String-grow: append Str to Obs.  */
+
+# define obstack_sgrow(Obs, Str) \
+  obstack_grow (Obs, Str, strlen (Str))
+
+/* Output Str escaped for our postprocessing (i.e., escape M4 special
+   characters).
+
+   For instance "[foo]" -> "@{foo@}", "$$" -> "$][$][". */
+
+# define obstack_escape(Obs, Str)                       \
+  do {                                                  \
+    char const *p__;                                    \
+    for (p__ = Str; *p__; p__++)                        \
+      switch (*p__)                                     \
+        {                                               \
+        case '$': obstack_sgrow (Obs, "$]["); break;    \
+        case '@': obstack_sgrow (Obs, "@@" ); break;    \
+        case '[': obstack_sgrow (Obs, "@{" ); break;    \
+        case ']': obstack_sgrow (Obs, "@}" ); break;    \
+        default:  obstack_1grow (Obs, *p__ ); break;    \
+        }                                               \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Output Str both quoted for M4 (i.e., embed in [[...]]), and escaped
+   for our postprocessing (i.e., escape M4 special characters).  If
+   Str is empty (or NULL), output "[]" instead of "[[]]" as it make M4
+   programming easier (m4_ifval can be used).
+
+   For instance "[foo]" -> "[[@{foo@}]]", "$$" -> "[[$][$][]]". */
+
+# define obstack_quote(Obs, Str)                \
+  do {                                          \
+    char const* obstack_quote_p = Str;          \
+    if (obstack_quote_p && obstack_quote_p[0])  \
+      {                                         \
+        obstack_sgrow (Obs, "[[");              \
+        obstack_escape (Obs, obstack_quote_p);  \
+        obstack_sgrow (Obs, "]]");              \
+      }                                         \
+    else                                        \
+      obstack_sgrow (Obs, "[]");                \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Append the ending 0, finish Obs, and return the string.  */
+
+# define obstack_finish0(Obs)                                   \
+  (obstack_1grow (Obs, '\0'), (char *) obstack_finish (Obs))
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------.
+| Extensions to use for the output files.  |
+`-----------------------------------------*/
+
+# ifndef OUTPUT_EXT
+#  define OUTPUT_EXT ".output"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef TAB_EXT
+#  define TAB_EXT ".tab"
+# endif
+
+
+
+/*---------------------.
+| Free a linked list.  |
+`---------------------*/
+
+# define LIST_FREE(Type, List)                  \
+  do {                                          \
+    Type *_node, *_next;                        \
+    for (_node = List; _node; _node = _next)    \
+      {                                         \
+        _next = _node->next;                    \
+        free (_node);                           \
+      }                                         \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------.
+| Debugging memory allocation (must be last).  |
+`---------------------------------------------*/
+
+# if WITH_DMALLOC
+#  define DMALLOC_FUNC_CHECK
+#  include <dmalloc.h>
+# endif /* WITH_DMALLOC */
+
+#endif  /* ! BISON_SYSTEM_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8f602889d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "bitrotate.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e10a45f43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitrotate.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* bitrotate.h - Rotate bits in integers
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Simon Josefsson <simon@josefsson.org>, 2008. */
+
+#ifndef _GL_BITROTATE_H
+#define _GL_BITROTATE_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef BITROTATE_INLINE
+# define BITROTATE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UINT64_MAX
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   63 inclusive. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
+rotl64 (uint64_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 64-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   63 inclusive.*/
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint64_t
+rotr64 (uint64_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (64 - n))) & UINT64_MAX;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   31 inclusive. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
+rotl32 (uint32_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 32-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   31 inclusive.*/
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint32_t
+rotr32 (uint32_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (32 - n))) & UINT32_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 and
+   (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive.  */
+BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
+rotl_sz (size_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given a size_t argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be between 1 to
+   (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (size_t) - 1) inclusive.  */
+BITROTATE_INLINE size_t
+rotr_sz (size_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << ((CHAR_BIT * sizeof x) - n))) & SIZE_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 to
+   15 inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
+rotl16 (uint16_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 16-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be in 1 to 15
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 16
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint16_t
+rotr16 (uint16_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (16 - n))) & UINT16_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the left.  N must be between 1 to 7
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
+rotl8 (uint8_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x << n) | (x >> (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
+}
+
+/* Given an unsigned 8-bit argument X, return the value corresponding
+   to rotating the bits N steps to the right.  N must be in 1 to 7
+   inclusive, but on most relevant targets N can also be 0 and 8
+   because 'int' is at least 32 bits and the arguments must widen
+   before shifting. */
+BITROTATE_INLINE uint8_t
+rotr8 (uint8_t x, int n)
+{
+  return ((x >> n) | (x << (8 - n))) & UINT8_MAX;
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_BITROTATE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7a9996afb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
+/* General bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "vbitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+const char * const bitset_type_names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
+
+
+/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
+   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
+size_t
+bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type type, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      bytes = vbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
+bitset
+bitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      return vbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
+   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
+   hint and may be zero.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  /* Check attributes.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
+    abort ();
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Choose the type of bitset.  Note that sometimes we will be asked
+  for a zero length fixed size bitset.  */
+
+
+  /* If no attributes selected, choose a good compromise.  */
+  if (!attr)
+    return BITSET_VARRAY;
+
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    return BITSET_LIST;
+
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED)
+    return BITSET_ARRAY;
+
+  if (attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+    return BITSET_TABLE;
+
+  return BITSET_VARRAY;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_alloc (bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = xcalloc (1, bytes);
+
+  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
+     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
+     element.  */
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_obstack_alloc (struct obstack *bobstack,
+                      bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
+  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
+   ATTR.  */
+bitset
+bitset_create (bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+
+  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET.  */
+void
+bitset_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+  free (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
+void
+bitset_obstack_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_get (bitset bset)
+{
+   enum bitset_type type;
+
+   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
+   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
+      return type;
+
+   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return name of bitset type.  */
+const char *
+bitset_type_name_get (bitset bset)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_get (bset);
+
+  return bitset_type_names[type];
+}
+
+
+/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_next (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Return true if both bitsets are of the same type and size.  */
+extern bool
+bitset_compatible_p (bitset bset1, bitset bset2)
+{
+    return BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (bset1, bset2);
+}
+
+
+/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_prev (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list_reverse (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find first set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_first (bitset src)
+{
+  return bitset_next (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Find last set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_last (bitset src)
+{
+  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Is BITNO in SRC the only set bit?  */
+bool
+bitset_only_set_p (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val[2];
+  bitset_bindex next = 0;
+
+  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
+    return false;
+  return val[0] == bitno;
+}
+
+
+/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
+static void
+bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, bool verbose)
+{
+  unsigned int pos;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %lu, set = {",
+             (unsigned long int) bitset_size (bset));
+
+  pos = 30;
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
+  {
+    if (pos > 70)
+      {
+        fprintf (file, "\n");
+        pos = 0;
+      }
+
+    fprintf (file, "%lu ", (unsigned long int) i);
+    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
+  };
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "}\n");
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_dump (FILE *file, bitset bset)
+{
+  bitset_print (file, bset, false);
+}
+
+
+/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
+void
+bitset_release_memory (void)
+{
+  lbitset_release_memory ();
+  ebitset_release_memory ();
+}
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and the new value of the bit.  */
+bool
+bitset_toggle_ (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
+     required.  */
+  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
+    {
+      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
+      return false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
+      return true;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits in bitset SRC.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_size_ (bitset src)
+{
+    return BITSET_NBITS_ (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_count_ (bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+
+  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
+     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
+     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
+
+  next = 0;
+  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
+       count += num)
+    continue;
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  Return true if DST != SRC.
+   This is a fallback for the case where SRC and DST are different
+   bitset types.  */
+bool
+bitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
+     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
+  bitset_zero (dst);
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+  {
+     bitset_set (dst, i);
+  };
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
+   four operand operations.  */
+static inline bool
+bitset_op4_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3,
+                enum bitset_ops op)
+{
+  bool changed = false;
+  bool stats_enabled_save;
+  bitset tmp;
+
+  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
+  stats_enabled_save = bitset_stats_enabled;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = false;
+  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
+  bitset_stats_enabled = stats_enabled_save;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      bitset_or (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_and_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      bitset_and (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      bitset_andn (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  bitset_free (tmp);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_and_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+bool
+bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_andn_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+bool
+bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_or_and_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+bool
+bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
+void
+debug_bitset (bitset bset)
+{
+  if (bset)
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, true);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef44ea4cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
+/* Generic bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H
+#define _BITSET_H
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
+enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
+                  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
+                  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
+                  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
+                  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
+                  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest at memory expense.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
+
+/* The contents of the union should be considered to be private.
+   While I would like to make this union opaque, it needs to be
+   visible for the inline bit set/test functions, and for delegation
+   to the proper implementation.  */
+union bitset_union
+{
+  /* This must be the first member of every other structure that is a
+     member of this union.  */
+  struct bbitset_struct b;              /* Base bitset data.  */
+
+  struct abitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_word words[1];               /* The array of bits.  */
+  } a;
+
+  struct ebitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_windex size;                 /* Number of elements.  */
+    struct ebitset_elt_struct **elts;   /* Expanding array of ptrs to elts.  */
+  } e;
+
+  struct lbitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *head;    /* First element in linked list.  */
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *tail;    /* Last element in linked list.  */
+  } l;
+
+  struct bitset_stats_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset bset;
+  } s;
+
+  struct vbitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_windex size;                 /* Allocated size of array.  */
+  } v;
+
+};
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
+   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+} bitset_iterator;
+
+
+/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
+extern size_t bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex);
+
+/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
+extern bitset bitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);
+
+/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
+   and attributes.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs);
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_alloc (bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);
+
+/* Free bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_free (bitset);
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
+   bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc (struct obstack *bobstack,
+                                    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);
+
+/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
+extern void bitset_obstack_free (bitset);
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_create (bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs);
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get (bitset);
+
+/* Return bitset type name.  */
+extern const char *bitset_type_name_get (bitset);
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+bitset_reset (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline bool
+bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+#define bitset_toggle(bset, bitno) BITSET_TOGGLE_ (bset, bitno)
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_size(SRC) BITSET_SIZE_ (SRC)
+
+/* Change size of bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_resize (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_count(SRC) BITSET_COUNT_ (SRC)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_empty_p(SRC) BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define bitset_ones(DST) BITSET_ONES_ (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define bitset_zero(DST) BITSET_ZERO_ (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define bitset_copy(DST, SRC) BITSET_COPY_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_disjoint_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define bitset_equal_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define bitset_not(DST, SRC) BITSET_NOT_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define bitset_subset_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list_reverse(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+/* Return true if both bitsets are of the same type and size.  */
+extern bool bitset_compatible_p (bitset bset1, bitset bset2);
+
+/* Find next set bit from the given bit index.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_next (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+/* Find previous set bit from the given bit index.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+/* Find first set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_first (bitset);
+
+/* Find last set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_last (bitset);
+
+/* Return nonzero if this is the only set bit.  */
+extern bool bitset_only_set_p (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+/* Dump bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_dump (FILE *, bitset);
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting INDEX
+   to the index of each set bit.  For example, the following will print
+   the bits set in a bitset:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%lu ", (unsigned long int) i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, INDEX, MIN)                               \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;                        \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE)                                         \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list,                           \
+                                   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)           \
+    for (ITER.i = 0;                                                          \
+         ITER.i < ITER.num && ((INDEX) = ITER.list[ITER.i], 1);               \
+         ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
+   MIN, setting INDEX to the index of each set bit.  For example, the
+   following will print the bits set in a bitset in reverse order:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%lu ", (unsigned long int) i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, INDEX, MIN)                       \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;                        \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE)                                         \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,                   \
+                                           BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)   \
+    for (ITER.i = 0;                                                          \
+         ITER.i < ITER.num && ((INDEX) = ITER.list[ITER.i], 1);               \
+         ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
+
+#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_diff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_intersection_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* Symmetrical difference.  */
+#define bitset_symdiff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_symdiff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* Union of difference.  */
+#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define bitset_diff_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+
+/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
+extern void bitset_release_memory (void);
+
+/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_enable (void);
+
+/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_disable (void);
+
+/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_read (const char *file_name);
+
+/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_write (const char *file_name);
+
+/* Dump bitset stats.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_dump (FILE *);
+
+/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset (bitset);
+
+/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset_stats (void);
+
+#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8316302616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.c
@@ -0,0 +1,728 @@
+/* Bitset statistics.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
+   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
+   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
+   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
+   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
+   routines.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "vbitset.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+/* Configuration macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
+#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
+#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
+#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
+
+
+/* Accessor macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)                   \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
+#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET)                    \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
+#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET)                     \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET)               \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET)                   \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET)             \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET)                    \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET)              \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET)                    \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I)           \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I)            \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I)          \
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
+
+
+struct bitset_type_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int allocs;
+  unsigned int frees;
+  unsigned int lists;
+  unsigned int sets;
+  unsigned int cache_sets;
+  unsigned int resets;
+  unsigned int cache_resets;
+  unsigned int tests;
+  unsigned int cache_tests;
+  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
+};
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int runs;
+  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
+bool bitset_stats_enabled = false;
+
+
+/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_percent_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
+                                unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+             i * 100.0 / n_bins,
+             (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
+             (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_log_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
+                            unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+  unsigned int max_width;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  /* Determine number of useful bins.  */
+  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
+     continue;
+  n_bins = i;
+
+  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
+  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+             max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
+
+  for (; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*lu-%lu\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+             max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
+             1UL << (i - 1),
+             (1UL << i) - 1,
+             bins[i],
+             (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print_1 (FILE *file, const char *name,
+                      struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats)
+{
+  if (!stats)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_allocs, %u freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
+           stats->allocs, stats->frees,
+           stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_sets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+           stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
+           stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_resets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+           stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
+           stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_tests, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+           stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
+           stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
+
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
+                              BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
+                              BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
+
+  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
+                                  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
+}
+
+
+/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print (FILE *file, bool verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
+
+  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
+    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %u\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
+    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, bitset_type_names[i],
+                          &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_enable (void)
+{
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = true;
+}
+
+
+void
+bitset_stats_disable (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_enabled = false;
+}
+
+
+/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_read (const char *file_name)
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!file_name)
+    file_name = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (file_name, "r");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+                 1, file) != 1)
+        {
+          if (ferror (file))
+            perror (_("cannot read stats file"));
+          else
+            fprintf (stderr, _("bad stats file size\n"));
+        }
+      if (fclose (file) != 0)
+        perror (_("cannot read stats file"));
+    }
+  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
+}
+
+
+/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_write (const char *file_name)
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!file_name)
+    file_name = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (file_name, "w");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+                  1, file) != 1)
+        perror (_("cannot write stats file"));
+      if (fclose (file) != 0)
+        perror (_("cannot write stats file"));
+    }
+  else
+    perror (_("cannot open stats file for writing"));
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_dump (FILE *file)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (file, false);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
+void
+debug_bitset_stats (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, true);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
+        ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_toggle (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+    return BITSET_TOGGLE_ (src->s.bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
+      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex size)
+{
+    return BITSET_RESIZE_ (src->s.bset, size);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_size (bitset src)
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_count (bitset src)
+{
+  return BITSET_COUNT_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  BITSET_ONES_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_zero (bitset dst)
+{
+  BITSET_ZERO_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_COPY_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_NOT_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_ANDN_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_XOR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  return BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+bitset_stats_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+  return BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+                   bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_bindex tmp;
+  bitset_bindex size;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+
+  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
+
+  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
+  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+
+  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+
+  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
+  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
+  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list_reverse (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+                           bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  return BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+struct bitset_vtable bitset_stats_vtable = {
+  bitset_stats_set,
+  bitset_stats_reset,
+  bitset_stats_toggle,
+  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_resize,
+  bitset_stats_size,
+  bitset_stats_count,
+  bitset_stats_empty_p,
+  bitset_stats_ones,
+  bitset_stats_zero,
+  bitset_stats_copy,
+  bitset_stats_disjoint_p,
+  bitset_stats_equal_p,
+  bitset_stats_not,
+  bitset_stats_subset_p,
+  bitset_stats_and,
+  bitset_stats_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn,
+  bitset_stats_andn_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or,
+  bitset_stats_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_xor,
+  bitset_stats_xor_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_and_or,
+  bitset_stats_and_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or_and,
+  bitset_stats_or_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_list,
+  bitset_stats_list_reverse,
+  bitset_stats_free,
+  BITSET_STATS
+};
+
+
+/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_stats_type_get (bitset bset)
+{
+   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+size_t
+bitset_stats_bytes (void)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_stats_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+bitset_stats_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset sbset;
+
+  bset->b.vtable = &bitset_stats_vtable;
+
+  /* Disable cache.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = 0;
+  bset->b.cdata = 0;
+
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
+     we are a wrapper over.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_VARRAY:
+      bytes = vbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      vbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+    }
+
+  bset->s.bset = sbset;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
+
+  return bset;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d65fcad93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitset_stats.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
+#define _BITSET_STATS_H
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern bool bitset_stats_enabled;
+
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get (bitset);
+
+extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes (void);
+
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init (bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd544a9c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "bitsetv-print.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------.
+| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i, j;
+  bitset_bindex hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
+
+  /* Title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
+
+  /* Column numbers. */
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    fprintf (out, "%d", (int) (i % 10));
+  putc ('\n', out);
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  .", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs (".\n", out);
+
+  /* Contents. */
+  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
+    {
+      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long int) i);
+      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
+        fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
+      fputs ("|\n", out);
+    }
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  `", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs ("'\n", out);
+
+  /* End title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7cc8bc106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv-print.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille (akim@freefriends.org).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE *, const char *, bitsetv);
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2bdf1bfa1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_alloc (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits,
+               enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t vector_bytes;
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset *bsetv;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  /* If size calculation overflows, memory is exhausted.  */
+  if (BITSET_SIZE_MAX / (sizeof (bitset) + bytes) <= n_vecs)
+    xalloc_die ();
+
+  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
+  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset) + bytes - 1;
+  vector_bytes -= vector_bytes % bytes;
+  bsetv = xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
+    {
+      bsetv[i] = (bitset) (void *) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
+
+      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
+    }
+
+  /* Null terminate table.  */
+  bsetv[i] = 0;
+  return bsetv;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_create (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
+void
+bitsetv_free (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
+  free (bsetv);
+}
+
+
+/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
+void
+bitsetv_zero (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
+void
+bitsetv_ones (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+void
+bitsetv_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_bindex j;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
+      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
+        bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+void
+bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
+   FILE.  */
+void
+bitsetv_dump (FILE *file, char const *title, char const *subtitle,
+              bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long int) i);
+      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
+    }
+
+  fprintf (file, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+debug_bitsetv (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long int) i);
+      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
+    }
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2472a82a5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/bitsetv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_H
+#define _BITSETV_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+typedef bitset * bitsetv;
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc (bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type);
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create (bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex, unsigned int);
+
+/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_free (bitsetv);
+
+/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_zero (bitsetv);
+
+/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_ones (bitsetv);
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure (bitsetv);
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv);
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_dump (FILE *, const char *, const char *, bitsetv);
+
+/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitsetv (bitsetv);
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..752d2e32ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   Copyright 2000-2003, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#define NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+/* The function isascii is not locale dependent. Its use in EBCDIC is
+   questionable. */
+bool
+c_isascii (int c)
+{
+  return (c >= 0x00 && c <= 0x7f);
+}
+
+bool
+c_isalnum (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+    && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+          || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'));
+#else
+  return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+          || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+          || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'));
+#endif
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isalpha (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z');
+#else
+  return ((c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z'));
+#endif
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isblank (int c)
+{
+  return (c == ' ' || c == '\t');
+}
+
+bool
+c_iscntrl (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return ((c & ~0x1f) == 0 || c == 0x7f);
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%':
+    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+':
+    case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+    case '@':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+    case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 0;
+    default:
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isdigit (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS
+  return (c >= '0' && c <= '9');
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_islower (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+  return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z');
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isgraph (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return (c >= '!' && c <= '~');
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&':
+    case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':
+    case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+    case '@':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+    case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isprint (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return (c >= ' ' && c <= '~');
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%':
+    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+':
+    case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+    case '@':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+    case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
+    case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r':
+    case 's': case 't': case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
+    case 'y': case 'z':
+    case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_ispunct (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return ((c >= '!' && c <= '~')
+          && !((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+               || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')));
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&':
+    case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*': case '+': case ',':
+    case '-': case '.': case '/':
+    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>': case '?':
+    case '@':
+    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_': case '`':
+    case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isspace (int c)
+{
+  return (c == ' ' || c == '\t'
+          || c == '\n' || c == '\v' || c == '\f' || c == '\r');
+}
+
+bool
+c_isupper (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE
+  return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z');
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+    case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+    case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+    case 'Y': case 'Z':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+bool
+c_isxdigit (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+    && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+  return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+          || ((c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (c & ~0x20) <= 'F'));
+#else
+  return ((c >= '0' && c <= '9')
+          || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
+          || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f'));
+#endif
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+    case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f':
+      return 1;
+    default:
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+c_tolower (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+  return (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' ? c - 'A' + 'a' : c);
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'A': return 'a';
+    case 'B': return 'b';
+    case 'C': return 'c';
+    case 'D': return 'd';
+    case 'E': return 'e';
+    case 'F': return 'f';
+    case 'G': return 'g';
+    case 'H': return 'h';
+    case 'I': return 'i';
+    case 'J': return 'j';
+    case 'K': return 'k';
+    case 'L': return 'l';
+    case 'M': return 'm';
+    case 'N': return 'n';
+    case 'O': return 'o';
+    case 'P': return 'p';
+    case 'Q': return 'q';
+    case 'R': return 'r';
+    case 'S': return 's';
+    case 'T': return 't';
+    case 'U': return 'u';
+    case 'V': return 'v';
+    case 'W': return 'w';
+    case 'X': return 'x';
+    case 'Y': return 'y';
+    case 'Z': return 'z';
+    default: return c;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+c_toupper (int c)
+{
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+  return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' ? c - 'a' + 'A' : c);
+#else
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case 'a': return 'A';
+    case 'b': return 'B';
+    case 'c': return 'C';
+    case 'd': return 'D';
+    case 'e': return 'E';
+    case 'f': return 'F';
+    case 'g': return 'G';
+    case 'h': return 'H';
+    case 'i': return 'I';
+    case 'j': return 'J';
+    case 'k': return 'K';
+    case 'l': return 'L';
+    case 'm': return 'M';
+    case 'n': return 'N';
+    case 'o': return 'O';
+    case 'p': return 'P';
+    case 'q': return 'Q';
+    case 'r': return 'R';
+    case 's': return 'S';
+    case 't': return 'T';
+    case 'u': return 'U';
+    case 'v': return 'V';
+    case 'w': return 'W';
+    case 'x': return 'X';
+    case 'y': return 'Y';
+    case 'z': return 'Z';
+    default: return c;
+    }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad589b5c20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-ctype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/* Character handling in C locale.
+
+   These functions work like the corresponding functions in <ctype.h>,
+   except that they have the C (POSIX) locale hardwired, whereas the
+   <ctype.h> functions' behaviour depends on the current locale set via
+   setlocale.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_CTYPE_H
+#define C_CTYPE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  */
+
+
+/* Check whether the ASCII optimizations apply. */
+
+/* ANSI C89 (and ISO C99 5.2.1.3 too) already guarantees that
+   '0', '1', ..., '9' have consecutive integer values.  */
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS 1
+
+#if ('A' <= 'Z') \
+    && ('A' + 1 == 'B') && ('B' + 1 == 'C') && ('C' + 1 == 'D') \
+    && ('D' + 1 == 'E') && ('E' + 1 == 'F') && ('F' + 1 == 'G') \
+    && ('G' + 1 == 'H') && ('H' + 1 == 'I') && ('I' + 1 == 'J') \
+    && ('J' + 1 == 'K') && ('K' + 1 == 'L') && ('L' + 1 == 'M') \
+    && ('M' + 1 == 'N') && ('N' + 1 == 'O') && ('O' + 1 == 'P') \
+    && ('P' + 1 == 'Q') && ('Q' + 1 == 'R') && ('R' + 1 == 'S') \
+    && ('S' + 1 == 'T') && ('T' + 1 == 'U') && ('U' + 1 == 'V') \
+    && ('V' + 1 == 'W') && ('W' + 1 == 'X') && ('X' + 1 == 'Y') \
+    && ('Y' + 1 == 'Z')
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE 1
+#endif
+
+#if ('a' <= 'z') \
+    && ('a' + 1 == 'b') && ('b' + 1 == 'c') && ('c' + 1 == 'd') \
+    && ('d' + 1 == 'e') && ('e' + 1 == 'f') && ('f' + 1 == 'g') \
+    && ('g' + 1 == 'h') && ('h' + 1 == 'i') && ('i' + 1 == 'j') \
+    && ('j' + 1 == 'k') && ('k' + 1 == 'l') && ('l' + 1 == 'm') \
+    && ('m' + 1 == 'n') && ('n' + 1 == 'o') && ('o' + 1 == 'p') \
+    && ('p' + 1 == 'q') && ('q' + 1 == 'r') && ('r' + 1 == 's') \
+    && ('s' + 1 == 't') && ('t' + 1 == 'u') && ('u' + 1 == 'v') \
+    && ('v' + 1 == 'w') && ('w' + 1 == 'x') && ('x' + 1 == 'y') \
+    && ('y' + 1 == 'z')
+#define C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE 1
+#endif
+
+#if (' ' == 32) && ('!' == 33) && ('"' == 34) && ('#' == 35) \
+    && ('%' == 37) && ('&' == 38) && ('\'' == 39) && ('(' == 40) \
+    && (')' == 41) && ('*' == 42) && ('+' == 43) && (',' == 44) \
+    && ('-' == 45) && ('.' == 46) && ('/' == 47) && ('0' == 48) \
+    && ('1' == 49) && ('2' == 50) && ('3' == 51) && ('4' == 52) \
+    && ('5' == 53) && ('6' == 54) && ('7' == 55) && ('8' == 56) \
+    && ('9' == 57) && (':' == 58) && (';' == 59) && ('<' == 60) \
+    && ('=' == 61) && ('>' == 62) && ('?' == 63) && ('A' == 65) \
+    && ('B' == 66) && ('C' == 67) && ('D' == 68) && ('E' == 69) \
+    && ('F' == 70) && ('G' == 71) && ('H' == 72) && ('I' == 73) \
+    && ('J' == 74) && ('K' == 75) && ('L' == 76) && ('M' == 77) \
+    && ('N' == 78) && ('O' == 79) && ('P' == 80) && ('Q' == 81) \
+    && ('R' == 82) && ('S' == 83) && ('T' == 84) && ('U' == 85) \
+    && ('V' == 86) && ('W' == 87) && ('X' == 88) && ('Y' == 89) \
+    && ('Z' == 90) && ('[' == 91) && ('\\' == 92) && (']' == 93) \
+    && ('^' == 94) && ('_' == 95) && ('a' == 97) && ('b' == 98) \
+    && ('c' == 99) && ('d' == 100) && ('e' == 101) && ('f' == 102) \
+    && ('g' == 103) && ('h' == 104) && ('i' == 105) && ('j' == 106) \
+    && ('k' == 107) && ('l' == 108) && ('m' == 109) && ('n' == 110) \
+    && ('o' == 111) && ('p' == 112) && ('q' == 113) && ('r' == 114) \
+    && ('s' == 115) && ('t' == 116) && ('u' == 117) && ('v' == 118) \
+    && ('w' == 119) && ('x' == 120) && ('y' == 121) && ('z' == 122) \
+    && ('{' == 123) && ('|' == 124) && ('}' == 125) && ('~' == 126)
+/* The character set is ASCII or one of its variants or extensions, not EBCDIC.
+   Testing the value of '\n' and '\r' is not relevant.  */
+#define C_CTYPE_ASCII 1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Function declarations. */
+
+/* Unlike the functions in <ctype.h>, which require an argument in the range
+   of the 'unsigned char' type, the functions here operate on values that are
+   in the 'unsigned char' range or in the 'char' range.  In other words,
+   when you have a 'char' value, you need to cast it before using it as
+   argument to a <ctype.h> function:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (isalpha ((unsigned char) *s)) ...
+
+   but you don't need to cast it for the functions defined in this file:
+
+         const char *s = ...;
+         if (c_isalpha (*s)) ...
+ */
+
+extern bool c_isascii (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST; /* not locale dependent */
+
+extern bool c_isalnum (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isalpha (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isblank (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_iscntrl (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isdigit (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_islower (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isgraph (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isprint (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_ispunct (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isspace (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isupper (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern bool c_isxdigit (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+extern int c_tolower (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+extern int c_toupper (int c) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ && defined __OPTIMIZE__ \
+     && !defined __OPTIMIZE_SIZE__ && !defined NO_C_CTYPE_MACROS)
+
+/* ASCII optimizations. */
+
+#undef c_isascii
+#define c_isascii(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= 0x00 && __c <= 0x7f); \
+   })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+    && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isalnum
+#define c_isalnum(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+      || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z')); \
+   })
+#else
+#undef c_isalnum
+#define c_isalnum(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+      || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') \
+      || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \
+   })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isalpha
+#define c_isalpha(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'Z'); \
+   })
+#else
+#undef c_isalpha
+#define c_isalpha(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z') || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z')); \
+   })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#undef c_isblank
+#define c_isblank(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t'); \
+   })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_iscntrl
+#define c_iscntrl(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c & ~0x1f) == 0 || __c == 0x7f); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS
+#undef c_isdigit
+#define c_isdigit(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= '0' && __c <= '9'); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#undef c_islower
+#define c_islower(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z'); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isgraph
+#define c_isgraph(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= '!' && __c <= '~'); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isprint
+#define c_isprint(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= ' ' && __c <= '~'); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_ispunct
+#define c_ispunct(c) \
+  ({ int _c = (c); \
+     (c_isgraph (_c) && ! c_isalnum (_c)); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#undef c_isspace
+#define c_isspace(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c == ' ' || __c == '\t' \
+      || __c == '\n' || __c == '\v' || __c == '\f' || __c == '\r'); \
+   })
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE
+#undef c_isupper
+#define c_isupper(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z'); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_DIGITS \
+    && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#undef c_isxdigit
+#define c_isxdigit(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+      || ((__c & ~0x20) >= 'A' && (__c & ~0x20) <= 'F')); \
+   })
+#else
+#undef c_isxdigit
+#define c_isxdigit(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     ((__c >= '0' && __c <= '9') \
+      || (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'F') \
+      || (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'f')); \
+   })
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#undef c_tolower
+#define c_tolower(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= 'A' && __c <= 'Z' ? __c - 'A' + 'a' : __c); \
+   })
+#undef c_toupper
+#define c_toupper(c) \
+  ({ int __c = (c); \
+     (__c >= 'a' && __c <= 'z' ? __c - 'a' + 'A' : __c); \
+   })
+#endif
+
+#endif /* optimizing for speed */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* C_CTYPE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52e46f83de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,337 @@
+/* Stack overflow handling.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* NOTES:
+
+   A program that uses alloca, dynamic arrays, or large local
+   variables may extend the stack by more than a page at a time.  If
+   so, when the stack overflows the operating system may not detect
+   the overflow until the program uses the array, and this module may
+   incorrectly report a program error instead of a stack overflow.
+
+   To avoid this problem, allocate only small objects on the stack; a
+   program should be OK if it limits single allocations to a page or
+   less.  Allocate larger arrays in static storage, or on the heap
+   (e.g., with malloc).  Yes, this is a pain, but we don't know of any
+   better solution that is portable.
+
+   No attempt has been made to deal with multithreaded applications.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+# if __GNUC__ < 3
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#if ! HAVE_STACK_T && ! defined stack_t
+typedef struct sigaltstack stack_t;
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGSTKSZ
+# define SIGSTKSZ 16384
+#elif defined __USE_DYNAMIC_STACK_SIZE
+/* Redefining SIGSTKSZ here as dynamic stack size is not supported in this version of bison */
+# undef SIGSTKSZ
+# define SIGSTKSZ 16384
+#elif HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV && SIGSTKSZ < 16384
+/* libsigsegv 2.6 through 2.8 have a bug where some architectures use
+   more than the Linux default of an 8k alternate stack when deciding
+   if a fault was caused by stack overflow.  */
+# undef SIGSTKSZ
+# define SIGSTKSZ 16384
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Posix 2001 declares ucontext_t in <ucontext.h>, Posix 200x in
+   <signal.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_UCONTEXT_H
+# include <ucontext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
+# include <sigsegv.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-stack.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "ignore-value.h"
+
+#if defined SA_ONSTACK && defined SA_SIGINFO
+# define SIGINFO_WORKS 1
+#else
+# define SIGINFO_WORKS 0
+# ifndef SA_ONSTACK
+#  define SA_ONSTACK 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* The user-specified action to take when a SEGV-related program error
+   or stack overflow occurs.  */
+static void (* volatile segv_action) (int);
+
+/* Translated messages for program errors and stack overflow.  Do not
+   translate them in the signal handler, since gettext is not
+   async-signal-safe.  */
+static char const * volatile program_error_message;
+static char const * volatile stack_overflow_message;
+
+/* Output an error message, then exit with status EXIT_FAILURE if it
+   appears to have been a stack overflow, or with a core dump
+   otherwise.  This function is async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static _Noreturn void
+die (int signo)
+{
+  char const *message;
+#if !SIGINFO_WORKS && !HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
+  /* We can't easily determine whether it is a stack overflow; so
+     assume that the rest of our program is perfect (!) and that
+     this segmentation violation is a stack overflow.  */
+  signo = 0;
+#endif /* !SIGINFO_WORKS && !HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV */
+  segv_action (signo);
+  message = signo ? program_error_message : stack_overflow_message;
+  ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, program_name, strlen (program_name)));
+  ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2));
+  ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, message, strlen (message)));
+  ignore_value (write (STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1));
+  if (! signo)
+    _exit (exit_failure);
+  raise (signo);
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#if (HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK \
+     && HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING) || HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV
+
+/* Storage for the alternate signal stack.  */
+static union
+{
+  char buffer[SIGSTKSZ];
+
+  /* These other members are for proper alignment.  There's no
+     standard way to guarantee stack alignment, but this seems enough
+     in practice.  */
+  long double ld;
+  long l;
+  void *p;
+} alternate_signal_stack;
+
+static void
+null_action (int signo __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+}
+
+#endif /* SIGALTSTACK || LIBSIGSEGV */
+
+/* Only use libsigsegv if we need it; platforms like Solaris can
+   detect stack overflow without the overhead of an external
+   library.  */
+#if HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV && ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
+
+/* Nonzero if general segv handler could not be installed.  */
+static volatile int segv_handler_missing;
+
+/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit if it cannot be stack
+   overflow.  This function is async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static int segv_handler (void *address __attribute__ ((unused)),
+                         int serious)
+{
+# if DEBUG
+  {
+    char buf[1024];
+    sprintf (buf, "segv_handler serious=%d\n", serious);
+    write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
+  }
+# endif
+
+  /* If this fault is not serious, return 0 to let the stack overflow
+     handler take a shot at it.  */
+  if (!serious)
+    return 0;
+  die (SIGSEGV);
+}
+
+/* Handle a segmentation violation that is likely to be a stack
+   overflow and exit.  This function is async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static _Noreturn void
+overflow_handler (int emergency,
+                  stackoverflow_context_t context __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+# if DEBUG
+  {
+    char buf[1024];
+    sprintf (buf, "overflow_handler emergency=%d segv_handler_missing=%d\n",
+             emergency, segv_handler_missing);
+    write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
+  }
+# endif
+
+  die ((!emergency || segv_handler_missing) ? 0 : SIGSEGV);
+}
+
+int
+c_stack_action (void (*action) (int))
+{
+  segv_action = action ? action : null_action;
+  program_error_message = _("program error");
+  stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
+
+  /* Always install the overflow handler.  */
+  if (stackoverflow_install_handler (overflow_handler,
+                                     alternate_signal_stack.buffer,
+                                     sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer))
+    {
+      errno = ENOTSUP;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Try installing a general handler; if it fails, then treat all
+     segv as stack overflow.  */
+  segv_handler_missing = sigsegv_install_handler (segv_handler);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#elif HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING
+
+# if SIGINFO_WORKS
+
+/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit.  This function is
+   async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static _Noreturn void
+segv_handler (int signo, siginfo_t *info,
+              void *context __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  /* Clear SIGNO if it seems to have been a stack overflow.  */
+#  if ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
+  /* We can't easily determine whether it is a stack overflow; so
+     assume that the rest of our program is perfect (!) and that
+     this segmentation violation is a stack overflow.
+
+     Note that although both Linux and Solaris provide
+     sigaltstack, SA_ONSTACK, and SA_SIGINFO, currently only
+     Solaris satisfies the XSI heuristic.  This is because
+     Solaris populates uc_stack with the details of the
+     interrupted stack, while Linux populates it with the details
+     of the current stack.  */
+  signo = 0;
+#  else
+  if (0 < info->si_code)
+    {
+      /* If the faulting address is within the stack, or within one
+         page of the stack, assume that it is a stack overflow.  */
+      ucontext_t const *user_context = context;
+      char const *stack_base = user_context->uc_stack.ss_sp;
+      size_t stack_size = user_context->uc_stack.ss_size;
+      char const *faulting_address = info->si_addr;
+      size_t page_size = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+      size_t s = faulting_address - stack_base + page_size;
+      if (s < stack_size + 2 * page_size)
+        signo = 0;
+
+#   if DEBUG
+      {
+        char buf[1024];
+        sprintf (buf,
+                 "segv_handler fault=%p base=%p size=%lx page=%lx signo=%d\n",
+                 faulting_address, stack_base, (unsigned long) stack_size,
+                 (unsigned long) page_size, signo);
+        write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
+      }
+#   endif
+    }
+#  endif
+
+  die (signo);
+}
+# endif
+
+int
+c_stack_action (void (*action) (int))
+{
+  int r;
+  stack_t st;
+  struct sigaction act;
+  st.ss_flags = 0;
+# if SIGALTSTACK_SS_REVERSED
+  /* Irix mistakenly treats ss_sp as the upper bound, rather than
+     lower bound, of the alternate stack.  */
+  st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer + SIGSTKSZ - sizeof (void *);
+  st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer - sizeof (void *);
+# else
+  st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
+  st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
+# endif
+  r = sigaltstack (&st, NULL);
+  if (r != 0)
+    return r;
+
+  segv_action = action ? action : null_action;
+  program_error_message = _("program error");
+  stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
+
+  sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
+
+# if SIGINFO_WORKS
+  /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 says SA_RESETHAND implies SA_NODEFER, but
+     this is not true on Solaris 8 at least.  It doesn't hurt to use
+     SA_NODEFER here, so leave it in.  */
+  act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND | SA_SIGINFO;
+  act.sa_sigaction = segv_handler;
+# else
+  act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND;
+  act.sa_handler = die;
+# endif
+
+# if FAULT_YIELDS_SIGBUS
+  if (sigaction (SIGBUS, &act, NULL) < 0)
+    return -1;
+# endif
+  return sigaction (SIGSEGV, &act, NULL);
+}
+
+#else /* ! ((HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK
+             && HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING) || HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV) */
+
+int
+c_stack_action (void (*action) (int)  __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+  errno = ENOTSUP;
+#endif
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e61bdf01d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-stack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Stack overflow handling.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+/* Set up ACTION so that it is invoked on C stack overflow and on other,
+   stack-unrelated, segmentation violation.
+   Return -1 (setting errno) if this cannot be done.
+
+   When a stack overflow or segmentation violation occurs:
+   1) ACTION is called.  It is passed an argument equal to
+        - 0, for a stack overflow,
+        - SIGSEGV, for a segmentation violation that does not appear related
+          to stack overflow.
+      On many platforms the two cases are hard to distinguish; when in doubt,
+      zero is passed.
+   2) If ACTION returns, a message is written to standard error, and the
+      program is terminated: in the case of stack overflow, with exit code
+      exit_failure (see "exitfail.h"), otherwise through a signal SIGSEGV.
+
+   A null ACTION acts like an action that does nothing.
+
+   ACTION must be async-signal-safe.  ACTION together with its callees
+   must not require more than SIGSTKSZ bytes of stack space.  Also,
+   ACTION should not call longjmp, because this implementation does
+   not guarantee that it is safe to return to the original stack.
+
+   This function may install a handler for the SIGSEGV signal or for the SIGBUS
+   signal or exercise other system dependent exception handling APIs.  */
+
+extern int c_stack_action (void (* /*action*/) (int));
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcase.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..49e1bb03dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions in C locale.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef C_STRCASE_H
+#define C_STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+
+/* The functions defined in this file assume the "C" locale and a character
+   set without diacritics (ASCII-US or EBCDIC-US or something like that).
+   Even if the "C" locale on a particular system is an extension of the ASCII
+   character set (like on BeOS, where it is UTF-8, or on AmigaOS, where it
+   is ISO-8859-1), the functions in this file recognize only the ASCII
+   characters.  More precisely, one of the string arguments must be an ASCII
+   string; the other one can also contain non-ASCII characters (but then
+   the comparison result will be nonzero).  */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.  */
+extern int c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+extern int c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* C_STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcasecmp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd4e4d49cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcaseeq.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcaseeq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afdea26ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strcaseeq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* Optimized case-insensitive string comparison in C locale.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+/* STRCASEEQ allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
+     STRCASEEQ (s, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0)
+   is semantically equivalent to
+     c_strcasecmp (s, "UTF-8") == 0
+   just faster.  */
+
+/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
+   immediate strings. */
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__)
+
+/* Case insensitive comparison of ASCII characters.  */
+# if C_CTYPE_ASCII
+#  define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
+     (c_isupper (upper) ? ((other) & ~0x20) == (upper) : (other) == (upper))
+# elif C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_UPPERCASE && C_CTYPE_CONSECUTIVE_LOWERCASE
+#  define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
+     (c_isupper (upper) ? (other) == (upper) || (other) == (upper) - 'A' + 'a' : (other) == (upper))
+# else
+#  define CASEEQ(other,upper) \
+     (c_toupper (other) == (upper))
+# endif
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return c_strcasecmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[8], s28))
+    {
+      if (s28 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq9 (s1, s2);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[7], s27))
+    {
+      if (s27 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq8 (s1, s2, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[6], s26))
+    {
+      if (s26 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[5], s25))
+    {
+      if (s25 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[4], s24))
+    {
+      if (s24 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[3], s23))
+    {
+      if (s23 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[2], s22))
+    {
+      if (s22 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[1], s21))
+    {
+      if (s21 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+strcaseeq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (CASEEQ (s1[0], s20))
+    {
+      if (s20 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return strcaseeq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  strcaseeq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
+
+#else
+
+#define STRCASEEQ(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  (c_strcasecmp (s1, s2) == 0)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strncasecmp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..053c70a73a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/c-strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* c-strncasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator in C locale
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "c-strcase.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include "c-ctype.h"
+
+int
+c_strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || n == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = c_tolower (*p1);
+      c2 = c_tolower (*p2);
+
+      if (--n == 0 || c1 == '\0')
+        break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  if (UCHAR_MAX <= INT_MAX)
+    return c1 - c2;
+  else
+    /* On machines where 'char' and 'int' are types of the same size, the
+       difference of two 'unsigned char' values - including the sign bit -
+       doesn't fit in an 'int'.  */
+    return (c1 > c2 ? 1 : c1 < c2 ? -1 : 0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/calloc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/calloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..475d0aeab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/calloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* calloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+   This wrapper function is required at least on Tru64 UNIX 5.1 and mingw.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+/* Only the AC_FUNC_CALLOC macro defines 'calloc' already in config.h.  */
+#ifdef calloc
+# define NEED_CALLOC_GNU 1
+# undef calloc
+/* Whereas the gnulib module 'calloc-gnu' defines HAVE_CALLOC_GNU.  */
+#elif GNULIB_CALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_CALLOC_GNU
+# define NEED_CALLOC_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Call the system's calloc below.  */
+#undef calloc
+
+/* Allocate and zero-fill an NxS-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N or S is zero, allocate and zero-fill a 1-byte block.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_calloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *result;
+
+#if NEED_CALLOC_GNU
+  if (n == 0 || s == 0)
+    {
+      n = 1;
+      s = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Defend against buggy calloc implementations that mishandle
+         size_t overflow.  */
+      size_t bytes = n * s;
+      if (bytes / s != n)
+        {
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return NULL;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  result = calloc (n, s);
+
+#if !HAVE_CALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2961114168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+/* Temporary directories and temporary files with automatic cleanup.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "clean-temp.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "stdlib--.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fatal-signal.h"
+#include "pathmax.h"
+#include "tmpdir.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "xmalloca.h"
+#include "gl_xlist.h"
+#include "gl_linkedhash_list.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+#if GNULIB_FWRITEERROR
+# include "fwriteerror.h"
+#endif
+#if GNULIB_CLOSE_STREAM
+# include "close-stream.h"
+#endif
+#if GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER
+# include "fcntl--.h"
+#endif
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+# include "stdio--.h"
+#endif
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+/* GNU Hurd doesn't have PATH_MAX.  Use a fallback.
+   Temporary directory names are usually not that long.  */
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
+
+#ifndef uintptr_t
+# define uintptr_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+#if !GNULIB_FCNTL_SAFER
+/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+# undef open
+# undef close
+#endif
+
+
+/* The use of 'volatile' in the types below (and ISO C 99 section 5.1.2.3.(5))
+   ensure that while constructing or modifying the data structures, the field
+   values are written to memory in the order of the C statements.  So the
+   signal handler can rely on these field values to be up to date.  */
+
+
+/* Registry for a single temporary directory.
+   'struct temp_dir' from the public header file overlaps with this.  */
+struct tempdir
+{
+  /* The absolute pathname of the directory.  */
+  char * volatile dirname;
+  /* Whether errors during explicit cleanup are reported to standard error.  */
+  bool cleanup_verbose;
+  /* Absolute pathnames of subdirectories.  */
+  gl_list_t /* <char *> */ volatile subdirs;
+  /* Absolute pathnames of files.  */
+  gl_list_t /* <char *> */ volatile files;
+};
+
+/* List of all temporary directories.  */
+static struct
+{
+  struct tempdir * volatile * volatile tempdir_list;
+  size_t volatile tempdir_count;
+  size_t tempdir_allocated;
+} cleanup_list /* = { NULL, 0, 0 } */;
+
+/* List of all open file descriptors to temporary files.  */
+static gl_list_t /* <int> */ volatile descriptors;
+
+
+/* For the subdirs and for the files, we use a gl_list_t of type LINKEDHASH.
+   Why?  We need a data structure that
+
+     1) Can contain an arbitrary number of 'char *' values.  The strings
+        are compared via strcmp, not pointer comparison.
+     2) Has insertion and deletion operations that are fast: ideally O(1),
+        or possibly O(log n).  This is important for GNU sort, which may
+        create a large number of temporary files.
+     3) Allows iteration through all elements from within a signal handler.
+     4) May or may not allow duplicates.  It doesn't matter here, since
+        any file or subdir can only be removed once.
+
+   Criterion 1) would allow any gl_list_t or gl_oset_t implementation.
+
+   Criterion 2) leaves only GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST, GL_TREEHASH_LIST, or
+   GL_TREE_OSET.
+
+   Criterion 3) puts at disadvantage GL_TREEHASH_LIST and GL_TREE_OSET.
+   Namely, iteration through the elements of a binary tree requires access
+   to many ->left, ->right, ->parent pointers. However, the rebalancing
+   code for insertion and deletion in an AVL or red-black tree is so
+   complicated that we cannot assume that >left, ->right, ->parent pointers
+   are in a consistent state throughout these operations.  Therefore, to
+   avoid a crash in the signal handler, all destructive operations to the
+   lists would have to be protected by a
+       block_fatal_signals ();
+       ...
+       unblock_fatal_signals ();
+   pair.  Which causes extra system calls.
+
+   Criterion 3) would also discourage GL_ARRAY_LIST and GL_CARRAY_LIST,
+   if they were not already excluded.  Namely, these implementations use
+   xrealloc(), leaving a time window in which in the list->elements pointer
+   points to already deallocated memory.  To avoid a crash in the signal
+   handler at such a moment, all destructive operations would have to
+   protected by block/unblock_fatal_signals (), in this case too.
+
+   A list of type GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST without duplicates fulfills all
+   requirements:
+     2) Insertion and deletion are O(1) on average.
+     3) The gl_list_iterator, gl_list_iterator_next implementations do
+        not trigger memory allocations, nor other system calls, and are
+        therefore safe to be called from a signal handler.
+        Furthermore, since SIGNAL_SAFE_LIST is defined, the implementation
+        of the destructive functions ensures that the list structure is
+        safe to be traversed at any moment, even when interrupted by an
+        asynchronous signal.
+ */
+
+/* String equality and hash code functions used by the lists.  */
+
+static bool
+string_equals (const void *x1, const void *x2)
+{
+  const char *s1 = (const char *) x1;
+  const char *s2 = (const char *) x2;
+  return strcmp (s1, s2) == 0;
+}
+
+#define SIZE_BITS (sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* A hash function for NUL-terminated char* strings using
+   the method described by Bruno Haible.
+   See http://www.haible.de/bruno/hashfunc.html.  */
+static size_t
+string_hash (const void *x)
+{
+  const char *s = (const char *) x;
+  size_t h = 0;
+
+  for (; *s; s++)
+    h = *s + ((h << 9) | (h >> (SIZE_BITS - 9)));
+
+  return h;
+}
+
+
+/* The signal handler.  It gets called asynchronously.  */
+static void
+cleanup ()
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* First close all file descriptors to temporary files.  */
+  {
+    gl_list_t fds = descriptors;
+
+    if (fds != NULL)
+      {
+        gl_list_iterator_t iter;
+        const void *element;
+
+        iter = gl_list_iterator (fds);
+        while (gl_list_iterator_next (&iter, &element, NULL))
+          {
+            int fd = (int) (uintptr_t) element;
+            close (fd);
+          }
+        gl_list_iterator_free (&iter);
+      }
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cleanup_list.tempdir_count; i++)
+    {
+      struct tempdir *dir = cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i];
+
+      if (dir != NULL)
+        {
+          gl_list_iterator_t iter;
+          const void *element;
+
+          /* First cleanup the files in the subdirectories.  */
+          iter = gl_list_iterator (dir->files);
+          while (gl_list_iterator_next (&iter, &element, NULL))
+            {
+              const char *file = (const char *) element;
+              unlink (file);
+            }
+          gl_list_iterator_free (&iter);
+
+          /* Then cleanup the subdirectories.  */
+          iter = gl_list_iterator (dir->subdirs);
+          while (gl_list_iterator_next (&iter, &element, NULL))
+            {
+              const char *subdir = (const char *) element;
+              rmdir (subdir);
+            }
+          gl_list_iterator_free (&iter);
+
+          /* Then cleanup the temporary directory itself.  */
+          rmdir (dir->dirname);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Create a temporary directory.
+   PREFIX is used as a prefix for the name of the temporary directory. It
+   should be short and still give an indication about the program.
+   PARENTDIR can be used to specify the parent directory; if NULL, a default
+   parent directory is used (either $TMPDIR or /tmp or similar).
+   CLEANUP_VERBOSE determines whether errors during explicit cleanup are
+   reported to standard error.
+   Return a fresh 'struct temp_dir' on success.  Upon error, an error message
+   is shown and NULL is returned.  */
+struct temp_dir *
+create_temp_dir (const char *prefix, const char *parentdir,
+                 bool cleanup_verbose)
+{
+  struct tempdir * volatile *tmpdirp = NULL;
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir;
+  size_t i;
+  char *xtemplate;
+  char *tmpdirname;
+
+  /* See whether it can take the slot of an earlier temporary directory
+     already cleaned up.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cleanup_list.tempdir_count; i++)
+    if (cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i] == NULL)
+      {
+        tmpdirp = &cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i];
+        break;
+      }
+  if (tmpdirp == NULL)
+    {
+      /* See whether the array needs to be extended.  */
+      if (cleanup_list.tempdir_count == cleanup_list.tempdir_allocated)
+        {
+          /* Note that we cannot use xrealloc(), because then the cleanup()
+             function could access an already deallocated array.  */
+          struct tempdir * volatile *old_array = cleanup_list.tempdir_list;
+          size_t old_allocated = cleanup_list.tempdir_allocated;
+          size_t new_allocated = 2 * cleanup_list.tempdir_allocated + 1;
+          struct tempdir * volatile *new_array =
+            XNMALLOC (new_allocated, struct tempdir * volatile);
+
+          if (old_allocated == 0)
+            /* First use of this facility.  Register the cleanup handler.  */
+            at_fatal_signal (&cleanup);
+          else
+            {
+              /* Don't use memcpy() here, because memcpy takes non-volatile
+                 arguments and is therefore not guaranteed to complete all
+                 memory stores before the next statement.  */
+              size_t k;
+
+              for (k = 0; k < old_allocated; k++)
+                new_array[k] = old_array[k];
+            }
+
+          cleanup_list.tempdir_list = new_array;
+          cleanup_list.tempdir_allocated = new_allocated;
+
+          /* Now we can free the old array.  */
+          if (old_array != NULL)
+            free ((struct tempdir **) old_array);
+        }
+
+      tmpdirp = &cleanup_list.tempdir_list[cleanup_list.tempdir_count];
+      /* Initialize *tmpdirp before incrementing tempdir_count, so that
+         cleanup() will skip this entry before it is fully initialized.  */
+      *tmpdirp = NULL;
+      cleanup_list.tempdir_count++;
+    }
+
+  /* Initialize a 'struct tempdir'.  */
+  tmpdir = XMALLOC (struct tempdir);
+  tmpdir->dirname = NULL;
+  tmpdir->cleanup_verbose = cleanup_verbose;
+  tmpdir->subdirs = gl_list_create_empty (GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST,
+                                          string_equals, string_hash, NULL,
+                                          false);
+  tmpdir->files = gl_list_create_empty (GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST,
+                                        string_equals, string_hash, NULL,
+                                        false);
+
+  /* Create the temporary directory.  */
+  xtemplate = (char *) xmalloca (PATH_MAX);
+  if (path_search (xtemplate, PATH_MAX, parentdir, prefix, parentdir == NULL))
+    {
+      error (0, errno,
+             _("cannot find a temporary directory, try setting $TMPDIR"));
+      goto quit;
+    }
+  block_fatal_signals ();
+  tmpdirname = mkdtemp (xtemplate);
+  if (tmpdirname != NULL)
+    {
+      tmpdir->dirname = tmpdirname;
+      *tmpdirp = tmpdir;
+    }
+  unblock_fatal_signals ();
+  if (tmpdirname == NULL)
+    {
+      error (0, errno,
+             _("cannot create a temporary directory using template \"%s\""),
+             xtemplate);
+      goto quit;
+    }
+  /* Replace tmpdir->dirname with a copy that has indefinite extent.
+     We cannot do this inside the block_fatal_signals/unblock_fatal_signals
+     block because then the cleanup handler would not remove the directory
+     if xstrdup fails.  */
+  tmpdir->dirname = xstrdup (tmpdirname);
+  freea (xtemplate);
+  return (struct temp_dir *) tmpdir;
+
+ quit:
+  freea (xtemplate);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Register the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME as being a file inside DIR, that
+   needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called before the file ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME is created.  */
+void
+register_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                    const char *absolute_file_name)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+
+  /* Add absolute_file_name to tmpdir->files, without duplicates.  */
+  if (gl_list_search (tmpdir->files, absolute_file_name) == NULL)
+    gl_list_add_first (tmpdir->files, xstrdup (absolute_file_name));
+}
+
+/* Unregister the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME as being a file inside DIR, that
+   needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called when the file ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME could not be created.  */
+void
+unregister_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                      const char *absolute_file_name)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+  gl_list_t list = tmpdir->files;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  node = gl_list_search (list, absolute_file_name);
+  if (node != NULL)
+    {
+      char *old_string = (char *) gl_list_node_value (list, node);
+
+      gl_list_remove_node (list, node);
+      free (old_string);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Register the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME as being a subdirectory inside DIR,
+   that needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called before the subdirectory ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME is created.  */
+void
+register_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                      const char *absolute_dir_name)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+
+  /* Add absolute_dir_name to tmpdir->subdirs, without duplicates.  */
+  if (gl_list_search (tmpdir->subdirs, absolute_dir_name) == NULL)
+    gl_list_add_first (tmpdir->subdirs, xstrdup (absolute_dir_name));
+}
+
+/* Unregister the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME as being a subdirectory inside DIR,
+   that needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called when the subdirectory ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME could not be
+   created.  */
+void
+unregister_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                        const char *absolute_dir_name)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+  gl_list_t list = tmpdir->subdirs;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  node = gl_list_search (list, absolute_dir_name);
+  if (node != NULL)
+    {
+      char *old_string = (char *) gl_list_node_value (list, node);
+
+      gl_list_remove_node (list, node);
+      free (old_string);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Remove a file, with optional error message.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+static int
+do_unlink (struct temp_dir *dir, const char *absolute_file_name)
+{
+  if (unlink (absolute_file_name) < 0 && dir->cleanup_verbose
+      && errno != ENOENT)
+    {
+      error (0, errno, _("cannot remove temporary file %s"), absolute_file_name);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a directory, with optional error message.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+static int
+do_rmdir (struct temp_dir *dir, const char *absolute_dir_name)
+{
+  if (rmdir (absolute_dir_name) < 0 && dir->cleanup_verbose
+      && errno != ENOENT)
+    {
+      error (0, errno,
+             _("cannot remove temporary directory %s"), absolute_dir_name);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME and unregister it.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+int
+cleanup_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                   const char *absolute_file_name)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = do_unlink (dir, absolute_file_name);
+  unregister_temp_file (dir, absolute_file_name);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Remove the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME and unregister it.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+int
+cleanup_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                     const char *absolute_dir_name)
+{
+  int err;
+
+  err = do_rmdir (dir, absolute_dir_name);
+  unregister_temp_subdir (dir, absolute_dir_name);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Remove all registered files and subdirectories inside DIR.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+int
+cleanup_temp_dir_contents (struct temp_dir *dir)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+  int err = 0;
+  gl_list_t list;
+  gl_list_iterator_t iter;
+  const void *element;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  /* First cleanup the files in the subdirectories.  */
+  list = tmpdir->files;
+  iter = gl_list_iterator (list);
+  while (gl_list_iterator_next (&iter, &element, &node))
+    {
+      char *file = (char *) element;
+
+      err |= do_unlink (dir, file);
+      gl_list_remove_node (list, node);
+      /* Now only we can free file.  */
+      free (file);
+    }
+  gl_list_iterator_free (&iter);
+
+  /* Then cleanup the subdirectories.  */
+  list = tmpdir->subdirs;
+  iter = gl_list_iterator (list);
+  while (gl_list_iterator_next (&iter, &element, &node))
+    {
+      char *subdir = (char *) element;
+
+      err |= do_rmdir (dir, subdir);
+      gl_list_remove_node (list, node);
+      /* Now only we can free subdir.  */
+      free (subdir);
+    }
+  gl_list_iterator_free (&iter);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Remove all registered files and subdirectories inside DIR and DIR itself.
+   DIR cannot be used any more after this call.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+int
+cleanup_temp_dir (struct temp_dir *dir)
+{
+  struct tempdir *tmpdir = (struct tempdir *)dir;
+  int err = 0;
+  size_t i;
+
+  err |= cleanup_temp_dir_contents (dir);
+  err |= do_rmdir (dir, tmpdir->dirname);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < cleanup_list.tempdir_count; i++)
+    if (cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i] == tmpdir)
+      {
+        /* Remove cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i].  */
+        if (i + 1 == cleanup_list.tempdir_count)
+          {
+            while (i > 0 && cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i - 1] == NULL)
+              i--;
+            cleanup_list.tempdir_count = i;
+          }
+        else
+          cleanup_list.tempdir_list[i] = NULL;
+        /* Now only we can free the tmpdir->dirname, tmpdir->subdirs,
+           tmpdir->files, and tmpdir itself.  */
+        gl_list_free (tmpdir->files);
+        gl_list_free (tmpdir->subdirs);
+        free (tmpdir->dirname);
+        free (tmpdir);
+        return err;
+      }
+
+  /* The user passed an invalid DIR argument.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* On Windows, opening a file with _O_TEMPORARY has the effect of passing
+   the FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE flag to CreateFile(), which has the effect
+   of deleting the file when it is closed - even when the program crashes.
+   But (according to the Cygwin sources) it works only on Windows NT or newer.
+   So we cache the info whether we are running on Windows NT or newer.  */
+
+static bool
+supports_delete_on_close ()
+{
+  static int known; /* 1 = yes, -1 = no, 0 = unknown */
+  /* M4 wants to close and later reopen a temporary file, so
+     delete-on-close must not be used.  */
+  known = -1;
+  if (!known)
+    {
+      OSVERSIONINFO v;
+
+      /* According to
+         <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms724451(v=vs.85).aspx>
+         this structure must be initialised as follows:  */
+      v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
+
+      if (GetVersionEx (&v))
+        known = (v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 1 : -1);
+      else
+        known = -1;
+    }
+  return (known > 0);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Register a file descriptor to be closed.  */
+static void
+register_fd (int fd)
+{
+  if (descriptors == NULL)
+    descriptors = gl_list_create_empty (GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+                                        false);
+  gl_list_add_first (descriptors, (void *) (uintptr_t) fd);
+}
+
+/* Unregister a file descriptor to be closed.  */
+static void
+unregister_fd (int fd)
+{
+  gl_list_t fds = descriptors;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  if (fds == NULL)
+    /* descriptors should already contain fd.  */
+    abort ();
+  node = gl_list_search (fds, (void *) (uintptr_t) fd);
+  if (node == NULL)
+    /* descriptors should already contain fd.  */
+    abort ();
+  gl_list_remove_node (fds, node);
+}
+
+/* Open a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Registers the resulting file descriptor to be closed.  */
+int
+open_temp (const char *file_name, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int fd;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  block_fatal_signals ();
+  /* Note: 'open' here is actually open() or open_safer().  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Use _O_TEMPORARY when possible, to increase the chances that the
+     temporary file is removed when the process crashes.  */
+  if (supports_delete_on_close ())
+    fd = open (file_name, flags | _O_TEMPORARY, mode);
+  else
+#endif
+    fd = open (file_name, flags, mode);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    register_fd (fd);
+  unblock_fatal_signals ();
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/* Open a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Registers the resulting file descriptor to be closed.  */
+FILE *
+fopen_temp (const char *file_name, const char *mode)
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  block_fatal_signals ();
+  /* Note: 'fopen' here is actually fopen() or fopen_safer().  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* Use _O_TEMPORARY when possible, to increase the chances that the
+     temporary file is removed when the process crashes.  */
+  if (supports_delete_on_close ())
+    {
+      size_t mode_len = strlen (mode);
+      char *augmented_mode = (char *) xmalloca (mode_len + 2);
+      memcpy (augmented_mode, mode, mode_len);
+      memcpy (augmented_mode + mode_len, "D", 2);
+
+      fp = fopen (file_name, augmented_mode);
+      saved_errno = errno;
+
+      freea (augmented_mode);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+      fp = fopen (file_name, mode);
+      saved_errno = errno;
+    }
+  if (fp != NULL)
+    {
+      /* It is sufficient to register fileno (fp) instead of the entire fp,
+         because at cleanup time there is no need to do an fflush (fp); a
+         close (fileno (fp)) will be enough.  */
+      int fd = fileno (fp);
+      if (!(fd >= 0))
+        abort ();
+      register_fd (fd);
+    }
+  unblock_fatal_signals ();
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return fp;
+}
+
+/* Close a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+int
+close_temp (int fd)
+{
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    {
+      /* No blocking of signals is needed here, since a double close of a
+         file descriptor is harmless.  */
+      int result = close (fd);
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* No race condition here: we assume a single-threaded program, hence
+         fd cannot be re-opened here.  */
+
+      unregister_fd (fd);
+
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return result;
+    }
+  else
+    return close (fd);
+}
+
+/* Close a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+int
+fclose_temp (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int fd = fileno (fp);
+  /* No blocking of signals is needed here, since a double close of a
+     file descriptor is harmless.  */
+  int result = fclose (fp);
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* No race condition here: we assume a single-threaded program, hence
+     fd cannot be re-opened here.  */
+
+  unregister_fd (fd);
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return result;
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_FWRITEERROR
+/* Like fwriteerror.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+int
+fwriteerror_temp (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int fd = fileno (fp);
+  /* No blocking of signals is needed here, since a double close of a
+     file descriptor is harmless.  */
+  int result = fwriteerror (fp);
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* No race condition here: we assume a single-threaded program, hence
+     fd cannot be re-opened here.  */
+
+  unregister_fd (fd);
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_CLOSE_STREAM
+/* Like close_stream.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+int
+close_stream_temp (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int fd = fileno (fp);
+  /* No blocking of signals is needed here, since a double close of a
+     file descriptor is harmless.  */
+  int result = close_stream (fp);
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* No race condition here: we assume a single-threaded program, hence
+     fd cannot be re-opened here.  */
+
+  unregister_fd (fd);
+
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24aeca83eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/clean-temp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Temporary directories and temporary files with automatic cleanup.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _CLEAN_TEMP_H
+#define _CLEAN_TEMP_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Temporary directories and temporary files should be automatically removed
+   when the program exits either normally or through a fatal signal.  We can't
+   rely on the "unlink before close" idiom, because it works only on Unix and
+   also - if no signal blocking is used - leaves a time window where a fatal
+   signal would not clean up the temporary file.
+
+   Also, open file descriptors need to be closed before the temporary files
+   and the temporary directories can be removed, because only on Unix
+   (excluding Cygwin) can one remove directories containing open files.
+
+   This module provides support for temporary directories and temporary files
+   inside these temporary directories.  Temporary files without temporary
+   directories are not supported here.  The temporary directories and files
+   are automatically cleaned up (at the latest) when the program exits or
+   dies from a fatal signal such as SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP, but not if it
+   dies from a fatal signal such as SIGQUIT, SIGKILL, or SIGABRT, SIGSEGV,
+   SIGBUS, SIGILL, SIGFPE.
+
+   For the cleanup in the normal case, programs that use this module need to
+   call 'cleanup_temp_dir' for each successful return of 'create_temp_dir'.
+   The cleanup in the case of a fatal signal such as SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGHUP,
+   is done entirely automatically by the functions of this module.  */
+
+struct temp_dir
+{
+  /* The absolute pathname of the directory.  */
+  const char * const dir_name;
+  /* Whether errors during explicit cleanup are reported to standard error.  */
+  bool cleanup_verbose;
+  /* More fields are present here, but not public.  */
+};
+
+/* Create a temporary directory.
+   PREFIX is used as a prefix for the name of the temporary directory. It
+   should be short and still give an indication about the program.
+   PARENTDIR can be used to specify the parent directory; if NULL, a default
+   parent directory is used (either $TMPDIR or /tmp or similar).
+   CLEANUP_VERBOSE determines whether errors during explicit cleanup are
+   reported to standard error.
+   Return a fresh 'struct temp_dir' on success.  Upon error, an error message
+   is shown and NULL is returned.  */
+extern struct temp_dir * create_temp_dir (const char *prefix,
+                                          const char *parentdir,
+                                          bool cleanup_verbose);
+
+/* Register the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME as being a file inside DIR, that
+   needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called before the file ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME is created.  */
+extern void register_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                                const char *absolute_file_name);
+
+/* Unregister the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME as being a file inside DIR, that
+   needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called when the file ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME could not be created.  */
+extern void unregister_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                                  const char *absolute_file_name);
+
+/* Register the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME as being a subdirectory inside DIR,
+   that needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called before the subdirectory ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME is created.  */
+extern void register_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                                  const char *absolute_dir_name);
+
+/* Unregister the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME as being a subdirectory inside DIR,
+   that needs to be removed before DIR can be removed.
+   Should be called when the subdirectory ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME could not be
+   created.  */
+extern void unregister_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                                    const char *absolute_dir_name);
+
+/* Remove the given ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME and unregister it.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+extern int cleanup_temp_file (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                              const char *absolute_file_name);
+
+/* Remove the given ABSOLUTE_DIR_NAME and unregister it.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+extern int cleanup_temp_subdir (struct temp_dir *dir,
+                                const char *absolute_dir_name);
+
+/* Remove all registered files and subdirectories inside DIR.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+extern int cleanup_temp_dir_contents (struct temp_dir *dir);
+
+/* Remove all registered files and subdirectories inside DIR and DIR itself.
+   DIR cannot be used any more after this call.
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 if there was some problem.  */
+extern int cleanup_temp_dir (struct temp_dir *dir);
+
+/* Open a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Registers the resulting file descriptor to be closed.  */
+extern int open_temp (const char *file_name, int flags, mode_t mode);
+extern FILE * fopen_temp (const char *file_name, const char *mode);
+
+/* Close a temporary file in a temporary directory.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+extern int close_temp (int fd);
+extern int fclose_temp (FILE *fp);
+
+/* Like fwriteerror.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+extern int fwriteerror_temp (FILE *fp);
+
+/* Like close_stream.
+   Unregisters the previously registered file descriptor.  */
+extern int close_stream_temp (FILE *fp);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _CLEAN_TEMP_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3e42d2855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int
+set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
+{
+#ifdef F_SETFD
+
+  int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
+
+  if (0 <= flags)
+    {
+      int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
+
+      if (flags == newflags
+          || fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+
+#else /* !F_SETFD */
+
+  /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
+     will be unaffected.  */
+  if (desc < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
+    /* errno is EBADF here.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  /* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform.  Punt.  */
+  return 0;
+#endif /* !F_SETFD */
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int
+dup_cloexec (int fd)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c5935ba56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/cloexec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* closexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
+
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+*/
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
+   or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
+   Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
+
+   Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
+   inherited into spawned children.  Instead, either use dup_cloexec
+   followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
+   open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
+   non-inheritable in the first place.  */
+
+int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
+   prior to exec or spawn.  Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
+   be duplicated.  */
+
+int dup_cloexec (int fd);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6a869287e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.c
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Close a stream, with nicer error checking than fclose's.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Close STREAM.  Return 0 if successful, EOF (setting errno)
+   otherwise.  A failure might set errno to 0 if the error number
+   cannot be determined.
+
+   A failure with errno set to EPIPE may or may not indicate an error
+   situation worth signaling to the user.  See the documentation of the
+   close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE function for details.
+
+   If a program writes *anything* to STREAM, that program should close
+   STREAM and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to STREAM.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(STREAM) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.  Even calling fflush is not always sufficient,
+   since some file systems (NFS and CODA) buffer written/flushed data
+   until an actual close call.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to STREAM -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.  */
+
+int
+close_stream (FILE *stream)
+{
+  const bool some_pending = (__fpending (stream) != 0);
+  const bool prev_fail = (ferror (stream) != 0);
+  const bool fclose_fail = (fclose (stream) != 0);
+
+  /* Return an error indication if there was a previous failure or if
+     fclose failed, with one exception: ignore an fclose failure if
+     there was no previous error, no data remains to be flushed, and
+     fclose failed with EBADF.  That can happen when a program like cp
+     is invoked like this 'cp a b >&-' (i.e., with standard output
+     closed) and doesn't generate any output (hence no previous error
+     and nothing to be flushed).  */
+
+  if (prev_fail || (fclose_fail && (some_pending || errno != EBADF)))
+    {
+      if (! fclose_fail)
+        errno = 0;
+      return EOF;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be3d4196b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close-stream.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+int close_stream (FILE *stream);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f620e54bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/close.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* close replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "fd-hook.h"
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#undef close
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+close_nothrow (int fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = close (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+# define close_nothrow close
+#endif
+
+/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules.  */
+
+int
+rpl_close (int fd)
+{
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
+#else
+  int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (retval >= 0)
+    _gl_unregister_fd (fd);
+#endif
+
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9bf73781f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.c
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "closein.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "stdio--.h"
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+#include "closeout.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "freadahead.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   on stdin by close_stdin.  See also close_stdout_set_file_name, if
+   an error is detected when closing stdout.  */
+void
+close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+/* Close standard input, rewinding any unused input if stdin is
+   seekable.  On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit with status
+   'exit_failure'.  Then call close_stdout.
+
+   Most programs can get by with close_stdout.  close_stdin is only
+   needed when a program wants to guarantee that partially read input
+   from seekable stdin is not consumed, for any subsequent clients.
+   For example, POSIX requires that these two commands behave alike:
+
+     (sed -ne 1q; cat) < file
+     tail -n +2 file
+
+   Since close_stdin is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
+   and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
+   because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
+   once.  So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'.  If close_stdin
+   is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
+   the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
+
+   Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams other
+   than stdin, stdout, and stderr before exiting, since the call to
+   _exit will bypass other buffer flushing.  Applications should be
+   flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O errors.
+   Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit can bypass
+   the removal of these files.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
+void
+close_stdin (void)
+{
+  bool fail = false;
+
+  /* There is no need to flush stdin if we can determine quickly that stdin's
+     input buffer is empty; in this case we know that if stdin is seekable,
+     (fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR), ftello (stdin))
+     == lseek (0, 0, SEEK_CUR).  */
+  if (freadahead (stdin) > 0)
+    {
+      /* Only attempt flush if stdin is seekable, as fflush is entitled to
+         fail on non-seekable streams.  */
+      if (fseeko (stdin, 0, SEEK_CUR) == 0 && fflush (stdin) != 0)
+        fail = true;
+    }
+  if (close_stream (stdin) != 0)
+    fail = true;
+  if (fail)
+    {
+      /* Report failure, but defer exit until after closing stdout,
+         since the failure report should still be flushed.  */
+      char const *close_error = _("error closing file");
+      if (file_name)
+        error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
+               close_error);
+      else
+        error (0, errno, "%s", close_error);
+    }
+
+  close_stdout ();
+
+  if (fail)
+    _exit (exit_failure);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..84bbeefceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closein.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Close standard input, rewinding seekable stdin if necessary.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_CLOSEIN_H
+# define _GL_CLOSEIN_H 1
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+void close_stdin_set_file_name (const char *file);
+void close_stdin (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4d3edca4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Close standard output and standard error, exiting with a diagnostic on error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "closeout.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "close-stream.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+static bool ignore_EPIPE /* = false */;
+
+/* Specify the reaction to an EPIPE error during the closing of stdout:
+     - If ignore = true, it shall be ignored.
+     - If ignore = false, it shall evoke a diagnostic, along with a nonzero
+       exit status.
+   The default is ignore = false.
+
+   This setting matters only if the SIGPIPE signal is ignored (i.e. its
+   handler set to SIG_IGN) or blocked.  Only particular programs need to
+   temporarily ignore SIGPIPE.  If SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked because
+   it was ignored or blocked in the parent process when it created the
+   child process, it usually is a bug in the parent process: It is bad
+   practice to have SIGPIPE ignored or blocked while creating a child
+   process.
+
+   EPIPE occurs when writing to a pipe or socket that has no readers now,
+   when SIGPIPE is ignored or blocked.
+
+   The ignore = false setting is suitable for a scenario where it is normally
+   guaranteed that the pipe writer terminates before the pipe reader.  In
+   this case, an EPIPE is an indication of a premature termination of the
+   pipe reader and should lead to a diagnostic and a nonzero exit status.
+
+   The ignore = true setting is suitable for a scenario where you don't know
+   ahead of time whether the pipe writer or the pipe reader will terminate
+   first.  In this case, an EPIPE is an indication that the pipe writer can
+   stop doing useless write() calls; this is what close_stdout does anyway.
+   EPIPE is part of the normal pipe/socket shutdown protocol in this case,
+   and should not lead to a diagnostic message.  */
+
+void
+close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore)
+{
+  ignore_EPIPE = ignore;
+}
+
+/* Close standard output.  On error, issue a diagnostic and _exit
+   with status 'exit_failure'.
+
+   Also close standard error.  On error, _exit with status 'exit_failure'.
+
+   Since close_stdout is commonly registered via 'atexit', POSIX
+   and the C standard both say that it should not call 'exit',
+   because the behavior is undefined if 'exit' is called more than
+   once.  So it calls '_exit' instead of 'exit'.  If close_stdout
+   is registered via atexit before other functions are registered,
+   the other functions can act before this _exit is invoked.
+
+   Applications that use close_stdout should flush any streams
+   other than stdout and stderr before exiting, since the call to
+   _exit will bypass other buffer flushing.  Applications should
+   be flushing and closing other streams anyway, to check for I/O
+   errors.  Also, applications should not use tmpfile, since _exit
+   can bypass the removal of these files.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably 'make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
+void
+close_stdout (void)
+{
+  if (close_stream (stdout) != 0
+      && !(ignore_EPIPE && errno == EPIPE))
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+        error (0, errno, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name),
+               write_error);
+      else
+        error (0, errno, "%s", write_error);
+
+      _exit (exit_failure);
+    }
+
+   if (close_stream (stderr) != 0)
+     _exit (exit_failure);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..131fe864ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/closeout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Close standard output and standard error.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+void close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file);
+void close_stdout_set_ignore_EPIPE (bool ignore);
+void close_stdout (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b749d6838b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Construct a full filename from a directory and a relative filename.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "concat-filename.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "string--.h"
+
+#include "filename.h"
+
+/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
+   suffix.  The directory may end with the directory separator.  The second
+   argument may not start with the directory separator (it is relative).
+   Return a freshly allocated filename.  Return NULL and set errno
+   upon memory allocation failure.  */
+char *
+concatenated_filename (const char *directory, const char *filename,
+                       const char *suffix)
+{
+  char *result;
+  char *p;
+
+  if (strcmp (directory, ".") == 0)
+    {
+      /* No need to prepend the directory.  */
+      result = (char *) malloc (strlen (filename)
+                                + (suffix != NULL ? strlen (suffix) : 0)
+                                + 1);
+      if (result == NULL)
+        return NULL; /* errno is set here */
+      p = result;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      size_t directory_len = strlen (directory);
+      int need_slash =
+        (directory_len > FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (directory)
+         && !ISSLASH (directory[directory_len - 1]));
+      result = (char *) malloc (directory_len + need_slash
+                                + strlen (filename)
+                                + (suffix != NULL ? strlen (suffix) : 0)
+                                + 1);
+      if (result == NULL)
+        return NULL; /* errno is set here */
+      memcpy (result, directory, directory_len);
+      p = result + directory_len;
+      if (need_slash)
+        *p++ = '/';
+    }
+  p = stpcpy (p, filename);
+  if (suffix != NULL)
+    stpcpy (p, suffix);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..898dcee2d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/concat-filename.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Construct a full filename from a directory and a relative filename.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _CONCAT_FILENAME_H
+#define _CONCAT_FILENAME_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
+   suffix.  Return a freshly allocated filename.  Return NULL and set errno
+   upon memory allocation failure.  */
+extern char *concatenated_filename (const char *directory,
+                                    const char *filename, const char *suffix);
+
+/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
+   suffix.  Return a freshly allocated filename.  */
+extern char *xconcatenated_filename (const char *directory,
+                                     const char *filename, const char *suffix);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _CONCAT_FILENAME_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname-lgpl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82f66301f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
+   dir_name.  If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
+   even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".".  Works properly even
+   if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes.  */
+  prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
+                    ? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                       && ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
+                    : (ISSLASH (file[0])
+                       ? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+                           && ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
+                           ? 2 : 1))
+                       : 0));
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = last_component (file) - file;
+       prefix_length < length; length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
+      break;
+  return length;
+}
+
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
+   ignoring them).  Return NULL on failure.
+
+   If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file.  Likewise,
+   if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
+   rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
+   to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in.  */
+
+char *
+mdir_name (char const *file)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (file);
+  bool append_dot = (length == 0
+                     || (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+                         && length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
+                         && file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
+  char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  if (!dir)
+    return NULL;
+  memcpy (dir, file, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    dir[length++] = '.';
+  dir[length] = '\0';
+  return dir;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fb65888bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Just like mdir_name (dirname-lgpl.c), except, rather than
+   returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
+   "memory exhausted" condition and exit.  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *file)
+{
+  char *result = mdir_name (file);
+  if (!result)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ad0312008
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*  Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc.
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include "dosname.h"
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
+#  define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
+# endif
+
+# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
+char *base_name (char const *file);
+char *dir_name (char const *file);
+# endif
+
+char *mdir_name (char const *file);
+size_t base_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+char *last_component (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dosname.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dosname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ba63ce4bd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dosname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* File names on MS-DOS/Windows systems.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _DOSNAME_H
+#define _DOSNAME_H
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ ||     \
+     defined __MSDOS__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || \
+     defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__)
+   /* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
+      letters use ASCII.  */
+# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) (((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a'  \
+                              <= 'z' - 'a')
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+          (_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+# ifndef __CYGWIN__
+#  define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
+# endif
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#else
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
+#endif
+
+#if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
+# else
+#  define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F)                              \
+     (ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F) != 0)
+#endif
+#define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
+
+#endif /* DOSNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer-flag.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer-flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a09821dc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer-flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Duplicate a file descriptor result, avoiding clobbering
+   STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  If FLAG contains O_CLOEXEC, behave like
+   fcntl(F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC) rather than fcntl(F_DUPFD).  */
+
+int
+dup_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, (flag & O_CLOEXEC) ? F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC : F_DUPFD,
+                STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c20310785a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+dup_safer (int fd)
+{
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup2.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9219eb3823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/dup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#if HAVE_DUP2
+
+# undef dup2
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+static int
+ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  /* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd).  If fd is open,
+     dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
+     future dup2 calls will hang.  */
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    {
+      if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+          errno = EBADF;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      return fd;
+    }
+
+  /* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
+     http://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  if (result == 0)
+    result = desired_fd;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#  define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
+
+# endif
+
+int
+rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result;
+
+# ifdef F_GETFL
+  /* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
+     On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
+     On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
+     On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC.  */
+  if (desired_fd < 0)
+    fd = desired_fd;
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
+# endif
+
+  result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
+
+  /* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
+    errno = EBADF;
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+
+#else /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
+
+/* On older platforms, dup2 did not exist.  */
+
+# ifndef F_DUPFD
+static int
+dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
+  if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
+    return duplicated_fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (duplicated_fd);
+      errno = e;
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+# endif
+
+int
+dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int result = fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) < 0 ? -1 : fd;
+  if (result == -1 || fd == desired_fd)
+    return result;
+  close (desired_fd);
+# ifdef F_DUPFD
+  result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
+#  if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (0 <= result)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+#  endif
+# else
+  result = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+# endif
+  if (result == -1 && (errno == EMFILE || errno == EINVAL))
+    errno = EBADF;
+  return result;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_DUP2 */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5d6c9239b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1361 @@
+/* Functions to support expandable bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "ebitset.h"
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements expandable bitsets.  These bitsets can be of
+   arbitrary length and are more efficient than arrays of bits for
+   large sparse sets.
+
+   Empty elements are represented by a NULL pointer in the table of
+   element pointers.  An alternative is to point to a special zero
+   element.  Similarly, we could represent an all 1's element with
+   another special ones element pointer.
+
+   Bitsets are commonly empty so we need to ensure that this special
+   case is fast.  A zero bitset is indicated when cdata is 0.  This is
+   conservative since cdata may be non zero and the bitset may still
+   be zero.
+
+   The bitset cache can be disabled either by setting cindex to
+   BITSET_WINDEX_MAX or by setting csize to 0.  Here
+   we use the former approach since cindex needs to be updated whenever
+   cdata is changed.
+*/
+
+
+/* Number of words to use for each element.  */
+#define EBITSET_ELT_WORDS 2
+
+/* Number of bits stored in each element.  */
+#define EBITSET_ELT_BITS \
+  ((unsigned int) (EBITSET_ELT_WORDS * BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+
+/* Ebitset element.  We use an array of bits.  */
+typedef struct ebitset_elt_struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    bitset_word words[EBITSET_ELT_WORDS];       /* Bits that are set.  */
+    struct ebitset_elt_struct *next;
+  }
+  u;
+}
+ebitset_elt;
+
+
+typedef ebitset_elt *ebitset_elts;
+
+
+/* Number of elements to initially allocate.  */
+
+#ifndef EBITSET_INITIAL_SIZE
+#define EBITSET_INITIAL_SIZE 2
+#endif
+
+
+enum ebitset_find_mode
+  { EBITSET_FIND, EBITSET_CREATE, EBITSET_SUBST };
+
+static ebitset_elt ebitset_zero_elts[1]; /* Elements of all zero bits.  */
+
+/* Obstack to allocate bitset elements from.  */
+static struct obstack ebitset_obstack;
+static bool ebitset_obstack_init = false;
+static ebitset_elt *ebitset_free_list;  /* Free list of bitset elements.  */
+
+#define EBITSET_N_ELTS(N) (((N) + EBITSET_ELT_BITS - 1) / EBITSET_ELT_BITS)
+#define EBITSET_ELTS(BSET) ((BSET)->e.elts)
+#define EBITSET_SIZE(BSET) EBITSET_N_ELTS (BITSET_NBITS_ (BSET))
+#define EBITSET_ASIZE(BSET) ((BSET)->e.size)
+
+#define EBITSET_NEXT(ELT) ((ELT)->u.next)
+#define EBITSET_WORDS(ELT) ((ELT)->u.words)
+
+/* Disable bitset cache and mark BSET as being zero.  */
+#define EBITSET_ZERO_SET(BSET) ((BSET)->b.cindex = BITSET_WINDEX_MAX, \
+        (BSET)->b.cdata = 0)
+
+#define EBITSET_CACHE_DISABLE(BSET)  ((BSET)->b.cindex = BITSET_WINDEX_MAX)
+
+/* Disable bitset cache and mark BSET as being possibly non-zero.  */
+#define EBITSET_NONZERO_SET(BSET) \
+ (EBITSET_CACHE_DISABLE (BSET), (BSET)->b.cdata = (bitset_word *)~0)
+
+/* A conservative estimate of whether the bitset is zero.
+   This is non-zero only if we know for sure that the bitset is zero.  */
+#define EBITSET_ZERO_P(BSET) ((BSET)->b.cdata == 0)
+
+/* Enable cache to point to element with table index EINDEX.
+   The element must exist.  */
+#define EBITSET_CACHE_SET(BSET, EINDEX) \
+ ((BSET)->b.cindex = (EINDEX) * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS, \
+  (BSET)->b.cdata = EBITSET_WORDS (EBITSET_ELTS (BSET) [EINDEX]))
+
+#undef min
+#undef max
+#define min(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+static bitset_bindex
+ebitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex oldsize;
+  bitset_windex newsize;
+
+  if (n_bits == BITSET_NBITS_ (src))
+    return n_bits;
+
+  oldsize = EBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  newsize = EBITSET_N_ELTS (n_bits);
+
+  if (oldsize < newsize)
+    {
+      bitset_windex size;
+
+      /* The bitset needs to grow.  If we already have enough memory
+         allocated, then just zero what we need.  */
+      if (newsize > EBITSET_ASIZE (src))
+        {
+          /* We need to allocate more memory.  When oldsize is
+             non-zero this means that we are changing the size, so
+             grow the bitset 25% larger than requested to reduce
+             number of reallocations.  */
+
+          if (oldsize == 0)
+            size = newsize;
+          else
+            size = newsize + newsize / 4;
+
+          EBITSET_ELTS (src)
+            = realloc (EBITSET_ELTS (src), size * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+          EBITSET_ASIZE (src) = size;
+        }
+
+      memset (EBITSET_ELTS (src) + oldsize, 0,
+              (newsize - oldsize) * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The bitset needs to shrink.  There's no point deallocating
+         the memory unless it is shrinking by a reasonable amount.  */
+      if ((oldsize - newsize) >= oldsize / 2)
+        {
+          EBITSET_ELTS (src)
+            = realloc (EBITSET_ELTS (src), newsize * sizeof (ebitset_elt *));
+          EBITSET_ASIZE (src) = newsize;
+        }
+
+      /* Need to prune any excess bits.  FIXME.  */
+    }
+
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (src) = n_bits;
+  return n_bits;
+}
+
+
+/* Allocate a ebitset element.  The bits are not cleared.  */
+static inline ebitset_elt *
+ebitset_elt_alloc (void)
+{
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+  if (ebitset_free_list != 0)
+    {
+      elt = ebitset_free_list;
+      ebitset_free_list = EBITSET_NEXT (elt);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!ebitset_obstack_init)
+        {
+          ebitset_obstack_init = true;
+
+          /* Let particular systems override the size of a chunk.  */
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+          /* Let them override the alloc and free routines too.  */
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC xmalloc
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE free
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2
+#define __alignof__(type) 0
+#endif
+
+          obstack_specify_allocation (&ebitset_obstack, OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE,
+                                      __alignof__ (ebitset_elt),
+                                      OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC,
+                                      OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE);
+        }
+
+      /* Perhaps we should add a number of new elements to the free
+         list.  */
+      elt = (ebitset_elt *) obstack_alloc (&ebitset_obstack,
+                                           sizeof (ebitset_elt));
+    }
+
+  return elt;
+}
+
+
+/* Allocate a ebitset element.  The bits are cleared.  */
+static inline ebitset_elt *
+ebitset_elt_calloc (void)
+{
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+  elt = ebitset_elt_alloc ();
+  memset (EBITSET_WORDS (elt), 0, sizeof (EBITSET_WORDS (elt)));
+  return elt;
+}
+
+
+static inline void
+ebitset_elt_free (ebitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  EBITSET_NEXT (elt) = ebitset_free_list;
+  ebitset_free_list = elt;
+}
+
+
+/* Remove element with index EINDEX from bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_elt_remove (bitset bset, bitset_windex eindex)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+
+  elt = elts[eindex];
+
+  elts[eindex] = 0;
+  ebitset_elt_free (elt);
+}
+
+
+/* Add ELT into elts at index EINDEX of bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_elt_add (bitset bset, ebitset_elt *elt, bitset_windex eindex)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+  /* Assume that the elts entry not allocated.  */
+  elts[eindex] = elt;
+}
+
+
+/* Are all bits in an element zero?  */
+static inline bool
+ebitset_elt_zero_p (ebitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+    if (EBITSET_WORDS (elt)[i])
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static ebitset_elt *
+ebitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bindex,
+                  enum ebitset_find_mode mode)
+{
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_windex eindex;
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+
+  eindex = bindex / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+  size = EBITSET_SIZE (bset);
+
+  if (eindex < size)
+    {
+      if ((elt = elts[eindex]))
+        {
+          if (EBITSET_WORDS (elt) == bset->b.cdata)
+            return elt;
+
+          EBITSET_CACHE_SET (bset, eindex);
+          return elt;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* The element could not be found.  */
+
+  switch (mode)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case EBITSET_FIND:
+      return 0;
+
+    case EBITSET_CREATE:
+      if (eindex >= size)
+        ebitset_resize (bset, bindex);
+
+      /* Create a new element.  */
+      elt = ebitset_elt_calloc ();
+      ebitset_elt_add (bset, elt, eindex);
+      EBITSET_CACHE_SET (bset, eindex);
+      return elt;
+
+    case EBITSET_SUBST:
+      return &ebitset_zero_elts[0];
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Weed out the zero elements from the elts.  */
+static inline bitset_windex
+ebitset_weed (bitset bset)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+  bitset_windex count;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (bset))
+    return 0;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+  count = 0;
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (bset); j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *elt = elts[j];
+
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          if (ebitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+            {
+              ebitset_elt_remove (bset, j);
+              count++;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        count++;
+    }
+
+  count = j - count;
+  if (!count)
+    {
+      /* All the bits are zero.  We could shrink the elts.
+         For now just mark BSET as known to be zero.  */
+      EBITSET_ZERO_SET (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (bset);
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set all bits in the bitset to zero.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_zero (bitset bset)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (bset))
+    return;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (bset); j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *elt = elts[j];
+
+      if (elt)
+        ebitset_elt_remove (bset, j);
+    }
+
+  /* All the bits are zero.  We could shrink the elts.
+     For now just mark BSET as known to be zero.  */
+  EBITSET_ZERO_SET (bset);
+}
+
+
+static inline bool
+ebitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *selts;
+  ebitset_elts *delts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  if (src == dst)
+    return true;
+
+  ebitset_weed (dst);
+  ebitset_weed (src);
+
+  if (EBITSET_SIZE (src) != EBITSET_SIZE (dst))
+    return false;
+
+  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
+  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (src); j++)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      ebitset_elt *selt = selts[j];
+      ebitset_elt *delt = delts[j];
+
+      if (!selt && !delt)
+        continue;
+      if ((selt && !delt) || (!selt && delt))
+        return false;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+        if (EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] != EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i])
+          return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *selts;
+  ebitset_elts *delts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  if (src == dst)
+    return;
+
+  ebitset_zero (dst);
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (dst) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src))
+    ebitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src));
+
+  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
+  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (src); j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *selt = selts[j];
+
+      if (selt)
+        {
+          ebitset_elt *tmp;
+
+          tmp = ebitset_elt_alloc ();
+          delts[j] = tmp;
+          memcpy (EBITSET_WORDS (tmp), EBITSET_WORDS (selt),
+                  sizeof (EBITSET_WORDS (selt)));
+        }
+    }
+  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return true if
+   bitsets different.  */
+static inline bool
+ebitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (src == dst)
+    return false;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst))
+    {
+      ebitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+      return !EBITSET_ZERO_P (src);
+    }
+
+  if (ebitset_equal_p (dst, src))
+    return false;
+
+  ebitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+ebitset_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  ebitset_elt_find (dst, bitno, EBITSET_CREATE);
+
+  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] |=
+    (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+ebitset_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  if (!ebitset_elt_find (dst, bitno, EBITSET_FIND))
+    return;
+
+  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] &=
+    ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+
+  /* If all the data is zero, perhaps we should remove it now...
+     However, there is a good chance that the element will be needed
+     again soon.  */
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static bool
+ebitset_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  return (ebitset_elt_find (src, bitno, EBITSET_FIND)
+          && ((src->b.cdata[windex - src->b.cindex]
+               >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+              & 1));
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  ebitset_zero (bset);
+  free (EBITSET_ELTS (bset));
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+ebitset_list_reverse (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+                      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  unsigned int bcount;
+  bitset_bindex boffset;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_windex eindex;
+  bitset_windex woffset;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (bset))
+    return 0;
+
+  size = EBITSET_SIZE (bset);
+  n_bits = size * EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  eindex = bitno / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+  woffset = windex - eindex * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  count = 0;
+  bcount = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  boffset = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *elt;
+      bitset_word *srcp;
+
+      elt = elts[eindex];
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          srcp = EBITSET_WORDS (elt);
+
+          do
+            {
+              bitset_word word;
+
+              word = srcp[woffset] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bcount);
+
+              for (; word; bcount--)
+                {
+                  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+                    {
+                      list[count++] = boffset + bcount;
+                      if (count >= num)
+                        {
+                          *next = n_bits - (boffset + bcount);
+                          return count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  word <<= 1;
+                }
+              boffset -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+              bcount = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+            }
+          while (woffset--);
+        }
+
+      woffset = EBITSET_ELT_WORDS - 1;
+      boffset = eindex * EBITSET_ELT_BITS - BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  while (eindex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (boffset + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+ebitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+              bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_windex eindex;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+  bitset_word word;
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (bset))
+    return 0;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+  count = 0;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (bset);
+  size = EBITSET_SIZE (bset);
+  eindex = bitno / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+
+  if (bitno % EBITSET_ELT_BITS)
+    {
+      /* We need to start within an element.  This is not very common.  */
+
+      elt = elts[eindex];
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          bitset_windex woffset;
+          bitset_word *srcp = EBITSET_WORDS (elt);
+
+          windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+          woffset = eindex * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+          for (; (windex - woffset) < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+            {
+              word = srcp[windex - woffset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    {
+                      list[count++] = bitno;
+                      if (count >= num)
+                        {
+                          *next = bitno + 1;
+                          return count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+              bitno = (windex + 1) * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Skip to next element.  */
+      eindex++;
+    }
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  for (; eindex < size; eindex++)
+    {
+      int i;
+      bitset_word *srcp;
+
+      elt = elts[eindex];
+      if (!elt)
+        continue;
+
+      srcp = EBITSET_WORDS (elt);
+      windex = eindex * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+      if ((count + EBITSET_ELT_BITS) < num)
+        {
+          /* The coast is clear, plant boot!  */
+
+#if EBITSET_ELT_WORDS == 2
+          word = srcp[0];
+          if (word)
+            {
+              if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 16;
+                  bitno += 16;
+                }
+              if (!(word & 0xff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 8;
+                  bitno += 8;
+                }
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    list[count++] = bitno;
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+            }
+          windex++;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+          word = srcp[1];
+          if (word)
+            {
+              if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 16;
+                  bitno += 16;
+                }
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    list[count++] = bitno;
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+            }
+          windex++;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+#else
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, windex++)
+            {
+              bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+              word = srcp[i];
+              if (word)
+                {
+                  if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                    {
+                      word >>= 16;
+                      bitno += 16;
+                    }
+                  if (!(word & 0xff))
+                    {
+                      word >>= 8;
+                      bitno += 8;
+                    }
+                  for (; word; bitno++)
+                    {
+                      if (word & 1)
+                        list[count++] = bitno;
+                      word >>= 1;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Tread more carefully since we need to check
+             if array overflows.  */
+
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, windex++)
+            {
+              bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+              for (word = srcp[i]; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    {
+                      list[count++] = bitno;
+                      if (count >= num)
+                        {
+                          *next = bitno + 1;
+                          return count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last element are clear.  */
+static inline void
+ebitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+
+  n_bits = BITSET_NBITS_ (dst);
+  last_bit = n_bits % EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+
+  if (last_bit)
+    {
+      bitset_windex eindex;
+      ebitset_elts *elts;
+      ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+      elts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+
+      eindex = n_bits / EBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+
+      elt = elts[eindex];
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          bitset_windex windex;
+          bitset_windex woffset;
+          bitset_word *srcp = EBITSET_WORDS (elt);
+
+          windex = n_bits / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+          woffset = eindex * EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+          srcp[windex - woffset] &= ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+          windex++;
+          for (; (windex - woffset) < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+            srcp[windex - woffset] = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_windex j;
+  ebitset_elt *elt;
+
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (dst); j++)
+    {
+      /* Create new elements if they cannot be found.  Perhaps
+         we should just add pointers to a ones element?  */
+      elt =
+        ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_CREATE);
+      memset (EBITSET_WORDS (elt), -1, sizeof (EBITSET_WORDS (elt)));
+    }
+  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+  ebitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  ebitset_elts *elts;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst))
+    return 1;
+
+  elts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (dst); j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *elt = elts[j];
+
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          if (!ebitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+            return 0;
+          /* Do some weeding as we go.  */
+          ebitset_elt_remove (dst, j);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* All the bits are zero.  We could shrink the elts.
+     For now just mark DST as known to be zero.  */
+  EBITSET_ZERO_SET (dst);
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  ebitset_elt *selt;
+  ebitset_elt *delt;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  ebitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src));
+
+  for (j = 0; j < EBITSET_SIZE (src); j++)
+    {
+      /* Create new elements for dst if they cannot be found
+         or substitute zero elements if src elements not found.  */
+      selt =
+        ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_SUBST);
+      delt =
+        ebitset_elt_find (dst, j * EBITSET_ELT_BITS, EBITSET_CREATE);
+
+      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+        EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i] = ~EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i];
+    }
+  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+  ebitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+/* Is DST == DST | SRC?  */
+static bool
+ebitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex j;
+  ebitset_elts *selts;
+  ebitset_elts *delts;
+  bitset_windex ssize;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
+  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+
+  ssize = EBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  dsize = EBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (j = 0; j < ssize; j++)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      ebitset_elt *selt;
+      ebitset_elt *delt;
+
+      selt = j < ssize ? selts[j] : 0;
+      delt = j < dsize ? delts[j] : 0;
+
+      if (!selt && !delt)
+        continue;
+
+      if (!selt)
+        selt = &ebitset_zero_elts[0];
+      if (!delt)
+        delt = &ebitset_zero_elts[0];
+
+      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+        if (EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]
+            != (EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] | EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]))
+          return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Is DST & SRC == 0?  */
+static bool
+ebitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex j;
+  ebitset_elts *selts;
+  ebitset_elts *delts;
+  bitset_windex ssize;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  selts = EBITSET_ELTS (src);
+  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+
+  ssize = EBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  dsize = EBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (j = 0; j < ssize; j++)
+    {
+      unsigned int i;
+      ebitset_elt *selt;
+      ebitset_elt *delt;
+
+      selt = j < ssize ? selts[j] : 0;
+      delt = j < dsize ? delts[j] : 0;
+
+      if (!selt || !delt)
+        continue;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+        if ((EBITSET_WORDS (selt)[i] & EBITSET_WORDS (delt)[i]))
+          return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
+{
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  ebitset_elts *selts1;
+  ebitset_elts *selts2;
+  ebitset_elts *delts;
+  bitset_word *srcp1;
+  bitset_word *srcp2;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bool changed = false;
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_windex j;
+
+  ebitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1), BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)));
+
+  ssize1 = EBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = EBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dsize = EBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  size = ssize1;
+  if (size < ssize2)
+    size = ssize2;
+
+  selts1 = EBITSET_ELTS (src1);
+  selts2 = EBITSET_ELTS (src2);
+  delts = EBITSET_ELTS (dst);
+
+  for (j = 0; j < size; j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *selt1;
+      ebitset_elt *selt2;
+      ebitset_elt *delt;
+
+      selt1 = j < ssize1 ? selts1[j] : 0;
+      selt2 = j < ssize2 ? selts2[j] : 0;
+      delt = j < dsize ? delts[j] : 0;
+
+      if (!selt1 && !selt2)
+        {
+          if (delt)
+            {
+              changed = true;
+              ebitset_elt_remove (dst, j);
+            }
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      if (!selt1)
+        selt1 = &ebitset_zero_elts[0];
+      if (!selt2)
+        selt2 = &ebitset_zero_elts[0];
+      if (!delt)
+        delt = ebitset_elt_calloc ();
+      else
+        delts[j] = 0;
+
+      srcp1 = EBITSET_WORDS (selt1);
+      srcp2 = EBITSET_WORDS (selt2);
+      dstp = EBITSET_WORDS (delt);
+      switch (op)
+        {
+        default:
+          abort ();
+
+        case BITSET_OP_OR:
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ | *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_AND:
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ & *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_XOR:
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ ^ *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_ANDN:
+          for (i = 0; i < EBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ & ~(*srcp2++);
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (!ebitset_elt_zero_p (delt))
+        {
+          ebitset_elt_add (dst, delt, j);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          ebitset_elt_free (delt);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If we have elements of DST left over, free them all.  */
+  for (; j < dsize; j++)
+    {
+      ebitset_elt *delt;
+
+      changed = true;
+
+      delt = delts[j];
+
+      if (delt)
+        ebitset_elt_remove (dst, j);
+    }
+
+  EBITSET_NONZERO_SET (dst);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bool changed;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
+    {
+      ebitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst);
+      ebitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  else if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src1))
+    {
+      ebitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst);
+      ebitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  return ebitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_AND);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  ebitset_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bool changed;
+
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
+    {
+      return ebitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src1))
+    {
+      ebitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = EBITSET_ZERO_P (dst);
+      ebitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  return ebitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_ANDN);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  ebitset_andn_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
+    {
+      return ebitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src1))
+    {
+      return ebitset_copy_cmp (dst, src2);
+    }
+  return ebitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_OR);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  ebitset_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+ebitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src2))
+    {
+      return ebitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (EBITSET_ZERO_P (src1))
+    {
+      return ebitset_copy_cmp (dst, src2);
+    }
+  return ebitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_XOR);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  ebitset_xor_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static void
+ebitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+      ebitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+  else
+      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for linked-list bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable ebitset_vtable = {
+  ebitset_set,
+  ebitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  ebitset_test,
+  ebitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
+  bitset_count_,
+  ebitset_empty_p,
+  ebitset_ones,
+  ebitset_zero,
+  ebitset_copy,
+  ebitset_disjoint_p,
+  ebitset_equal_p,
+  ebitset_not,
+  ebitset_subset_p,
+  ebitset_and,
+  ebitset_and_cmp,
+  ebitset_andn,
+  ebitset_andn_cmp,
+  ebitset_or,
+  ebitset_or_cmp,
+  ebitset_xor,
+  ebitset_xor_cmp,
+  bitset_and_or_,
+  bitset_and_or_cmp_,
+  bitset_andn_or_,
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp_,
+  bitset_or_and_,
+  bitset_or_and_cmp_,
+  ebitset_list,
+  ebitset_list_reverse,
+  ebitset_free,
+  BITSET_TABLE
+};
+
+
+/* Return size of initial structure.  */
+size_t
+ebitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct ebitset_struct);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize a bitset.  */
+
+bitset
+ebitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bset->b.vtable = &ebitset_vtable;
+
+  bset->b.csize = EBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+  EBITSET_ZERO_SET (bset);
+
+  EBITSET_ASIZE (bset) = 0;
+  EBITSET_ELTS (bset) = 0;
+  ebitset_resize (bset, n_bits);
+
+  return bset;
+}
+
+
+void
+ebitset_release_memory (void)
+{
+  ebitset_free_list = 0;
+  if (ebitset_obstack_init)
+    {
+      ebitset_obstack_init = false;
+      obstack_free (&ebitset_obstack, NULL);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d31bda7d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ebitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Functions to support ebitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _EBITSET_H
+#define _EBITSET_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t ebitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset ebitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+extern void ebitset_release_memory (void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3078dd1b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdint.h>
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+                             unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+                             ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
+# undef putc
+# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
+
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# include <fcntl.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+# endif
+
+/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file.  */
+# undef fcntl
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+#  if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+char *strerror_r ();
+#  else
+int strerror_r ();
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
+#endif  /* not _LIBC */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+/* Return non-zero if FD is open.  */
+static int
+is_open (int fd)
+{
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
+     descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
+     There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
+     F_GETFL.  */
+  return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+# else
+#  ifndef F_GETFL
+#   error Please port fcntl to your platform
+#  endif
+  return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL);
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+flush_stdout (void)
+{
+#if !_LIBC
+  int stdout_fd;
+
+# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+  /* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
+       fileno (stdout) == 1
+     whenever stdout is open.  */
+  stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
+# else
+  /* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified.  But in
+     practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
+     the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory.  */
+  stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
+# endif
+  /* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
+     is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms.  fflush (NULL)
+     is always defined, but too draconian.  */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64)
+  if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd))
+#endif
+#endif
+    fflush (stdout);
+}
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+#endif
+}
+
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+      bool use_malloc = false;
+
+      while (1)
+        {
+          if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
+            wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+          else
+            {
+              if (!use_malloc)
+                wmessage = NULL;
+
+              wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+                                                len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+              if (p == NULL)
+                {
+                  free (wmessage);
+                  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+                  return;
+                }
+              wmessage = p;
+              use_malloc = true;
+            }
+
+          memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+          tmp = message;
+
+          res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
+          if (res != len)
+            break;
+
+          if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
+            {
+              /* This really should not happen if everything is fine.  */
+              res = (size_t) -1;
+              break;
+            }
+
+          len *= 2;
+        }
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+        {
+          /* The string cannot be converted.  */
+          if (use_malloc)
+            {
+              free (wmessage);
+              use_malloc = false;
+            }
+          wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+        }
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+
+      if (use_malloc)
+        free (wmessage);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
+#else
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+void
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  flush_stdout ();
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+               unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+          && (file_name == old_file_name
+              || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+        /* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+        return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+                   0);
+#endif
+
+  flush_stdout ();
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if _LIBC
+  __fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
+              file_name, line_number);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
+           file_name, line_number);
+#endif
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afcb0e10c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+                           unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 5, 6));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bb577100e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/* Creation of autonomous subprocesses.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "execute.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "penviron.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fatal-signal.h"
+#include "wait-process.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+# include <process.h>
+# include "w32spawn.h"
+
+#else
+
+/* Unix API.  */
+# include <spawn.h>
+
+#endif
+
+/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#undef open
+#undef close
+
+
+#if defined EINTR && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+
+/* EINTR handling for close(), open().
+   These functions can return -1/EINTR even though we don't have any
+   signal handlers set up, namely when we get interrupted via SIGSTOP.  */
+
+static int
+nonintr_close (int fd)
+{
+  int retval;
+
+  do
+    retval = close (fd);
+  while (retval < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#define close nonintr_close
+
+static int
+nonintr_open (const char *pathname, int oflag, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int retval;
+
+  do
+    retval = open (pathname, oflag, mode);
+  while (retval < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#undef open /* avoid warning on VMS */
+#define open nonintr_open
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Execute a command, optionally redirecting any of the three standard file
+   descriptors to /dev/null.  Return its exit code.
+   If it didn't terminate correctly, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise
+   return 127.
+   If slave_process is true, the child process will be terminated when its
+   creator receives a catchable fatal signal.  */
+int
+execute (const char *progname,
+         const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+         bool ignore_sigpipe,
+         bool null_stdin, bool null_stdout, bool null_stderr,
+         bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+         int *termsigp)
+{
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+  /* Native Windows API.  */
+  int orig_stdin;
+  int orig_stdout;
+  int orig_stderr;
+  int exitcode;
+  int nullinfd;
+  int nulloutfd;
+
+  /* FIXME: Need to free memory allocated by prepare_spawn.  */
+  prog_argv = prepare_spawn (prog_argv);
+
+  /* Save standard file handles of parent process.  */
+  if (null_stdin)
+    orig_stdin = dup_safer_noinherit (STDIN_FILENO);
+  if (null_stdout)
+    orig_stdout = dup_safer_noinherit (STDOUT_FILENO);
+  if (null_stderr)
+    orig_stderr = dup_safer_noinherit (STDERR_FILENO);
+  exitcode = -1;
+
+  /* Create standard file handles of child process.  */
+  nullinfd = -1;
+  nulloutfd = -1;
+  if ((!null_stdin
+       || ((nullinfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY, 0)) >= 0
+           && (nullinfd == STDIN_FILENO
+               || (dup2 (nullinfd, STDIN_FILENO) >= 0
+                   && close (nullinfd) >= 0))))
+      && (!(null_stdout || null_stderr)
+          || ((nulloutfd = open ("NUL", O_RDWR, 0)) >= 0
+              && (!null_stdout
+                  || nulloutfd == STDOUT_FILENO
+                  || dup2 (nulloutfd, STDOUT_FILENO) >= 0)
+              && (!null_stderr
+                  || nulloutfd == STDERR_FILENO
+                  || dup2 (nulloutfd, STDERR_FILENO) >= 0)
+              && ((null_stdout && nulloutfd == STDOUT_FILENO)
+                  || (null_stderr && nulloutfd == STDERR_FILENO)
+                  || close (nulloutfd) >= 0))))
+    /* Use spawnvpe and pass the environment explicitly.  This is needed if
+       the program has modified the environment using putenv() or [un]setenv().
+       On Windows, programs have two environments, one in the "environment
+       block" of the process and managed through SetEnvironmentVariable(), and
+       one inside the process, in the location retrieved by the 'environ'
+       macro.  When using spawnvp() without 'e', the child process inherits a
+       copy of the environment block - ignoring the effects of putenv() and
+       [un]setenv().  */
+    {
+      exitcode = spawnvpe (P_WAIT, prog_path, (const char **) prog_argv,
+                           (const char **) environ);
+      if (exitcode < 0 && errno == ENOEXEC)
+        {
+          /* prog is not a native executable.  Try to execute it as a
+             shell script.  Note that prepare_spawn() has already prepended
+             a hidden element "sh.exe" to prog_argv.  */
+          --prog_argv;
+          exitcode = spawnvpe (P_WAIT, prog_argv[0], (const char **) prog_argv,
+                               (const char **) environ);
+        }
+    }
+  if (nulloutfd >= 0)
+    close (nulloutfd);
+  if (nullinfd >= 0)
+    close (nullinfd);
+
+  /* Restore standard file handles of parent process.  */
+  if (null_stderr)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stderr, STDERR_FILENO);
+  if (null_stdout)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stdout, STDOUT_FILENO);
+  if (null_stdin)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stdin, STDIN_FILENO);
+
+  if (termsigp != NULL)
+    *termsigp = 0;
+
+  if (exitcode == -1)
+    {
+      if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, errno,
+               _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+      return 127;
+    }
+
+  return exitcode;
+
+#else
+
+  /* Unix API.  */
+  /* Note about 127: Some errors during posix_spawnp() cause the function
+     posix_spawnp() to return an error code; some other errors cause the
+     subprocess to exit with return code 127.  It is implementation
+     dependent which error is reported which way.  We treat both cases as
+     equivalent.  */
+  sigset_t blocked_signals;
+  posix_spawn_file_actions_t actions;
+  bool actions_allocated;
+  posix_spawnattr_t attrs;
+  bool attrs_allocated;
+  int err;
+  pid_t child;
+
+  if (slave_process)
+    {
+      sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, NULL, &blocked_signals);
+      block_fatal_signals ();
+    }
+  actions_allocated = false;
+  attrs_allocated = false;
+  if ((err = posix_spawn_file_actions_init (&actions)) != 0
+      || (actions_allocated = true,
+          (null_stdin
+            && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                        STDIN_FILENO,
+                                                        "/dev/null", O_RDONLY,
+                                                        0))
+               != 0)
+          || (null_stdout
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                          STDOUT_FILENO,
+                                                          "/dev/null", O_RDWR,
+                                                          0))
+                 != 0)
+          || (null_stderr
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                          STDERR_FILENO,
+                                                          "/dev/null", O_RDWR,
+                                                          0))
+                 != 0)
+          || (slave_process
+              && ((err = posix_spawnattr_init (&attrs)) != 0
+                  || (attrs_allocated = true,
+                      (err = posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (&attrs,
+                                                         &blocked_signals))
+                      != 0
+                      || (err = posix_spawnattr_setflags (&attrs,
+                                                        POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK))
+                         != 0)))
+          || (err = posix_spawnp (&child, prog_path, &actions,
+                                  attrs_allocated ? &attrs : NULL, prog_argv,
+                                  environ))
+             != 0))
+    {
+      if (actions_allocated)
+        posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (&actions);
+      if (attrs_allocated)
+        posix_spawnattr_destroy (&attrs);
+      if (slave_process)
+        unblock_fatal_signals ();
+      if (termsigp != NULL)
+        *termsigp = 0;
+      if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, err,
+               _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+      return 127;
+    }
+  posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (&actions);
+  if (attrs_allocated)
+    posix_spawnattr_destroy (&attrs);
+  if (slave_process)
+    {
+      register_slave_subprocess (child);
+      unblock_fatal_signals ();
+    }
+
+  return wait_subprocess (child, progname, ignore_sigpipe, null_stderr,
+                          slave_process, exit_on_error, termsigp);
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1fdc2abbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/execute.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* Creation of autonomous subprocesses.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _EXECUTE_H
+#define _EXECUTE_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* Execute a command, optionally redirecting any of the three standard file
+   descriptors to /dev/null.  Return its exit code.
+   If it didn't terminate correctly, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise
+   return 127.
+   If ignore_sigpipe is true, consider a subprocess termination due to SIGPIPE
+   as equivalent to a success.  This is suitable for processes whose only
+   purpose is to write to standard output.
+   If slave_process is true, the child process will be terminated when its
+   creator receives a catchable fatal signal.
+   If termsigp is not NULL, *termsig will be set to the signal that terminated
+   the subprocess (if supported by the platform: not on native Windows
+   platforms), otherwise 0.
+   It is recommended that no signal is blocked or ignored while execute()
+   is called.  See pipe.h for the reason.  */
+extern int execute (const char *progname,
+                    const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                    bool ignore_sigpipe,
+                    bool null_stdin, bool null_stdout, bool null_stderr,
+                    bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                    int *termsigp);
+
+#endif /* _EXECUTE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b0b4ebe45a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e54333bdd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/exitfail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+extern int volatile exit_failure;
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f7cb8ea3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* Emergency actions in case of a fatal signal.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fatal-signal.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "sig-handler.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]))
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+
+/* The list of fatal signals.
+   These are those signals whose default action is to terminate the process
+   without a core dump, except
+     SIGKILL - because it cannot be caught,
+     SIGALRM SIGUSR1 SIGUSR2 SIGPOLL SIGIO SIGLOST - because applications
+       often use them for their own purpose,
+     SIGPROF SIGVTALRM - because they are used for profiling,
+     SIGSTKFLT - because it is more similar to SIGFPE, SIGSEGV, SIGBUS,
+     SIGSYS - because it is more similar to SIGABRT, SIGSEGV,
+     SIGPWR - because it of too special use,
+     SIGRTMIN...SIGRTMAX - because they are reserved for application use.
+   plus
+     SIGXCPU, SIGXFSZ - because they are quite similar to SIGTERM.  */
+
+static int fatal_signals[] =
+  {
+    /* ISO C 99 signals.  */
+#ifdef SIGINT
+    SIGINT,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTERM
+    SIGTERM,
+#endif
+    /* POSIX:2001 signals.  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+    SIGHUP,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPIPE
+    SIGPIPE,
+#endif
+    /* BSD signals.  */
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+    SIGXCPU,
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+    SIGXFSZ,
+#endif
+    /* Native Windows signals.  */
+#ifdef SIGBREAK
+    SIGBREAK,
+#endif
+    0
+  };
+
+#define num_fatal_signals (SIZEOF (fatal_signals) - 1)
+
+/* Eliminate signals whose signal handler is SIG_IGN.  */
+
+static void
+init_fatal_signals (void)
+{
+  static bool fatal_signals_initialized = false;
+  if (!fatal_signals_initialized)
+    {
+      size_t i;
+
+      for (i = 0; i < num_fatal_signals; i++)
+        {
+          struct sigaction action;
+
+          if (sigaction (fatal_signals[i], NULL, &action) >= 0
+              && get_handler (&action) == SIG_IGN)
+            fatal_signals[i] = -1;
+        }
+
+      fatal_signals_initialized = true;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+
+typedef void (*action_t) (void);
+
+/* Type of an entry in the actions array.
+   The 'action' field is accessed from within the fatal_signal_handler(),
+   therefore we mark it as 'volatile'.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  volatile action_t action;
+}
+actions_entry_t;
+
+/* The registered cleanup actions.  */
+static actions_entry_t static_actions[32];
+static actions_entry_t * volatile actions = static_actions;
+static sig_atomic_t volatile actions_count = 0;
+static size_t actions_allocated = SIZEOF (static_actions);
+
+
+/* The saved signal handlers.
+   Size 32 would not be sufficient: On HP-UX, SIGXCPU = 33, SIGXFSZ = 34.  */
+static struct sigaction saved_sigactions[64];
+
+
+/* Uninstall the handlers.  */
+static void
+uninstall_handlers (void)
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < num_fatal_signals; i++)
+    if (fatal_signals[i] >= 0)
+      {
+        int sig = fatal_signals[i];
+        if (saved_sigactions[sig].sa_handler == SIG_IGN)
+          saved_sigactions[sig].sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+        sigaction (sig, &saved_sigactions[sig], NULL);
+      }
+}
+
+
+/* The signal handler.  It gets called asynchronously.  */
+static void
+fatal_signal_handler (int sig)
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* Get the last registered cleanup action, in a reentrant way.  */
+      action_t action;
+      size_t n = actions_count;
+      if (n == 0)
+        break;
+      n--;
+      actions_count = n;
+      action = actions[n].action;
+      /* Execute the action.  */
+      action ();
+    }
+
+  /* Now execute the signal's default action.
+     If the signal being delivered was blocked, the re-raised signal would be
+     delivered when this handler returns.  But the way we install this handler,
+     no signal is blocked, and the re-raised signal is delivered already
+     during raise().  */
+  uninstall_handlers ();
+  raise (sig);
+}
+
+
+/* Install the handlers.  */
+static void
+install_handlers (void)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  struct sigaction action;
+
+  action.sa_handler = &fatal_signal_handler;
+  /* If we get a fatal signal while executing fatal_signal_handler, enter
+     fatal_signal_handler recursively, since it is reentrant.  Hence no
+     SA_RESETHAND.  */
+  action.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER;
+  sigemptyset (&action.sa_mask);
+  for (i = 0; i < num_fatal_signals; i++)
+    if (fatal_signals[i] >= 0)
+      {
+        int sig = fatal_signals[i];
+
+        if (!(sig < sizeof (saved_sigactions) / sizeof (saved_sigactions[0])))
+          abort ();
+        sigaction (sig, &action, &saved_sigactions[sig]);
+      }
+}
+
+
+/* Register a cleanup function to be executed when a catchable fatal signal
+   occurs.  */
+void
+at_fatal_signal (action_t action)
+{
+  static bool cleanup_initialized = false;
+  if (!cleanup_initialized)
+    {
+      init_fatal_signals ();
+      install_handlers ();
+      cleanup_initialized = true;
+    }
+
+  if (actions_count == actions_allocated)
+    {
+      /* Extend the actions array.  Note that we cannot use xrealloc(),
+         because then the cleanup() function could access an already
+         deallocated array.  */
+      actions_entry_t *old_actions = actions;
+      size_t old_actions_allocated = actions_allocated;
+      size_t new_actions_allocated = 2 * actions_allocated;
+      actions_entry_t *new_actions =
+        XNMALLOC (new_actions_allocated, actions_entry_t);
+      size_t k;
+
+      /* Don't use memcpy() here, because memcpy takes non-volatile arguments
+         and is therefore not guaranteed to complete all memory stores before
+         the next statement.  */
+      for (k = 0; k < old_actions_allocated; k++)
+        new_actions[k] = old_actions[k];
+      actions = new_actions;
+      actions_allocated = new_actions_allocated;
+      /* Now we can free the old actions array.  */
+      if (old_actions != static_actions)
+        free (old_actions);
+    }
+  /* The two uses of 'volatile' in the types above (and ISO C 99 section
+     5.1.2.3.(5)) ensure that we increment the actions_count only after
+     the new action has been written to the memory location
+     actions[actions_count].  */
+  actions[actions_count].action = action;
+  actions_count++;
+}
+
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+
+static sigset_t fatal_signal_set;
+
+static void
+init_fatal_signal_set (void)
+{
+  static bool fatal_signal_set_initialized = false;
+  if (!fatal_signal_set_initialized)
+    {
+      size_t i;
+
+      init_fatal_signals ();
+
+      sigemptyset (&fatal_signal_set);
+      for (i = 0; i < num_fatal_signals; i++)
+        if (fatal_signals[i] >= 0)
+          sigaddset (&fatal_signal_set, fatal_signals[i]);
+
+      fatal_signal_set_initialized = true;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Temporarily delay the catchable fatal signals.  */
+void
+block_fatal_signals (void)
+{
+  init_fatal_signal_set ();
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &fatal_signal_set, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Stop delaying the catchable fatal signals.  */
+void
+unblock_fatal_signals (void)
+{
+  init_fatal_signal_set ();
+  sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &fatal_signal_set, NULL);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5df78a048
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fatal-signal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Emergency actions in case of a fatal signal.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* It is often useful to do some cleanup action when a usually fatal signal
+   terminates the process, like removing a temporary file or killing a
+   subprocess that may be stuck waiting for a device, pipe or network input.
+   Such signals are SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGPIPE, SIGTERM, and possibly others.
+   The limitation of this facility is that it cannot work for SIGKILL.
+
+   Signals with a SIG_IGN handler are considered to be non-fatal.  The
+   functions in this file assume that when a SIG_IGN handler is installed
+   for a signal, it was installed before any functions in this file were
+   called and it stays so for the whole lifetime of the process.  */
+
+/* Register a cleanup function to be executed when a catchable fatal signal
+   occurs.
+
+   Restrictions for the cleanup function:
+     - The cleanup function can do all kinds of system calls.
+     - It can also access application dependent memory locations and data
+       structures provided they are in a consistent state. One way to ensure
+       this is through block_fatal_signals()/unblock_fatal_signals(), see
+       below.  Another - more tricky - way to ensure this is the careful use
+       of 'volatile'.
+   However,
+     - malloc() and similarly complex facilities are not safe to be called
+       because they are not guaranteed to be in a consistent state.
+     - Also, the cleanup function must not block the catchable fatal signals
+       and leave them blocked upon return.
+
+   The cleanup function is executed asynchronously.  It is unspecified
+   whether during its execution the catchable fatal signals are blocked
+   or not.  */
+extern void at_fatal_signal (void (*function) (void));
+
+
+/* Sometimes it is necessary to block the usually fatal signals while the
+   data structures being accessed by the cleanup action are being built or
+   reorganized.  This is the case, for example, when a temporary file or
+   directory is created through mkstemp() or mkdtemp(), because these
+   functions create the temporary file or directory _before_ returning its
+   name to the application.  */
+
+/* Temporarily delay the catchable fatal signals.
+   The signals will be blocked (= delayed) until the next call to
+   unblock_fatal_signals().  If the signals are already blocked, a further
+   call to block_fatal_signals() has no effect.  */
+extern void block_fatal_signals (void);
+
+/* Stop delaying the catchable fatal signals.  */
+extern void unblock_fatal_signals (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fclose.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fclose.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90ed653a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fclose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* fclose replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "freading.h"
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#undef fclose
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+fclose_nothrow (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = fclose (fp);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = EOF;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+# define fclose_nothrow fclose
+#endif
+
+/* Override fclose() to call the overridden fflush() or close().  */
+
+int
+rpl_fclose (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int saved_errno = 0;
+  int fd;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  /* Don't change behavior on memstreams.  */
+  fd = fileno (fp);
+  if (fd < 0)
+    return fclose_nothrow (fp);
+
+  /* We only need to flush the file if it is not reading or if it is
+     seekable.  This only guarantees the file position of input files
+     if the fflush module is also in use.  */
+  if ((!freading (fp) || lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) != -1)
+      && fflush (fp))
+    saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* fclose() calls close(), but we need to also invoke all hooks that our
+     overridden close() function invokes.  See lib/close.c.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+  /* Call the overridden close(), then the original fclose().
+     Note about multithread-safety: There is a race condition where some
+     other thread could open fd between our close and fclose.  */
+  if (close (fd) < 0 && saved_errno == 0)
+    saved_errno = errno;
+
+  fclose_nothrow (fp); /* will fail with errno = EBADF,
+                          if we did not lose a race */
+
+#else /* !WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+  /* Call fclose() and invoke all hooks of the overridden close().  */
+
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Note about multithread-safety: There is a race condition here as well.
+     Some other thread could open fd between our calls to fclose and
+     _gl_unregister_fd.  */
+  result = fclose_nothrow (fp);
+  if (result == 0)
+    _gl_unregister_fd (fd);
+# else
+  /* No race condition here.  */
+  result = fclose_nothrow (fp);
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !WINDOWS_SOCKETS */
+
+  if (saved_errno != 0)
+    {
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      result = EOF;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fcntl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fcntl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..735fa66f4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fcntl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* Provide file descriptor control.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+# define rpl_fcntl fcntl
+#endif
+#undef fcntl
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+/* Upper bound on getdtablesize().  See lib/getdtablesize.c.  */
+# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
+
+/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
+   which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
+   will be inheritable.  */
+static int
+dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd.  Iterate until all
+     file descriptors less than newfd are filled up.  */
+  HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
+  HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
+  unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
+  unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
+  int result;
+  BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
+  int mode;
+
+  if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+      || (mode = setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
+    {
+      /* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
+         descriptor.  */
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  setmode (oldfd, mode);
+  flags |= mode;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      HANDLE new_handle;
+      int duplicated_fd;
+      unsigned int index;
+
+      if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process,           /* SourceProcessHandle */
+                            old_handle,             /* SourceHandle */
+                            curr_process,           /* TargetProcessHandle */
+                            (PHANDLE) &new_handle,  /* TargetHandle */
+                            (DWORD) 0,              /* DesiredAccess */
+                            inherit,                /* InheritHandle */
+                            DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
+        {
+          /* TODO: Translate GetLastError () into errno.  */
+          errno = EMFILE;
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
+      if (duplicated_fd < 0)
+        {
+          CloseHandle (new_handle);
+          errno = EMFILE;
+          result = -1;
+          break;
+        }
+      if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
+        {
+          result = duplicated_fd;
+          break;
+        }
+
+      /* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[].  */
+      index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
+      if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
+        {
+          if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
+            /* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX.  */
+            abort ();
+          memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
+                  index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
+          fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
+        }
+      fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
+    }
+
+  /* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small.  */
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    unsigned int duplicated_fd;
+
+    for (duplicated_fd = 0;
+         duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
+         duplicated_fd++)
+      if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
+           >> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
+          & 1)
+        close (duplicated_fd);
+
+    errno = saved_errno;
+  }
+
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (0 <= result)
+    result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+#endif /* W32 */
+
+/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
+   using the argument ARG further described below.  This replacement
+   handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
+   native fcntl.  An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
+   EINVAL.
+
+   F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
+   If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
+   otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
+   target fd.  If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
+   inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
+
+   F_GETFD - ARG need not be present.  If successful, return a
+   non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
+   FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
+   return -1 and set errno.  */
+
+int
+rpl_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
+{
+  va_list arg;
+  int result = -1;
+  va_start (arg, action);
+  switch (action)
+    {
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+    case F_DUPFD:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
+        break;
+      }
+#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
+    case F_DUPFD:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+        /* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x.  */
+        if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
+          errno = EINVAL;
+        else
+          {
+            /* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original.  */
+            int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
+            if (flags < 0)
+              {
+                result = -1;
+                break;
+              }
+            result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
+            if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
+              {
+                int saved_errno = errno;
+                close (result);
+                result = -1;
+                errno = saved_errno;
+              }
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+            if (0 <= result)
+              result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+# endif
+          }
+        break;
+      } /* F_DUPFD */
+#endif /* FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR */
+
+    case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
+      {
+        int target = va_arg (arg, int);
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+        result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
+        break;
+#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+        /* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
+           (that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
+           may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
+           older kernel that does not support it.  Cache the
+           information on whether the system call really works, but
+           avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
+           for any reason.  0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no.  */
+        static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
+        if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
+          {
+            result = fcntl (fd, action, target);
+            if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
+              {
+                have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
+# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+                if (0 <= result)
+                  result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
+# endif
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+                if (result < 0)
+                  break;
+                have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
+              }
+          }
+        else
+          result = rpl_fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
+        if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
+          {
+            int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
+            if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+              {
+                int saved_errno = errno;
+                close (result);
+                errno = saved_errno;
+                result = -1;
+              }
+          }
+        break;
+#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
+      } /* F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC */
+
+#if !HAVE_FCNTL
+    case F_GETFD:
+      {
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+        HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+        DWORD flags;
+        if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
+            || GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
+          errno = EBADF;
+        else
+          result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
+# else /* !W32 */
+        /* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors.  No way to
+           access this information, so punt.  */
+        if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
+          result = 0;
+# endif /* !W32 */
+        break;
+      } /* F_GETFD */
+#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
+
+      /* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
+         API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
+         changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
+         can lead to odd state.  It may be possible by duplicating the
+         handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
+         using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
+         is not supported for now.  */
+
+    default:
+      {
+#if HAVE_FCNTL
+        void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
+        result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
+#else
+        errno = EINVAL;
+#endif
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+  va_end (arg);
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e158a52aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fd-hook.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
+   Initially the list is empty.  */
+static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL };
+
+int
+execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary,
+                     int fd)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd)
+{
+  return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd);
+}
+
+int
+execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                     int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  if (remaining_list == &anchor)
+    /* End of list reached.  */
+    return primary (fd, request, arg);
+  else
+    return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
+                                             primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+int
+execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                         int fd, int request, void *arg)
+{
+  return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg);
+}
+
+void
+register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  if (close_hook == NULL)
+    close_hook = execute_close_hooks;
+  if (ioctl_hook == NULL)
+    ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks;
+
+  if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Add the link to the doubly linked list.  */
+      link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
+      link->private_prev = &anchor;
+      link->private_close_fn = close_hook;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook;
+      anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
+      anchor.private_next = link;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The link is already in use.  */
+      if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook
+          || link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook)
+        abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link)
+{
+  struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
+
+  if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The link is in use.  Remove it from the doubly linked list.  */
+      prev->private_next = next;
+      next->private_prev = prev;
+      /* Clear the link, to mark it unused.  */
+      link->private_next = NULL;
+      link->private_prev = NULL;
+      link->private_close_fn = NULL;
+      link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d15b577114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-hook.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Hook for making making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef FD_HOOK_H
+#define FD_HOOK_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
+   on native Windows platforms.  */
+#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
+
+
+/* Type of function that closes FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd);
+
+/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD.  */
+typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around"
+   method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl()
+   function.
+   The fields of this structure are considered private.  */
+struct fd_hook
+{
+  /* Doubly linked list.  */
+  struct fd_hook *private_next;
+  struct fd_hook *private_prev;
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback.  */
+  int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_close_fn primary,
+                           int fd);
+  /* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
+     execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a
+     fallback.  */
+  int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                           gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                           int fd, int request, void *arg);
+};
+
+/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
+   types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close().  */
+typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_close_fn primary,
+                              int fd);
+
+/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_close_fn primary,
+                                int fd);
+
+/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like close() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd);
+
+/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special
+   knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls
+   execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG)
+   for the other FD types.
+   In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
+   and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl().  */
+typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                              gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                              int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
+                                gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
+   Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do.  */
+extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
+                                    int fd, int request, void *arg);
+
+/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks.
+   CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change.
+   The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
+   accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook.  */
+extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook,
+                              struct fd_hook *link);
+
+/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks.  */
+extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link);
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer-flag.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer-flag.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bc14bda2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer-flag.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Adjust a file descriptor result so that it avoids clobbering
+   STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
+   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  If FLAG
+   contains O_CLOEXEC, the returned FD will have close-on-exec
+   semantics.  On failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and
+   return -1.  Preserve errno if FD is negative, so that the caller
+   can always inspect errno when the returned value is negative.
+
+   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
+   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer_flag (open ("file", O_RDONLY | flag), flag).  */
+
+int
+fd_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f = dup_safer_flag (fd, flag);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+      fd = f;
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ded8886a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fd-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
+   error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD.  On
+   failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1.  Preserve
+   errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect
+   errno when the returned value is negative.
+
+   This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
+   descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)).  */
+
+int
+fd_safer (int fd)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f = dup_safer (fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = e;
+      fd = f;
+    }
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fflush.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fflush.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c182ac1fa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fflush.c
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/* fflush.c -- allow flushing input streams
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "stdio--.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "freading.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+#include "unused-parameter.h"
+
+#undef fflush
+
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+
+/* Clear the stream's ungetc buffer, preserving the value of ftello (fp).  */
+static void
+clear_ungetc_buffer_preserving_position (FILE *fp)
+{
+  if (fp->_flags & _IO_IN_BACKUP)
+    /* _IO_free_backup_area is a bit complicated.  Simply call fseek.  */
+    fseeko (fp, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Clear the stream's ungetc buffer.  May modify the value of ftello (fp).  */
+static void
+clear_ungetc_buffer (FILE *fp)
+{
+# if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  if (HASUB (fp))
+    {
+      fp_->_p += fp_->_r;
+      fp_->_r = 0;
+    }
+# elif defined __EMX__              /* emx+gcc */
+  if (fp->_ungetc_count > 0)
+    {
+      fp->_ungetc_count = 0;
+      fp->_rcount = - fp->_rcount;
+    }
+# elif defined _IOERR               /* Minix, AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+  /* Nothing to do.  */
+# else                              /* other implementations */
+  fseeko (fp, 0, SEEK_CUR);
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if ! (defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */)
+
+# if (defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__) && defined __SNPT /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+
+static int
+disable_seek_optimization (FILE *fp)
+{
+  int saved_flags = fp_->_flags & (__SOPT | __SNPT);
+  fp_->_flags = (fp_->_flags & ~__SOPT) | __SNPT;
+  return saved_flags;
+}
+
+static void
+restore_seek_optimization (FILE *fp, int saved_flags)
+{
+  fp_->_flags = (fp_->_flags & ~(__SOPT | __SNPT)) | saved_flags;
+}
+
+# else
+
+static void
+update_fpos_cache (FILE *fp _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER,
+                   off_t pos _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER)
+{
+#  if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+#   if defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* fp_->_offset is typed as an integer.  */
+  fp_->_offset = pos;
+#   else
+  /* fp_->_offset is an fpos_t.  */
+  /* Use a union, since on NetBSD, the compilation flags determine
+     whether fpos_t is typedef'd to off_t or a struct containing a
+     single off_t member.  */
+  union
+    {
+      fpos_t f;
+      off_t o;
+    } u;
+  u.o = pos;
+  fp_->_offset = u.f;
+#   endif
+  fp_->_flags |= __SOFF;
+#  endif
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Flush all pending data on STREAM according to POSIX rules.  Both
+   output and seekable input streams are supported.  */
+int
+rpl_fflush (FILE *stream)
+{
+  /* When stream is NULL, POSIX and C99 only require flushing of "output
+     streams and update streams in which the most recent operation was not
+     input", and all implementations do this.
+
+     When stream is "an output stream or an update stream in which the most
+     recent operation was not input", POSIX and C99 requires that fflush
+     writes out any buffered data, and all implementations do this.
+
+     When stream is, however, an input stream or an update stream in
+     which the most recent operation was input, C99 specifies nothing,
+     and POSIX only specifies behavior if the stream is seekable.
+     mingw, in particular, drops the input buffer, leaving the file
+     descriptor positioned at the end of the input buffer. I.e. ftell
+     (stream) is lost.  We don't want to call the implementation's
+     fflush in this case.
+
+     We test ! freading (stream) here, rather than fwriting (stream), because
+     what we need to know is whether the stream holds a "read buffer", and on
+     mingw this is indicated by _IOREAD, regardless of _IOWRT.  */
+  if (stream == NULL || ! freading (stream))
+    return fflush (stream);
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+
+  clear_ungetc_buffer_preserving_position (stream);
+
+  return fflush (stream);
+
+#else
+  {
+    /* Notes about the file-position indicator:
+       1) The file position indicator is incremented by fgetc() and decremented
+          by ungetc():
+          <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/fgetc.html>
+            "... the fgetc() function shall ... advance the associated file
+             position indicator for the stream ..."
+          <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/ungetc.html>
+            "The file-position indicator is decremented by each successful
+             call to ungetc()..."
+       2) <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/ungetc.html> says:
+            "The value of the file-position indicator for the stream after
+             reading or discarding all pushed-back bytes shall be the same
+             as it was before the bytes were pushed back."
+          Here we are discarding all pushed-back bytes.  But more specifically,
+       3) <http://www.opengroup.org/austin/aardvark/latest/xshbug3.txt> says:
+            "[After fflush(),] the file offset of the underlying open file
+             description shall be set to the file position of the stream, and
+             any characters pushed back onto the stream by ungetc() ... shall
+             be discarded."  */
+
+    /* POSIX does not specify fflush behavior for non-seekable input
+       streams.  Some implementations purge unread data, some return
+       EBADF, some do nothing.  */
+    off_t pos = ftello (stream);
+    if (pos == -1)
+      {
+        errno = EBADF;
+        return EOF;
+      }
+
+    /* Clear the ungetc buffer.  */
+    clear_ungetc_buffer (stream);
+
+    /* To get here, we must be flushing a seekable input stream, so the
+       semantics of fpurge are now appropriate to clear the buffer.  To
+       avoid losing data, the lseek is also necessary.  */
+    {
+      int result = fpurge (stream);
+      if (result != 0)
+        return result;
+    }
+
+# if (defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__) && defined __SNPT /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+
+    {
+      /* Disable seek optimization for the next fseeko call.  This tells the
+         following fseeko call to seek to the desired position directly, rather
+         than to seek to a block-aligned boundary.  */
+      int saved_flags = disable_seek_optimization (stream);
+      int result = fseeko (stream, pos, SEEK_SET);
+
+      restore_seek_optimization (stream, saved_flags);
+      return result;
+    }
+
+# else
+
+    pos = lseek (fileno (stream), pos, SEEK_SET);
+    if (pos == -1)
+      return EOF;
+    /* After a successful lseek, update the file descriptor's position cache
+       in the stream.  */
+    update_fpos_cache (stream, pos);
+
+    return 0;
+
+# endif
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filename.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filename.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b82a0ac389
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filename.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Basic filename support macros.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FILENAME_H
+#define _FILENAME_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FILENAME_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60c4988b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#if ! HAVE_MEMPCPY && ! defined mempcpy
+# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
+#endif
+
+/* Return the longest suffix of F that is a relative file name.
+   If it has no such suffix, return the empty string.  */
+
+static char const * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+longest_relative_suffix (char const *f)
+{
+  for (f += FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (f); ISSLASH (*f); f++)
+    continue;
+  return f;
+}
+
+/* Concatenate two file name components, DIR and ABASE, in
+   newly-allocated storage and return the result.
+   The resulting file name F is such that the commands "ls F" and "(cd
+   DIR; ls BASE)" refer to the same file, where BASE is ABASE with any
+   file system prefixes and leading separators removed.
+   Arrange for a directory separator if necessary between DIR and BASE
+   in the result, removing any redundant separators.
+   In any case, if BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set
+   *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of ABASE in the returned
+   concatenation.  However, if ABASE begins with more than one slash,
+   set *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the sole corresponding slash that
+   is copied into the result buffer.
+
+   Return NULL if malloc fails.  */
+
+char *
+mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *abase, char **base_in_result)
+{
+  char const *dirbase = last_component (dir);
+  size_t dirbaselen = base_len (dirbase);
+  size_t dirlen = dirbase - dir + dirbaselen;
+  size_t needs_separator = (dirbaselen && ! ISSLASH (dirbase[dirbaselen - 1]));
+
+  char const *base = longest_relative_suffix (abase);
+  size_t baselen = strlen (base);
+
+  char *p_concat = malloc (dirlen + needs_separator + baselen + 1);
+  char *p;
+
+  if (p_concat == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen);
+  *p = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+  p += needs_separator;
+
+  if (base_in_result)
+    *base_in_result = p - IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (abase);
+
+  p = mempcpy (p, base, baselen);
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  return p_concat;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8809b571f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "filenamecat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Just like mfile_name_concat (filenamecat-lgpl.c), except, rather than
+   returning NULL upon malloc failure, here, we report the
+   "memory exhausted" condition and exit.  */
+
+char *
+file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *abase, char **base_in_result)
+{
+  char *p = mfile_name_concat (dir, abase, base_in_result);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1476e14c74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/filenamecat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#if GNULIB_FILENAMECAT
+char *file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
+                        char **base_in_result);
+#endif
+
+char *mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
+                         char **base_in_result);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float+.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float+.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32fb790bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float+.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
+#define _FLOATPLUS_H
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
+   "hidden bit".  */
+#if FLT_RADIX == 2
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
+#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
+# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
+#endif
+
+/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number.  */
+#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+
+/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
+   the exponent's sign.  */
+#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
+  (FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
+  (DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
+  (LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
+   LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
+   32)
+
+/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
+   counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
+   exponent, and the sign.  */
+#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
+
+/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
+   This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'.  For example, on i386 systems,
+   'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
+   LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
+   sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16.  */
+#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
+
+/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc.  */
+typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
+typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
+
+#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..366945fa38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/float.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
+
+#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
+#elif defined __i386__
+const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
+  { { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..917920d904
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Invoke fopen, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+/* Like fopen, but do not return stdin, stdout, or stderr.  */
+
+FILE *
+fopen_safer (char const *file, char const *mode)
+{
+  FILE *fp = fopen (file, mode);
+
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      int fd = fileno (fp);
+
+      if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+        {
+          int f = dup_safer (fd);
+
+          if (f < 0)
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              fclose (fp);
+              errno = e;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+
+          if (fclose (fp) != 0
+              || ! (fp = fdopen (f, mode)))
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              close (f);
+              errno = e;
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return fp;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9d6763d21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* Open a stream to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <stdio.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <stdio.h> here, so that orig_fopen doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fopen.  */
+#define __need_FILE
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fopen.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#undef __need_FILE
+
+static FILE *
+orig_fopen (const char *filename, const char *mode)
+{
+  return fopen (filename, mode);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "stdio.h" here, not <stdio.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <stdio.h> above.  */
+#include "stdio.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+FILE *
+rpl_fopen (const char *filename, const char *mode)
+{
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = "NUL";
+#endif
+
+#if FOPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and a mode that requires write access is
+     specified, then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html>
+     says that
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a
+        single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname."
+     and
+       "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by
+        its predecessor."
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then if a mode that
+     requires write access is specified, fopen() must fail because POSIX
+     <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/fopen.html> says that it
+     fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+     fopen() must fail since the file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  {
+    size_t len = strlen (filename);
+    if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+      {
+        int fd;
+        struct stat statbuf;
+        FILE *fp;
+
+        if (mode[0] == 'w' || mode[0] == 'a')
+          {
+            errno = EISDIR;
+            return NULL;
+          }
+
+        fd = open (filename, O_RDONLY);
+        if (fd < 0)
+          return NULL;
+
+        if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+          {
+            close (fd);
+            errno = ENOTDIR;
+            return NULL;
+          }
+
+        fp = fdopen (fd, mode);
+        if (fp == NULL)
+          {
+            int saved_errno = errno;
+            close (fd);
+            errno = saved_errno;
+          }
+        return fp;
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+
+  return orig_fopen (filename, mode);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bc4568923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "fpending.h"
+
+/* Return the number of pending (aka buffered, unflushed)
+   bytes on the stream, FP, that is open for writing.  */
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if defined(PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES)
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+#endif
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4eca3f18e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpending.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Declare __fpending.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __fpending
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpucw.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpucw.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b7f5284a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpucw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Manipulating the FPU control word.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FPUCW_H
+#define _FPUCW_H
+
+/* The i386 floating point hardware (the 387 compatible FPU, not the modern
+   SSE/SSE2 hardware) has a controllable rounding precision.  It is specified
+   through the 'PC' bits in the FPU control word ('fctrl' register).  (See
+   the GNU libc i386 <fpu_control.h> header for details.)
+
+   On some platforms, such as Linux or Solaris, the default precision setting
+   is set to "extended precision".  This means that 'long double' instructions
+   operate correctly, but 'double' computations often produce slightly
+   different results as on strictly IEEE 754 conforming systems.
+
+   On some platforms, such as NetBSD, the default precision is set to
+   "double precision".  This means that 'long double' instructions will operate
+   only as 'double', i.e. lead to wrong results.  Similarly on FreeBSD 6.4, at
+   least for the division of 'long double' numbers.
+
+   The FPU control word is under control of the application, i.e. it is
+   not required to be set either way by the ABI.  (In fact, the i386 ABI
+   http://refspecs.freestandards.org/elf/abi386-4.pdf page 3-12 = page 38
+   is not clear about it.  But in any case, gcc treats the control word
+   like a "preserved" register: it emits code that assumes that the control
+   word is preserved across calls, and it restores the control word at the
+   end of functions that modify it.)
+
+   See Vincent Lefèvre's page http://www.vinc17.org/research/extended.en.html
+   for a good explanation.
+   See http://www.uwsg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0103.0/0453.html for
+   some argumentation which setting should be the default.  */
+
+/* This header file provides the following facilities:
+     fpucw_t                        integral type holding the value of 'fctrl'
+     FPU_PC_MASK                    bit mask denoting the precision control
+     FPU_PC_DOUBLE                  precision control for 53 bits mantissa
+     FPU_PC_EXTENDED                precision control for 64 bits mantissa
+     GET_FPUCW ()                   yields the current FPU control word
+     SET_FPUCW (word)               sets the FPU control word
+     DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING      variable declaration for
+                                    BEGIN/END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+     BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()  starts a sequence of instructions with
+                                    'long double' safe operation precision
+     END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()    ends a sequence of instructions with
+                                    'long double' safe operation precision
+ */
+
+/* Inline assembler like this works only with GNU C.  */
+#if (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__) && defined __GNUC__
+
+typedef unsigned short fpucw_t; /* glibc calls this fpu_control_t */
+
+# define FPU_PC_MASK 0x0300
+# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0x200    /* glibc calls this _FPU_DOUBLE */
+# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0x300  /* glibc calls this _FPU_EXTENDED */
+
+# define GET_FPUCW() \
+  ({ fpucw_t _cw;                                               \
+     __asm__ __volatile__ ("fnstcw %0" : "=m" (*&_cw));         \
+     _cw;                                                       \
+   })
+# define SET_FPUCW(word) \
+  (void)({ fpucw_t _ncw = (word);                               \
+           __asm__ __volatile__ ("fldcw %0" : : "m" (*&_ncw));  \
+         })
+
+# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING \
+  fpucw_t oldcw;
+# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
+  (void)(oldcw = GET_FPUCW (),                                  \
+         SET_FPUCW ((oldcw & ~FPU_PC_MASK) | FPU_PC_EXTENDED))
+# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
+  SET_FPUCW (oldcw)
+
+#else
+
+typedef unsigned int fpucw_t;
+
+# define FPU_PC_MASK 0
+# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0
+# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0
+
+# define GET_FPUCW() 0
+# define SET_FPUCW(word) (void)(word)
+
+# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
+# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FPUCW_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpurge.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpurge.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09c9ea82c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fpurge.c
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* Flushing buffers of a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE___FPURGE                   /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7 */
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+int
+fpurge (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if HAVE___FPURGE                   /* glibc >= 2.2, Haiku, Solaris >= 7, musl libc */
+
+  __fpurge (fp);
+  /* The __fpurge function does not have a return value.  */
+  return 0;
+
+#elif HAVE_FPURGE                   /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin 1.7 */
+
+  /* Call the system's fpurge function.  */
+# undef fpurge
+# if !HAVE_DECL_FPURGE
+  extern int fpurge (FILE *);
+# endif
+  int result = fpurge (fp);
+# if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  if (result == 0)
+    /* Correct the invariants that fpurge broke.
+       <stdio.h> on BSD systems says:
+         "The following always hold: if _flags & __SRD, _w is 0."
+       If this invariant is not fulfilled and the stream is read-write but
+       currently reading, subsequent putc or fputc calls will write directly
+       into the buffer, although they shouldn't be allowed to.  */
+    if ((fp_->_flags & __SRD) != 0)
+      fp_->_w = 0;
+# endif
+  return result;
+
+#else
+
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+# if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  fp->_IO_read_end = fp->_IO_read_ptr;
+  fp->_IO_write_ptr = fp->_IO_write_base;
+  /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer.  */
+  if (fp->_IO_save_base != NULL)
+    {
+      free (fp->_IO_save_base);
+      fp->_IO_save_base = NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  fp_->_p = fp_->_bf._base;
+  fp_->_r = 0;
+  fp_->_w = ((fp_->_flags & (__SLBF | __SNBF | __SRD)) == 0 /* fully buffered and not currently reading? */
+             ? fp_->_bf._size
+             : 0);
+  /* Avoid memory leak when there is an active ungetc buffer.  */
+  if (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+    {
+      if (fp_ub._base != fp_->_ubuf)
+        free (fp_ub._base);
+      fp_ub._base = NULL;
+    }
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __EMX__              /* emx+gcc */
+  fp->_ptr = fp->_buffer;
+  fp->_rcount = 0;
+  fp->_wcount = 0;
+  fp->_ungetc_count = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __minix              /* Minix */
+  fp->_ptr = fp->_buf;
+  if (fp->_ptr != NULL)
+    fp->_count = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined _IOERR               /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+  fp->_ptr = fp->_base;
+  if (fp->_ptr != NULL)
+    fp->_cnt = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif WIN_SDK10
+  ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_ptr = ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_base;
+  if (((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_ptr != NULL)
+    ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_cnt = 0;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __UCLIBC__           /* uClibc */
+#  ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+    fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufstart;
+  else if (fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING))
+    fp->__bufpos = fp->__bufread;
+#  endif
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __QNX__              /* QNX */
+  fp->_Rback = fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back);
+  fp->_Rsave = NULL;
+  if (fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */)
+    /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Wend */
+    fp->_Next = fp->_Buf;
+  else
+    /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend */
+    fp->_Rend = fp->_Next;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined __MINT__             /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (fp->__pushed_back)
+    {
+      fp->__bufp = fp->__pushback_bufp;
+      fp->__pushed_back = 0;
+    }
+  /* Preserve the current file position.  */
+  if (fp->__target != -1)
+    fp->__target += fp->__bufp - fp->__buffer;
+  fp->__bufp = fp->__buffer;
+  /* Nothing in the buffer, next getc is nontrivial.  */
+  fp->__get_limit = fp->__bufp;
+  /* Nothing in the buffer, next putc is nontrivial.  */
+  fp->__put_limit = fp->__buffer;
+  return 0;
+# elif defined EPLAN9               /* Plan9 */
+  fp->rp = fp->wp = fp->lp = fp->buf;
+  return 0;
+# else
+#  error "Please port gnulib fpurge.c to your platform! Look at the definitions of fflush, setvbuf and ungetc on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+# endif
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae24e3b8a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freadahead.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+size_t
+freadahead (FILE *fp)
+{
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  if (fp->_IO_write_ptr > fp->_IO_write_base)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->_IO_read_end - fp->_IO_read_ptr)
+         + (fp->_flags & _IO_IN_BACKUP ? fp->_IO_save_end - fp->_IO_save_base :
+            0);
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & __SWR) != 0 || fp_->_r < 0)
+    return 0;
+# if defined __DragonFly__
+  return __sreadahead (fp);
+# else
+  return fp_->_r
+         + (HASUB (fp) ? fp_->_ur : 0);
+# endif
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  if ((fp->_flags & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  /* Note: fp->_ungetc_count > 0 implies fp->_rcount <= 0,
+           fp->_ungetc_count = 0 implies fp->_rcount >= 0.  */
+  /* equivalent to
+     (fp->_ungetc_count == 0 ? fp->_rcount : fp->_ungetc_count - fp->_rcount) */
+  return (fp->_rcount > 0 ? fp->_rcount : fp->_ungetc_count - fp->_rcount);
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  if ((fp_->_flags & _IOWRITING) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return fp_->_count;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+  if ((fp_->_flag & _IOWRT) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return fp_->_cnt;
+#elif WIN_SDK10
+  if ((((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_flags & WIN_SDK10_IOWRITE) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  return ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_cnt;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+# ifdef __STDIO_BUFFERS
+  if (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->__bufread - fp->__bufpos)
+         + (fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_UNGOT ? 1 : 0);
+# else
+  return 0;
+# endif
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  if ((fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */) != 0)
+    return 0;
+  /* fp->_Buf <= fp->_Next <= fp->_Rend,
+     and fp->_Rend may be overridden by fp->_Rsave. */
+  return ((fp->_Rsave ? fp->_Rsave : fp->_Rend) - fp->_Next)
+         + (fp->_Mode & 0x4000 /* _MBYTE */
+            ? (fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back)) - fp->_Rback
+            : 0);
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (!fp->__mode.__read)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->__pushed_back
+          ? fp->__get_limit - fp->__pushback_bufp + 1
+          : fp->__get_limit - fp->__bufp);
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state == 4 /* WR */ || fp->rp >= fp->wp)
+    return 0;
+  return fp->wp - fp->rp;
+#elif defined SLOW_BUT_NO_HACKS     /* users can define this */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib freadahead.c to your platform! Look at the definition of fflush, fread, ungetc on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c691f89c0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freadahead.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Assuming the stream STREAM is open for reading:
+   Return the number of bytes waiting in the input buffer of STREAM.
+   This includes both the bytes that have been read from the underlying input
+   source and the bytes that have been pushed back through 'ungetc'.
+
+   If this number is 0 and the stream is not currently writing,
+   fflush (STREAM) is known to be a no-op.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+#if HAVE___FREADAHEAD /* musl libc */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define freadahead(stream) __freadahead (stream)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern size_t freadahead (FILE *stream) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c2ffd93735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "freading.h"
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+/* Don't use glibc's __freading function in glibc < 2.7, see
+   <http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=4359>  */
+#if !(HAVE___FREADING && (!defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 7)))
+
+bool
+freading (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+# if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  return ((fp->_flags & _IO_NO_WRITES) != 0
+          || ((fp->_flags & (_IO_NO_READS | _IO_CURRENTLY_PUTTING)) == 0
+              && fp->_IO_read_base != NULL));
+# elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  return (fp_->_flags & __SRD) != 0;
+# elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  return (fp->_flags & _IOREAD) != 0;
+# elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  return (fp->_flags & _IOREADING) != 0;
+# elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+#  if defined __sun                  /* Solaris */
+  return (fp->_flag & _IOREAD) != 0 && (fp->_flag & _IOWRT) == 0;
+#  else
+  return (fp->_flag & _IOREAD) != 0;
+#  endif
+# elif WIN_SDK10
+  return (((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_flags & WIN_SDK10_IOREAD) != 0;
+# elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  return (fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING)) != 0;
+# elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  return ((fp->_Mode & 0x2 /* _MOPENW */) == 0
+          || (fp->_Mode & 0x1000 /* _MREAD */) != 0);
+# elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (!fp->__mode.__write)
+    return 1;
+  if (!fp->__mode.__read)
+    return 0;
+#  ifdef _IO_CURRENTLY_GETTING /* Flag added on 2009-02-28 */
+  return (fp->__flags & _IO_CURRENTLY_GETTING) != 0;
+#  else
+  return (fp->__buffer < fp->__get_limit /*|| fp->__bufp == fp->__put_limit ??*/);
+#  endif
+# elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state == 0 /* CLOSED */ || fp->state == 4 /* WR */)
+    return 0;
+  return (fp->state == 3 /* RD */ && (fp->bufl == 0 || fp->rp < fp->wp));
+# else
+#  error "Please port gnulib freading.c to your platform!"
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..88ea789ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/freading.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Retrieve information about a FILE stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Return true if the stream STREAM is opened read-only, or if the
+   last operation on the stream was a read operation.  Return false if
+   the stream is opened write-only or append-only, or if it supports
+   writing and there is no current read operation (such as fgetc).
+
+   freading and fwriting will never both be true.  If STREAM supports
+   both reads and writes, then:
+     - both freading and fwriting might be false when the stream is first
+       opened, after read encounters EOF, or after fflush,
+     - freading might be false or true and fwriting might be false
+       after repositioning (such as fseek, fsetpos, or rewind),
+   depending on the underlying implementation.
+
+   STREAM must not be wide-character oriented.  */
+
+#if HAVE___FREADING && (!defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || __GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 7))
+/* Solaris >= 7, not glibc >= 2.2, but glibc >= 2.7, or musl libc  */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define freading(stream) (__freading (stream) != 0)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern bool freading (FILE *stream);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/frexp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/frexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d847fa38b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/frexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>, 2003, and
+   Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <float.h>
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#else
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#endif
+
+/* This file assumes FLT_RADIX = 2.  If FLT_RADIX is a power of 2 greater
+   than 2, or not even a power of 2, some rounding errors can occur, so that
+   then the returned mantissa is only guaranteed to be <= 1.0, not < 1.0.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC frexpl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define ISNAN isnanl
+# define DECL_ROUNDING DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING() BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define END_ROUNDING() END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#else
+# define FUNC frexp
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define ISNAN isnand
+# define DECL_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING()
+# define END_ROUNDING()
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+FUNC (DOUBLE x, int *expptr)
+{
+  int sign;
+  int exponent;
+  DECL_ROUNDING
+
+  /* Test for NaN, infinity, and zero.  */
+  if (ISNAN (x) || x + x == x)
+    {
+      *expptr = 0;
+      return x;
+    }
+
+  sign = 0;
+  if (x < 0)
+    {
+      x = - x;
+      sign = -1;
+    }
+
+  BEGIN_ROUNDING ();
+
+  {
+    /* Since the exponent is an 'int', it fits in 64 bits.  Therefore the
+       loops are executed no more than 64 times.  */
+    DOUBLE pow2[64]; /* pow2[i] = 2^2^i */
+    DOUBLE powh[64]; /* powh[i] = 2^-2^i */
+    int i;
+
+    exponent = 0;
+    if (x >= L_(1.0))
+      {
+        /* A positive exponent.  */
+        DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+        DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+        /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+           x * 2^exponent = argument, x >= 1.0.  */
+        for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+             ;
+             i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+          {
+            if (x >= pow2_i)
+              {
+                exponent += (1 << i);
+                x *= powh_i;
+              }
+            else
+              break;
+
+            pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+            powh[i] = powh_i;
+          }
+        /* Avoid making x too small, as it could become a denormalized
+           number and thus lose precision.  */
+        while (i > 0 && x < pow2[i - 1])
+          {
+            i--;
+            powh_i = powh[i];
+          }
+        exponent += (1 << i);
+        x *= powh_i;
+        /* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* A negative or zero exponent.  */
+        DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+        DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+        /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+           x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0.  */
+        for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+             ;
+             i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+          {
+            if (x < powh_i)
+              {
+                exponent -= (1 << i);
+                x *= pow2_i;
+              }
+            else
+              break;
+
+            pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+            powh[i] = powh_i;
+          }
+        /* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+      }
+
+    /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, and 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0.  */
+    while (i > 0)
+      {
+        i--;
+        if (x < powh[i])
+          {
+            exponent -= (1 << i);
+            x *= pow2[i];
+          }
+      }
+    /* Here 0.5 <= x < 1.0.  */
+  }
+
+  if (sign < 0)
+    x = - x;
+
+  END_ROUNDING ();
+
+  *expptr = exponent;
+  return x;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseeko.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseeko.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c326592b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseeko.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/* An fseeko() function that, together with fflush(), is POSIX compliant.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get off_t, lseek, _POSIX_VERSION.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+int
+fseeko (FILE *fp, off_t offset, int whence)
+#undef fseeko
+#if !HAVE_FSEEKO
+# undef fseek
+# define fseeko fseek
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+# undef fseeko
+# if HAVE__FSEEKI64 /* msvc, mingw64 */
+#  define fseeko _fseeki64
+# else /* mingw */
+#  define fseeko fseeko64
+# endif
+#endif
+{
+#if LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN
+  /* mingw gives bogus answers rather than failure on non-seekable files.  */
+  if (lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) == -1)
+    return EOF;
+#endif
+
+  /* These tests are based on fpurge.c.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  if (fp->_IO_read_end == fp->_IO_read_ptr
+      && fp->_IO_write_ptr == fp->_IO_write_base
+      && fp->_IO_save_base == NULL)
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+# if defined __SL64 && defined __SCLE /* Cygwin */
+  if ((fp->_flags & __SL64) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Cygwin 1.5.0 through 1.5.24 failed to open stdin in 64-bit
+         mode; but has an fseeko that requires 64-bit mode.  */
+      FILE *tmp = fopen ("/dev/null", "r");
+      if (!tmp)
+        return -1;
+      fp->_flags |= __SL64;
+      fp->_seek64 = tmp->_seek64;
+      fclose (tmp);
+    }
+# endif
+  if (fp_->_p == fp_->_bf._base
+      && fp_->_r == 0
+      && fp_->_w == ((fp_->_flags & (__SLBF | __SNBF | __SRD)) == 0 /* fully buffered and not currently reading? */
+                     ? fp_->_bf._size
+                     : 0)
+      && fp_ub._base == NULL)
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  if (fp->_ptr == fp->_buffer
+      && fp->_rcount == 0
+      && fp->_wcount == 0
+      && fp->_ungetc_count == 0)
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  if (fp_->_ptr == fp_->_buf
+      && (fp_->_ptr == NULL || fp_->_count == 0))
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+  if (fp_->_ptr == fp_->_base
+      && (fp_->_ptr == NULL || fp_->_cnt == 0))
+#elif WIN_SDK10
+  if (((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_ptr == ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_base
+      && (((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_ptr == NULL || ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_cnt == 0))
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  if (((fp->__modeflags & __FLAG_WRITING) == 0
+       || fp->__bufpos == fp->__bufstart)
+      && ((fp->__modeflags & (__FLAG_READONLY | __FLAG_READING)) == 0
+          || fp->__bufpos == fp->__bufread))
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  if ((fp->_Mode & 0x2000 /* _MWRITE */ ? fp->_Next == fp->_Buf : fp->_Next == fp->_Rend)
+      && fp->_Rback == fp->_Back + sizeof (fp->_Back)
+      && fp->_Rsave == NULL)
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  if (fp->__bufp == fp->__buffer
+      && fp->__get_limit == fp->__bufp
+      && fp->__put_limit == fp->__bufp
+      && !fp->__pushed_back)
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->rp == fp->buf
+      && fp->wp == fp->buf)
+#elif FUNC_FFLUSH_STDIN < 0 && 200809 <= _POSIX_VERSION
+  /* Cross-compiling to some other system advertising conformance to
+     POSIX.1-2008 or later.  Assume fseeko and fflush work as advertised.
+     If this assumption is incorrect, please report the bug to
+     bug-gnulib.  */
+  if (0)
+#else
+  #error "Please port gnulib fseeko.c to your platform! Look at the code in fseeko.c, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+    {
+      /* We get here when an fflush() call immediately preceded this one (or
+         if ftell() has created buffers but no I/O has occurred on a
+         newly-opened stream).  We know there are no buffers.  */
+      off_t pos = lseek (fileno (fp), offset, whence);
+      if (pos == -1)
+        {
+#if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+          fp_->_flags &= ~__SOFF;
+#endif
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+      fp->_flags &= ~_IO_EOF_SEEN;
+      fp->_offset = pos;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+# if defined __CYGWIN__
+      /* fp_->_offset is typed as an integer.  */
+      fp_->_offset = pos;
+# else
+      /* fp_->_offset is an fpos_t.  */
+      {
+        /* Use a union, since on NetBSD, the compilation flags
+           determine whether fpos_t is typedef'd to off_t or a struct
+           containing a single off_t member.  */
+        union
+          {
+            fpos_t f;
+            off_t o;
+          } u;
+        u.o = pos;
+        fp_->_offset = u.f;
+      }
+# endif
+      fp_->_flags |= __SOFF;
+      fp_->_flags &= ~__SEOF;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+      fp->_flags &= ~_IOEOF;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+      fp->_flag &= ~_IOEOF;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+      fp->__offset = pos;
+      fp->__eof = 0;
+#endif
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return fseeko (fp, offset, whence);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2191b6923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* Set the error indicator of a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "fseterr.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+void
+fseterr (FILE *fp)
+{
+  /* Most systems provide FILE as a struct and the necessary bitmask in
+     <stdio.h>, because they need it for implementing getc() and putc() as
+     fast macros.  */
+#if defined _IO_EOF_SEEN || defined _IO_ftrylockfile || __GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1 /* GNU libc, BeOS, Haiku, Linux libc5 */
+  fp->_flags |= _IO_ERR_SEEN;
+#elif defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+  fp_->_flags |= __SERR;
+#elif defined __EMX__               /* emx+gcc */
+  fp->_flags |= _IOERR;
+#elif defined __minix               /* Minix */
+  fp->_flags |= _IOERR;
+#elif defined _IOERR                /* AIX, HP-UX, IRIX, OSF/1, Solaris, OpenServer, mingw, NonStop Kernel */
+  fp_->_flag |= _IOERR;
+#elif WIN_SDK10
+  ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_flags |= WIN_SDK10_IOERROR;
+#elif defined __UCLIBC__            /* uClibc */
+  fp->__modeflags |= __FLAG_ERROR;
+#elif defined __QNX__               /* QNX */
+  fp->_Mode |= 0x200 /* _MERR */;
+#elif defined __MINT__              /* Atari FreeMiNT */
+  fp->__error = 1;
+#elif defined EPLAN9                /* Plan9 */
+  if (fp->state != 0 /* CLOSED */)
+    fp->state = 5 /* ERR */;
+#elif 0                             /* unknown  */
+  /* Portable fallback, based on an idea by Rich Felker.
+     Wow! 6 system calls for something that is just a bit operation!
+     Not activated on any system, because there is no way to repair FP when
+     the sequence of system calls fails, and library code should not call
+     abort().  */
+  int saved_errno;
+  int fd;
+  int fd2;
+
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  fflush (fp);
+  fd = fileno (fp);
+  fd2 = dup (fd);
+  if (fd2 >= 0)
+    {
+      close (fd);
+      fputc ('\0', fp); /* This should set the error indicator.  */
+      fflush (fp);      /* Or this.  */
+      if (dup2 (fd2, fd) < 0)
+        /* Whee... we botched the stream and now cannot restore it!  */
+        abort ();
+      close (fd2);
+    }
+  errno = saved_errno;
+#else
+ #error "Please port gnulib fseterr.c to your platform! Look at the definitions of ferror and clearerr on your system, then report this to bug-gnulib."
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..630fa8647f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fseterr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Set the error indicator of a stream.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _FSETERR_H
+#define _FSETERR_H
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Set the error indicator of the stream FP.
+   The "error indicator" is set when an I/O operation on the stream fails, and
+   is cleared (together with the "end-of-file" indicator) by clearerr (FP).  */
+
+#if HAVE___FSETERR /* musl libc */
+
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+# define fseterr(fp) __fseterr (fp)
+
+#else
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+extern void fseterr (FILE *fp);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _FSETERR_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fstat.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc802f502b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/fstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/* fstat() replacement.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_fstat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of fstat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE
+# undef stat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */
+# define stat _stati64
+# undef fstat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */
+# define fstat _fstati64
+#endif
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+static int
+orig_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return fstat (fd, buf);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+#include "sys/stat.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+fstat_nothrow (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = orig_fstat (fd, buf);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EBADF;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#else
+# define fstat_nothrow orig_fstat
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR && REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+  /* Handle the case when rpl_open() used a dummy file descriptor to work
+     around an open() that can't normally visit directories.  */
+  const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
+  if (name != NULL)
+    return stat (name, buf);
+#endif
+
+  return fstat_nothrow (fd, buf);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ftello.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ftello.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a2a0f2012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ftello.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* An ftello() function that works around platform bugs.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Get lseek.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "stdio-impl.h"
+
+off_t
+ftello (FILE *fp)
+#undef ftello
+#if !HAVE_FTELLO
+# undef ftell
+# define ftello ftell
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+# undef ftello
+# if HAVE__FTELLI64 /* msvc, mingw64 */
+#  define ftello _ftelli64
+# else /* mingw */
+#  define ftello ftello64
+# endif
+#endif
+{
+#if LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN
+  /* mingw gives bogus answers rather than failure on non-seekable files.  */
+  if (lseek (fileno (fp), 0, SEEK_CUR) == -1)
+    return -1;
+#endif
+
+#if FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_SWITCHING_FROM_READ_TO_WRITE /* Solaris */
+  /* The Solaris stdio leaves the _IOREAD flag set after reading from a file
+     reaches EOF and the program then starts writing to the file.  ftello
+     gets confused by this.  */
+  if (fp_->_flag & _IOWRT)
+    {
+      off_t pos;
+
+      /* Call ftello nevertheless, for the side effects that it does on fp.  */
+      ftello (fp);
+
+      /* Compute the file position ourselves.  */
+      pos = lseek (fileno (fp), (off_t) 0, SEEK_CUR);
+      if (pos >= 0)
+        {
+          if ((fp_->_flag & _IONBF) == 0 && fp_->_base != NULL)
+            pos += fp_->_ptr - fp_->_base;
+        }
+      return pos;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined __SL64 && defined __SCLE /* Cygwin */
+  if ((fp->_flags & __SL64) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Cygwin 1.5.0 through 1.5.24 failed to open stdin in 64-bit
+         mode; but has an ftello that requires 64-bit mode.  */
+      FILE *tmp = fopen ("/dev/null", "r");
+      if (!tmp)
+        return -1;
+      fp->_flags |= __SL64;
+      fp->_seek64 = tmp->_seek64;
+      fclose (tmp);
+    }
+#endif
+  return ftello (fp);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7865212cc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* get-errno.c - get and set errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "get-errno.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get and set errno.  A source file that needs to set or get errno,
+   but doesn't need to test for specific errno values, can use these
+   functions to avoid namespace pollution.  For example, a file that
+   defines EQUAL should not include <errno.h>, since <errno.h> might
+   define EQUAL; such a file can include <get-errno.h> instead.  */
+
+int
+get_errno (void)
+{
+  return errno;
+}
+
+void
+set_errno (int e)
+{
+  errno = e;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..04b3d4c8de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/get-errno.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* get-errno.h - get and set errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+extern int get_errno (void);
+extern void set_errno (int);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getdtablesize.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getdtablesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..212b3c0f96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getdtablesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* getdtablesize() function for platforms that don't have it.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+_setmaxstdio_nothrow (int newmax)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _setmaxstdio (newmax);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# define _setmaxstdio _setmaxstdio_nothrow
+#endif
+
+/* Cache for the previous getdtablesize () result.  */
+static int dtablesize;
+
+int
+getdtablesize (void)
+{
+  if (dtablesize == 0)
+    {
+      /* We are looking for the number N such that the valid file descriptors
+         are 0..N-1.  It can be obtained through a loop as follows:
+           {
+             int fd;
+             for (fd = 3; fd < 65536; fd++)
+               if (dup2 (0, fd) == -1)
+                 break;
+             return fd;
+           }
+         On Windows XP, the result is 2048.
+         The drawback of this loop is that it allocates memory for a libc
+         internal array that is never freed.
+
+         The number N can also be obtained as the upper bound for
+         _getmaxstdio ().  _getmaxstdio () returns the maximum number of open
+         FILE objects.  The sanity check in _setmaxstdio reveals the maximum
+         number of file descriptors.  This too allocates memory, but it is
+         freed when we call _setmaxstdio with the original value.  */
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64)
+      int orig_max_stdio = _getmaxstdio ();
+      unsigned int bound;
+      for (bound = 0x10000; _setmaxstdio (bound) < 0; bound = bound / 2)
+        ;
+      _setmaxstdio (orig_max_stdio);
+      dtablesize = bound;
+#else
+	  dtablesize = _getmaxstdio();
+#endif
+    }
+  return dtablesize;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b3d267067
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1245 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+   before changing it!
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1996, 1998-2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* This version of 'getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix 'getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As 'getopt_long' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Using 'getopt' or setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT
+   disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETENV && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+   XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+   that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0)                                           \
+    {                                                                         \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];                             \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];          \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;                                  \
+    }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else   /* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif  /* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   'first_nonopt' and 'last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  /* First make sure the handling of the '__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+         presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+        d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+        {
+          memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+                             d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+                  '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+          d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+          __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+        {
+          /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+          int len = middle - bottom;
+          int i;
+
+          /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+          for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+            {
+              tem = argv[bottom + i];
+              argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+              argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+              SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+            }
+          /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+          top -= len;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+          int len = top - middle;
+          int i;
+
+          /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+          for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+            {
+              tem = argv[bottom + i];
+              argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+              argv[middle + i] = tem;
+              SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+            }
+          /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+          bottom += len;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc _GL_UNUSED,
+                    char **argv _GL_UNUSED, const char *optstring,
+                    struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  d->__posixly_correct = posixly_correct || !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  if (!d->__posixly_correct
+      && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+    {
+      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+        {
+          if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+              || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+            d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+          else
+            {
+              const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+              int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+              if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+                d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+              __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+                (char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+              if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+                d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+              else
+                memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+                        '\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+            }
+        }
+      d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+    }
+  else
+    d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If 'getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If 'getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating 'optind' and 'nextchar' so that the next call to 'getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, 'getopt' returns -1.
+   Then 'optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set 'opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in 'optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in 'optarg', otherwise 'optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with '-' or '+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with '--' instead of '-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a '=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When 'getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   'flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's 'val' field
+   if the 'flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of 'struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+                    int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d, int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    {
+      if (d->optind == 0)
+        d->optind = 1;  /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d,
+                                      posixly_correct);
+      d->__initialized = 1;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '-' || optstring[0] == '+')
+    optstring++;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+                      || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len                \
+                          && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+         moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+        d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+        d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+        {
+          /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+             exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+              && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+          else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+          /* Skip any additional non-options
+             and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+          while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+            d->optind++;
+          d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+        }
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element '--' means premature end of options.
+         Skip it like a null option,
+         then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+         then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+        {
+          d->optind++;
+
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+              && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+            exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+          else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+            d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+          d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+          d->optind = argc;
+        }
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+         and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+        {
+          /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+             that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+          if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+            d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+          return -1;
+        }
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+         either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+        {
+          if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+            return -1;
+          d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+          return 1;
+        }
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+         Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+                  + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+          || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+                            || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      unsigned int namelen;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      struct option_list
+      {
+        const struct option *p;
+        struct option_list *next;
+      } *ambig_list = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+        /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+      namelen = nameend - d->__nextchar;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+         or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+        if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, namelen))
+          {
+            if (namelen == (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+              {
+                /* Exact match found.  */
+                pfound = p;
+                indfound = option_index;
+                exact = 1;
+                break;
+              }
+            else if (pfound == NULL)
+              {
+                /* First nonexact match found.  */
+                pfound = p;
+                indfound = option_index;
+              }
+            else if (long_only
+                     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+                     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+                     || pfound->val != p->val)
+              {
+                /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+                struct option_list *newp = malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+                newp->p = p;
+                newp->next = ambig_list;
+                ambig_list = newp;
+              }
+          }
+
+      if (ambig_list != NULL && !exact)
+        {
+          if (print_errors)
+            {
+              struct option_list first;
+              first.p = pfound;
+              first.next = ambig_list;
+              ambig_list = &first;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf = NULL;
+              size_t buflen = 0;
+
+              FILE *fp = open_memstream (&buf, &buflen);
+              if (fp != NULL)
+                {
+                  fprintf (fp,
+                           _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+                           argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+
+                  do
+                    {
+                      fprintf (fp, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+                      ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+                    }
+                  while (ambig_list != NULL);
+
+                  fputc_unlocked ('\n', fp);
+
+                  if (__builtin_expect (fclose (fp) != EOF, 1))
+                    {
+                      _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                      int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                      ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                      __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                      ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                      _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                      free (buf);
+                    }
+                }
+#else
+              fprintf (stderr,
+                       _("%s: option '%s' is ambiguous; possibilities:"),
+                       argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+              do
+                {
+                  fprintf (stderr, " '--%s'", ambig_list->p->name);
+                  ambig_list = ambig_list->next;
+                }
+              while (ambig_list != NULL);
+
+              fputc ('\n', stderr);
+#endif
+            }
+          d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+          d->optind++;
+          d->optopt = 0;
+          return '?';
+        }
+
+      while (ambig_list != NULL)
+        {
+          struct option_list *pn = ambig_list->next;
+          free (ambig_list);
+          ambig_list = pn;
+        }
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+        {
+          option_index = indfound;
+          d->optind++;
+          if (*nameend)
+            {
+              /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+                 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+              if (pfound->has_arg)
+                d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+              else
+                {
+                  if (print_errors)
+                    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      char *buf;
+                      int n;
+#endif
+
+                      if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+                        {
+                          /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                          n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                          argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+                          fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                   argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                          n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                          argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+                                          pfound->name);
+#else
+                          fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                   argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+                                   pfound->name);
+#endif
+                        }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      if (n >= 0)
+                        {
+                          _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                          int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                            |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                          __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                          _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                          free (buf);
+                        }
+#endif
+                    }
+
+                  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+                  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+                  return '?';
+                }
+            }
+          else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+            {
+              if (d->optind < argc)
+                d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+              else
+                {
+                  if (print_errors)
+                    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                      char *buf;
+
+                      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '--%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                      argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+                        {
+                          _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                          int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                            |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                          __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                          ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                          _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                          free (buf);
+                        }
+#else
+                      fprintf (stderr,
+                               _("%s: option '--%s' requires an argument\n"),
+                               argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                    }
+                  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+                  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+                }
+            }
+          d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+          if (longind != NULL)
+            *longind = option_index;
+          if (pfound->flag)
+            {
+              *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+              return 0;
+            }
+          return pfound->val;
+        }
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+         or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+         option, then it's an error.
+         Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+          || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+        {
+          if (print_errors)
+            {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf;
+              int n;
+#endif
+
+              if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+                {
+                  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option '--%s'\n"),
+                                  argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+                  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '--%s'\n"),
+                           argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option '%c%s'\n"),
+                                  argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+                  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option '%c%s'\n"),
+                           argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+                }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              if (n >= 0)
+                {
+                  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                  __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                  free (buf);
+                }
+#endif
+            }
+          d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+          d->optind++;
+          d->optopt = 0;
+          return '?';
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    const char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment 'optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':' || c == ';')
+      {
+        if (print_errors)
+          {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              char *buf;
+              int n;
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+              n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"),
+                              argv[0], c);
+#else
+              fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- '%c'\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+            if (n >= 0)
+              {
+                _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                free (buf);
+              }
+#endif
+          }
+        d->optopt = c;
+        return '?';
+      }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+        char *nameend;
+        const struct option *p;
+        const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+        int exact = 0;
+        int ambig = 0;
+        int indfound = 0;
+        int option_index;
+
+        if (longopts == NULL)
+          goto no_longs;
+
+        /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+        if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+          {
+            d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+            /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+               we must advance to the next element now.  */
+            d->optind++;
+          }
+        else if (d->optind == argc)
+          {
+            if (print_errors)
+              {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                char *buf;
+
+                if (__asprintf (&buf,
+                                _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                                argv[0], c) >= 0)
+                  {
+                    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                    __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                    free (buf);
+                  }
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr,
+                         _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                         argv[0], c);
+#endif
+              }
+            d->optopt = c;
+            if (optstring[0] == ':')
+              c = ':';
+            else
+              c = '?';
+            return c;
+          }
+        else
+          /* We already incremented 'd->optind' once;
+             increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+          d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+        /* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+           table of longopts.  */
+
+        for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+             nameend++)
+          /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+        /* Test all long options for either exact match
+           or abbreviated matches.  */
+        for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+          if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+            {
+              if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+                {
+                  /* Exact match found.  */
+                  pfound = p;
+                  indfound = option_index;
+                  exact = 1;
+                  break;
+                }
+              else if (pfound == NULL)
+                {
+                  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+                  pfound = p;
+                  indfound = option_index;
+                }
+              else if (long_only
+                       || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+                       || pfound->flag != p->flag
+                       || pfound->val != p->val)
+                /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+                ambig = 1;
+            }
+        if (ambig && !exact)
+          {
+            if (print_errors)
+              {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                char *buf;
+
+                if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option '-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                                argv[0], d->optarg) >= 0)
+                  {
+                    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                    __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                    free (buf);
+                  }
+#else
+                fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option '-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+                         argv[0], d->optarg);
+#endif
+              }
+            d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+            d->optind++;
+            return '?';
+          }
+        if (pfound != NULL)
+          {
+            option_index = indfound;
+            if (*nameend)
+              {
+                /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+                   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+                if (pfound->has_arg)
+                  d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+                else
+                  {
+                    if (print_errors)
+                      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                        char *buf;
+
+                        if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                        argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+                          {
+                            _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                            int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                              |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                            __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                            _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                            free (buf);
+                          }
+#else
+                        fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+                                 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                      }
+
+                    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                    return '?';
+                  }
+              }
+            else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+              {
+                if (d->optind < argc)
+                  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+                else
+                  {
+                    if (print_errors)
+                      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                        char *buf;
+
+                        if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                        argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+                          {
+                            _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                            int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+                              |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                            __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                            ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                            _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                            free (buf);
+                          }
+#else
+                        fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option '-W %s' requires an argument\n"),
+                                 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+                      }
+                    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+                    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+                  }
+              }
+            else
+              d->optarg = NULL;
+            d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+            if (longind != NULL)
+              *longind = option_index;
+            if (pfound->flag)
+              {
+                *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+                return 0;
+              }
+            return pfound->val;
+          }
+
+      no_longs:
+        d->__nextchar = NULL;
+        return 'W';   /* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+        if (temp[2] == ':')
+          {
+            /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+            if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+              {
+                d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+                d->optind++;
+              }
+            else
+              d->optarg = NULL;
+            d->__nextchar = NULL;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+            if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+              {
+                d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+                /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+                   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+                d->optind++;
+              }
+            else if (d->optind == argc)
+              {
+                if (print_errors)
+                  {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+                    char *buf;
+
+                    if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                                    argv[0], c) >= 0)
+                      {
+                        _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+                        int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+                        ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+                        __fxprintf (NULL, "%s", buf);
+
+                        ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+                        _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+                        free (buf);
+                      }
+#else
+                    fprintf (stderr,
+                             _("%s: option requires an argument -- '%c'\n"),
+                             argv[0], c);
+#endif
+                  }
+                d->optopt = c;
+                if (optstring[0] == ':')
+                  c = ':';
+                else
+                  c = '?';
+              }
+            else
+              /* We already incremented 'optind' once;
+                 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+              d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+            d->__nextchar = NULL;
+          }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char **argv, const char *optstring,
+                  const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only,
+                  int posixly_correct)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+                               longind, long_only, &getopt_data,
+                               posixly_correct);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* glibc gets a LSB-compliant getopt.
+   Standalone applications get a POSIX-compliant getopt.  */
+#if _LIBC
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 0 };
+#else
+enum { POSIXLY_CORRECT = 1 };
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, optstring,
+                           (const struct option *) 0,
+                           (int *) 0,
+                           0, POSIXLY_CORRECT);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+int
+__posix_getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+                           (const struct option *) 0,
+                           (int *) 0,
+                           0, 1);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of 'getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+        break;
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '0':
+        case '1':
+        case '2':
+        case '3':
+        case '4':
+        case '5':
+        case '6':
+        case '7':
+        case '8':
+        case '9':
+          if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+            printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+          digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+          printf ("option %c\n", c);
+          break;
+
+        case 'a':
+          printf ("option a\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'b':
+          printf ("option b\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'c':
+          printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+        printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt1.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55a6b4eae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987-1994, 1996-1998, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
+             const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                           opt_index, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+                const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                             0, d, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
+                  const char *options,
+                  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
+                           opt_index, 1, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
+                     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+                     struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+                             1, d, 0);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static const struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+        {"add", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"append", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+        {"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"create", 0, 0, 0},
+        {"file", 1, 0, 0},
+        {0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+                       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+        break;
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case 0:
+          printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+          if (optarg)
+            printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+          printf ("\n");
+          break;
+
+        case '0':
+        case '1':
+        case '2':
+        case '3':
+        case '4':
+        case '5':
+        case '6':
+        case '7':
+        case '8':
+        case '9':
+          if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+            printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+          digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+          printf ("option %c\n", c);
+          break;
+
+        case 'a':
+          printf ("option a\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'b':
+          printf ("option b\n");
+          break;
+
+        case 'c':
+          printf ("option c with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case 'd':
+          printf ("option d with value '%s'\n", optarg);
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+        printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt_int.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6e4b9ea71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H   1
+
+#include <getopt.h>
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                             int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using '+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+   scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+   This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+   that were not written to expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+   written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+   and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+   non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+   with character code 1.  Using '-' as the first character of the
+   list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument '--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of 'ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   '--' can cause 'getopt' to return -1 with 'optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+enum __ord
+  {
+    REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+  };
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* See __ord above.  */
+  enum __ord __ordering;
+
+  /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
+     or getopt was called.  */
+  int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  'first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; 'last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+  int __nonoption_flags_len;
+#endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER        { 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                               const char *__shortopts,
+                               const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                               int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data,
+                               int __posixly_correct);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                           const char *__shortopts,
+                           const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+                           struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
+                                const char *__shortopts,
+                                const struct option *__longopts,
+                                int *__longind,
+                                struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettext.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0215715a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
+   the gettext() and ngettext() macros.  This is an alternative to calling
+   textdomain(), and is useful for libraries.  */
+# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(Msgid) \
+     dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
+#  undef ngettext
+#  define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+     dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
+   <libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include
+   it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP.  */
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
+# include <cstdlib>
+# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# undef gettext
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# undef dgettext
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
+# undef dcgettext
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
+# undef ngettext
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 \
+     ? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
+     : ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
+# undef dngettext
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef dcngettext
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((void) (Category), dngettext (Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
+# undef textdomain
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# undef bindtextdomain
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
+# undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
+    ((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer gnulib's setlocale override over libintl's setlocale override.  */
+#ifdef GNULIB_defined_setlocale
+# undef setlocale
+# define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file.  */
+#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
+
+/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
+   MSGID.  MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals.  MSGCTXT should be
+   short and rarely need to change.
+   The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'.  */
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+   pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
+  pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
+#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#else
+# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+   npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#endif
+#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
+  npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+              const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+              int category)
+{
+  const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
+    return msgid;
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
+               const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
+               const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+               int category)
+{
+  const char *translation =
+    dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+  if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
+    return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+  else
+    return translation;
+}
+
+/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments.  Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
+   can be arbitrary expressions.  But for string literals these macros are
+   less efficient than those above.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if (((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
+     /* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 1
+#else
+# define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS 0
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
+  dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                 const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                 int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return msgid;
+}
+
+#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
+  dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline
+#else
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+inline
+#endif
+#endif
+static const char *
+dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
+                  const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
+                  const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
+                  int category)
+{
+  size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
+  size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
+  const char *translation;
+#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+  char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
+#else
+  char buf[1024];
+  char *msg_ctxt_id =
+    (msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
+     ? buf
+     : (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
+  if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
+#endif
+    {
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
+      msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
+      memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
+      translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
+#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
+      if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
+        free (msg_ctxt_id);
+#endif
+      if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
+        return translation;
+    }
+  return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
+}
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettimeofday.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettimeofday.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad65c6da8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gettimeofday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* Provide gettimeofday for systems that don't have it or for which it's broken.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H
+# include <sys/timeb.h>
+#endif
+
+#if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME || TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
+
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers
+   the static buffer that localtime uses for its return value.  The
+   gettimeofday function from Mac OS X 10.0.4 (i.e., Darwin 1.3.7) has
+   this problem.  The tzset replacement is necessary for at least
+   Solaris 2.5, 2.5.1, and 2.6.  */
+
+static struct tm tm_zero_buffer;
+static struct tm *localtime_buffer_addr = &tm_zero_buffer;
+
+# undef localtime
+extern struct tm *localtime (time_t const *);
+
+# undef gmtime
+extern struct tm *gmtime (time_t const *);
+
+/* This is a wrapper for localtime.  It is used only on systems for which
+   gettimeofday clobbers the static buffer used for localtime's result.
+
+   On the first call, record the address of the static buffer that
+   localtime uses for its result.  */
+
+struct tm *
+rpl_localtime (time_t const *timep)
+{
+  struct tm *tm = localtime (timep);
+
+  if (localtime_buffer_addr == &tm_zero_buffer)
+    localtime_buffer_addr = tm;
+
+  return tm;
+}
+
+/* Same as above, since gmtime and localtime use the same buffer.  */
+struct tm *
+rpl_gmtime (time_t const *timep)
+{
+  struct tm *tm = gmtime (timep);
+
+  if (localtime_buffer_addr == &tm_zero_buffer)
+    localtime_buffer_addr = tm;
+
+  return tm;
+}
+
+#endif /* GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME || TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME */
+
+#if TZSET_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
+
+# undef tzset
+extern void tzset (void);
+
+/* This is a wrapper for tzset, for systems on which tzset may clobber
+   the static buffer used for localtime's result.  */
+void
+rpl_tzset (void)
+{
+  /* Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's
+     result around the call to tzset.  */
+  struct tm save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
+  tzset ();
+  *localtime_buffer_addr = save;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday.  It is used only on systems
+   that lack this function, or whose implementation of this function
+   causes problems.  */
+
+int
+gettimeofday (struct timeval *restrict tv, void *restrict tz)
+{
+#undef gettimeofday
+#if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY
+# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
+  /* Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's
+     result around the call to gettimeofday.  */
+  struct tm save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
+# endif
+
+# if defined timeval /* 'struct timeval' overridden by gnulib?  */
+#  undef timeval
+  struct timeval otv;
+  int result = gettimeofday (&otv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+  if (result == 0)
+    {
+      tv->tv_sec = otv.tv_sec;
+      tv->tv_usec = otv.tv_usec;
+    }
+# else
+  int result = gettimeofday (tv, (struct timezone *) tz);
+# endif
+
+# if GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME
+  *localtime_buffer_addr = save;
+# endif
+
+  return result;
+
+#else
+
+# if HAVE__FTIME
+
+  struct _timeb timebuf;
+  _ftime (&timebuf);
+  tv->tv_sec = timebuf.time;
+  tv->tv_usec = timebuf.millitm * 1000;
+
+# else
+
+#  if !defined OK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK
+#   error "Only 1-second nominal clock resolution found.  Is that intended?" \
+          "If so, compile with the -DOK_TO_USE_1S_CLOCK option."
+#  endif
+  tv->tv_sec = time (NULL);
+  tv->tv_usec = 0;
+
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list1.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57ead45073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a hash table with another list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Common code of
+   gl_linkedhash_list.c, gl_avltreehash_list.c, gl_rbtreehash_list.c.  */
+
+/* Hash table entry.  */
+struct gl_hash_entry
+{
+  struct gl_hash_entry *hash_next;  /* chain of entries in same bucket */
+  size_t hashcode;                  /* cache of values' common hash code */
+};
+typedef struct gl_hash_entry * gl_hash_entry_t;
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list2.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3791ae2432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anyhash_list2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a hash table with another list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Common code of
+   gl_linkedhash_list.c, gl_avltreehash_list.c, gl_rbtreehash_list.c.  */
+
+/* Array of primes, approximately in steps of factor 1.2.
+   This table was computed by executing the Common Lisp expression
+     (dotimes (i 244) (format t "nextprime(~D)~%" (ceiling (expt 1.2d0 i))))
+   and feeding the result to PARI/gp.  */
+static const size_t primes[] =
+  {
+    11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 37, 41, 47, 59, 67, 83, 97, 127, 139, 167, 199,
+    239, 293, 347, 419, 499, 593, 709, 853, 1021, 1229, 1471, 1777, 2129, 2543,
+    3049, 3659, 4391, 5273, 6323, 7589, 9103, 10937, 13109, 15727, 18899,
+    22651, 27179, 32609, 39133, 46957, 56359, 67619, 81157, 97369, 116849,
+    140221, 168253, 201907, 242309, 290761, 348889, 418667, 502409, 602887,
+    723467, 868151, 1041779, 1250141, 1500181, 1800191, 2160233, 2592277,
+    3110741, 3732887, 4479463, 5375371, 6450413, 7740517, 9288589, 11146307,
+    13375573, 16050689, 19260817, 23112977, 27735583, 33282701, 39939233,
+    47927081, 57512503, 69014987, 82818011, 99381577, 119257891, 143109469,
+    171731387, 206077643, 247293161, 296751781, 356102141, 427322587,
+    512787097, 615344489, 738413383, 886096061, 1063315271, 1275978331,
+    1531174013, 1837408799, 2204890543UL, 2645868653UL, 3175042391UL,
+    3810050851UL,
+#if SIZE_MAX > 4294967295UL
+    4572061027UL, 5486473229UL, 6583767889UL, 7900521449UL, 9480625733UL,
+    11376750877UL, 13652101063UL, 16382521261UL, 19659025513UL, 23590830631UL,
+    28308996763UL, 33970796089UL, 40764955463UL, 48917946377UL, 58701535657UL,
+    70441842749UL, 84530211301UL, 101436253561UL, 121723504277UL,
+    146068205131UL, 175281846149UL, 210338215379UL, 252405858521UL,
+    302887030151UL, 363464436191UL, 436157323417UL, 523388788231UL,
+    628066545713UL, 753679854847UL, 904415825857UL, 1085298991109UL,
+    1302358789181UL, 1562830547009UL, 1875396656429UL, 2250475987709UL,
+    2700571185239UL, 3240685422287UL, 3888822506759UL, 4666587008147UL,
+    5599904409713UL, 6719885291641UL, 8063862349969UL, 9676634819959UL,
+    11611961783951UL, 13934354140769UL, 16721224968907UL, 20065469962669UL,
+    24078563955191UL, 28894276746229UL, 34673132095507UL, 41607758514593UL,
+    49929310217531UL, 59915172260971UL, 71898206713183UL, 86277848055823UL,
+    103533417666967UL, 124240101200359UL, 149088121440451UL, 178905745728529UL,
+    214686894874223UL, 257624273849081UL, 309149128618903UL, 370978954342639UL,
+    445174745211143UL, 534209694253381UL, 641051633104063UL, 769261959724877UL,
+    923114351670013UL, 1107737222003791UL, 1329284666404567UL,
+    1595141599685509UL, 1914169919622551UL, 2297003903547091UL,
+    2756404684256459UL, 3307685621107757UL, 3969222745329323UL,
+    4763067294395177UL, 5715680753274209UL, 6858816903929113UL,
+    8230580284714831UL, 9876696341657791UL, 11852035609989371UL,
+    14222442731987227UL, 17066931278384657UL, 20480317534061597UL,
+    24576381040873903UL, 29491657249048679UL, 35389988698858471UL,
+    42467986438630267UL, 50961583726356109UL, 61153900471627387UL,
+    73384680565952851UL, 88061616679143347UL, 105673940014972061UL,
+    126808728017966413UL, 152170473621559703UL, 182604568345871671UL,
+    219125482015045997UL, 262950578418055169UL, 315540694101666193UL,
+    378648832921999397UL, 454378599506399233UL, 545254319407679131UL,
+    654305183289214771UL, 785166219947057701UL, 942199463936469157UL,
+    1130639356723763129UL, 1356767228068515623UL, 1628120673682218619UL,
+    1953744808418662409UL, 2344493770102394881UL, 2813392524122873857UL,
+    3376071028947448339UL, 4051285234736937517UL, 4861542281684325481UL,
+    5833850738021191727UL, 7000620885625427969UL, 8400745062750513217UL,
+    10080894075300616261UL, 12097072890360739951UL, 14516487468432885797UL,
+    17419784962119465179UL,
+#endif
+    SIZE_MAX /* sentinel, to ensure the search terminates */
+  };
+
+/* Return a suitable prime >= ESTIMATE.  */
+static size_t
+next_prime (size_t estimate)
+{
+  size_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (primes) / sizeof (primes[0]); i++)
+    if (primes[i] >= estimate)
+      return primes[i];
+  return SIZE_MAX; /* not a prime, but better than nothing */
+}
+
+/* Resize the hash table with a new estimated size.  */
+static void
+hash_resize (gl_list_t list, size_t estimate)
+{
+  size_t new_size = next_prime (estimate);
+
+  if (new_size > list->table_size)
+    {
+      gl_hash_entry_t *old_table = list->table;
+      /* Allocate the new table.  */
+      gl_hash_entry_t *new_table;
+      size_t i;
+
+      if (size_overflow_p (xtimes (new_size, sizeof (gl_hash_entry_t))))
+        goto fail;
+      new_table =
+        (gl_hash_entry_t *) calloc (new_size, sizeof (gl_hash_entry_t));
+      if (new_table == NULL)
+        goto fail;
+
+      /* Iterate through the entries of the old table.  */
+      for (i = list->table_size; i > 0; )
+        {
+          gl_hash_entry_t node = old_table[--i];
+
+          while (node != NULL)
+            {
+              gl_hash_entry_t next = node->hash_next;
+              /* Add the entry to the new table.  */
+              size_t bucket = node->hashcode % new_size;
+              node->hash_next = new_table[bucket];
+              new_table[bucket] = node;
+
+              node = next;
+            }
+        }
+
+      list->table = new_table;
+      list->table_size = new_size;
+      free (old_table);
+    }
+  return;
+
+ fail:
+  /* Just continue without resizing the table.  */
+  return;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list1.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list1.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c8879f0f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a linked list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Common code of gl_linked_list.c and gl_linkedhash_list.c.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_list_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+/* Concrete list node implementation, valid for this file only.  */
+struct gl_list_node_impl
+{
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  struct gl_hash_entry h;           /* hash table entry fields; must be first */
+#endif
+  struct gl_list_node_impl *next;
+  struct gl_list_node_impl *prev;
+  const void *value;
+};
+
+/* Concrete gl_list_impl type, valid for this file only.  */
+struct gl_list_impl
+{
+  struct gl_list_impl_base base;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  /* A hash table: managed as an array of collision lists.  */
+  struct gl_hash_entry **table;
+  size_t table_size;
+#endif
+  /* A circular list anchored at root.
+     The first node is = root.next, the last node is = root.prev.
+     The root's value is unused.  */
+  struct gl_list_node_impl root;
+  /* Number of list nodes, excluding the root.  */
+  size_t count;
+};
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list2.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45ca7c829a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anylinked_list2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1195 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a linked list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Common code of gl_linked_list.c and gl_linkedhash_list.c.  */
+
+/* If the symbol SIGNAL_SAFE_LIST is defined, the code is compiled in such
+   a way that a gl_list_t data structure may be used from within a signal
+   handler.  The operations allowed in the signal handler are:
+     gl_list_iterator, gl_list_iterator_next, gl_list_iterator_free.
+   The list and node fields that are therefore accessed from the signal handler
+   are:
+     list->root, node->next, node->value.
+   We are careful to make modifications to these fields only in an order
+   that maintains the consistency of the list data structure at any moment,
+   and we use 'volatile' assignments to prevent the compiler from reordering
+   such assignments.  */
+#ifdef SIGNAL_SAFE_LIST
+# define ASYNCSAFE(type) *(volatile type *)&
+#else
+# define ASYNCSAFE(type)
+#endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_list_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+static gl_list_t
+gl_linked_nx_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                           gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                           gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                           gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                           bool allow_duplicates)
+{
+  struct gl_list_impl *list =
+    (struct gl_list_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_impl));
+
+  if (list == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  list->base.vtable = implementation;
+  list->base.equals_fn = equals_fn;
+  list->base.hashcode_fn = hashcode_fn;
+  list->base.dispose_fn = dispose_fn;
+  list->base.allow_duplicates = allow_duplicates;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  list->table_size = 11;
+  list->table =
+    (gl_hash_entry_t *) calloc (list->table_size, sizeof (gl_hash_entry_t));
+  if (list->table == NULL)
+    goto fail;
+#endif
+  list->root.next = &list->root;
+  list->root.prev = &list->root;
+  list->count = 0;
+
+  return list;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+ fail:
+  free (list);
+  return NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+static gl_list_t
+gl_linked_nx_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                  gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                  gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                  gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                  bool allow_duplicates,
+                  size_t count, const void **contents)
+{
+  struct gl_list_impl *list =
+    (struct gl_list_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_impl));
+  gl_list_node_t tail;
+
+  if (list == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  list->base.vtable = implementation;
+  list->base.equals_fn = equals_fn;
+  list->base.hashcode_fn = hashcode_fn;
+  list->base.dispose_fn = dispose_fn;
+  list->base.allow_duplicates = allow_duplicates;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  {
+    size_t estimate = xsum (count, count / 2); /* 1.5 * count */
+    if (estimate < 10)
+      estimate = 10;
+    list->table_size = next_prime (estimate);
+    if (size_overflow_p (xtimes (list->table_size, sizeof (gl_hash_entry_t))))
+      goto fail1;
+    list->table =
+      (gl_hash_entry_t *) calloc (list->table_size, sizeof (gl_hash_entry_t));
+    if (list->table == NULL)
+      goto fail1;
+  }
+#endif
+  list->count = count;
+  tail = &list->root;
+  for (; count > 0; contents++, count--)
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node =
+        (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+
+      if (node == NULL)
+        goto fail2;
+
+      node->value = *contents;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+      node->h.hashcode =
+        (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+         ? list->base.hashcode_fn (node->value)
+         : (size_t)(uintptr_t) node->value);
+
+      /* Add node to the hash table.  */
+      if (add_to_bucket (list, node) < 0)
+        {
+          free (node);
+          goto fail2;
+        }
+#endif
+
+      /* Add node to the list.  */
+      node->prev = tail;
+      tail->next = node;
+      tail = node;
+    }
+  tail->next = &list->root;
+  list->root.prev = tail;
+
+  return list;
+
+ fail2:
+  {
+    gl_list_node_t node;
+
+    for (node = tail; node != &list->root; )
+      {
+        gl_list_node_t prev = node->prev;
+
+        free (node);
+        node = prev;
+      }
+  }
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  free (list->table);
+ fail1:
+#endif
+  free (list);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static size_t
+gl_linked_size (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  return list->count;
+}
+
+static const void *
+gl_linked_node_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return node->value;
+}
+
+static int
+gl_linked_node_nx_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                             const void *elt)
+{
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  if (elt != node->value)
+    {
+      size_t new_hashcode =
+        (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+         ? list->base.hashcode_fn (elt)
+         : (size_t)(uintptr_t) elt);
+
+      if (new_hashcode != node->h.hashcode)
+        {
+          remove_from_bucket (list, node);
+          node->value = elt;
+          node->h.hashcode = new_hashcode;
+          if (add_to_bucket (list, node) < 0)
+            {
+              /* Out of memory.  We removed node from a bucket but cannot add
+                 it to another bucket.  In order to avoid inconsistencies, we
+                 must remove node entirely from the list.  */
+              gl_list_node_t before_removed = node->prev;
+              gl_list_node_t after_removed = node->next;
+              ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) before_removed->next = after_removed;
+              after_removed->prev = before_removed;
+              list->count--;
+              free (node);
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        node->value = elt;
+    }
+#else
+  node->value = elt;
+#endif
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_next_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return (node->next != &list->root ? node->next : NULL);
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_previous_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return (node->prev != &list->root ? node->prev : NULL);
+}
+
+static const void *
+gl_linked_get_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  if (!(position < count))
+    /* Invalid argument.  */
+    abort ();
+  /* Here we know count > 0.  */
+  if (position <= ((count - 1) / 2))
+    {
+      node = list->root.next;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      position = count - 1 - position;
+      node = list->root.prev;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->prev;
+    }
+  return node->value;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  if (!(position < count))
+    /* Invalid argument.  */
+    abort ();
+  /* Here we know count > 0.  */
+  if (position <= ((count - 1) / 2))
+    {
+      node = list->root.next;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      position = count - 1 - position;
+      node = list->root.prev;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->prev;
+    }
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  if (elt != node->value)
+    {
+      size_t new_hashcode =
+        (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+         ? list->base.hashcode_fn (elt)
+         : (size_t)(uintptr_t) elt);
+
+      if (new_hashcode != node->h.hashcode)
+        {
+          remove_from_bucket (list, node);
+          node->value = elt;
+          node->h.hashcode = new_hashcode;
+          if (add_to_bucket (list, node) < 0)
+            {
+              /* Out of memory.  We removed node from a bucket but cannot add
+                 it to another bucket.  In order to avoid inconsistencies, we
+                 must remove node entirely from the list.  */
+              gl_list_node_t before_removed = node->prev;
+              gl_list_node_t after_removed = node->next;
+              ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) before_removed->next = after_removed;
+              after_removed->prev = before_removed;
+              list->count--;
+              free (node);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        node->value = elt;
+    }
+#else
+  node->value = elt;
+#endif
+  return node;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_search_from_to (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                          const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+
+  if (!(start_index <= end_index && end_index <= count))
+    /* Invalid arguments.  */
+    abort ();
+  {
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+    size_t hashcode =
+      (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+       ? list->base.hashcode_fn (elt)
+       : (size_t)(uintptr_t) elt);
+    size_t bucket = hashcode % list->table_size;
+    gl_listelement_equals_fn equals = list->base.equals_fn;
+
+    if (!list->base.allow_duplicates)
+      {
+        /* Look for the first match in the hash bucket.  */
+        gl_list_node_t found = NULL;
+        gl_list_node_t node;
+
+        for (node = (gl_list_node_t) list->table[bucket];
+             node != NULL;
+             node = (gl_list_node_t) node->h.hash_next)
+          if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+              && (equals != NULL
+                  ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                  : elt == node->value))
+            {
+              found = node;
+              break;
+            }
+        if (start_index > 0)
+          /* Look whether found's index is < start_index.  */
+          for (node = list->root.next; ; node = node->next)
+            {
+              if (node == found)
+                return NULL;
+              if (--start_index == 0)
+                break;
+            }
+        if (end_index < count)
+          /* Look whether found's index is >= end_index.  */
+          {
+            end_index = count - end_index;
+            for (node = list->root.prev; ; node = node->prev)
+              {
+                if (node == found)
+                  return NULL;
+                if (--end_index == 0)
+                  break;
+              }
+          }
+        return found;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* Look whether there is more than one match in the hash bucket.  */
+        bool multiple_matches = false;
+        gl_list_node_t first_match = NULL;
+        gl_list_node_t node;
+
+        for (node = (gl_list_node_t) list->table[bucket];
+             node != NULL;
+             node = (gl_list_node_t) node->h.hash_next)
+          if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+              && (equals != NULL
+                  ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                  : elt == node->value))
+            {
+              if (first_match == NULL)
+                first_match = node;
+              else
+                {
+                  multiple_matches = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+            }
+        if (multiple_matches)
+          {
+            /* We need the match with the smallest index.  But we don't have
+               a fast mapping node -> index.  So we have to walk the list.  */
+            end_index -= start_index;
+            node = list->root.next;
+            for (; start_index > 0; start_index--)
+              node = node->next;
+
+            for (;
+                 end_index > 0;
+                 node = node->next, end_index--)
+              if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+                  && (equals != NULL
+                      ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                      : elt == node->value))
+                return node;
+            /* The matches must have all been at indices < start_index or
+               >= end_index.  */
+            return NULL;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (start_index > 0)
+              /* Look whether first_match's index is < start_index.  */
+              for (node = list->root.next; node != &list->root; node = node->next)
+                {
+                  if (node == first_match)
+                    return NULL;
+                  if (--start_index == 0)
+                    break;
+                }
+            if (end_index < list->count)
+              /* Look whether first_match's index is >= end_index.  */
+              {
+                end_index = list->count - end_index;
+                for (node = list->root.prev; ; node = node->prev)
+                  {
+                    if (node == first_match)
+                      return NULL;
+                    if (--end_index == 0)
+                      break;
+                  }
+              }
+            return first_match;
+          }
+      }
+#else
+    gl_listelement_equals_fn equals = list->base.equals_fn;
+    gl_list_node_t node = list->root.next;
+
+    end_index -= start_index;
+    for (; start_index > 0; start_index--)
+      node = node->next;
+
+    if (equals != NULL)
+      {
+        for (; end_index > 0; node = node->next, end_index--)
+          if (equals (elt, node->value))
+            return node;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        for (; end_index > 0; node = node->next, end_index--)
+          if (elt == node->value)
+            return node;
+      }
+    return NULL;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+static size_t
+gl_linked_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                           const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+
+  if (!(start_index <= end_index && end_index <= count))
+    /* Invalid arguments.  */
+    abort ();
+  {
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+    /* Here the hash table doesn't help much.  It only allows us to minimize
+       the number of equals() calls, by looking up first the node and then
+       its index.  */
+    size_t hashcode =
+      (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+       ? list->base.hashcode_fn (elt)
+       : (size_t)(uintptr_t) elt);
+    size_t bucket = hashcode % list->table_size;
+    gl_listelement_equals_fn equals = list->base.equals_fn;
+    gl_list_node_t node;
+
+    /* First step: Look up the node.  */
+    if (!list->base.allow_duplicates)
+      {
+        /* Look for the first match in the hash bucket.  */
+        for (node = (gl_list_node_t) list->table[bucket];
+             node != NULL;
+             node = (gl_list_node_t) node->h.hash_next)
+          if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+              && (equals != NULL
+                  ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                  : elt == node->value))
+            break;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* Look whether there is more than one match in the hash bucket.  */
+        bool multiple_matches = false;
+        gl_list_node_t first_match = NULL;
+
+        for (node = (gl_list_node_t) list->table[bucket];
+             node != NULL;
+             node = (gl_list_node_t) node->h.hash_next)
+          if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+              && (equals != NULL
+                  ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                  : elt == node->value))
+            {
+              if (first_match == NULL)
+                first_match = node;
+              else
+                {
+                  multiple_matches = true;
+                  break;
+                }
+            }
+        if (multiple_matches)
+          {
+            /* We need the match with the smallest index.  But we don't have
+               a fast mapping node -> index.  So we have to walk the list.  */
+            size_t index;
+
+            index = start_index;
+            node = list->root.next;
+            for (; start_index > 0; start_index--)
+              node = node->next;
+
+            for (;
+                 index < end_index;
+                 node = node->next, index++)
+              if (node->h.hashcode == hashcode
+                  && (equals != NULL
+                      ? equals (elt, node->value)
+                      : elt == node->value))
+                return index;
+            /* The matches must have all been at indices < start_index or
+               >= end_index.  */
+            return (size_t)(-1);
+          }
+        node = first_match;
+      }
+
+    /* Second step: Look up the index of the node.  */
+    if (node == NULL)
+      return (size_t)(-1);
+    else
+      {
+        size_t index = 0;
+
+        for (; node->prev != &list->root; node = node->prev)
+          index++;
+
+        if (index >= start_index && index < end_index)
+          return index;
+        else
+          return (size_t)(-1);
+      }
+#else
+    gl_listelement_equals_fn equals = list->base.equals_fn;
+    size_t index = start_index;
+    gl_list_node_t node = list->root.next;
+
+    for (; start_index > 0; start_index--)
+      node = node->next;
+
+    if (equals != NULL)
+      {
+        for (;
+             index < end_index;
+             node = node->next, index++)
+          if (equals (elt, node->value))
+            return index;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        for (;
+             index < end_index;
+             node = node->next, index++)
+          if (elt == node->value)
+            return index;
+      }
+    return (size_t)(-1);
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node =
+    (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+
+  if (node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(const void *) node->value = elt;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  node->h.hashcode =
+    (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+     ? list->base.hashcode_fn (node->value)
+     : (size_t)(uintptr_t) node->value);
+
+  /* Add node to the hash table.  */
+  if (add_to_bucket (list, node) < 0)
+    {
+      free (node);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Add node to the list.  */
+  node->prev = &list->root;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->next = list->root.next;
+  node->next->prev = node;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) list->root.next = node;
+  list->count++;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  hash_resize_after_add (list);
+#endif
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node =
+    (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+
+  if (node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(const void *) node->value = elt;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  node->h.hashcode =
+    (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+     ? list->base.hashcode_fn (node->value)
+     : (size_t)(uintptr_t) node->value);
+
+  /* Add node to the hash table.  */
+  if (add_to_bucket (list, node) < 0)
+    {
+      free (node);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Add node to the list.  */
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->next = &list->root;
+  node->prev = list->root.prev;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->prev->next = node;
+  list->root.prev = node;
+  list->count++;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  hash_resize_after_add (list);
+#endif
+
+  return node;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_add_before (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t new_node =
+    (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(const void *) new_node->value = elt;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  new_node->h.hashcode =
+    (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+     ? list->base.hashcode_fn (new_node->value)
+     : (size_t)(uintptr_t) new_node->value);
+
+  /* Add new_node to the hash table.  */
+  if (add_to_bucket (list, new_node) < 0)
+    {
+      free (new_node);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Add new_node to the list.  */
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->next = node;
+  new_node->prev = node->prev;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->prev->next = new_node;
+  node->prev = new_node;
+  list->count++;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  hash_resize_after_add (list);
+#endif
+
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t new_node =
+    (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(const void *) new_node->value = elt;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  new_node->h.hashcode =
+    (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+     ? list->base.hashcode_fn (new_node->value)
+     : (size_t)(uintptr_t) new_node->value);
+
+  /* Add new_node to the hash table.  */
+  if (add_to_bucket (list, new_node) < 0)
+    {
+      free (new_node);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Add new_node to the list.  */
+  new_node->prev = node;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->next = node->next;
+  new_node->next->prev = new_node;
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->next = new_node;
+  list->count++;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  hash_resize_after_add (list);
+#endif
+
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_nx_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+  gl_list_node_t new_node;
+
+  if (!(position <= count))
+    /* Invalid argument.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  new_node = (struct gl_list_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_list_node_impl));
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(const void *) new_node->value = elt;
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  new_node->h.hashcode =
+    (list->base.hashcode_fn != NULL
+     ? list->base.hashcode_fn (new_node->value)
+     : (size_t)(uintptr_t) new_node->value);
+
+  /* Add new_node to the hash table.  */
+  if (add_to_bucket (list, new_node) < 0)
+    {
+      free (new_node);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Add new_node to the list.  */
+  if (position <= (count / 2))
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->next;
+      new_node->prev = node;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->next = node->next;
+      new_node->next->prev = new_node;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->next = new_node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+
+      position = count - position;
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->prev;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->next = node;
+      new_node->prev = node->prev;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) new_node->prev->next = new_node;
+      node->prev = new_node;
+    }
+  list->count++;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  hash_resize_after_add (list);
+#endif
+
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_linked_remove_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t prev;
+  gl_list_node_t next;
+
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  /* Remove node from the hash table.  */
+  remove_from_bucket (list, node);
+#endif
+
+  /* Remove node from the list.  */
+  prev = node->prev;
+  next = node->next;
+
+  ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) prev->next = next;
+  next->prev = prev;
+  list->count--;
+
+  if (list->base.dispose_fn != NULL)
+    list->base.dispose_fn (node->value);
+  free (node);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_linked_remove_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+  gl_list_node_t removed_node;
+
+  if (!(position < count))
+    /* Invalid argument.  */
+    abort ();
+  /* Here we know count > 0.  */
+  if (position <= ((count - 1) / 2))
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+      gl_list_node_t after_removed;
+
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->next;
+      removed_node = node->next;
+      after_removed = node->next->next;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) node->next = after_removed;
+      after_removed->prev = node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+      gl_list_node_t before_removed;
+
+      position = count - 1 - position;
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (; position > 0; position--)
+        node = node->prev;
+      removed_node = node->prev;
+      before_removed = node->prev->prev;
+      node->prev = before_removed;
+      ASYNCSAFE(gl_list_node_t) before_removed->next = node;
+    }
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  remove_from_bucket (list, removed_node);
+#endif
+  list->count--;
+
+  if (list->base.dispose_fn != NULL)
+    list->base.dispose_fn (removed_node->value);
+  free (removed_node);
+  return true;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_linked_remove (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node = gl_linked_search_from_to (list, 0, list->count, elt);
+
+  if (node != NULL)
+    return gl_linked_remove_node (list, node);
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void
+gl_linked_list_free (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose = list->base.dispose_fn;
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = list->root.next; node != &list->root; )
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t next = node->next;
+      if (dispose != NULL)
+        dispose (node->value);
+      free (node);
+      node = next;
+    }
+#if WITH_HASHTABLE
+  free (list->table);
+#endif
+  free (list);
+}
+
+/* --------------------- gl_list_iterator_t Data Type --------------------- */
+
+static gl_list_iterator_t
+gl_linked_iterator (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  gl_list_iterator_t result;
+
+  result.vtable = list->base.vtable;
+  result.list = list;
+  result.p = list->root.next;
+  result.q = &list->root;
+#ifdef lint
+  result.i = 0;
+  result.j = 0;
+  result.count = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static gl_list_iterator_t
+gl_linked_iterator_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                            size_t start_index, size_t end_index)
+{
+  gl_list_iterator_t result;
+  size_t n1, n2, n3;
+
+  if (!(start_index <= end_index && end_index <= list->count))
+    /* Invalid arguments.  */
+    abort ();
+  result.vtable = list->base.vtable;
+  result.list = list;
+  n1 = start_index;
+  n2 = end_index - start_index;
+  n3 = list->count - end_index;
+  /* Find the maximum among n1, n2, n3, so as to reduce the number of
+     loop iterations to n1 + n2 + n3 - max(n1,n2,n3).  */
+  if (n1 > n2 && n1 > n3)
+    {
+      /* n1 is the maximum, use n2 and n3.  */
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+      size_t i;
+
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (i = n3; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->prev;
+      result.q = node;
+      for (i = n2; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->prev;
+      result.p = node;
+    }
+  else if (n2 > n3)
+    {
+      /* n2 is the maximum, use n1 and n3.  */
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+      size_t i;
+
+      node = list->root.next;
+      for (i = n1; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->next;
+      result.p = node;
+
+      node = &list->root;
+      for (i = n3; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->prev;
+      result.q = node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* n3 is the maximum, use n1 and n2.  */
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+      size_t i;
+
+      node = list->root.next;
+      for (i = n1; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->next;
+      result.p = node;
+      for (i = n2; i > 0; i--)
+        node = node->next;
+      result.q = node;
+    }
+
+#ifdef lint
+  result.i = 0;
+  result.j = 0;
+  result.count = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_linked_iterator_next (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator,
+                         const void **eltp, gl_list_node_t *nodep)
+{
+  if (iterator->p != iterator->q)
+    {
+      gl_list_node_t node = (gl_list_node_t) iterator->p;
+      *eltp = node->value;
+      if (nodep != NULL)
+        *nodep = node;
+      iterator->p = node->next;
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void
+gl_linked_iterator_free (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator)
+{
+}
+
+/* ---------------------- Sorted gl_list_t Data Type ---------------------- */
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_sortedlist_search (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                             const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = list->root.next; node != &list->root; node = node->next)
+    {
+      int cmp = compar (node->value, elt);
+
+      if (cmp > 0)
+        break;
+      if (cmp == 0)
+        return node;
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_sortedlist_search_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                     gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                     size_t low, size_t high,
+                                     const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+
+  if (!(low <= high && high <= list->count))
+    /* Invalid arguments.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  high -= low;
+  if (high > 0)
+    {
+      /* Here we know low < count.  */
+      size_t position = low;
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+
+      if (position <= ((count - 1) / 2))
+        {
+          node = list->root.next;
+          for (; position > 0; position--)
+            node = node->next;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          position = count - 1 - position;
+          node = list->root.prev;
+          for (; position > 0; position--)
+            node = node->prev;
+        }
+
+      do
+        {
+          int cmp = compar (node->value, elt);
+
+          if (cmp > 0)
+            break;
+          if (cmp == 0)
+            return node;
+          node = node->next;
+        }
+      while (--high > 0);
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static size_t
+gl_linked_sortedlist_indexof (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                              const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+  size_t index;
+
+  for (node = list->root.next, index = 0;
+       node != &list->root;
+       node = node->next, index++)
+    {
+      int cmp = compar (node->value, elt);
+
+      if (cmp > 0)
+        break;
+      if (cmp == 0)
+        return index;
+    }
+  return (size_t)(-1);
+}
+
+static size_t
+gl_linked_sortedlist_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                      gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                      size_t low, size_t high,
+                                      const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+
+  if (!(low <= high && high <= list->count))
+    /* Invalid arguments.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  high -= low;
+  if (high > 0)
+    {
+      /* Here we know low < count.  */
+      size_t index = low;
+      size_t position = low;
+      gl_list_node_t node;
+
+      if (position <= ((count - 1) / 2))
+        {
+          node = list->root.next;
+          for (; position > 0; position--)
+            node = node->next;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          position = count - 1 - position;
+          node = list->root.prev;
+          for (; position > 0; position--)
+            node = node->prev;
+        }
+
+      do
+        {
+          int cmp = compar (node->value, elt);
+
+          if (cmp > 0)
+            break;
+          if (cmp == 0)
+            return index;
+          node = node->next;
+          index++;
+        }
+      while (--high > 0);
+    }
+  return (size_t)(-1);
+}
+
+static gl_list_node_t
+gl_linked_sortedlist_nx_add (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                             const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = list->root.next; node != &list->root; node = node->next)
+    if (compar (node->value, elt) >= 0)
+      return gl_linked_nx_add_before (list, node, elt);
+  return gl_linked_nx_add_last (list, elt);
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_linked_sortedlist_remove (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                             const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = list->root.next; node != &list->root; node = node->next)
+    {
+      int cmp = compar (node->value, elt);
+
+      if (cmp > 0)
+        break;
+      if (cmp == 0)
+        return gl_linked_remove_node (list, node);
+    }
+  return false;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anytree_oset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anytree_oset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1f90a99a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_anytree_oset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* Ordered set data type implemented by a binary tree.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Common code of gl_avltree_oset.c and gl_rbtree_oset.c.  */
+
+/* An item on the stack used for iterating across the elements.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  gl_oset_node_t node;
+  bool rightp;
+} iterstack_item_t;
+
+/* A stack used for iterating across the elements.  */
+typedef iterstack_item_t iterstack_t[MAXHEIGHT];
+
+static gl_oset_t
+gl_tree_nx_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                         gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                         gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn)
+{
+  struct gl_oset_impl *set =
+    (struct gl_oset_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_oset_impl));
+
+  if (set == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  set->base.vtable = implementation;
+  set->base.compar_fn = compar_fn;
+  set->base.dispose_fn = dispose_fn;
+  set->root = NULL;
+  set->count = 0;
+
+  return set;
+}
+
+static size_t
+gl_tree_size (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  return set->count;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_tree_search (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_setelement_compar_fn compar = set->base.compar_fn;
+  gl_oset_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = set->root; node != NULL; )
+    {
+      int cmp = (compar != NULL
+                 ? compar (node->value, elt)
+                 : (node->value > elt ? 1 :
+                    node->value < elt ? -1 : 0));
+
+      if (cmp < 0)
+        node = node->right;
+      else if (cmp > 0)
+        node = node->left;
+      else /* cmp == 0 */
+        /* We have an element equal to ELT.  */
+        return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_tree_search_atleast (gl_oset_t set,
+                        gl_setelement_threshold_fn threshold_fn,
+                        const void *threshold,
+                        const void **eltp)
+{
+  gl_oset_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = set->root; node != NULL; )
+    {
+      if (! threshold_fn (node->value, threshold))
+        node = node->right;
+      else
+        {
+          /* We have an element >= VALUE.  But we need the leftmost such
+             element.  */
+          gl_oset_node_t found = node;
+          node = node->left;
+          for (; node != NULL; )
+            {
+              if (! threshold_fn (node->value, threshold))
+                node = node->right;
+              else
+                {
+                  found = node;
+                  node = node->left;
+                }
+            }
+          *eltp = found->value;
+          return true;
+        }
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static gl_oset_node_t
+gl_tree_search_node (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_setelement_compar_fn compar = set->base.compar_fn;
+  gl_oset_node_t node;
+
+  for (node = set->root; node != NULL; )
+    {
+      int cmp = (compar != NULL
+                 ? compar (node->value, elt)
+                 : (node->value > elt ? 1 :
+                    node->value < elt ? -1 : 0));
+
+      if (cmp < 0)
+        node = node->right;
+      else if (cmp > 0)
+        node = node->left;
+      else /* cmp == 0 */
+        /* We have an element equal to ELT.  */
+        return node;
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static int
+gl_tree_nx_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_setelement_compar_fn compar;
+  gl_oset_node_t node = set->root;
+
+  if (node == NULL)
+    {
+      if (gl_tree_nx_add_first (set, elt) == NULL)
+        return -1;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  compar = set->base.compar_fn;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int cmp = (compar != NULL
+                 ? compar (node->value, elt)
+                 : (node->value > elt ? 1 :
+                    node->value < elt ? -1 : 0));
+
+      if (cmp < 0)
+        {
+          if (node->right == NULL)
+            {
+              if (gl_tree_nx_add_after (set, node, elt) == NULL)
+                return -1;
+              return true;
+            }
+          node = node->right;
+        }
+      else if (cmp > 0)
+        {
+          if (node->left == NULL)
+            {
+              if (gl_tree_nx_add_before (set, node, elt) == NULL)
+                return -1;
+              return true;
+            }
+          node = node->left;
+        }
+      else /* cmp == 0 */
+        return false;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_tree_remove (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_oset_node_t node = gl_tree_search_node (set, elt);
+
+  if (node != NULL)
+    return gl_tree_remove_node (set, node);
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void
+gl_tree_oset_free (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  /* Iterate across all elements in post-order.  */
+  gl_oset_node_t node = set->root;
+  iterstack_t stack;
+  iterstack_item_t *stack_ptr = &stack[0];
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* Descend on left branch.  */
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          if (node == NULL)
+            break;
+          stack_ptr->node = node;
+          stack_ptr->rightp = false;
+          node = node->left;
+          stack_ptr++;
+        }
+      /* Climb up again.  */
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          if (stack_ptr == &stack[0])
+            goto done_iterate;
+          stack_ptr--;
+          node = stack_ptr->node;
+          if (!stack_ptr->rightp)
+            break;
+          /* Free the current node.  */
+          if (set->base.dispose_fn != NULL)
+            set->base.dispose_fn (node->value);
+          free (node);
+        }
+      /* Descend on right branch.  */
+      stack_ptr->rightp = true;
+      node = node->right;
+      stack_ptr++;
+    }
+ done_iterate:
+  free (set);
+}
+
+/* --------------------- gl_oset_iterator_t Data Type --------------------- */
+
+static gl_oset_iterator_t
+gl_tree_iterator (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  gl_oset_iterator_t result;
+  gl_oset_node_t node;
+
+  result.vtable = set->base.vtable;
+  result.set = set;
+  /* Start node is the leftmost node.  */
+  node = set->root;
+  if (node != NULL)
+    while (node->left != NULL)
+      node = node->left;
+  result.p = node;
+  /* End point is past the rightmost node.  */
+  result.q = NULL;
+#ifdef lint
+  result.i = 0;
+  result.j = 0;
+  result.count = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_tree_iterator_next (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator, const void **eltp)
+{
+  if (iterator->p != iterator->q)
+    {
+      gl_oset_node_t node = (gl_oset_node_t) iterator->p;
+      *eltp = node->value;
+      /* Advance to the next node.  */
+      if (node->right != NULL)
+        {
+          node = node->right;
+          while (node->left != NULL)
+            node = node->left;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          while (node->parent != NULL && node->parent->right == node)
+            node = node->parent;
+          node = node->parent;
+        }
+      iterator->p = node;
+      return true;
+    }
+  else
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void
+gl_tree_iterator_free (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator)
+{
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09202ae0cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/* Ordered set data type implemented by a binary tree.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "gl_avltree_oset.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* An AVL tree is a binary tree where
+   1. The height of each node is calculated as
+        heightof(node) = 1 + max (heightof(node.left), heightof(node.right)).
+   2. The heights of the subtrees of each node differ by at most 1:
+        | heightof(right) - heightof(left) | <= 1.
+   3. The index of the elements in the node.left subtree are smaller than
+      the index of node.
+      The index of the elements in the node.right subtree are larger than
+      the index of node.
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_oset_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+/* Tree node implementation, valid for this file only.  */
+struct gl_oset_node_impl
+{
+  struct gl_oset_node_impl *left;   /* left branch, or NULL */
+  struct gl_oset_node_impl *right;  /* right branch, or NULL */
+  /* Parent pointer, or NULL. The parent pointer is not needed for most
+     operations.  It is needed so that a gl_oset_node_t can be returned
+     without memory allocation, on which the functions gl_oset_remove_node,
+     gl_oset_add_before, gl_oset_add_after can be implemented.  */
+  struct gl_oset_node_impl *parent;
+  int balance;                      /* heightof(right) - heightof(left),
+                                       always = -1 or 0 or 1 */
+  const void *value;
+};
+typedef struct gl_oset_node_impl * gl_oset_node_t;
+
+/* Concrete gl_oset_impl type, valid for this file only.  */
+struct gl_oset_impl
+{
+  struct gl_oset_impl_base base;
+  struct gl_oset_node_impl *root;   /* root node or NULL */
+  size_t count;                     /* number of nodes */
+};
+
+/* An AVL tree of height h has at least F_(h+2) [Fibonacci number] and at most
+   2^h - 1 elements.  So, h <= 84 (because a tree of height h >= 85 would have
+   at least F_87 elements, and because even on 64-bit machines,
+     sizeof (gl_oset_node_impl) * F_87 > 2^64
+   this would exceed the address space of the machine.  */
+#define MAXHEIGHT 83
+
+/* Ensure the tree is balanced, after an insertion or deletion operation.
+   The height of NODE is incremented by HEIGHT_DIFF (1 or -1).
+   PARENT = NODE->parent.  (NODE can also be NULL.  But PARENT is non-NULL.)
+   Rotation operations are performed starting at PARENT (not NODE itself!).  */
+static void
+rebalance (gl_oset_t set,
+           gl_oset_node_t node, int height_diff, gl_oset_node_t parent)
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      gl_oset_node_t child;
+      int previous_balance;
+      int balance_diff;
+      gl_oset_node_t nodeleft;
+      gl_oset_node_t noderight;
+
+      child = node;
+      node = parent;
+
+      previous_balance = node->balance;
+
+      /* The balance of NODE is incremented by BALANCE_DIFF: +1 if the right
+         branch's height has increased by 1 or the left branch's height has
+         decreased by 1, -1 if the right branch's height has decreased by 1 or
+         the left branch's height has increased by 1, 0 if no height change.  */
+      if (node->left != NULL || node->right != NULL)
+        balance_diff = (child == node->right ? height_diff : -height_diff);
+      else
+        /* Special case where above formula doesn't work, because the caller
+           didn't tell whether node's left or right branch shrunk from height 1
+           to NULL.  */
+        balance_diff = - previous_balance;
+
+      node->balance += balance_diff;
+      if (balance_diff == previous_balance)
+        {
+          /* node->balance is outside the range [-1,1].  Must rotate.  */
+          gl_oset_node_t *nodep;
+
+          if (node->parent == NULL)
+            /* node == set->root */
+            nodep = &set->root;
+          else if (node->parent->left == node)
+            nodep = &node->parent->left;
+          else if (node->parent->right == node)
+            nodep = &node->parent->right;
+          else
+            abort ();
+
+          nodeleft = node->left;
+          noderight = node->right;
+
+          if (balance_diff < 0)
+            {
+              /* node->balance = -2.  The subtree is heavier on the left side.
+                 Rotate from left to right:
+
+                                  *
+                                /   \
+                             h+2      h
+               */
+              gl_oset_node_t nodeleftright = nodeleft->right;
+              if (nodeleft->balance <= 0)
+                {
+                  /*
+                              *                    h+2|h+3
+                            /   \                  /    \
+                         h+2      h      -->      /   h+1|h+2
+                         / \                      |    /    \
+                       h+1 h|h+1                 h+1  h|h+1  h
+                   */
+                  node->left = nodeleftright;
+                  nodeleft->right = node;
+
+                  nodeleft->parent = node->parent;
+                  node->parent = nodeleft;
+                  if (nodeleftright != NULL)
+                    nodeleftright->parent = node;
+
+                  nodeleft->balance += 1;
+                  node->balance = - nodeleft->balance;
+
+                  *nodep = nodeleft;
+                  height_diff = (height_diff < 0
+                                 ? /* noderight's height had been decremented from
+                                      h+1 to h.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+3 to h+2|h+3.  */
+                                   nodeleft->balance - 1
+                                 : /* nodeleft's height had been incremented from
+                                      h+1 to h+2.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+2 to h+2|h+3.  */
+                                   nodeleft->balance);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /*
+                            *                     h+2
+                          /   \                 /     \
+                       h+2      h      -->    h+1     h+1
+                       / \                    / \     / \
+                      h  h+1                 h   L   R   h
+                         / \
+                        L   R
+
+                   */
+                  gl_oset_node_t L = nodeleft->right = nodeleftright->left;
+                  gl_oset_node_t R = node->left = nodeleftright->right;
+                  nodeleftright->left = nodeleft;
+                  nodeleftright->right = node;
+
+                  nodeleftright->parent = node->parent;
+                  if (L != NULL)
+                    L->parent = nodeleft;
+                  if (R != NULL)
+                    R->parent = node;
+                  nodeleft->parent = nodeleftright;
+                  node->parent = nodeleftright;
+
+                  nodeleft->balance = (nodeleftright->balance > 0 ? -1 : 0);
+                  node->balance = (nodeleftright->balance < 0 ? 1 : 0);
+                  nodeleftright->balance = 0;
+
+                  *nodep = nodeleftright;
+                  height_diff = (height_diff < 0
+                                 ? /* noderight's height had been decremented from
+                                      h+1 to h.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+3 to h+2.  */
+                                   -1
+                                 : /* nodeleft's height had been incremented from
+                                      h+1 to h+2.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+2 to h+2.  */
+                                   0);
+                }
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              /* node->balance = 2.  The subtree is heavier on the right side.
+                 Rotate from right to left:
+
+                                  *
+                                /   \
+                              h      h+2
+               */
+              gl_oset_node_t noderightleft = noderight->left;
+              if (noderight->balance >= 0)
+                {
+                  /*
+                              *                    h+2|h+3
+                            /   \                   /    \
+                          h      h+2     -->    h+1|h+2   \
+                                 / \            /    \    |
+                             h|h+1 h+1         h   h|h+1 h+1
+                   */
+                  node->right = noderightleft;
+                  noderight->left = node;
+
+                  noderight->parent = node->parent;
+                  node->parent = noderight;
+                  if (noderightleft != NULL)
+                    noderightleft->parent = node;
+
+                  noderight->balance -= 1;
+                  node->balance = - noderight->balance;
+
+                  *nodep = noderight;
+                  height_diff = (height_diff < 0
+                                 ? /* nodeleft's height had been decremented from
+                                      h+1 to h.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+3 to h+2|h+3.  */
+                                   - noderight->balance - 1
+                                 : /* noderight's height had been incremented from
+                                      h+1 to h+2.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+2 to h+2|h+3.  */
+                                   - noderight->balance);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /*
+                            *                    h+2
+                          /   \                /     \
+                        h      h+2    -->    h+1     h+1
+                               / \           / \     / \
+                             h+1  h         h   L   R   h
+                             / \
+                            L   R
+
+                   */
+                  gl_oset_node_t L = node->right = noderightleft->left;
+                  gl_oset_node_t R = noderight->left = noderightleft->right;
+                  noderightleft->left = node;
+                  noderightleft->right = noderight;
+
+                  noderightleft->parent = node->parent;
+                  if (L != NULL)
+                    L->parent = node;
+                  if (R != NULL)
+                    R->parent = noderight;
+                  node->parent = noderightleft;
+                  noderight->parent = noderightleft;
+
+                  node->balance = (noderightleft->balance > 0 ? -1 : 0);
+                  noderight->balance = (noderightleft->balance < 0 ? 1 : 0);
+                  noderightleft->balance = 0;
+
+                  *nodep = noderightleft;
+                  height_diff = (height_diff < 0
+                                 ? /* nodeleft's height had been decremented from
+                                      h+1 to h.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+3 to h+2.  */
+                                   -1
+                                 : /* noderight's height had been incremented from
+                                      h+1 to h+2.  The subtree's height changes from
+                                      h+2 to h+2.  */
+                                   0);
+                }
+            }
+          node = *nodep;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* No rotation needed.  Only propagation of the height change to the
+             next higher level.  */
+          if (height_diff < 0)
+            height_diff = (previous_balance == 0 ? 0 : -1);
+          else
+            height_diff = (node->balance == 0 ? 0 : 1);
+        }
+
+      if (height_diff == 0)
+        break;
+
+      parent = node->parent;
+      if (parent == NULL)
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+static gl_oset_node_t
+gl_tree_nx_add_first (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  /* Create new node.  */
+  gl_oset_node_t new_node =
+    (struct gl_oset_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_oset_node_impl));
+
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new_node->left = NULL;
+  new_node->right = NULL;
+  new_node->balance = 0;
+  new_node->value = elt;
+
+  /* Add it to the tree.  */
+  if (set->root == NULL)
+    {
+      set->root = new_node;
+      new_node->parent = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      gl_oset_node_t node;
+
+      for (node = set->root; node->left != NULL; )
+        node = node->left;
+
+      node->left = new_node;
+      new_node->parent = node;
+      node->balance--;
+
+      /* Rebalance.  */
+      if (node->right == NULL && node->parent != NULL)
+        rebalance (set, node, 1, node->parent);
+    }
+
+  set->count++;
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static gl_oset_node_t
+gl_tree_nx_add_before (gl_oset_t set, gl_oset_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  /* Create new node.  */
+  gl_oset_node_t new_node =
+    (struct gl_oset_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_oset_node_impl));
+  bool height_inc;
+
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new_node->left = NULL;
+  new_node->right = NULL;
+  new_node->balance = 0;
+  new_node->value = elt;
+
+  /* Add it to the tree.  */
+  if (node->left == NULL)
+    {
+      node->left = new_node;
+      node->balance--;
+      height_inc = (node->right == NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (node = node->left; node->right != NULL; )
+        node = node->right;
+      node->right = new_node;
+      node->balance++;
+      height_inc = (node->left == NULL);
+    }
+  new_node->parent = node;
+
+  /* Rebalance.  */
+  if (height_inc && node->parent != NULL)
+    rebalance (set, node, 1, node->parent);
+
+  set->count++;
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static gl_oset_node_t
+gl_tree_nx_add_after (gl_oset_t set, gl_oset_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  /* Create new node.  */
+  gl_oset_node_t new_node =
+    (struct gl_oset_node_impl *) malloc (sizeof (struct gl_oset_node_impl));
+  bool height_inc;
+
+  if (new_node == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new_node->left = NULL;
+  new_node->right = NULL;
+  new_node->balance = 0;
+  new_node->value = elt;
+
+  /* Add it to the tree.  */
+  if (node->right == NULL)
+    {
+      node->right = new_node;
+      node->balance++;
+      height_inc = (node->left == NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (node = node->right; node->left != NULL; )
+        node = node->left;
+      node->left = new_node;
+      node->balance--;
+      height_inc = (node->right == NULL);
+    }
+  new_node->parent = node;
+
+  /* Rebalance.  */
+  if (height_inc && node->parent != NULL)
+    rebalance (set, node, 1, node->parent);
+
+  set->count++;
+  return new_node;
+}
+
+static bool
+gl_tree_remove_node (gl_oset_t set, gl_oset_node_t node)
+{
+  gl_oset_node_t parent = node->parent;
+
+  if (node->left == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Replace node with node->right.  */
+      gl_oset_node_t child = node->right;
+
+      if (child != NULL)
+        child->parent = parent;
+      if (parent == NULL)
+        set->root = child;
+      else
+        {
+          if (parent->left == node)
+            parent->left = child;
+          else /* parent->right == node */
+            parent->right = child;
+
+          rebalance (set, child, -1, parent);
+        }
+    }
+  else if (node->right == NULL)
+    {
+      /* It is not absolutely necessary to treat this case.  But the more
+         general case below is more complicated, hence slower.  */
+      /* Replace node with node->left.  */
+      gl_oset_node_t child = node->left;
+
+      child->parent = parent;
+      if (parent == NULL)
+        set->root = child;
+      else
+        {
+          if (parent->left == node)
+            parent->left = child;
+          else /* parent->right == node */
+            parent->right = child;
+
+          rebalance (set, child, -1, parent);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Replace node with the rightmost element of the node->left subtree.  */
+      gl_oset_node_t subst;
+      gl_oset_node_t subst_parent;
+      gl_oset_node_t child;
+
+      for (subst = node->left; subst->right != NULL; )
+        subst = subst->right;
+
+      subst_parent = subst->parent;
+
+      child = subst->left;
+
+      /* The case subst_parent == node is special:  If we do nothing special,
+         we get confusion about node->left, subst->left and child->parent.
+           subst_parent == node
+           <==> The 'for' loop above terminated immediately.
+           <==> subst == subst_parent->left
+                [otherwise subst == subst_parent->right]
+         In this case, we would need to first set
+           child->parent = node; node->left = child;
+         and later - when we copy subst into node's position - again
+           child->parent = subst; subst->left = child;
+         Altogether a no-op.  */
+      if (subst_parent != node)
+        {
+          if (child != NULL)
+            child->parent = subst_parent;
+          subst_parent->right = child;
+        }
+
+      /* Copy subst into node's position.
+         (This is safer than to copy subst's value into node, keep node in
+         place, and free subst.)  */
+      if (subst_parent != node)
+        {
+          subst->left = node->left;
+          subst->left->parent = subst;
+        }
+      subst->right = node->right;
+      subst->right->parent = subst;
+      subst->balance = node->balance;
+      subst->parent = parent;
+      if (parent == NULL)
+        set->root = subst;
+      else if (parent->left == node)
+        parent->left = subst;
+      else /* parent->right == node */
+        parent->right = subst;
+
+      /* Rebalancing starts at child's parent, that is subst_parent -
+         except when subst_parent == node.  In this case, we need to use
+         its replacement, subst.  */
+      rebalance (set, child, -1, subst_parent != node ? subst_parent : subst);
+    }
+
+  set->count--;
+  if (set->base.dispose_fn != NULL)
+    set->base.dispose_fn (node->value);
+  free (node);
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Generic binary tree code.  */
+#include "gl_anytree_oset.h"
+
+/* For debugging.  */
+static unsigned int
+check_invariants (gl_oset_node_t node, gl_oset_node_t parent, size_t *counterp)
+{
+  unsigned int left_height =
+    (node->left != NULL ? check_invariants (node->left, node, counterp) : 0);
+  unsigned int right_height =
+    (node->right != NULL ? check_invariants (node->right, node, counterp) : 0);
+  int balance = (int)right_height - (int)left_height;
+
+  if (!(node->parent == parent))
+    abort ();
+  if (!(balance >= -1 && balance <= 1))
+    abort ();
+  if (!(node->balance == balance))
+    abort ();
+
+  (*counterp)++;
+
+  return 1 + (left_height > right_height ? left_height : right_height);
+}
+void
+gl_avltree_oset_check_invariants (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  size_t counter = 0;
+  if (set->root != NULL)
+    check_invariants (set->root, NULL, &counter);
+  if (!(set->count == counter))
+    abort ();
+}
+
+const struct gl_oset_implementation gl_avltree_oset_implementation =
+  {
+    gl_tree_nx_create_empty,
+    gl_tree_size,
+    gl_tree_search,
+    gl_tree_search_atleast,
+    gl_tree_nx_add,
+    gl_tree_remove,
+    gl_tree_oset_free,
+    gl_tree_iterator,
+    gl_tree_iterator_next,
+    gl_tree_iterator_free
+  };
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abac895f08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_avltree_oset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Ordered set data type implemented by a binary tree.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_AVLTREE_OSET_H
+#define _GL_AVLTREE_OSET_H
+
+#include "gl_oset.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern const struct gl_oset_implementation gl_avltree_oset_implementation;
+#define GL_AVLTREE_OSET &gl_avltree_oset_implementation
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_AVLTREE_OSET_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f4e05f3a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a hash table with a linked list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "gl_linkedhash_list.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h> /* for SIZE_MAX */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#ifndef uintptr_t
+# define uintptr_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+#define WITH_HASHTABLE 1
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_list_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+/* Generic hash-table code.  */
+#include "gl_anyhash_list1.h"
+
+/* Generic linked list code.  */
+#include "gl_anylinked_list1.h"
+
+/* Generic hash-table code.  */
+#include "gl_anyhash_list2.h"
+
+/* Resize the hash table if needed, after list->count was incremented.  */
+static void
+hash_resize_after_add (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  size_t count = list->count;
+  size_t estimate = xsum (count, count / 2); /* 1.5 * count */
+  if (estimate > list->table_size)
+    hash_resize (list, estimate);
+}
+
+/* Add a node to the hash table structure.  */
+static void
+add_to_bucket (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  size_t bucket = node->h.hashcode % list->table_size;
+
+  node->h.hash_next = list->table[bucket];
+  list->table[bucket] = &node->h;
+}
+/* Tell all compilers that the return value is 0.  */
+#define add_to_bucket(list,node)  ((add_to_bucket) (list, node), 0)
+
+/* Remove a node from the hash table structure.  */
+static void
+remove_from_bucket (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  size_t bucket = node->h.hashcode % list->table_size;
+  gl_hash_entry_t *p;
+
+  for (p = &list->table[bucket]; ; p = &(*p)->hash_next)
+    {
+      if (*p == &node->h)
+        {
+          *p = node->h.hash_next;
+          break;
+        }
+      if (*p == NULL)
+        /* node is not in the right bucket.  Did the hash codes
+           change inadvertently?  */
+        abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Generic linked list code.  */
+#include "gl_anylinked_list2.h"
+
+
+const struct gl_list_implementation gl_linkedhash_list_implementation =
+  {
+    gl_linked_nx_create_empty,
+    gl_linked_nx_create,
+    gl_linked_size,
+    gl_linked_node_value,
+    gl_linked_node_nx_set_value,
+    gl_linked_next_node,
+    gl_linked_previous_node,
+    gl_linked_get_at,
+    gl_linked_nx_set_at,
+    gl_linked_search_from_to,
+    gl_linked_indexof_from_to,
+    gl_linked_nx_add_first,
+    gl_linked_nx_add_last,
+    gl_linked_nx_add_before,
+    gl_linked_nx_add_after,
+    gl_linked_nx_add_at,
+    gl_linked_remove_node,
+    gl_linked_remove_at,
+    gl_linked_remove,
+    gl_linked_list_free,
+    gl_linked_iterator,
+    gl_linked_iterator_from_to,
+    gl_linked_iterator_next,
+    gl_linked_iterator_free,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_search,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_search_from_to,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_indexof,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_indexof_from_to,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_nx_add,
+    gl_linked_sortedlist_remove
+  };
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..577756c9d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_linkedhash_list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Sequential list data type implemented by a hash table with a linked list.
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST_H
+#define _GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST_H
+
+#include "gl_list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern const struct gl_list_implementation gl_linkedhash_list_implementation;
+#define GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST &gl_linkedhash_list_implementation
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8793298070
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define GL_LIST_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "gl_list.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9094723fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,841 @@
+/* Abstract sequential list data type.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_LIST_H
+#define _GL_LIST_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GL_LIST_INLINE
+# define GL_LIST_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* gl_list is an abstract list data type.  It can contain any number of
+   objects ('void *' or 'const void *' pointers) in any given order.
+   Duplicates are allowed, but can optionally be forbidden.
+
+   There are several implementations of this list datatype, optimized for
+   different operations or for memory.  You can start using the simplest list
+   implementation, GL_ARRAY_LIST, and switch to a different implementation
+   later, when you realize which operations are performed the most frequently.
+   The API of the different implementations is exactly the same; when
+   switching to a different implementation, you only have to change the
+   gl_list_create call.
+
+   The implementations are:
+     GL_ARRAY_LIST        a growable array
+     GL_CARRAY_LIST       a growable circular array
+     GL_LINKED_LIST       a linked list
+     GL_AVLTREE_LIST      a binary tree (AVL tree)
+     GL_RBTREE_LIST       a binary tree (red-black tree)
+     GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST   a hash table with a linked list
+     GL_AVLTREEHASH_LIST  a hash table with a binary tree (AVL tree)
+     GL_RBTREEHASH_LIST   a hash table with a binary tree (red-black tree)
+
+   The memory consumption is asymptotically the same: O(1) for every object
+   in the list.  When looking more closely at the average memory consumed
+   for an object, GL_ARRAY_LIST is the most compact representation, and
+   GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST and GL_TREEHASH_LIST need more memory.
+
+   The guaranteed average performance of the operations is, for a list of
+   n elements:
+
+   Operation                  ARRAY    LINKED    TREE    LINKEDHASH   TREEHASH
+                              CARRAY                   with|without with|without
+                                                         duplicates  duplicates
+
+   gl_list_size                O(1)     O(1)     O(1)      O(1)         O(1)
+   gl_list_node_value          O(1)     O(1)     O(1)      O(1)         O(1)
+   gl_list_node_set_value      O(1)     O(1)     O(1)      O(1)    O((log n)²)/O(1)
+   gl_list_next_node           O(1)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_previous_node       O(1)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_get_at              O(1)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_set_at              O(1)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_search              O(n)     O(n)     O(n)    O(n)/O(1)    O(log n)/O(1)
+   gl_list_search_from         O(n)     O(n)     O(n)    O(n)/O(1) O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_search_from_to      O(n)     O(n)     O(n)    O(n)/O(1) O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_indexof             O(n)     O(n)     O(n)      O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_indexof_from        O(n)     O(n)     O(n)      O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_indexof_from_to     O(n)     O(n)     O(n)      O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_add_first         O(n)/O(1)  O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_add_last            O(1)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_add_before          O(n)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_add_after           O(n)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_add_at              O(n)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_remove_node         O(n)     O(1)   O(log n)  O(n)/O(1) O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_remove_at           O(n)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_remove              O(n)     O(n)     O(n)    O(n)/O(1) O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_list_iterator            O(1)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_iterator_from_to    O(1)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_list_iterator_next       O(1)     O(1)   O(log n)    O(1)       O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_search      O(log n)   O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_search_from O(log n)   O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_indexof     O(log n)   O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_indexof_fro O(log n)   O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)       O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_add           O(n)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+   gl_sortedlist_remove        O(n)     O(n)   O(log n)    O(n)    O((log n)²)/O(log n)
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_list_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+/* Type of function used to compare two elements.
+   NULL denotes pointer comparison.  */
+typedef bool (*gl_listelement_equals_fn) (const void *elt1, const void *elt2);
+
+/* Type of function used to compute a hash code.
+   NULL denotes a function that depends only on the pointer itself.  */
+typedef size_t (*gl_listelement_hashcode_fn) (const void *elt);
+
+/* Type of function used to dispose an element once it's removed from a list.
+   NULL denotes a no-op.  */
+typedef void (*gl_listelement_dispose_fn) (const void *elt);
+
+struct gl_list_impl;
+/* Type representing an entire list.  */
+typedef struct gl_list_impl * gl_list_t;
+
+struct gl_list_node_impl;
+/* Type representing the position of an element in the list, in a way that
+   is more adapted to the list implementation than a plain index.
+   Note: It is invalidated by insertions and removals!  */
+typedef struct gl_list_node_impl * gl_list_node_t;
+
+struct gl_list_implementation;
+/* Type representing a list datatype implementation.  */
+typedef const struct gl_list_implementation * gl_list_implementation_t;
+
+#if 0 /* Unless otherwise specified, these are defined inline below.  */
+
+/* Create an empty list.
+   IMPLEMENTATION is one of GL_ARRAY_LIST, GL_CARRAY_LIST, GL_LINKED_LIST,
+   GL_AVLTREE_LIST, GL_RBTREE_LIST, GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST, GL_AVLTREEHASH_LIST,
+   GL_RBTREEHASH_LIST.
+   EQUALS_FN is an element comparison function or NULL.
+   HASHCODE_FN is an element hash code function or NULL.
+   DISPOSE_FN is an element disposal function or NULL.
+   ALLOW_DUPLICATES is false if duplicate elements shall not be allowed in
+   the list. The implementation may verify this at runtime.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                       gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                       gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                       gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                       bool allow_duplicates);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_nx_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                          gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                          gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                          gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                          bool allow_duplicates);
+
+/* Create a list with given contents.
+   IMPLEMENTATION is one of GL_ARRAY_LIST, GL_CARRAY_LIST, GL_LINKED_LIST,
+   GL_AVLTREE_LIST, GL_RBTREE_LIST, GL_LINKEDHASH_LIST, GL_AVLTREEHASH_LIST,
+   GL_RBTREEHASH_LIST.
+   EQUALS_FN is an element comparison function or NULL.
+   HASHCODE_FN is an element hash code function or NULL.
+   DISPOSE_FN is an element disposal function or NULL.
+   ALLOW_DUPLICATES is false if duplicate elements shall not be allowed in
+   the list. The implementation may verify this at runtime.
+   COUNT is the number of initial elements.
+   CONTENTS[0..COUNT-1] is the initial contents.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                 gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                 gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                 gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                 bool allow_duplicates,
+                                 size_t count, const void **contents);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_nx_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                    gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                    gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                    gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                    bool allow_duplicates,
+                                    size_t count, const void **contents);
+
+/* Return the current number of elements in a list.  */
+extern size_t gl_list_size (gl_list_t list);
+
+/* Return the element value represented by a list node.  */
+extern const void * gl_list_node_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+
+/* Replace the element value represented by a list node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern void gl_list_node_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                    const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return 0 upon success, -1 upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern int gl_list_node_nx_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                      const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Return the node immediately after the given node in the list, or NULL
+   if the given node is the last (rightmost) one in the list.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_next_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+
+/* Return the node immediately before the given node in the list, or NULL
+   if the given node is the first (leftmost) one in the list.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_previous_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+
+/* Return the element at a given position in the list.
+   POSITION must be >= 0 and < gl_list_size (list).  */
+extern const void * gl_list_get_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position);
+
+/* Replace the element at a given position in the list.
+   POSITION must be >= 0 and < gl_list_size (list).
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                      const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                         const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   Return its node if found, or NULL if not present in the list.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_search (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list,
+   at a position >= START_INDEX.
+   Return its node if found, or NULL if not present in the list.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_search_from (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index,
+                                           const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list,
+   at a position >= START_INDEX and < END_INDEX.
+   Return its node if found, or NULL if not present in the list.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_search_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                              size_t start_index,
+                                              size_t end_index,
+                                              const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   Return its position if found, or (size_t)(-1) if not present in the list.  */
+extern size_t gl_list_indexof (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list,
+   at a position >= START_INDEX.
+   Return its position if found, or (size_t)(-1) if not present in the list.  */
+extern size_t gl_list_indexof_from (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index,
+                                    const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list,
+   at a position >= START_INDEX and < END_INDEX.
+   Return its position if found, or (size_t)(-1) if not present in the list.  */
+extern size_t gl_list_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                       size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                                       const void *elt);
+
+/* Add an element as the first element of the list.
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Add an element as the last element of the list.
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Add an element before a given element node of the list.
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_before (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                          const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_add_before (gl_list_t list,
+                                             gl_list_node_t node,
+                                             const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Add an element after a given element node of the list.
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                         const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                            const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Add an element at a given position in the list.
+   POSITION must be >= 0 and <= gl_list_size (list).  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                      const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_nx_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                         const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Remove an element from the list.
+   Return true.  */
+extern bool gl_list_remove_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+
+/* Remove an element at a given position from the list.
+   POSITION must be >= 0 and < gl_list_size (list).
+   Return true.  */
+extern bool gl_list_remove_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position);
+
+/* Search and remove an element from the list.
+   Return true if it was found and removed.  */
+extern bool gl_list_remove (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+
+/* Free an entire list.
+   (But this call does not free the elements of the list.)  */
+extern void gl_list_free (gl_list_t list);
+
+#endif /* End of inline and gl_xlist.h-defined functions.  */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_list_iterator_t Data Type --------------------- */
+
+/* Functions for iterating through a list.  */
+
+/* Type of an iterator that traverses a list.
+   This is a fixed-size struct, so that creation of an iterator doesn't need
+   memory allocation on the heap.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* For fast dispatch of gl_list_iterator_next.  */
+  const struct gl_list_implementation *vtable;
+  /* For detecting whether the last returned element was removed.  */
+  gl_list_t list;
+  size_t count;
+  /* Other, implementation-private fields.  */
+  void *p; void *q;
+  size_t i; size_t j;
+} gl_list_iterator_t;
+
+#if 0 /* These are defined inline below.  */
+
+/* Create an iterator traversing a list.
+   The list contents must not be modified while the iterator is in use,
+   except for replacing or removing the last returned element.  */
+extern gl_list_iterator_t gl_list_iterator (gl_list_t list);
+
+/* Create an iterator traversing the element with indices i,
+   start_index <= i < end_index, of a list.
+   The list contents must not be modified while the iterator is in use,
+   except for replacing or removing the last returned element.  */
+extern gl_list_iterator_t gl_list_iterator_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                                    size_t start_index,
+                                                    size_t end_index);
+
+/* If there is a next element, store the next element in *ELTP, store its
+   node in *NODEP if NODEP is non-NULL, advance the iterator and return true.
+   Otherwise, return false.  */
+extern bool gl_list_iterator_next (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator,
+                                   const void **eltp, gl_list_node_t *nodep);
+
+/* Free an iterator.  */
+extern void gl_list_iterator_free (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator);
+
+#endif /* End of inline functions.  */
+
+/* ---------------------- Sorted gl_list_t Data Type ---------------------- */
+
+/* The following functions are for lists without duplicates where the
+   order is given by a sort criterion.  */
+
+/* Type of function used to compare two elements.  Same as for qsort().
+   NULL denotes pointer comparison.  */
+typedef int (*gl_listelement_compar_fn) (const void *elt1, const void *elt2);
+
+#if 0 /* Unless otherwise specified, these are defined inline below.  */
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Return its node if found, or NULL if not present in the list.
+   If the list contains several copies of ELT, the node of the leftmost one is
+   returned.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_sortedlist_search (gl_list_t list,
+                                            gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                            const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Only list elements with indices >= START_INDEX and < END_INDEX are
+   considered; the implementation uses these bounds to minimize the number
+   of COMPAR invocations.
+   Return its node if found, or NULL if not present in the list.
+   If the list contains several copies of ELT, the node of the leftmost one is
+   returned.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_sortedlist_search_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                                    gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                                    size_t start_index,
+                                                    size_t end_index,
+                                                    const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Return its position if found, or (size_t)(-1) if not present in the list.
+   If the list contains several copies of ELT, the position of the leftmost one
+   is returned.  */
+extern size_t gl_sortedlist_indexof (gl_list_t list,
+                                     gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                     const void *elt);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Only list elements with indices >= START_INDEX and < END_INDEX are
+   considered; the implementation uses these bounds to minimize the number
+   of COMPAR invocations.
+   Return its position if found, or (size_t)(-1) if not present in the list.
+   If the list contains several copies of ELT, the position of the leftmost one
+   is returned.  */
+extern size_t gl_sortedlist_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list,
+                                             gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                             size_t start_index,
+                                             size_t end_index,
+                                             const void *elt);
+
+/* Add an element at the appropriate position in the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Return its node.  */
+/* declared in gl_xlist.h */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_sortedlist_add (gl_list_t list,
+                                         gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                         const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_sortedlist_nx_add (gl_list_t list,
+                                            gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                            const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Search and remove an element from the list.
+   The list is assumed to be sorted with COMPAR.
+   Return true if it was found and removed.
+   If the list contains several copies of ELT, only the leftmost one is
+   removed.  */
+extern bool gl_sortedlist_remove (gl_list_t list,
+                                  gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                  const void *elt);
+
+#endif /* End of inline and gl_xlist.h-defined functions.  */
+
+/* ------------------------ Implementation Details ------------------------ */
+
+struct gl_list_implementation
+{
+  /* gl_list_t functions.  */
+  gl_list_t (*nx_create_empty) (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                bool allow_duplicates);
+  gl_list_t (*nx_create) (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                          gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                          gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                          gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                          bool allow_duplicates,
+                          size_t count, const void **contents);
+  size_t (*size) (gl_list_t list);
+  const void * (*node_value) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+  int (*node_nx_set_value) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                            const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*next_node) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+  gl_list_node_t (*previous_node) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+  const void * (*get_at) (gl_list_t list, size_t position);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_set_at) (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                               const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*search_from_to) (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index,
+                                    size_t end_index, const void *elt);
+  size_t (*indexof_from_to) (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index,
+                             size_t end_index, const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_add_first) (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_add_last) (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_add_before) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                   const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_add_after) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                  const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*nx_add_at) (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                               const void *elt);
+  bool (*remove_node) (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node);
+  bool (*remove_at) (gl_list_t list, size_t position);
+  bool (*remove_elt) (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+  void (*list_free) (gl_list_t list);
+  /* gl_list_iterator_t functions.  */
+  gl_list_iterator_t (*iterator) (gl_list_t list);
+  gl_list_iterator_t (*iterator_from_to) (gl_list_t list,
+                                          size_t start_index,
+                                          size_t end_index);
+  bool (*iterator_next) (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator,
+                         const void **eltp, gl_list_node_t *nodep);
+  void (*iterator_free) (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator);
+  /* Sorted gl_list_t functions.  */
+  gl_list_node_t (*sortedlist_search) (gl_list_t list,
+                                       gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                       const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*sortedlist_search_from_to) (gl_list_t list,
+                                               gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                               size_t start_index,
+                                               size_t end_index,
+                                               const void *elt);
+  size_t (*sortedlist_indexof) (gl_list_t list,
+                                gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                const void *elt);
+  size_t (*sortedlist_indexof_from_to) (gl_list_t list,
+                                        gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                        size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                                        const void *elt);
+  gl_list_node_t (*sortedlist_nx_add) (gl_list_t list,
+                                       gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                    const void *elt);
+  bool (*sortedlist_remove) (gl_list_t list,
+                             gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                             const void *elt);
+};
+
+struct gl_list_impl_base
+{
+  const struct gl_list_implementation *vtable;
+  gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn;
+  gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn;
+  gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn;
+  bool allow_duplicates;
+};
+
+/* Define all functions of this file as accesses to the
+   struct gl_list_implementation.  */
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_t
+gl_list_nx_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                         gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                         gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                         gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                         bool allow_duplicates)
+{
+  return implementation->nx_create_empty (implementation, equals_fn,
+                                          hashcode_fn, dispose_fn,
+                                          allow_duplicates);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_t
+gl_list_nx_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                   gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                   gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                   gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                   bool allow_duplicates,
+                   size_t count, const void **contents)
+{
+  return implementation->nx_create (implementation, equals_fn, hashcode_fn,
+                                    dispose_fn, allow_duplicates, count,
+                                    contents);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_list_size (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->size (list);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE const void *
+gl_list_node_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->node_value (list, node);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE int
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_node_nx_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                           const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->node_nx_set_value (list, node, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_next_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->next_node (list, node);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_previous_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->previous_node (list, node);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE const void *
+gl_list_get_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->get_at (list, position);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_set_at (list, position, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_search (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t size = ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable->size (list);
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->search_from_to (list, 0, size, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_search_from (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t size = ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable->size (list);
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->search_from_to (list, start_index, size, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_search_from_to (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                        const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->search_from_to (list, start_index, end_index, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_list_indexof (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t size = ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable->size (list);
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->indexof_from_to (list, 0, size, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_list_indexof_from (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, const void *elt)
+{
+  size_t size = ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable->size (list);
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->indexof_from_to (list, start_index, size, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_list_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, size_t end_index,
+                         const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->indexof_from_to (list, start_index, end_index, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_add_first (list, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_add_last (list, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_add_before (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_add_before (list, node, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_add_after (list, node, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_list_nx_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->nx_add_at (list, position, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE bool
+gl_list_remove_node (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->remove_node (list, node);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE bool
+gl_list_remove_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->remove_at (list, position);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE bool
+gl_list_remove (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->remove_elt (list, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE void
+gl_list_free (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable->list_free (list);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_iterator_t
+gl_list_iterator (gl_list_t list)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->iterator (list);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_iterator_t
+gl_list_iterator_from_to (gl_list_t list, size_t start_index, size_t end_index)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->iterator_from_to (list, start_index, end_index);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE bool
+gl_list_iterator_next (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator,
+                       const void **eltp, gl_list_node_t *nodep)
+{
+  return iterator->vtable->iterator_next (iterator, eltp, nodep);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE void
+gl_list_iterator_free (gl_list_iterator_t *iterator)
+{
+  iterator->vtable->iterator_free (iterator);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_sortedlist_search (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_search (list, compar, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_sortedlist_search_from_to (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, size_t start_index, size_t end_index, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_search_from_to (list, compar, start_index, end_index,
+                                      elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_sortedlist_indexof (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_indexof (list, compar, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE size_t
+gl_sortedlist_indexof_from_to (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, size_t start_index, size_t end_index, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_indexof_from_to (list, compar, start_index, end_index,
+                                       elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_sortedlist_nx_add (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_nx_add (list, compar, elt);
+}
+
+GL_LIST_INLINE bool
+gl_sortedlist_remove (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_list_impl_base *) list)->vtable
+         ->sortedlist_remove (list, compar, elt);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_LIST_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21f731a31a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define GL_OSET_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "gl_oset.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5134065e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_oset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/* Abstract ordered set data type.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_OSET_H
+#define _GL_OSET_H
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GL_OSET_INLINE
+# define GL_OSET_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* gl_oset is an abstract ordered set data type.  It can contain any number
+   of objects ('void *' or 'const void *' pointers) in the order of a given
+   comparator function.  Duplicates (in the sense of the comparator) are
+   forbidden.
+
+   There are several implementations of this ordered set datatype, optimized
+   for different operations or for memory.  You can start using the simplest
+   ordered set implementation, GL_ARRAY_OSET, and switch to a different
+   implementation later, when you realize which operations are performed
+   the most frequently.  The API of the different implementations is exactly
+   the same; when switching to a different implementation, you only have to
+   change the gl_oset_create call.
+
+   The implementations are:
+     GL_ARRAY_OSET        a growable array
+     GL_AVLTREE_OSET      a binary tree (AVL tree)
+     GL_RBTREE_OSET       a binary tree (red-black tree)
+
+   The memory consumption is asymptotically the same: O(1) for every object
+   in the set.  When looking more closely at the average memory consumed
+   for an object, GL_ARRAY_OSET is the most compact representation, and
+   GL_AVLTREE_OSET, GL_RBTREE_OSET need more memory.
+
+   The guaranteed average performance of the operations is, for a set of
+   n elements:
+
+   Operation                  ARRAY     TREE
+
+   gl_oset_size                O(1)     O(1)
+   gl_oset_add                 O(n)   O(log n)
+   gl_oset_remove              O(n)   O(log n)
+   gl_oset_search            O(log n) O(log n)
+   gl_oset_search_atleast    O(log n) O(log n)
+   gl_oset_iterator            O(1)   O(log n)
+   gl_oset_iterator_next       O(1)   O(log n)
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_oset_t Data Type -------------------------- */
+
+/* Type of function used to compare two elements.  Same as for qsort().
+   NULL denotes pointer comparison.  */
+typedef int (*gl_setelement_compar_fn) (const void *elt1, const void *elt2);
+
+/* Type of function used to dispose an element once it's removed from a set.
+   NULL denotes a no-op.  */
+typedef void (*gl_setelement_dispose_fn) (const void *elt);
+
+/* Type of function used to compare an element with a threshold.
+   Return true if the element is greater or equal than the threshold.  */
+typedef bool (*gl_setelement_threshold_fn) (const void *elt, const void *threshold);
+
+struct gl_oset_impl;
+/* Type representing an entire ordered set.  */
+typedef struct gl_oset_impl * gl_oset_t;
+
+struct gl_oset_implementation;
+/* Type representing a ordered set datatype implementation.  */
+typedef const struct gl_oset_implementation * gl_oset_implementation_t;
+
+#if 0 /* Unless otherwise specified, these are defined inline below.  */
+
+/* Create an empty set.
+   IMPLEMENTATION is one of GL_ARRAY_OSET, GL_AVLTREE_OSET, GL_RBTREE_OSET.
+   COMPAR_FN is an element comparison function or NULL.
+   DISPOSE_FN is an element disposal function or NULL.  */
+/* declared in gl_xoset.h */
+extern gl_oset_t gl_oset_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                                       gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                                       gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn);
+/* Likewise.  Return NULL upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern gl_oset_t gl_oset_nx_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                                          gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                                          gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn);
+
+/* Return the current number of elements in an ordered set.  */
+extern size_t gl_oset_size (gl_oset_t set);
+
+/* Search whether an element is already in the ordered set.
+   Return true if found, or false if not present in the set.  */
+extern bool gl_oset_search (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+
+/* Search the least element in the ordered set that compares greater or equal
+   to the given THRESHOLD.  The representation of the THRESHOLD is defined
+   by the THRESHOLD_FN.
+   Return true and store the found element in *ELTP if found, otherwise return
+   false.  */
+extern bool gl_oset_search_atleast (gl_oset_t set,
+                                    gl_setelement_threshold_fn threshold_fn,
+                                    const void *threshold,
+                                    const void **eltp);
+
+/* Add an element to an ordered set.
+   Return true if it was not already in the set and added, false otherwise.  */
+/* declared in gl_xoset.h */
+extern bool gl_oset_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+/* Likewise.  Return -1 upon out-of-memory.  */
+extern int gl_oset_nx_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+  ;
+
+/* Remove an element from an ordered set.
+   Return true if it was found and removed.  */
+extern bool gl_oset_remove (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+
+/* Free an entire ordered set.
+   (But this call does not free the elements of the set.)  */
+extern void gl_oset_free (gl_oset_t set);
+
+#endif /* End of inline and gl_xlist.h-defined functions.  */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_oset_iterator_t Data Type --------------------- */
+
+/* Functions for iterating through an ordered set.  */
+
+/* Type of an iterator that traverses an ordered set.
+   This is a fixed-size struct, so that creation of an iterator doesn't need
+   memory allocation on the heap.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* For fast dispatch of gl_oset_iterator_next.  */
+  const struct gl_oset_implementation *vtable;
+  /* For detecting whether the last returned element was removed.  */
+  gl_oset_t set;
+  size_t count;
+  /* Other, implementation-private fields.  */
+  void *p; void *q;
+  size_t i; size_t j;
+} gl_oset_iterator_t;
+
+#if 0 /* These are defined inline below.  */
+
+/* Create an iterator traversing an ordered set.
+   The set's contents must not be modified while the iterator is in use,
+   except for removing the last returned element.  */
+extern gl_oset_iterator_t gl_oset_iterator (gl_oset_t set);
+
+/* If there is a next element, store the next element in *ELTP, advance the
+   iterator and return true.  Otherwise, return false.  */
+extern bool gl_oset_iterator_next (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator,
+                                   const void **eltp);
+
+/* Free an iterator.  */
+extern void gl_oset_iterator_free (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator);
+
+#endif /* End of inline functions.  */
+
+/* ------------------------ Implementation Details ------------------------ */
+
+struct gl_oset_implementation
+{
+  /* gl_oset_t functions.  */
+  gl_oset_t (*nx_create_empty) (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                                gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                                gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn);
+  size_t (*size) (gl_oset_t set);
+  bool (*search) (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+  bool (*search_atleast) (gl_oset_t set,
+                          gl_setelement_threshold_fn threshold_fn,
+                          const void *threshold, const void **eltp);
+  int (*nx_add) (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+  bool (*remove_elt) (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+  void (*oset_free) (gl_oset_t set);
+  /* gl_oset_iterator_t functions.  */
+  gl_oset_iterator_t (*iterator) (gl_oset_t set);
+  bool (*iterator_next) (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator, const void **eltp);
+  void (*iterator_free) (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator);
+};
+
+struct gl_oset_impl_base
+{
+  const struct gl_oset_implementation *vtable;
+  gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn;
+  gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn;
+};
+
+/* Define all functions of this file as accesses to the
+   struct gl_oset_implementation.  */
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE gl_oset_t
+gl_oset_nx_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                         gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                         gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn)
+{
+  return implementation->nx_create_empty (implementation, compar_fn,
+                                          dispose_fn);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE size_t
+gl_oset_size (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable->size (set);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE bool
+gl_oset_search (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable->search (set, elt);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE bool
+gl_oset_search_atleast (gl_oset_t set,
+                        gl_setelement_threshold_fn threshold_fn,
+                        const void *threshold, const void **eltp)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable
+         ->search_atleast (set, threshold_fn, threshold, eltp);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE int
+#if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+  __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#endif
+gl_oset_nx_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable->nx_add (set, elt);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE bool
+gl_oset_remove (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable
+         ->remove_elt (set, elt);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE void
+gl_oset_free (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable->oset_free (set);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE gl_oset_iterator_t
+gl_oset_iterator (gl_oset_t set)
+{
+  return ((const struct gl_oset_impl_base *) set)->vtable->iterator (set);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE bool
+gl_oset_iterator_next (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator, const void **eltp)
+{
+  return iterator->vtable->iterator_next (iterator, eltp);
+}
+
+GL_OSET_INLINE void
+gl_oset_iterator_free (gl_oset_iterator_t *iterator)
+{
+  iterator->vtable->iterator_free (iterator);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_OSET_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe3c893396
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define GL_XLIST_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "gl_xlist.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c9451c1ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xlist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* Abstract sequential list data type, with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_XLIST_H
+#define _GL_XLIST_H
+
+#include "gl_list.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GL_XLIST_INLINE
+# define GL_XLIST_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These functions are thin wrappers around the corresponding functions with
+   _nx_ infix from gl_list.h.  Upon out-of-memory, they invoke xalloc_die (),
+   instead of returning an error indicator.  */
+#if 0 /* These are defined inline below.  */
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                       gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                       gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                       gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                       bool allow_duplicates);
+extern gl_list_t gl_list_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                                 gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                                 gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                                 gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                                 bool allow_duplicates,
+                                 size_t count, const void **contents);
+extern void gl_list_node_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                    const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                      const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_before (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                          const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node,
+                                         const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_list_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position,
+                                      const void *elt);
+extern gl_list_node_t gl_sortedlist_add (gl_list_t list,
+                                         gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                                         const void *elt);
+#endif
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_t
+gl_list_create_empty (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                      gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                      gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                      gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                      bool allow_duplicates)
+{
+  gl_list_t result =
+    gl_list_nx_create_empty (implementation, equals_fn, hashcode_fn, dispose_fn,
+                             allow_duplicates);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_t
+gl_list_create (gl_list_implementation_t implementation,
+                gl_listelement_equals_fn equals_fn,
+                gl_listelement_hashcode_fn hashcode_fn,
+                gl_listelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn,
+                bool allow_duplicates,
+                size_t count, const void **contents)
+{
+  gl_list_t result =
+    gl_list_nx_create (implementation, equals_fn, hashcode_fn, dispose_fn,
+                       allow_duplicates, count, contents);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE void
+gl_list_node_set_value (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  int result = gl_list_node_nx_set_value (list, node, elt);
+  if (result < 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_set_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_set_at (list, position, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_add_first (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_add_first (list, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_add_last (gl_list_t list, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_add_last (list, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_add_before (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_add_before (list, node, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_add_after (gl_list_t list, gl_list_node_t node, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_add_after (list, node, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_list_add_at (gl_list_t list, size_t position, const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_list_nx_add_at (list, position, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XLIST_INLINE gl_list_node_t
+gl_sortedlist_add (gl_list_t list, gl_listelement_compar_fn compar,
+                   const void *elt)
+{
+  gl_list_node_t result = gl_sortedlist_nx_add (list, compar, elt);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_XLIST_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b05d94996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define GL_XOSET_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "gl_xoset.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b30b2ced83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/gl_xoset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Abstract ordered set data type, with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_XOSET_H
+#define _GL_XOSET_H
+
+#include "gl_oset.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef GL_XOSET_INLINE
+# define GL_XOSET_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* These functions are thin wrappers around the corresponding functions with
+   _nx_ infix from gl_oset.h.  Upon out-of-memory, they invoke xalloc_die (),
+   instead of returning an error indicator.  */
+#if 0 /* These are defined inline below.  */
+extern gl_oset_t gl_oset_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                                       gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                                       gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn);
+extern bool gl_oset_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt);
+#endif
+
+GL_XOSET_INLINE gl_oset_t
+gl_oset_create_empty (gl_oset_implementation_t implementation,
+                      gl_setelement_compar_fn compar_fn,
+                      gl_setelement_dispose_fn dispose_fn)
+{
+  gl_oset_t result =
+    gl_oset_nx_create_empty (implementation, compar_fn, dispose_fn);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+GL_XOSET_INLINE bool
+gl_oset_add (gl_oset_t set, const void *elt)
+{
+  int result = gl_oset_nx_add (set, elt);
+  if (result < 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return result;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_XOSET_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/lock.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/lock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42228df80f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/lock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
+   gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
+   It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
+   synchronization primitives.
+
+   Normal (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_rwlock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_rwlock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
+                          gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_rwlock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&name);
+                          err = glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_rwlock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_rwlock_destroy (&name);
+
+   Recursive locks:
+     Type:                gl_recursive_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:      err = glthread_recursive_lock_init (&name);
+     Taking the lock:     err = glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&name);
+     Releasing the lock:  err = glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&name);
+     De-initialization:   err = glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&name);
+
+  Once-only execution:
+     Type:                gl_once_t
+     Initializer:         gl_once_define(extern, name)
+     Execution:           gl_once (name, initfunction);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Execution:           err = glthread_once (&name, initfunction);
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _LOCK_H
+#define _LOCK_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
+   of the program don't use them.  Here we use them, because we don't want
+   every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread.  This assumes
+   that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
+   loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
+   then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
+   will not be multithread-safe.  */
+
+/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
+   whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
+   non-NULL.  However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
+   PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
+   call to foo(...) in the same function.  To avoid this, we test the
+   address of a function in libpthread that we don't use.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_once
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   pragma weak pthread_cancel
+#   define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+#  ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+
+typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#   define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_init (LOCK, NULL) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int initialized;
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;   /* protects the initialization */
+          pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#   define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_rwlock_init_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#   else
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+#   endif
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;    /* protects the initialization */
+          int initialized;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+      { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#   define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+      (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+          pthread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     (pthread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                                                         \
+     ? pthread_once (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                               \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+# include <pth.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_release
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
+#  pragma weak pth_once
+
+#  pragma weak pth_cancel
+#  define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define pth_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#  define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+     PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
+#  define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_acquire (LOCK, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_rwlock_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default.  */
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_init (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_acquire (LOCK, 0, NULL) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+     (pth_in_use () && !pth_mutex_release (LOCK) ? errno : 0)
+#  define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+     ((void)(LOCK), 0)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                                                             \
+     ? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (pth_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+# include <thread.h>
+# error #include <synch.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak mutex_init
+#  pragma weak mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak rw_rdlock
+#  pragma weak rw_wrlock
+#  pragma weak rw_unlock
+#  pragma weak rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak thr_self
+
+#  pragma weak thr_suspend
+#  define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define thread_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTMUTEX
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_lock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? mutex_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTRWLOCK
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rwlock_init (LOCK, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_rdlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_wrlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rw_unlock (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? rwlock_destroy (LOCK) : 0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          mutex_t mutex;
+          thread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    (thread_in_use () ? glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (LOCK) : 0)
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_init_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_multithreaded (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          mutex_t mutex;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (thread_in_use ()                                                          \
+     ? glthread_once_multithreaded (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION)                \
+     : (glthread_once_singlethreaded (ONCE_CONTROL) ? (INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0))
+extern int glthread_once_multithreaded (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the native Windows Event,
+   Mutex, Semaphore types, because
+     - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
+       not inter-process locking,
+     - we don't need to support trylock operations.  (TryEnterCriticalSection
+       does not work on Windows 95/98/ME.  Packages that need trylock usually
+       define their own mutex type.)  */
+
+/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION.  It needs
+   to be done lazily, once only.  For this we need spinlocks.  */
+
+typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define glthread_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_lock_init_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_lock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_unlock_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_lock_destroy_func (gl_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
+   introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
+   Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
+          unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
+          unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
+          unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
+        }
+        gl_carray_waitqueue_t;
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          gl_carray_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_rwlock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_rwlock_init_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_rdlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_wrlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_unlock_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_rwlock_destroy_func (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* The native Windows documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already
+   implements a recursive lock.  But we need not rely on it: It's easy to
+   implement a recursive lock without this assumption.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          DWORD owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(LOCK) \
+    (glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (LOCK), 0)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (LOCK)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(LOCK) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (LOCK)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_lock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_unlock_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern int glthread_recursive_lock_destroy_func (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          volatile long started;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (glthread_once_func (ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION), 0)
+extern void glthread_once_func (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_rwlock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_rwlock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_init(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) 0
+# define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) 0
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
+# define glthread_once(ONCE_CONTROL, INITFUNCTION) \
+    (*(ONCE_CONTROL) == 0 ? (*(ONCE_CONTROL) = ~ 0, INITFUNCTION (), 0) : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Macros with built-in error handling.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                  \
+     {                                 \
+       if (glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                     \
+     }                                 \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                     \
+     {                                    \
+       if (glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                        \
+     }                                    \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                    \
+     {                                   \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                       \
+     }                                   \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                      \
+     {                                     \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                         \
+     }                                     \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                       \
+     {                                      \
+       if (glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                          \
+     }                                      \
+   while (0)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+#define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+   do                                            \
+     {                                           \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                               \
+     }                                           \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+   do                                              \
+     {                                             \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                 \
+     }                                             \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                               \
+     {                                              \
+       if (glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                                  \
+     }                                              \
+   while (0)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+   do                                           \
+     {                                          \
+       if (glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)) \
+         abort ();                              \
+     }                                          \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _LOCK_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/tls.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/tls.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2afe0b43c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/glthread/tls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/* Thread-local storage in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.  */
+
+/* This file contains thread-local storage primitives for use with a given
+   thread library.  It does not contain primitives for creating threads or
+   for other multithreading primitives.
+
+     Type:                      gl_tls_key_t
+     Initialization:            gl_tls_key_init (name, destructor);
+     Getting per-thread value:  gl_tls_get (name)
+     Setting per-thread value:  gl_tls_set (name, pointer);
+     De-initialization:         gl_tls_key_destroy (name);
+   Equivalent functions with control of error handling:
+     Initialization:            err = glthread_tls_key_init (&name, destructor);
+     Setting per-thread value:  err = glthread_tls_set (&name, pointer);
+     De-initialization:         err = glthread_tls_key_destroy (&name);
+
+   A per-thread value is of type 'void *'.
+
+   A destructor is a function pointer of type 'void (*) (void *)', called
+   when a thread exits, and taking the last per-thread value as argument.  It
+   is unspecified whether the destructor function is called when the last
+   per-thread value is NULL.  On some platforms, the destructor function is
+   not called at all.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _TLS_H
+#define _TLS_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_key_create
+#  pragma weak pthread_getspecific
+#  pragma weak pthread_setspecific
+#  pragma weak pthread_key_delete
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   pragma weak pthread_cancel
+#   define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef union
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+          pthread_key_t key;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                              \
+     ? pthread_key_create (&(KEY)->key, DESTRUCTOR) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, 0))
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                  \
+     ? pthread_getspecific ((NAME).key) \
+     : (NAME).singlethread_value)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (pthread_in_use ()                             \
+     ? pthread_setspecific ((KEY)->key, (POINTER)) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0))
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    (pthread_in_use () ? pthread_key_delete ((KEY)->key) : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+# include <pth.h>
+
+# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pth_key_create
+#  pragma weak pth_key_getdata
+#  pragma weak pth_key_setdata
+#  pragma weak pth_key_delete
+
+#  pragma weak pth_cancel
+#  define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define pth_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef union
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+          pth_key_t key;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                                             \
+     ? (!pth_key_create (&(KEY)->key, DESTRUCTOR) ? errno : 0) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, 0))
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                  \
+     ? pth_key_getdata ((NAME).key) \
+     : (NAME).singlethread_value)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                                            \
+     ? (!pth_key_setdata ((KEY)->key, (POINTER)) ? errno : 0) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0))
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    (pth_in_use ()                                \
+     ? (!pth_key_delete ((KEY)->key) ? errno : 0) \
+     : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+# include <thread.h>
+
+# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak thr_keycreate
+#  pragma weak thr_getspecific
+#  pragma weak thr_setspecific
+
+#  pragma weak thr_suspend
+#  define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define thread_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef union
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+          thread_key_t key;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    (thread_in_use ()                          \
+     ? thr_keycreate (&(KEY)->key, DESTRUCTOR) \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, 0))
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (thread_in_use ()                \
+     ? glthread_tls_get_multithreaded ((NAME).key) \
+     : (NAME).singlethread_value)
+extern void *glthread_tls_get_multithreaded (thread_key_t key);
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (thread_in_use ()                              \
+     ? thr_setspecific ((KEY)->key, (POINTER))     \
+     : ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0))
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    /* Unsupported.  */ \
+    0
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef DWORD gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    /* The destructor is unsupported.  */    \
+    ((*(KEY) = TlsAlloc ()) == (DWORD)-1 ? EAGAIN : ((void) (DESTRUCTOR), 0))
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    TlsGetValue (NAME)
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    (!TlsSetValue (*(KEY), POINTER) ? EINVAL : 0)
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    (!TlsFree (*(KEY)) ? EINVAL : 0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WINDOWS_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          void *singlethread_value;
+        }
+        gl_tls_key_t;
+# define glthread_tls_key_init(KEY, DESTRUCTOR) \
+    ((KEY)->singlethread_value = NULL, \
+     (void) (DESTRUCTOR),              \
+     0)
+# define gl_tls_get(NAME) \
+    (NAME).singlethread_value
+# define glthread_tls_set(KEY, POINTER) \
+    ((KEY)->singlethread_value = (POINTER), 0)
+# define glthread_tls_key_destroy(KEY) \
+    0
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+/* Macros with built-in error handling.  */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_tls_key_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+#define gl_tls_key_init(NAME, DESTRUCTOR) \
+   do                                                 \
+     {                                                \
+       if (glthread_tls_key_init (&NAME, DESTRUCTOR)) \
+         abort ();                                    \
+     }                                                \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_tls_set(NAME, POINTER) \
+   do                                         \
+     {                                        \
+       if (glthread_tls_set (&NAME, POINTER)) \
+         abort ();                            \
+     }                                        \
+   while (0)
+#define gl_tls_key_destroy(NAME) \
+   do                                        \
+     {                                       \
+       if (glthread_tls_key_destroy (&NAME)) \
+         abort ();                           \
+     }                                       \
+   while (0)
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _TLS_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..685928ec0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1233 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Define USE_OBSTACK to 1 if you want the allocator to use obstacks instead
+   of malloc.  If you change USE_OBSTACK, you have to recompile!  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "hash.h"
+
+#include "bitrotate.h"
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+# include "obstack.h"
+# ifndef obstack_chunk_alloc
+#  define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
+# endif
+# ifndef obstack_chunk_free
+#  define obstack_chunk_free free
+# endif
+#endif
+
+struct hash_entry
+  {
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
+  };
+
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry const *bucket_limit;
+    size_t n_buckets;
+    size_t n_buckets_used;
+    size_t n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physically separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
+
+    /* Three functions are given to 'hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
+
+/* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
+   some user-provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
+   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
+   entry contents may be hashed by a randomization function (the hashing
+   function, or just "hasher" for short) into a number (or "slot") between 0
+   and the current table size.  At each slot position in the hash table,
+   starts a linked chain of entries for which the user data all hash to this
+   slot.  A bucket is the collection of all entries hashing to the same slot.
+
+   A good "hasher" function will distribute entries rather evenly in buckets.
+   In the ideal case, the length of each bucket is roughly the number of
+   entries divided by the table size.  Finding the slot for a data is usually
+   done in constant time by the "hasher", and the later finding of a precise
+   entry is linear in time with the size of the bucket.  Consequently, a
+   larger hash table size (that is, a larger number of buckets) is prone to
+   yielding shorter chains, *given* the "hasher" function behaves properly.
+
+   Long buckets slow down the lookup algorithm.  One might use big hash table
+   sizes in hope to reduce the average length of buckets, but this might
+   become inordinate, as unused slots in the hash table take some space.  The
+   best bet is to make sure you are using a good "hasher" function (beware
+   that those are not that easy to write! :-), and to use a table size
+   larger than the actual number of entries.  */
+
+/* If an insertion makes the ratio of nonempty buckets to table size larger
+   than the growth threshold (a number between 0.0 and 1.0), then increase
+   the table size by multiplying by the growth factor (a number greater than
+   1.0).  The growth threshold defaults to 0.8, and the growth factor
+   defaults to 1.414, meaning that the table will have doubled its size
+   every second time 80% of the buckets get used.  */
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD 0.8f
+#define DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR 1.414f
+
+/* If a deletion empties a bucket and causes the ratio of used buckets to
+   table size to become smaller than the shrink threshold (a number between
+   0.0 and 1.0), then shrink the table by multiplying by the shrink factor (a
+   number greater than the shrink threshold but smaller than 1.0).  The shrink
+   threshold and factor default to 0.0 and 1.0, meaning that the table never
+   shrinks.  */
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD 0.0f
+#define DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR 1.0f
+
+/* Use this to initialize or reset a TUNING structure to
+   some sensible values. */
+static const Hash_tuning default_tuning =
+  {
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_SHRINK_FACTOR,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_THRESHOLD,
+    DEFAULT_GROWTH_FACTOR,
+    false
+  };
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+
+/* The following few functions provide information about the overall hash
+   table organization: the number of entries, number of buckets and maximum
+   length of buckets.  */
+
+/* Return the number of buckets in the hash table.  The table size, the total
+   number of buckets (used plus unused), or the maximum number of slots, are
+   the same quantity.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_buckets;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of slots in use (non-empty buckets).  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_buckets_used;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of active entries.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  return table->n_entries;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of the longest chain (bucket).  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  size_t max_bucket_length = 0;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket;
+          size_t bucket_length = 1;
+
+          while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
+            bucket_length++;
+
+          if (bucket_length > max_bucket_length)
+            max_bucket_length = bucket_length;
+        }
+    }
+
+  return max_bucket_length;
+}
+
+/* Do a mild validation of a hash table, by traversing it and checking two
+   statistics.  */
+
+bool
+hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  size_t n_buckets_used = 0;
+  size_t n_entries = 0;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry const *cursor = bucket;
+
+          /* Count bucket head.  */
+          n_buckets_used++;
+          n_entries++;
+
+          /* Count bucket overflow.  */
+          while (cursor = cursor->next, cursor)
+            n_entries++;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (n_buckets_used == table->n_buckets_used && n_entries == table->n_entries)
+    return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+void
+hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *table, FILE *stream)
+{
+  size_t n_entries = hash_get_n_entries (table);
+  size_t n_buckets = hash_get_n_buckets (table);
+  size_t n_buckets_used = hash_get_n_buckets_used (table);
+  size_t max_bucket_length = hash_get_max_bucket_length (table);
+
+  fprintf (stream, "# entries:         %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_entries);
+  fprintf (stream, "# buckets:         %lu\n", (unsigned long int) n_buckets);
+  fprintf (stream, "# buckets used:    %lu (%.2f%%)\n",
+           (unsigned long int) n_buckets_used,
+           (100.0 * n_buckets_used) / n_buckets);
+  fprintf (stream, "max bucket length: %lu\n",
+           (unsigned long int) max_bucket_length);
+}
+
+/* Hash KEY and return a pointer to the selected bucket.
+   If TABLE->hasher misbehaves, abort.  */
+static struct hash_entry *
+safe_hasher (const Hash_table *table, const void *key)
+{
+  size_t n = table->hasher (key, table->n_buckets);
+  if (! (n < table->n_buckets))
+    abort ();
+  return table->bucket + n;
+}
+
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the
+   entry from the table.  Otherwise, return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+hash_lookup (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  if (bucket->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+    if (entry == cursor->data || table->comparator (entry, cursor->data))
+      return cursor->data;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Walking.  */
+
+/* The functions in this page traverse the hash table and process the
+   contained entries.  For the traversal to work properly, the hash table
+   should not be resized nor modified while any particular entry is being
+   processed.  In particular, entries should not be added, and an entry
+   may be removed only if there is no shrink threshold and the entry being
+   removed has already been passed to hash_get_next.  */
+
+/* Return the first data in the table, or NULL if the table is empty.  */
+
+void *
+hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+
+  if (table->n_entries == 0)
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; ; bucket++)
+    if (! (bucket < table->bucket_limit))
+      abort ();
+    else if (bucket->data)
+      return bucket->data;
+}
+
+/* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
+   returned by a previous call to either 'hash_get_first' or 'hash_get_next'.
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
+
+void *
+hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  /* Find next entry in the same bucket.  */
+  cursor = bucket;
+  do
+    {
+      if (cursor->data == entry && cursor->next)
+        return cursor->next->data;
+      cursor = cursor->next;
+    }
+  while (cursor != NULL);
+
+  /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      return bucket->data;
+
+  /* None found.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Fill BUFFER with pointers to active user entries in the hash table, then
+   return the number of pointers copied.  Do not copy more than BUFFER_SIZE
+   pointers.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *table, void **buffer,
+                  size_t buffer_size)
+{
+  size_t counter = 0;
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+            {
+              if (counter >= buffer_size)
+                return counter;
+              buffer[counter++] = cursor->data;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return counter;
+}
+
+/* Call a PROCESSOR function for each entry of a hash table, and return the
+   number of entries for which the processor function returned success.  A
+   pointer to some PROCESSOR_DATA which will be made available to each call to
+   the processor function.  The PROCESSOR accepts two arguments: the first is
+   the user entry being walked into, the second is the value of PROCESSOR_DATA
+   as received.  The walking continue for as long as the PROCESSOR function
+   returns nonzero.  When it returns zero, the walking is interrupted.  */
+
+size_t
+hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *table, Hash_processor processor,
+                  void *processor_data)
+{
+  size_t counter = 0;
+  struct hash_entry const *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry const *cursor;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+            {
+              if (! processor (cursor->data, processor_data))
+                return counter;
+              counter++;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return counter;
+}
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+
+/* Return a hash index for a NUL-terminated STRING between 0 and N_BUCKETS-1.
+   This is a convenience routine for constructing other hashing functions.  */
+
+#if USE_DIFF_HASH
+
+/* About hashings, Paul Eggert writes to me (FP), on 1994-01-01: "Please see
+   B. J. McKenzie, R. Harries & T. Bell, Selecting a hashing algorithm,
+   Software--practice & experience 20, 2 (Feb 1990), 209-224.  Good hash
+   algorithms tend to be domain-specific, so what's good for [diffutils'] io.c
+   may not be good for your application."  */
+
+size_t
+hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+# define HASH_ONE_CHAR(Value, Byte) \
+  ((Byte) + rotl_sz (Value, 7))
+
+  size_t value = 0;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  for (; (ch = *string); string++)
+    value = HASH_ONE_CHAR (value, ch);
+  return value % n_buckets;
+
+# undef HASH_ONE_CHAR
+}
+
+#else /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */
+
+/* This one comes from 'recode', and performs a bit better than the above as
+   per a few experiments.  It is inspired from a hashing routine found in the
+   very old Cyber 'snoop', itself written in typical Greg Mansfield style.
+   (By the way, what happened to this excellent man?  Is he still alive?)  */
+
+size_t
+hash_string (const char *string, size_t n_buckets)
+{
+  size_t value = 0;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+  for (; (ch = *string); string++)
+    value = (value * 31 + ch) % n_buckets;
+  return value;
+}
+
+#endif /* not USE_DIFF_HASH */
+
+/* Return true if CANDIDATE is a prime number.  CANDIDATE should be an odd
+   number at least equal to 11.  */
+
+static bool _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+is_prime (size_t candidate)
+{
+  size_t divisor = 3;
+  size_t square = divisor * divisor;
+
+  while (square < candidate && (candidate % divisor))
+    {
+      divisor++;
+      square += 4 * divisor;
+      divisor++;
+    }
+
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
+}
+
+/* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
+   prime.  Primes lower than 10 are merely skipped.  */
+
+static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+next_prime (size_t candidate)
+{
+  /* Skip small primes.  */
+  if (candidate < 10)
+    candidate = 10;
+
+  /* Make it definitely odd.  */
+  candidate |= 1;
+
+  while (SIZE_MAX != candidate && !is_prime (candidate))
+    candidate += 2;
+
+  return candidate;
+}
+
+void
+hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  *tuning = default_tuning;
+}
+
+/* If the user passes a NULL hasher, we hash the raw pointer.  */
+static size_t
+raw_hasher (const void *data, size_t n)
+{
+  /* When hashing unique pointers, it is often the case that they were
+     generated by malloc and thus have the property that the low-order
+     bits are 0.  As this tends to give poorer performance with small
+     tables, we rotate the pointer value before performing division,
+     in an attempt to improve hash quality.  */
+  size_t val = rotr_sz ((size_t) data, 3);
+  return val % n;
+}
+
+/* If the user passes a NULL comparator, we use pointer comparison.  */
+static bool
+raw_comparator (const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+  return a == b;
+}
+
+
+/* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
+   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
+   Otherwise, definitively reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default
+   in the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   tuning arguments), and return false.  */
+
+static bool
+check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+  float epsilon;
+  if (tuning == &default_tuning)
+    return true;
+
+  /* Be a bit stricter than mathematics would require, so that
+     rounding errors in size calculations do not cause allocations to
+     fail to grow or shrink as they should.  The smallest allocation
+     is 11 (due to next_prime's algorithm), so an epsilon of 0.1
+     should be good enough.  */
+  epsilon = 0.1f;
+
+  if (epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold
+      && tuning->growth_threshold < 1 - epsilon
+      && 1 + epsilon < tuning->growth_factor
+      && 0 <= tuning->shrink_threshold
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->shrink_factor
+      && tuning->shrink_factor <= 1
+      && tuning->shrink_threshold + epsilon < tuning->growth_threshold)
+    return true;
+
+  table->tuning = &default_tuning;
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Compute the size of the bucket array for the given CANDIDATE and
+   TUNING, or return 0 if there is no possible way to allocate that
+   many entries.  */
+
+static size_t _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+compute_bucket_size (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning)
+{
+  if (!tuning->is_n_buckets)
+    {
+      float new_candidate = candidate / tuning->growth_threshold;
+      if (SIZE_MAX <= new_candidate)
+        return 0;
+      candidate = new_candidate;
+    }
+  candidate = next_prime (candidate);
+  if (xalloc_oversized (candidate, sizeof (struct hash_entry *)))
+    return 0;
+  return candidate;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The initial
+   number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that you
+   may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth of
+   the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori upper
+   bound on the number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you
+   may save some table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If
+   the IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE
+   argument has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+
+   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
+   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
+   NULL, the default tuning parameters are used instead.  If TUNING is
+   provided but the values requested are out of bounds or might cause
+   rounding errors, return NULL.
+
+   The user-supplied HASHER function, when not NULL, accepts two
+   arguments ENTRY and TABLE_SIZE.  It computes, by hashing ENTRY contents, a
+   slot number for that entry which should be in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.
+   This slot number is then returned.
+
+   The user-supplied COMPARATOR function, when not NULL, accepts two
+   arguments pointing to user data, it then returns true for a pair of entries
+   that compare equal, or false otherwise.  This function is internally called
+   on entries which are already known to hash to the same bucket index,
+   but which are distinct pointers.
+
+   The user-supplied DATA_FREER function, when not NULL, may be later called
+   with the user data as an argument, just before the entry containing the
+   data gets freed.  This happens from within 'hash_free' or 'hash_clear'.
+   You should specify this function only if you want these functions to free
+   all of your 'data' data.  This is typically the case when your data is
+   simply an auxiliary struct that you have malloc'd to aggregate several
+   values.  */
+
+Hash_table *
+hash_initialize (size_t candidate, const Hash_tuning *tuning,
+                 Hash_hasher hasher, Hash_comparator comparator,
+                 Hash_data_freer data_freer)
+{
+  Hash_table *table;
+
+  if (hasher == NULL)
+    hasher = raw_hasher;
+  if (comparator == NULL)
+    comparator = raw_comparator;
+
+  table = malloc (sizeof *table);
+  if (table == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (!tuning)
+    tuning = &default_tuning;
+  table->tuning = tuning;
+  if (!check_tuning (table))
+    {
+      /* Fail if the tuning options are invalid.  This is the only occasion
+         when the user gets some feedback about it.  Once the table is created,
+         if the user provides invalid tuning options, we silently revert to
+         using the defaults, and ignore further request to change the tuning
+         options.  */
+      goto fail;
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets = compute_bucket_size (candidate, tuning);
+  if (!table->n_buckets)
+    goto fail;
+
+  table->bucket = calloc (table->n_buckets, sizeof *table->bucket);
+  if (table->bucket == NULL)
+    goto fail;
+  table->bucket_limit = table->bucket + table->n_buckets;
+  table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  table->n_entries = 0;
+
+  table->hasher = hasher;
+  table->comparator = comparator;
+  table->data_freer = data_freer;
+
+  table->free_entry_list = NULL;
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+  obstack_init (&table->entry_stack);
+#endif
+  return table;
+
+ fail:
+  free (table);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Make all buckets empty, placing any chained entries on the free list.
+   Apply the user-specified function data_freer (if any) to the datas of any
+   affected entries.  */
+
+void
+hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      if (bucket->data)
+        {
+          struct hash_entry *cursor;
+          struct hash_entry *next;
+
+          /* Free the bucket overflow.  */
+          for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+            {
+              if (table->data_freer)
+                table->data_freer (cursor->data);
+              cursor->data = NULL;
+
+              next = cursor->next;
+              /* Relinking is done one entry at a time, as it is to be expected
+                 that overflows are either rare or short.  */
+              cursor->next = table->free_entry_list;
+              table->free_entry_list = cursor;
+            }
+
+          /* Free the bucket head.  */
+          if (table->data_freer)
+            table->data_freer (bucket->data);
+          bucket->data = NULL;
+          bucket->next = NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+  table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  table->n_entries = 0;
+}
+
+/* Reclaim all storage associated with a hash table.  If a data_freer
+   function has been supplied by the user when the hash table was created,
+   this function applies it to the data of each entry before freeing that
+   entry.  */
+
+void
+hash_free (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+  struct hash_entry *next;
+
+  /* Call the user data_freer function.  */
+  if (table->data_freer && table->n_entries)
+    {
+      for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+        {
+          if (bucket->data)
+            {
+              for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+                table->data_freer (cursor->data);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+
+  obstack_free (&table->entry_stack, NULL);
+
+#else
+
+  /* Free all bucket overflowed entries.  */
+  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+        {
+          next = cursor->next;
+          free (cursor);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Also reclaim the internal list of previously freed entries.  */
+  for (cursor = table->free_entry_list; cursor; cursor = next)
+    {
+      next = cursor->next;
+      free (cursor);
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  /* Free the remainder of the hash table structure.  */
+  free (table->bucket);
+  free (table);
+}
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+
+/* Get a new hash entry for a bucket overflow, possibly by recycling a
+   previously freed one.  If this is not possible, allocate a new one.  */
+
+static struct hash_entry *
+allocate_entry (Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *new;
+
+  if (table->free_entry_list)
+    {
+      new = table->free_entry_list;
+      table->free_entry_list = new->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+      new = obstack_alloc (&table->entry_stack, sizeof *new);
+#else
+      new = malloc (sizeof *new);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  return new;
+}
+
+/* Free a hash entry which was part of some bucket overflow,
+   saving it for later recycling.  */
+
+static void
+free_entry (Hash_table *table, struct hash_entry *entry)
+{
+  entry->data = NULL;
+  entry->next = table->free_entry_list;
+  table->free_entry_list = entry;
+}
+
+/* This private function is used to help with insertion and deletion.  When
+   ENTRY matches an entry in the table, return a pointer to the corresponding
+   user data and set *BUCKET_HEAD to the head of the selected bucket.
+   Otherwise, return NULL.  When DELETE is true and ENTRY matches an entry in
+   the table, unlink the matching entry.  */
+
+static void *
+hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
+                 struct hash_entry **bucket_head, bool delete)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket = safe_hasher (table, entry);
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+
+  *bucket_head = bucket;
+
+  /* Test for empty bucket.  */
+  if (bucket->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* See if the entry is the first in the bucket.  */
+  if (entry == bucket->data || table->comparator (entry, bucket->data))
+    {
+      void *data = bucket->data;
+
+      if (delete)
+        {
+          if (bucket->next)
+            {
+              struct hash_entry *next = bucket->next;
+
+              /* Bump the first overflow entry into the bucket head, then save
+                 the previous first overflow entry for later recycling.  */
+              *bucket = *next;
+              free_entry (table, next);
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              bucket->data = NULL;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return data;
+    }
+
+  /* Scan the bucket overflow.  */
+  for (cursor = bucket; cursor->next; cursor = cursor->next)
+    {
+      if (entry == cursor->next->data
+          || table->comparator (entry, cursor->next->data))
+        {
+          void *data = cursor->next->data;
+
+          if (delete)
+            {
+              struct hash_entry *next = cursor->next;
+
+              /* Unlink the entry to delete, then save the freed entry for later
+                 recycling.  */
+              cursor->next = next->next;
+              free_entry (table, next);
+            }
+
+          return data;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* No entry found.  */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Internal helper, to move entries from SRC to DST.  Both tables must
+   share the same free entry list.  If SAFE, only move overflow
+   entries, saving bucket heads for later, so that no allocations will
+   occur.  Return false if the free entry list is exhausted and an
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+static bool
+transfer_entries (Hash_table *dst, Hash_table *src, bool safe)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+  struct hash_entry *next;
+  for (bucket = src->bucket; bucket < src->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    if (bucket->data)
+      {
+        void *data;
+        struct hash_entry *new_bucket;
+
+        /* Within each bucket, transfer overflow entries first and
+           then the bucket head, to minimize memory pressure.  After
+           all, the only time we might allocate is when moving the
+           bucket head, but moving overflow entries first may create
+           free entries that can be recycled by the time we finally
+           get to the bucket head.  */
+        for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
+          {
+            data = cursor->data;
+            new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data);
+
+            next = cursor->next;
+
+            if (new_bucket->data)
+              {
+                /* Merely relink an existing entry, when moving from a
+                   bucket overflow into a bucket overflow.  */
+                cursor->next = new_bucket->next;
+                new_bucket->next = cursor;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                /* Free an existing entry, when moving from a bucket
+                   overflow into a bucket header.  */
+                new_bucket->data = data;
+                dst->n_buckets_used++;
+                free_entry (dst, cursor);
+              }
+          }
+        /* Now move the bucket head.  Be sure that if we fail due to
+           allocation failure that the src table is in a consistent
+           state.  */
+        data = bucket->data;
+        bucket->next = NULL;
+        if (safe)
+          continue;
+        new_bucket = safe_hasher (dst, data);
+
+        if (new_bucket->data)
+          {
+            /* Allocate or recycle an entry, when moving from a bucket
+               header into a bucket overflow.  */
+            struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (dst);
+
+            if (new_entry == NULL)
+              return false;
+
+            new_entry->data = data;
+            new_entry->next = new_bucket->next;
+            new_bucket->next = new_entry;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            /* Move from one bucket header to another.  */
+            new_bucket->data = data;
+            dst->n_buckets_used++;
+          }
+        bucket->data = NULL;
+        src->n_buckets_used--;
+      }
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
+   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   the table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
+   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
+   exact number of buckets desired.  Return true iff the rehash succeeded.  */
+
+bool
+hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, size_t candidate)
+{
+  Hash_table storage;
+  Hash_table *new_table;
+  size_t new_size = compute_bucket_size (candidate, table->tuning);
+
+  if (!new_size)
+    return false;
+  if (new_size == table->n_buckets)
+    return true;
+  new_table = &storage;
+  new_table->bucket = calloc (new_size, sizeof *new_table->bucket);
+  if (new_table->bucket == NULL)
+    return false;
+  new_table->n_buckets = new_size;
+  new_table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket + new_size;
+  new_table->n_buckets_used = 0;
+  new_table->n_entries = 0;
+  new_table->tuning = table->tuning;
+  new_table->hasher = table->hasher;
+  new_table->comparator = table->comparator;
+  new_table->data_freer = table->data_freer;
+
+  /* In order for the transfer to successfully complete, we need
+     additional overflow entries when distinct buckets in the old
+     table collide into a common bucket in the new table.  The worst
+     case possible is a hasher that gives a good spread with the old
+     size, but returns a constant with the new size; if we were to
+     guarantee table->n_buckets_used-1 free entries in advance, then
+     the transfer would be guaranteed to not allocate memory.
+     However, for large tables, a guarantee of no further allocation
+     introduces a lot of extra memory pressure, all for an unlikely
+     corner case (most rehashes reduce, rather than increase, the
+     number of overflow entries needed).  So, we instead ensure that
+     the transfer process can be reversed if we hit a memory
+     allocation failure mid-transfer.  */
+
+  /* Merely reuse the extra old space into the new table.  */
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+  new_table->entry_stack = table->entry_stack;
+#endif
+  new_table->free_entry_list = table->free_entry_list;
+
+  if (transfer_entries (new_table, table, false))
+    {
+      /* Entries transferred successfully; tie up the loose ends.  */
+      free (table->bucket);
+      table->bucket = new_table->bucket;
+      table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket_limit;
+      table->n_buckets = new_table->n_buckets;
+      table->n_buckets_used = new_table->n_buckets_used;
+      table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
+      /* table->n_entries and table->entry_stack already hold their value.  */
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* We've allocated new_table->bucket (and possibly some entries),
+     exhausted the free list, and moved some but not all entries into
+     new_table.  We must undo the partial move before returning
+     failure.  The only way to get into this situation is if new_table
+     uses fewer buckets than the old table, so we will reclaim some
+     free entries as overflows in the new table are put back into
+     distinct buckets in the old table.
+
+     There are some pathological cases where a single pass through the
+     table requires more intermediate overflow entries than using two
+     passes.  Two passes give worse cache performance and takes
+     longer, but at this point, we're already out of memory, so slow
+     and safe is better than failure.  */
+  table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
+  if (! (transfer_entries (table, new_table, true)
+         && transfer_entries (table, new_table, false)))
+    abort ();
+  /* table->n_entries already holds its value.  */
+  free (new_table->bucket);
+  return false;
+}
+
+/* Insert ENTRY into hash TABLE if there is not already a matching entry.
+
+   Return -1 upon memory allocation failure.
+   Return 1 if insertion succeeded.
+   Return 0 if there is already a matching entry in the table,
+   and in that case, if MATCHED_ENT is non-NULL, set *MATCHED_ENT
+   to that entry.
+
+   This interface is easier to use than hash_insert when you must
+   distinguish between the latter two cases.  More importantly,
+   hash_insert is unusable for some types of ENTRY values.  When using
+   hash_insert, the only way to distinguish those cases is to compare
+   the return value and ENTRY.  That works only when you can have two
+   different ENTRY values that point to data that compares "equal".  Thus,
+   when the ENTRY value is a simple scalar, you must use
+   hash_insert_if_absent.  ENTRY must not be NULL.  */
+int
+hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, void const *entry,
+                       void const **matched_ent)
+{
+  void *data;
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  /* The caller cannot insert a NULL entry, since hash_lookup returns NULL
+     to indicate "not found", and hash_find_entry uses "bucket->data == NULL"
+     to indicate an empty bucket.  */
+  if (! entry)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* If there's a matching entry already in the table, return that.  */
+  if ((data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false)) != NULL)
+    {
+      if (matched_ent)
+        *matched_ent = data;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If the growth threshold of the buckets in use has been reached, increase
+     the table size and rehash.  There's no point in checking the number of
+     entries:  if the hashing function is ill-conditioned, rehashing is not
+     likely to improve it.  */
+
+  if (table->n_buckets_used
+      > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+    {
+      /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+         became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+      check_tuning (table);
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+          > table->tuning->growth_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+        {
+          const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+          float candidate =
+            (tuning->is_n_buckets
+             ? (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor)
+             : (table->n_buckets * tuning->growth_factor
+                * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+          if (SIZE_MAX <= candidate)
+            return -1;
+
+          /* If the rehash fails, arrange to return NULL.  */
+          if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+            return -1;
+
+          /* Update the bucket we are interested in.  */
+          if (hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, false) != NULL)
+            abort ();
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* ENTRY is not matched, it should be inserted.  */
+
+  if (bucket->data)
+    {
+      struct hash_entry *new_entry = allocate_entry (table);
+
+      if (new_entry == NULL)
+        return -1;
+
+      /* Add ENTRY in the overflow of the bucket.  */
+
+      new_entry->data = (void *) entry;
+      new_entry->next = bucket->next;
+      bucket->next = new_entry;
+      table->n_entries++;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Add ENTRY right in the bucket head.  */
+
+  bucket->data = (void *) entry;
+  table->n_entries++;
+  table->n_buckets_used++;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* hash_insert0 is the deprecated name for hash_insert_if_absent.
+   .  */
+int
+hash_insert0 (Hash_table *table, void const *entry, void const **matched_ent)
+{
+  return hash_insert_if_absent (table, entry, matched_ent);
+}
+
+/* If ENTRY matches an entry already in the hash table, return the pointer
+   to the entry from the table.  Otherwise, insert ENTRY and return ENTRY.
+   Return NULL if the storage required for insertion cannot be allocated.
+   This implementation does not support duplicate entries or insertion of
+   NULL.  */
+
+void *
+hash_insert (Hash_table *table, void const *entry)
+{
+  void const *matched_ent;
+  int err = hash_insert_if_absent (table, entry, &matched_ent);
+  return (err == -1
+          ? NULL
+          : (void *) (err == 0 ? matched_ent : entry));
+}
+
+/* If ENTRY is already in the table, remove it and return the just-deleted
+   data (the user may want to deallocate its storage).  If ENTRY is not in the
+   table, don't modify the table and return NULL.  */
+
+void *
+hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
+{
+  void *data;
+  struct hash_entry *bucket;
+
+  data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true);
+  if (!data)
+    return NULL;
+
+  table->n_entries--;
+  if (!bucket->data)
+    {
+      table->n_buckets_used--;
+
+      /* If the shrink threshold of the buckets in use has been reached,
+         rehash into a smaller table.  */
+
+      if (table->n_buckets_used
+          < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+        {
+          /* Check more fully, before starting real work.  If tuning arguments
+             became invalid, the second check will rely on proper defaults.  */
+          check_tuning (table);
+          if (table->n_buckets_used
+              < table->tuning->shrink_threshold * table->n_buckets)
+            {
+              const Hash_tuning *tuning = table->tuning;
+              size_t candidate =
+                (tuning->is_n_buckets
+                 ? table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+                 : (table->n_buckets * tuning->shrink_factor
+                    * tuning->growth_threshold));
+
+              if (!hash_rehash (table, candidate))
+                {
+                  /* Failure to allocate memory in an attempt to
+                     shrink the table is not fatal.  But since memory
+                     is low, we can at least be kind and free any
+                     spare entries, rather than keeping them tied up
+                     in the free entry list.  */
+#if ! USE_OBSTACK
+                  struct hash_entry *cursor = table->free_entry_list;
+                  struct hash_entry *next;
+                  while (cursor)
+                    {
+                      next = cursor->next;
+                      free (cursor);
+                      cursor = next;
+                    }
+                  table->free_entry_list = NULL;
+#endif
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+/* Testing.  */
+
+#if TESTING
+
+void
+hash_print (const Hash_table *table)
+{
+  struct hash_entry *bucket = (struct hash_entry *) table->bucket;
+
+  for ( ; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+    {
+      struct hash_entry *cursor;
+
+      if (bucket)
+        printf ("%lu:\n", (unsigned long int) (bucket - table->bucket));
+
+      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+        {
+          char const *s = cursor->data;
+          /* FIXME */
+          if (s)
+            printf ("  %s\n", s);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* TESTING */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bcd0d1d96b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile 'hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The warn_unused_result attribute appeared first in gcc-3.4.0.  */
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR /* empty */
+# endif
+
+# ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
+/* The __attribute__((__deprecated__)) feature
+   is available in gcc versions 3.1 and newer.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ < 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 1)
+#   define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED /* empty */
+#  else
+#   define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+typedef size_t (*Hash_hasher) (const void *, size_t);
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) (const void *, const void *);
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) (void *);
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) (void *, void *);
+
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for 'hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of 'hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
+
+    float shrink_threshold;     /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;        /* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;     /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;        /* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;          /* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
+
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
+
+struct hash_table;
+
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
+
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+size_t hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+size_t hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+bool hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+void hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *, FILE *);
+void *hash_lookup (const Hash_table *, const void *);
+
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first (const Hash_table *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+void *hash_get_next (const Hash_table *, const void *);
+size_t hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *, void **, size_t);
+size_t hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *);
+
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+size_t hash_string (const char *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+void hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *);
+Hash_table *hash_initialize (size_t, const Hash_tuning *,
+                             Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+                             Hash_data_freer) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
+void hash_clear (Hash_table *);
+void hash_free (Hash_table *);
+
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash (Hash_table *, size_t) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
+void *hash_insert (Hash_table *, const void *) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WUR;
+
+/* Deprecate this interface.  It has been renamed to hash_insert_if_absent.  */
+int hash_insert0 (Hash_table *table, /* FIXME: remove in 2013 */
+                  const void *entry,
+                  const void **matched_ent) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED;
+int hash_insert_if_absent (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
+                           const void **matched_ent);
+void *hash_delete (Hash_table *, const void *);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ignore-value.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ignore-value.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebd6bf42f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ignore-value.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* ignore a function return without a compiler warning
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering, Eric Blake and Pádraig Brady.  */
+
+/* Use "ignore_value" to avoid a warning when using a function declared with
+   gcc's warn_unused_result attribute, but for which you really do want to
+   ignore the result.  Traditionally, people have used a "(void)" cast to
+   indicate that a function's return value is deliberately unused.  However,
+   if the function is declared with __attribute__((warn_unused_result)),
+   gcc issues a warning even with the cast.
+
+   Caution: most of the time, you really should heed gcc's warning, and
+   check the return value.  However, in those exceptional cases in which
+   you're sure you know what you're doing, use this function.
+
+   For the record, here's one of the ignorable warnings:
+   "copy.c:233: warning: ignoring return value of 'fchown',
+   declared with attribute warn_unused_result".  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+#define _GL_IGNORE_VALUE_H
+
+/* The __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) feature
+   is available in gcc versions 3.4 and newer,
+   while the typeof feature has been available since 2.7 at least.  */
+#if 3 < __GNUC__ + (4 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# define ignore_value(x) \
+    (__extension__ ({ __typeof__ (x) __x = (x); (void) __x; }))
+#else
+# define ignore_value(x) ((void) (x))
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnan.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnan.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d95e4bac77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnan.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnanl-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+#elif ! defined USE_FLOAT
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnand-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnand (double x);
+#else /* defined USE_FLOAT */
+/* Specification found in math.h or isnanf-nolibm.h.  */
+extern int rpl_isnanf (float x);
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC rpl_isnanl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define MAX_EXP LDBL_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# if defined LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_LDBL
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#elif ! defined USE_FLOAT
+# define FUNC rpl_isnand
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define MAX_EXP DBL_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# if defined DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_DBL
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#else /* defined USE_FLOAT */
+# define FUNC rpl_isnanf
+# define DOUBLE float
+# define MAX_EXP FLT_MAX_EXP
+# define MIN_EXP FLT_MIN_EXP
+# if defined FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT
+#  define KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+#  define EXPBIT0_WORD FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD
+#  define EXPBIT0_BIT FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT
+# endif
+# define SIZE SIZEOF_FLT
+# define L_(literal) literal##f
+#endif
+
+#define EXP_MASK ((MAX_EXP - MIN_EXP) | 7)
+
+#define NWORDS \
+  ((sizeof (DOUBLE) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+typedef union { DOUBLE value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } memory_double;
+
+int
+FUNC (DOUBLE x)
+{
+#ifdef KNOWN_EXPBIT0_LOCATION
+# if defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE && ((defined __ia64 && LDBL_MANT_DIG == 64) || (defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__) || (defined __i386 || defined __i386__ || defined _I386 || defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_)) && !HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+  /* Special CPU dependent code is needed to treat bit patterns outside the
+     IEEE 754 specification (such as Pseudo-NaNs, Pseudo-Infinities,
+     Pseudo-Zeroes, Unnormalized Numbers, and Pseudo-Denormals) as NaNs.
+     These bit patterns are:
+       - exponent = 0x0001..0x7FFF, mantissa bit 63 = 0,
+       - exponent = 0x0000, mantissa bit 63 = 1.
+     The NaN bit pattern is:
+       - exponent = 0x7FFF, mantissa >= 0x8000000000000001.  */
+  memory_double m;
+  unsigned int exponent;
+
+  m.value = x;
+  exponent = (m.word[EXPBIT0_WORD] >> EXPBIT0_BIT) & EXP_MASK;
+#  ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+  /* Big endian: EXPBIT0_WORD = 0, EXPBIT0_BIT = 16.  */
+  if (exponent == 0)
+    return 1 & (m.word[0] >> 15);
+  else if (exponent == EXP_MASK)
+    return (((m.word[0] ^ 0x8000U) << 16) | m.word[1] | (m.word[2] >> 16)) != 0;
+  else
+    return 1 & ~(m.word[0] >> 15);
+#  else
+  /* Little endian: EXPBIT0_WORD = 2, EXPBIT0_BIT = 0.  */
+  if (exponent == 0)
+    return (m.word[1] >> 31);
+  else if (exponent == EXP_MASK)
+    return ((m.word[1] ^ 0x80000000U) | m.word[0]) != 0;
+  else
+    return (m.word[1] >> 31) ^ 1;
+#  endif
+# else
+  /* Be careful to not do any floating-point operation on x, such as x == x,
+     because x may be a signaling NaN.  */
+#  if defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __ICC || defined _MSC_VER \
+      || defined __DECC || defined __TINYC__ \
+      || (defined __sgi && !defined __GNUC__)
+  /* The Sun C 5.0, Intel ICC 10.0, Microsoft Visual C/C++ 9.0, Compaq (ex-DEC)
+     6.4, and TinyCC compilers don't recognize the initializers as constant
+     expressions.  The Compaq compiler also fails when constant-folding
+     0.0 / 0.0 even when constant-folding is not required.  The Microsoft
+     Visual C/C++ compiler also fails when constant-folding 1.0 / 0.0 even
+     when constant-folding is not required. The SGI MIPSpro C compiler
+     complains about "floating-point operation result is out of range".  */
+  static DOUBLE zero = L_(0.0);
+  memory_double nan;
+  DOUBLE plus_inf = L_(1.0) / zero;
+  DOUBLE minus_inf = -L_(1.0) / zero;
+  nan.value = zero / zero;
+#  else
+  static memory_double nan = { L_(0.0) / L_(0.0) };
+  static DOUBLE plus_inf = L_(1.0) / L_(0.0);
+  static DOUBLE minus_inf = -L_(1.0) / L_(0.0);
+#  endif
+  {
+    memory_double m;
+
+    /* A NaN can be recognized through its exponent.  But exclude +Infinity and
+       -Infinity, which have the same exponent.  */
+    m.value = x;
+    if (((m.word[EXPBIT0_WORD] ^ nan.word[EXPBIT0_WORD])
+         & (EXP_MASK << EXPBIT0_BIT))
+        == 0)
+      return (memcmp (&m.value, &plus_inf, SIZE) != 0
+              && memcmp (&m.value, &minus_inf, SIZE) != 0);
+    else
+      return 0;
+  }
+# endif
+#else
+  /* The configuration did not find sufficient information.  Give up about
+     the signaling NaNs, handle only the quiet NaNs.  */
+  if (x == x)
+    {
+# if defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE && ((defined __ia64 && LDBL_MANT_DIG == 64) || (defined __x86_64__ || defined __amd64__) || (defined __i386 || defined __i386__ || defined _I386 || defined _M_IX86 || defined _X86_)) && !HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+      /* Detect any special bit patterns that pass ==; see comment above.  */
+      memory_double m1;
+      memory_double m2;
+
+      memset (&m1.value, 0, SIZE);
+      memset (&m2.value, 0, SIZE);
+      m1.value = x;
+      m2.value = x + (x ? 0.0L : -0.0L);
+      if (memcmp (&m1.value, &m2.value, SIZE) != 0)
+        return 1;
+# endif
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    return 1;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand-nolibm.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a84ff8140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if __GNUC__ >= 4
+   /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+# else
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand(x) isnan ((double)(x))
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnand
+# define isnand rpl_isnand
+extern int isnand (double x);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbad17b583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnand.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.  */
+
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..804c65f06c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro or (older) isnanf function.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if __GNUC__ >= 4 && !__clang__
+   /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf(x) __builtin_isnanf ((float)(x))
+# elif defined isnan
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf(x) isnan ((float)(x))
+# else
+   /* Get declaration of isnanf(), if not declared in <math.h>.  */
+#  if defined __sgi
+   /* We can't include <ieeefp.h>, because it conflicts with our definition of
+      isnand.  Therefore declare isnanf separately.  */
+extern int isnanf (float x);
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnanf
+# define isnanf rpl_isnanf
+extern int isnanf (float x);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..946cb69ce0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#define USE_FLOAT
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a011374da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl-nolibm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ISNANL_IN_LIBC
+/* Get declaration of isnan macro or (older) isnanl function.  */
+# include <math.h>
+# if __GNUC__ >= 4 && !__clang__
+   /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl(x) __builtin_isnanl ((long double)(x))
+# elif defined isnan
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl(x) isnan ((long double)(x))
+# endif
+#else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+# undef isnanl
+# define isnanl rpl_isnanl
+extern int isnanl (long double x);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d9d84b974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/isnanl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Test for NaN that does not need libm.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#include "isnan.c"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/itold.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/itold.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9aabc7e464
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/itold.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Replacement for 'int' to 'long double' conversion routine.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <float.h>
+
+void
+_Qp_itoq (long double *result, int a)
+{
+  /* Convert from 'int' to 'double', then from 'double' to 'long double'.  */
+  *result = (double) a;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a638c6f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1401 @@
+/* Functions to support link list bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "lbitset.h"
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements linked-list bitsets.  These bitsets can be of
+   arbitrary length and are more efficient than arrays of bits for
+   large sparse sets.
+
+   Usually if all the bits in an element are zero we remove the element
+   from the list.  However, a side effect of the bit caching is that we
+   do not always notice when an element becomes zero.  Hence the
+   lbitset_weed function which removes zero elements.  */
+
+
+/* Number of words to use for each element.  The larger the value the
+   greater the size of the cache and the shorter the time to find a given bit
+   but the more memory wasted for sparse bitsets and the longer the time
+   to search for set bits.
+
+   The routines that dominate timing profiles are lbitset_elt_find
+   and lbitset_elt_link, especially when accessing the bits randomly.  */
+
+#define LBITSET_ELT_WORDS 2
+
+typedef bitset_word lbitset_word;
+
+#define LBITSET_WORD_BITS BITSET_WORD_BITS
+
+/* Number of bits stored in each element.  */
+#define LBITSET_ELT_BITS \
+  ((unsigned int) (LBITSET_ELT_WORDS * LBITSET_WORD_BITS))
+
+/* Lbitset element.   We use an array of bits for each element.
+   These are linked together in a doubly-linked list.  */
+typedef struct lbitset_elt_struct
+{
+  struct lbitset_elt_struct *next;      /* Next element.  */
+  struct lbitset_elt_struct *prev;      /* Previous element.  */
+  bitset_windex index;  /* bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS.  */
+  bitset_word words[LBITSET_ELT_WORDS]; /* Bits that are set.  */
+}
+lbitset_elt;
+
+
+enum lbitset_find_mode
+  { LBITSET_FIND, LBITSET_CREATE, LBITSET_SUBST };
+
+static lbitset_elt lbitset_zero_elts[3]; /* Elements of all zero bits.  */
+
+/* Obstack to allocate bitset elements from.  */
+static struct obstack lbitset_obstack;
+static bool lbitset_obstack_init = false;
+static lbitset_elt *lbitset_free_list;  /* Free list of bitset elements.  */
+
+extern void debug_lbitset (bitset);
+
+#define LBITSET_CURRENT1(X) \
+  ((lbitset_elt *) (void *) ((char *) (X) - offsetof (lbitset_elt, words)))
+
+#define LBITSET_CURRENT(X) LBITSET_CURRENT1((X)->b.cdata)
+
+#define LBITSET_HEAD(X) ((X)->l.head)
+#define LBITSET_TAIL(X) ((X)->l.tail)
+
+/* Allocate a lbitset element.  The bits are not cleared.  */
+static inline lbitset_elt *
+lbitset_elt_alloc (void)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+
+  if (lbitset_free_list != 0)
+    {
+      elt = lbitset_free_list;
+      lbitset_free_list = elt->next;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!lbitset_obstack_init)
+        {
+          lbitset_obstack_init = true;
+
+          /* Let particular systems override the size of a chunk.  */
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE 0
+#endif
+
+          /* Let them override the alloc and free routines too.  */
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC xmalloc
+#endif
+
+#ifndef OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE
+#define OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE free
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined __GNUC__ || __GNUC__ < 2
+#define __alignof__(type) 0
+#endif
+
+          obstack_specify_allocation (&lbitset_obstack, OBSTACK_CHUNK_SIZE,
+                                      __alignof__ (lbitset_elt),
+                                      OBSTACK_CHUNK_ALLOC,
+                                      OBSTACK_CHUNK_FREE);
+        }
+
+      /* Perhaps we should add a number of new elements to the free
+         list.  */
+      elt = (lbitset_elt *) obstack_alloc (&lbitset_obstack,
+                                           sizeof (lbitset_elt));
+    }
+
+  return elt;
+}
+
+
+/* Allocate a lbitset element.  The bits are cleared.  */
+static inline lbitset_elt *
+lbitset_elt_calloc (void)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+
+  elt = lbitset_elt_alloc ();
+  memset (elt->words, 0, sizeof (elt->words));
+  return elt;
+}
+
+
+static inline void
+lbitset_elt_free (lbitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  elt->next = lbitset_free_list;
+  lbitset_free_list = elt;
+}
+
+
+/* Unlink element ELT from bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_elt_unlink (bitset bset, lbitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *next = elt->next;
+  lbitset_elt *prev = elt->prev;
+
+  if (prev)
+    prev->next = next;
+
+  if (next)
+    next->prev = prev;
+
+  if (LBITSET_HEAD (bset) == elt)
+    LBITSET_HEAD (bset) = next;
+  if (LBITSET_TAIL (bset) == elt)
+    LBITSET_TAIL (bset) = prev;
+
+  /* Update cache pointer.  Since the first thing we try is to insert
+     before current, make current the next entry in preference to the
+     previous.  */
+  if (LBITSET_CURRENT (bset) == elt)
+    {
+      if (next)
+        {
+          bset->b.cdata = next->words;
+          bset->b.cindex = next->index;
+        }
+      else if (prev)
+        {
+          bset->b.cdata = prev->words;
+          bset->b.cindex = prev->index;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          bset->b.csize = 0;
+          bset->b.cdata = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+  lbitset_elt_free (elt);
+}
+
+
+/* Cut the chain of bitset BSET before element ELT and free the
+   elements.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_prune (bitset bset, lbitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *next;
+
+  if (!elt)
+    return;
+
+  if (elt->prev)
+    {
+      LBITSET_TAIL (bset) = elt->prev;
+      bset->b.cdata = elt->prev->words;
+      bset->b.cindex = elt->prev->index;
+      elt->prev->next = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      LBITSET_HEAD (bset) = 0;
+      LBITSET_TAIL (bset) = 0;
+      bset->b.cdata = 0;
+      bset->b.csize = 0;
+    }
+
+  for (; elt; elt = next)
+    {
+      next = elt->next;
+      lbitset_elt_free (elt);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Are all bits in an element zero?  */
+static inline bool
+lbitset_elt_zero_p (lbitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+    if (elt->words[i])
+      return false;
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Link the bitset element into the current bitset linked list.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_elt_link (bitset bset, lbitset_elt *elt)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = elt->index;
+  lbitset_elt *ptr;
+  lbitset_elt *current;
+
+  if (bset->b.csize)
+    current = LBITSET_CURRENT (bset);
+  else
+    current = LBITSET_HEAD (bset);
+
+  /* If this is the first and only element, add it in.  */
+  if (LBITSET_HEAD (bset) == 0)
+    {
+      elt->next = elt->prev = 0;
+      LBITSET_HEAD (bset) = elt;
+      LBITSET_TAIL (bset) = elt;
+    }
+
+  /* If this index is less than that of the current element, it goes
+     somewhere before the current element.  */
+  else if (windex < bset->b.cindex)
+    {
+      for (ptr = current;
+           ptr->prev && ptr->prev->index > windex; ptr = ptr->prev)
+        continue;
+
+      if (ptr->prev)
+        ptr->prev->next = elt;
+      else
+        LBITSET_HEAD (bset) = elt;
+
+      elt->prev = ptr->prev;
+      elt->next = ptr;
+      ptr->prev = elt;
+    }
+
+  /* Otherwise, it must go somewhere after the current element.  */
+  else
+    {
+      for (ptr = current;
+           ptr->next && ptr->next->index < windex; ptr = ptr->next)
+        continue;
+
+      if (ptr->next)
+        ptr->next->prev = elt;
+      else
+        LBITSET_TAIL (bset) = elt;
+
+      elt->next = ptr->next;
+      elt->prev = ptr;
+      ptr->next = elt;
+    }
+
+  /* Set up so this is the first element searched.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = windex;
+  bset->b.csize = LBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+  bset->b.cdata = elt->words;
+}
+
+
+static lbitset_elt *
+lbitset_elt_find (bitset bset, bitset_windex windex,
+                  enum lbitset_find_mode mode)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *current;
+
+  if (bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      current = LBITSET_CURRENT (bset);
+      /* Check if element is the cached element.  */
+      if ((windex - bset->b.cindex) < bset->b.csize)
+        return current;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      current = LBITSET_HEAD (bset);
+    }
+
+  if (current)
+    {
+      if (windex < bset->b.cindex)
+        {
+          for (elt = current;
+               elt->prev && elt->index > windex; elt = elt->prev)
+            continue;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          for (elt = current;
+               elt->next && (elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS - 1) < windex;
+               elt = elt->next)
+            continue;
+        }
+
+      /* ELT is the nearest to the one we want.  If it's not the one
+         we want, the one we want does not exist.  */
+      if (windex - elt->index < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
+        {
+          bset->b.cindex = elt->index;
+          bset->b.csize = LBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+          bset->b.cdata = elt->words;
+          return elt;
+        }
+    }
+
+  switch (mode)
+    {
+    default:
+      abort ();
+
+    case LBITSET_FIND:
+      return 0;
+
+    case LBITSET_CREATE:
+      windex -= windex % LBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+
+      elt = lbitset_elt_calloc ();
+      elt->index = windex;
+      lbitset_elt_link (bset, elt);
+      return elt;
+
+    case LBITSET_SUBST:
+      return &lbitset_zero_elts[0];
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Weed out the zero elements from the list.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_weed (bitset bset)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *next;
+
+  for (elt = LBITSET_HEAD (bset); elt; elt = next)
+    {
+      next = elt->next;
+      if (lbitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+        lbitset_elt_unlink (bset, elt);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Set all bits in the bitset to zero.  */
+static void
+lbitset_zero (bitset bset)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *head;
+
+  head = LBITSET_HEAD (bset);
+  if (!head)
+    return;
+
+  /* Clear a bitset by freeing the linked list at the head element.  */
+  lbitset_prune (bset, head);
+}
+
+
+/* Is DST == SRC?  */
+static inline bool
+lbitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt;
+  lbitset_elt *delt;
+  int j;
+
+  if (src == dst)
+    return true;
+
+  lbitset_weed (src);
+  lbitset_weed (dst);
+  for (selt = LBITSET_HEAD (src), delt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+       selt && delt; selt = selt->next, delt = delt->next)
+    {
+      if (selt->index != delt->index)
+        return false;
+
+      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
+        if (delt->words[j] != selt->words[j])
+          return false;
+    }
+  return !selt && !delt;
+}
+
+
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *head;
+  lbitset_elt *prev;
+  lbitset_elt *tmp;
+
+  if (src == dst)
+    return;
+
+  lbitset_zero (dst);
+
+  head = LBITSET_HEAD (src);
+  if (!head)
+    return;
+
+  prev = 0;
+  for (elt = head; elt; elt = elt->next)
+    {
+      tmp = lbitset_elt_alloc ();
+      tmp->index = elt->index;
+      tmp->prev = prev;
+      tmp->next = 0;
+      if (prev)
+        prev->next = tmp;
+      else
+        LBITSET_HEAD (dst) = tmp;
+      prev = tmp;
+
+      memcpy (tmp->words, elt->words, sizeof (elt->words));
+    }
+  LBITSET_TAIL (dst) = tmp;
+
+  dst->b.csize = LBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+  dst->b.cdata = LBITSET_HEAD (dst)->words;
+  dst->b.cindex = LBITSET_HEAD (dst)->index;
+}
+
+
+/* Copy bits from bitset SRC to bitset DST.  Return true if
+   bitsets different.  */
+static inline bool
+lbitset_copy_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (src == dst)
+    return false;
+
+  if (!LBITSET_HEAD (dst))
+    {
+      lbitset_copy (dst, src);
+      return LBITSET_HEAD (src) != 0;
+    }
+
+  if (lbitset_equal_p (dst, src))
+    return false;
+
+  lbitset_copy (dst, src);
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+lbitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex size)
+{
+    BITSET_NBITS_ (src) = size;
+
+    /* Need to prune any excess bits.  FIXME.  */
+    return size;
+}
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+lbitset_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  lbitset_elt_find (dst, windex, LBITSET_CREATE);
+
+  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] |=
+    (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+lbitset_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  if (!lbitset_elt_find (dst, windex, LBITSET_FIND))
+    return;
+
+  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] &=
+    ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+
+  /* If all the data is zero, perhaps we should unlink it now...  */
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static bool
+lbitset_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  return (lbitset_elt_find (src, windex, LBITSET_FIND)
+          && ((src->b.cdata[windex - src->b.cindex]
+               >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+              & 1));
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  lbitset_zero (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+lbitset_list_reverse (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+                      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  unsigned int bcount;
+  bitset_bindex boffset;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  bitset_word word;
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+
+  elt = LBITSET_TAIL (bset);
+  if (!elt)
+    return 0;
+
+  n_bits = (elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS) * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  /* Skip back to starting element.  */
+  for (; elt && elt->index > windex; elt = elt->prev)
+    continue;
+
+  if (!elt)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (windex >= elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
+    {
+      /* We are trying to start in no-mans land so start
+         at end of current elt.  */
+      bcount = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+      windex = elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS - 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bcount = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  count = 0;
+  boffset = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  while (elt)
+    {
+      bitset_word *srcp = elt->words;
+
+      for (; (windex - elt->index) < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS;
+           windex--, boffset -= BITSET_WORD_BITS,
+             bcount = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1)
+        {
+          word =
+            srcp[windex - elt->index] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bcount);
+
+          for (; word; bcount--)
+            {
+              if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+                {
+                  list[count++] = boffset + bcount;
+                  if (count >= num)
+                    {
+                      *next = n_bits - (boffset + bcount);
+                      return count;
+                    }
+                }
+              word <<= 1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      elt = elt->prev;
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          windex = elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS - 1;
+          boffset = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = n_bits - (boffset + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+lbitset_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+              bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *head;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  head = LBITSET_HEAD (bset);
+  if (!head)
+    return 0;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+  count = 0;
+
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* This is the most common case.  */
+
+      /* Start with the first element.  */
+      elt = head;
+      windex = elt->index;
+      bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      /* Skip to starting element.  */
+      for (elt = head;
+           elt && (elt->index + LBITSET_ELT_WORDS - 1) < windex;
+           elt = elt->next)
+        continue;
+
+      if (!elt)
+        return 0;
+
+      if (windex < elt->index)
+        {
+          windex = elt->index;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          bitset_word *srcp = elt->words;
+
+          /* We are starting within an element.  */
+
+          for (; (windex - elt->index) < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+            {
+              word = srcp[windex - elt->index] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    {
+                      list[count++] = bitno;
+                      if (count >= num)
+                        {
+                          *next = bitno + 1;
+                          return count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+              bitno = (windex + 1) * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+            }
+
+          elt = elt->next;
+          if (elt)
+            {
+              windex = elt->index;
+              bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  while (elt)
+    {
+      int i;
+      bitset_word *srcp = elt->words;
+
+      if ((count + LBITSET_ELT_BITS) < num)
+        {
+          /* The coast is clear, plant boot!  */
+
+#if LBITSET_ELT_WORDS == 2
+          word = srcp[0];
+          if (word)
+            {
+              if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 16;
+                  bitno += 16;
+                }
+              if (!(word & 0xff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 8;
+                  bitno += 8;
+                }
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    list[count++] = bitno;
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+            }
+          windex++;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+          word = srcp[1];
+          if (word)
+            {
+              if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                {
+                  word >>= 16;
+                  bitno += 16;
+                }
+              for (; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    list[count++] = bitno;
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+            }
+          windex++;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+#else
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+            {
+              word = srcp[i];
+              if (word)
+                {
+                  if (!(word & 0xffff))
+                    {
+                      word >>= 16;
+                      bitno += 16;
+                    }
+                  if (!(word & 0xff))
+                    {
+                      word >>= 8;
+                      bitno += 8;
+                    }
+                  for (; word; bitno++)
+                    {
+                      if (word & 1)
+                        list[count++] = bitno;
+                      word >>= 1;
+                    }
+                }
+              windex++;
+              bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+            }
+#endif
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Tread more carefully since we need to check
+             if array overflows.  */
+
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+            {
+              for (word = srcp[i]; word; bitno++)
+                {
+                  if (word & 1)
+                    {
+                      list[count++] = bitno;
+                      if (count >= num)
+                        {
+                          *next = bitno + 1;
+                          return count;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  word >>= 1;
+                }
+              windex++;
+              bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+            }
+        }
+
+      elt = elt->next;
+      if (elt)
+        {
+          windex = elt->index;
+          bitno = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  lbitset_elt *next;
+
+  for (elt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst); elt; elt = next)
+    {
+      next = elt->next;
+      if (!lbitset_elt_zero_p (elt))
+        return 0;
+      /* Weed as we go.  */
+      lbitset_elt_unlink (dst, elt);
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last element are clear.  */
+static inline void
+lbitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+  bitset_bindex n_bits;
+
+  n_bits = BITSET_SIZE_ (dst);
+  last_bit = n_bits % LBITSET_ELT_BITS;
+
+  if (last_bit)
+    {
+      lbitset_elt *elt;
+      bitset_windex windex;
+      bitset_word *srcp;
+
+      elt = LBITSET_TAIL (dst);
+      srcp = elt->words;
+      windex = n_bits / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      srcp[windex - elt->index] &= ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+      windex++;
+
+      for (; (windex - elt->index) < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; windex++)
+        srcp[windex - elt->index] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+
+  /* This is a decidedly unfriendly operation for a linked list
+      bitset!  It makes a sparse bitset become dense.  An alternative
+      is to have a flag that indicates that the bitset stores the
+      complement of what it indicates.  */
+
+  windex = (BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < windex; i += LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
+    {
+      /* Create new elements if they cannot be found.  */
+      elt = lbitset_elt_find (dst, i, LBITSET_CREATE);
+      memset (elt->words, -1, sizeof (elt->words));
+    }
+
+  lbitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt;
+  lbitset_elt *delt;
+  bitset_windex i;
+  unsigned int j;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+
+  windex = (BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < windex; i += LBITSET_ELT_WORDS)
+    {
+      /* Create new elements for dst if they cannot be found
+         or substitute zero elements if src elements not found.  */
+      selt = lbitset_elt_find (src, i, LBITSET_SUBST);
+      delt = lbitset_elt_find (dst, i, LBITSET_CREATE);
+
+      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
+        delt->words[j] = ~selt->words[j];
+    }
+  lbitset_unused_clear (dst);
+  lbitset_weed (dst);
+  return;
+}
+
+
+/* Is DST == DST | SRC?  */
+static bool
+lbitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt;
+  lbitset_elt *delt;
+  unsigned int j;
+
+  for (selt = LBITSET_HEAD (src), delt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+       selt || delt; selt = selt->next, delt = delt->next)
+    {
+      if (!selt)
+        selt = &lbitset_zero_elts[0];
+      else if (!delt)
+        delt = &lbitset_zero_elts[0];
+      else if (selt->index != delt->index)
+        {
+          if (selt->index < delt->index)
+            {
+              lbitset_zero_elts[2].next = delt;
+              delt = &lbitset_zero_elts[2];
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              lbitset_zero_elts[1].next = selt;
+              selt = &lbitset_zero_elts[1];
+            }
+        }
+
+      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
+        if (delt->words[j] != (selt->words[j] | delt->words[j]))
+          return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/* Is DST & SRC == 0?  */
+static bool
+lbitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt;
+  lbitset_elt *delt;
+  unsigned int j;
+
+  for (selt = LBITSET_HEAD (src), delt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+       selt && delt; selt = selt->next, delt = delt->next)
+    {
+      if (selt->index != delt->index)
+        {
+          if (selt->index < delt->index)
+            {
+              lbitset_zero_elts[2].next = delt;
+              delt = &lbitset_zero_elts[2];
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              lbitset_zero_elts[1].next = selt;
+              selt = &lbitset_zero_elts[1];
+            }
+          /* Since the elements are different, there is no
+             intersection of these elements.  */
+          continue;
+        }
+
+      for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; j++)
+        if (selt->words[j] & delt->words[j])
+          return false;
+    }
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_op3_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, enum bitset_ops op)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
+  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
+  lbitset_elt *delt = LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+  bitset_windex windex1;
+  bitset_windex windex2;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  lbitset_elt *stmp1;
+  lbitset_elt *stmp2;
+  lbitset_elt *dtmp;
+  bitset_word *srcp1;
+  bitset_word *srcp2;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bool changed = false;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  LBITSET_HEAD (dst) = 0;
+  dst->b.csize = 0;
+
+  windex1 = (selt1) ? selt1->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+  windex2 = (selt2) ? selt2->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+
+  while (selt1 || selt2)
+    {
+      /* Figure out whether we need to substitute zero elements for
+         missing links.  */
+      if (windex1 == windex2)
+        {
+          windex = windex1;
+          stmp1 = selt1;
+          stmp2 = selt2;
+          selt1 = selt1->next;
+          windex1 = (selt1) ? selt1->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+          selt2 = selt2->next;
+          windex2 = (selt2) ? selt2->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+        }
+      else if (windex1 < windex2)
+        {
+          windex = windex1;
+          stmp1 = selt1;
+          stmp2 = &lbitset_zero_elts[0];
+          selt1 = selt1->next;
+          windex1 = (selt1) ? selt1->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          windex = windex2;
+          stmp1 = &lbitset_zero_elts[0];
+          stmp2 = selt2;
+          selt2 = selt2->next;
+          windex2 = (selt2) ? selt2->index : BITSET_WINDEX_MAX;
+        }
+
+      /* Find the appropriate element from DST.  Begin by discarding
+         elements that we've skipped.  */
+      while (delt && delt->index < windex)
+        {
+          changed = true;
+          dtmp = delt;
+          delt = delt->next;
+          lbitset_elt_free (dtmp);
+        }
+      if (delt && delt->index == windex)
+        {
+          dtmp = delt;
+          delt = delt->next;
+        }
+      else
+        dtmp = lbitset_elt_calloc ();
+
+      /* Do the operation, and if any bits are set, link it into the
+         linked list.  */
+      srcp1 = stmp1->words;
+      srcp2 = stmp2->words;
+      dstp = dtmp->words;
+      switch (op)
+        {
+        default:
+          abort ();
+
+        case BITSET_OP_OR:
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ | *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_AND:
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ & *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_XOR:
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ ^ *srcp2++;
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case BITSET_OP_ANDN:
+          for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++, dstp++)
+            {
+              bitset_word tmp = *srcp1++ & ~(*srcp2++);
+
+              if (*dstp != tmp)
+                {
+                  changed = true;
+                  *dstp = tmp;
+                }
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+
+      if (!lbitset_elt_zero_p (dtmp))
+        {
+          dtmp->index = windex;
+          /* Perhaps this could be optimised...  */
+          lbitset_elt_link (dst, dtmp);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          lbitset_elt_free (dtmp);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If we have elements of DST left over, free them all.  */
+  if (delt)
+    {
+      changed = true;
+      lbitset_prune (dst, delt);
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
+  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
+  bool changed;
+
+  if (!selt2)
+    {
+      lbitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = !LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+      lbitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  else if (!selt1)
+    {
+      lbitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = !LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+      lbitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  return lbitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_AND);
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_and_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
+  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
+  bool changed;
+
+  if (!selt2)
+    {
+      return lbitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (!selt1)
+    {
+      lbitset_weed (dst);
+      changed = !LBITSET_HEAD (dst);
+      lbitset_zero (dst);
+      return changed;
+    }
+  return lbitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_ANDN);
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_andn_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
+  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
+
+  if (!selt2)
+    {
+      return lbitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (!selt1)
+    {
+      return lbitset_copy_cmp (dst, src2);
+    }
+  return lbitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_OR);
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_or_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+lbitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *selt1 = LBITSET_HEAD (src1);
+  lbitset_elt *selt2 = LBITSET_HEAD (src2);
+
+  if (!selt2)
+    {
+      return lbitset_copy_cmp (dst, src1);
+    }
+  else if (!selt1)
+    {
+      return lbitset_copy_cmp (dst, src2);
+    }
+  return lbitset_op3_cmp (dst, src1, src2, BITSET_OP_XOR);
+}
+
+
+static void
+lbitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  lbitset_xor_cmp (dst, src1, src2);
+}
+
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for linked-list bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable lbitset_vtable = {
+  lbitset_set,
+  lbitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  lbitset_test,
+  lbitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
+  bitset_count_,
+  lbitset_empty_p,
+  lbitset_ones,
+  lbitset_zero,
+  lbitset_copy,
+  lbitset_disjoint_p,
+  lbitset_equal_p,
+  lbitset_not,
+  lbitset_subset_p,
+  lbitset_and,
+  lbitset_and_cmp,
+  lbitset_andn,
+  lbitset_andn_cmp,
+  lbitset_or,
+  lbitset_or_cmp,
+  lbitset_xor,
+  lbitset_xor_cmp,
+  bitset_and_or_,
+  bitset_and_or_cmp_,
+  bitset_andn_or_,
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp_,
+  bitset_or_and_,
+  bitset_or_and_cmp_,
+  lbitset_list,
+  lbitset_list_reverse,
+  lbitset_free,
+  BITSET_LIST
+};
+
+
+/* Return size of initial structure.  */
+size_t
+lbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct lbitset_struct);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize a bitset.  */
+bitset
+lbitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (bset) = n_bits;
+  bset->b.vtable = &lbitset_vtable;
+  return bset;
+}
+
+
+void
+lbitset_release_memory (void)
+{
+  lbitset_free_list = 0;
+  if (lbitset_obstack_init)
+    {
+      lbitset_obstack_init = false;
+      obstack_free (&lbitset_obstack, NULL);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to debug lbitset.  */
+void
+debug_lbitset (bitset bset)
+{
+  lbitset_elt *elt;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  if (!bset)
+    return;
+
+  for (elt = LBITSET_HEAD (bset); elt; elt = elt->next)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Elt %lu\n", (unsigned long int) elt->index);
+      for (i = 0; i < LBITSET_ELT_WORDS; i++)
+        {
+          unsigned int j;
+          bitset_word word;
+
+          word = elt->words[i];
+
+          fprintf (stderr, "  Word %u:", i);
+          for (j = 0; j < LBITSET_WORD_BITS; j++)
+            if ((word & ((bitset_word) 1 << j)))
+              fprintf (stderr, " %u", j);
+          fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ccaca74da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lbitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Functions to support lbitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LBITSET_H
+#define _LBITSET_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t lbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset lbitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+extern void lbitset_release_memory (void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/libiberty.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/libiberty.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec1467c59b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/libiberty.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+/* Bison depends on libiberty's implementation of bitsets, which
+   requires a 'libiberty.h' file.  This file provides the minimum
+   services.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
+# define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8)
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+#endif /* ! BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c31399da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,558 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# define DARWIN7 /* Darwin 7 or newer, i.e. Mac OS X 10.3 or newer */
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# ifndef OS2
+#  define OS2
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# include <unistd.h>
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if 0 /* see comment below */
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+# endif
+#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# error #include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+/* For MB_CUR_MAX_L */
+#if defined DARWIN7
+# include <xlocale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* Get LIBDIR.  */
+#ifndef LIBDIR
+# include "configmake.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Define O_NOFOLLOW to 0 on platforms where it does not exist.  */
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases (void)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#if !(defined DARWIN7 || defined VMS || defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
+      const char *dir;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location.  This is
+         necessary for running the testsuite before "make install".  */
+      dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
+      if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
+        dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+        size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+        size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+        int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+        file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+        if (file_name != NULL)
+          {
+            memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+            if (add_slash)
+              file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+            memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+          }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL)
+        /* Out of memory.  Treat the file as empty.  */
+        cp = "";
+      else
+        {
+          int fd;
+
+          /* Open the file.  Reject symbolic links on platforms that support
+             O_NOFOLLOW.  This is a security feature.  Without it, an attacker
+             could retrieve parts of the contents (namely, the tail of the
+             first line that starts with "* ") of an arbitrary file by placing
+             a symbolic link to that file under the name "charset.alias" in
+             some writable directory and defining the environment variable
+             CHARSETALIASDIR to point to that directory.  */
+          fd = open (file_name,
+                     O_RDONLY | (HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW ? O_NOFOLLOW : 0));
+          if (fd < 0)
+            /* File not found.  Treat it as empty.  */
+            cp = "";
+          else
+            {
+              FILE *fp;
+
+              fp = fdopen (fd, "r");
+              if (fp == NULL)
+                {
+                  /* Out of memory.  Treat the file as empty.  */
+                  close (fd);
+                  cp = "";
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+                  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+                  size_t res_size = 0;
+
+                  for (;;)
+                    {
+                      int c;
+                      char buf1[50+1];
+                      char buf2[50+1];
+                      size_t l1, l2;
+                      char *old_res_ptr;
+
+                      c = getc (fp);
+                      if (c == EOF)
+                        break;
+                      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+                        continue;
+                      if (c == '#')
+                        {
+                          /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+                          do
+                            c = getc (fp);
+                          while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+                          if (c == EOF)
+                            break;
+                          continue;
+                        }
+                      ungetc (c, fp);
+                      if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+                        break;
+                      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+                      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+                      old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
+                      if (res_size == 0)
+                        {
+                          res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+                          res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+                          res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+                        }
+                      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+                        {
+                          /* Out of memory. */
+                          res_size = 0;
+                          free (old_res_ptr);
+                          break;
+                        }
+                      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+                      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+                    }
+                  fclose (fp);
+                  if (res_size == 0)
+                    cp = "";
+                  else
+                    {
+                      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+                      cp = res_ptr;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+          free (file_name);
+        }
+
+#else
+
+# if defined DARWIN7
+      /* To avoid the trouble of installing a file that is shared by many
+         GNU packages -- many packaging systems have problems with this --,
+         simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-4" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-13" "\0" "ISO-8859-13" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-15" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
+           "KOI8-R" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+           "KOI8-U" "\0" "KOI8-U" "\0"
+           "CP866" "\0" "CP866" "\0"
+           "CP949" "\0" "CP949" "\0"
+           "CP1131" "\0" "CP1131" "\0"
+           "CP1251" "\0" "CP1251" "\0"
+           "eucCN" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+           "GB2312" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+           "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+           "eucKR" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
+           "Big5" "\0" "BIG5" "\0"
+           "Big5HKSCS" "\0" "BIG5-HKSCS" "\0"
+           "GBK" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+           "GB18030" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
+           "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+           "ARMSCII-8" "\0" "ARMSCII-8" "\0"
+           "PT154" "\0" "PT154" "\0"
+         /*"ISCII-DEV" "\0" "?" "\0"*/
+           "*" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined VMS
+      /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+         sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+         "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+         section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+           "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+           /* Japanese */
+           "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+           "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+           "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+           "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+           /* Chinese */
+           "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+           "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+           "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+           /* Korean */
+           "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+         directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+         runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+           "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+           "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+           "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+           "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+           "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+           "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+           "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+           "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+           "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+           "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+           "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+           "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+           "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+           "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+           "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
+           "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+           "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+           "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+           "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
+           "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+           "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
+           "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset (void)
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WINDOWS_NATIVE || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+#  ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  /* Cygwin < 1.7 does not have locales.  nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
+     returns "US-ASCII".  Return the suffix of the locale name from the
+     environment variables (if present) or the codepage as a number.  */
+  if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
+    {
+      const char *locale;
+      static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        {
+          locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+          if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+            locale = getenv ("LANG");
+        }
+      if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+        {
+          /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
+             it.  */
+          const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+          if (dot != NULL)
+            {
+              const char *modifier;
+
+              dot++;
+              /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+              modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+              if (modifier == NULL)
+                return dot;
+              if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+                {
+                  memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+                  buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+                  return buf;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+         number: GetACP().  This encoding is used by Cygwin, unless the user
+         has set the environment variable CYGWIN=codepage:oem (which very few
+         people do).
+         Output directed to console windows needs to be converted (to
+         GetOEMCP() if the console is using a raster font, or to
+         GetConsoleOutputCP() if it is using a TrueType font).  Cygwin does
+         this conversion transparently (see winsup/cygwin/fhandler_console.cc),
+         converting to GetConsoleOutputCP().  This leads to correct results,
+         except when SetConsoleOutputCP has been called and a raster font is
+         in use.  */
+      sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+      codeset = buf;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        {
+          locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+          if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+            locale = getenv ("LANG");
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as a
+     number: GetACP().
+     When the output goes to a console window, it needs to be provided in
+     GetOEMCP() encoding if the console is using a raster font, or in
+     GetConsoleOutputCP() encoding if it is using a TrueType font.
+     But in GUI programs and for output sent to files and pipes, GetACP()
+     encoding is the best bet.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+        locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+        {
+          const char *modifier;
+
+          dot++;
+          /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+          modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+          if (modifier == NULL)
+            return dot;
+          if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+            {
+              memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+              buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+              return buf;
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* Resolve through the charset.alias file.  */
+      codeset = locale;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+        codeset = "";
+      else
+        {
+          sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+          codeset = buf;
+        }
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+        || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+        codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+        break;
+      }
+
+  /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+     the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+     thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+  if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+
+#ifdef DARWIN7
+  /* Mac OS X sets MB_CUR_MAX to 1 when LC_ALL=C, and "UTF-8"
+     (the default codeset) does not work when MB_CUR_MAX is 1.  */
+  if (strcmp (codeset, "UTF-8") == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX_L (uselocale (NULL)) <= 1)
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+#endif
+
+  return codeset;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c209829867
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localcharset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localeconv.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localeconv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c7c77cfd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/localeconv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/* Query locale dependent information for formatting numbers.
+   Copyright (C) 2012-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' lacks the int_p_*, int_n_*
+   members.  */
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static struct lconv result;
+# undef lconv
+# undef localeconv
+  struct lconv *sys_result = localeconv ();
+
+  result.decimal_point = sys_result->decimal_point;
+  result.thousands_sep = sys_result->thousands_sep;
+  result.grouping = sys_result->grouping;
+  result.mon_decimal_point = sys_result->mon_decimal_point;
+  result.mon_thousands_sep = sys_result->mon_thousands_sep;
+  result.mon_grouping = sys_result->mon_grouping;
+  result.positive_sign = sys_result->positive_sign;
+  result.negative_sign = sys_result->negative_sign;
+  result.currency_symbol = sys_result->currency_symbol;
+  result.frac_digits = sys_result->frac_digits;
+  result.p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_curr_symbol = sys_result->int_curr_symbol;
+  result.int_frac_digits = sys_result->int_frac_digits;
+  result.int_p_cs_precedes = sys_result->p_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_p_sign_posn = sys_result->p_sign_posn;
+  result.int_p_sep_by_space = sys_result->p_sep_by_space;
+  result.int_n_cs_precedes = sys_result->n_cs_precedes;
+  result.int_n_sign_posn = sys_result->n_sign_posn;
+  result.int_n_sep_by_space = sys_result->n_sep_by_space;
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Override for platforms where 'struct lconv' is a dummy.  */
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+struct lconv *
+localeconv (void)
+{
+  static /*const*/ struct lconv result =
+    {
+      /* decimal_point */ ".",
+      /* thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* grouping */ "",
+      /* mon_decimal_point */ "",
+      /* mon_thousands_sep */ "",
+      /* mon_grouping */ "",
+      /* positive_sign */ "",
+      /* negative_sign */ "",
+      /* currency_symbol */ "",
+      /* frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_curr_symbol */ "",
+      /* int_frac_digits */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_p_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_cs_precedes */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sign_posn */ CHAR_MAX,
+      /* int_n_sep_by_space */ CHAR_MAX
+    };
+
+  return &result;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lseek.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lseek.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa7440d151
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lseek.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* An lseek() function that detects pipes.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Windows platforms.  */
+/* Get GetFileType.  */
+# include <windows.h>
+/* Get _get_osfhandle.  */
+# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+#else
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#undef lseek
+
+off_t
+rpl_lseek (int fd, off_t offset, int whence)
+{
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  /* mingw lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes, sockets, and terminals.  */
+  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
+  if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+      errno = EBADF;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (GetFileType (h) != FILE_TYPE_DISK)
+    {
+      errno = ESPIPE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#else
+  /* BeOS lseek mistakenly succeeds on pipes...  */
+  struct stat statbuf;
+  if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) < 0)
+    return -1;
+  if (!S_ISREG (statbuf.st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ESPIPE;
+      return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+#if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_OFF_T
+  return _lseeki64 (fd, offset, whence);
+#else
+  return lseek (fd, offset, whence);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lstat.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lstat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a613a89c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/lstat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* Work around a bug of lstat on some systems
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_lstat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_lstat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_LSTAT
+/* On systems that lack symlinks, our replacement <sys/stat.h> already
+   defined lstat as stat, so there is nothing further to do other than
+   avoid an empty file.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#else /* HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Get the original definition of lstat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+static int
+orig_lstat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return lstat (filename, buf);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+# include "sys/stat.h"
+
+# include <string.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+   "pathname resolution" in the glossary) requires that programs like
+   'ls' take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash
+   when FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux and Solaris 10 systems, the
+   lstat function already has the desired semantics (in treating
+   'lstat ("symlink/", sbuf)' just like 'lstat ("symlink/.", sbuf)',
+   but on Solaris 9 and earlier it does not.
+
+   If FILE has a trailing slash and specifies a symbolic link,
+   then use stat() to get more info on the referent of FILE.
+   If the referent is a non-directory, then set errno to ENOTDIR
+   and return -1.  Otherwise, return stat's result.  */
+
+int
+rpl_lstat (const char *file, struct stat *sbuf)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  int lstat_result = orig_lstat (file, sbuf);
+
+  if (lstat_result != 0)
+    return lstat_result;
+
+  /* This replacement file can blindly check against '/' rather than
+     using the ISSLASH macro, because all platforms with '\\' either
+     lack symlinks (mingw) or have working lstat (cygwin) and thus do
+     not compile this file.  0 len should have already been filtered
+     out above, with a failure return of ENOENT.  */
+  len = strlen (file);
+  if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (sbuf->st_mode))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* At this point, a trailing slash is only permitted on
+     symlink-to-dir; but it should have found information on the
+     directory, not the symlink.  Call stat() to get info about the
+     link's referent.  Our replacement stat guarantees valid results,
+     even if the symlink is not pointing to a directory.  */
+  if (!S_ISLNK (sbuf->st_mode))
+    {
+      errno = ENOTDIR;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  return stat (file, sbuf);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_LSTAT */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..908735d278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* malloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-1998, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+/* Only the AC_FUNC_MALLOC macro defines 'malloc' already in config.h.  */
+#ifdef malloc
+# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
+# undef malloc
+/* Whereas the gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU.  */
+#elif GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
+# define NEED_MALLOC_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  void *result;
+
+#if NEED_MALLOC_GNU
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+#endif
+
+  result = malloc (n);
+
+#if !HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..311be569bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "malloca.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "verify.h"
+
+/* The speed critical point in this file is freea() applied to an alloca()
+   result: it must be fast, to match the speed of alloca().  The speed of
+   mmalloca() and freea() in the other case are not critical, because they
+   are only invoked for big memory sizes.  */
+
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Store the mmalloca() results in a hash table.  This is needed to reliably
+   distinguish a mmalloca() result and an alloca() result.
+
+   Although it is possible that the same pointer is returned by alloca() and
+   by mmalloca() at different times in the same application, it does not lead
+   to a bug in freea(), because:
+     - Before a pointer returned by alloca() can point into malloc()ed memory,
+       the function must return, and once this has happened the programmer must
+       not call freea() on it anyway.
+     - Before a pointer returned by mmalloca() can point into the stack, it
+       must be freed.  The only function that can free it is freea(), and
+       when freea() frees it, it also removes it from the hash table.  */
+
+#define MAGIC_NUMBER 0x1415fb4a
+#define MAGIC_SIZE sizeof (int)
+/* This is how the header info would look like without any alignment
+   considerations.  */
+struct preliminary_header { void *next; int magic; };
+/* But the header's size must be a multiple of sa_alignment_max.  */
+#define HEADER_SIZE \
+  (((sizeof (struct preliminary_header) + sa_alignment_max - 1) / sa_alignment_max) * sa_alignment_max)
+union header {
+  void *next;
+  struct {
+    char room[HEADER_SIZE - MAGIC_SIZE];
+    int word;
+  } magic;
+};
+verify (HEADER_SIZE == sizeof (union header));
+/* We make the hash table quite big, so that during lookups the probability
+   of empty hash buckets is quite high.  There is no need to make the hash
+   table resizable, because when the hash table gets filled so much that the
+   lookup becomes slow, it means that the application has memory leaks.  */
+#define HASH_TABLE_SIZE 257
+static void * mmalloca_results[HASH_TABLE_SIZE];
+
+#endif
+
+void *
+mmalloca (size_t n)
+{
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+  /* Allocate one more word, that serves as an indicator for malloc()ed
+     memory, so that freea() of an alloca() result is fast.  */
+  size_t nplus = n + HEADER_SIZE;
+
+  if (nplus >= n)
+    {
+      void *p = malloc (nplus);
+
+      if (p != NULL)
+        {
+          size_t slot;
+          union header *h = p;
+
+          p = h + 1;
+
+          /* Put a magic number into the indicator word.  */
+          h->magic.word = MAGIC_NUMBER;
+
+          /* Enter p into the hash table.  */
+          slot = (uintptr_t) p % HASH_TABLE_SIZE;
+          h->next = mmalloca_results[slot];
+          mmalloca_results[slot] = p;
+
+          return p;
+        }
+    }
+  /* Out of memory.  */
+  return NULL;
+#else
+# if !MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+# endif
+  return malloc (n);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+void
+freea (void *p)
+{
+  /* mmalloca() may have returned NULL.  */
+  if (p != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to quickly distinguish the mmalloca() result - which has
+         a magic indicator word - and the alloca() result - which has an
+         uninitialized indicator word.  It is for this test that sa_increment
+         additional bytes are allocated in the alloca() case.  */
+      if (((int *) p)[-1] == MAGIC_NUMBER)
+        {
+          /* Looks like a mmalloca() result.  To see whether it really is one,
+             perform a lookup in the hash table.  */
+          size_t slot = (uintptr_t) p % HASH_TABLE_SIZE;
+          void **chain = &mmalloca_results[slot];
+          for (; *chain != NULL;)
+            {
+              union header *h = p;
+              if (*chain == p)
+                {
+                  /* Found it.  Remove it from the hash table and free it.  */
+                  union header *p_begin = h - 1;
+                  *chain = p_begin->next;
+                  free (p_begin);
+                  return;
+                }
+              h = *chain;
+              chain = &h[-1].next;
+            }
+        }
+      /* At this point, we know it was not a mmalloca() result.  */
+    }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8ec4465dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/malloca.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MALLOCA_H
+#define _MALLOCA_H
+
+#include "palloca.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* safe_alloca(N) is equivalent to alloca(N) when it is safe to call
+   alloca(N); otherwise it returns NULL.  It either returns N bytes of
+   memory allocated on the stack, that lasts until the function returns,
+   or NULL.
+   Use of safe_alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns.
+*/
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.
+   This must be a macro, not a function.  */
+# define safe_alloca(N) ((N) < 4032 ? alloca (N) : NULL)
+#else
+# define safe_alloca(N) ((void) (N), NULL)
+#endif
+
+/* malloca(N) is a safe variant of alloca(N).  It allocates N bytes of
+   memory allocated on the stack, that must be freed using freea() before
+   the function returns.  Upon failure, it returns NULL.  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define malloca(N) \
+  ((N) < 4032 - sa_increment                                        \
+   ? (void *) ((char *) alloca ((N) + sa_increment) + sa_increment) \
+   : mmalloca (N))
+#else
+# define malloca(N) \
+  mmalloca (N)
+#endif
+extern void * mmalloca (size_t n);
+
+/* Free a block of memory allocated through malloca().  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+extern void freea (void *p);
+#else
+# define freea free
+#endif
+
+/* nmalloca(N,S) is an overflow-safe variant of malloca (N * S).
+   It allocates an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   on the stack.  S must be positive and N must be nonnegative.
+   The array must be freed using freea() before the function returns.  */
+#if 1
+/* Cf. the definition of xalloc_oversized.  */
+# define nmalloca(n, s) \
+    ((n) > (size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) \
+     ? NULL \
+     : malloca ((n) * (s)))
+#else
+extern void * nmalloca (size_t n, size_t s);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* ------------------- Auxiliary, non-public definitions ------------------- */
+
+/* Determine the alignment of a type at compile time.  */
+#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __IBM__ALIGNOF__
+# define sa_alignof __alignof__
+#elif defined __cplusplus
+  template <class type> struct sa_alignof_helper { char __slot1; type __slot2; };
+# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (sa_alignof_helper<type>, __slot2)
+#elif defined __hpux
+  /* Work around a HP-UX 10.20 cc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
+     values.  */
+# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
+#elif defined _AIX
+  /* Work around an AIX 3.2.5 xlc bug with enums constants defined as offsetof
+     values.  */
+# define sa_alignof(type) (sizeof (type) <= 4 ? 4 : 8)
+#else
+# define sa_alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char __slot1; type __slot2; }, __slot2)
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+/* The desired alignment of memory allocations is the maximum alignment
+   among all elementary types.  */
+  sa_alignment_long = sa_alignof (long),
+  sa_alignment_double = sa_alignof (double),
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+  sa_alignment_longlong = sa_alignof (long long),
+#endif
+  sa_alignment_longdouble = sa_alignof (long double),
+  sa_alignment_max = ((sa_alignment_long - 1) | (sa_alignment_double - 1)
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      | (sa_alignment_longlong - 1)
+#endif
+                      | (sa_alignment_longdouble - 1)
+                     ) + 1,
+/* The increment that guarantees room for a magic word must be >= sizeof (int)
+   and a multiple of sa_alignment_max.  */
+  sa_increment = ((sizeof (int) + sa_alignment_max - 1) / sa_alignment_max) * sa_alignment_max
+};
+
+#endif /* _MALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbrtowc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbrtowc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5ee44aea48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbrtowc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
+/* Convert multibyte character to wide character.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2002, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+/* Implement mbrtowc() on top of mbtowc().  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# include "localcharset.h"
+# include "streq.h"
+# include "verify.h"
+
+
+verify (sizeof (mbstate_t) >= 4);
+
+static char internal_state[4];
+
+size_t
+mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  char *pstate = (char *)ps;
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    {
+      pwc = NULL;
+      s = "";
+      n = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (n == 0)
+    return (size_t)(-2);
+
+  /* Here n > 0.  */
+
+  if (pstate == NULL)
+    pstate = internal_state;
+
+  {
+    size_t nstate = pstate[0];
+    char buf[4];
+    const char *p;
+    size_t m;
+
+    switch (nstate)
+      {
+      case 0:
+        p = s;
+        m = n;
+        break;
+      case 3:
+        buf[2] = pstate[3];
+        /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+      case 2:
+        buf[1] = pstate[2];
+        /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+      case 1:
+        buf[0] = pstate[1];
+        p = buf;
+        m = nstate;
+        buf[m++] = s[0];
+        if (n >= 2 && m < 4)
+          {
+            buf[m++] = s[1];
+            if (n >= 3 && m < 4)
+              buf[m++] = s[2];
+          }
+        break;
+      default:
+        errno = EINVAL;
+        return (size_t)(-1);
+      }
+
+    /* Here m > 0.  */
+
+# if __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__
+    /* Work around bug <http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=9674> */
+    mbtowc (NULL, NULL, 0);
+# endif
+    {
+      int res = mbtowc (pwc, p, m);
+
+      if (res >= 0)
+        {
+          if (pwc != NULL && ((*pwc == 0) != (res == 0)))
+            abort ();
+          if (nstate >= (res > 0 ? res : 1))
+            abort ();
+          res -= nstate;
+          pstate[0] = 0;
+          return res;
+        }
+
+      /* mbtowc does not distinguish between invalid and incomplete multibyte
+         sequences.  But mbrtowc needs to make this distinction.
+         There are two possible approaches:
+           - Use iconv() and its return value.
+           - Use built-in knowledge about the possible encodings.
+         Given the low quality of implementation of iconv() on the systems that
+         lack mbrtowc(), we use the second approach.
+         The possible encodings are:
+           - 8-bit encodings,
+           - EUC-JP, EUC-KR, GB2312, EUC-TW, BIG5, GB18030, SJIS,
+           - UTF-8.
+         Use specialized code for each.  */
+      if (m >= 4 || m >= MB_CUR_MAX)
+        goto invalid;
+      /* Here MB_CUR_MAX > 1 and 0 < m < 4.  */
+      {
+        const char *encoding = locale_charset ();
+
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0, 0))
+          {
+            /* Cf. unistr/u8-mblen.c.  */
+            unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+            if (c >= 0xc2)
+              {
+                if (c < 0xe0)
+                  {
+                    if (m == 1)
+                      goto incomplete;
+                  }
+                else if (c < 0xf0)
+                  {
+                    if (m == 1)
+                      goto incomplete;
+                    if (m == 2)
+                      {
+                        unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                        if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                            && (c >= 0xe1 || c2 >= 0xa0)
+                            && (c != 0xed || c2 < 0xa0))
+                          goto incomplete;
+                      }
+                  }
+                else if (c <= 0xf4)
+                  {
+                    if (m == 1)
+                      goto incomplete;
+                    else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
+                      {
+                        unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                        if ((c2 ^ 0x80) < 0x40
+                            && (c >= 0xf1 || c2 >= 0x90)
+                            && (c < 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && c2 < 0x90)))
+                          {
+                            if (m == 2)
+                              goto incomplete;
+                            else /* m == 3 */
+                              {
+                                unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
+
+                                if ((c3 ^ 0x80) < 0x40)
+                                  goto incomplete;
+                              }
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+
+        /* As a reference for this code, you can use the GNU libiconv
+           implementation.  Look for uses of the RET_TOOFEW macro.  */
+
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                       "EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0))
+          {
+            if (m == 1)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e || c == 0x8f)
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            if (m == 2)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if (c == 0x8f)
+                  {
+                    unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                    if (c2 >= 0xa1 && c2 < 0xff)
+                      goto incomplete;
+                  }
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                       "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+            || STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                          "GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0)
+            || STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                          "BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
+          {
+            if (m == 1)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if (c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff)
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                       "EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0))
+          {
+            if (m == 1)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if ((c >= 0xa1 && c < 0xff) || c == 0x8e)
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if (c == 0x8e)
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding,
+                       "GB18030", 'G', 'B', '1', '8', '0', '3', '0', 0, 0))
+          {
+            if (m == 1)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if ((c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3) || (c >= 0xf8 && c <= 0xfe))
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            else /* m == 2 || m == 3 */
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if (c >= 0x90 && c <= 0xe3)
+                  {
+                    unsigned char c2 = (unsigned char) p[1];
+
+                    if (c2 >= 0x30 && c2 <= 0x39)
+                      {
+                        if (m == 2)
+                          goto incomplete;
+                        else /* m == 3 */
+                          {
+                            unsigned char c3 = (unsigned char) p[2];
+
+                            if (c3 >= 0x81 && c3 <= 0xfe)
+                              goto incomplete;
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+        if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "SJIS", 'S', 'J', 'I', 'S', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0))
+          {
+            if (m == 1)
+              {
+                unsigned char c = (unsigned char) p[0];
+
+                if ((c >= 0x81 && c <= 0x9f) || (c >= 0xe0 && c <= 0xea)
+                    || (c >= 0xf0 && c <= 0xf9))
+                  goto incomplete;
+              }
+            goto invalid;
+          }
+
+        /* An unknown multibyte encoding.  */
+        goto incomplete;
+      }
+
+     incomplete:
+      {
+        size_t k = nstate;
+        /* Here 0 <= k < m < 4.  */
+        pstate[++k] = s[0];
+        if (k < m)
+          {
+            pstate[++k] = s[1];
+            if (k < m)
+              pstate[++k] = s[2];
+          }
+        if (k != m)
+          abort ();
+      }
+      pstate[0] = m;
+      return (size_t)(-2);
+
+     invalid:
+      errno = EILSEQ;
+      /* The conversion state is undefined, says POSIX.  */
+      return (size_t)(-1);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#else
+/* Override the system's mbrtowc() function.  */
+
+# undef mbrtowc
+
+size_t
+rpl_mbrtowc (wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+# if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG || MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
+  if (s == NULL)
+    {
+      pwc = NULL;
+      s = "";
+      n = 1;
+    }
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG
+  {
+    static mbstate_t internal_state;
+
+    /* Override mbrtowc's internal state.  We cannot call mbsinit() on the
+       hidden internal state, but we can call it on our variable.  */
+    if (ps == NULL)
+      ps = &internal_state;
+
+    if (!mbsinit (ps))
+      {
+        /* Parse the rest of the multibyte character byte for byte.  */
+        size_t count = 0;
+        for (; n > 0; s++, n--)
+          {
+            wchar_t wc;
+            size_t ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, 1, ps);
+
+            if (ret == (size_t)(-1))
+              return (size_t)(-1);
+            count++;
+            if (ret != (size_t)(-2))
+              {
+                /* The multibyte character has been completed.  */
+                if (pwc != NULL)
+                  *pwc = wc;
+                return (wc == 0 ? 0 : count);
+              }
+          }
+        return (size_t)(-2);
+      }
+  }
+# endif
+
+# if MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG
+  {
+    wchar_t wc;
+    size_t ret = mbrtowc (&wc, s, n, ps);
+
+    if (ret != (size_t)(-1) && ret != (size_t)(-2))
+      {
+        if (pwc != NULL)
+          *pwc = wc;
+        if (wc == 0)
+          ret = 0;
+      }
+    return ret;
+  }
+# else
+  {
+#   if MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG1_BUG
+    wchar_t dummy;
+
+    if (pwc == NULL)
+      pwc = &dummy;
+#   endif
+
+    return mbrtowc (pwc, s, n, ps);
+  }
+# endif
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6571037592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#include "wchar--.h"
+
+/* Get iswcntrl().  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+/* Get INT_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
+   With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
+   the multibyte analogue of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
+   specified, -1 is returned.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+        switch (*p)
+          {
+            case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+            case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+            case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+            case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+            case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+            case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+            case '?':
+            case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+            case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+            case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+            case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+            case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+            case 'Z':
+            case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+            case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+            case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+            case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+            case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+            case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+            case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+              /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+              p++;
+              width++;
+              break;
+            default:
+              /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+              {
+                mbstate_t mbstate;
+                memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+                do
+                  {
+                    wchar_t wc;
+                    size_t bytes;
+                    int w;
+
+                    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+                    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+                      {
+                        if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+                          {
+                            p++;
+                            width++;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          return -1;
+                      }
+
+                    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+                      {
+                        if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+                          {
+                            p = plimit;
+                            width++;
+                            break;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          return -1;
+                      }
+
+                    if (bytes == 0)
+                      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+                      bytes = 1;
+
+                    w = wcwidth (wc);
+                    if (w >= 0)
+                      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+                      {
+                        if (w > INT_MAX - width)
+                          goto overflow;
+                        width += w;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+                      if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+                        {
+                          if (!iswcntrl (wc))
+                            {
+                              if (width == INT_MAX)
+                                goto overflow;
+                              width++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        return -1;
+
+                    p += bytes;
+                  }
+                while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+              }
+              break;
+          }
+      return width;
+    }
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if (isprint (c))
+        {
+          if (width == INT_MAX)
+            goto overflow;
+          width++;
+        }
+      else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+        {
+          if (!iscntrl (c))
+            {
+              if (width == INT_MAX)
+                goto overflow;
+              width++;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+
+ overflow:
+  return INT_MAX;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9c0b03938
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mbswidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Avoid a clash of our mbswidth() with a function of the same name defined
+   in UnixWare 7.1.1 <wchar.h>.  We need this #include before the #define
+   below.
+   However, we don't want to #include <wchar.h> on all platforms because
+   - Tru64 with Desktop Toolkit C has a bug: <stdio.h> must be included before
+     <wchar.h>.
+   - BSD/OS 4.1 has a bug: <stdio.h> and <time.h> must be included before
+     <wchar.h>.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_MBSWIDTH_IN_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
+   character.  Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
+   Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
+   control characters and 1 otherwise.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE 2
+
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
+extern int mbswidth (const char *string, int flags);
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth (const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b105b7f27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1996-1997, 1999-2000, 2003-2004, 2006, 2008-2013
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented in glibc by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+   Extension to memchr2 implemented by Eric Blake (ebb9@byu.net).
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "memchr2.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return the first address of either C1 or C2 (treated as unsigned
+   char) that occurs within N bytes of the memory region S.  If
+   neither byte appears, return NULL.  */
+void *
+memchr2 (void const *s, int c1_in, int c2_in, size_t n)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  void const *void_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c1;
+  longword repeated_c2;
+  unsigned char c1;
+  unsigned char c2;
+
+  c1 = (unsigned char) c1_in;
+  c2 = (unsigned char) c2_in;
+
+  if (c1 == c2)
+    return memchr (s, c1, n);
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until VOID_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (void_ptr = s;
+       n > 0 && (uintptr_t) void_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       --n)
+    {
+      char_ptr = void_ptr;
+      if (*char_ptr == c1 || *char_ptr == c2)
+        return (void *) void_ptr;
+      void_ptr = char_ptr + 1;
+    }
+
+  longword_ptr = void_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c1 has c1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c2 has c2 in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c1 = c1 | (c1 << 8);
+  repeated_c2 = c2 | (c2 << 8);
+  repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << 16;
+  repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c1 |= repeated_c1 << i;
+              repeated_c2 |= repeated_c2 << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will test a
+     longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of the four*
+     bytes in the longword in question are equal to c1 or c2.  We first use
+     an xor with repeated_c1 and repeated_c2, respectively.  This reduces
+     the task to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 or
+     longword2 is zero.
+
+     Let's consider longword1.  We compute tmp1 =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp1 is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     Similarly, we compute tmp2 =
+       ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2) & (repeated_one << 7).
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 or longword2 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp1 is nonzero or tmp2 is nonzero.  We can combine
+     this into a single test, whether (tmp1 | tmp2) is nonzero.  */
+
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c1;
+      longword longword2 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c2;
+
+      if (((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+            | ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2))
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that either n < sizeof (longword), or one of the
+     sizeof (longword) bytes starting at char_ptr is == c1 or == c2.  On
+     little-endian machines, we could determine the first such byte without
+     any further memory accesses, just by looking at the (tmp1 | tmp2) result
+     from the last loop iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian
+     machines.  Choose code that works in both cases.  */
+
+  for (; n > 0; --n, ++char_ptr)
+    {
+      if (*char_ptr == c1 || *char_ptr == c2)
+        return (void *) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cc04889f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/memchr2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Scan memory for the first of two bytes.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Return the first address of either C1 or C2 (treated as unsigned
+   char) that occurs within N bytes of the memory region S.  If
+   neither byte appears, return NULL.  */
+
+extern void *memchr2 (void const *s, int c1, int c2, size_t n)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkdtemp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkdtemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ba8b65d52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkdtemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Extracted from misc/mkdtemp.c.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "tempname.h"
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary directory from XTEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of XTEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   The directory is created, mode 700, and its name is returned.
+   (This function comes from OpenBSD.) */
+char *
+mkdtemp (char *xtemplate)
+{
+  if (gen_tempname (xtemplate, 0, 0, GT_DIR))
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return xtemplate;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ddf86fb60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Invoke mkstemp, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "stdlib-safer.h"
+
+#include "stdlib--.h"
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+
+/* Like mkstemp, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+mkstemp_safer (char *templ)
+{
+  return fd_safer (mkstemp (templ));
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+/* Like mkostemp, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int
+mkostemp_safer (char *templ, int flags)
+{
+  return fd_safer_flag (mkostemp (templ, flags), flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+/* Like mkostemps, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int
+mkostemps_safer (char *templ, int suffixlen, int flags)
+{
+  return fd_safer_flag (mkostemps (templ, suffixlen, flags), flags);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+/* Like mkstemps, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+int mkstemps_safer (char *templ, int suffixlen)
+{
+  return fd_safer (mkstemps (templ, suffixlen));
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a9af6c8cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/mkstemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998-1999, 2001, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "tempname.h"
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# ifndef __GT_FILE
+#  define __GT_FILE GT_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from XTEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of XTEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd.
+
+   If you are creating temporary files which will later be removed,
+   consider using the clean-temp module, which avoids several pitfalls
+   of using mkstemp directly. */
+int
+mkstemp (char *xtemplate)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (xtemplate, 0, 0, __GT_FILE);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..396031e4c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.c
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
+    && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
+
+/* Get _invalid_parameter_handler type and _set_invalid_parameter_handler
+   declaration.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+}
+
+# else
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+  RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+#  else
+
+/* An index to thread-local storage.  */
+static DWORD tls_index;
+static int tls_initialized /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Used as a fallback only.  */
+static struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread not_per_thread;
+
+struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *
+gl_msvc_inval_current (void)
+{
+  if (!tls_initialized)
+    {
+      tls_index = TlsAlloc ();
+      tls_initialized = 1;
+    }
+  if (tls_index == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
+    /* TlsAlloc had failed.  */
+    return &not_per_thread;
+  else
+    {
+      struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *pointer =
+        (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *) TlsGetValue (tls_index);
+      if (pointer == NULL)
+        {
+          /* First call.  Allocate a new 'struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread'.  */
+          pointer =
+            (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *)
+            malloc (sizeof (struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread));
+          if (pointer == NULL)
+            /* Could not allocate memory.  Use the global storage.  */
+            pointer = &not_per_thread;
+          TlsSetValue (tls_index, pointer);
+        }
+      return pointer;
+    }
+}
+
+static void __cdecl
+gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler (const wchar_t *expression,
+                                   const wchar_t *function,
+                                   const wchar_t *file,
+                                   unsigned int line,
+                                   uintptr_t dummy)
+{
+  struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *current = gl_msvc_inval_current ();
+  if (current->restart_valid)
+    longjmp (current->restart, 1);
+  else
+    /* An invalid parameter notification from outside the gnulib code.
+       Give the caller a chance to intervene.  */
+    RaiseException (STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER, 0, 0, NULL);
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+static int gl_msvc_inval_initialized /* = 0 */;
+
+void
+gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void)
+{
+  if (gl_msvc_inval_initialized == 0)
+    {
+      _set_invalid_parameter_handler (gl_msvc_invalid_parameter_handler);
+      gl_msvc_inval_initialized = 1;
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dcb0353dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-inval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Invalid parameter handler for MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MSVC_INVAL_H
+#define _MSVC_INVAL_H
+
+/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
+   an invalid argument.  But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
+   instead.
+   This file defines macros that turn such an invalid parameter notification
+   into a non-local exit.  An error code can then be produced at the target
+   of this exit.  You can thus write code like
+
+     TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+       {
+         <Code that can trigger an invalid parameter notification
+          but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
+       }
+     CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+       {
+         <Code that handles an invalid parameter notification
+          but does not do 'return', 'break', 'continue', nor 'goto'.>
+       }
+     DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+   This entire block expands to a single statement.
+
+   The handling of invalid parameters can be done in three ways:
+
+     * The default way, which is reasonable for programs (not libraries):
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [DEFAULT_HANDLING])
+
+     * The way for libraries that make "hairy" calls (like close(-1), or
+       fclose(fp) where fileno(fp) is closed, or simply getdtablesize()):
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
+
+     * The way for libraries that make no "hairy" calls:
+       AC_DEFINE([MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING], [SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING])
+ */
+
+#define DEFAULT_HANDLING       0
+#define HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING 1
+#define SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING  2
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER \
+    && !(MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING)
+/* A native Windows platform with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   and either DEFAULT_HANDLING or HAIRY_LIBRARY_HANDLING.  */
+
+# if MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLING == DEFAULT_HANDLING
+/* Default handling.  */
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#  endif
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that just returns.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+     do                                                                        \
+       {                                                                       \
+         gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                      \
+         if (1)
+#  define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+         else
+#  define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+       }                                                                       \
+     while (0)
+
+# else
+/* Handling for hairy libraries.  */
+
+#  include <excpt.h>
+
+/* Gnulib can define its own status codes, as described in the page
+   "Raising Software Exceptions" on microsoft.com
+   <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/het71c37.aspx>.
+   Our status codes are composed of
+     - 0xE0000000, mandatory for all user-defined status codes,
+     - 0x474E550, a API identifier ("GNU"),
+     - 0, 1, 2, ..., used to distinguish different status codes from the
+       same API.  */
+#  define STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER (0xE0000000 + 0x474E550 + 0)
+
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+/* A compiler that supports __try/__except, as described in the page
+   "try-except statement" on microsoft.com
+   <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/s58ftw19.aspx>.
+   With __try/__except, we can use the multithread-safe exception handling.  */
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that raises a
+   software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#   define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+      do                                                                       \
+        {                                                                      \
+          gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                     \
+          __try
+#   define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+          __except (GetExceptionCode () == STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER     \
+                    ? EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER                                \
+                    : EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH)
+#   define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+        }                                                                      \
+      while (0)
+
+#  else
+/* Any compiler.
+   We can only use setjmp/longjmp.  */
+
+#   include <setjmp.h>
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+
+struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread
+{
+  /* The restart that will resume execution at the code between
+     CATCH_MSVC_INVAL and DONE_MSVC_INVAL.  It is enabled only between
+     TRY_MSVC_INVAL and CATCH_MSVC_INVAL.  */
+  jmp_buf restart;
+
+  /* Tells whether the contents of restart is valid.  */
+  int restart_valid;
+};
+
+/* Ensure that the invalid parameter handler in installed that passes
+   control to the gl_msvc_inval_restart if it is valid, or raises a
+   software exception with code STATUS_GNULIB_INVALID_PARAMETER otherwise.
+   Because we assume no other part of the program installs a different
+   invalid parameter handler, this solution is multithread-safe.  */
+extern void gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler (void);
+
+/* Return a pointer to the per-thread data for the current thread.  */
+extern struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *gl_msvc_inval_current (void);
+
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+
+#   define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+      do                                                                       \
+        {                                                                      \
+          struct gl_msvc_inval_per_thread *msvc_inval_current;                 \
+          gl_msvc_inval_ensure_handler ();                                     \
+          msvc_inval_current = gl_msvc_inval_current ();                       \
+          /* First, initialize gl_msvc_inval_restart.  */                      \
+          if (setjmp (msvc_inval_current->restart) == 0)                       \
+            {                                                                  \
+              /* Then, mark it as valid.  */                                   \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 1;
+#   define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+              /* Execution completed.                                          \
+                 Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid.  */                    \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0;                           \
+            }                                                                  \
+          else                                                                 \
+            {                                                                  \
+              /* Execution triggered an invalid parameter notification.        \
+                 Mark gl_msvc_inval_restart as invalid.  */                    \
+              msvc_inval_current->restart_valid = 0;
+#   define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+            }                                                                  \
+        }                                                                      \
+      while (0)
+
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* A platform that does not need to the invalid parameter handler,
+   or when SANE_LIBRARY_HANDLING is desired.  */
+
+/* The braces here avoid GCC warnings like
+   "warning: suggest explicit braces to avoid ambiguous 'else'".  */
+# define TRY_MSVC_INVAL \
+    do                                                                         \
+      {                                                                        \
+        if (1)
+# define CATCH_MSVC_INVAL \
+        else
+# define DONE_MSVC_INVAL \
+      }                                                                        \
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MSVC_INVAL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d65472a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
+   with MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+#undef _get_osfhandle
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+intptr_t
+_gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd)
+{
+  intptr_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = _get_osfhandle (fd);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = (intptr_t) INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f521813df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/msvc-nothrow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Wrappers that don't throw invalid parameter notifications
+   with MSVC runtime libraries.
+   Copyright (C) 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
+#define _MSVC_NOTHROW_H
+
+/* With MSVC runtime libraries with the "invalid parameter handler" concept,
+   functions like fprintf(), dup2(), or close() crash when the caller passes
+   an invalid argument.  But POSIX wants error codes (such as EINVAL or EBADF)
+   instead.
+   This file defines wrappers that turn such an invalid parameter notification
+   into an error code.  */
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Get original declaration of _get_osfhandle.  */
+# include <io.h>
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+
+/* Override _get_osfhandle.  */
+extern intptr_t _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle (int fd);
+#  define _get_osfhandle _gl_nothrow_get_osfhandle
+
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _MSVC_NOTHROW_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/nl_langinfo.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/nl_langinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..771c9533ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/nl_langinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* nl_langinfo() replacement: query locale dependent information.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <langinfo.h>
+
+#if REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO
+
+/* Override nl_langinfo with support for added nl_item values.  */
+
+# include <locale.h>
+# include <string.h>
+
+# undef nl_langinfo
+
+char *
+rpl_nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
+{
+  switch (item)
+    {
+# if GNULIB_defined_CODESET
+    case CODESET:
+      {
+        const char *locale;
+        static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+        locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+        if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+          {
+            /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
+               it.  */
+            const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+            if (dot != NULL)
+              {
+                const char *modifier;
+
+                dot++;
+                /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+                modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+                if (modifier == NULL)
+                  return dot;
+                if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+                  {
+                    memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+                    buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+                    return buf;
+                  }
+              }
+          }
+        return "";
+      }
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM
+    case T_FMT_AMPM:
+      return "%I:%M:%S %p";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_ERA
+    case ERA:
+      /* The format is not standardized.  In glibc it is a sequence of strings
+         of the form "direction:offset:start_date:end_date:era_name:era_format"
+         with an empty string at the end.  */
+      return "";
+    case ERA_D_FMT:
+      /* The %Ex conversion in strftime behaves like %x if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = D_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ERA_D_T_FMT:
+      /* The %Ec conversion in strftime behaves like %c if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = D_T_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ERA_T_FMT:
+      /* The %EX conversion in strftime behaves like %X if the locale does not
+         have an alternative time format.  */
+      item = T_FMT;
+      break;
+    case ALT_DIGITS:
+      /* The format is not standardized.  In glibc it is a sequence of 10
+         strings, appended in memory.  */
+      return "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
+# endif
+# if GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR || !FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS
+    case YESEXPR:
+      return "^[yY]";
+    case NOEXPR:
+      return "^[nN]";
+# endif
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return nl_langinfo (item);
+}
+
+#else
+
+/* Provide nl_langinfo from scratch.  */
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Native Windows platforms.  */
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include <stdio.h>
+
+# else
+
+/* An old Unix platform without locales, such as Linux libc5 or BeOS.  */
+
+# endif
+
+# include <locale.h>
+
+char *
+nl_langinfo (nl_item item)
+{
+  switch (item)
+    {
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
+    case CODESET:
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+      {
+        static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+        /* The Windows API has a function returning the locale's codepage as
+           a number.  */
+        sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+        return buf;
+      }
+# elif defined __BEOS__
+      return "UTF-8";
+# else
+      return "ISO-8859-1";
+# endif
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
+    case RADIXCHAR:
+      return localeconv () ->decimal_point;
+    case THOUSEP:
+      return localeconv () ->thousands_sep;
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category.
+       TODO: Really use the locale.  */
+    case D_T_FMT:
+    case ERA_D_T_FMT:
+      return "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y";
+    case D_FMT:
+    case ERA_D_FMT:
+      return "%m/%d/%y";
+    case T_FMT:
+    case ERA_T_FMT:
+      return "%H:%M:%S";
+    case T_FMT_AMPM:
+      return "%I:%M:%S %p";
+    case AM_STR:
+      return "AM";
+    case PM_STR:
+      return "PM";
+    case DAY_1:
+      return "Sunday";
+    case DAY_2:
+      return "Monday";
+    case DAY_3:
+      return "Tuesday";
+    case DAY_4:
+      return "Wednesday";
+    case DAY_5:
+      return "Thursday";
+    case DAY_6:
+      return "Friday";
+    case DAY_7:
+      return "Saturday";
+    case ABDAY_1:
+      return "Sun";
+    case ABDAY_2:
+      return "Mon";
+    case ABDAY_3:
+      return "Tue";
+    case ABDAY_4:
+      return "Wed";
+    case ABDAY_5:
+      return "Thu";
+    case ABDAY_6:
+      return "Fri";
+    case ABDAY_7:
+      return "Sat";
+    case MON_1:
+      return "January";
+    case MON_2:
+      return "February";
+    case MON_3:
+      return "March";
+    case MON_4:
+      return "April";
+    case MON_5:
+      return "May";
+    case MON_6:
+      return "June";
+    case MON_7:
+      return "July";
+    case MON_8:
+      return "August";
+    case MON_9:
+      return "September";
+    case MON_10:
+      return "October";
+    case MON_11:
+      return "November";
+    case MON_12:
+      return "December";
+    case ABMON_1:
+      return "Jan";
+    case ABMON_2:
+      return "Feb";
+    case ABMON_3:
+      return "Mar";
+    case ABMON_4:
+      return "Apr";
+    case ABMON_5:
+      return "May";
+    case ABMON_6:
+      return "Jun";
+    case ABMON_7:
+      return "Jul";
+    case ABMON_8:
+      return "Aug";
+    case ABMON_9:
+      return "Sep";
+    case ABMON_10:
+      return "Oct";
+    case ABMON_11:
+      return "Nov";
+    case ABMON_12:
+      return "Dec";
+    case ERA:
+      return "";
+    case ALT_DIGITS:
+      return "\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0";
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category
+       TODO: Really use the locale. */
+    case CRNCYSTR:
+      return "-";
+    /* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category
+       TODO: Really use the locale. */
+    case YESEXPR:
+      return "^[yY]";
+    case NOEXPR:
+      return "^[nN]";
+    default:
+      return "";
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b2883e4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <obstack.h>
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+#else
+# include <config.h>
+# include "obstack.h"
+#endif
+
+/* NOTE BEFORE MODIFYING THIS FILE: This version number must be
+   incremented whenever callers compiled using an old obstack.h can no
+   longer properly call the functions in this obstack.c.  */
+#define OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and the installed library
+   supports the same library interface we do.  This code is part of the GNU
+   C Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand 'configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object
+   files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>              /* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+# include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+union fooround
+{
+  uintmax_t i;
+  long double d;
+  void *p;
+};
+struct fooalign
+{
+  char c;
+  union fooround u;
+};
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+enum
+  {
+    DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT = offsetof (struct fooalign, u),
+    DEFAULT_ROUNDING = sizeof (union fooround)
+  };
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to 'long' (if that works)
+   or 'char' as a last resort.  */
+# ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#  define COPYING_UNIT int
+# endif
+
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling 'obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by 'obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This can be set to a user defined function which should either
+   abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
+   variable by default points to the internal function
+   'print_and_abort'.  */
+static _Noreturn void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+
+/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+# else
+#  include "exitfail.h"
+#  define obstack_exit_failure exit_failure
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4)
+/* A looong time ago (before 1994, anyway; we're not sure) this global variable
+   was used by non-GNU-C macros to avoid multiple evaluation.  The GNU C
+   library still exports it because somebody might use it.  */
+struct obstack *_obstack_compat;
+compat_symbol (libc, _obstack_compat, _obstack, GLIBC_2_0);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+# define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+# define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, calls obstack_alloc_failed_handler if
+   allocation fails.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (struct obstack *h,
+                int size, int alignment,
+                void *(*chunkfun) (long),
+                void (*freefun) (void *))
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+         Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+         the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+         and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+         allocated.
+
+         These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+         less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+                    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+                   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) chunk, chunk->contents,
+                                               alignment - 1);
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *h, int size, int alignment,
+                  void *(*chunkfun) (void *, long),
+                  void (*freefun) (void *, void *),
+                  void *arg)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+         Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+         the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+         and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+         allocated.
+
+         These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+         less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+                    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+                   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) chunk, chunk->contents,
+                                               alignment - 1);
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *h, int length)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
+  long new_size;
+  long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  long i;
+  long already;
+  char *object_base;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) new_chunk, new_chunk->contents, h->alignment_mask);
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+           i >= 0; i--)
+        ((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
+          = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+         but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+         which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (! h->maybe_empty_object
+      && (h->object_base
+          == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) old_chunk, old_chunk->contents,
+                          h->alignment_mask)))
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = object_base;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+# ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (_obstack_newchunk)
+# endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj);
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, void *obj)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *lp;   /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *plp;  /* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+# undef obstack_free
+
+void
+__obstack_free (struct obstack *h, void *obj)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk *lp;   /* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *plp;  /* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((void *) lp >= obj || (void *) (lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+         chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* Older versions of libc used a function _obstack_free intended to be
+   called by non-GCC compilers.  */
+strong_alias (obstack_free, _obstack_free)
+# endif
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *h)
+{
+  struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  include <libintl.h>
+# else
+#  include "gettext.h"
+# endif
+# ifndef _
+#  define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# endif
+
+static _Noreturn void
+print_and_abort (void)
+{
+  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
+     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
+     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
+     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
+     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  (void) __fxprintf (NULL, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+# else
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+# endif
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
+#endif  /* !ELIDE_CODE */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..046fc58546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,518 @@
+/* obstack.h - object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996-1999, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Summary:
+
+All the apparent functions defined here are macros. The idea
+is that you would use these pre-tested macros to solve a
+very specific set of problems, and they would run fast.
+Caution: no side-effects in arguments please!! They may be
+evaluated MANY times!!
+
+These macros operate a stack of objects.  Each object starts life
+small, and may grow to maturity.  (Consider building a word syllable
+by syllable.)  An object can move while it is growing.  Once it has
+been "finished" it never changes address again.  So the "top of the
+stack" is typically an immature growing object, while the rest of the
+stack is of mature, fixed size and fixed address objects.
+
+These routines grab large chunks of memory, using a function you
+supply, called 'obstack_chunk_alloc'.  On occasion, they free chunks,
+by calling 'obstack_chunk_free'.  You must define them and declare
+them before using any obstack macros.
+
+Each independent stack is represented by a 'struct obstack'.
+Each of the obstack macros expects a pointer to such a structure
+as the first argument.
+
+One motivation for this package is the problem of growing char strings
+in symbol tables.  Unless you are "fascist pig with a read-only mind"
+--Gosper's immortal quote from HAKMEM item 154, out of context--you
+would not like to put any arbitrary upper limit on the length of your
+symbols.
+
+In practice this often means you will build many short symbols and a
+few long symbols.  At the time you are reading a symbol you don't know
+how long it is.  One traditional method is to read a symbol into a
+buffer, realloc()ating the buffer every time you try to read a symbol
+that is longer than the buffer.  This is beaut, but you still will
+want to copy the symbol from the buffer to a more permanent
+symbol-table entry say about half the time.
+
+With obstacks, you can work differently.  Use one obstack for all symbol
+names.  As you read a symbol, grow the name in the obstack gradually.
+When the name is complete, finalize it.  Then, if the symbol exists already,
+free the newly read name.
+
+The way we do this is to take a large chunk, allocating memory from
+low addresses.  When you want to build a symbol in the chunk you just
+add chars above the current "high water mark" in the chunk.  When you
+have finished adding chars, because you got to the end of the symbol,
+you know how long the chars are, and you can create a new object.
+Mostly the chars will not burst over the highest address of the chunk,
+because you would typically expect a chunk to be (say) 100 times as
+long as an average object.
+
+In case that isn't clear, when we have enough chars to make up
+the object, THEY ARE ALREADY CONTIGUOUS IN THE CHUNK (guaranteed)
+so we just point to it where it lies.  No moving of chars is
+needed and this is the second win: potentially long strings need
+never be explicitly shuffled. Once an object is formed, it does not
+change its address during its lifetime.
+
+When the chars burst over a chunk boundary, we allocate a larger
+chunk, and then copy the partly formed object from the end of the old
+chunk to the beginning of the new larger chunk.  We then carry on
+accreting characters to the end of the object as we normally would.
+
+A special macro is provided to add a single char at a time to a
+growing object.  This allows the use of register variables, which
+break the ordinary 'growth' macro.
+
+Summary:
+        We allocate large chunks.
+        We carve out one object at a time from the current chunk.
+        Once carved, an object never moves.
+        We are free to append data of any size to the currently
+          growing object.
+        Exactly one object is growing in an obstack at any one time.
+        You can run one obstack per control block.
+        You may have as many control blocks as you dare.
+        Because of the way we do it, you can "unwind" an obstack
+          back to a previous state. (You may remove objects much
+          as you would with a stack.)
+*/
+
+
+/* Don't do the contents of this file more than once.  */
+
+#ifndef _OBSTACK_H
+#define _OBSTACK_H 1
+
+/* We need the type of a pointer subtraction.  If __PTRDIFF_TYPE__ is
+   defined, as with GNU C, use that; that way we don't pollute the
+   namespace with <stddef.h>'s symbols.  Otherwise, include <stddef.h>
+   and use ptrdiff_t.  */
+
+#ifdef __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+# define PTR_INT_TYPE __PTRDIFF_TYPE__
+#else
+# include <stddef.h>
+# define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
+#endif
+
+/* If B is the base of an object addressed by P, return the result of
+   aligning P to the next multiple of A + 1.  B and P must be of type
+   char *.  A + 1 must be a power of 2.  */
+
+#define __BPTR_ALIGN(B, P, A) ((B) + (((P) - (B) + (A)) & ~(A)))
+
+/* Similar to _BPTR_ALIGN (B, P, A), except optimize the common case
+   where pointers can be converted to integers, aligned as integers,
+   and converted back again.  If PTR_INT_TYPE is narrower than a
+   pointer (e.g., the AS/400), play it safe and compute the alignment
+   relative to B.  Otherwise, use the faster strategy of computing the
+   alignment relative to 0.  */
+
+#define __PTR_ALIGN(B, P, A)                                                \
+  __BPTR_ALIGN (sizeof (PTR_INT_TYPE) < sizeof (void *) ? (B) : (char *) 0, \
+                P, A)
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+struct _obstack_chunk           /* Lives at front of each chunk. */
+{
+  char  *limit;                 /* 1 past end of this chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *prev;  /* address of prior chunk or NULL */
+  char  contents[4];            /* objects begin here */
+};
+
+struct obstack          /* control current object in current chunk */
+{
+  long  chunk_size;             /* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  char  *object_base;           /* address of object we are building */
+  char  *next_free;             /* where to add next char to current object */
+  char  *chunk_limit;           /* address of char after current chunk */
+  union
+  {
+    PTR_INT_TYPE tempint;
+    void *tempptr;
+  } temp;                       /* Temporary for some macros.  */
+  int   alignment_mask;         /* Mask of alignment for each object. */
+  /* These prototypes vary based on 'use_extra_arg', and we use
+     casts to the prototypeless function type in all assignments,
+     but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
+  void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
+  void *extra_arg;              /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+  unsigned use_extra_arg:1;     /* chunk alloc/dealloc funcs take extra arg */
+  unsigned maybe_empty_object:1;/* There is a possibility that the current
+                                   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
+                                   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
+                                   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;      /* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+                                   handler on error, but retained for binary
+                                   compatibility.  */
+};
+
+/* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
+
+extern void _obstack_newchunk (struct obstack *, int);
+extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
+                            void *(*) (long), void (*) (void *));
+extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
+                             void *(*) (void *, long),
+                             void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
+
+/* The default name of the function for freeing a chunk is 'obstack_free',
+   but gnulib users can override this by defining '__obstack_free'.  */
+#ifndef __obstack_free
+# define __obstack_free obstack_free
+#endif
+extern void __obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
+
+
+/* Error handler called when 'obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function which
+   should either abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't
+   return.  The default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+
+/* Exit value used when 'print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
+
+/* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
+   Note that this might not be the final address of the object
+   because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
+
+#define obstack_base(h) ((void *) (h)->object_base)
+
+/* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
+
+#define obstack_chunk_size(h) ((h)->chunk_size)
+
+/* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
+
+#define obstack_next_free(h)    ((h)->next_free)
+
+/* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
+
+#define obstack_alignment_mask(h) ((h)->alignment_mask)
+
+/* To prevent prototype warnings provide complete argument list.  */
+#define obstack_init(h)                                         \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,                                    \
+                  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc,       \
+                  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_begin(h, size)                                  \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,                               \
+                  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc,       \
+                  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)  \
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),                                \
+                  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun),                           \
+                  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+
+#define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),                           \
+                    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),              \
+                    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+
+#define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
+  ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(void *, long)) (newchunkfun))
+
+#define obstack_freefun(h, newfreefun) \
+  ((h) -> freefun = (void (*)(void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) (newfreefun))
+
+#define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = (achar))
+
+#define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
+
+#if defined __GNUC__
+/* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
+   does not implement __extension__.  But that compiler doesn't define
+   __GNUC_MINOR__.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__NeXT__ && !__GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define __extension__
+# endif
+
+/* For GNU C, if not -traditional,
+   we can define these macros to compute all args only once
+   without using a global variable.
+   Also, we can avoid using the 'temp' slot, to make faster code.  */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)                                   \
+  __extension__                                                         \
+  ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK);                             \
+     (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
+
+# define obstack_room(OBSTACK)                                          \
+  __extension__                                                         \
+  ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK);                             \
+     (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
+
+# define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)                              \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   int __len = (length);                                                \
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)                       \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);                                    \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(OBSTACK)                                       \
+  __extension__                                                         \
+  ({ struct obstack const *__o = (OBSTACK);                             \
+     (__o->chunk->prev == 0                                             \
+      && __o->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) __o->chunk,            \
+                                        __o->chunk->contents,           \
+                                        __o->alignment_mask)); })
+
+# define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)                             \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   int __len = (length);                                                \
+   if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)                       \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);                                    \
+   memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len);                               \
+   __o->next_free += __len;                                             \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)                            \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   int __len = (length);                                                \
+   if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)                   \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);                                \
+   memcpy (__o->next_free, where, __len);                               \
+   __o->next_free += __len;                                             \
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;                                             \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)                                   \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)                           \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);                                        \
+   obstack_1grow_fast (__o, datum);                                     \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
+   shares that much alignment.  */
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)                                \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)             \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));                          \
+   obstack_ptr_grow_fast (__o, datum); })                               \
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)                                \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)                \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));                             \
+   obstack_int_grow_fast (__o, datum); })
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(OBSTACK,aptr)                            \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);                                    \
+   void *__p1 = __o1->next_free;                                        \
+   *(const void **) __p1 = (aptr);                                      \
+   __o1->next_free += sizeof (const void *);                            \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(OBSTACK,aint)                            \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);                                    \
+   void *__p1 = __o1->next_free;                                        \
+   *(int *) __p1 = (aint);                                              \
+   __o1->next_free += sizeof (int);                                     \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)                                  \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   int __len = (length);                                                \
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)                       \
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);                                    \
+   obstack_blank_fast (__o, __len);                                     \
+   (void) 0; })
+
+# define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)                                  \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   obstack_blank (__h, (length));                                       \
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy(OBSTACK,where,length)                             \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   obstack_grow (__h, (where), (length));                               \
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+# define obstack_copy0(OBSTACK,where,length)                            \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__h = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   obstack_grow0 (__h, (where), (length));                              \
+   obstack_finish (__h); })
+
+/* The local variable is named __o1 to avoid a name conflict
+   when obstack_blank is called.  */
+# define obstack_finish(OBSTACK)                                        \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);                                    \
+   void *__value = (void *) __o1->object_base;                          \
+   if (__o1->next_free == __value)                                      \
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;                                      \
+   __o1->next_free                                                      \
+     = __PTR_ALIGN (__o1->object_base, __o1->next_free,                 \
+                    __o1->alignment_mask);                              \
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk                            \
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)                       \
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;                               \
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;                                 \
+   __value; })
+
+# define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)                                     \
+__extension__                                                           \
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);                                     \
+   void *__obj = (OBJ);                                                 \
+   if (__obj > (void *)__o->chunk && __obj < (void *)__o->chunk_limit)  \
+     __o->next_free = __o->object_base = (char *)__obj;                 \
+   else (__obstack_free) (__o, __obj); })
+
+#else /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+# define obstack_object_size(h) \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+
+# define obstack_room(h)                \
+ (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
+
+# define obstack_empty_p(h) \
+ ((h)->chunk->prev == 0                                                 \
+  && (h)->next_free == __PTR_ALIGN ((char *) (h)->chunk,                \
+                                    (h)->chunk->contents,               \
+                                    (h)->alignment_mask))
+
+/* Note that the call to _obstack_newchunk is enclosed in (..., 0)
+   so that we can avoid having void expressions
+   in the arms of the conditional expression.
+   Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
+   but some compilers won't accept it.  */
+
+# define obstack_make_room(h,length)                                    \
+( (h)->temp.tempint = (length),                                         \
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp.tempint > (h)->chunk_limit)              \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.tempint), 0) : 0))
+
+# define obstack_grow(h,where,length)                                   \
+( (h)->temp.tempint = (length),                                         \
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp.tempint > (h)->chunk_limit)              \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.tempint), 0) : 0),              \
+  memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.tempint),                    \
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.tempint)
+
+# define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)                                  \
+( (h)->temp.tempint = (length),                                         \
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp.tempint + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)          \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.tempint + 1), 0) : 0),          \
+  memcpy ((h)->next_free, where, (h)->temp.tempint),                    \
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp.tempint,                                  \
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
+
+# define obstack_1grow(h,datum)                                         \
+( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)                              \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),                              \
+  obstack_1grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)                                      \
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)                \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),                \
+  obstack_ptr_grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)                                      \
+( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)                   \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),                   \
+  obstack_int_grow_fast (h, datum))
+
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)                                  \
+  (((const void **) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (void *)))[-1] = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)                                  \
+  (((int *) ((h)->next_free += sizeof (int)))[-1] = (aint))
+
+# define obstack_blank(h,length)                                        \
+( (h)->temp.tempint = (length),                                         \
+  (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp.tempint)              \
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp.tempint), 0) : 0),              \
+  obstack_blank_fast (h, (h)->temp.tempint))
+
+# define obstack_alloc(h,length)                                        \
+ (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy(h,where,length)                                   \
+ (obstack_grow ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_copy0(h,where,length)                                  \
+ (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
+
+# define obstack_finish(h)                                              \
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base                                   \
+   ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)                                 \
+   : 0),                                                                \
+  (h)->temp.tempptr = (h)->object_base,                                 \
+  (h)->next_free                                                        \
+    = __PTR_ALIGN ((h)->object_base, (h)->next_free,                    \
+                   (h)->alignment_mask),                                \
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk                                \
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)                           \
+   ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),                          \
+  (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,                                    \
+  (h)->temp.tempptr)
+
+# define obstack_free(h,obj)                                            \
+( (h)->temp.tempint = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,             \
+  ((((h)->temp.tempint > 0                                              \
+    && (h)->temp.tempint < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk))     \
+   ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base                           \
+            = (h)->temp.tempint + (char *) (h)->chunk)                  \
+   : (((__obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp.tempint + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
+
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}       /* C++ */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(obstack_printf)
+int obstack_printf(struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* obstack.h */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack_printf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack_printf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..291dcd52a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/obstack_printf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* Formatted output to obstacks.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+int obstack_vprintf(struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args);
+
+/* Grow an obstack with formatted output.  Return the number of bytes
+   added to OBS.  No trailing nul byte is added, and the object should
+   be closed with obstack_finish before use.
+
+   Upon memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler.
+   Upon other error, return -1.  */
+int
+obstack_printf (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = obstack_vprintf (obs, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Grow an obstack with formatted output.  Return the number of bytes
+   added to OBS.  No trailing nul byte is added, and the object should
+   be closed with obstack_finish before use.
+
+   Upon memory allocation error, call obstack_alloc_failed_handler.
+   Upon other error, return -1.  */
+int
+obstack_vprintf (struct obstack *obs, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  /* If we are close to the end of the current obstack chunk, use a
+     stack-allocated buffer and copy, to reduce the likelihood of a
+     small-size malloc.  Otherwise, print directly into the
+     obstack.  */
+  enum { CUTOFF = 1024 };
+  char buf[CUTOFF];
+  char *base = obstack_next_free (obs);
+  size_t len = obstack_room (obs);
+  char *str;
+
+  if (len < CUTOFF)
+    {
+      base = buf;
+      len = CUTOFF;
+    }
+  str = vasnprintf (base, &len, format, args);
+  if (!str)
+    {
+      if (errno == ENOMEM)
+        obstack_alloc_failed_handler ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (str == base && str != buf)
+    /* The output was already computed in place, but we need to
+       account for its size.  */
+    obstack_blank_fast (obs, len);
+  else
+    {
+      /* The output exceeded available obstack space or we used buf;
+         copy the resulting string.  */
+      obstack_grow (obs, str, len);
+      if (str != buf)
+        free (str);
+    }
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/open.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/open.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0c43eadf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/open.c
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* Open a descriptor to a file.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.  */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <fcntl.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <fcntl.h> here, so that orig_open doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_open.  */
+#define __need_system_fcntl_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of open.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#undef __need_system_fcntl_h
+
+static int
+orig_open (const char *filename, int flags, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return open (filename, flags, mode);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "fcntl.h" here, not <fcntl.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc eliminates
+   this include because of the preliminary #include <fcntl.h> above.  */
+#include "fcntl.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
+# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+int
+open (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+{
+  mode_t mode;
+  int fd;
+
+  mode = 0;
+  if (flags & O_CREAT)
+    {
+      va_list arg;
+      va_start (arg, flags);
+
+      /* We have to use PROMOTED_MODE_T instead of mode_t, otherwise GCC 4
+         creates crashing code when 'mode_t' is smaller than 'int'.  */
+      mode = va_arg (arg, PROMOTED_MODE_T);
+
+      va_end (arg);
+    }
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  /* The only known platform that lacks O_NONBLOCK is mingw, but it
+     also lacks named pipes and Unix sockets, which are the only two
+     file types that require non-blocking handling in open().
+     Therefore, it is safe to ignore O_NONBLOCK here.  It is handy
+     that mingw also lacks openat(), so that is also covered here.  */
+  flags &= ~O_NONBLOCK;
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+  if (strcmp (filename, "/dev/null") == 0)
+    filename = "NUL";
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and one of O_CREAT, O_WRONLY, O_RDWR
+     is specified, then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html>
+     says that
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a
+        single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname."
+     and
+       "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by
+        its predecessor."
+     If the named file already exists as a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail because of the semantics
+         of O_CREAT,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because POSIX
+         <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/functions/open.html> says that it
+         fails with errno = EISDIR in this case.
+     If the named file does not exist or does not name a directory, then
+       - if O_CREAT is specified, open() must fail since open() cannot create
+         directories,
+       - if O_WRONLY or O_RDWR is specified, open() must fail because the
+         file does not contain a '.' directory.  */
+  if (flags & (O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR))
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (len > 0 && filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          errno = EISDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fd = orig_open (filename, flags, mode);
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  /* Implementing fchdir and fdopendir requires the ability to open a
+     directory file descriptor.  If open doesn't support that (as on
+     mingw), we use a dummy file that behaves the same as directories
+     on Linux (ie. always reports EOF on attempts to read()), and
+     override fstat() in fchdir.c to hide the fact that we have a
+     dummy.  */
+  if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && fd < 0 && errno == EACCES
+      && ((flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_RDONLY
+          || (O_SEARCH != O_RDONLY && (flags & O_ACCMODE) == O_SEARCH)))
+    {
+      struct stat statbuf;
+      if (stat (filename, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+        {
+          /* Maximum recursion depth of 1.  */
+          fd = open ("/dev/null", flags, mode);
+          if (0 <= fd)
+            fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+        }
+      else
+        errno = EACCES;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  /* If the filename ends in a slash and fd does not refer to a directory,
+     then fail.
+     Rationale: POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3/basedefs/xbd_chap04.html>
+     says that
+       "A pathname that contains at least one non-slash character and that
+        ends with one or more trailing slashes shall be resolved as if a
+        single dot character ( '.' ) were appended to the pathname."
+     and
+       "The special filename dot shall refer to the directory specified by
+        its predecessor."
+     If the named file without the slash is not a directory, open() must fail
+     with ENOTDIR.  */
+  if (fd >= 0)
+    {
+      /* We know len is positive, since open did not fail with ENOENT.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (filename);
+      if (filename[len - 1] == '/')
+        {
+          struct stat statbuf;
+
+          if (fstat (fd, &statbuf) >= 0 && !S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+            {
+              close (fd);
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
+  if (!REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY && 0 <= fd)
+    fd = _gl_register_fd (fd, filename);
+#endif
+
+  return fd;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/palloca.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/palloca.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7ed8a2f9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/palloca.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__)
+    #include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+    #include <alloca.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pathmax.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pathmax.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9ddc33d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pathmax.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Define PATH_MAX somehow.  Requires sys/types.h.
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PATHMAX_H
+# define _PATHMAX_H
+
+/* POSIX:2008 defines PATH_MAX to be the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   including the terminating NUL byte.
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/limits.h.html>
+   PATH_MAX is not defined on systems which have no limit on filename length,
+   such as GNU/Hurd.
+
+   This file does *not* define PATH_MAX always.  Programs that use this file
+   can handle the GNU/Hurd case in several ways:
+     - Either with a package-wide handling, or with a per-file handling,
+     - Either through a
+         #ifdef PATH_MAX
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX 8192
+         #endif
+       or through a fallback like
+         #ifndef PATH_MAX
+         # define PATH_MAX pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)
+         #endif
+ */
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+# ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#  define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 256
+# endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+# if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN
+#  define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+# endif
+
+# ifdef __hpux
+/* On HP-UX, PATH_MAX designates the maximum number of bytes in a filename,
+   *not* including the terminating NUL byte, and is set to 1023.
+   Additionally, when _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500 or more, PATH_MAX is
+   not defined at all any more.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 1024
+# endif
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* The page "Naming Files, Paths, and Namespaces" on msdn.microsoft.com,
+   section "Maximum Path Length Limitation",
+   <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath>
+   explains that the maximum size of a filename, including the terminating
+   NUL byte, is 260 = 3 + 256 + 1.
+   This is the same value as
+     - FILENAME_MAX in <stdio.h>,
+     - _MAX_PATH in <stdlib.h>,
+     - MAX_PATH in <windef.h>.
+   Undefine the original value, because mingw's <limits.h> gets it wrong.  */
+#  undef PATH_MAX
+#  define PATH_MAX 260
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _PATHMAX_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/penviron.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/penviron.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd83197378
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/penviron.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__MACH__)
+    extern char** environ;
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/perror.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/perror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74e088cc73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/perror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Print a message describing error code.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible and Simon Josefsson.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+void
+perror (const char *string)
+{
+  if (string != NULL && *string != '\0')
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", string);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f2e0ad6fb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Invoke pipe, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Like pipe, but ensure that neither of the file descriptors is
+   STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or STDERR_FILENO.  Fail with ENOSYS on
+   platforms that lack pipe.  */
+
+int
+pipe_safer (int fd[2])
+{
+#if HAVE_PIPE
+  if (pipe (fd) == 0)
+    {
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+        {
+          fd[i] = fd_safer (fd[i]);
+          if (fd[i] < 0)
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              close (fd[1 - i]);
+              errno = e;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+#else
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+#endif
+
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2-safer.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2-safer.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e831d0c6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Invoke pipe2, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Like pipe2, but ensure that neither of the file descriptors is
+   STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+pipe2_safer (int fd[2], int flags)
+{
+  /* This is a generalization of the pipe_safer implementation.  */
+  if (pipe2 (fd, flags) == 0)
+    {
+      int i;
+      for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+        {
+          fd[i] = fd_safer_flag (fd[i], flags);
+          if (fd[i] < 0)
+            {
+              int e = errno;
+              close (fd[1 - i]);
+              errno = e;
+              return -1;
+            }
+        }
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..211d75545c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/pipe2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* Create a pipe, with specific opening flags.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include "binary-io.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+# include "nonblocking.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+# include <io.h>
+
+#endif
+
+int
+pipe2 (int fd[2], int flags)
+{
+  /* Mingw _pipe() corrupts fd on failure; also, if we succeed at
+     creating the pipe but later fail at changing fcntl, we want
+     to leave fd unchanged: http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=467  */
+  int tmp[2];
+  tmp[0] = fd[0];
+  tmp[1] = fd[1];
+
+#if HAVE_PIPE2
+# undef pipe2
+  /* Try the system call first, if it exists.  (We may be running with a glibc
+     that has the function but with an older kernel that lacks it.)  */
+  {
+    /* Cache the information whether the system call really exists.  */
+    static int have_pipe2_really; /* 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no */
+    if (have_pipe2_really >= 0)
+      {
+        int result = pipe2 (fd, flags);
+        if (!(result < 0 && errno == ENOSYS))
+          {
+            have_pipe2_really = 1;
+            return result;
+          }
+        have_pipe2_really = -1;
+      }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Check the supported flags.  */
+  if ((flags & ~(O_CLOEXEC | O_NONBLOCK | O_BINARY | O_TEXT)) != 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+  if (_pipe (fd, 4096, flags & ~O_NONBLOCK) < 0)
+    {
+      fd[0] = tmp[0];
+      fd[1] = tmp[1];
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On native Windows platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by gnulib.  Use the
+     functions defined by the gnulib module 'nonblocking'.  */
+# if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      if (set_nonblocking_flag (fd[0], true) != 0
+          || set_nonblocking_flag (fd[1], true) != 0)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+# else
+  {
+    verify (O_NONBLOCK == 0);
+  }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#else
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+  if (pipe (fd) < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* POSIX <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pipe.html>
+     says that initially, the O_NONBLOCK and FD_CLOEXEC flags are cleared on
+     both fd[0] and fd[1].  */
+
+  /* O_NONBLOCK handling.
+     On Unix platforms, O_NONBLOCK is defined by the system.  Use fcntl().  */
+  if (flags & O_NONBLOCK)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFL, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFL, fcntl_flags | O_NONBLOCK) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+  if (flags & O_CLOEXEC)
+    {
+      int fcntl_flags;
+
+      if ((fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[1], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[1], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1
+          || (fcntl_flags = fcntl (fd[0], F_GETFD, 0)) < 0
+          || fcntl (fd[0], F_SETFD, fcntl_flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
+        goto fail;
+    }
+
+# if O_BINARY
+  if (flags & O_BINARY)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_BINARY);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_BINARY);
+    }
+  else if (flags & O_TEXT)
+    {
+      set_binary_mode (fd[1], O_TEXT);
+      set_binary_mode (fd[0], O_TEXT);
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK || \
+  !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+ fail:
+  {
+    int saved_errno = errno;
+    close (fd[0]);
+    close (fd[1]);
+    fd[0] = tmp[0];
+    fd[1] = tmp[1];
+    errno = saved_errno;
+    return -1;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/config.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fa4b4f092
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1806 @@
+/* lib/config.h.  Generated from config.hin by configure.  */
+/* lib/config.hin.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
+/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'ptrdiff_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'sig_atomic_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'size_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wchar_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wint_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_WINT_T */
+
+/* Define if you wish *printf() functions that have a safe handling of
+   non-IEEE-754 'long double' values. */
+#define CHECK_PRINTF_SAFE 1
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
+/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'double'. */
+#define DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT 20
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'. */
+#define DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD 1
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+/* #undef DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT */
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+/* #undef DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /. */
+/* #undef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the changeword(REGEXP) functionality is wanted */
+/* #undef ENABLE_CHANGEWORD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if an invalid memory address access may yield a SIGBUS. */
+#define FAULT_YIELDS_SIGBUS 0
+
+/* Define this to 1 if F_DUPFD behavior does not match POSIX */
+/* #undef FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY */
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'float'. */
+#define FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT 23
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'float'. */
+#define FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD 0
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+/* #undef FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT */
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+/* #undef FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if fopen() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+/* #undef FOPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+/* Enable compile-time and run-time bounds-checking, and some warnings,
+      without upsetting newer glibc. */
+   #if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && __OPTIMIZE__
+   # define _FORTIFY_SOURCE 2
+   #endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system's ftello function has the Solaris bug. */
+/* #undef FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_SWITCHING_FROM_READ_TO_WRITE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if fflush is known to work on stdin as per POSIX.1-2008, 0 if
+   fflush is known to not work, -1 if unknown. */
+#define FUNC_FFLUSH_STDIN 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if nl_langinfo (YESEXPR) returns a non-empty string. */
+#define FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if realpath() can malloc memory, always gives an absolute path,
+   and handles trailing slash correctly. */
+#define FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if ungetc is broken when used on arbitrary bytes. */
+/* #undef FUNC_UNGETC_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define if gettimeofday clobbers the localtime buffer. */
+/* #undef GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME */
+
+/* Define this to 'void' or 'struct timezone' to match the system's
+   declaration of the second argument to gettimeofday. */
+#define GETTIMEOFDAY_TIMEZONE struct timezone
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module close-stream shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_CLOSE_STREAM 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module dirname shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_DIRNAME 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fd-safer-flag shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fflush shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FFLUSH 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module filenamecat shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FILENAMECAT 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fopen-safer shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fscanf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FSCANF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module lock shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_LOCK 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module malloc-gnu shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module pipe2-safer shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module scanf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SCANF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module sigpipe shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SIGPIPE 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module snprintf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module strerror shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_STRERROR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module btowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_BTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module canonicalize_file_name should be tested.
+   */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module chdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CHDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module cloexec should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOEXEC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module close should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module closedir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOSEDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_DUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup2 should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_DUP2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module environ should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_ENVIRON 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fclose should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FCLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fcntl should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FCNTL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fdopen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FDOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fflush should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FFLUSH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fopen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fpurge should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FPURGE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FREXP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexpl should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FREXPL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseek should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSEEK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseeko should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSEEKO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fstat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSTAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftell should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FTELL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftello should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FTELLO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getcwd should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETCWD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getdtablesize should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETDTABLESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getopt-gnu should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETOPT_GNU 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getpagesize should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETPAGESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module gettimeofday should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module link should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module localeconv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LOCALECONV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lseek should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LSEEK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lstat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LSTAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module malloc-posix should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MALLOC_POSIX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbrtowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBRTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbsinit should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBSINIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbtowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module memchr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MEMCHR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkdtemp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MKDTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkstemp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MKSTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module nl_langinfo should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_NL_LANGINFO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module open should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_OPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module opendir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_OPENDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pipe2 should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_PIPE2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_destroy should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_DESTROY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_init should be tested.
+   */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_INIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setflags should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETFLAGS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setsigmask should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSIGMASK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDDUP2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_DESTROY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_init should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_INIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module putenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_PUTENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module raise should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RAISE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rawmemchr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RAWMEMCHR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_READDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readlink should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_READLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module realpath should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_REALPATH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rename should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RENAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rmdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RMDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module secure_getenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SECURE_GETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setlocale should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SETLOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigaction should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGACTION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module signbit should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGNBIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigprocmask should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGPROCMASK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sleep should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module snprintf should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strchrnul should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRCHRNUL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strdup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strerror should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRERROR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strndup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRNDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strnlen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strsignal should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRSIGNAL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strstr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRSTR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtod should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRTOD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module symlink should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SYMLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module unsetenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_UNSETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vasprintf should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_VASPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module waitpid should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WAITPID 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wcrtomb should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCRTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctob should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCTOB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctomb should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module write should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WRITE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including <alloca.h>, a header that
+   may be supplied by this distribution. */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+   */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <bp-sym.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_BP_SYM_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `btowc' function. */
+#define HAVE_BTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `canonicalize_file_name' function. */
+#define HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
+   CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
+   the CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `closedir' function. */
+#define HAVE_CLOSEDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `confstr' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CONFSTR */
+
+/* Define if the copysignf function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGNF_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the copysignl function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGNL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the copysign function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGN_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `alarm', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_ALARM 1
+
+#if defined(__linux__)
+    #define HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `clearerr_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysign', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignl', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ferror_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fflush_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fpurge', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FPURGE 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputc_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputs_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fread_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fseeko', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ftello', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FTELLO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fwrite_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_GETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isblank', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbrtowc', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_MBRTOWC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbsinit', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_MBSINIT */
+
+#if defined(__linux__)
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
+   to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_short_name',
+   and to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
+#else
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
+   to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_short_name',
+   and to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#if HAVE_UNLOCKED_IO
+    #define HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `setenv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sigaltstack', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sleep', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strdup', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strsignal', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#if defined(_musl_)
+    #define HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST 0
+#else
+    #define HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `towlower', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_TOWLOWER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `unsetenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wcrtomb', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_WCRTOMB */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wctob', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_WCTOB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_putenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL__PUTENV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL__SYS_SIGLIST */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the 'dup2' function. */
+#define HAVE_DUP2 1
+
+/* Define if you have the declaration of environ. */
+#define HAVE_ENVIRON_DECL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fcntl' function. */
+#define HAVE_FCNTL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <features.h> header file. */
+#if defined(__linux__)
+    #define HAVE_FEATURES_H 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE_FEATURES_H 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fpurge' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FPURGE */
+
+/* Define if the frexpl function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_FREXPL_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define if the frexp function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_FREXP_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
+#define HAVE_FSEEKO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdtablesize' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_GETOPT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long_only' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETPAGESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+
+/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
+#define HAVE_INTMAX_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
+   declares uintmax_t. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isblank' function. */
+#define HAVE_ISBLANK 1
+
+#if defined(_musl_)
+#define HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC 0
+#define HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC 0
+#else
+/* Define if the isnan(double) function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define if the isnan(float) function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define if the isnan(long double) function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISNANL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `issetugid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISSETUGID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswcntrl' function. */
+#define HAVE_ISWCNTRL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswctype' function. */
+#define HAVE_ISWCTYPE 1
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#define HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_LANGINFO_H 1
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
+
+/* Define if the ldexpl function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_LDEXPL_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define if the ldexp function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the libsigsegv library. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `link' function. */
+#define HAVE_LINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'. */
+#define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
+#define HAVE_LSTAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible 'malloc' function, and
+   to 0 otherwise. */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_GNU 1
+
+/* Define if the 'malloc' function is POSIX compliant. */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag is available after including
+   config.h and <sys/mman.h>. */
+#define HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
+#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+#define HAVE_MBSINIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t. */
+#define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#if defined(__linux__)
+#define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdtemp' function. */
+#define HAVE_MKDTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+#define HAVE_MKSTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mprotect' function. */
+#define HAVE_MPROTECT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 on MSVC platforms that have the "invalid parameter handler"
+   concept. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `newlocale' function. */
+#define HAVE_NEWLOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nl_langinfo' function. */
+#define HAVE_NL_LANGINFO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if libc includes obstacks. */
+#if !defined(_musl_)
+#define HAVE_OBSTACK 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `opendir' function. */
+#define HAVE_OPENDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <OS.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_OS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <paths.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PATHS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
+#define HAVE_PIPE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe2' function. */
+#define HAVE_PIPE2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawn' function. */
+#define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `posix_spawnattr_t'. */
+#define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `posix_spawn_file_actions_t'. */
+#define HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_T 1
+
+/* Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE */
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `raise' function. */
+#define HAVE_RAISE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rawmemchr' function. */
+#define HAVE_RAWMEMCHR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readdir' function. */
+#define HAVE_READDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */
+#define HAVE_READLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
+#define HAVE_REALPATH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'long double' and 'double' have the same representation. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sched.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SCHED_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setparam' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SCHED_SETPARAM */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setscheduler' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <search.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SEARCH_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `secure_getenv' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SECURE_GETENV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setegid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETEGID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#define HAVE_SETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETEUID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setrlimit' function. */
+#define HAVE_SETRLIMIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
+#define HAVE_SIGACTION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaltstack' function. */
+#define HAVE_SIGALTSTACK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `siginfo_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGINFO_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `siginterrupt' function. */
+#define HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'sig_atomic_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wchar_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wint_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sigset_t'. */
+#define HAVE_SIGSET_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sig_atomic_t'. */
+#define HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sleep' function. */
+#define HAVE_SLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define if the return value of the snprintf function is the number of of
+   bytes (excluding the terminating NUL) that would have been produced if the
+   buffer had been large enough. */
+#define HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <spawn.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SPAWN_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if extending the stack slightly past the limit causes a SIGSEGV
+   which can be handled on an alternate stack established with sigaltstack. */
+#define HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `stack_t'. */
+#define HAVE_STACK_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
+   uintmax_t. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio_ext.h> header file. */
+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__MACH__)
+#define HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H 0
+#else
+#define HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchrnul' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRCHRNUL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRERROR_R 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRNDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsignal' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRSIGNAL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if `decimal_point' is a member of `struct lconv'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if `sa_sigaction' is a member of `struct sigaction'. */
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
+#define HAVE_SYMLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/bitypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/inttypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `towlower' function. */
+#define HAVE_TOWLOWER 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#define HAVE_TSEARCH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ucontext.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UCONTEXT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
+#define HAVE_UNSETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'. */
+#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uselocale' function. */
+#define HAVE_USELOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasnprintf' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VASNPRINTF */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_VASPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VFORK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitid' function. */
+#define HAVE_WAITID 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
+#define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcrtomb' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCRTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcscoll' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSCOLL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsnlen' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wctob' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCTOB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
+#define HAVE_WINT_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOATIME works. */
+#define HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOFOLLOW works. */
+#define HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW 1
+
+/* Define if you have the posix_spawn and posix_spawnp functions and they
+   work. */
+#define HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <xlocale.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_XLOCALE_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `clock_t'. */
+#define HAVE_CLOCK_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if extending the stack slightly past the limit causes a
+   SIGSEGV, and an alternate stack can be established with sigaltstack, and
+   the signal handler is passed a context that specifies the run time stack.
+   This behavior is defined by POSIX 1003.1-2001 with the X/Open System
+   Interface (XSI) option and is a standardized way to implement a SEGV-based
+   stack overflow detection heuristic. */
+/* #undef HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
+#define HAVE__BOOL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_fseeki64' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE__FSEEKI64 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_ftelli64' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE__FTELLI64 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_ftime' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE__FTIME */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_set_invalid_parameter_handler' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE__SET_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fpurge' function. */
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+    #define HAVE___FPURGE 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE___FPURGE 0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_musl_)
+    /* Define to 1 if you have the `__freadahead' function. */
+    #define HAVE___FREADAHEAD 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freading' function. */
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+    #define HAVE___FREADING 1
+#else
+    #define HAVE___FREADING 0
+#endif
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
+//#define HAVE___SECURE_GETENV 1
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'long double'. */
+#define LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT 0
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'long double'. */
+#define LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD 2
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'long
+   double'. */
+/* #undef LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT */
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'long double'. */
+/* #undef LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if lseek does not detect pipes. */
+/* #undef LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
+   slash. */
+#define LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK 1
+
+/* If malloc(0) is != NULL, define this to 1. Otherwise define this to 0. */
+#define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 1
+
+/* Define to a substitute value for mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag. */
+/* #undef MAP_ANONYMOUS */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL pwc argument bug. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG1_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL string argument bug. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function does not return 0 for a NUL character. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function returns a wrong return value. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if assertions should be disabled. */
+/* #undef NDEBUG */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'a' and
+   'A' directives. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'F'
+   directive. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'ls'
+   directive. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'double'
+   arguments. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for surviving
+   out-of-memory conditions. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_ENOMEM */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the ' flag.
+   */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the '-'
+   flag. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 0 flag.
+   */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'double' arguments. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'long double' arguments. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'long
+   double' arguments. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for supporting
+   large precisions without arbitrary bounds. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if open() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+/* #undef OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "m4"
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-m4@gnu.org"
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "GNU M4"
+
+/* String identifying the packager of this software */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER */
+
+/* Packager info for bug reports (URL/e-mail/...) */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS */
+
+/* Packager-specific version information */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION */
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "GNU M4 3.0.0"
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "m4"
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_URL "http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/"
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "3.0.0"
+
+/* the number of pending output bytes on stream 'fp' */
+/* #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES */
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
+/* #undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define to the type that is the result of default argument promotions of
+   type mode_t. */
+#define PROMOTED_MODE_T mode_t
+
+/* Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard. */
+/* #undef PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'ptrdiff_t'. */
+/* #undef PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if readlink fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+/* #undef READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+/* Define if rename does not work when the destination file exists, as on
+   Cygwin 1.5 or Windows. */
+/* #undef RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+/* Define if rename fails to leave hard links alone, as on NetBSD 1.6 or
+   Cygwin 1.5. */
+/* #undef RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if a file can be renamed while open, or to 0 if not. */
+#define RENAME_OPEN_FILE_WORKS 1
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the destination
+   argument, such as on Solaris 10 or NetBSD 1.6. */
+/* #undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_DEST_BUG */
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the source argument,
+   such as on Solaris 9 or cygwin 1.5. */
+/* #undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a directory name with a trailing
+   slash */
+/* #undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR */
+
+/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a file name with a trailing
+   slash */
+/* #undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE */
+
+/* Define if nl_langinfo exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO */
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror(0) does not return a message implying success. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_STRERROR_0 */
+
+/* Define if vasnprintf exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_VASNPRINTF */
+
+/* Define if sigaltstack() interprets the stack_t.ss_sp field incorrectly, as
+   the highest address of the alternate stack range rather than as the lowest
+   address. */
+/* #undef SIGALTSTACK_SS_REVERSED */
+
+/* Define if lists must be signal-safe. */
+#define SIGNAL_SAFE_LIST 1
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'sig_atomic_t'. */
+/* #undef SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
+   it. */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+/* # undef SIZE_MAX */
+#endif
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'size_t'. */
+/* #undef SIZE_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
+/* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
+#define STRERROR_R_CHAR_P 1
+
+/* Shell used by syscmd and esyscmd, must accept -c argument. */
+#define SYSCMD_SHELL "/bin/sh"
+
+/* Define to the prefix of C symbols at the assembler and linker level, either
+   an underscore or empty. */
+#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_POSIX_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made
+   weak. */
+/* #undef USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_PTH_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made
+   weak. */
+/* #undef USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be
+   made weak. */
+/* #undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on OS X.  */
+#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+# define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable X/Open extensions if necessary.  HP-UX 11.11 defines
+   mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500, regardless of
+   whether compiling with -Ae or -D_HPUX_SOURCE=1.  */
+#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+/* # undef _XOPEN_SOURCE */
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if you want getc etc. to use unlocked I/O if available.
+   Unlocked I/O can improve performance in unithreaded apps, but it is not
+   safe for multithreaded apps. */
+#define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+
+/* Define if the native Windows multithreading API can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_WINDOWS_THREADS */
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "3.0.0"
+
+/* Define to 1 if unsetenv returns void instead of int. */
+/* #undef VOID_UNSETENV */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wchar_t'. */
+/* #undef WCHAR_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wint_t'. */
+/* #undef WINT_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if malloc debugging is enabled */
+/* #undef WITH_DMALLOC */
+
+/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
+   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
+#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* #  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
+#define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+/* #undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS */
+
+/* Define to 1 if Gnulib overrides 'struct stat' on Windows so that struct
+   stat.st_size becomes 64-bit. */
+/* #undef _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE */
+
+/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
+/* #undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
+
+/* Define to 1 on Solaris. */
+/* #undef _LCONV_C99 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+/* #undef _MINIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 to make NetBSD features available. MINIX 3 needs this. */
+/* #undef _NETBSD_SOURCE */
+
+/* The _Noreturn keyword of C11.  */
+#if ! (defined _Noreturn \
+       || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__))
+# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+      || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# elif defined _MSC_VER && 1200 <= _MSC_VER
+#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for 'stat' and other things to work. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define if you want <regex.h> to include <limits.h>, so that it consistently
+   overrides <limits.h>'s RE_DUP_MAX. */
+/* #undef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H */
+
+/* Define if you want regoff_t to be at least as wide POSIX requires. */
+/* #undef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS */
+
+/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
+   used. */
+#define __GETOPT_PREFIX rpl_
+
+/* Please see the Gnulib manual for how to use these macros.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with HP-UX cc, as it appears to be broken; see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2013-02/msg00030.html>.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with Sun C in standards-conformance mode, as it
+   mishandles inline functions that call each other.  E.g., for 'inline void f
+   (void) { } inline void g (void) { f (); }', c99 incorrectly complains
+   'reference to static identifier "f" in extern inline function'.
+   This bug was observed with Sun C 5.12 SunOS_i386 2011/11/16.
+
+   Suppress the use of extern inline on problematic Apple configurations, as
+   Libc at least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined __APPLE__ \
+     && ((! defined _DONT_USE_CTYPE_INLINE_ \
+          && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __cplusplus)) \
+         || (defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && 0 < _FORTIFY_SOURCE \
+             && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __cplusplus)))
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG
+#endif
+#if ((__GNUC__ \
+      ? defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+      : (199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         && !defined __HP_cc \
+         && !(defined __SUNPRO_C && __STDC__))) \
+     && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG)
+# define _GL_INLINE inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG)
+# if __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+   /* __gnu_inline__ suppresses a GCC 4.2 diagnostic.  */
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline
+# endif
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+#endif
+
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA \
+     _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wsuggest-attribute=const\"")
+# endif
+  /* Suppress GCC's bogus "no previous prototype for 'FOO'"
+     and "no previous declaration for 'FOO'"  diagnostics,
+     when FOO is an inline function in the header; see
+     <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54113>.  */
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-prototypes\"") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-declarations\"") \
+    _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+/* #undef gid_t */
+
+/* A replacement for va_copy, if needed.  */
+#define gl_va_copy(a,b) ((a) = (b))
+
+/* Define to rpl_gmtime if the replacement function should be used. */
+/* #undef gmtime */
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+/* #undef inline */
+#endif
+
+/* Define to long or long long if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define. */
+/* #undef intmax_t */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports
+   the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of
+   earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__.
+   __APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for Mac OS X.
+   __APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version.
+   __STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode.  */
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+# define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to rpl_localtime if the replacement function should be used. */
+/* #undef localtime */
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef mbstate_t */
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef mode_t */
+
+/* Define to the type of st_nlink in struct stat, or a supertype. */
+/* #undef nlink_t */
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef pid_t */
+
+/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
+   doesn't define it. */
+/* #undef ptrdiff_t */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_comp if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_comp */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_fastmap if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_compile_fastmap */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_pattern if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_compile_pattern */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_exec if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_exec */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_match */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_match_2 */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_search */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_search_2 */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_registers if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_set_registers */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_syntax if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_set_syntax */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_syntax_options if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef re_syntax_options */
+
+/* Define to rpl_regcomp if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef regcomp */
+
+/* Define to rpl_regerror if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef regerror */
+
+/* Define to rpl_regexec if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef regexec */
+
+/* Define to rpl_regfree if the replacement should be used. */
+/* #undef regfree */
+
+/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
+   nothing if this is not supported.  Do not define if restrict is
+   supported directly.  */
+#define restrict __restrict
+/* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict or
+   __restrict__, even though the corresponding Sun C compiler ends up with
+   "#define restrict _Restrict" or "#define restrict __restrict__" in the
+   previous line.  Perhaps some future version of Sun C++ will work with
+   restrict; if so, hopefully it defines __RESTRICT like Sun C does.  */
+#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT
+# define _Restrict
+# define __restrict__
+#endif
+
+/* Define as an integer type suitable for memory locations that can be
+   accessed atomically even in the presence of asynchronous signals. */
+/* #undef sig_atomic_t */
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef size_t */
+
+/* Define as a signed type of the same size as size_t. */
+/* #undef ssize_t */
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+/* #undef uid_t */
+
+/* Define as a marker that can be attached to declarations that might not
+    be used.  This helps to reduce warnings, such as from
+    GCC -Wunused-parameter.  */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#else
+# define _GL_UNUSED
+#endif
+/* The name _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ is an earlier spelling, although the name
+   is a misnomer outside of parameter lists.  */
+#define _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ _GL_UNUSED
+
+/* The __pure__ attribute was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* The __const__ attribute was added in gcc 2.95.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST /* empty */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define as a macro for copying va_list variables. */
+/* #undef va_copy */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/configmake.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/configmake.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75ea1d7d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/configmake.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+
+#define LIBDIR "/usr/local/lib"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/fcntl.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/fcntl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7a7d03b20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/fcntl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,659 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#include_next <fcntl.h>
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#include_next <fcntl.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+#define _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+
+#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (1 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcntl
+#   define fcntl rpl_fcntl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fcntl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open rpl_open
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
+   default argument.  _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case.  */
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef open
+/* Assume open is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module open for portability");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef openat
+#   define openat rpl_openat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef openat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the supported F_* macros.  Intentionally leave other F_*
+   macros undefined.  Only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
+/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+# define F_DUPFD 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_GETFD
+# define F_GETFD 2
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the O_* macros.  */
+
+#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
+/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'.  */
+# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
+/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'.  */
+# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
+# define O_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECT
+# define O_DIRECT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DSYNC
+# define O_DSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_EXEC
+# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
+# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+# define O_NDELAY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOATIME
+# define O_NOATIME 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
+   value of O_NONBLOCK.  Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
+   or to 0 as fallback.  */
+#if 0
+# if O_NONBLOCK
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
+# else
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
+#  undef O_NONBLOCK
+#  define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOCTTY
+# define O_NOCTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINK
+# define O_NOLINK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINKS
+# define O_NOLINKS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOTRANS
+# define O_NOTRANS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RSYNC
+# define O_RSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SEARCH
+# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SYNC
+# define O_SYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
+# define O_TTY_INIT 0
+#endif
+
+#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+# undef O_ACCMODE
+# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h  */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+# define O_TEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the AT_* macros.  */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive.  Its
+   value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
+   C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases.  If the bug
+   is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below.  */
+#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
+# undef AT_FDCWD
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
+   signedness.  The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
+   Solaris with the above workaround.  */
+#ifndef AT_FDCWD
+# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same values as Solaris 9.  This shouldn't matter, but
+   there's no real reason to differ.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
+# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_EACCESS 4
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_FCNTL_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_FCNTL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/getopt.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2096ceacfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_GETOPT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+#pragma GCC system_header
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  We must
+   also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
+   <getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough.  */
+#if 1
+# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# include_next <getopt.h>
+# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GL_M4_GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in this header.  When this happens, include the
+   headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+   confusion if included after this file (if the system had <getopt.h>,
+   we have already included it).  Then systematically rename
+   identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+   and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+   linkers.  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# if !1
+#  define __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#  undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdio.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# undef option
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
+# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  libc uses prototypes
+   with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+   compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+   This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+   but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+   included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+   __need_getopt.
+
+   The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+   of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+   only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+   the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define __THROW       noexcept
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field 'has_arg' is:
+   no_argument          (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument    (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument    (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
+# endif
+
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument            0
+# define required_argument      1
+# define optional_argument      2
+#endif  /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
+
+   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   the environment, then do not permute arguments.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                        const char *__shortopts,
+                        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_GETOPT_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/unused-parameter.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/unused-parameter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53474b5754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix/unused-parameter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER is a marker that can be appended to function parameter
+   declarations for parameters that are not used.  This helps to reduce
+   warnings, such as from GCC -Wunused-parameter.  The syntax is as follows:
+       type param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   or more generally
+       param_decl _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   For example:
+       int param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+       int *(*param)(void) _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   Other possible, but obscure and discouraged syntaxes:
+       int _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER *(*param)(void)
+       _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER int *(*param)(void)
+ */
+#ifndef _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+#  define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/alloca.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/alloca.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f6716faa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/alloca.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+  */
+
+/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
+   means there is a real alloca function.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
+#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef alloca
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# elif defined _AIX
+#  define alloca __alloca
+# elif defined _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
+#  define alloca __ALLOCA
+# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *_alloca (unsigned short);
+#  pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  include <stddef.h>
+#  ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+#  endif
+void *alloca (size_t);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/config.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b03effd7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1711 @@
+/* lib/config.h.  Generated from config.hin by configure.  */
+/* lib/config.hin.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+#include <contrib/tools/bison/lib/win_sdk10.h>
+
+/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
+/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'ptrdiff_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_PTRDIFF_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'sig_atomic_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_SIG_ATOMIC_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'size_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_SIZE_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wchar_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_WCHAR_T */
+
+/* Define to the number of bits in type 'wint_t'. */
+/* #undef BITSIZEOF_WINT_T */
+
+/* Define if you wish *printf() functions that have a safe handling of
+   non-IEEE-754 'long double' values. */
+#define CHECK_PRINTF_SAFE 1
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+/* #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END */
+
+/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
+/* #undef C_ALLOCA */
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'double'. */
+#define DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT 20
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'double'. */
+#define DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD 1
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+#define DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT 31
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'double'. */
+#define DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if // is a file system root distinct from /. */
+#define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if the changeword(REGEXP) functionality is wanted */
+/* #undef ENABLE_CHANGEWORD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if an invalid memory address access may yield a SIGBUS. */
+#define FAULT_YIELDS_SIGBUS 0
+
+/* Define this to 1 if F_DUPFD behavior does not match POSIX */
+/* #undef FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY */
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'float'. */
+#define FLT_EXPBIT0_BIT 23
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'float'. */
+#define FLT_EXPBIT0_WORD 0
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+#define FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT 31
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'float'. */
+#define FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if fopen() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+#define FOPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG 1
+
+/* Enable compile-time and run-time bounds-checking, and some warnings,
+      without upsetting newer glibc. */
+   #if defined __OPTIMIZE__ && __OPTIMIZE__
+   # define _FORTIFY_SOURCE 2
+   #endif
+  
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system's ftello function has the Solaris bug. */
+/* #undef FTELLO_BROKEN_AFTER_SWITCHING_FROM_READ_TO_WRITE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if fflush is known to work on stdin as per POSIX.1-2008, 0 if
+   fflush is known to not work, -1 if unknown. */
+#define FUNC_FFLUSH_STDIN 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if nl_langinfo (YESEXPR) returns a non-empty string. */
+/* #undef FUNC_NL_LANGINFO_YESEXPR_WORKS */
+
+/* Define to 1 if realpath() can malloc memory, always gives an absolute path,
+   and handles trailing slash correctly. */
+/* #undef FUNC_REALPATH_WORKS */
+
+/* Define to 1 if ungetc is broken when used on arbitrary bytes. */
+/* #undef FUNC_UNGETC_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define if gettimeofday clobbers the localtime buffer. */
+/* #undef GETTIMEOFDAY_CLOBBERS_LOCALTIME */
+
+/* Define this to 'void' or 'struct timezone' to match the system's
+   declaration of the second argument to gettimeofday. */
+#define GETTIMEOFDAY_TIMEZONE void
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module canonicalize-lgpl shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_CANONICALIZE_LGPL 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module close-stream shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_CLOSE_STREAM 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module dirname shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_DIRNAME 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fd-safer-flag shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fflush shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FFLUSH 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module filenamecat shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FILENAMECAT 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fopen-safer shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module fscanf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_FSCANF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module lock shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_LOCK 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module malloc-gnu shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module pipe2-safer shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module scanf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SCANF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module sigpipe shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SIGPIPE 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module snprintf shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to a C preprocessor expression that evaluates to 1 or 0, depending
+   whether the gnulib module strerror shall be considered present. */
+#define GNULIB_STRERROR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module btowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_BTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module canonicalize_file_name should be tested.
+   */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module chdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CHDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module cloexec should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOEXEC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module close should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module closedir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_CLOSEDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_DUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module dup2 should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_DUP2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module environ should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_ENVIRON 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fclose should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FCLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fcntl should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FCNTL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fdopen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FDOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fflush should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FFLUSH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fopen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fpurge should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FPURGE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FREXP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module frexpl should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FREXPL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseek should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSEEK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fseeko should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSEEKO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module fstat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FSTAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftell should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FTELL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module ftello should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_FTELLO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getcwd should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETCWD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getdtablesize should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETDTABLESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getopt-gnu should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETOPT_GNU 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module getpagesize should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETPAGESIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module gettimeofday should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_GETTIMEOFDAY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module link should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module localeconv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LOCALECONV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lseek should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LSEEK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module lstat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_LSTAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module malloc-posix should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MALLOC_POSIX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbrtowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBRTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbsinit should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBSINIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mbtowc should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MBTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module memchr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MEMCHR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkdtemp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MKDTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module mkstemp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_MKSTEMP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module nl_langinfo should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_NL_LANGINFO 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module open should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_OPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module opendir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_OPENDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module pipe2 should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_PIPE2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_destroy should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_DESTROY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_init should be tested.
+   */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_INIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setflags should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETFLAGS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setsigmask should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSIGMASK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawnp should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWNP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCLOSE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDDUP2 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDOPEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy should
+   be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_DESTROY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_init should be
+   tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_INIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module putenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_PUTENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module raise should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RAISE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rawmemchr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RAWMEMCHR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_READDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module readlink should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_READLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module realpath should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_REALPATH 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rename should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RENAME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module rmdir should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_RMDIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module secure_getenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SECURE_GETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module setlocale should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SETLOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigaction should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGACTION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module signbit should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGNBIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sigprocmask should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SIGPROCMASK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module sleep should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SLEEP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module snprintf should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module stat should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STAT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strchrnul should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRCHRNUL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strdup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strerror should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRERROR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strndup should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRNDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strnlen should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strsignal should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRSIGNAL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strstr should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRSTR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module strtod should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_STRTOD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module symlink should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_SYMLINK 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module unsetenv should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_UNSETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module vasprintf should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_VASPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module waitpid should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WAITPID 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wcrtomb should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCRTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctob should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCTOB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module wctomb should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WCTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 when the gnulib module write should be tested. */
+#define GNULIB_TEST_WRITE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have 'alloca' after including <alloca.h>, a header that
+   may be supplied by this distribution. */
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
+   */
+/* #undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <bp-sym.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_BP_SYM_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `btowc' function. */
+#define HAVE_BTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `canonicalize_file_name' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CANONICALIZE_FILE_NAME */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
+   CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
+   the CoreFoundation framework. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `closedir' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CLOSEDIR */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `confstr' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_CONFSTR */
+
+/* Define if the copysignf function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGNF_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the copysignl function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGNL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the copysign function is declared in <math.h> and available in
+   libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_COPYSIGN_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `alarm', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_ALARM 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `clearerr_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysign', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNF */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `copysignl', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_COPYSIGNL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `feof_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ferror_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fflush_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fgets_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fpurge', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FPURGE 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputc_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fputs_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fread_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fseeko', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FSEEKO 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `ftello', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FTELLO 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `fwrite_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `getenv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_GETENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `isblank', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbrtowc', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_MBRTOWC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `mbsinit', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_MBSINIT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
+   to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_short_name',
+   and to 0 if you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putchar_unlocked', and to 0 if
+   you don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `putc_unlocked', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `setenv', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SETENV 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sigaltstack', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sleep', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SLEEP 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SNPRINTF 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strdup', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strsignal', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_STRSIGNAL 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `towlower', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_TOWLOWER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `unsetenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wcrtomb', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_WCRTOMB */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `wctob', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+/* #undef HAVE_DECL_WCTOB */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_putenv', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL__PUTENV 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_snprintf', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `_sys_siglist', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#define HAVE_DECL__SYS_SIGLIST 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the 'dup2' function. */
+#define HAVE_DUP2 1
+
+/* Define if you have the declaration of environ. */
+#define HAVE_ENVIRON_DECL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fcntl' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FCNTL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <features.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FEATURES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `fpurge' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FPURGE */
+
+/* Define if the frexpl function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FREXPL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the frexp function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FREXP_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if fseeko (and presumably ftello) exists and is declared. */
+/* #undef HAVE_FSEEKO */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#define HAVE_GETCWD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getdtablesize' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETOPT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long_only' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG_ONLY */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY */
+
+/* Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>. */
+#define HAVE_INTMAX_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H */
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and
+   declares uintmax_t. */
+/* #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `isblank' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISBLANK */
+
+/* Define if the isnan(double) function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISNAND_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the isnan(float) function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISNANF_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the isnan(long double) function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISNANL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `issetugid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_ISSETUGID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswcntrl' function. */
+#define HAVE_ISWCNTRL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `iswctype' function. */
+#define HAVE_ISWCTYPE 1
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+/* #undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <langinfo.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LANGINFO_H */
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES */
+
+/* Define if the ldexpl function is available in libc. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LDEXPL_IN_LIBC */
+
+/* Define if the ldexp function is available in libc. */
+#define HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <libintl.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBINTL_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the libsigsegv library. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LIBSIGSEGV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `link' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LINK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'. */
+#define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `lstat' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_LSTAT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible 'malloc' function, and
+   to 0 otherwise. */
+#define HAVE_MALLOC_GNU 1
+
+/* Define if the 'malloc' function is POSIX compliant. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MALLOC_POSIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag is available after including
+   config.h and <sys/mman.h>. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MAP_ANONYMOUS */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <math.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbrtowc' function. */
+#define HAVE_MBRTOWC 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MBSINIT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if <wchar.h> declares mbstate_t. */
+#define HAVE_MBSTATE_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MEMPCPY */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdtemp' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MKDTEMP */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MKSTEMP */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `mprotect' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_MPROTECT */
+
+/* Define to 1 on MSVC platforms that have the "invalid parameter handler"
+   concept. */
+#define HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `newlocale' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_NEWLOCALE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nl_langinfo' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_NL_LANGINFO */
+
+/* Define to 1 if libc includes obstacks. */
+/* #undef HAVE_OBSTACK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `opendir' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_OPENDIR */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <OS.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_OS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <paths.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PATHS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PIPE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `pipe2' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PIPE2 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_spawn' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `posix_spawnattr_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `posix_spawn_file_actions_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_T */
+
+/* Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE */
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks. */
+/* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `raise' function. */
+#define HAVE_RAISE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `rawmemchr' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_RAWMEMCHR */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readdir' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_READDIR */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `readlink' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_READLINK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_REALPATH */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'long double' and 'double' have the same representation. */
+#define HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sched.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SCHED_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setparam' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SCHED_SETPARAM */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_setscheduler' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <search.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SEARCH_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `secure_getenv' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SECURE_GETENV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setegid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETEGID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETENV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `seteuid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETEUID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#define HAVE_SETLOCALE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `setrlimit' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SETRLIMIT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGACTION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaltstack' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGALTSTACK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `siginfo_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGINFO_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `siginterrupt' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'sig_atomic_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_SIG_ATOMIC_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wchar_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_WCHAR_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'wint_t' is a signed integer type. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGNED_WINT_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sigset_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SIGSET_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `sig_atomic_t'. */
+#define HAVE_SIG_ATOMIC_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `sleep' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SLEEP */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1
+
+/* Define if the return value of the snprintf function is the number of of
+   bytes (excluding the terminating NUL) that would have been produced if the
+   buffer had been large enough. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <spawn.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SPAWN_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if extending the stack slightly past the limit causes a SIGSEGV
+   which can be handled on an alternate stack established with sigaltstack. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STACK_OVERFLOW_HANDLING */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `stack_t'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STACK_T */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares
+   uintmax_t. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio_ext.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchrnul' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRCHRNUL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRDUP 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRERROR_R */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strndup' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRNDUP */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#define HAVE_STRNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `strsignal' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRSIGNAL */
+char *strsignal (int signum);
+
+/* Define to 1 if `decimal_point' is a member of `struct lconv'. */
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_LCONV_DECIMAL_POINT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if `sa_sigaction' is a member of `struct sigaction'. */
+/* #undef HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `symlink' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYMLINK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/bitypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_BITYPES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/inttypes.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_INTTYPES_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/mman.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/timeb.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TIMEB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/wait.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `towlower' function. */
+#define HAVE_TOWLOWER 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_TSEARCH */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <ucontext.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_UCONTEXT_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_UNSETENV */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'. */
+#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `uselocale' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_USELOCALE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasnprintf' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VASNPRINTF */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vasprintf' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VASPRINTF */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_VFORK */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `waitid' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE_WAITID */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_WCHAR_H 1
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type. */
+#define HAVE_WCHAR_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcrtomb' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCRTOMB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcscoll' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSCOLL 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcslen' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcsnlen' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCSNLEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `wctob' function. */
+#define HAVE_WCTOB 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_WCTYPE_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <winsock2.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_WINSOCK2_H */
+
+/* Define if you have the 'wint_t' type. */
+#define HAVE_WINT_T 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOATIME works. */
+#define HAVE_WORKING_O_NOATIME 0
+
+/* Define to 1 if O_NOFOLLOW works. */
+#define HAVE_WORKING_O_NOFOLLOW 0
+
+/* Define if you have the posix_spawn and posix_spawnp functions and they
+   work. */
+/* #undef HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <xlocale.h> header file. */
+/* #undef HAVE_XLOCALE_H */
+
+/* Define to 1 if extending the stack slightly past the limit causes a
+   SIGSEGV, and an alternate stack can be established with sigaltstack, and
+   the signal handler is passed a context that specifies the run time stack.
+   This behavior is defined by POSIX 1003.1-2001 with the X/Open System
+   Interface (XSI) option and is a standardized way to implement a SEGV-based
+   stack overflow detection heuristic. */
+/* #undef HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
+/* #undef HAVE__BOOL */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_fseeki64' function. */
+#define HAVE__FSEEKI64 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_ftelli64' function. */
+#define HAVE__FTELLI64 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_ftime' function. */
+#define HAVE__FTIME 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `_set_invalid_parameter_handler' function. */
+#define HAVE__SET_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__fpurge' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE___FPURGE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freadahead' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE___FREADAHEAD */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__freading' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE___FREADING */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `__secure_getenv' function. */
+/* #undef HAVE___SECURE_GETENV */
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find bit 0 of the exponent of
+   'long double'. */
+#define LDBL_EXPBIT0_BIT 20
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the exponent of 'long double'. */
+#define LDBL_EXPBIT0_WORD 1
+
+/* Define as the bit index in the word where to find the sign of 'long
+   double'. */
+#define LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT 31
+
+/* Define as the word index where to find the sign of 'long double'. */
+#define LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if lseek does not detect pipes. */
+#define LSEEK_PIPE_BROKEN 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if 'lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
+   slash. */
+/* #undef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK */
+
+/* If malloc(0) is != NULL, define this to 1. Otherwise define this to 0. */
+#define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 1
+
+/* Define to a substitute value for mmap()'s MAP_ANONYMOUS flag. */
+/* #undef MAP_ANONYMOUS */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL pwc argument bug. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG1_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function has the NULL string argument bug. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NULL_ARG2_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function does not return 0 for a NUL character. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_NUL_RETVAL_BUG */
+
+/* Define if the mbrtowc function returns a wrong return value. */
+/* #undef MBRTOWC_RETVAL_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if assertions should be disabled. */
+/* #undef NDEBUG */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'a' and
+   'A' directives. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'F'
+   directive. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 'ls'
+   directive. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'double'
+   arguments. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for surviving
+   out-of-memory conditions. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_ENOMEM 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the ' flag.
+   */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the '-'
+   flag. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for the 0 flag.
+   */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'double' arguments. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for infinite
+   'long double' arguments. */
+/* #undef NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE */
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for 'long
+   double' arguments. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE 1
+
+/* Define if the vasnprintf implementation needs special code for supporting
+   large precisions without arbitrary bounds. */
+#define NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if open() fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+/* #undef OPEN_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "m4"
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-m4@gnu.org"
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "GNU M4"
+
+/* String identifying the packager of this software */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER */
+
+/* Packager info for bug reports (URL/e-mail/...) */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS */
+
+/* Packager-specific version information */
+/* #undef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION */
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_STRING "GNU M4 3.0.0"
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "m4"
+
+/* Define to the home page for this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_URL "http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/"
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION "3.0.0"
+
+/* the number of pending output bytes on stream 'fp' */
+#if WIN_SDK10
+#define PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_ptr - ((TWinSdk10File*)fp)->_base
+#else
+#define PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES fp->_ptr - fp->_base
+#endif
+
+/* Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros. */
+/* #undef PRI_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define to the type that is the result of default argument promotions of
+   type mode_t. */
+#define PROMOTED_MODE_T mode_t
+
+/* Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard. */
+/* #undef PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'ptrdiff_t'. */
+/* #undef PTRDIFF_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if readlink fails to recognize a trailing slash. */
+/* #undef READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+
+/* Define if rename does not work when the destination file exists, as on
+   Cygwin 1.5 or Windows. */
+#define RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG 1
+
+/* Define if rename fails to leave hard links alone, as on NetBSD 1.6 or
+   Cygwin 1.5. */
+/* #undef RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if a file can be renamed while open, or to 0 if not. */
+#define RENAME_OPEN_FILE_WORKS 1
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the destination
+   argument, such as on Solaris 10 or NetBSD 1.6. */
+#define RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_DEST_BUG 1
+
+/* Define if rename does not correctly handle slashes on the source argument,
+   such as on Solaris 9 or cygwin 1.5. */
+/* #undef RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG */
+
+/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a directory name with a trailing
+   slash */
+#define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if stat needs help when passed a file name with a trailing
+   slash */
+/* #undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE */
+
+/* Define if nl_langinfo exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_NL_LANGINFO */
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror(0) does not return a message implying success. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_STRERROR_0 */
+
+/* Define if vasnprintf exists but is overridden by gnulib. */
+/* #undef REPLACE_VASNPRINTF */
+
+/* Define if sigaltstack() interprets the stack_t.ss_sp field incorrectly, as
+   the highest address of the alternate stack range rather than as the lowest
+   address. */
+/* #undef SIGALTSTACK_SS_REVERSED */
+
+/* Define if lists must be signal-safe. */
+#define SIGNAL_SAFE_LIST 1
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'sig_atomic_t'. */
+/* #undef SIG_ATOMIC_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define
+   it. */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+/* # undef SIZE_MAX */
+#endif
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'size_t'. */
+/* #undef SIZE_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at runtime.
+	STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+	STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+/* #undef STACK_DIRECTION */
+
+/* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in <sys/stat.h> do not work properly. */
+/* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if strerror_r returns char *. */
+/* #undef STRERROR_R_CHAR_P */
+
+/* Shell used by syscmd and esyscmd, must accept -c argument. */
+#define SYSCMD_SHELL "/bin/sh"
+
+/* Define to the prefix of C symbols at the assembler and linker level, either
+   an underscore or empty. */
+#define USER_LABEL_PREFIX 
+
+/* Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_POSIX_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made
+   weak. */
+/* #undef USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_PTH_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made
+   weak. */
+/* #undef USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS */
+
+/* Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be
+   made weak. */
+/* #undef USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK */
+
+/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix.  */
+#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
+# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on OS X.  */
+#ifndef _DARWIN_C_SOURCE
+# define _DARWIN_C_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
+# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
+#endif
+/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop.  */
+#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
+# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
+#endif
+/* Enable X/Open extensions if necessary.  HP-UX 11.11 defines
+   mbstate_t only if _XOPEN_SOURCE is defined to 500, regardless of
+   whether compiling with -Ae or -D_HPUX_SOURCE=1.  */
+#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+/* # undef _XOPEN_SOURCE */
+#endif
+/* Enable general extensions on Solaris.  */
+#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
+# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 1 if you want getc etc. to use unlocked I/O if available.
+   Unlocked I/O can improve performance in unithreaded apps, but it is not
+   safe for multithreaded apps. */
+#define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+
+/* Define if the native Windows multithreading API can be used. */
+/* #undef USE_WINDOWS_THREADS */
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "3.0.0"
+
+/* Define to 1 if unsetenv returns void instead of int. */
+/* #undef VOID_UNSETENV */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wchar_t'. */
+/* #undef WCHAR_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to l, ll, u, ul, ull, etc., as suitable for constants of type
+   'wint_t'. */
+/* #undef WINT_T_SUFFIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 if malloc debugging is enabled */
+/* #undef WITH_DMALLOC */
+
+/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
+   significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
+#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
+# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* #  undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
+#define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
+
+/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
+/* #undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS */
+
+/* Define to 1 if Gnulib overrides 'struct stat' on Windows so that struct
+   stat.st_size becomes 64-bit. */
+#define _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE 1
+
+/* Define to 1 to make fseeko visible on some hosts (e.g. glibc 2.2). */
+/* #undef _LARGEFILE_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
+/* #undef _LARGE_FILES */
+
+/* Define to 1 on Solaris. */
+/* #undef _LCONV_C99 */
+
+/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
+/* #undef _MINIX */
+
+/* Define to 1 to make NetBSD features available. MINIX 3 needs this. */
+/* #undef _NETBSD_SOURCE */
+
+/* The _Noreturn keyword of C11.  */
+#if ! (defined _Noreturn \
+       || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 201112 <= __STDC_VERSION__))
+# if (3 <= __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 2 && 8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+      || 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
+#  define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# elif defined _MSC_VER && 1200 <= _MSC_VER
+#  define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
+# else
+#  define _Noreturn
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
+   this defined. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for 'stat' and other things to work. */
+/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+/* Define if you want <regex.h> to include <limits.h>, so that it consistently
+   overrides <limits.h>'s RE_DUP_MAX. */
+#define _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H 1
+
+/* Define if you want regoff_t to be at least as wide POSIX requires. */
+#define _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS 1
+
+/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
+   used. */
+#define __GETOPT_PREFIX rpl_
+
+/* Please see the Gnulib manual for how to use these macros.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with HP-UX cc, as it appears to be broken; see
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2013-02/msg00030.html>.
+
+   Suppress extern inline with Sun C in standards-conformance mode, as it
+   mishandles inline functions that call each other.  E.g., for 'inline void f
+   (void) { } inline void g (void) { f (); }', c99 incorrectly complains
+   'reference to static identifier "f" in extern inline function'.
+   This bug was observed with Sun C 5.12 SunOS_i386 2011/11/16.
+
+   Suppress the use of extern inline on problematic Apple configurations, as
+   Libc at least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined __APPLE__ \
+     && ((! defined _DONT_USE_CTYPE_INLINE_ \
+          && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __cplusplus)) \
+         || (defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && 0 < _FORTIFY_SOURCE \
+             && defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __cplusplus)))
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG
+#endif
+#if ((__GNUC__ \
+      ? defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
+      : (199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__ \
+         && !defined __HP_cc \
+         && !(defined __SUNPRO_C && __STDC__))) \
+     && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG)
+# define _GL_INLINE inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern inline
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
+       && !defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_APPLE_BUG)
+# if __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__
+   /* __gnu_inline__ suppresses a GCC 4.2 diagnostic.  */
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE extern inline
+# endif
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE extern
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+# define _GL_EXTERN_INLINE static _GL_UNUSED
+#endif
+
+#if 4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ && __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# else
+#  define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA \
+     _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wsuggest-attribute=const\"")
+# endif
+  /* Suppress GCC's bogus "no previous prototype for 'FOO'"
+     and "no previous declaration for 'FOO'"  diagnostics,
+     when FOO is an inline function in the header; see
+     <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=54113>.  */
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic push") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-prototypes\"") \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wmissing-declarations\"") \
+    _GL_INLINE_HEADER_CONST_PRAGMA
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END \
+    _Pragma ("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#else
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# define _GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+#endif
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#define gid_t int
+
+/* A replacement for va_copy, if needed.  */
+#define gl_va_copy(a,b) ((a) = (b))
+
+/* Define to rpl_gmtime if the replacement function should be used. */
+/* #undef gmtime */
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/* Define to long or long long if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define. */
+/* #undef intmax_t */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Apple GCC 4.0.1 build 5465: In C99 mode, it supports
+   the ISO C 99 semantics of 'extern inline' (unlike the GNU C semantics of
+   earlier versions), but does not display it by setting __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__.
+   __APPLE__ && __MACH__ test for Mac OS X.
+   __APPLE_CC__ tests for the Apple compiler and its version.
+   __STDC_VERSION__ tests for the C99 mode.  */
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__ && __APPLE_CC__ >= 5465 && !defined __cplusplus && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
+# define __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ 1
+#endif
+
+/* Define to rpl_localtime if the replacement function should be used. */
+/* #undef localtime */
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef mbstate_t */
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#define mode_t int
+
+/* Define to the type of st_nlink in struct stat, or a supertype. */
+#define nlink_t int
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#define pid_t int
+
+/* Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system
+   doesn't define it. */
+/* #undef ptrdiff_t */
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_comp if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_comp rpl_re_comp
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_fastmap if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_compile_fastmap rpl_re_compile_fastmap
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_compile_pattern if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_compile_pattern rpl_re_compile_pattern
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_exec if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_exec rpl_re_exec
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_match rpl_re_match
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_match_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_match_2 rpl_re_match_2
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_search rpl_re_search
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_search_2 if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_search_2 rpl_re_search_2
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_registers if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_set_registers rpl_re_set_registers
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_set_syntax if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_set_syntax rpl_re_set_syntax
+
+/* Define to rpl_re_syntax_options if the replacement should be used. */
+#define re_syntax_options rpl_re_syntax_options
+
+/* Define to rpl_regcomp if the replacement should be used. */
+#define regcomp rpl_regcomp
+
+/* Define to rpl_regerror if the replacement should be used. */
+#define regerror rpl_regerror
+
+/* Define to rpl_regexec if the replacement should be used. */
+#define regexec rpl_regexec
+
+/* Define to rpl_regfree if the replacement should be used. */
+#define regfree rpl_regfree
+
+/* Define to the equivalent of the C99 'restrict' keyword, or to
+   nothing if this is not supported.  Do not define if restrict is
+   supported directly.  */
+#define restrict /**/
+/* Work around a bug in Sun C++: it does not support _Restrict or
+   __restrict__, even though the corresponding Sun C compiler ends up with
+   "#define restrict _Restrict" or "#define restrict __restrict__" in the
+   previous line.  Perhaps some future version of Sun C++ will work with
+   restrict; if so, hopefully it defines __RESTRICT like Sun C does.  */
+#if defined __SUNPRO_CC && !defined __RESTRICT
+# define _Restrict
+# define __restrict__
+#endif
+
+/* Define as an integer type suitable for memory locations that can be
+   accessed atomically even in the presence of asynchronous signals. */
+/* #undef sig_atomic_t */
+
+/* Define to `unsigned int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+/* #undef size_t */
+
+/* Define as a signed type of the same size as size_t. */
+#define ssize_t int
+
+/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define. */
+#define uid_t int
+
+/* Define as a marker that can be attached to declarations that might not
+    be used.  This helps to reduce warnings, such as from
+    GCC -Wunused-parameter.  */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#else
+# define _GL_UNUSED
+#endif
+/* The name _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ is an earlier spelling, although the name
+   is a misnomer outside of parameter lists.  */
+#define _UNUSED_PARAMETER_ _GL_UNUSED
+
+/* The __pure__ attribute was added in gcc 2.96.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* The __const__ attribute was added in gcc 2.95.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST /* empty */
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define as a macro for copying va_list variables. */
+#define va_copy gl_va_copy
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/configmake.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/configmake.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..736cfb1bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/configmake.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/fcntl.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/fcntl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0637e64b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/fcntl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/fcntl.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
+   <fcntl.h>.  On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
+   But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
+   extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
+   overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib.  These errors are known to be gone
+   with g++ version >= 4.3.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)))
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/fcntl.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+#define _GL_M4_FCNTL_H
+
+#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>.  */
+#if (1 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+#if 1
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fcntl
+#   define fcntl rpl_fcntl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fcntl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef open
+#   define open rpl_open
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+# endif
+/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
+   default argument.  _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case.  */
+# if !defined __hpux
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef open
+/* Assume open is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
+                 "use gnulib module open for portability");
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef openat
+#   define openat rpl_openat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef openat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the supported F_* macros.  Intentionally leave other F_*
+   macros undefined.  Only known to be missing on mingw.  */
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
+# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
+/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise.  */
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
+#else
+# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+# define F_DUPFD 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_GETFD
+# define F_GETFD 2
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the O_* macros.  */
+
+#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
+/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'.  */
+# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
+#endif
+
+#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
+/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'.  */
+# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
+# define O_CLOEXEC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECT
+# define O_DIRECT 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_DSYNC
+# define O_DSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_EXEC
+# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
+# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NDELAY
+# define O_NDELAY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOATIME
+# define O_NOATIME 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
+# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
+#endif
+
+/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
+   value of O_NONBLOCK.  Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
+   or to 0 as fallback.  */
+#if 0
+# if O_NONBLOCK
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
+# else
+#  define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
+#  undef O_NONBLOCK
+#  define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOCTTY
+# define O_NOCTTY 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
+# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINK
+# define O_NOLINK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOLINKS
+# define O_NOLINKS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_NOTRANS
+# define O_NOTRANS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_RSYNC
+# define O_RSYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SEARCH
+# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems.  */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_SYNC
+# define O_SYNC 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
+# define O_TTY_INIT 0
+#endif
+
+#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+# undef O_ACCMODE
+# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
+#endif
+
+/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
+   O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h  */
+#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
+  /* For MSC-compatible compilers.  */
+# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
+# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
+  /* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect.  */
+# undef O_BINARY
+# undef O_TEXT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef O_BINARY
+# define O_BINARY 0
+# define O_TEXT 0
+#endif
+
+/* Fix up the AT_* macros.  */
+
+/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive.  Its
+   value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
+   C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases.  If the bug
+   is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below.  */
+#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
+# undef AT_FDCWD
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
+   signedness.  The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
+   Solaris with the above workaround.  */
+#ifndef AT_FDCWD
+# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
+#endif
+
+/* Use the same values as Solaris 9.  This shouldn't matter, but
+   there's no real reason to differ.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
+# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values.  */
+#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
+# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AT_EACCESS
+# define AT_EACCESS 4
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_FCNTL_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_FCNTL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/getopt.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a80aa65455
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_GETOPT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  We must
+   also inform the replacement unistd.h to not recursively use
+   <getopt.h>; our definitions will be present soon enough.  */
+#if 0
+# define _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# include <getopt.h>
+# undef _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GL_M4_GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
+   identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
+   defined in this header.  When this happens, include the
+   headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
+   confusion if included after this file (if the system had <getopt.h>,
+   we have already included it).  Then systematically rename
+   identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
+   and variables.  Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
+   linkers.  */
+#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
+# if !0
+#  define __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#  undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#  include <stdio.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+# undef __need_getopt
+# undef getopt
+# undef getopt_long
+# undef getopt_long_only
+# undef optarg
+# undef opterr
+# undef optind
+# undef optopt
+# undef option
+# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
+# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
+# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
+# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
+# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
+# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
+# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
+# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
+# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
+# define option __GETOPT_ID (option)
+# define _getopt_internal __GETOPT_ID (getopt_internal)
+#endif
+
+/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv".  libc uses prototypes
+   with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
+   getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
+   compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
+
+   This used to be '#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
+   but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
+   included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
+   __need_getopt.
+
+   The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
+   of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
+   only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
+   the conditional as follows:
+*/
+#if !defined __need_getopt
+# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
+#  define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
+# else
+#  define __getopt_argv_const const
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define __THROW       noexcept
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from 'getopt' to the caller.
+   When 'getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when 'ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to 'getopt'.
+
+   On entry to 'getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When 'getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, 'optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message 'getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of 'struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field 'has_arg' is:
+   no_argument          (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument    (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument    (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field 'flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field 'val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an 'int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from 'optarg', set the
+   option's 'flag' field to zero and its 'val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero 'flag' field, 'getopt'
+   returns the contents of the 'val' field.  */
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_option
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_option 1
+# endif
+
+/* Names for the values of the 'has_arg' field of 'struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument            0
+# define required_argument      1
+# define optional_argument      2
+#endif  /* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, 'optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in 'optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU 'getopt'.
+
+   The argument '--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling 'getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with '-', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\1'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   'getopt'.  If OPTS begins with '+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
+   the environment, then do not permute arguments.  */
+
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                        const char *__shortopts,
+                        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
+                             const char *__shortopts,
+                             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3));
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_GETOPT_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/langinfo.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/langinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3fac25a2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/langinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <langinfo.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/*
+ * POSIX <langinfo.h> for platforms that lack it or have an incomplete one.
+ * <http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/langinfo.h.html>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_LANGINFO_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if 0
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_LANGINFO_H
+#define _GL_M4_LANGINFO_H
+
+
+#if !0
+
+/* A platform that lacks <langinfo.h>.  */
+
+/* Assume that it also lacks <nl_types.h> and the nl_item type.  */
+# if !GNULIB_defined_nl_item
+typedef int nl_item;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_nl_item 1
+# endif
+
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_CTYPE category */
+# define CODESET     10000
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_NUMERIC category */
+# define RADIXCHAR   10001
+# define THOUSEP     10002
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_TIME category */
+# define D_T_FMT     10003
+# define D_FMT       10004
+# define T_FMT       10005
+# define T_FMT_AMPM  10006
+# define AM_STR      10007
+# define PM_STR      10008
+# define DAY_1       10009
+# define DAY_2       (DAY_1 + 1)
+# define DAY_3       (DAY_1 + 2)
+# define DAY_4       (DAY_1 + 3)
+# define DAY_5       (DAY_1 + 4)
+# define DAY_6       (DAY_1 + 5)
+# define DAY_7       (DAY_1 + 6)
+# define ABDAY_1     10016
+# define ABDAY_2     (ABDAY_1 + 1)
+# define ABDAY_3     (ABDAY_1 + 2)
+# define ABDAY_4     (ABDAY_1 + 3)
+# define ABDAY_5     (ABDAY_1 + 4)
+# define ABDAY_6     (ABDAY_1 + 5)
+# define ABDAY_7     (ABDAY_1 + 6)
+# define MON_1       10023
+# define MON_2       (MON_1 + 1)
+# define MON_3       (MON_1 + 2)
+# define MON_4       (MON_1 + 3)
+# define MON_5       (MON_1 + 4)
+# define MON_6       (MON_1 + 5)
+# define MON_7       (MON_1 + 6)
+# define MON_8       (MON_1 + 7)
+# define MON_9       (MON_1 + 8)
+# define MON_10      (MON_1 + 9)
+# define MON_11      (MON_1 + 10)
+# define MON_12      (MON_1 + 11)
+# define ABMON_1     10035
+# define ABMON_2     (ABMON_1 + 1)
+# define ABMON_3     (ABMON_1 + 2)
+# define ABMON_4     (ABMON_1 + 3)
+# define ABMON_5     (ABMON_1 + 4)
+# define ABMON_6     (ABMON_1 + 5)
+# define ABMON_7     (ABMON_1 + 6)
+# define ABMON_8     (ABMON_1 + 7)
+# define ABMON_9     (ABMON_1 + 8)
+# define ABMON_10    (ABMON_1 + 9)
+# define ABMON_11    (ABMON_1 + 10)
+# define ABMON_12    (ABMON_1 + 11)
+# define ERA         10047
+# define ERA_D_FMT   10048
+# define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
+# define ERA_T_FMT   10050
+# define ALT_DIGITS  10051
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MONETARY category */
+# define CRNCYSTR    10052
+/* nl_langinfo items of the LC_MESSAGES category */
+# define YESEXPR     10053
+# define NOEXPR      10054
+
+#else
+
+/* A platform that has <langinfo.h>.  */
+
+# if !0
+#  define CODESET     10000
+#  define GNULIB_defined_CODESET 1
+# endif
+
+# if !0
+#  define T_FMT_AMPM  10006
+#  define GNULIB_defined_T_FMT_AMPM 1
+# endif
+
+# if !0
+#  define ERA         10047
+#  define ERA_D_FMT   10048
+#  define ERA_D_T_FMT 10049
+#  define ERA_T_FMT   10050
+#  define ALT_DIGITS  10051
+#  define GNULIB_defined_ERA 1
+# endif
+
+# if !0
+#  define YESEXPR     10053
+#  define NOEXPR      10054
+#  define GNULIB_defined_YESEXPR 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+/* Return a piece of locale dependent information.
+   Note: The difference between nl_langinfo (CODESET) and locale_charset ()
+   is that the latter normalizes the encoding names to GNU conventions.  */
+
+#if 1
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef nl_langinfo
+#   define nl_langinfo rpl_nl_langinfo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (nl_langinfo, char *, (nl_item item));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (nl_langinfo);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef nl_langinfo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_NL_LANGINFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (nl_langinfo, "nl_langinfo is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module nl_langinfo for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_LANGINFO_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_LANGINFO_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/locale.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/locale.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd77270e4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/locale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* A POSIX <locale.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Special invocation conventions to handle Solaris header files
+   (through Solaris 10) when combined with gettext's libintl.h.  */
+
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/locale.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_LOCALE_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/locale.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_LOCALE_H
+#define _GL_M4_LOCALE_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.5 defines the locale_t type in <xlocale.h>.  */
+#if 0
+# include <xlocale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is specified in POSIX, but not in ISO C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use the same value as GNU libintl.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* Bionic libc's 'struct lconv' is just a dummy.  */
+#if 1
+# define lconv rpl_lconv
+struct lconv
+{
+  /* All 'char *' are actually 'const char *'.  */
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_NUMERIC category of the locale.  See
+     <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_04> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *grouping;
+
+  /* Members that depend on the LC_MONETARY category of the locale.  See
+     <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/V1_chap07.html#tag_07_03_03> */
+
+  /* Symbol used as decimal point.  */
+  char *mon_decimal_point;
+  /* Symbol used to separate groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_thousands_sep;
+  /* Definition of the size of groups of digits to the left of the decimal
+     point.  */
+  char *mon_grouping;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value >= 0.  */
+  char *positive_sign;
+  /* Sign used to indicate a value < 0.  */
+  char *negative_sign;
+
+  /* For formatting local currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *currency_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char n_sep_by_space;
+
+  /* For formatting international currency.  */
+  /* Currency symbol (3 characters) followed by separator (1 character).  */
+  char *int_curr_symbol;
+  /* Number of digits after the decimal point.  */
+  char int_frac_digits;
+  /* For values >= 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_p_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values >= 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_p_sign_posn;
+  /* For values >= 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_p_sep_by_space;
+  /* For values < 0: 1 if the currency symbol precedes the number, 0 if it
+     comes after the number.  */
+  char int_n_cs_precedes;
+  /* For values < 0: Position of the sign.  */
+  char int_n_sign_posn;
+  /* For values < 0: Placement of spaces between currency symbol, sign, and
+     number.  */
+  char int_n_sep_by_space;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef localeconv
+#   define localeconv rpl_localeconv
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (localeconv, struct lconv *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (localeconv);
+#elif 1
+# undef localeconv
+# define localeconv localeconv_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_localeconv
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef localeconv
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOCALECONV
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (localeconv,
+                 "localeconv returns too few information on some platforms - "
+                 "use gnulib module localeconv for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef setlocale
+#   define setlocale rpl_setlocale
+#   define GNULIB_defined_setlocale 1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setlocale, char *, (int category, const char *locale));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setlocale);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setlocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setlocale, "setlocale works differently on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module setlocale for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef duplocale
+#   define duplocale rpl_duplocale
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
+# else
+#  if 1
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (duplocale, locale_t, (locale_t locale));
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if 1
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (duplocale);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef duplocale
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUPLOCALE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (duplocale, "duplocale is buggy on some glibc systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module duplocale for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* ! _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_LOCALE_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_LOCALE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/math.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/math.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..072a0fbd23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/math.h
@@ -0,0 +1,2599 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* A GNU-like <math.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_MATH_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/math.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/math.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_MATH_H
+#define _GL_M4_MATH_H
+
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1800 // [
+#else // ] _MSC_VER >= 1600 [
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_MATH_INLINE
+# define _GL_MATH_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* Helper macros to define type-generic function FUNC as overloaded functions,
+   rather than as macros like in C.  POSIX declares these with an argument of
+   real-floating (that is, one of float, double, or long double).  */
+# define _GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1(func) \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## f (float f)                                     \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (f);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## d (double d)                                    \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (d);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+static inline int                                                   \
+_gl_cxx_ ## func ## l (long double l)                               \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (l);                                                  \
+}
+# define _GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2(func) \
+inline int                                                          \
+func (float f)                                                      \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## f (f);                                 \
+}                                                                   \
+inline int                                                          \
+func (double d)                                                     \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## d (d);                                 \
+}                                                                   \
+inline int                                                          \
+func (long double l)                                                \
+{                                                                   \
+  return _gl_cxx_ ## func ## l (l);                                 \
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Helper macros to define a portability warning for the
+   classification macro FUNC called with VALUE.  POSIX declares the
+   classification macros with an argument of real-floating (that is,
+   one of float, double, or long double).  */
+#define _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL(func) \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                 \
+rpl_ ## func ## f (float f)                                         \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (f);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                 \
+rpl_ ## func ## d (double d)                                        \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (d);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+_GL_MATH_INLINE int                                                 \
+rpl_ ## func ## l (long double l)                                   \
+{                                                                   \
+  return func (l);                                                  \
+}                                                                   \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_ ## func ## f, #func " is unportable - "       \
+                 "use gnulib module " #func " for portability");    \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_ ## func ## d, #func " is unportable - "       \
+                 "use gnulib module " #func " for portability");    \
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_ ## func ## l, #func " is unportable - "       \
+                 "use gnulib module " #func " for portability")
+#define _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL(func, value) \
+  (sizeof (value) == sizeof (float) ? rpl_ ## func ## f (value)     \
+   : sizeof (value) == sizeof (double) ? rpl_ ## func ## d (value)  \
+   : rpl_ ## func ## l (value))
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
+   of glibc 2.7.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
+static void (*_gl_math_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX allows platforms that don't support NAN.  But all major
+   machines in the past 15 years have supported something close to
+   IEEE NaN, so we define this unconditionally.  We also must define
+   it on platforms like Solaris 10, where NAN is present but defined
+   as a function pointer rather than a floating point constant.  */
+#if !defined NAN || 0
+# if !GNULIB_defined_NAN
+#  undef NAN
+  /* The Compaq (ex-DEC) C 6.4 compiler and the Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler
+     choke on the expression 0.0 / 0.0.  */
+#  if defined __DECC || defined _MSC_VER
+_GL_MATH_INLINE float
+_NaN ()
+{
+  static float zero = 0.0f;
+  return zero / zero;
+}
+#   define NAN (_NaN())
+#  else
+#   define NAN (0.0f / 0.0f)
+#  endif
+#  define GNULIB_defined_NAN 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Solaris 10 defines HUGE_VAL, but as a function pointer rather
+   than a floating point constant.  */
+#if 0
+# undef HUGE_VALF
+# define HUGE_VALF (1.0f / 0.0f)
+# undef HUGE_VAL
+# define HUGE_VAL (1.0 / 0.0)
+# undef HUGE_VALL
+# define HUGE_VALL (1.0L / 0.0L)
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VALF is a 'float' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VALF
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0f / 0.0f.  */
+#  define HUGE_VALF (1e25f * 1e25f)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VALF (1.0f / 0.0f)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VAL is a 'double' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VAL
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0 / 0.0.  */
+#  define HUGE_VAL (1e250 * 1e250)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VAL (1.0 / 0.0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* HUGE_VALL is a 'long double' Infinity.  */
+#ifndef HUGE_VALL
+# if defined _MSC_VER
+/* The Microsoft MSVC 9 compiler chokes on the expression 1.0L / 0.0L.  */
+#  define HUGE_VALL (1e250L * 1e250L)
+# else
+#  define HUGE_VALL (1.0L / 0.0L)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Ensure FP_ILOGB0 and FP_ILOGBNAN are defined.  */
+#if !(defined FP_ILOGB0 && defined FP_ILOGBNAN)
+# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __sgi
+  /* NetBSD, IRIX 6.5: match what ilogb() does */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+# elif defined _AIX
+  /* AIX 5.1: match what ilogb() does in AIX >= 5.2 */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN 2147483647 /* INT_MAX */
+# elif defined __sun
+  /* Solaris 9: match what ilogb() does */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647) /* - INT_MAX */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN 2147483647 /* INT_MAX */
+# else
+  /* Gnulib defined values.  */
+#  define FP_ILOGB0   (- 2147483647) /* - INT_MAX */
+#  define FP_ILOGBNAN (- 2147483647 - 1) /* INT_MIN */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef acosf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (acosf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (acosf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (acosf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef acosf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACOSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (acosf, "acosf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module acosf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef acosl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (acosl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (acosl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (acosl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef acosl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ACOSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (acosl, "acosl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module acosl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef asinf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asinf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asinf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asinf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef asinf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ASINF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asinf, "asinf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module asinf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef asinl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (asinl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (asinl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (asinl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef asinl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ASINL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (asinl, "asinl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module asinl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef atanf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atanf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atanf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atanf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atanf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATANF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atanf, "atanf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atanf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef atanl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atanl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atanl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atanl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atanl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATANL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atanl, "atanl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atanl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef atan2f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (atan2f, float, (float y, float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (atan2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef atan2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ATAN2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (atan2f, "atan2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module atan2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef cbrtf
+#   define cbrtf rpl_cbrtf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrtf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cbrtf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrtf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrtf, "cbrtf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrtf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrt, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrt, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cbrt);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrt
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrt, "cbrt is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrt for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef cbrtl
+#   define cbrtl rpl_cbrtl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cbrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cbrtl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cbrtl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CBRTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cbrtl, "cbrtl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cbrtl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ceilf
+#   define ceilf rpl_ceilf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceilf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceilf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef ceilf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ceilf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceilf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ceilf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ceilf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CEILF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ceilf, "ceilf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ceilf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define ceil rpl_ceil
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceil, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceil, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceil, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ceil);
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ceill
+#   define ceill rpl_ceill
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef ceill
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ceill, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ceill);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ceill
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CEILL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ceill, "ceill is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ceill for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysignf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysignf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copysignf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysignf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGNF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysignf, "copysignf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysignf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysign, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysign, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copysign);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysign
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysign, "copysign is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysign for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (copysignl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (copysignl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (copysignl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef copysignl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COPYSIGNL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (copysign, "copysignl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module copysignl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef cosf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cosf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cosf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cosf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cosf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cosf, "cosf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cosf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef cosl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (cosl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (cosl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (cosl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef cosl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (cosl, "cosl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module cosl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef coshf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (coshf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (coshf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (coshf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef coshf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_COSHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (coshf, "coshf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module coshf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef expf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expf, "expf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef expl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expl, "expl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (exp2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2f, "exp2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef exp2
+#   define exp2 rpl_exp2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (exp2, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (exp2, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (exp2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2, "exp2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef exp2l
+#   define exp2l rpl_exp2l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef exp2l
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (exp2l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (exp2l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef exp2l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXP2L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (exp2l, "exp2l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module exp2l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expm1f
+#   define expm1f rpl_expm1f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expm1f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expm1f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expm1f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1f, "expm1f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef expm1
+#   define expm1 rpl_expm1
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (expm1, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (expm1, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expm1);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1, "expm1 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef expm1l
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (expm1l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (expm1l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef expm1l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EXPM1L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (expm1l, "expm1l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module expm1l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef fabsf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fabsf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fabsf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fabsf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fabsf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FABSF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fabsf, "fabsf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fabsf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fabsl
+#   define fabsl rpl_fabsl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef fabsl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fabsl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fabsl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fabsl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FABSL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fabsl, "fabsl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fabsl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef floorf
+#   define floorf rpl_floorf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floorf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floorf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef floorf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (floorf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floorf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (floorf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef floorf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FLOORF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (floorf, "floorf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module floorf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define floor rpl_floor
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floor, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floor, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floor, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (floor);
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef floorl
+#   define floorl rpl_floorl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef floorl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (floorl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (floorl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef floorl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FLOORL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (floorl, "floorl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module floorl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmaf
+#   define fmaf rpl_fmaf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmaf, float, (float x, float y, float z));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmaf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmaf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMAF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmaf, "fmaf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmaf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fma
+#   define fma rpl_fma
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fma, double, (double x, double y, double z));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fma);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fma
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMA
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fma, "fma is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fma for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmal
+#   define fmal rpl_fmal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef fmal
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmal, long double,
+                  (long double x, long double y, long double z));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmal);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmal
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMAL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmal, "fmal is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmal for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmodf
+#   define fmodf rpl_fmodf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef fmodf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmodf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmodf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmodf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMODF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmodf, "fmodf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmodf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmod
+#   define fmod rpl_fmod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmod, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmod, "fmod has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fmodl
+#   define fmodl rpl_fmodl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef fmodl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fmodl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fmodl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fmodl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FMODL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fmodl, "fmodl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fmodl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef frexpf
+#   define frexpf rpl_frexpf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef frexpf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexpf, float, (float x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (frexpf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexpf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexpf, "frexpf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexpf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if 0
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define frexp rpl_frexp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexp, double, (double x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (frexp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexp
+/* Assume frexp is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexp, "frexp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexp for portability");
+#endif
+
+/* Write x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where
+     If x finite and nonzero: 0.5 <= |mantissa| < 1.0.
+     If x is zero: mantissa = x, exp = 0.
+     If x is infinite or NaN: mantissa = x, exp unspecified.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+#if 0
+# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#  undef frexpl
+#  define frexpl rpl_frexpl
+# endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (frexpl, long double,
+                  (long double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (frexpl, long double, (long double x, int *expptr));
+#else
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (frexpl, long double,
+                  (long double x, int *expptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+# if 1
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (frexpl, long double, (long double x, int *expptr));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if 1 && !(1 && !1)
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (frexpl);
+#endif
+#if !1 && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef frexpl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FREXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (frexpl, "frexpl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module frexpl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypotf
+#   define hypotf rpl_hypotf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypotf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (hypotf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypotf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotf, "hypotf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypotf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypot
+#   define hypot rpl_hypot
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypot, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (hypot);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypot
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotf, "hypot has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypot for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return sqrt(x^2+y^2).  */
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef hypotl
+#   define hypotl rpl_hypotl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (hypotl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (hypotl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef hypotl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_HYPOTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (hypotl, "hypotl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module hypotl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ilogbf
+#   define ilogbf rpl_ilogbf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogbf, int, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ilogbf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogbf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGBF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogbf, "ilogbf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogbf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ilogb
+#   define ilogb rpl_ilogb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ilogb, int, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ilogb, int, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogb, int, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogb, int, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ilogb);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogb
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogb, "ilogb is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogb for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ilogbl, int, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ilogbl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ilogbl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ILOGBL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ilogbl, "ilogbl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ilogbl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return x * 2^exp.  */
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef ldexpf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ldexpf, float, (float x, int exp));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ldexpf, float, (float x, int exp));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ldexpf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ldexpf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LDEXPF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ldexpf, "ldexpf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ldexpf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Return x * 2^exp.  */
+#if 0 && 0
+# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#  undef ldexpl
+#  define ldexpl rpl_ldexpl
+# endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+#else
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+# endif
+# if 0
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ldexpl, long double, (long double x, int exp));
+# endif
+#endif
+#if 0
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ldexpl);
+#endif
+#if !0 && defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ldexpl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LDEXPL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ldexpl, "ldexpl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ldexpl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logf
+#   define logf rpl_logf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef logf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logf, "logf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log
+#   define log rpl_log
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log, "log has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logl
+#   define logl rpl_logl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1 || !1
+#   undef logl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logl, "logl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10f
+#   define log10f rpl_log10f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef log10f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log10f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log10f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10f, "log10f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10
+#   define log10 rpl_log10
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10, double, (double x));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log10);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10, "log10 has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log10l
+#   define log10l rpl_log10l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1 || !1
+#   undef log10l
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log10l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log10l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log10l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG10L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log10l, "log10l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log10l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1pf
+#   define log1pf rpl_log1pf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1pf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1pf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1pf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1pf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log1pf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1pf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1PF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1pf, "log1pf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1pf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1p
+#   define log1p rpl_log1p
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1p, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1p, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1p, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1p, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log1p);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1p
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1P
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1p, "log1p has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1p for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log1pl
+#   define log1pl rpl_log1pl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log1pl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log1pl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log1pl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG1PL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log1pl, "log1pl has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module log1pl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2f
+#   define log2f rpl_log2f
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2f, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2f, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef log2f
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2f, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2f, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log2f);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2f
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2F
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2f, "log2f is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2f for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2
+#   define log2 rpl_log2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef log2
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2, "log2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef log2l
+#   define log2l rpl_log2l
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (log2l, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (log2l);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef log2l
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOG2L
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (log2l, "log2l is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module log2l for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logbf
+#   define logbf rpl_logbf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logbf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logbf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logbf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logbf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logbf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logbf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGBF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logbf, "logbf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logbf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logb
+#   define logb rpl_logb
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logb, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logb, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logb, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logb, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logb);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logb
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGB
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logb, "logb is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logb for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef logbl
+#   define logbl rpl_logbl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (logbl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (logbl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef logbl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LOGBL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (logbl, "logbl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module logbl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modff
+#   define modff rpl_modff
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef modff
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modff, float, (float x, float *iptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (modff);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modff
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODFF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modff, "modff is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module modff for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modf
+#   define modf rpl_modf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modf, double, (double x, double *iptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (modf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modf, "modf has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module modf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef modfl
+#   define modfl rpl_modfl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef modfl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (modfl, long double, (long double x, long double *iptr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (modfl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef modfl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MODFL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (modfl, "modfl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module modfl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef powf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (powf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (powf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (powf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef powf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POWF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (powf, "powf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module powf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainderf
+#   define remainderf rpl_remainderf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainderf, float, (float x, float y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remainderf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainderf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDERF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainderf, "remainderf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainderf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainder
+#   define remainder rpl_remainder
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+# else
+#  if !1 || !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainder, double, (double x, double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remainder);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainder
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainder, "remainder is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainder for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef remainderl
+#   define remainderl rpl_remainderl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef remainderl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (remainderl, long double, (long double x, long double y));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (remainderl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef remainderl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REMAINDERL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (remainderl, "remainderl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module remainderl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rintf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rintf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rintf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rintf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rintf, "rintf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rintf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rint, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rint, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rint);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rint
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rint, "rint is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rint for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rintl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rintl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rintl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RINTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rintl, "rintl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rintl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef roundf
+#   define roundf rpl_roundf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (roundf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (roundf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (roundf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (roundf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (roundf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef roundf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUNDF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (roundf, "roundf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module roundf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef round
+#   define round rpl_round
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (round, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (round, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (round, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (round, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (round);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef round
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUND
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (round, "round is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module round for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef roundl
+#   define roundl rpl_roundl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+#   undef roundl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (roundl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (roundl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef roundl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ROUNDL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (roundl, "roundl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module roundl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef sinf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinf, "sinf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef sinl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinl, "sinl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef sinhf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sinhf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sinhf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sinhf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sinhf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SINHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sinhf, "sinhf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sinhf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef sqrtf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sqrtf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sqrtf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sqrtf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SQRTF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sqrtf, "sqrtf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sqrtf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sqrtl
+#   define sqrtl rpl_sqrtl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1 || !1
+#   undef sqrtl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sqrtl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sqrtl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sqrtl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SQRTL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sqrtl, "sqrtl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sqrtl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef tanf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanf, "tanf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if !1 || !1
+#  undef tanl
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanl, "tanl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+#  undef tanhf
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (tanhf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (tanhf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (tanhf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef tanhf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TANHF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (tanhf, "tanhf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module tanhf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define truncf rpl_truncf
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncf, float, (float x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncf, float, (float x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncf, float, (float x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncf, float, (float x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncf);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncf
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCF
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncf, "truncf is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncf for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define trunc rpl_trunc
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (trunc, double, (double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (trunc, double, (double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (trunc, double, (double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (trunc, double, (double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (trunc);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef trunc
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (trunc, "trunc is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module trunc for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef truncl
+#   define truncl rpl_truncl
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (truncl, long double, (long double x));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (truncl);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef truncl
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TRUNCL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (truncl, "truncl is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module truncl for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Definitions of function-like macros come here, after the function
+   declarations.  */
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinitef (float x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinited (double x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isfinitel (long double x);
+#  undef isfinite
+#  define isfinite(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isfinitel (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isfinited (x) : \
+    gl_isfinitef (x))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  ifdef isfinite
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isfinite)
+#   undef isfinite
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isfinite)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isfinite
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isfinite);
+#  undef isfinite
+#  define isfinite(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isfinite, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinff (float x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinfd (double x);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_isinfl (long double x);
+#  undef isinf
+#  define isinf(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isinfl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isinfd (x) : \
+    gl_isinff (x))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  ifdef isinf
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isinf)
+#   undef isinf
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isinf)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isinf
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isinf);
+#  undef isinf
+#  define isinf(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isinf, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Test for NaN for 'float' numbers.  */
+# if 1
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan macro
+   or (older) isnanf function.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 4
+    /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#   undef isnanf
+#   define isnanf(x) __builtin_isnanf ((float)(x))
+#  elif defined isnan
+#   undef isnanf
+#   define isnanf(x) isnan ((float)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnanf
+#  define isnanf rpl_isnanf
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnanf (float x);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Test for NaN for 'double' numbers.
+   This function is a gnulib extension, unlike isnan() which applied only
+   to 'double' numbers earlier but now is a type-generic macro.  */
+# if 1
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan
+   macro.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 4
+    /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#   undef isnand
+#   define isnand(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+#  else
+#   undef isnand
+#   define isnand(x) isnan ((double)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnand
+#  define isnand rpl_isnand
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnand (double x);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Test for NaN for 'long double' numbers.  */
+# if 1
+/* The original <math.h> included above provides a declaration of isnan
+   macro or (older) isnanl function.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 4
+    /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for isnan.  */
+#   undef isnanl
+#   define isnanl(x) __builtin_isnanl ((long double)(x))
+#  elif defined isnan
+#   undef isnanl
+#   define isnanl(x) isnan ((long double)(x))
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Test whether X is a NaN.  */
+#  undef isnanl
+#  define isnanl rpl_isnanl
+_GL_EXTERN_C int isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This must come *after* the snippets for GNULIB_ISNANF and GNULIB_ISNANL!  */
+#if 0
+# if 0
+/* We can't just use the isnanf macro (e.g.) as exposed by
+   isnanf.h (e.g.) here, because those may end up being macros
+   that recursively expand back to isnan.  So use the gnulib
+   replacements for them directly. */
+#  if 1 && __GNUC__ >= 4
+#   define gl_isnan_f(x) __builtin_isnanf ((float)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnanf (float x);
+#   define gl_isnan_f(x) rpl_isnanf (x)
+#  endif
+#  if 1 && __GNUC__ >= 4
+#   define gl_isnan_d(x) __builtin_isnan ((double)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnand (double x);
+#   define gl_isnan_d(x) rpl_isnand (x)
+#  endif
+#  if 1 && __GNUC__ >= 4
+#   define gl_isnan_l(x) __builtin_isnanl ((long double)(x))
+#  else
+_GL_EXTERN_C int rpl_isnanl (long double x) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST;
+#   define gl_isnan_l(x) rpl_isnanl (x)
+#  endif
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_isnan_l (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_isnan_d (x) : \
+    gl_isnan_f (x))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 4
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? __builtin_isnanl ((long double)(x)) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __builtin_isnan ((double)(x)) : \
+    __builtin_isnanf ((float)(x)))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  ifdef isnan
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (isnan)
+#   undef isnan
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (isnan)
+#  endif
+# else
+/* Ensure isnan is a macro.  */
+#  ifndef isnan
+#   define isnan isnan
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined isnan
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (isnan);
+#  undef isnan
+#  define isnan(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (isnan, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if 0
+#  undef signbit
+   /* GCC 4.0 and newer provides three built-ins for signbit.  */
+#  define signbit(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? __builtin_signbitl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? __builtin_signbit (x) : \
+    __builtin_signbitf (x))
+# endif
+# if 1
+#  undef signbit
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitf (float arg);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitd (double arg);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int gl_signbitl (long double arg);
+#  if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define _GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS(type) \
+      ((sizeof (type) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+#   if defined FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitf
+#    define gl_signbitf_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitf(arg) \
+       ({ union { float _value;                                         \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (float)];       \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;          \
+        })
+#   endif
+#   if defined DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitd
+#    define gl_signbitd_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitd(arg) \
+       ({ union { double _value;                                        \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (double)];      \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;          \
+        })
+#   endif
+#   if defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT && !defined gl_signbitl
+#    define gl_signbitl_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+#    define gl_signbitl(arg) \
+       ({ union { long double _value;                                   \
+                  unsigned int _word[_GL_NUM_UINT_WORDS (long double)]; \
+                } _m;                                                   \
+          _m._value = (arg);                                            \
+          (_m._word[LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;        \
+        })
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  define signbit(x) \
+   (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? gl_signbitl (x) : \
+    sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? gl_signbitd (x) : \
+    gl_signbitf (x))
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+#  ifdef signbit
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_1 (signbit)
+#   undef signbit
+_GL_MATH_CXX_REAL_FLOATING_DECL_2 (signbit)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if defined signbit
+_GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_DECL (signbit);
+#  undef signbit
+#  define signbit(x) _GL_WARN_REAL_FLOATING_IMPL (signbit, x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_MATH_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_MATH_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sched.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sched.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12968e5f2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sched.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Replacement <sched.h> for platforms that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SCHED_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if 0
+# include <sched.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SCHED_H
+#define _GL_M4_SCHED_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.
+   This is needed on glibc 2.11 (see
+   glibc bug <http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=13198>)
+   and Mac OS X 10.5.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if !0
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sched_param
+struct sched_param
+{
+  int sched_priority;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_sched_param 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if !(defined SCHED_FIFO && defined SCHED_RR && defined SCHED_OTHER)
+# define SCHED_FIFO   1
+# define SCHED_RR     2
+# define SCHED_OTHER  0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SCHED_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SCHED_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/signal.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/signal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be8043dfa7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/signal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,781 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* A GNU-like <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined __need_sig_atomic_t || defined __need_sigset_t || defined _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H || (defined _SIGNAL_H && !defined __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T)
+/* Special invocation convention:
+   - Inside glibc header files.
+   - On glibc systems we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <signal.h> -> <ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, the functions are not yet declared, therefore we cannot
+     provide the C++ aliases.
+   - On glibc systems with GCC 4.3 we have a sequence of nested includes
+     <csignal> -> </usr/include/signal.h> -> <sys/ucontext.h> -> <signal.h>.
+     In this situation, some of the functions are not yet declared, therefore
+     we cannot provide the C++ aliases.  */
+
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/signal.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SIGNAL_H
+
+#define _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* Define pid_t, uid_t.
+   Also, mingw defines sigset_t not in <signal.h>, but in <sys/types.h>.
+   On Solaris 10, <signal.h> includes <sys/types.h>, which eventually includes
+   us; so include <sys/types.h> now, before the second inclusion guard.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/signal.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef _GL_ALREADY_INCLUDING_SIGNAL_H
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SIGNAL_H
+#define _GL_M4_SIGNAL_H
+
+/* Mac OS X 10.3, FreeBSD 6.4, OpenBSD 3.8, OSF/1 4.0, Solaris 2.6 declare
+   pthread_sigmask in <pthread.h>, not in <signal.h>.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.*/
+#if (0 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+    && ((defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__) || defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined __osf__ || defined __sun) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <pthread.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* On AIX, sig_atomic_t already includes volatile.  C99 requires that
+   'volatile sig_atomic_t' ignore the extra modifier, but C89 did not.
+   Hence, redefine this to a non-volatile type as needed.  */
+#if ! 1
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t
+typedef int rpl_sig_atomic_t;
+#  undef sig_atomic_t
+#  define sig_atomic_t rpl_sig_atomic_t
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sig_atomic_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* A set or mask of signals.  */
+#if !0
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sigset_t
+typedef unsigned int sigset_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sigset_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define sighandler_t, the type of signal handlers.  A GNU extension.  */
+#if !0
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t
+typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_sighandler_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# ifndef SIGPIPE
+/* Define SIGPIPE to a value that does not overlap with other signals.  */
+#  define SIGPIPE 13
+#  define GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE 1
+/* To actually use SIGPIPE, you also need the gnulib modules 'sigprocmask',
+   'write', 'stdio'.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#ifndef NSIG
+# if defined __TANDEM
+#  define NSIG 32
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pthread_sigmask
+#   define pthread_sigmask rpl_pthread_sigmask
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pthread_sigmask, int,
+                  (int how, const sigset_t *new_mask, sigset_t *old_mask));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pthread_sigmask);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pthread_sigmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PTHREAD_SIGMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pthread_sigmask, "pthread_sigmask is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pthread_sigmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef raise
+#   define raise rpl_raise
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (raise, int, (int sig));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (raise, int, (int sig));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (raise);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef raise
+/* Assume raise is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (raise, "raise can crash on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module raise for portability");
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if !0
+
+#  ifndef GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking
+#   define GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking 1
+#  endif
+
+/* Maximum signal number + 1.  */
+#  ifndef NSIG
+#   define NSIG 32
+#  endif
+
+/* This code supports only 32 signals.  */
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint
+typedef int verify_NSIG_constraint[NSIG <= 32 ? 1 : -1];
+#   define GNULIB_defined_verify_NSIG_constraint 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* When also using extern inline, suppress the use of static inline in
+   standard headers of problematic Apple configurations, as Libc at
+   least through Libc-825.26 (2013-04-09) mishandles it; see, e.g.,
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2012-12/msg00023.html>.
+   Perhaps Apple will fix this some day.  */
+#if (defined _GL_EXTERN_INLINE_IN_USE && defined __APPLE__ \
+     && (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__))
+# undef sigaddset
+# undef sigdelset
+# undef sigemptyset
+# undef sigfillset
+# undef sigismember
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether a given signal is contained in a signal set.  */
+# if 0
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigismember
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigismember, int, (const sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigismember);
+
+/* Initialize a signal set to the empty set.  */
+# if 0
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigemptyset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigemptyset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigemptyset);
+
+/* Add a signal to a signal set.  */
+# if 0
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigaddset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaddset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaddset);
+
+/* Remove a signal from a signal set.  */
+# if 0
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigdelset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigdelset, int, (sigset_t *set, int sig));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigdelset);
+
+/* Fill a signal set with all possible signals.  */
+# if 0
+/* This function is defined as a macro on Mac OS X.  */
+#  if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+#   undef sigfillset
+#  endif
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigfillset, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigfillset);
+
+/* Return the set of those blocked signals that are pending.  */
+# if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigpending, int, (sigset_t *set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigpending);
+
+/* If OLD_SET is not NULL, put the current set of blocked signals in *OLD_SET.
+   Then, if SET is not NULL, affect the current set of blocked signals by
+   combining it with *SET as indicated in OPERATION.
+   In this implementation, you are not allowed to change a signal handler
+   while the signal is blocked.  */
+# if !0
+#  define SIG_BLOCK   0  /* blocked_set = blocked_set | *set; */
+#  define SIG_SETMASK 1  /* blocked_set = *set; */
+#  define SIG_UNBLOCK 2  /* blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set; */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigprocmask, int,
+                  (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigprocmask);
+
+/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous
+   handler.  */
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+# if !GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t
+typedef void (*_gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t) (int);
+#  define GNULIB_defined_function_taking_int_returning_void_t 1
+# endif
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+# if !0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define signal rpl_signal
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (signal, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t,
+                  (int sig, _gl_function_taking_int_returning_void_t func));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (signal);
+
+# if !0 && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+/* Raise signal SIGPIPE.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void);
+# endif
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaddset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGADDSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaddset, "sigaddset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigdelset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGDELSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigdelset, "sigdelset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigemptyset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGEMPTYSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigemptyset, "sigemptyset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigfillset
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGFILLSET
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigfillset, "sigfillset is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigismember
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGISMEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigismember, "sigismember is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigpending
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPENDING
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigpending, "sigpending is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+# undef sigprocmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGPROCMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigprocmask, "sigprocmask is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigprocmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif /* 1 */
+
+
+#if 1
+# if !0
+
+#  if !0
+
+#   if !GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+union sigval
+{
+  int sival_int;
+  void *sival_ptr;
+};
+
+/* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  */
+struct siginfo_t
+{
+  int si_signo;
+  int si_code;
+  int si_errno;
+  pid_t si_pid;
+  uid_t si_uid;
+  void *si_addr;
+  int si_status;
+  long si_band;
+  union sigval si_value;
+};
+typedef struct siginfo_t siginfo_t;
+
+#    define GNULIB_defined_siginfo_types 1
+#   endif
+
+#  endif /* !0 */
+
+/* We assume that platforms which lack the sigaction() function also lack
+   the 'struct sigaction' type, and vice versa.  */
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction
+
+struct sigaction
+{
+  union
+  {
+    void (*_sa_handler) (int);
+    /* Present to allow compilation, but unsupported by gnulib.  POSIX
+       says that implementations may, but not must, make sa_sigaction
+       overlap with sa_handler, but we know of no implementation where
+       they do not overlap.  */
+    void (*_sa_sigaction) (int, siginfo_t *, void *);
+  } _sa_func;
+  sigset_t sa_mask;
+  /* Not all POSIX flags are supported.  */
+  int sa_flags;
+};
+#   define sa_handler _sa_func._sa_handler
+#   define sa_sigaction _sa_func._sa_sigaction
+/* Unsupported flags are not present.  */
+#   define SA_RESETHAND 1
+#   define SA_NODEFER 2
+#   define SA_RESTART 4
+
+#   define GNULIB_defined_struct_sigaction 1
+#  endif
+
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+
+# elif !1
+
+#  define sa_sigaction sa_handler
+
+# endif /* !0, !1 */
+
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sigaction, int, (int, const struct sigaction *restrict,
+                                   struct sigaction *restrict));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sigaction);
+
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sigaction
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SIGACTION
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sigaction, "sigaction is unportable - "
+                 "use the gnulib module sigaction for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems don't have SA_NODEFER.  */
+#ifndef SA_NODEFER
+# define SA_NODEFER 0
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SIGNAL_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/spawn.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/spawn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6797832daa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/spawn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1193 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Definitions for POSIX spawn interface.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2003-2004, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SPAWN_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if 0
+# include <spawn.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SPAWN_H
+#define _GL_M4_SPAWN_H
+
+/* Get definitions of 'struct sched_param' and 'sigset_t'.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if !(defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+# include <sched.h>
+# include <signal.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# define __THROW
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
+   different name.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_
+# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  define _Restrict_ restrict
+# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _Restrict_ __restrict
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_
+# endif
+#endif
+/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax.  Don't trust
+   sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
+   mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
+# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__                                      \
+       || ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))     \
+           && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__))                                        \
+      && !defined __GNUG__)
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_arr_
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Data structure to contain attributes for thread creation.  */
+#if 0
+# define posix_spawnattr_t rpl_posix_spawnattr_t
+#endif
+#if 0 || !0
+# if !GNULIB_defined_posix_spawnattr_t
+typedef struct
+{
+  short int _flags;
+  pid_t _pgrp;
+  sigset_t _sd;
+  sigset_t _ss;
+  struct sched_param _sp;
+  int _policy;
+  int __pad[16];
+} posix_spawnattr_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_posix_spawnattr_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Data structure to contain information about the actions to be
+   performed in the new process with respect to file descriptors.  */
+#if 0
+# define posix_spawn_file_actions_t rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_t
+#endif
+#if 0 || !0
+# if !GNULIB_defined_posix_spawn_file_actions_t
+typedef struct
+{
+  int _allocated;
+  int _used;
+  struct __spawn_action *_actions;
+  int __pad[16];
+} posix_spawn_file_actions_t;
+#  define GNULIB_defined_posix_spawn_file_actions_t 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Flags to be set in the 'posix_spawnattr_t'.  */
+#if 0
+/* Use the values from the system, but provide the missing ones.  */
+# ifndef POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM 0
+# endif
+# ifndef POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER 0
+# endif
+#else
+# if 0
+/* Use the values from the system, for better compatibility.  */
+/* But this implementation does not support AIX extensions.  */
+#  undef POSIX_SPAWN_FORK_HANDLERS
+# else
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS           0x01
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP          0x02
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF          0x04
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK         0x08
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM      0x10
+#  define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER       0x20
+# endif
+#endif
+/* A GNU extension.  Use the next free bit position.  */
+#define POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK \
+  ((POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS | (POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS - 1)                     \
+    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP | (POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP - 1)                 \
+    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF | (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF - 1)                 \
+    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK | (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK - 1)               \
+    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM                                           \
+    | (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM > 0 ? POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM - 1 : 0) \
+    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER                                            \
+    | (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER > 0 ? POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER - 1 : 0))  \
+   + 1)
+#if !GNULIB_defined_verify_POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK_no_overlap
+typedef int verify_POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK_no_overlap
+            [(((POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS | POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP
+                | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK
+                | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER)
+               & POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK)
+              == 0)
+             ? 1 : -1];
+# define GNULIB_defined_verify_POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK_no_overlap 1
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Spawn a new process executing PATH with the attributes describes in *ATTRP.
+   Before running the process perform the actions described in FILE-ACTIONS.
+
+   This function is a possible cancellation points and therefore not
+   marked with __THROW. */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn rpl_posix_spawn
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn, int,
+                  (pid_t *_Restrict_ __pid,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attrp,
+                   char *const argv[_Restrict_arr_],
+                   char *const envp[_Restrict_arr_])
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 5, 6)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn, int,
+                  (pid_t *_Restrict_ __pid,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attrp,
+                   char *const argv[_Restrict_arr_],
+                   char *const envp[_Restrict_arr_]));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn, int,
+                  (pid_t *_Restrict_ __pid,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attrp,
+                   char *const argv[_Restrict_arr_],
+                   char *const envp[_Restrict_arr_])
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 5, 6)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn, int,
+                  (pid_t *_Restrict_ __pid,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attrp,
+                   char *const argv[_Restrict_arr_],
+                   char *const envp[_Restrict_arr_]));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn, "posix_spawn is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Similar to 'posix_spawn' but search for FILE in the PATH.
+
+   This function is a possible cancellation points and therefore not
+   marked with __THROW.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnp rpl_posix_spawnp
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnp, int,
+                  (pid_t *__pid, const char *__file,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *__attrp,
+                   char *const argv[], char *const envp[])
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 5, 6)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnp, int,
+                  (pid_t *__pid, const char *__file,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *__attrp,
+                   char *const argv[], char *const envp[]));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnp, int,
+                  (pid_t *__pid, const char *__file,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *__attrp,
+                   char *const argv[], char *const envp[])
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 5, 6)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnp, int,
+                  (pid_t *__pid, const char *__file,
+                   const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   const posix_spawnattr_t *__attrp,
+                   char *const argv[], char *const envp[]));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnp);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnp
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnp, "posix_spawnp is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnp for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Initialize data structure with attributes for 'spawn' to default values.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_init rpl_posix_spawnattr_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_init, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr)
+                                             __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_init, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_init, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr)
+                                             __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_init, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_init);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_init, "posix_spawnattr_init is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_init for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Free resources associated with ATTR.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_destroy rpl_posix_spawnattr_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_destroy, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr)
+                                                __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_destroy, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_destroy, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr)
+                                                __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_destroy, int, (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_destroy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_destroy,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_destroy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_destroy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Store signal mask for signals with default handling from ATTR in
+   SIGDEFAULT.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault rpl_posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETSIGDEFAULT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Set signal mask for signals with default handling in ATTR to SIGDEFAULT.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault rpl_posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigdefault));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSIGDEFAULT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Store signal mask for the new process from ATTR in SIGMASK.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getsigmask rpl_posix_spawnattr_getsigmask
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getsigmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETSIGMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getsigmask,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getsigmask is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getsigmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Set signal mask for the new process in ATTR to SIGMASK.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setsigmask rpl_posix_spawnattr_setsigmask
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const sigset_t *_Restrict_ __sigmask));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setsigmask
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSIGMASK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setsigmask,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setsigmask is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setsigmask for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Get flag word from the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getflags rpl_posix_spawnattr_getflags
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getflags, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   short int *_Restrict_ __flags)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getflags, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   short int *_Restrict_ __flags));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getflags, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   short int *_Restrict_ __flags)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getflags, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   short int *_Restrict_ __flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getflags);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getflags
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETFLAGS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getflags,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getflags is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getflags for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Store flags in the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setflags rpl_posix_spawnattr_setflags
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setflags, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, short int __flags)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setflags, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, short int __flags));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setflags, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, short int __flags)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setflags, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, short int __flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setflags);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setflags
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETFLAGS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setflags,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setflags is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setflags for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Get process group ID from the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getpgroup rpl_posix_spawnattr_getpgroup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   pid_t *_Restrict_ __pgroup)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   pid_t *_Restrict_ __pgroup));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   pid_t *_Restrict_ __pgroup)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   pid_t *_Restrict_ __pgroup));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getpgroup
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETPGROUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getpgroup,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getpgroup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getpgroup for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Store process group ID in the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setpgroup rpl_posix_spawnattr_setpgroup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, pid_t __pgroup)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, pid_t __pgroup));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, pid_t __pgroup)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, pid_t __pgroup));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setpgroup
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETPGROUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setpgroup,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setpgroup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setpgroup for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Get scheduling policy from the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy rpl_posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   int *_Restrict_ __schedpolicy)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   int *_Restrict_ __schedpolicy));
+# else
+#  if !0 || POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER == 0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   int *_Restrict_ __schedpolicy)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   int *_Restrict_ __schedpolicy));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETSCHEDPOLICY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Store scheduling policy in the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy rpl_posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, int __schedpolicy)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, int __schedpolicy));
+# else
+#  if !0 || POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER == 0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, int __schedpolicy)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *__attr, int __schedpolicy));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSCHEDPOLICY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Get scheduling parameters from the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_getschedparam rpl_posix_spawnattr_getschedparam
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam));
+# else
+#  if !0 || POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM == 0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam, int,
+                  (const posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_getschedparam
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_GETSCHEDPARAM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_getschedparam,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_getschedparam is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_getschedparam for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Store scheduling parameters in the attribute structure.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawnattr_setschedparam rpl_posix_spawnattr_setschedparam
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam));
+# else
+#  if !0 || POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM == 0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam, int,
+                  (posix_spawnattr_t *_Restrict_ __attr,
+                   const struct sched_param *_Restrict_ __schedparam));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawnattr_setschedparam
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWNATTR_SETSCHEDPARAM
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawnattr_setschedparam,
+                 "posix_spawnattr_setschedparam is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawnattr_setschedparam for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Initialize data structure for file attribute for 'spawn' call.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn_file_actions_init rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_init
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_init, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_init, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_init, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_init, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn_file_actions_init);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn_file_actions_init
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_INIT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn_file_actions_init,
+                 "posix_spawn_file_actions_init is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_init for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Free resources associated with FILE-ACTIONS.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_DESTROY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy,
+                 "posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'open' for the given file during the 'spawn' call.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   int __fd,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path, int __oflag, mode_t __mode)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   int __fd,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path, int __oflag, mode_t __mode));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   int __fd,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path, int __oflag, mode_t __mode)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *_Restrict_ __file_actions,
+                   int __fd,
+                   const char *_Restrict_ __path, int __oflag, mode_t __mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDOPEN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen,
+                 "posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'close' for the given file descriptor during the 'spawn' call.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions, int __fd)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions, int __fd));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions, int __fd)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions, int __fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDCLOSE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose,
+                 "posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'dup2' for the given file descriptors during the 'spawn' call.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 rpl_posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   int __fd, int __newfd)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   int __fd, int __newfd));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   int __fd, int __newfd)
+                  __THROW _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2, int,
+                  (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *__file_actions,
+                   int __fd, int __newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_POSIX_SPAWN_FILE_ACTIONS_ADDDUP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2,
+                 "posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SPAWN_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SPAWN_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/stdbool.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/stdbool.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f918a3123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/stdbool.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STDBOOL_H
+#define _GL_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it.  */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+   Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
+   and standards compliance issues.
+
+   Standards compliance:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+         can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+       - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+         as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+   Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+       - Bit-fields of type 'bool' are not supported.  Portable code
+         should use 'unsigned int foo : 1;' rather than 'bool foo : 1;'.
+
+       - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+         performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+         to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'.  This doesn't work
+         with this substitute.  With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+         give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+       - C99 allows the use of (_Bool)0.0 in constant expressions, but
+         this substitute cannot always provide this property.
+
+   Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+   this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common.  */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1.  We use the same
+   definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them.  */
+#if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+# error #include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define _Bool bool
+# define bool bool
+#else
+# if defined __BEOS__ && !defined __HAIKU__
+  /* A compiler known to have 'bool'.  */
+  /* If the compiler already has both 'bool' and '_Bool', we can assume they
+     are the same types.  */
+#  if !0
+typedef bool _Bool;
+#  endif
+# else
+#  if !defined __GNUC__
+   /* If 0:
+        Some HP-UX cc and AIX IBM C compiler versions have compiler bugs when
+        the built-in _Bool type is used.  See
+          http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2003-12/msg02303.html
+          http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-11/msg00161.html
+          http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-coreutils/2005-10/msg00086.html
+        Similar bugs are likely with other compilers as well; this file
+        wouldn't be used if <stdbool.h> was working.
+        So we override the _Bool type.
+      If !0:
+        Need to define _Bool ourselves. As 'signed char' or as an enum type?
+        Use of a typedef, with SunPRO C, leads to a stupid
+          "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".
+        Use of an enum type, with IRIX cc, leads to a stupid
+          "warning(1185): enumerated type mixed with another type".
+        Even the existence of an enum type, without a typedef,
+          "Invalid enumerator. (badenum)" with HP-UX cc on Tru64.
+        The only benefit of the enum, debuggability, is not important
+        with these compilers.  So use 'signed char' and no enum.  */
+#   define _Bool signed char
+#  else
+   /* With this compiler, trust the _Bool type if the compiler has it.  */
+#   if !0
+   /* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, define true and false as
+      enum constants, not only as macros.
+      It is tempting to write
+         typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+      so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically.  But then
+      values of type '_Bool' might promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+      (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+      (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)).  So add a negative value to the
+      enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'.  */
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+# define bool _Bool
+#endif
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# define false false
+# define true true
+#else
+# define false 0
+# define true 1
+#endif
+
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _GL_STDBOOL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/stat.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/stat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf7dc29f6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/stat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1052 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Provide a more complete sys/stat header file.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake, Paul Eggert, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+/* This file is supposed to be used on platforms where <sys/stat.h> is
+   incomplete.  It is intended to provide definitions and prototypes
+   needed by an application.  Start with what the system provides.  */
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined __need_system_sys_stat_h
+/* Special invocation convention.  */
+
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/sys/stat.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#else
+/* Normal invocation convention.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Get nlink_t.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Get struct timespec.  */
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if _MSC_VER >= 1900
+#include <../ucrt/sys/stat.h>
+#else
+#error #include <../include/sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_STAT_H
+#define _GL_M4_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Before doing "#define mkdir rpl_mkdir" below, we need to include all
+   headers that may declare mkdir().  Native Windows platforms declare mkdir
+   in <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# include <io.h>     /* mingw32, mingw64 */
+# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare umask() in <io.h>.  */
+#if 0 && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Large File Support on native Windows.  */
+#if 1
+# define stat _stati64
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFIFO
+# ifdef _S_IFIFO
+#  define S_IFIFO _S_IFIFO
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IFMT
+# define S_IFMT 0170000
+#endif
+
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISNAM
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISBLK
+# ifdef S_IFBLK
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISBLK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISCHR
+# ifdef S_IFCHR
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISCHR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDIR
+# ifdef S_IFDIR
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+# else
+#  define S_ISDIR(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISFIFO
+# ifdef S_IFIFO
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+# else
+#  define S_ISFIFO(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISLNK
+# ifdef S_IFLNK
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPB /* V7 */
+# ifdef S_IFMPB
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+# else
+#  define S_ISMPB(m) 0
+#  define S_ISMPC(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISMPX /* AIX */
+# define S_ISMPX(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNAM /* Xenix */
+# ifdef S_IFNAM
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNAM)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNAM(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISNWK /* HP/UX */
+# ifdef S_IFNWK
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISNWK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISPORT /* Solaris 10 and up */
+# define S_ISPORT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISREG
+# ifdef S_IFREG
+#  define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+# else
+#  define S_ISREG(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_ISSOCK
+# ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+# else
+#  define S_ISSOCK(m) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISMQ
+# define S_TYPEISMQ(p) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISTMO
+# define S_TYPEISTMO(p) 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSEM
+# ifdef S_INSEM
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSEM)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSEM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSHM
+# ifdef S_INSHD
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSHD)
+# else
+#  define S_TYPEISSHM(p) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* high performance ("contiguous data") */
+#ifndef S_ISCTG
+# define S_ISCTG(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFD
+# define S_ISOFD(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Cray DMF (data migration facility): off line, with no data  */
+#ifndef S_ISOFL
+# define S_ISOFL(p) 0
+#endif
+
+/* 4.4BSD whiteout */
+#ifndef S_ISWHT
+# define S_ISWHT(m) 0
+#endif
+
+/* If any of the following are undefined,
+   define them to their de facto standard values.  */
+#if !S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#if !S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+
+/* S_ISVTX is a common extension to POSIX.  */
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXG
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRWXO
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+/* S_IXUGO is a common extension to POSIX.  */
+#if !S_IXUGO
+# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
+/* Macros for futimens and utimensat.  */
+#ifndef UTIME_NOW
+# define UTIME_NOW (-1)
+# define UTIME_OMIT (-2)
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchmodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, int flag));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchmodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchmodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHMODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchmodat, "fchmodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstat
+#   define fstat rpl_fstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstat, int, (int fd, struct stat *buf));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstat);
+#elif 1
+/* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+# define fstat _fstati64
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstat, "fstat has portability problems - "
+                 "use gnulib module fstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fstatat
+#   define fstatat rpl_fstatat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fstatat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *name, struct stat *st, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fstatat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fstatat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSTATAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fstatat, "fstatat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our futimens
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to futimens that is meant to invoke the libc's futimens(), not gnulib's
+   futimens().  */
+# if 0 || (!1 && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef futimens
+#   define futimens rpl_futimens
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (futimens, int, (int fd, struct timespec const times[2]));
+# endif
+# if 1
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (futimens);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef futimens
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FUTIMENS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (futimens, "futimens is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module futimens for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Change the mode of FILENAME to MODE, without dereferencing it if FILENAME
+   denotes a symbolic link.  */
+# if !1
+/* The lchmod replacement follows symbolic links.  Callers should take
+   this into account; lchmod should be applied only to arguments that
+   are known to not be symbolic links.  On hosts that lack lchmod,
+   this can lead to race conditions between the check and the
+   invocation of lchmod, but we know of no workarounds that are
+   reliable in general.  You might try requesting support for lchmod
+   from your operating system supplier.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lchmod chmod
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter of chmod is
+                                                int mode.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (lchmod, chmod, int,
+                         (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if 0 /* assume already declared */
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchmod, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+# if 1
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchmod);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchmod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHMOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchmod, "lchmod is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchmod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if ! 0
+/* mingw does not support symlinks, therefore it does not have lstat.  But
+   without links, stat does just fine.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lstat stat
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (lstat, stat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf));
+# elif 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lstat
+#   define lstat rpl_lstat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lstat, int, (const char *name, struct stat *buf));
+# endif
+# if 0
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lstat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lstat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSTAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lstat, "lstat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module lstat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#  undef mkdir
+#  define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+# endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+#else
+/* mingw's _mkdir() function has 1 argument, but we pass 2 arguments.
+   Additionally, it declares _mkdir (and depending on compile flags, an
+   alias mkdir), only in the nonstandard includes <direct.h> and <io.h>,
+   which are included above.  */
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir
+static int
+rpl_mkdir (char const *name, mode_t mode)
+{
+  return _mkdir (name);
+}
+#   define GNULIB_defined_rpl_mkdir 1
+#  endif
+
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define mkdir rpl_mkdir
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdir, int, (char const *name, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+#endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdir);
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkdirat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkdirat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkdirat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKDIRAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkdirat, "mkdirat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mkfifo
+#   define mkfifo rpl_mkfifo
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifo, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifo);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifo
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFO
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifo, "mkfifo is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifo for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mkfifoat, int, (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mkfifoat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mkfifoat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKFIFOAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mkfifoat, "mkfifoat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef mknod
+#   define mknod rpl_mknod
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on OSF/1 5.1, the third parameter is '...'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (mknod, int, (char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknod);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknod
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNOD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknod, "mknod is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mknod for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (mknodat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, mode_t mode, dev_t dev));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (mknodat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef mknodat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_MKNODAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (mknodat, "mknodat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module mkfifoat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+/* We can't use the object-like #define stat rpl_stat, because of
+   struct stat.  This means that rpl_stat will not be used if the user
+   does (stat)(a,b).  Oh well.  */
+#  if defined _AIX && defined stat && defined _LARGE_FILES
+    /* With _LARGE_FILES defined, AIX (only) defines stat to stat64,
+       so we have to replace stat64() instead of stat(). */
+#   undef stat64
+#   define stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#  elif 1
+    /* Above, we define stat to _stati64.  */
+#   if defined __MINGW32__ && defined _stati64
+#    ifndef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#     undef _stat64
+#     define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   elif defined _MSC_VER && defined _stati64
+#    ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+      /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat32i64.  */
+#     undef _stat32i64
+#     define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    else
+      /* The system headers define _stati64 to _stat64.  */
+#     undef _stat64
+#     define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#    endif
+#   else
+#    undef _stati64
+#    define _stati64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   endif
+#  elif defined __MINGW32__ && defined stat
+#   ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+     /* The system headers define stat to _stat32i64.  */
+#    undef _stat32i64
+#    define _stat32i64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   else
+     /* The system headers define stat to _stat64.  */
+#    undef _stat64
+#    define _stat64(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   endif
+#  elif defined _MSC_VER && defined stat
+#   ifdef _USE_32BIT_TIME_T
+     /* The system headers define stat to _stat32.  */
+#    undef _stat32
+#    define _stat32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   else
+     /* The system headers define stat to _stat64i32.  */
+#    undef _stat64i32
+#    define _stat64i32(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#   endif
+#  else /* !(_AIX ||__MINGW32__ ||  _MSC_VER) */
+#   undef stat
+#   define stat(name, st) rpl_stat (name, st)
+#  endif /* !_LARGE_FILES */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int stat (const char *name, struct stat *buf)
+                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2));
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef stat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_STAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (stat, "stat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module stat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Use the rpl_ prefix also on Solaris <= 9, because on Solaris 9 our utimensat
+   implementation relies on futimesat, which on Solaris 10 makes an invocation
+   to utimensat that is meant to invoke the libc's utimensat(), not gnulib's
+   utimensat().  */
+# if 0 || (!1 && defined __sun)
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef utimensat
+#   define utimensat rpl_utimensat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (utimensat, int, (int fd, char const *name,
+                                   struct timespec const times[2], int flag));
+# endif
+# if 1
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (utimensat);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef utimensat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UTIMENSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (utimensat, "utimensat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module utimensat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_STAT_H */
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/time.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b520228f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Provide a more complete sys/time.h.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* On Cygwin and on many BSDish systems, <sys/time.h> includes itself
+   recursively via <sys/select.h>.
+   Simply delegate to the system's header in this case; it is a no-op.
+   Without this extra ifdef, the C++ gettimeofday declaration below
+   would be a forward declaration in gnulib's nested <sys/time.h>.  */
+#if defined _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H || defined _SYS_TIME_H_
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#else
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if 0
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_TIME_H
+#define _GL_M4_SYS_TIME_H
+
+#if ! 0
+# include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows with MSVC, get the 'struct timeval' type.
+   Also, on native Windows with a 64-bit time_t, where we are overriding the
+   'struct timeval' type, get all declarations of system functions whose
+   signature contains 'struct timeval'.  */
+#if (defined _MSC_VER || 0) && 0 && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !0 || 0
+
+# if 0
+#  define timeval rpl_timeval
+# endif
+
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval
+struct timeval
+{
+  time_t tv_sec;
+  long int tv_usec;
+};
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct_timeval 1
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 1
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gettimeofday
+#   define gettimeofday rpl_gettimeofday
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gettimeofday, int,
+                  (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, by default, the second argument is
+                                                  struct timezone *.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gettimeofday, int,
+                       (struct timeval *restrict, void *restrict));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gettimeofday);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gettimeofday
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETTIMEOFDAY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gettimeofday, "gettimeofday is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gettimeofday for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if defined _MSC_VER && 0
+# if !defined _GL_M4_UNISTD_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close close_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (close,
+                      "close() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname gethostname_used_without_including_unistd_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname,
+                      "gethostname() used without including <unistd.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _GL_M4_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                      "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                      "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                      "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                      "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                      "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                      "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                      "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                      "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                      "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                      "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                      "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                      "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                      "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                      "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _GL_M4_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+     _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                      "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _CYGWIN_SYS_TIME_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_TIME_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/wait.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/wait.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38bbfa81dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/sys/wait.h
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* A POSIX-like <sys/wait.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_SYS_WAIT_H
+#define _GL_M4_SYS_WAIT_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
+
+   * For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
+     platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
+     it exists:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if !@HAVE_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+
+   * For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
+     but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
+     is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
+
+       #if @GNULIB_FOO@
+       # if @REPLACE_FOO@
+       #  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+       #   undef foo
+       #   define foo rpl_foo
+       #  endif
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
+       # else
+       #  if !@HAVE_FOO@   or   if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
+       _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
+       #  endif
+       _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
+       # endif
+       _GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
+       #elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+       ...
+       #endif
+*/
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if !((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+/* Unix API.  */
+
+/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process,
+   as returned by waitpid().
+   On nearly all systems, including Linux/x86, WEXITSTATUS are bits 15..8 and
+   WTERMSIG are bits 7..0, while BeOS uses the opposite.  Therefore programs
+   have to use the abstract macros.  */
+
+/* For valid x, exactly one of WIFSIGNALED(x), WIFEXITED(x), WIFSTOPPED(x)
+   is true.  */
+# ifndef WIFSIGNALED
+#  define WIFSIGNALED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) != 0 && WTERMSIG(x) != 0x7f)
+# endif
+# ifndef WIFEXITED
+#  define WIFEXITED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef WIFSTOPPED
+#  define WIFSTOPPED(x) (WTERMSIG (x) == 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* The termination signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSIGNALED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WTERMSIG
+#  define WTERMSIG(x) ((x) & 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* The exit status. Only to be accessed if WIFEXITED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+#  define WEXITSTATUS(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
+# endif
+
+/* The stopping signal. Only to be accessed if WIFSTOPPED(x) is true.  */
+# ifndef WSTOPSIG
+#  define WSTOPSIG(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0x7f)
+# endif
+
+/* True if the process dumped core.  Not standardized by POSIX.  */
+# ifndef WCOREDUMP
+#  define WCOREDUMP(x) ((x) & 0x80)
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+
+# include <signal.h> /* for SIGTERM */
+
+/* The following macros apply to an argument x, that is a status of a process,
+   as returned by waitpid() or, equivalently, _cwait() or GetExitCodeProcess().
+   This value is simply an 'int', not composed of bit fields.  */
+
+/* When an unhandled fatal signal terminates a process, the exit code is 3.  */
+# define WIFSIGNALED(x) ((x) == 3)
+# define WIFEXITED(x) ((x) != 3)
+# define WIFSTOPPED(x) 0
+
+/* The signal that terminated a process is not known posthum.  */
+# define WTERMSIG(x) SIGTERM
+
+# define WEXITSTATUS(x) (x)
+
+/* There are no stopping signals.  */
+# define WSTOPSIG(x) 0
+
+/* There are no core dumps.  */
+# define WCOREDUMP(x) 0
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declarations of functions.  */
+
+#if 1
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (waitpid, pid_t, (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (waitpid);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef waitpid
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_WAITPID
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (waitpid, "waitpid is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sys_wait for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_WAIT_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_SYS_WAIT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unistd.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unistd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3980820c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unistd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1787 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Substitute for and wrapper around <unistd.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_M4_UNISTD_H
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard.  */
+#if 0
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get all possible declarations of gethostname().  */
+#if 0 && 0 \
+  && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# define _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+# include <winsock2.h>
+# undef _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#endif
+
+#if !defined _GL_M4_UNISTD_H && !defined _GL_INCLUDING_WINSOCK2_H
+#define _GL_M4_UNISTD_H
+
+/* NetBSD 5.0 mis-defines NULL.  Also get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* mingw doesn't define the SEEK_* or *_FILENO macros in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares symlinkat in <stdio.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (!(defined SEEK_CUR && defined SEEK_END && defined SEEK_SET) \
+     || ((0 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+         && defined __CYGWIN__)) \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Cygwin 1.7.1 declares unlinkat in <fcntl.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if (0 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) && defined __CYGWIN__ \
+    && ! defined __GLIBC__
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* mingw fails to declare _exit in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* mingw, MSVC, BeOS, Haiku declare environ in <stdlib.h>, not in
+   <unistd.h>.  */
+/* Solaris declares getcwd not only in <unistd.h> but also in <stdlib.h>.  */
+/* OSF Tru64 Unix cannot see gnulib rpl_strtod when system <stdlib.h> is
+   included here.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __osf__
+# define __need_system_stdlib_h
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# undef __need_system_stdlib_h
+#endif
+
+/* Native Windows platforms declare chdir, getcwd, rmdir in
+   <io.h> and/or <direct.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   They also declare access(), chmod(), close(), dup(), dup2(), isatty(),
+   lseek(), read(), unlink(), write() in <io.h>.  */
+#if ((1 || IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS || 1 \
+      || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+     && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
+# include <io.h>     /* mingw32, mingw64 */
+# include <direct.h> /* mingw64, MSVC 9 */
+#elif (1 || IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS || 1 || 0 \
+       || 1 || 0 || 0 || IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS \
+       || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
+      && ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+/* AIX and OSF/1 5.1 declare getdomainname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.
+   NonStop Kernel declares gethostname in <netdb.h>, not in <unistd.h>.  */
+/* But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if ((0 && (defined _AIX || defined __osf__)) \
+     || (0 && defined __TANDEM)) \
+    && !defined __GLIBC__
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+
+/* MSVC defines off_t in <sys/types.h>.
+   May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows.  */
+#if !0 || 1
+/* Get off_t.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (0 || IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS \
+     || 1 || 0 \
+     || 0 || 0 || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK)
+/* Get ssize_t.  */
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get getopt(), optarg, optind, opterr, optopt.
+   But avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems.  */
+#if 01 && !defined __GLIBC__ && !defined _GL_SYSTEM_GETOPT
+# define __need_getopt
+# include <getopt.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+# error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef _GL_UNISTD_INLINE
+# define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
+
+
+/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+#else
+# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
+   consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
+   Example:
+     _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+ */
+#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+  _GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
+  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                \
+    {                                                         \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters = ::rpl_func;          \
+    }                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
+   declaration.  A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
+   that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                     \
+    {                                                              \
+      rettype (*const func) parameters =                           \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::rpl_func);        \
+    }                                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
+   that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+   is defined.
+   Example:
+     _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
+ */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* If we were to write
+       rettype (*const func) parameters = ::func;
+     like above in _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1, the compiler could optimize calls
+     better (remove an indirection through a 'static' pointer variable),
+     but then the _GL_CXXALIASWARN macro below would cause a warning not only
+     for uses of ::func but also for uses of GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                     \
+    {                                              \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters = ::func;  \
+    }                                              \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
+   A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
+   otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                          \
+    {                                                   \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =               \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(::func); \
+    }                                                   \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
+   is like  _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
+   except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
+   namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2.  Two consecutive casts
+   are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
+   errors that would otherwise occur.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+  /* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
+     The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
+     functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
+     When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
+     reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways.  */
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE                                                \
+    {                                                                         \
+      static rettype (*func) parameters =                                     \
+        reinterpret_cast<rettype(*)parameters>(                               \
+          (rettype2(*)parameters2)(::func));                                  \
+    }                                                                         \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
+   GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  func must be defined without overloaded
+   variants.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
+                     "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                     "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
+   causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
+   is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                        GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+   _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
+/* To work around GCC bug <http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
+   we enable the warning only when not optimizing.  */
+# if !__OPTIMIZE__
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
+                         "The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
+                         "Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     extern __typeof__ (func) func
+# else
+#  define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
+     _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+# endif
+#else
+# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
+    _GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */
+
+/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here.  */
+/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
+   that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
+   n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
+# if (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || __GNUC__ > 3
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE
+
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* A compiler attribute is available in gcc versions 4.3.0 and later.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function __attribute__ ((__warning__ (message)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+extern __typeof__ (function) function
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE(function, message) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (function, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, "string")
+   is like _GL_WARN_ON_USE (function, "string"), except that the function is
+   declared with the given prototype, consisting of return type, parameters,
+   and attributes.
+   This variant is useful for overloaded functions in C++. _GL_WARN_ON_USE does
+   not work in this case.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX
+# if 4 < __GNUC__ || (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes \
+     __attribute__ ((__warning__ (msg)))
+# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
+/* Verify the existence of the function.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+extern rettype function parameters_and_attributes
+# else /* Unsupported.  */
+#  define _GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX(function,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,msg) \
+_GL_WARN_EXTERN_C int _gl_warn_on_use
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C declaration;
+   performs the declaration with C linkage.  */
+#ifndef _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C
+# if defined __cplusplus
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern "C"
+# else
+#  define _GL_WARN_EXTERN_C extern
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Hide some function declarations from <winsock2.h>.  */
+
+#if 0 && 0
+# if !defined _GL_M4_SYS_SOCKET_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef socket
+#   define socket              socket_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef connect
+#   define connect             connect_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef accept
+#   define accept              accept_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef bind
+#   define bind                bind_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getpeername
+#   define getpeername         getpeername_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockname
+#   define getsockname         getsockname_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef getsockopt
+#   define getsockopt          getsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef listen
+#   define listen              listen_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recv
+#   define recv                recv_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef send
+#   define send                send_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef recvfrom
+#   define recvfrom            recvfrom_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef sendto
+#   define sendto              sendto_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef setsockopt
+#   define setsockopt          setsockopt_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#   undef shutdown
+#   define shutdown            shutdown_used_without_including_sys_socket_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (socket,
+                     "socket() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (connect,
+                     "connect() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (accept,
+                     "accept() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (bind,
+                     "bind() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpeername,
+                     "getpeername() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockname,
+                     "getsockname() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (getsockopt,
+                     "getsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (listen,
+                     "listen() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recv,
+                     "recv() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (send,
+                     "send() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (recvfrom,
+                     "recvfrom() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (sendto,
+                     "sendto() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (setsockopt,
+                     "setsockopt() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (shutdown,
+                     "shutdown() used without including <sys/socket.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if !defined _GL_M4_SYS_SELECT_H
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef select
+#   define select              select_used_without_including_sys_select_h
+#  else
+    _GL_WARN_ON_USE (select,
+                     "select() used without including <sys/select.h>");
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* OS/2 EMX lacks these macros.  */
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure *_OK macros exist.  */
+#ifndef F_OK
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declare overridden functions.  */
+
+
+#if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* The access() function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (access, "the access function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chdir, int, (const char *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chdir is not always in <unistd.h> - "
+                 "use gnulib module chdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/chown.html.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef chown
+#   define chown rpl_chown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
+                              _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (chown, int, (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (chown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef chown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (chown, "chown fails to follow symlinks on some systems and "
+                 "doesn't treat a uid or gid of -1 on some systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module chown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if 1
+/* Automatically included by modules that need a replacement for close.  */
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef close
+#   define close rpl_close
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (close, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (close, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (close);
+#elif 0
+# undef close
+# define close close_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_close
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef close
+/* Assume close is always declared.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (close, "close does not portably work on sockets - "
+                 "use gnulib module close for portability");
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup rpl_dup
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup, int, (int oldfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup, "dup is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD.  Do nothing if
+   NEWFD = OLDFD, otherwise close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/dup2.html>.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup2 rpl_dup2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup2, int, (int oldfd, int newfd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup2, "dup2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Copy the file descriptor OLDFD into file descriptor NEWFD, with the
+   specified flags.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Close NEWFD first if it is open.
+   Return newfd if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the Linux man page at
+   <http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/dup3.2.html>.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define dup3 rpl_dup3
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dup3, int, (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dup3);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef dup3
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DUP3
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dup3, "dup3 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module dup3 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+# if !1
+/* Set of environment variables and values.  An array of strings of the form
+   "VARIABLE=VALUE", terminated with a NULL.  */
+#  if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+#   include <crt_externs.h>
+#   define environ (*_NSGetEnviron ())
+#  else
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#   endif
+extern char **environ;
+#   ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENVIRON
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE char ***
+rpl_environ (void)
+{
+  return &environ;
+}
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rpl_environ, "environ is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module environ for portability");
+#  undef environ
+#  define environ (*rpl_environ ())
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Like access(), except that it uses the effective user id and group id of
+   the current process.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (euidaccess, int, (const char *filename, int mode));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (euidaccess);
+# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+/* Like access(), this function is a security risk.  */
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "the euidaccess function is a security risk - "
+                 "use the gnulib module faccessat instead");
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef euidaccess
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_EUIDACCESS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (euidaccess, "euidaccess is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module euidaccess for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (faccessat, int,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, int mode, int flag));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (faccessat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef faccessat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FACCESSAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (faccessat, "faccessat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module faccessat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Change the process' current working directory to the directory on which
+   the given file descriptor is open.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fchdir.html>.  */
+# if ! 1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+
+/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the fchdir metadata.  */
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename)
+     _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
+_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_fd (int fd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd);
+_GL_EXTERN_C const char *_gl_directory_name (int fd);
+
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+#  endif
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchdir, int, (int /*fd*/));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchdir, "fchdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fchdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef fchownat
+#   define fchownat rpl_fchownat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fchownat, int, (int fd, char const *file,
+                                  uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fchownat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fchownat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCHOWNAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fchownat, "fchownat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Synchronize changes to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fdatasync.html>.  */
+# if !1 || !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdatasync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdatasync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fdatasync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDATASYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdatasync, "fdatasync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fdatasync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Synchronize changes, including metadata, to a file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/fsync.html>.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fsync, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fsync);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef fsync
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FSYNC
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fsync, "fsync is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module fsync for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Change the size of the file to which FD is opened to become equal to LENGTH.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/ftruncate.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ftruncate
+#   define ftruncate rpl_ftruncate
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ftruncate, int, (int fd, off_t length));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ftruncate);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ftruncate
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FTRUNCATE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ftruncate, "ftruncate is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ftruncate for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE bytes
+   of BUF.
+   Return BUF if successful, or NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
+   or SIZE was too small.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/getcwd.html>.
+   Additionally, the gnulib module 'getcwd' guarantees the following GNU
+   extension: If BUF is NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array
+   is SIZE bytes long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
+   necessary.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getcwd rpl_getcwd
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the second parameter is
+                                                   int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getcwd, char *, (char *buf, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getcwd);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getcwd
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETCWD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getcwd, "getcwd is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getcwd for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the NIS domain name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is unrelated to the fully qualified host name
+            of the machine.  It is also unrelated to email addresses.
+   WARNING! The NIS domain name is usually the empty string or "(none)" when
+            not using NIS.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the NIS domain name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the NIS domain name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getdomainname
+#   define getdomainname rpl_getdomainname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                      _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdomainname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdomainname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdomainname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDOMAINNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdomainname, "getdomainname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdomainname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Return the maximum number of file descriptors in the current process.
+   In POSIX, this is same as sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX).  */
+# if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getdtablesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getdtablesize);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getdtablesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETDTABLESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getdtablesize, "getdtablesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getdtablesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the supplemental groups that the current process belongs to.
+   It is unspecified whether the effective group id is in the list.
+   If N is 0, return the group count; otherwise, N describes how many
+   entries are available in GROUPS.  Return -1 and set errno if N is
+   not 0 and not large enough.  Fails with ENOSYS on some systems.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef getgroups
+#   define getgroups rpl_getgroups
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getgroups, int, (int n, gid_t *groups));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getgroups);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getgroups
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETGROUPS
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getgroups, "getgroups is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getgroups for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the standard host name of the machine.
+   WARNING! The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put up to LEN bytes of the host name into NAME.
+   Null terminate it if the name is shorter than LEN.
+   If the host name is longer than LEN, set errno = EINVAL and return -1.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise set errno and return -1.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef gethostname
+#   define gethostname rpl_gethostname
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 and OSF/1 5.1 systems, the second
+   parameter is
+                                                      int len.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (gethostname, int, (char *name, size_t len));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (gethostname);
+#elif 0
+# undef gethostname
+# define gethostname gethostname_used_without_requesting_gnulib_module_gethostname
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef gethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (gethostname, "gethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module gethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Returns the user's login name, or NULL if it cannot be found.  Upon error,
+   returns NULL with errno set.
+
+   See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getlogin, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin, "getlogin is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Copies the user's login name to NAME.
+   The array pointed to by NAME has room for SIZE bytes.
+
+   Returns 0 if successful.  Upon error, an error number is returned, or -1 in
+   the case that the login name cannot be found but no specific error is
+   provided (this case is hopefully rare but is left open by the POSIX spec).
+
+   See <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/getlogin.html>.
+
+   Most programs don't need to use this function, because the information is
+   available through environment variables:
+     ${LOGNAME-$USER}        on Unix platforms,
+     $USERNAME               on native Windows platforms.
+ */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getlogin_r rpl_getlogin_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size)
+                                   _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 10 systems, the second argument is
+                                                     int size.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getlogin_r, int, (char *name, size_t size));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getlogin_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getlogin_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETLOGIN_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getlogin_r, "getlogin_r is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getlogin_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define getpagesize rpl_getpagesize
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# else
+#  if !0
+#   if !defined getpagesize
+/* This is for POSIX systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+#     if ! (defined __VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for older VMS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __VMS
+#     ifdef __ALPHA
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 8192
+#     else
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() 512
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && 0
+#     error #include <OS.h>
+#     if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+#     endif
+#    endif
+/* This is for AmigaOS4.0.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && defined __amigaos4__
+#     define _gl_getpagesize() 2048
+#    endif
+/* This is for older Unix systems.  */
+#    if !defined _gl_getpagesize && 0
+#     include <sys/param.h>
+#     ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#      define _gl_getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#     else
+#      ifdef NBPG
+#       ifndef CLSIZE
+#        define CLSIZE 1
+#       endif
+#       define _gl_getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#      else
+#       ifdef NBPC
+#        define _gl_getpagesize() NBPC
+#       endif
+#      endif
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#    if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#     define getpagesize() _gl_getpagesize ()
+#    else
+#     if !GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function
+_GL_UNISTD_INLINE int
+getpagesize ()
+{
+  return _gl_getpagesize ();
+}
+#      define GNULIB_defined_getpagesize_function 1
+#     endif
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Cygwin 1.5.x systems, the return type is size_t.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (getpagesize, int, (void));
+# endif
+# if 0
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getpagesize);
+# endif
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getpagesize
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETPAGESIZE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getpagesize, "getpagesize is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getpagesize for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the next valid login shell on the system, or NULL when the end of
+   the list has been reached.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (getusershell, char *, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (getusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef getusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (getusershell, "getusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Rewind to pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (setusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (setusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef setusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (setusershell, "setusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if 0
+/* Free the pointer that is advanced at each getusershell() call and
+   associated resources.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (endusershell, void, (void));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (endusershell);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef endusershell
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ENDUSERSHELL
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (endusershell, "endusershell is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module getusershell for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Determine whether group id is in calling user's group list.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (group_member, int, (gid_t gid));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (group_member);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef group_member
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_GROUP_MEMBER
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (group_member, "group_member is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module group-member for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef isatty
+#   define isatty rpl_isatty
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (isatty, int, (int fd));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (isatty);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef isatty
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISATTY
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isatty, "isatty has portability problems on native Windows - "
+                 "use gnulib module isatty for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Change the owner of FILE to UID (if UID is not -1) and the group of FILE
+   to GID (if GID is not -1).  Do not follow symbolic links.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lchown.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef lchown
+#   define lchown rpl_lchown
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group)
+                               _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lchown, int, (char const *file, uid_t owner, gid_t group));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lchown);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lchown
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LCHOWN
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lchown, "lchown is unportable to pre-POSIX.1-2001 systems - "
+                 "use gnulib module lchown for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/link.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define link rpl_link
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2)
+                             _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (link, int, (const char *path1, const char *path2));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (link);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef link
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (link, "link is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module link for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Create a new hard link for an existing file, relative to two
+   directories.  FLAG controls whether symlinks are followed.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef linkat
+#   define linkat rpl_linkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 4)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (linkat, int,
+                  (int fd1, const char *path1, int fd2, const char *path2,
+                   int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (linkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef linkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (linkat, "linkat is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module linkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Set the offset of FD relative to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END.
+   Return the new offset if successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/lseek.html>.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define lseek rpl_lseek
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (lseek, off_t, (int fd, off_t offset, int whence));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (lseek);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef lseek
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_LSEEK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (lseek, "lseek does not fail with ESPIPE on pipes on some "
+                 "systems - use gnulib module lseek for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Create a pipe, defaulting to O_BINARY mode.
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.  */
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe, int, (int fd[2]));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe, "pipe is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe-posix for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Create a pipe, applying the given flags when opening the read-end of the
+   pipe and the write-end of the pipe.
+   The flags are a bitmask, possibly including O_CLOEXEC (defined in <fcntl.h>)
+   and O_TEXT, O_BINARY (defined in "binary-io.h").
+   Store the read-end as fd[0] and the write-end as fd[1].
+   Return 0 upon success, or -1 with errno set upon failure.
+   See also the Linux man page at
+   <http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/online/pages/man2/pipe2.2.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define pipe2 rpl_pipe2
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# else
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pipe2, int, (int fd[2], int flags));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pipe2);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pipe2
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PIPE2
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pipe2, "pipe2 is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pipe2 for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Read at most BUFSIZE bytes from FD into BUF, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates EOF.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pread.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pread
+#   define pread rpl_pread
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pread, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pread);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pread
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PREAD
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pread, "pread is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pread for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Write at most BUFSIZE bytes from BUF into FD, starting at OFFSET.
+   Return the number of bytes written if successful, otherwise
+   set errno and return -1.  0 indicates nothing written.  See the
+   POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/pwrite.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef pwrite
+#   define pwrite rpl_pwrite
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (pwrite, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, const void *buf, size_t bufsize, off_t offset));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (pwrite);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef pwrite
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_PWRITE
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (pwrite, "pwrite is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module pwrite for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Read up to COUNT bytes from file descriptor FD into the buffer starting
+   at BUF.  See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/read.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef read
+#   define read rpl_read
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the third parameter is
+                                                          unsigned int count
+   and the return type is 'int'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (read, ssize_t, (int fd, void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (read);
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Read the contents of the symbolic link FILE and place the first BUFSIZE
+   bytes of it into BUF.  Return the number of bytes placed into BUF if
+   successful, otherwise -1 and errno set.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/readlink.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define readlink rpl_readlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlink, ssize_t,
+                  (const char *file, char *buf, size_t bufsize));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlink, "readlink is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2, 3)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readlinkat, ssize_t,
+                  (int fd, char const *file, char *buf, size_t len));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef readlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readlinkat, "readlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module readlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 1
+/* Remove the directory DIR.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   define rmdir rpl_rmdir
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rmdir, int, (char const *name));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rmdir);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef rmdir
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_RMDIR
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rmdir, "rmdir is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module rmdir for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Set the host name of the machine.
+   The host name may or may not be fully qualified.
+
+   Put LEN bytes of NAME into the host name.
+   Return 0 if successful, otherwise, set errno and return -1.
+
+   Platforms with no ability to set the hostname return -1 and set
+   errno = ENOSYS.  */
+# if !1 || !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len)
+                                    _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+# endif
+/* Need to cast, because on Solaris 11 2011-10, Mac OS X 10.5, IRIX 6.5
+   and FreeBSD 6.4 the second parameter is int.  On Solaris 11
+   2011-10, the first parameter is not const.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (sethostname, int, (const char *name, size_t len));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sethostname);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sethostname
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SETHOSTNAME
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sethostname, "sethostname is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sethostname for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N seconds.
+   Returns the number of seconds left to sleep.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/sleep.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef sleep
+#   define sleep rpl_sleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (sleep, unsigned int, (unsigned int n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (sleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef sleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (sleep, "sleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module sleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef symlink
+#   define symlink rpl_symlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# else
+#  if !0
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file)
+                                _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlink, int, (char const *contents, char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlink, "symlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file)
+                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 3)));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (symlinkat, int,
+                  (char const *contents, int fd, char const *file));
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (symlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef symlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SYMLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (symlinkat, "symlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module symlinkat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Store at most BUFLEN characters of the pathname of the terminal FD is
+   open on in BUF.  Return 0 on success, otherwise an error number.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef ttyname_r
+#   define ttyname_r rpl_ttyname_r
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (ttyname_r, int,
+                  (int fd, char *buf, size_t buflen));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (ttyname_r);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef ttyname_r
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_TTYNAME_R
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (ttyname_r, "ttyname_r is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module ttyname_r for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlink
+#   define unlink rpl_unlink
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# else
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlink, int, (char const *file));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlink);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlink
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINK
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlink, "unlink is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module unlink for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef unlinkat
+#   define unlinkat rpl_unlinkat
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag)
+                                 _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (unlinkat, int, (int fd, char const *file, int flag));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (unlinkat);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef unlinkat
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_UNLINKAT
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (unlinkat, "unlinkat is not portable - "
+                 "use gnulib module openat for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if 0
+/* Pause the execution of the current thread for N microseconds.
+   Returns 0 on completion, or -1 on range error.
+   See the POSIX:2001 specification
+   <http://www.opengroup.org/susv3xsh/usleep.html>.  */
+# if 0
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef usleep
+#   define usleep rpl_usleep
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# else
+#  if !1
+_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+#  endif
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (usleep, int, (useconds_t n));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (usleep);
+#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
+# undef usleep
+# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_USLEEP
+_GL_WARN_ON_USE (usleep, "usleep is unportable - "
+                 "use gnulib module usleep for portability");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+#if IN_M4_GNULIB_TESTS
+/* Write up to COUNT bytes starting at BUF to file descriptor FD.
+   See the POSIX:2008 specification
+   <http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/write.html>.  */
+# if 1
+#  if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
+#   undef write
+#   define write rpl_write
+#  endif
+_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
+                                  _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
+_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# else
+/* Need to cast, because on mingw, the third parameter is
+                                                             unsigned int count
+   and the return type is 'int'.  */
+_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (write, ssize_t, (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count));
+# endif
+_GL_CXXALIASWARN (write);
+#endif
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_M4_UNISTD_H */
+#endif /* _GL_M4_UNISTD_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unitypes.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unitypes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d7db7510d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unitypes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Elementary types and macros for the GNU UniString library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _UNITYPES_H
+#define _UNITYPES_H
+
+/* Get uint8_t, uint16_t, uint32_t.  */
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* Type representing a Unicode character.  */
+typedef uint32_t ucs4_t;
+
+/* Attribute of a function whose result depends only on the arguments
+   (not pointers!) and which has no side effects.  */
+#ifndef _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 95)
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST __attribute__ ((__const__))
+# else
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Attribute of a function whose result depends only on the arguments
+   (possibly pointers) and global memory, and which has no side effects.  */
+#ifndef _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96)
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
+# else
+#  define _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNITYPES_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/uniwidth.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/uniwidth.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2ad29275a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/uniwidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* DO NOT EDIT! GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY! */
+/* Display width functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _UNIWIDTH_H
+#define _UNIWIDTH_H
+
+#include "unitypes.h"
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get locale_charset() declaration.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Display width.  */
+
+/* These functions are locale dependent.  The encoding argument identifies
+   the encoding (e.g. "ISO-8859-2" for Polish).  */
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for UC.  */
+extern int
+       uc_width (ucs4_t uc, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for first N units
+   (or fewer if S ends before this) in S.  */
+extern int
+       u8_width (const uint8_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_width (const uint16_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_width (const uint32_t *s, size_t n, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for S.  */
+extern int
+       u8_strwidth (const uint8_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u16_strwidth (const uint16_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+extern int
+       u32_strwidth (const uint32_t *s, const char *encoding)
+       _UC_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _UNIWIDTH_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unused-parameter.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unused-parameter.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..53474b5754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64/unused-parameter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER is a marker that can be appended to function parameter
+   declarations for parameters that are not used.  This helps to reduce
+   warnings, such as from GCC -Wunused-parameter.  The syntax is as follows:
+       type param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   or more generally
+       param_decl _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   For example:
+       int param _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+       int *(*param)(void) _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+   Other possible, but obscure and discouraged syntaxes:
+       int _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER *(*param)(void)
+       _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER int *(*param)(void)
+ */
+#ifndef _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+#  define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_UNUSED_PARAMETER
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c27e6bc6b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     PRINTF_FETCHARGS   Name of the function to be defined.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# include "printf-args.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  argument *ap;
+
+  for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
+    switch (ap->type)
+      {
+      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+        ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_SHORT:
+        ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_USHORT:
+        ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_INT:
+        ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_UINT:
+        ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
+        break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+        ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+        ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_CHAR:
+        ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
+        break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+        /* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
+           default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
+           where wint_t is 'unsigned short'.  */
+        ap->a.a_wide_char =
+          (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
+           ? (wint_t) va_arg (args, int)
+           : va_arg (args, wint_t));
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
+          ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
+        break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
+              {
+                (wchar_t)'(',
+                (wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
+                (wchar_t)')',
+                (wchar_t)0
+              };
+            ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
+        break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
+        break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+        ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
+        break;
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+      /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+      case TYPE_U8_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u8_string = va_arg (args, const uint8_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%U", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u8_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint8_t u8_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u8_string = u8_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+      case TYPE_U16_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u16_string = va_arg (args, const uint16_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%lU", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u16_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint16_t u16_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u16_string = u16_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+      case TYPE_U32_STRING:
+        ap->a.a_u32_string = va_arg (args, const uint32_t *);
+        /* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%llU", but in practice
+           it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+           debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+        if (ap->a.a_u32_string == NULL)
+          {
+            static const uint32_t u32_null_string[] =
+              { '(', 'N', 'U', 'L', 'L', ')', 0 };
+            ap->a.a_u32_string = u32_null_string;
+          }
+        break;
+#endif
+      default:
+        /* Unknown type.  */
+        return -1;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2a9c2a3f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-args.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006-2007, 2011-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     PRINTF_FETCHARGS   Name of the function to be declared.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_FETCHARGS
+# define PRINTF_FETCHARGS printf_fetchargs
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get wchar_t.  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get wint_t.  */
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+/* Argument types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  TYPE_NONE,
+  TYPE_SCHAR,
+  TYPE_UCHAR,
+  TYPE_SHORT,
+  TYPE_USHORT,
+  TYPE_INT,
+  TYPE_UINT,
+  TYPE_LONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGINT,
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+  TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
+#endif
+  TYPE_DOUBLE,
+  TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
+  TYPE_CHAR,
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
+#endif
+  TYPE_STRING,
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
+#endif
+  TYPE_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+  /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+, TYPE_U8_STRING
+, TYPE_U16_STRING
+, TYPE_U32_STRING
+#endif
+} arg_type;
+
+/* Polymorphic argument */
+typedef struct
+{
+  arg_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    signed char                 a_schar;
+    unsigned char               a_uchar;
+    short                       a_short;
+    unsigned short              a_ushort;
+    int                         a_int;
+    unsigned int                a_uint;
+    long int                    a_longint;
+    unsigned long int           a_ulongint;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int               a_longlongint;
+    unsigned long long int      a_ulonglongint;
+#endif
+    float                       a_float;
+    double                      a_double;
+    long double                 a_longdouble;
+    int                         a_char;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+    wint_t                      a_wide_char;
+#endif
+    const char*                 a_string;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+    const wchar_t*              a_wide_string;
+#endif
+    void*                       a_pointer;
+    signed char *               a_count_schar_pointer;
+    short *                     a_count_short_pointer;
+    int *                       a_count_int_pointer;
+    long int *                  a_count_longint_pointer;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int *             a_count_longlongint_pointer;
+#endif
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+    /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+    const uint8_t *             a_u8_string;
+    const uint16_t *            a_u16_string;
+    const uint32_t *            a_u32_string;
+#endif
+  }
+  a;
+}
+argument;
+
+/* Number of directly allocated arguments (no malloc() needed).  */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS 7
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  argument *arg;
+  argument direct_alloc_arg[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS];
+}
+arguments;
+
+
+/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int PRINTF_FETCHARGS (va_list args, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a7b0c438e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+/* This file assumes FLT_RADIX = 2.  If FLT_RADIX is a power of 2 greater
+   than 2, or not even a power of 2, some rounding errors can occur, so that
+   then the returned mantissa is only guaranteed to be <= 2.0, not < 2.0.  */
+
+#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# define FUNC printf_frexpl
+# define DOUBLE long double
+# define MIN_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP
+# if HAVE_FREXPL_IN_LIBC && HAVE_LDEXPL_IN_LIBC
+#  define USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+#  define FREXP frexpl
+#  define LDEXP ldexpl
+# endif
+# define DECL_ROUNDING DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING() BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define END_ROUNDING() END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
+# define L_(literal) literal##L
+#else
+# define FUNC printf_frexp
+# define DOUBLE double
+# define MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
+# if HAVE_FREXP_IN_LIBC && HAVE_LDEXP_IN_LIBC
+#  define USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+#  define FREXP frexp
+#  define LDEXP ldexp
+# endif
+# define DECL_ROUNDING
+# define BEGIN_ROUNDING()
+# define END_ROUNDING()
+# define L_(literal) literal
+#endif
+
+DOUBLE
+FUNC (DOUBLE x, int *expptr)
+{
+  int exponent;
+  DECL_ROUNDING
+
+  BEGIN_ROUNDING ();
+
+#ifdef USE_FREXP_LDEXP
+  /* frexp and ldexp are usually faster than the loop below.  */
+  x = FREXP (x, &exponent);
+
+  x = x + x;
+  exponent -= 1;
+
+  if (exponent < MIN_EXP - 1)
+    {
+      x = LDEXP (x, exponent - (MIN_EXP - 1));
+      exponent = MIN_EXP - 1;
+    }
+#else
+  {
+    /* Since the exponent is an 'int', it fits in 64 bits.  Therefore the
+       loops are executed no more than 64 times.  */
+    DOUBLE pow2[64]; /* pow2[i] = 2^2^i */
+    DOUBLE powh[64]; /* powh[i] = 2^-2^i */
+    int i;
+
+    exponent = 0;
+    if (x >= L_(1.0))
+      {
+        /* A nonnegative exponent.  */
+        {
+          DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+          DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+          /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+             x * 2^exponent = argument, x >= 1.0.  */
+          for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+               ;
+               i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+            {
+              if (x >= pow2_i)
+                {
+                  exponent += (1 << i);
+                  x *= powh_i;
+                }
+              else
+                break;
+
+              pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+              powh[i] = powh_i;
+            }
+        }
+        /* Here 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i.  */
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        /* A negative exponent.  */
+        {
+          DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
+          DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
+
+          /* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
+             x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0, exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+          for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
+               ;
+               i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
+            {
+              if (exponent - (1 << i) < MIN_EXP - 1)
+                break;
+
+              exponent -= (1 << i);
+              x *= pow2_i;
+              if (x >= L_(1.0))
+                break;
+
+              pow2[i] = pow2_i;
+              powh[i] = powh_i;
+            }
+        }
+        /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent - 2^i < MIN_EXP - 1 <= exponent,
+           or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+
+        if (x < L_(1.0))
+          /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0 and
+             exponent - 2^i < MIN_EXP - 1 <= exponent.  */
+          while (i > 0)
+            {
+              i--;
+              if (exponent - (1 << i) >= MIN_EXP - 1)
+                {
+                  exponent -= (1 << i);
+                  x *= pow2[i];
+                  if (x >= L_(1.0))
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+
+        /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+           or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+      }
+
+    /* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, and
+       either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+       or 1.0 <= x < 2^2^i and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+    while (i > 0)
+      {
+        i--;
+        if (x >= pow2[i])
+          {
+            exponent += (1 << i);
+            x *= powh[i];
+          }
+      }
+    /* Here either x < 1.0 and exponent = MIN_EXP - 1,
+       or 1.0 <= x < 2.0 and exponent >= MIN_EXP - 1.  */
+  }
+#endif
+
+  END_ROUNDING ();
+
+  *expptr = exponent;
+  return x;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3976b73686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Write a finite, positive number x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where exp >= DBL_MIN_EXP - 1,
+         mantissa < 2.0,
+         if x is not a denormalized number then mantissa >= 1.0.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+extern double printf_frexp (double x, int *expptr);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26987a7bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
+
+/* Specification.  */
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+
+long double
+printf_frexpl (long double x, int *expptr)
+{
+  return printf_frexp (x, expptr);
+}
+
+#else
+
+# define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
+# include "printf-frexp.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3768b0915e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-frexpl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa, for hexadecimal printf.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Write a finite, positive number x as
+     x = mantissa * 2^exp
+   where exp >= LDBL_MIN_EXP - 1,
+         mantissa < 2.0,
+         if x is not a denormalized number then mantissa >= 1.0.
+   Store exp in *EXPPTR and return mantissa.  */
+extern long double printf_frexpl (long double x, int *expptr);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23cacc1dab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     CHAR_T             The element type of the format string.
+     CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII  Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
+                        in the format string are ASCII.
+     DIRECTIVE          Structure denoting a format directive.
+                        Depends on CHAR_T.
+     DIRECTIVES         Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
+                        format string.  Depends on CHAR_T.
+     PRINTF_PARSE       Function that parses a format string.
+                        Depends on CHAR_T.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.  */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef PRINTF_PARSE
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t, NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get intmax_t.  */
+#if defined IN_LIBINTL || defined IN_LIBASPRINTF
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# endif
+#else
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* memcpy().  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* errno.  */
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+/* c_isascii().  */
+# include "c-ctype.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *cp = format;    /* pointer into format */
+  size_t arg_posn = 0;          /* number of regular arguments consumed */
+  size_t d_allocated;           /* allocated elements of d->dir */
+  size_t a_allocated;           /* allocated elements of a->arg */
+  size_t max_width_length = 0;
+  size_t max_precision_length = 0;
+
+  d->count = 0;
+  d_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES;
+  d->dir = d->direct_alloc_dir;
+
+  a->count = 0;
+  a_allocated = N_DIRECT_ALLOC_ARGUMENTS;
+  a->arg = a->direct_alloc_arg;
+
+#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
+  {                                                                     \
+    size_t n = (_index_);                                               \
+    if (n >= a_allocated)                                               \
+      {                                                                 \
+        size_t memory_size;                                             \
+        argument *memory;                                               \
+                                                                        \
+        a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2);                          \
+        if (a_allocated <= n)                                           \
+          a_allocated = xsum (n, 1);                                    \
+        memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument));          \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                              \
+          /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */                 \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                           \
+        memory = (argument *) (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg            \
+                               ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size)          \
+                               : malloc (memory_size));                 \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                             \
+          /* Out of memory.  */                                         \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                           \
+        if (a->arg == a->direct_alloc_arg)                              \
+          memcpy (memory, a->arg, a->count * sizeof (argument));        \
+        a->arg = memory;                                                \
+      }                                                                 \
+    while (a->count <= n)                                               \
+      a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE;                              \
+    if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE)                                    \
+      a->arg[n].type = (_type_);                                        \
+    else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_))                                \
+      /* Ambiguous type for positional argument.  */                    \
+      goto error;                                                       \
+  }
+
+  while (*cp != '\0')
+    {
+      CHAR_T c = *cp++;
+      if (c == '%')
+        {
+          size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count]; /* pointer to next directive */
+
+          /* Initialize the next directive.  */
+          dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
+          dp->flags = 0;
+          dp->width_start = NULL;
+          dp->width_end = NULL;
+          dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->precision_start = NULL;
+          dp->precision_end = NULL;
+          dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+          dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+
+          /* Test for positional argument.  */
+          if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              const CHAR_T *np;
+
+              for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                ;
+              if (*np == '$')
+                {
+                  size_t n = 0;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                  if (n == 0)
+                    /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                    /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                    goto error;
+                  arg_index = n - 1;
+                  cp = np + 1;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Read the flags.  */
+          for (;;)
+            {
+              if (*cp == '\'')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '-')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '+')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == ' ')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '#')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+              else if (*cp == '0')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+              else if (*cp == 'I')
+                {
+                  dp->flags |= FLAG_LOCALIZED;
+                  cp++;
+                }
+#endif
+              else
+                break;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the field width.  */
+          if (*cp == '*')
+            {
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              cp++;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              if (max_width_length < 1)
+                max_width_length = 1;
+
+              /* Test for positional argument.  */
+              if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                {
+                  const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                    ;
+                  if (*np == '$')
+                    {
+                      size_t n = 0;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                      if (n == 0)
+                        /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                        /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+                        goto error;
+                      dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
+                      cp = np + 1;
+                    }
+                }
+              if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                {
+                  dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                  if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                    goto error;
+                }
+              REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+            }
+          else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+            {
+              size_t width_length;
+
+              dp->width_start = cp;
+              for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                ;
+              dp->width_end = cp;
+              width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+              if (max_width_length < width_length)
+                max_width_length = width_length;
+            }
+
+          /* Parse the precision.  */
+          if (*cp == '.')
+            {
+              cp++;
+              if (*cp == '*')
+                {
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  cp++;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  if (max_precision_length < 2)
+                    max_precision_length = 2;
+
+                  /* Test for positional argument.  */
+                  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+                    {
+                      const CHAR_T *np;
+
+                      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                        ;
+                      if (*np == '$')
+                        {
+                          size_t n = 0;
+
+                          for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+                            n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+                          if (n == 0)
+                            /* Positional argument 0.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          if (size_overflow_p (n))
+                            /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
+                               later.  */
+                            goto error;
+                          dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
+                          cp = np + 1;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                    {
+                      dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                      if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                        /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                        goto error;
+                    }
+                  REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+                }
+              else
+                {
+                  size_t precision_length;
+
+                  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+                  for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+                    ;
+                  dp->precision_end = cp;
+                  precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                  if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
+                    max_precision_length = precision_length;
+                }
+            }
+
+          {
+            arg_type type;
+
+            /* Parse argument type/size specifiers.  */
+            {
+              int flags = 0;
+
+              for (;;)
+                {
+                  if (*cp == 'h')
+                    {
+                      flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'L')
+                    {
+                      flags |= 4;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'l')
+                    {
+                      flags += 8;
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'j')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* intmax_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
+                    {
+                      /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
+                         because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
+                         only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784).  */
+                      if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* size_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+                  else if (*cp == 't')
+                    {
+                      if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
+                        {
+                          /* ptrdiff_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#if defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__
+                  /* On Mac OS X 10.3, PRIdMAX is defined as "qd".
+                     We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+                     be understood by the system's printf routines.  */
+                  else if (*cp == 'q')
+                    {
+                      if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* int64_t = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* int64_t = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp++;
+                    }
+#endif
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                  /* On native Windows, PRIdMAX is defined as "I64d".
+                     We cannot change it to "lld" because PRIdMAX must also
+                     be understood by the system's printf routines.  */
+                  else if (*cp == 'I' && cp[1] == '6' && cp[2] == '4')
+                    {
+                      if (64 / 8 > sizeof (long))
+                        {
+                          /* __int64 = long long */
+                          flags += 16;
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* __int64 = long */
+                          flags += 8;
+                        }
+                      cp += 3;
+                    }
+#endif
+                  else
+                    break;
+                }
+
+              /* Read the conversion character.  */
+              c = *cp++;
+              switch (c)
+                {
+                case 'd': case 'i':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+                     "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_SCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_SHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_INT;
+                  break;
+                case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
+                     'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_UCHAR;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_USHORT;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_UINT;
+                  break;
+                case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                case 'a': case 'A':
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
+                  break;
+                case 'c':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_CHAR;
+                  break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                case 'C':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+                  c = 'c';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 's':
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+#else
+                    goto error;
+#endif
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_STRING;
+                  break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                case 'S':
+                  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+                  c = 's';
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case 'p':
+                  type = TYPE_POINTER;
+                  break;
+                case 'n':
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+                  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else
+#endif
+                  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+                     "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER.  */
+                  if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 2)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
+                  else if (flags & 1)
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
+                  break;
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+                case 'U':
+                  if (flags >= 16)
+                    type = TYPE_U32_STRING;
+                  else if (flags >= 8)
+                    type = TYPE_U16_STRING;
+                  else
+                    type = TYPE_U8_STRING;
+                  break;
+#endif
+                case '%':
+                  type = TYPE_NONE;
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  /* Unknown conversion character.  */
+                  goto error;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (type != TYPE_NONE)
+              {
+                dp->arg_index = arg_index;
+                if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
+                    if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+                      /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+                      goto error;
+                  }
+                REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
+              }
+            dp->conversion = c;
+            dp->dir_end = cp;
+          }
+
+          d->count++;
+          if (d->count >= d_allocated)
+            {
+              size_t memory_size;
+              DIRECTIVE *memory;
+
+              d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
+              memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+              if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
+                /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                goto out_of_memory;
+              memory = (DIRECTIVE *) (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir
+                                      ? realloc (d->dir, memory_size)
+                                      : malloc (memory_size));
+              if (memory == NULL)
+                /* Out of memory.  */
+                goto out_of_memory;
+              if (d->dir == d->direct_alloc_dir)
+                memcpy (memory, d->dir, d->count * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+              d->dir = memory;
+            }
+        }
+#if CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+      else if (!c_isascii (c))
+        {
+          /* Non-ASCII character.  Not supported.  */
+          goto error;
+        }
+#endif
+    }
+  d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
+
+  d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
+  d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
+  return 0;
+
+error:
+  if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+
+out_of_memory:
+  if (a->arg != a->direct_alloc_arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir != d->direct_alloc_dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  errno = ENOMEM;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII
+#undef CHAR_T
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8474bee15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/printf-parse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005, 2007, 2010-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     ENABLE_UNISTDIO    Set to 1 to enable the unistdio extensions.
+     STATIC             Set to 'static' to declare the function static.  */
+
+#if HAVE_FEATURES_H
+# include <features.h> /* for __GLIBC__, __UCLIBC__ */
+#endif
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP       1      /* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT        2      /* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN    4      /* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE       8      /* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT        16      /* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO       32
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+# define FLAG_LOCALIZED 64      /* I flag, uses localized digits */
+#endif
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed.  */
+#define ARG_NONE        (~(size_t)0)
+
+/* xxx_directive: A parsed directive.
+   xxx_directives: A parsed format string.  */
+
+/* Number of directly allocated directives (no malloc() needed).  */
+#define N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES 7
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char* dir_start;
+  const char* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const char* width_start;
+  const char* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const char* precision_start;
+  const char* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  char conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+char_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  char_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  char_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+char_directives;
+
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint8_t* dir_start;
+  const uint8_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint8_t* width_start;
+  const uint8_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint8_t* precision_start;
+  const uint8_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint8_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u8_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u8_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u8_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u8_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint16_t* dir_start;
+  const uint16_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint16_t* width_start;
+  const uint16_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint16_t* precision_start;
+  const uint16_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint16_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u16_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u16_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u16_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u16_directives;
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const uint32_t* dir_start;
+  const uint32_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const uint32_t* width_start;
+  const uint32_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const uint32_t* precision_start;
+  const uint32_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  uint32_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f F e E g G a A c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+u32_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  u32_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+  u32_directive direct_alloc_dir[N_DIRECT_ALLOC_DIRECTIVES];
+}
+u32_directives;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Parses the format string.  Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+   in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+   to the end of the format string.  Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+   arguments and the needed count of arguments.  */
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+extern int
+       ulc_printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u8_printf_parse (const uint8_t *format, u8_directives *d, arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u16_printf_parse (const uint16_t *format, u16_directives *d,
+                         arguments *a);
+extern int
+       u32_printf_parse (const uint32_t *format, u32_directives *d,
+                         arguments *a);
+#else
+# ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+# else
+extern
+# endif
+int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c195e521a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#undef ENABLE_RELOCATABLE /* avoid defining set_program_name as a macro */
+#include "progname.h"
+
+#include <errno.h> /* get program_invocation_name declaration */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+
+/* String containing name the program is called with.
+   To be initialized by main().  */
+const char *program_name = NULL;
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
+void
+set_program_name (const char *argv0)
+{
+  /* libtool creates a temporary executable whose name is sometimes prefixed
+     with "lt-" (depends on the platform).  It also makes argv[0] absolute.
+     But the name of the temporary executable is a detail that should not be
+     visible to the end user and to the test suite.
+     Remove this "<dirname>/.libs/" or "<dirname>/.libs/lt-" prefix here.  */
+  const char *slash;
+  const char *base;
+
+  /* Sanity check.  POSIX requires the invoking process to pass a non-NULL
+     argv[0].  */
+  if (argv0 == NULL)
+    {
+      /* It's a bug in the invoking program.  Help diagnosing it.  */
+      fputs ("A NULL argv[0] was passed through an exec system call.\n",
+             stderr);
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  slash = strrchr (argv0, '/');
+  base = (slash != NULL ? slash + 1 : argv0);
+  if (base - argv0 >= 7 && strncmp (base - 7, "/.libs/", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      argv0 = base;
+      if (strncmp (base, "lt-", 3) == 0)
+        {
+          argv0 = base + 3;
+          /* On glibc systems, remove the "lt-" prefix from the variable
+             program_invocation_short_name.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
+          program_invocation_short_name = (char *) argv0;
+#endif
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* But don't strip off a leading <dirname>/ in general, because when the user
+     runs
+         /some/hidden/place/bin/cp foo foo
+     he should get the error message
+         /some/hidden/place/bin/cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
+     not
+         cp: `foo' and `foo' are the same file
+   */
+
+  program_name = argv0;
+
+  /* On glibc systems, the error() function comes from libc and uses the
+     variable program_invocation_name, not program_name.  So set this variable
+     as well.  */
+#if HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
+  program_invocation_name = (char *) argv0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4f3c2778a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/progname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Program name management.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _PROGNAME_H
+#define _PROGNAME_H
+
+/* Programs using this file should do the following in main():
+     set_program_name (argv[0]);
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* String containing name the program is called with.  */
+extern const char *program_name;
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0].
+   argv0 must be a string allocated with indefinite extent, and must not be
+   modified after this call.  */
+extern void set_program_name (const char *argv0);
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* Set program_name, based on argv[0], and original installation prefix and
+   directory, for relocatability.  */
+extern void set_program_name_and_installdir (const char *argv0,
+                                             const char *orig_installprefix,
+                                             const char *orig_installdir);
+#undef set_program_name
+#define set_program_name(ARG0) \
+  set_program_name_and_installdir (ARG0, INSTALLPREFIX, INSTALLDIR)
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current executable, based on the earlier
+   call to set_program_name_and_installdir.  Return NULL if unknown.  */
+extern char *get_full_program_name (void);
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _PROGNAME_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quote.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quote.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1679796763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quote.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2001, 2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef QUOTE_H_
+# define QUOTE_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The quoting options used by quote_n and quote.  Its type is incomplete,
+   so it's useful only in expressions like '&quote_quoting_options'.  */
+extern struct quoting_options quote_quoting_options;
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG (of size
+   ARGSIZE), allocated in slot N, suitable for diagnostics.  If
+   ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for
+   ARGSIZE.  */
+char const *quote_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG (of size
+   ARGSIZE), suitable for diagnostics.  If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use
+   the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
+char const *quote_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG, allocated in
+   slot N, suitable for diagnostics.  */
+char const *quote_n (int n, char const *arg);
+
+/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of ARG, suitable for
+   diagnostics.  */
+char const *quote (char const *arg);
+
+#endif /* !QUOTE_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40114d7fbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+/* Without this pragma, gcc 4.7.0 20111124 mistakenly suggests that
+   the quoting_options_from_style function might be candidate for
+   attribute 'pure'  */
+#if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "c-strcaseeq.h"
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+
+struct quoting_options
+{
+  /* Basic quoting style.  */
+  enum quoting_style style;
+
+  /* Additional flags.  Bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags.  */
+  int flags;
+
+  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
+     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
+  unsigned int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
+
+  /* The left quote for custom_quoting_style.  */
+  char const *left_quote;
+
+  /* The right quote for custom_quoting_style.  */
+  char const *right_quote;
+};
+
+/* Names of quoting styles.  */
+char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
+{
+  "literal",
+  "shell",
+  "shell-always",
+  "c",
+  "c-maybe",
+  "escape",
+  "locale",
+  "clocale",
+  0
+};
+
+/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
+enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
+{
+  literal_quoting_style,
+  shell_quoting_style,
+  shell_always_quoting_style,
+  c_quoting_style,
+  c_maybe_quoting_style,
+  escape_quoting_style,
+  locale_quoting_style,
+  clocale_quoting_style
+};
+
+/* The default quoting options.  */
+static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *
+clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  int e = errno;
+  struct quoting_options *p = xmemdup (o ? o : &default_quoting_options,
+                                       sizeof *o);
+  errno = e;
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style
+get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
+{
+  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void
+set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
+int
+set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
+{
+  unsigned char uc = c;
+  unsigned int *p =
+    (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
+  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
+  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
+  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options flag to I, which can be a
+   bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags, or 0 for default
+   behavior.  Return the old value.  */
+int
+set_quoting_flags (struct quoting_options *o, int i)
+{
+  int r;
+  if (!o)
+    o = &default_quoting_options;
+  r = o->flags;
+  o->flags = i;
+  return r;
+}
+
+void
+set_custom_quoting (struct quoting_options *o,
+                    char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote)
+{
+  if (!o)
+    o = &default_quoting_options;
+  o->style = custom_quoting_style;
+  if (!left_quote || !right_quote)
+    abort ();
+  o->left_quote = left_quote;
+  o->right_quote = right_quote;
+}
+
+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
+static struct quoting_options /* NOT PURE!! */
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o = { 0, 0, { 0 }, NULL, NULL };
+  if (style == custom_quoting_style)
+    abort ();
+  o.style = style;
+  return o;
+}
+
+/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
+   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.
+
+   S is either clocale_quoting_style or locale_quoting_style.  */
+static char const *
+gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
+{
+  char const *translation = _(msgid);
+  char const *locale_code;
+
+  if (translation != msgid)
+    return translation;
+
+  /* For UTF-8 and GB-18030, use single quotes U+2018 and U+2019.
+     Here is a list of other locales that include U+2018 and U+2019:
+
+        ISO-8859-7   0xA1                 KOI8-T       0x91
+        CP869        0x8B                 CP874        0x91
+        CP932        0x81 0x65            CP936        0xA1 0xAE
+        CP949        0xA1 0xAE            CP950        0xA1 0xA5
+        CP1250       0x91                 CP1251       0x91
+        CP1252       0x91                 CP1253       0x91
+        CP1254       0x91                 CP1255       0x91
+        CP1256       0x91                 CP1257       0x91
+        EUC-JP       0xA1 0xC6            EUC-KR       0xA1 0xAE
+        EUC-TW       0xA1 0xE4            BIG5         0xA1 0xA5
+        BIG5-HKSCS   0xA1 0xA5            EUC-CN       0xA1 0xAE
+        GBK          0xA1 0xAE            Georgian-PS  0x91
+        PT154        0x91
+
+     None of these is still in wide use; using iconv is overkill.  */
+  locale_code = locale_charset ();
+  if (STRCASEEQ (locale_code, "UTF-8", 'U','T','F','-','8',0,0,0,0))
+    return msgid[0] == '`' ? "\xe2\x80\x98": "\xe2\x80\x99";
+  if (STRCASEEQ (locale_code, "GB18030", 'G','B','1','8','0','3','0',0,0))
+    return msgid[0] == '`' ? "\xa1\ae": "\xa1\xaf";
+
+  return (s == clocale_quoting_style ? "\"" : "'");
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE, FLAGS, and
+   QUOTE_THESE_TOO to control quoting.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+
+   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
+   ARGSIZE, O), except it breaks O into its component pieces and is
+   not careful about errno.  */
+
+static size_t
+quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                          char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                          enum quoting_style quoting_style, int flags,
+                          unsigned int const *quote_these_too,
+                          char const *left_quote,
+                          char const *right_quote)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  size_t len = 0;
+  char const *quote_string = 0;
+  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
+  bool backslash_escapes = false;
+  bool unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
+  bool elide_outer_quotes = (flags & QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES) != 0;
+
+#define STORE(c) \
+    do \
+      { \
+        if (len < buffersize) \
+          buffer[len] = (c); \
+        len++; \
+      } \
+    while (0)
+
+  switch (quoting_style)
+    {
+    case c_maybe_quoting_style:
+      quoting_style = c_quoting_style;
+      elide_outer_quotes = true;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case c_quoting_style:
+      if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+        STORE ('"');
+      backslash_escapes = true;
+      quote_string = "\"";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case escape_quoting_style:
+      backslash_escapes = true;
+      elide_outer_quotes = false;
+      break;
+
+    case locale_quoting_style:
+    case clocale_quoting_style:
+    case custom_quoting_style:
+      {
+        if (quoting_style != custom_quoting_style)
+          {
+            /* TRANSLATORS:
+               Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
+               The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
+               quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
+               "'".  For example, a French Unicode local should translate
+               these to U+00AB (LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
+               QUOTATION MARK), and U+00BB (RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE
+               QUOTATION MARK), respectively.
+
+               If the catalog has no translation, we will try to
+               use Unicode U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
+               Unicode U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK).  If the
+               current locale is not Unicode, locale_quoting_style
+               will quote 'like this', and clocale_quoting_style will
+               quote "like this".  You should always include translations
+               for "`" and "'" even if U+2018 and U+2019 are appropriate
+               for your locale.
+
+               If you don't know what to put here, please see
+               <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_marks_in_other_languages>
+               and use glyphs suitable for your language.  */
+            left_quote = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
+            right_quote = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
+          }
+        if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+          for (quote_string = left_quote; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+            STORE (*quote_string);
+        backslash_escapes = true;
+        quote_string = right_quote;
+        quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case shell_quoting_style:
+      quoting_style = shell_always_quoting_style;
+      elide_outer_quotes = true;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    case shell_always_quoting_style:
+      if (!elide_outer_quotes)
+        STORE ('\'');
+      quote_string = "'";
+      quote_string_len = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case literal_quoting_style:
+      elide_outer_quotes = false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char c;
+      unsigned char esc;
+      bool is_right_quote = false;
+
+      if (backslash_escapes
+          && quote_string_len
+          && (i + quote_string_len
+              <= (argsize == SIZE_MAX && 1 < quote_string_len
+                  /* Use strlen only if we must: when argsize is SIZE_MAX,
+                     and when the quote string is more than 1 byte long.
+                     If we do call strlen, save the result.  */
+                  ? (argsize = strlen (arg)) : argsize))
+          && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
+        {
+          if (elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          is_right_quote = true;
+        }
+
+      c = arg[i];
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '\0':
+          if (backslash_escapes)
+            {
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+              STORE ('\\');
+              /* If quote_string were to begin with digits, we'd need to
+                 test for the end of the arg as well.  However, it's
+                 hard to imagine any locale that would use digits in
+                 quotes, and set_custom_quoting is documented not to
+                 accept them.  */
+              if (i + 1 < argsize && '0' <= arg[i + 1] && arg[i + 1] <= '9')
+                {
+                  STORE ('0');
+                  STORE ('0');
+                }
+              c = '0';
+              /* We don't have to worry that this last '0' will be
+                 backslash-escaped because, again, quote_string should
+                 not start with it and because quote_these_too is
+                 documented as not accepting it.  */
+            }
+          else if (flags & QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES)
+            continue;
+          break;
+
+        case '?':
+          switch (quoting_style)
+            {
+            case shell_always_quoting_style:
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+              break;
+
+            case c_quoting_style:
+              if ((flags & QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS)
+                  && i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
+                switch (arg[i + 2])
+                  {
+                  case '!': case '\'':
+                  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
+                  case '<': case '=': case '>':
+                    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
+                       a trigraph.  */
+                    if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                      goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+                    c = arg[i + 2];
+                    i += 2;
+                    STORE ('?');
+                    STORE ('"');
+                    STORE ('"');
+                    STORE ('?');
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    break;
+                  }
+              break;
+
+            default:
+              break;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '\a': esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
+        case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
+        case '\\': esc = c;
+          /* No need to escape the escape if we are trying to elide
+             outer quotes and nothing else is problematic.  */
+          if (backslash_escapes && elide_outer_quotes && quote_string_len)
+            goto store_c;
+
+        c_and_shell_escape:
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+              && elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          /* Fall through.  */
+        c_escape:
+          if (backslash_escapes)
+            {
+              c = esc;
+              goto store_escape;
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '{': case '}': /* sometimes special if isolated */
+          if (! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[1] == '\0' : argsize == 1))
+            break;
+          /* Fall through.  */
+        case '#': case '~':
+          if (i != 0)
+            break;
+          /* Fall through.  */
+        case ' ':
+        case '!': /* special in bash */
+        case '"': case '$': case '&':
+        case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+        case '<':
+        case '=': /* sometimes special in 0th or (with "set -k") later args */
+        case '>': case '[':
+        case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
+        case '`': case '|':
+          /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
+             be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
+             we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
+             doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+              && elide_outer_quotes)
+            goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+          break;
+
+        case '\'':
+          if (quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style)
+            {
+              if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+              STORE ('\'');
+              STORE ('\\');
+              STORE ('\'');
+            }
+          break;
+
+        case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+        case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+        case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':':
+        case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
+        case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
+        case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
+        case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
+        case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
+        case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
+        case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
+        case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+        case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
+          /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
+             quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.
+             A digit or a special letter would cause trouble if it
+             appeared at the beginning of quote_string because we'd then
+             escape by prepending a backslash.  However, it's hard to
+             imagine any locale that would use digits or letters as
+             quotes, and set_custom_quoting is documented not to accept
+             them.  Also, a digit or a special letter would cause
+             trouble if it appeared in quote_these_too, but that's also
+             documented as not accepting them.  */
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
+             its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
+             state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
+             unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
+             we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
+          {
+            /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
+            size_t m;
+
+            bool printable;
+
+            if (unibyte_locale)
+              {
+                m = 1;
+                printable = isprint (c) != 0;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                mbstate_t mbstate;
+                memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+
+                m = 0;
+                printable = true;
+                if (argsize == SIZE_MAX)
+                  argsize = strlen (arg);
+
+                do
+                  {
+                    wchar_t w;
+                    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
+                                            argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
+                    if (bytes == 0)
+                      break;
+                    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+                      {
+                        printable = false;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+                      {
+                        printable = false;
+                        while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
+                          m++;
+                        break;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Work around a bug with older shells that "see" a '\'
+                           that is really the 2nd byte of a multibyte character.
+                           In practice the problem is limited to ASCII
+                           chars >= '@' that are shell special chars.  */
+                        if ('[' == 0x5b && elide_outer_quotes
+                            && quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style)
+                          {
+                            size_t j;
+                            for (j = 1; j < bytes; j++)
+                              switch (arg[i + m + j])
+                                {
+                                case '[': case '\\': case '^':
+                                case '`': case '|':
+                                  goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+
+                                default:
+                                  break;
+                                }
+                          }
+
+                        if (! iswprint (w))
+                          printable = false;
+                        m += bytes;
+                      }
+                  }
+                while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+              }
+
+            if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
+              {
+                /* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
+                   unprintable unibyte character.  */
+                size_t ilim = i + m;
+
+                for (;;)
+                  {
+                    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
+                      {
+                        if (elide_outer_quotes)
+                          goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+                        STORE ('\\');
+                        STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
+                        STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
+                        c = '0' + (c & 7);
+                      }
+                    else if (is_right_quote)
+                      {
+                        STORE ('\\');
+                        is_right_quote = false;
+                      }
+                    if (ilim <= i + 1)
+                      break;
+                    STORE (c);
+                    c = arg[++i];
+                  }
+
+                goto store_c;
+              }
+          }
+        }
+
+      if (! ((backslash_escapes || elide_outer_quotes)
+             && quote_these_too
+             && quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS)))
+          && !is_right_quote)
+        goto store_c;
+
+    store_escape:
+      if (elide_outer_quotes)
+        goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+      STORE ('\\');
+
+    store_c:
+      STORE (c);
+    }
+
+  if (len == 0 && quoting_style == shell_always_quoting_style
+      && elide_outer_quotes)
+    goto force_outer_quoting_style;
+
+  if (quote_string && !elide_outer_quotes)
+    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
+      STORE (*quote_string);
+
+  if (len < buffersize)
+    buffer[len] = '\0';
+  return len;
+
+ force_outer_quoting_style:
+  /* Don't reuse quote_these_too, since the addition of outer quotes
+     sufficiently quotes the specified characters.  */
+  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+                                   quoting_style,
+                                   flags & ~QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES, NULL,
+                                   left_quote, right_quote);
+}
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for
+   ARGSIZE.  */
+size_t
+quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                 struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  int e = errno;
+  size_t r = quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+                                       p->style, p->flags, p->quote_these_too,
+                                       p->left_quote, p->right_quote);
+  errno = e;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_alloc (ARG, ARGSIZE, NULL, O).  */
+char *
+quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  return quotearg_alloc_mem (arg, argsize, NULL, o);
+}
+
+/* Like quotearg_buffer (..., ARG, ARGSIZE, O), except return newly
+   allocated storage containing the quoted string, and store the
+   resulting size into *SIZE, if non-NULL.  The result can contain
+   embedded null bytes only if ARGSIZE is not SIZE_MAX, SIZE is not
+   NULL, and set_quoting_flags has not set the null byte elision
+   flag.  */
+char *
+quotearg_alloc_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, size_t *size,
+                    struct quoting_options const *o)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
+  int e = errno;
+  /* Elide embedded null bytes if we can't return a size.  */
+  int flags = p->flags | (size ? 0 : QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES);
+  size_t bufsize = quotearg_buffer_restyled (0, 0, arg, argsize, p->style,
+                                             flags, p->quote_these_too,
+                                             p->left_quote,
+                                             p->right_quote) + 1;
+  char *buf = xcharalloc (bufsize);
+  quotearg_buffer_restyled (buf, bufsize, arg, argsize, p->style, flags,
+                            p->quote_these_too,
+                            p->left_quote, p->right_quote);
+  errno = e;
+  if (size)
+    *size = bufsize - 1;
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* A storage slot with size and pointer to a value.  */
+struct slotvec
+{
+  size_t size;
+  char *val;
+};
+
+/* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
+   one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
+static char slot0[256];
+static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
+static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
+
+void
+quotearg_free (void)
+{
+  struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
+  unsigned int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < nslots; i++)
+    free (sv[i].val);
+  if (sv[0].val != slot0)
+    {
+      free (sv[0].val);
+      slotvec0.size = sizeof slot0;
+      slotvec0.val = slot0;
+    }
+  if (sv != &slotvec0)
+    {
+      free (sv);
+      slotvec = &slotvec0;
+    }
+  nslots = 1;
+}
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is SIZE_MAX, ARG is a
+   null-terminated string.
+   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
+   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
+static char *
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                    struct quoting_options const *options)
+{
+  int e = errno;
+
+  unsigned int n0 = n;
+  struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
+
+  if (n < 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  if (nslots <= n0)
+    {
+      /* FIXME: technically, the type of n1 should be 'unsigned int',
+         but that evokes an unsuppressible warning from gcc-4.0.1 and
+         older.  If gcc ever provides an option to suppress that warning,
+         revert to the original type, so that the test in xalloc_oversized
+         is once again performed only at compile time.  */
+      size_t n1 = n0 + 1;
+      bool preallocated = (sv == &slotvec0);
+
+      if (xalloc_oversized (n1, sizeof *sv))
+        xalloc_die ();
+
+      slotvec = sv = xrealloc (preallocated ? NULL : sv, n1 * sizeof *sv);
+      if (preallocated)
+        *sv = slotvec0;
+      memset (sv + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *sv);
+      nslots = n1;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t size = sv[n].size;
+    char *val = sv[n].val;
+    /* Elide embedded null bytes since we don't return a size.  */
+    int flags = options->flags | QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES;
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer_restyled (val, size, arg, argsize,
+                                             options->style, flags,
+                                             options->quote_these_too,
+                                             options->left_quote,
+                                             options->right_quote);
+
+    if (size <= qsize)
+      {
+        sv[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
+        if (val != slot0)
+          free (val);
+        sv[n].val = val = xcharalloc (size);
+        quotearg_buffer_restyled (val, size, arg, argsize, options->style,
+                                  flags, options->quote_these_too,
+                                  options->left_quote,
+                                  options->right_quote);
+      }
+
+    errno = e;
+    return val;
+  }
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &default_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_mem (0, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+                      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_style_mem (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_style_mem (0, s, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, char ch)
+{
+  struct quoting_options options;
+  options = default_quoting_options;
+  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, argsize, &options);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
+{
+  return quotearg_char_mem (arg, SIZE_MAX, ch);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_colon_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_char_mem (arg, argsize, ':');
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_custom (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                   char const *right_quote, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom_mem (n, left_quote, right_quote, arg,
+                                SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_custom_mem (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                       char const *right_quote,
+                       char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options o = default_quoting_options;
+  set_custom_quoting (&o, left_quote, right_quote);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_custom (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                 char const *arg)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom (0, left_quote, right_quote, arg);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_custom_mem (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                     char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_custom_mem (0, left_quote, right_quote, arg,
+                                argsize);
+}
+
+
+/* The quoting option used by the functions of quote.h.  */
+struct quoting_options quote_quoting_options =
+  {
+    locale_quoting_style,
+    0,
+    { 0 },
+    NULL, NULL
+  };
+
+char const *
+quote_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &quote_quoting_options);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  return quote_n_mem (0, arg, argsize);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote_n (int n, char const *arg)
+{
+  return quote_n_mem (n, arg, SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+char const *
+quote (char const *arg)
+{
+  return quote_n (0, arg);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58ee3f6089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/quotearg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998-2002, 2004, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Basic quoting styles.  For each style, an example is given on the
+   input strings "simple", "\0 \t\n'\"\033?""?/\\", and "a:b", using
+   quotearg_buffer, quotearg_mem, and quotearg_colon_mem with that
+   style and the default flags and quoted characters.  Note that the
+   examples are shown here as valid C strings rather than what
+   displays on a terminal (with "??/" as a trigraph for "\\").  */
+enum quoting_style
+  {
+    /* Output names as-is (ls --quoting-style=literal).  Can result in
+       embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not in
+       effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\0 \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", " \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", " \t\n'\"\033??/\\", "a:b"
+    */
+    literal_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell if they contain shell metacharacters
+       or would cause ambiguous output (ls --quoting-style=shell).
+       Can result in embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not
+       in effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "'\0 \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names for the shell, even if they would normally not
+       require quoting (ls --quoting-style=shell-always).  Can result
+       in embedded null bytes if QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES is not in effect.
+       Behaves like shell_quoting_style if QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES is in
+       effect.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "'simple'", "'\0 \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "'simple'", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "'simple'", "' \t\n'\\''\"\033??/\\'", "'a:b'"
+    */
+    shell_always_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Quote names as for a C language string (ls --quoting-style=c).
+       Behaves like c_maybe_quoting_style if QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES is
+       in effect.  Split into consecutive strings if
+       QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a\\:b\""
+    */
+    c_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except omit the surrounding double-quote
+       characters if no quoted characters are encountered.
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+    */
+    c_maybe_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except always omit the surrounding
+       double-quote characters and ignore QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS
+       (ls --quoting-style=escape).
+
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a:b"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "simple", "\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\", "a\\:b"
+    */
+    escape_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like clocale_quoting_style, but use single quotes in the
+       default C locale or if the program does not use gettext
+       (ls --quoting-style=locale).  For UTF-8 locales, quote
+       characters will use Unicode.
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=C
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "`simple'", "`\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "`a\\:b'"
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=pt_PT.utf8
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a\\:b\302\273"
+    */
+    locale_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like c_quoting_style except use quotation marks appropriate for
+       the locale and ignore QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS
+       (ls --quoting-style=clocale).
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=C
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a:b\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"simple\"", "\"\\0 \\t\\n'\\\"\\033??/\\\\\"", "\"a\\:b\""
+
+       LC_MESSAGES=pt_PT.utf8
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a:b\302\273"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\302\253simple\302\273",
+       "\302\253\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\\302\253", "\302\253a\\:b\302\273"
+    */
+    clocale_quoting_style,
+
+    /* Like clocale_quoting_style except use the custom quotation marks
+       set by set_custom_quoting.  If custom quotation marks are not
+       set, the behavior is undefined.
+
+       left_quote = right_quote = "'"
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a:b'"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "'simple'", "'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'", "'a\\:b'"
+
+       left_quote = "(" and right_quote = ")"
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a:b)"
+       quotearg:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a:b)"
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "(simple)", "(\\0 \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\)", "(a\\:b)"
+
+       left_quote = ":" and right_quote = " "
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a:b "
+       quotearg:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a:b "
+       quotearg_colon:
+       ":simple ", ":\\0\\ \\t\\n'\"\\033??/\\\\ ", ":a\\:b "
+
+       left_quote = "\"'" and right_quote = "'\""
+       Notice that this is treated as a single level of quotes or two
+       levels where the outer quote need not be escaped within the inner
+       quotes.  For two levels where the outer quote must be escaped
+       within the inner quotes, you must use separate quotearg
+       invocations.
+       quotearg_buffer:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a:b'\""
+       quotearg:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a:b'\""
+       quotearg_colon:
+       "\"'simple'\"", "\"'\\0 \\t\\n\\'\"\\033??/\\\\'\"", "\"'a\\:b'\""
+    */
+    custom_quoting_style
+  };
+
+/* Flags for use in set_quoting_flags.  */
+enum quoting_flags
+  {
+    /* Always elide null bytes from styles that do not quote them,
+       even when the length of the result is available to the
+       caller.  */
+    QA_ELIDE_NULL_BYTES = 0x01,
+
+    /* Omit the surrounding quote characters if no escaped characters
+       are encountered.  Note that if no other character needs
+       escaping, then neither does the escape character.  */
+    QA_ELIDE_OUTER_QUOTES = 0x02,
+
+    /* In the c_quoting_style and c_maybe_quoting_style, split ANSI
+       trigraph sequences into concatenated strings (for example,
+       "?""?/" rather than "??/", which could be confused with
+       "\\").  */
+    QA_SPLIT_TRIGRAPHS = 0x04
+  };
+
+/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change.  */
+# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
+#  define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
+# endif
+
+/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
+extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
+extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
+
+struct quoting_options;
+
+/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
+   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
+
+/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
+   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o);
+
+/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
+void set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
+   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
+   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
+   it would not otherwise be quoted).  C must never be a digit or a
+   letter that has special meaning after a backslash (for example, "\t"
+   for tab).  */
+int set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting options flag to I, which can be a
+   bitwise combination of enum quoting_flags, or 0 for default
+   behavior.  Return the old value.  */
+int set_quoting_flags (struct quoting_options *o, int i);
+
+/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
+   set the value of the quoting style to custom_quoting_style,
+   set the left quote to LEFT_QUOTE, and set the right quote to
+   RIGHT_QUOTE.  Each of LEFT_QUOTE and RIGHT_QUOTE must be
+   null-terminated and can be the empty string.  Because backslashes are
+   used for escaping, it does not make sense for RIGHT_QUOTE to contain
+   a backslash.  RIGHT_QUOTE must not begin with a digit or a letter
+   that has special meaning after a backslash (for example, "\t" for
+   tab).  */
+void set_custom_quoting (struct quoting_options *o,
+                         char const *left_quote,
+                         char const *right_quote);
+
+/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
+   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
+   If O is null, use the default.
+   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
+   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
+   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
+   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
+   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
+   On output, BUFFER might contain embedded null bytes if ARGSIZE was
+   not -1, the style of O does not use backslash escapes, and the
+   flags of O do not request elision of null bytes.*/
+size_t quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+                        char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                        struct quoting_options const *o);
+
+/* Like quotearg_buffer, except return the result in a newly allocated
+   buffer.  It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  The
+   result will not contain embedded null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                      struct quoting_options const *o);
+
+/* Like quotearg_alloc, except that the length of the result,
+   excluding the terminating null byte, is stored into SIZE if it is
+   non-NULL.  The result might contain embedded null bytes if ARGSIZE
+   was not -1, SIZE was not NULL, the style of O does not use
+   backslash escapes, and the flags of O do not request elision of
+   null bytes.*/
+char *quotearg_alloc_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
+                          size_t *size, struct quoting_options const *o);
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   Use the default quoting options.
+   The returned value points to static storage that can be
+   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
+   N must be nonnegative.  The output of all functions in the
+   quotearg_n family are guaranteed to not contain embedded null
+   bytes.*/
+char *quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg (char const *arg);
+
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the argument ARG
+   of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except it can
+   quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_mem (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_mem (0, ARG, ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+   This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
+   options to specify the quoting method.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+                            char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style_mem (0, S, ARG, ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_style_mem (enum quoting_style s,
+                          char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.
+   See set_char_quoting for a description of acceptable CH values.  */
+char *quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch);
+
+/* Like quotearg_char (ARG, CH), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_char_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize, char ch);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
+char *quotearg_colon (char const *arg);
+
+/* Like quotearg_colon (ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_colon_mem (char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Like quotearg_n_style (N, S, ARG) but with S as custom_quoting_style
+   with left quote as LEFT_QUOTE and right quote as RIGHT_QUOTE.  See
+   set_custom_quoting for a description of acceptable LEFT_QUOTE and
+   RIGHT_QUOTE values.  */
+char *quotearg_n_custom (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                         char const *right_quote, char const *arg);
+
+/* Like quotearg_n_custom (N, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG) except it
+   can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_custom_mem (int n, char const *left_quote,
+                             char const *right_quote,
+                             char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_custom (0, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG).  */
+char *quotearg_custom (char const *left_quote, char const *right_quote,
+                       char const *arg);
+
+/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_custom_mem (0, LEFT_QUOTE, RIGHT_QUOTE, ARG,
+                                        ARGSIZE).  */
+char *quotearg_custom_mem (char const *left_quote,
+                           char const *right_quote,
+                           char const *arg, size_t argsize);
+
+/* Free any dynamically allocated memory.  */
+void quotearg_free (void);
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/raise.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/raise.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b546d2b8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/raise.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Provide a non-threads replacement for the POSIX raise function.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if HAVE_RAISE
+/* Native Windows platform.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+
+# undef raise
+
+# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static int
+raise_nothrow (int sig)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = raise (sig);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = -1;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# else
+#  define raise_nothrow raise
+# endif
+
+#else
+/* An old Unix platform.  */
+
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# define rpl_raise raise
+
+#endif
+
+int
+rpl_raise (int sig)
+{
+#if GNULIB_defined_signal_blocking && GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+  if (sig == SIGPIPE)
+    return _gl_raise_SIGPIPE ();
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_RAISE
+  return raise_nothrow (sig);
+#else
+  return kill (getpid (), sig);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rawmemchr.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rawmemchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0298ce64e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rawmemchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S.  */
+void *
+rawmemchr (const void *s, int c_in)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       ++char_ptr)
+    if (*char_ptr == c)
+      return (void *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+  repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
+     test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of
+     the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
+     c.  We first use an xor with repeated_c.  This reduces the task
+     to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 is zero.
+
+     We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp is nonzero.
+
+     This test can read beyond the end of a string, depending on where
+     C_IN is encountered.  However, this is considered safe since the
+     initialization phase ensured that the read will be aligned,
+     therefore, the read will not cross page boundaries and will not
+     cause a fault.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+
+      if ((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
+     starting at char_ptr is == c.  On little-endian machines, we
+     could determine the first such byte without any further memory
+     accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian machines.
+     Choose code that works in both cases.  */
+
+  char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+  while (*char_ptr != c)
+    char_ptr++;
+  return (void *) char_ptr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/readlink.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/readlink.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f83a1e0123
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/readlink.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Stub for readlink().
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_READLINK
+
+/* readlink() substitute for systems that don't have a readlink() function,
+   such as DJGPP 2.03 and mingw32.  */
+
+ssize_t
+readlink (const char *name, char *buf _GL_UNUSED,
+          size_t bufsize _GL_UNUSED)
+{
+  struct stat statbuf;
+
+  /* In general we should use lstat() here, not stat().  But on platforms
+     without symbolic links, lstat() - if it exists - would be equivalent to
+     stat(), therefore we can use stat().  This saves us a configure check.  */
+  if (stat (name, &statbuf) >= 0)
+    errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_READLINK */
+
+# undef readlink
+
+/* readlink() wrapper that uses correct types, for systems like cygwin
+   1.5.x where readlink returns int, and which rejects trailing slash,
+   for Solaris 9.  */
+
+ssize_t
+rpl_readlink (const char *name, char *buf, size_t bufsize)
+{
+# if READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG
+  size_t len = strlen (name);
+  if (len && name[len - 1] == '/')
+    {
+      /* Even if name without the slash is a symlink to a directory,
+         both lstat() and stat() must resolve the trailing slash to
+         the directory rather than the symlink.  We can therefore
+         safely use stat() to distinguish between EINVAL and
+         ENOTDIR/ENOENT, avoiding extra overhead of rpl_lstat().  */
+      struct stat st;
+      if (stat (name, &st) == 0)
+        errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+# endif /* READLINK_TRAILING_SLASH_BUG */
+  return readlink (name, buf, bufsize);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_READLINK */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/realloc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/realloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b51010a621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/realloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* realloc() function that is glibc compatible.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering and Bruno Haible */
+
+#define _GL_USE_STDLIB_ALLOC 1
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Only the AC_FUNC_REALLOC macro defines 'realloc' already in config.h.  */
+#ifdef realloc
+# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1
+/* Whereas the gnulib module 'realloc-gnu' defines HAVE_REALLOC_GNU.  */
+#elif GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !HAVE_REALLOC_GNU
+# define NEED_REALLOC_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+/* Infer the properties of the system's malloc function.
+   The gnulib module 'malloc-gnu' defines HAVE_MALLOC_GNU.  */
+#if GNULIB_MALLOC_GNU && HAVE_MALLOC_GNU
+# define SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE 1
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  void *result;
+
+#if NEED_REALLOC_GNU
+  if (n == 0)
+    {
+      n = 1;
+
+      /* In theory realloc might fail, so don't rely on it to free.  */
+      free (p);
+      p = NULL;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (p == NULL)
+    {
+#if GNULIB_REALLOC_GNU && !NEED_REALLOC_GNU && !SYSTEM_MALLOC_GLIBC_COMPATIBLE
+      if (n == 0)
+        n = 1;
+#endif
+      result = malloc (n);
+    }
+  else
+    result = realloc (p, n);
+
+#if !HAVE_REALLOC_POSIX
+  if (result == NULL)
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regcomp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regcomp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0b2e52216
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regcomp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3922 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern,
+					  size_t length, reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static void re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp,
+				     const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+				     char *fastmap);
+static reg_errcode_t init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void free_charset (re_charset_t *cset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static void free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+#endif
+static reg_errcode_t analyze (regex_t *preg);
+static reg_errcode_t preorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+			       reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+			       void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t postorder (bin_tree_t *root,
+				reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+				void *extra);
+static reg_errcode_t optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static bin_tree_t *lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg,
+				 bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static Idx duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint);
+static Idx search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+				   unsigned int constraint);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					 Idx node, bool root);
+static reg_errcode_t calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static Idx fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token,
+			 reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static int peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input,
+			reg_syntax_t syntax) internal_function;
+static bin_tree_t *parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+			  reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				 re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				 Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				     re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				     Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg,
+				  re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				  Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *dup_elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+				 re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+				 reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				      re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+				      reg_errcode_t *err);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+					    re_string_t *regexp,
+					    re_token_t *token, int token_len,
+					    re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					    reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					    bool accept_hyphen);
+static reg_errcode_t parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem,
+					  re_string_t *regexp,
+					  re_token_t *token);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+					re_charset_t *mbcset,
+					Idx *equiv_class_alloc,
+					const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+				      bitset_t sbcset,
+				      re_charset_t *mbcset,
+				      Idx *char_class_alloc,
+				      const char *class_name,
+				      reg_syntax_t syntax);
+#else  /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset,
+					const unsigned char *name);
+static reg_errcode_t build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+				      bitset_t sbcset,
+				      const char *class_name,
+				      reg_syntax_t syntax);
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static bin_tree_t *build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				       RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+				       const char *class_name,
+				       const char *extra,
+				       bool non_match, reg_errcode_t *err);
+static bin_tree_t *create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+				re_token_type_t type);
+static bin_tree_t *create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				      bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+				      const re_token_t *token);
+static bin_tree_t *duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *src, re_dfa_t *dfa);
+static void free_token (re_token_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+static reg_errcode_t mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node);
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+static const char __re_error_msgid[] =
+  {
+#define REG_NOERROR_IDX	0
+    gettext_noop ("Success")	/* REG_NOERROR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+    gettext_noop ("No match")	/* REG_NOMATCH */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADPAT_IDX	(REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ECTYPE_IDX	(REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EESCAPE_IDX	(REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name")
+    gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESUBREG_IDX	(REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACK_IDX	(REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched [ or [^")	/* REG_EBRACK */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EPAREN_IDX	(REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [ or [^")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EBRACE_IDX	(REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADBR_IDX	(REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERANGE_IDX	(REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid range end")	/* REG_ERANGE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESPACE_IDX	(REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+    gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_BADRPT_IDX	(REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_EEND_IDX	(REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ESIZE_IDX	(REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+    "\0"
+#define REG_ERPAREN_IDX	(REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+  };
+
+static const size_t __re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length LENGTH) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the 'allocated' (and perhaps 'buffer') and 'translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+    const char *pattern;
+    size_t length;
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+#else /* size_t might promote */
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length,
+		    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+#endif
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub, unless RE_NO_SUB is set.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = !!(re_syntax_options & RE_NO_SUB);
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (bufp, pattern, length, re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+#endif
+
+/* Set by 're_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (syntax)
+    reg_syntax_t syntax;
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+  return ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+#endif
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+
+  memset (fastmap, '\0', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+  re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_word)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_word, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_nl)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_nl, fastmap);
+  if (dfa->init_state != dfa->init_state_begbuf)
+    re_compile_fastmap_iter (bufp, dfa->init_state_begbuf, fastmap);
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+#endif
+
+static inline void
+__attribute__ ((always_inline))
+re_set_fastmap (char *fastmap, bool icase, int ch)
+{
+  fastmap[ch] = 1;
+  if (icase)
+    fastmap[tolower (ch)] = 1;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for re_compile_fastmap.
+   Compile fastmap for the initial_state INIT_STATE.  */
+
+static void
+re_compile_fastmap_iter (regex_t *bufp, const re_dfastate_t *init_state,
+			 char *fastmap)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx node_cnt;
+  bool icase = (dfa->mb_cur_max == 1 && (bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE));
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < init_state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx node = init_state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+	{
+	  re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, dfa->nodes[node].opr.c);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    {
+	      unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+	      unsigned char *p;
+	      wchar_t wc;
+	      mbstate_t state;
+
+	      p = buf;
+	      *p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+	      while (++node < dfa->nodes_len
+		     &&	dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+		     && dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial)
+		*p++ = dfa->nodes[node].opr.c;
+	      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+	      if (__mbrtowc (&wc, (const char *) buf, p - buf,
+			     &state) == p - buf
+		  && (__wcrtomb ((char *) buf, towlower (wc), &state)
+		      != (size_t) -1))
+		re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, buf[0]);
+	    }
+#endif
+	}
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  int i, ch;
+	  for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    {
+	      int j;
+	      bitset_word_t w = dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i];
+	      for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+		if (w & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << j))
+		  re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, ch);
+	    }
+	}
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      else if (type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  re_charset_t *cset = dfa->nodes[node].opr.mbcset;
+	  Idx i;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	  /* See if we have to try all bytes which start multiple collation
+	     elements.
+	     e.g. In da_DK, we want to catch 'a' since "aa" is a valid
+		  collation element, and don't catch 'b' since 'b' is
+		  the only collation element which starts from 'b' (and
+		  it is caught by SIMPLE_BRACKET).  */
+	      if (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES) != 0
+		  && (cset->ncoll_syms || cset->nranges))
+		{
+		  const int32_t *table = (const int32_t *)
+		    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+		  for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)
+		    if (table[i] < 0)
+		      re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, i);
+		}
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+
+	  /* See if we have to start the match at all multibyte characters,
+	     i.e. where we would not find an invalid sequence.  This only
+	     applies to multibyte character sets; for single byte character
+	     sets, the SIMPLE_BRACKET again suffices.  */
+	  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1
+	      && (cset->nchar_classes || cset->non_match || cset->nranges
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		  || cset->nequiv_classes
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+		 ))
+	    {
+	      unsigned char c = 0;
+	      do
+		{
+		  mbstate_t mbs;
+		  memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs));
+		  if (__mbrtowc (NULL, (char *) &c, 1, &mbs) == (size_t) -2)
+		    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, (int) c);
+		}
+	      while (++c != 0);
+	    }
+
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* ... Else catch all bytes which can start the mbchars.  */
+	      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+		{
+		  char buf[256];
+		  mbstate_t state;
+		  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+		  if (__wcrtomb (buf, cset->mbchars[i], &state) != (size_t) -1)
+		    re_set_fastmap (fastmap, icase, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+		  if ((bufp->syntax & RE_ICASE) && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		    {
+		      if (__wcrtomb (buf, towlower (cset->mbchars[i]), &state)
+			  != (size_t) -1)
+			re_set_fastmap (fastmap, false, *(unsigned char *) buf);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	       || type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+	       || type == END_OF_RE)
+	{
+	  memset (fastmap, '\1', sizeof (char) * SBC_MAX);
+	  if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	    bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     'buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     'used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     'syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     'newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     'fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     'fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     're_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+    regex_t *_Restrict_ preg;
+    const char *_Restrict_ pattern;
+    int cflags;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax = ((cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ? RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED
+			 : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC);
+
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = re_malloc (char, SBC_MAX);
+  if (BE (preg->fastmap == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  syntax |= (cflags & REG_ICASE) ? RE_ICASE : 0;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (preg, pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN)
+    ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  /* We have already checked preg->fastmap != NULL.  */
+  if (BE (ret == REG_NOERROR, 1))
+    /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+       buffer.  This function never fails in this implementation.  */
+    (void) re_compile_fastmap (preg);
+  else
+    {
+      /* Some error occurred while compiling the expression.  */
+      re_free (preg->fastmap);
+      preg->fastmap = NULL;
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+#endif
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+size_t
+regerror (errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+    int errcode;
+    const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg;
+    char *_Restrict_ errbuf;
+    size_t errbuf_size;
+#else /* size_t might promote */
+size_t
+regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg,
+	  char *_Restrict_ errbuf, size_t errbuf_size)
+#endif
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+
+  if (BE (errcode < 0
+	  || errcode >= (int) (sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx)
+			       / sizeof (__re_error_msgid_idx[0])), 0))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (BE (errbuf_size != 0, 1))
+    {
+      size_t cpy_size = msg_size;
+      if (BE (msg_size > errbuf_size, 0))
+	{
+	  cpy_size = errbuf_size - 1;
+	  errbuf[cpy_size] = '\0';
+	}
+      memcpy (errbuf, msg, cpy_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* This static array is used for the map to single-byte characters when
+   UTF-8 is used.  Otherwise we would allocate memory just to initialize
+   it the same all the time.  UTF-8 is the preferred encoding so this is
+   a worthwhile optimization.  */
+static const bitset_t utf8_sb_map =
+{
+  /* Set the first 128 bits.  */
+# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  [0 ... 0x80 / BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1] = BITSET_WORD_MAX
+# else
+#  if 4 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+#   error "bitset_word_t is narrower than 32 bits"
+#  elif 3 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+#  elif 2 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX, BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+#  elif 1 * BITSET_WORD_BITS < ASCII_CHARS
+  BITSET_WORD_MAX,
+#  endif
+  (BITSET_WORD_MAX
+   >> (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+       ? 0
+       : BITSET_WORD_BITS - SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS))
+# endif
+};
+#endif
+
+
+static void
+free_dfa_content (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx i, j;
+
+  if (dfa->nodes)
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+      free_token (dfa->nodes + i);
+  re_free (dfa->nexts);
+  for (i = 0; i < dfa->nodes_len; ++i)
+    {
+      if (dfa->eclosures != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->eclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->inveclosures != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->inveclosures + i);
+      if (dfa->edests != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (dfa->edests + i);
+    }
+  re_free (dfa->edests);
+  re_free (dfa->eclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->inveclosures);
+  re_free (dfa->nodes);
+
+  if (dfa->state_table)
+    for (i = 0; i <= dfa->state_hash_mask; ++i)
+      {
+	struct re_state_table_entry *entry = dfa->state_table + i;
+	for (j = 0; j < entry->num; ++j)
+	  {
+	    re_dfastate_t *state = entry->array[j];
+	    free_state (state);
+	  }
+	re_free (entry->array);
+      }
+  re_free (dfa->state_table);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->sb_char != utf8_sb_map)
+    re_free (dfa->sb_char);
+#endif
+  re_free (dfa->subexp_map);
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  re_free (dfa->re_str);
+#endif
+
+  re_free (dfa);
+}
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (preg)
+    regex_t *preg;
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (BE (dfa != NULL, 1))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+    }
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+
+  re_free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+
+  re_free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec above without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_comp (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  char *fastmap;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+	return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      fastmap = re_comp_buf.fastmap;
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = NULL;
+      __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+      memset (&re_comp_buf, '\0', sizeof (re_comp_buf));
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = fastmap;
+    }
+
+  if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = (char *) malloc (SBC_MAX);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+	return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid
+				 + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since 're_exec' always passes NULL for the 'regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+  ret = re_compile_internal (&re_comp_buf, s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding 'const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (__re_error_msgid + __re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_freeres_fn (free_mem)
+{
+  __regfree (&re_comp_buf);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.
+   Compile the regular expression PATTERN, whose length is LENGTH.
+   SYNTAX indicate regular expression's syntax.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+re_compile_internal (regex_t *preg, const char * pattern, size_t length,
+		     reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa;
+  re_string_t regexp;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  preg->syntax = syntax;
+  preg->not_bol = preg->not_eol = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  preg->can_be_null = 0;
+  preg->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* Initialize the dfa.  */
+  dfa = preg->buffer;
+  if (BE (preg->allocated < sizeof (re_dfa_t), 0))
+    {
+      /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+	 enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+	 that is the user's responsibility.  If ->buffer is NULL this
+	 is a simple allocation.  */
+      dfa = re_realloc (preg->buffer, re_dfa_t, 1);
+      if (dfa == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      preg->allocated = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+      preg->buffer = dfa;
+    }
+  preg->used = sizeof (re_dfa_t);
+
+  err = init_dfa (dfa, length);
+  if (BE (err == REG_NOERROR && lock_init (dfa->lock) != 0, 0))
+    err = REG_ESPACE;
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Note: length+1 will not overflow since it is checked in init_dfa.  */
+  dfa->re_str = re_malloc (char, length + 1);
+  strncpy (dfa->re_str, pattern, length + 1);
+#endif
+
+  err = re_string_construct (&regexp, pattern, length, preg->translate,
+			     (syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0, dfa);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+    re_compile_internal_free_return:
+      free_workarea_compile (preg);
+      re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Parse the regular expression, and build a structure tree.  */
+  preg->re_nsub = 0;
+  dfa->str_tree = parse (&regexp, preg, syntax, &err);
+  if (BE (dfa->str_tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+  /* Analyze the tree and create the nfa.  */
+  err = analyze (preg);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto re_compile_internal_free_return;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* If possible, do searching in single byte encoding to speed things up.  */
+  if (dfa->is_utf8 && !(syntax & RE_ICASE) && preg->translate == NULL)
+    optimize_utf8 (dfa);
+#endif
+
+  /* Then create the initial state of the dfa.  */
+  err = create_initial_state (dfa);
+
+  /* Release work areas.  */
+  free_workarea_compile (preg);
+  re_string_destruct (&regexp);
+
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      lock_fini (dfa->lock);
+      free_dfa_content (dfa);
+      preg->buffer = NULL;
+      preg->allocated = 0;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Initialize DFA.  We use the length of the regular expression PAT_LEN
+   as the initial length of some arrays.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+init_dfa (re_dfa_t *dfa, size_t pat_len)
+{
+  __re_size_t table_size;
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  const char *codeset_name;
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wchar_t), sizeof (wctype_t));
+#else
+  size_t max_i18n_object_size = 0;
+#endif
+  size_t max_object_size =
+    MAX (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry),
+	 MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+	      MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+		   MAX (sizeof (regmatch_t),
+			max_i18n_object_size))));
+
+  memset (dfa, '\0', sizeof (re_dfa_t));
+
+  /* Force allocation of str_tree_storage the first time.  */
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+
+  /* Avoid overflows.  The extra "/ 2" is for the table_size doubling
+     calculation below, and for similar doubling calculations
+     elsewhere.  And it's <= rather than <, because some of the
+     doubling calculations add 1 afterwards.  */
+  if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) / 2 <= pat_len, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->nodes_alloc = pat_len + 1;
+  dfa->nodes = re_malloc (re_token_t, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+
+  /*  table_size = 2 ^ ceil(log pat_len) */
+  for (table_size = 1; ; table_size <<= 1)
+    if (table_size > pat_len)
+      break;
+
+  dfa->state_table = calloc (sizeof (struct re_state_table_entry), table_size);
+  dfa->state_hash_mask = table_size - 1;
+
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = MB_CUR_MAX;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max == 6
+      && strcmp (_NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_CODESET_NAME), "UTF-8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+  dfa->map_notascii = (_NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_CTYPE, _NL_CTYPE_MAP_TO_NONASCII)
+		       != 0);
+#else
+  codeset_name = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+  if ((codeset_name[0] == 'U' || codeset_name[0] == 'u')
+      && (codeset_name[1] == 'T' || codeset_name[1] == 't')
+      && (codeset_name[2] == 'F' || codeset_name[2] == 'f')
+      && strcmp (codeset_name + 3 + (codeset_name[3] == '-'), "8") == 0)
+    dfa->is_utf8 = 1;
+
+  /* We check exhaustively in the loop below if this charset is a
+     superset of ASCII.  */
+  dfa->map_notascii = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (dfa->is_utf8)
+	dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) utf8_sb_map;
+      else
+	{
+	  int i, j, ch;
+
+	  dfa->sb_char = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+	  if (BE (dfa->sb_char == NULL, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+	  /* Set the bits corresponding to single byte chars.  */
+	  for (i = 0, ch = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+	      {
+		wint_t wch = __btowc (ch);
+		if (wch != WEOF)
+		  dfa->sb_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+# ifndef _LIBC
+		if (isascii (ch) && wch != ch)
+		  dfa->map_notascii = 1;
+# endif
+	      }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (BE (dfa->nodes == NULL || dfa->state_table == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Initialize WORD_CHAR table, which indicate which character is
+   "word".  In this case "word" means that it is the word construction
+   character used by some operators like "\<", "\>", etc.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+init_word_char (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  int i = 0;
+  int j;
+  int ch = 0;
+  dfa->word_ops_used = 1;
+  if (BE (dfa->map_notascii == 0, 1))
+    {
+      bitset_word_t bits0 = 0x00000000;
+      bitset_word_t bits1 = 0x03ff0000;
+      bitset_word_t bits2 = 0x87fffffe;
+      bitset_word_t bits3 = 0x07fffffe;
+      if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 64)
+	{
+	  dfa->word_char[0] = bits1 << 31 << 1 | bits0;
+	  dfa->word_char[1] = bits3 << 31 << 1 | bits2;
+	  i = 2;
+	}
+      else if (BITSET_WORD_BITS == 32)
+	{
+	  dfa->word_char[0] = bits0;
+	  dfa->word_char[1] = bits1;
+	  dfa->word_char[2] = bits2;
+	  dfa->word_char[3] = bits3;
+	  i = 4;
+	}
+      else
+        goto general_case;
+      ch = 128;
+
+      if (BE (dfa->is_utf8, 1))
+	{
+	  memset (&dfa->word_char[i], '\0', (SBC_MAX - ch) / 8);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+ general_case:
+  for (; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+    for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++j, ++ch)
+      if (isalnum (ch) || ch == '_')
+	dfa->word_char[i] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << j;
+}
+
+/* Free the work area which are only used while compiling.  */
+
+static void
+free_workarea_compile (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *storage, *next;
+  for (storage = dfa->str_tree_storage; storage; storage = next)
+    {
+      next = storage->next;
+      re_free (storage);
+    }
+  dfa->str_tree_storage = NULL;
+  dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE;
+  dfa->str_tree = NULL;
+  re_free (dfa->org_indices);
+  dfa->org_indices = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Create initial states for all contexts.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+create_initial_state (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx first, i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_node_set init_nodes;
+
+  /* Initial states have the epsilon closure of the node which is
+     the first node of the regular expression.  */
+  first = dfa->str_tree->first->node_idx;
+  dfa->init_node = first;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + first);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  /* The back-references which are in initial states can epsilon transit,
+     since in this case all of the subexpressions can be null.
+     Then we add epsilon closures of the nodes which are the next nodes of
+     the back-references.  */
+  if (dfa->nbackref > 0)
+    for (i = 0; i < init_nodes.nelem; ++i)
+      {
+	Idx node_idx = init_nodes.elems[i];
+	re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node_idx].type;
+
+	Idx clexp_idx;
+	if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	  continue;
+	for (clexp_idx = 0; clexp_idx < init_nodes.nelem; ++clexp_idx)
+	  {
+	    re_token_t *clexp_node;
+	    clexp_node = dfa->nodes + init_nodes.elems[clexp_idx];
+	    if (clexp_node->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+		&& clexp_node->opr.idx == dfa->nodes[node_idx].opr.idx)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	if (clexp_idx == init_nodes.nelem)
+	  continue;
+
+	if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	  {
+	    Idx dest_idx = dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0];
+	    if (!re_node_set_contains (&init_nodes, dest_idx))
+	      {
+		reg_errcode_t merge_err
+                  = re_node_set_merge (&init_nodes, dfa->eclosures + dest_idx);
+		if (merge_err != REG_NOERROR)
+		  return merge_err;
+		i = 0;
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* It must be the first time to invoke acquire_state.  */
+  dfa->init_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes, 0);
+  /* We don't check ERR here, since the initial state must not be NULL.  */
+  if (BE (dfa->init_state == NULL, 0))
+    return err;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      dfa->init_state_word = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+						       CONTEXT_WORD);
+      dfa->init_state_nl = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &init_nodes,
+						     CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+      dfa->init_state_begbuf = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa,
+							 &init_nodes,
+							 CONTEXT_NEWLINE
+							 | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (BE (dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+	      || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+  else
+    dfa->init_state_word = dfa->init_state_nl
+      = dfa->init_state_begbuf = dfa->init_state;
+
+  re_node_set_free (&init_nodes);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* If it is possible to do searching in single byte encoding instead of UTF-8
+   to speed things up, set dfa->mb_cur_max to 1, clear is_utf8 and change
+   DFA nodes where needed.  */
+
+static void
+optimize_utf8 (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node;
+  int i;
+  bool mb_chars = false;
+  bool has_period = false;
+
+  for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+    switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+      {
+      case CHARACTER:
+	if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+	  mb_chars = true;
+	break;
+      case ANCHOR:
+	switch (dfa->nodes[node].opr.ctx_type)
+	  {
+	  case LINE_FIRST:
+	  case LINE_LAST:
+	  case BUF_FIRST:
+	  case BUF_LAST:
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    /* Word anchors etc. cannot be handled.  It's okay to test
+	       opr.ctx_type since constraints (for all DFA nodes) are
+	       created by ORing one or more opr.ctx_type values.  */
+	    return;
+	  }
+	break;
+      case OP_PERIOD:
+	has_period = true;
+	break;
+      case OP_BACK_REF:
+      case OP_ALT:
+      case END_OF_RE:
+      case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+	break;
+      case COMPLEX_BRACKET:
+	return;
+      case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+	/* Just double check.  */
+	{
+	  int rshift = (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0
+			? 0
+			: BITSET_WORD_BITS - ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+	  for (i = ASCII_CHARS / BITSET_WORD_BITS; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	    {
+	      if (dfa->nodes[node].opr.sbcset[i] >> rshift != 0)
+		return;
+	      rshift = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+      default:
+	abort ();
+      }
+
+  if (mb_chars || has_period)
+    for (node = 0; node < dfa->nodes_len; ++node)
+      {
+	if (dfa->nodes[node].type == CHARACTER
+	    && dfa->nodes[node].opr.c >= ASCII_CHARS)
+	  dfa->nodes[node].mb_partial = 0;
+	else if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_PERIOD)
+	  dfa->nodes[node].type = OP_UTF8_PERIOD;
+      }
+
+  /* The search can be in single byte locale.  */
+  dfa->mb_cur_max = 1;
+  dfa->is_utf8 = 0;
+  dfa->has_mb_node = dfa->nbackref > 0 || has_period;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Analyze the structure tree, and calculate "first", "next", "edest",
+   "eclosure", and "inveclosure".  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+analyze (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* Allocate arrays.  */
+  dfa->nexts = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->org_indices = re_malloc (Idx, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->edests = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  dfa->eclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_alloc);
+  if (BE (dfa->nexts == NULL || dfa->org_indices == NULL || dfa->edests == NULL
+	  || dfa->eclosures == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  dfa->subexp_map = re_malloc (Idx, preg->re_nsub);
+  if (dfa->subexp_map != NULL)
+    {
+      Idx i;
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+	dfa->subexp_map[i] = i;
+      preorder (dfa->str_tree, optimize_subexps, dfa);
+      for (i = 0; i < preg->re_nsub; i++)
+	if (dfa->subexp_map[i] != i)
+	  break;
+      if (i == preg->re_nsub)
+	{
+	  free (dfa->subexp_map);
+	  dfa->subexp_map = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, lower_subexps, preg);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  ret = postorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_first, dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  preorder (dfa->str_tree, calc_next, dfa);
+  ret = preorder (dfa->str_tree, link_nfa_nodes, dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+  ret = calc_eclosure (dfa);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  /* We only need this during the prune_impossible_nodes pass in regexec.c;
+     skip it if p_i_n will not run, as calc_inveclosure can be quadratic.  */
+  if ((!preg->no_sub && preg->re_nsub > 0 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+      || dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      dfa->inveclosures = re_malloc (re_node_set, dfa->nodes_len);
+      if (BE (dfa->inveclosures == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      ret = calc_inveclosure (dfa);
+    }
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Our parse trees are very unbalanced, so we cannot use a stack to
+   implement parse tree visits.  Instead, we use parent pointers and
+   some hairy code in these two functions.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+postorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+	   void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node, *prev;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Descend down the tree, preferably to the left (or to the right
+	 if that's the only child).  */
+      while (node->left || node->right)
+	if (node->left)
+	  node = node->left;
+	else
+	  node = node->right;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	  if (node->parent == NULL)
+	    return REG_NOERROR;
+	  prev = node;
+	  node = node->parent;
+	}
+      /* Go up while we have a node that is reached from the right.  */
+      while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL);
+      node = node->right;
+    }
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+preorder (bin_tree_t *root, reg_errcode_t (fn (void *, bin_tree_t *)),
+	  void *extra)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *node;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err = fn (extra, node);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+	node = node->left;
+      else
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+	  while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+	    {
+	      prev = node;
+	      node = node->parent;
+	      if (!node)
+		return REG_NOERROR;
+	    }
+	  node = node->right;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Optimization pass: if a SUBEXP is entirely contained, strip it and tell
+   re_search_internal to map the inner one's opr.idx to this one's.  Adjust
+   backreferences as well.  Requires a preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+optimize_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+
+  if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF && dfa->subexp_map)
+    {
+      int idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+      node->token.opr.idx = dfa->subexp_map[idx];
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << node->token.opr.idx;
+    }
+
+  else if (node->token.type == SUBEXP
+	   && node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx other_idx = node->left->token.opr.idx;
+
+      node->left = node->left->left;
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->parent = node;
+
+      dfa->subexp_map[other_idx] = dfa->subexp_map[node->token.opr.idx];
+      if (other_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+	dfa->used_bkref_map &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << other_idx);
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Lowering pass: Turn each SUBEXP node into the appropriate concatenation
+   of OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the body of the SUBEXP (if any) and OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+lower_subexps (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  regex_t *preg = (regex_t *) extra;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  if (node->left && node->left->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->left = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->left);
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->parent = node;
+    }
+  if (node->right && node->right->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      node->right = lower_subexp (&err, preg, node->right);
+      if (node->right)
+	node->right->parent = node;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+lower_subexp (reg_errcode_t *err, regex_t *preg, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *body = node->left;
+  bin_tree_t *op, *cls, *tree1, *tree;
+
+  if (preg->no_sub
+      /* We do not optimize empty subexpressions, because otherwise we may
+	 have bad CONCAT nodes with NULL children.  This is obviously not
+	 very common, so we do not lose much.  An example that triggers
+	 this case is the sed "script" /\(\)/x.  */
+      && node->left != NULL
+      && (node->token.opr.idx >= BITSET_WORD_BITS
+	  || !(dfa->used_bkref_map
+	       & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << node->token.opr.idx))))
+    return node->left;
+
+  /* Convert the SUBEXP node to the concatenation of an
+     OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, the contents, and an OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+  op = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  cls = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+  tree1 = body ? create_tree (dfa, body, cls, CONCAT) : cls;
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, op, tree1, CONCAT);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL || tree1 == NULL || op == NULL || cls == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  op->token.opr.idx = cls->token.opr.idx = node->token.opr.idx;
+  op->token.opt_subexp = cls->token.opt_subexp = node->token.opt_subexp;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Pass 1 in building the NFA: compute FIRST and create unlinked automaton
+   nodes.  Requires a postorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_first (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == CONCAT)
+    {
+      node->first = node->left->first;
+      node->node_idx = node->left->node_idx;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      node->first = node;
+      node->node_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, node->token);
+      if (BE (node->node_idx == REG_MISSING, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (node->token.type == ANCHOR)
+	dfa->nodes[node->node_idx].constraint = node->token.opr.ctx_type;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 2: compute NEXT on the tree.  Preorder visit.  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_next (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+      node->left->next = node;
+      break;
+    case CONCAT:
+      node->left->next = node->right->first;
+      node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    default:
+      if (node->left)
+	node->left->next = node->next;
+      if (node->right)
+	node->right->next = node->next;
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Pass 3: link all DFA nodes to their NEXT node (any order will do).  */
+static reg_errcode_t
+link_nfa_nodes (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = (re_dfa_t *) extra;
+  Idx idx = node->node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+
+  switch (node->token.type)
+    {
+    case CONCAT:
+      break;
+
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      assert (node->next == NULL);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_ALT:
+      {
+	Idx left, right;
+	dfa->has_plural_match = 1;
+	if (node->left != NULL)
+	  left = node->left->first->node_idx;
+	else
+	  left = node->next->node_idx;
+	if (node->right != NULL)
+	  right = node->right->first->node_idx;
+	else
+	  right = node->next->node_idx;
+	assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (left));
+	assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (right));
+	err = re_node_set_init_2 (dfa->edests + idx, left, right);
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case ANCHOR:
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, node->next->node_idx);
+      break;
+
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      if (node->token.type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	err = re_node_set_init_1 (dfa->edests + idx, dfa->nexts[idx]);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (node->token.type));
+      dfa->nexts[idx] = node->next->node_idx;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the epsilon closure of the node ROOT_NODE.
+   Note that duplicated nodes have constraint INIT_CONSTRAINT in addition
+   to their own constraint.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+duplicate_node_closure (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx top_org_node, Idx top_clone_node,
+			Idx root_node, unsigned int init_constraint)
+{
+  Idx org_node, clone_node;
+  bool ok;
+  unsigned int constraint = init_constraint;
+  for (org_node = top_org_node, clone_node = top_clone_node;;)
+    {
+      Idx org_dest, clone_dest;
+      if (dfa->nodes[org_node].type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	{
+	  /* If the back reference epsilon-transit, its destination must
+	     also have the constraint.  Then duplicate the epsilon closure
+	     of the destination of the back reference, and store it in
+	     edests of the back reference.  */
+	  org_dest = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 0)
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can't epsilon-transit, don't duplicate the
+	     destination and store the original destination as the
+	     destination of the node.  */
+	  dfa->nexts[clone_node] = dfa->nexts[org_node];
+	  break;
+	}
+      else if (dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 1)
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has only one
+	     destination.  */
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  /* If the node is root_node itself, it means the epsilon closure
+	     has a loop.  Then tie it to the destination of the root_node.  */
+	  if (org_node == root_node && clone_node != org_node)
+	    {
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, org_dest);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	        return REG_ESPACE;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* In case the node has another constraint, append it.  */
+	  constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_node].constraint;
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      else /* dfa->edests[org_node].nelem == 2 */
+	{
+	  /* In case of the node can epsilon-transit, and it has two
+	     destinations. In the bin_tree_t and DFA, that's '|' and '*'.   */
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[0];
+	  re_node_set_empty (dfa->edests + clone_node);
+	  /* Search for a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint.  */
+	  clone_dest = search_duplicated_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (clone_dest == REG_MISSING)
+	    {
+	      /* There is no such duplicated node, create a new one.  */
+	      reg_errcode_t err;
+	      clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	      if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, org_dest, clone_dest,
+					    root_node, constraint);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* There is a duplicated node which satisfies the constraint,
+		 use it to avoid infinite loop.  */
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+
+	  org_dest = dfa->edests[org_node].elems[1];
+	  clone_dest = duplicate_node (dfa, org_dest, constraint);
+	  if (BE (clone_dest == REG_MISSING, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (dfa->edests + clone_node, clone_dest);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      org_node = org_dest;
+      clone_node = clone_dest;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Search for a node which is duplicated from the node ORG_NODE, and
+   satisfies the constraint CONSTRAINT.  */
+
+static Idx
+search_duplicated_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_node,
+			unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  for (idx = dfa->nodes_len - 1; dfa->nodes[idx].duplicated && idx > 0; --idx)
+    {
+      if (org_node == dfa->org_indices[idx]
+	  && constraint == dfa->nodes[idx].constraint)
+	return idx; /* Found.  */
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING; /* Not found.  */
+}
+
+/* Duplicate the node whose index is ORG_IDX and set the constraint CONSTRAINT.
+   Return the index of the new node, or REG_MISSING if insufficient storage is
+   available.  */
+
+static Idx
+duplicate_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx org_idx, unsigned int constraint)
+{
+  Idx dup_idx = re_dfa_add_node (dfa, dfa->nodes[org_idx]);
+  if (BE (dup_idx != REG_MISSING, 1))
+    {
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint = constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].constraint |= dfa->nodes[org_idx].constraint;
+      dfa->nodes[dup_idx].duplicated = 1;
+
+      /* Store the index of the original node.  */
+      dfa->org_indices[dup_idx] = org_idx;
+    }
+  return dup_idx;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_inveclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx src, idx;
+  bool ok;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->nodes_len; ++idx)
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->inveclosures + idx);
+
+  for (src = 0; src < dfa->nodes_len; ++src)
+    {
+      Idx *elems = dfa->eclosures[src].elems;
+      for (idx = 0; idx < dfa->eclosures[src].nelem; ++idx)
+	{
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert_last (dfa->inveclosures + elems[idx], src);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate "eclosure" for all the node in DFA.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure (re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  Idx node_idx;
+  bool incomplete;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (dfa->nodes_len > 0);
+#endif
+  incomplete = false;
+  /* For each nodes, calculate epsilon closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; ; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+      if (node_idx == dfa->nodes_len)
+	{
+	  if (!incomplete)
+	    break;
+	  incomplete = false;
+	  node_idx = 0;
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+
+      /* If we have already calculated, skip it.  */
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem != 0)
+	continue;
+      /* Calculate epsilon closure of 'node_idx'.  */
+      err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, node_idx, true);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+
+      if (dfa->eclosures[node_idx].nelem == 0)
+	{
+	  incomplete = true;
+	  re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate epsilon closure of NODE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+calc_eclosure_iter (re_node_set *new_set, re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, bool root)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  re_node_set eclosure;
+  bool ok;
+  bool incomplete = false;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&eclosure, dfa->edests[node].nelem + 1);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  /* This indicates that we are calculating this node now.
+     We reference this value to avoid infinite loop.  */
+  dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = REG_MISSING;
+
+  /* If the current node has constraints, duplicate all nodes
+     since they must inherit the constraints.  */
+  if (dfa->nodes[node].constraint
+      && dfa->edests[node].nelem
+      && !dfa->nodes[dfa->edests[node].elems[0]].duplicated)
+    {
+      err = duplicate_node_closure (dfa, node, node, node,
+				    dfa->nodes[node].constraint);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  /* Expand each epsilon destination nodes.  */
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE(dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    for (i = 0; i < dfa->edests[node].nelem; ++i)
+      {
+	re_node_set eclosure_elem;
+	Idx edest = dfa->edests[node].elems[i];
+	/* If calculating the epsilon closure of 'edest' is in progress,
+	   return intermediate result.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == REG_MISSING)
+	  {
+	    incomplete = true;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	/* If we haven't calculated the epsilon closure of 'edest' yet,
+	   calculate now. Otherwise use calculated epsilon closure.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+	  {
+	    err = calc_eclosure_iter (&eclosure_elem, dfa, edest, false);
+	    if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	      return err;
+	  }
+	else
+	  eclosure_elem = dfa->eclosures[edest];
+	/* Merge the epsilon closure of 'edest'.  */
+	err = re_node_set_merge (&eclosure, &eclosure_elem);
+	if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	  return err;
+	/* If the epsilon closure of 'edest' is incomplete,
+	   the epsilon closure of this node is also incomplete.  */
+	if (dfa->eclosures[edest].nelem == 0)
+	  {
+	    incomplete = true;
+	    re_node_set_free (&eclosure_elem);
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* An epsilon closure includes itself.  */
+  ok = re_node_set_insert (&eclosure, node);
+  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (incomplete && !root)
+    dfa->eclosures[node].nelem = 0;
+  else
+    dfa->eclosures[node] = eclosure;
+  *new_set = eclosure;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Functions for token which are used in the parser.  */
+
+/* Fetch a token from INPUT.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+fetch_token (re_token_t *result, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  re_string_skip_bytes (input, peek_token (result, input, syntax));
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function inside bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+peek_token (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+  token->word_char = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  token->mb_partial = 0;
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 &&
+      !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      token->mb_partial = 1;
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (c == '\\')
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 >= re_string_length (input))
+	{
+	  token->type = BACK_SLASH;
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte_case (input, 1);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input,
+					  re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1);
+	  token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (c2) != 0;
+
+      switch (c2)
+	{
+	case '|':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+	    token->type = OP_ALT;
+	  break;
+	case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = OP_BACK_REF;
+	      token->opr.idx = c2 - '1';
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '<':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '>':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'b':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_DELIM;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'B':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = NOT_WORD_DELIM;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case 'w':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_WORD;
+	  break;
+	case 'W':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_NOTWORD;
+	  break;
+	case 's':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_SPACE;
+	  break;
+	case 'S':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    token->type = OP_NOTSPACE;
+	  break;
+	case '`':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_FIRST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '\'':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS))
+	    {
+	      token->type = ANCHOR;
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = BUF_LAST;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	case '(':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+	    token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+	  break;
+	case ')':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS))
+	    token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+	  break;
+	case '+':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	    token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+	  break;
+	case '?':
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	    token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+	  break;
+	case '{':
+	  if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+	    token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+	  break;
+	case '}':
+	  if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)))
+	    token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      return 2;
+    }
+
+  token->type = CHARACTER;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc = re_string_wchar_at (input, re_string_cur_idx (input));
+      token->word_char = IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc) != 0;
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    token->word_char = IS_WORD_CHAR (token->opr.c);
+
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\n':
+      if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+	token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '|':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR))
+	token->type = OP_ALT;
+      break;
+    case '*':
+      token->type = OP_DUP_ASTERISK;
+      break;
+    case '+':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	token->type = OP_DUP_PLUS;
+      break;
+    case '?':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS) && !(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM))
+	token->type = OP_DUP_QUESTION;
+      break;
+    case '{':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+	token->type = OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '}':
+      if ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS) && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+	token->type = OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM;
+      break;
+    case '(':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+	token->type = OP_OPEN_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case ')':
+      if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+	token->type = OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP;
+      break;
+    case '[':
+      token->type = OP_OPEN_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '.':
+      token->type = OP_PERIOD;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      if (!(syntax & (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE)) &&
+	  re_string_cur_idx (input) != 0)
+	{
+	  char prev = re_string_peek_byte (input, -1);
+	  if (!(syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT) || prev != '\n')
+	    break;
+	}
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_FIRST;
+      break;
+    case '$':
+      if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS) &&
+	  re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 != re_string_length (input))
+	{
+	  re_token_t next;
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+	  peek_token (&next, input, syntax);
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (input, -1);
+	  if (next.type != OP_ALT && next.type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+	    break;
+	}
+      token->type = ANCHOR;
+      token->opr.ctx_type = LINE_LAST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Peek a token from INPUT, and return the length of the token.
+   We must not use this function out of bracket expressions.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+peek_token_bracket (re_token_t *token, re_string_t *input, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  unsigned char c;
+  if (re_string_eoi (input))
+    {
+      token->type = END_OF_RE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  c = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+  token->opr.c = c;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1 &&
+      !re_string_first_byte (input, re_string_cur_idx (input)))
+    {
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  if (c == '\\' && (syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+      && re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+    {
+      /* In this case, '\' escape a character.  */
+      unsigned char c2;
+      re_string_skip_bytes (input, 1);
+      c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 0);
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  if (c == '[') /* '[' is a special char in a bracket exps.  */
+    {
+      unsigned char c2;
+      int token_len;
+      if (re_string_cur_idx (input) + 1 < re_string_length (input))
+	c2 = re_string_peek_byte (input, 1);
+      else
+	c2 = 0;
+      token->opr.c = c2;
+      token_len = 2;
+      switch (c2)
+	{
+	case '.':
+	  token->type = OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM;
+	  break;
+	case '=':
+	  token->type = OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS;
+	  break;
+	case ':':
+	  if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES)
+	    {
+	      token->type = OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* else fall through.  */
+	default:
+	  token->type = CHARACTER;
+	  token->opr.c = c;
+	  token_len = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+      return token_len;
+    }
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '-':
+      token->type = OP_CHARSET_RANGE;
+      break;
+    case ']':
+      token->type = OP_CLOSE_BRACKET;
+      break;
+    case '^':
+      token->type = OP_NON_MATCH_LIST;
+      break;
+    default:
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Functions for parser.  */
+
+/* Entry point of the parser.
+   Parse the regular expression REGEXP and return the structure tree.
+   If an error occurs, ERR is set by error code, and return NULL.
+   This function build the following tree, from regular expression <reg_exp>:
+	   CAT
+	   / \
+	  /   \
+   <reg_exp>  EOR
+
+   CAT means concatenation.
+   EOR means end of regular expression.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+       reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *eor, *root;
+  re_token_t current_token;
+  dfa->syntax = syntax;
+  fetch_token (&current_token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+  tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, &current_token, syntax, 0, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  eor = create_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, END_OF_RE);
+  if (tree != NULL)
+    root = create_tree (dfa, tree, eor, CONCAT);
+  else
+    root = eor;
+  if (BE (eor == NULL || root == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  return root;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <branch1>|<branch2>:
+	   ALT
+	   / \
+	  /   \
+   <branch1> <branch2>
+
+   ALT means alternative, which represents the operator '|'.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_reg_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	       reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *branch = NULL;
+  tree = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type == OP_ALT)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+      if (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+	  && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+	{
+	  branch = parse_branch (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+	  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && branch == NULL, 0))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	branch = NULL;
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, branch, OP_ALT);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   <exp1><exp2>:
+	CAT
+	/ \
+       /   \
+   <exp1> <exp2>
+
+   CAT means concatenation.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_branch (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	      reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree, *expr;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  tree = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+
+  while (token->type != OP_ALT && token->type != END_OF_RE
+	 && (nest == 0 || token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP))
+    {
+      expr = parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && expr == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      if (tree != NULL && expr != NULL)
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *newtree = create_tree (dfa, tree, expr, CONCAT);
+	  if (newtree == NULL)
+	    {
+	      postorder (expr, free_tree, NULL);
+	      postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	  tree = newtree;
+	}
+      else if (tree == NULL)
+	tree = expr;
+      /* Otherwise expr == NULL, we don't need to create new tree.  */
+    }
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression a*:
+	 *
+	 |
+	 a
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_expression (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+		  reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  while (!re_string_eoi (regexp)
+		 && !re_string_first_byte (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp)))
+	    {
+	      bin_tree_t *mbc_remain;
+	      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+	      mbc_remain = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_remain, CONCAT);
+	      if (BE (mbc_remain == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+      tree = parse_sub_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest + 1, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_BRACKET:
+      tree = parse_bracket_exp (regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_BACK_REF:
+      if (!BE (dfa->completed_bkref_map & (1 << token->opr.idx), 1))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESUBREG;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      dfa->used_bkref_map |= 1 << token->opr.idx;
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      ++dfa->nbackref;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case OP_DUP_ASTERISK:
+    case OP_DUP_PLUS:
+    case OP_DUP_QUESTION:
+      if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+	{
+	  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+	  return parse_expression (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+	}
+      /* else fall through  */
+    case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+      if ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP) &&
+	  !(syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ERPAREN;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      /* else fall through  */
+    case OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM:
+      /* We treat it as a normal character.  */
+
+      /* Then we can these characters as normal characters.  */
+      token->type = CHARACTER;
+      /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be initialized already
+	 by peek_token.  */
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      break;
+    case ANCHOR:
+      if ((token->opr.ctx_type
+	   & (WORD_DELIM | NOT_WORD_DELIM | WORD_FIRST | WORD_LAST))
+	  && dfa->word_ops_used == 0)
+	init_word_char (dfa);
+      if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM
+	  || token->opr.ctx_type == NOT_WORD_DELIM)
+	{
+	  bin_tree_t *tree_first, *tree_last;
+	  if (token->opr.ctx_type == WORD_DELIM)
+	    {
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_FIRST;
+	      tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = WORD_LAST;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_WORD;
+	      tree_first = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	      token->opr.ctx_type = INSIDE_NOTWORD;
+	    }
+	  tree_last = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree_first, tree_last, OP_ALT);
+	  if (BE (tree_first == NULL || tree_last == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+	  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      /* We must return here, since ANCHORs can't be followed
+	 by repetition operators.
+	 eg. RE"^*" is invalid or "<ANCHOR(^)><CHAR(*)>",
+	     it must not be "<ANCHOR(^)><REPEAT(*)>".  */
+      fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+      return tree;
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, token);
+      if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      break;
+    case OP_WORD:
+    case OP_NOTWORD:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+				 "alnum",
+				 "_",
+				 token->type == OP_NOTWORD, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_SPACE:
+    case OP_NOTSPACE:
+      tree = build_charclass_op (dfa, regexp->trans,
+				 "space",
+				 "",
+				 token->type == OP_NOTSPACE, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      break;
+    case OP_ALT:
+    case END_OF_RE:
+      return NULL;
+    case BACK_SLASH:
+      *err = REG_EESCAPE;
+      return NULL;
+    default:
+      /* Must not happen?  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (0);
+#endif
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  while (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK || token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS
+	 || token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      tree = parse_dup_op (tree, regexp, dfa, token, syntax, err);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR && tree == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      /* In BRE consecutive duplications are not allowed.  */
+      if ((syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+	  && (token->type == OP_DUP_ASTERISK
+	      || token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADRPT;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function build the following tree, from regular expression
+   (<reg_exp>):
+	 SUBEXP
+	    |
+	<reg_exp>
+*/
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_sub_exp (re_string_t *regexp, regex_t *preg, re_token_t *token,
+	       reg_syntax_t syntax, Idx nest, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  size_t cur_nsub;
+  cur_nsub = preg->re_nsub++;
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax | RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE);
+
+  /* The subexpression may be a null string.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    tree = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      tree = parse_reg_exp (regexp, preg, token, syntax, nest, err);
+      if (BE (*err == REG_NOERROR && token->type != OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, 0))
+	{
+	  if (tree != NULL)
+	    postorder (tree, free_tree, NULL);
+	  *err = REG_EPAREN;
+	}
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (cur_nsub <= '9' - '1')
+    dfa->completed_bkref_map |= 1 << cur_nsub;
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, SUBEXP);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  tree->token.opr.idx = cur_nsub;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* This function parse repetition operators like "*", "+", "{1,3}" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_dup_op (bin_tree_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+	      re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree = NULL, *old_tree = NULL;
+  Idx i, start, end, start_idx = re_string_cur_idx (regexp);
+  re_token_t start_token = *token;
+
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM)
+    {
+      end = 0;
+      start = fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax);
+      if (start == REG_MISSING)
+	{
+	  if (token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+	    start = 0; /* We treat "{,m}" as "{0,m}".  */
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_BADBR; /* <re>{} is invalid.  */
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (BE (start != REG_ERROR, 1))
+	{
+	  /* We treat "{n}" as "{n,n}".  */
+	  end = ((token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM) ? start
+		 : ((token->type == CHARACTER && token->opr.c == ',')
+		    ? fetch_number (regexp, token, syntax) : REG_ERROR));
+	}
+      if (BE (start == REG_ERROR || end == REG_ERROR, 0))
+	{
+	  /* Invalid sequence.  */
+	  if (BE (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD), 0))
+	    {
+	      if (token->type == END_OF_RE)
+		*err = REG_EBRACE;
+	      else
+		*err = REG_BADBR;
+
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If the syntax bit is set, rollback.  */
+	  re_string_set_index (regexp, start_idx);
+	  *token = start_token;
+	  token->type = CHARACTER;
+	  /* mb_partial and word_char bits should be already initialized by
+	     peek_token.  */
+	  return elem;
+	}
+
+      if (BE ((end != REG_MISSING && start > end)
+	      || token->type != OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM, 0))
+	{
+	  /* First number greater than second.  */
+	  *err = REG_BADBR;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      if (BE (RE_DUP_MAX < (end == REG_MISSING ? start : end), 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESIZE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = (token->type == OP_DUP_PLUS) ? 1 : 0;
+      end = (token->type == OP_DUP_QUESTION) ? 1 : REG_MISSING;
+    }
+
+  fetch_token (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+  if (BE (elem == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  if (BE (start == 0 && end == 0, 0))
+    {
+      postorder (elem, free_tree, NULL);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Extract "<re>{n,m}" to "<re><re>...<re><re>{0,<m-n>}".  */
+  if (BE (start > 0, 0))
+    {
+      tree = elem;
+      for (i = 2; i <= start; ++i)
+	{
+	  elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+	  tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+	  if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+	    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+	}
+
+      if (start == end)
+	return tree;
+
+      /* Duplicate ELEM before it is marked optional.  */
+      elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+      old_tree = tree;
+    }
+  else
+    old_tree = NULL;
+
+  if (elem->token.type == SUBEXP)
+    {
+      uintptr_t subidx = elem->token.opr.idx;
+      postorder (elem, mark_opt_subexp, (void *) subidx);
+    }
+
+  tree = create_tree (dfa, elem, NULL,
+		      (end == REG_MISSING ? OP_DUP_ASTERISK : OP_ALT));
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+/* From gnulib's "intprops.h":
+   True if the arithmetic type T is signed.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+
+  /* This loop is actually executed only when end != REG_MISSING,
+     to rewrite <re>{0,n} as (<re>(<re>...<re>?)?)?...  We have
+     already created the start+1-th copy.  */
+  if (TYPE_SIGNED (Idx) || end != REG_MISSING)
+    for (i = start + 2; i <= end; ++i)
+      {
+	elem = duplicate_tree (elem, dfa);
+	tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, elem, CONCAT);
+	if (BE (elem == NULL || tree == NULL, 0))
+	  goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+
+	tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, NULL, OP_ALT);
+	if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+	  goto parse_dup_op_espace;
+      }
+
+  if (old_tree)
+    tree = create_tree (dfa, old_tree, tree, CONCAT);
+
+  return tree;
+
+ parse_dup_op_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Size of the names for collating symbol/equivalence_class/character_class.
+   I'm not sure, but maybe enough.  */
+#define BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE 32
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC.
+     Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+     at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+     mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+     update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_range_exp (const reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                 bitset_t sbcset,
+                 re_charset_t *mbcset,
+                 Idx *range_alloc,
+                 const bracket_elem_t *start_elem,
+                 const bracket_elem_t *end_elem)
+# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_range_exp (const reg_syntax_t syntax,
+                 bitset_t sbcset,
+                 const bracket_elem_t *start_elem,
+                 const bracket_elem_t *end_elem)
+# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+  unsigned int start_ch, end_ch;
+  /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range start/end.  */
+  if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+	  || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS,
+	  0))
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* We can handle no multi character collating elements without libc
+     support.  */
+  if (BE ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+	   && strlen ((char *) start_elem->opr.name) > 1)
+	  || (end_elem->type == COLL_SYM
+	      && strlen ((char *) end_elem->opr.name) > 1), 0))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  {
+    wchar_t wc;
+    wint_t start_wc;
+    wint_t end_wc;
+
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+		: ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+		   : 0));
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+	      : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+		 : 0));
+    start_wc = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR || start_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+		? __btowc (start_ch) : start_elem->opr.wch);
+    end_wc = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR || end_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+	      ? __btowc (end_ch) : end_elem->opr.wch);
+    if (start_wc == WEOF || end_wc == WEOF)
+      return REG_ECOLLATE;
+    else if (BE ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) && start_wc > end_wc, 0))
+      return REG_ERANGE;
+
+    /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+       However, for !_LIBC we have no collation elements: if the
+       character set is single byte, the single byte character set
+       that we build below suffices.  parse_bracket_exp passes
+       no MBCSET if dfa->mb_cur_max == 1.  */
+    if (mbcset)
+      {
+	/* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+	if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0))
+	  {
+	    /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+	    wchar_t *new_array_start, *new_array_end;
+	    Idx new_nranges;
+
+	    /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+	    new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+	    /* Use realloc since mbcset->range_starts and mbcset->range_ends
+	       are NULL if *range_alloc == 0.  */
+	    new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, wchar_t,
+					  new_nranges);
+	    new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, wchar_t,
+					new_nranges);
+
+	    if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0))
+	      return REG_ESPACE;
+
+	    mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+	    mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+	    *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+	  }
+
+	mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_wc;
+	mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_wc;
+      }
+
+    /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+    for (wc = 0; wc < SBC_MAX; ++wc)
+      {
+	if (start_wc <= wc && wc <= end_wc)
+	  bitset_set (sbcset, wc);
+      }
+  }
+# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  {
+    unsigned int ch;
+    start_ch = ((start_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? start_elem->opr.ch
+		: ((start_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? start_elem->opr.name[0]
+		   : 0));
+    end_ch = ((end_elem->type == SB_CHAR ) ? end_elem->opr.ch
+	      : ((end_elem->type == COLL_SYM) ? end_elem->opr.name[0]
+		 : 0));
+    if (start_ch > end_ch)
+      return REG_ERANGE;
+    /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+    for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+      if (start_ch <= ch  && ch <= end_ch)
+	bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+  }
+# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+/* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp only used in case of NOT _LIBC..
+   Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+   The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+   COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+   pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+			Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+# else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, const unsigned char *name)
+# endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+  size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+  if (BE (name_len != 1, 0))
+    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+}
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+/* This function parse bracket expression like "[abc]", "[a-c]",
+   "[[.a-a.]]" etc.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+parse_bracket_exp (re_string_t *regexp, re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t *token,
+		   reg_syntax_t syntax, reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *collseqmb;
+  const char *collseqwc;
+  uint32_t nrules;
+  int32_t table_size;
+  const int32_t *symb_table;
+  const unsigned char *extra;
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+     Seek the collating symbol entry corresponding to NAME.
+     Return the index of the symbol in the SYMB_TABLE,
+     or -1 if not found.  */
+
+  auto inline int32_t
+  __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+  seek_collating_symbol_entry (const unsigned char *name, size_t name_len)
+    {
+      int32_t elem;
+
+      for (elem = 0; elem < table_size; elem++)
+	if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+	  {
+	    int32_t idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+	    /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	    if (/* Compare the length of the name.  */
+		name_len == extra[idx]
+		/* Compare the name.  */
+		&& memcmp (name, &extra[idx + 1], name_len) == 0)
+	      /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+	      return elem;
+	  }
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+     Look up the collation sequence value of BR_ELEM.
+     Return the value if succeeded, UINT_MAX otherwise.  */
+
+  auto inline unsigned int
+  __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+  lookup_collation_sequence_value (bracket_elem_t *br_elem)
+    {
+      if (br_elem->type == SB_CHAR)
+	{
+	  /*
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+	  */
+	  if (nrules == 0)
+	    return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.ch];
+	  else
+	    {
+	      wint_t wc = __btowc (br_elem->opr.ch);
+	      return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (br_elem->type == MB_CHAR)
+	{
+	  if (nrules != 0)
+	    return __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, br_elem->opr.wch);
+	}
+      else if (br_elem->type == COLL_SYM)
+	{
+	  size_t sym_name_len = strlen ((char *) br_elem->opr.name);
+	  if (nrules != 0)
+	    {
+	      int32_t elem, idx;
+	      elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (br_elem->opr.name,
+						  sym_name_len);
+	      if (elem != -1)
+		{
+		  /* We found the entry.  */
+		  idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+		  /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+		  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+		  /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+		  idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+		  /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+		  idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+		  /* Skip the multibyte collation sequence value.  */
+		  idx += sizeof (unsigned int);
+		  /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+		  idx += sizeof (unsigned int) *
+		    (1 + *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx));
+		  /* Return the collation sequence value.  */
+		  return *(unsigned int *) (extra + idx);
+		}
+	      else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+		{
+		  /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte
+		     character.  */
+		  return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (sym_name_len == 1)
+	    return collseqmb[br_elem->opr.name[0]];
+	}
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+     Build the range expression which starts from START_ELEM, and ends
+     at END_ELEM.  The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     RANGE_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->range_starts, and
+     mbcset->range_ends, is a pointer argument since we may
+     update it.  */
+
+  auto inline reg_errcode_t
+  __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+  build_range_exp (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset, int *range_alloc,
+		   bracket_elem_t *start_elem, bracket_elem_t *end_elem)
+    {
+      unsigned int ch;
+      uint32_t start_collseq;
+      uint32_t end_collseq;
+
+      /* Equivalence Classes and Character Classes can't be a range
+	 start/end.  */
+      if (BE (start_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || start_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS
+	      || end_elem->type == EQUIV_CLASS || end_elem->type == CHAR_CLASS,
+	      0))
+	return REG_ERANGE;
+
+      /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+      start_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (start_elem);
+      end_collseq = lookup_collation_sequence_value (end_elem);
+      /* Check start/end collation sequence values.  */
+      if (BE (start_collseq == UINT_MAX || end_collseq == UINT_MAX, 0))
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      if (BE ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES) && start_collseq > end_collseq, 0))
+	return REG_ERANGE;
+
+      /* Got valid collation sequence values, add them as a new entry.
+	 However, if we have no collation elements, and the character set
+	 is single byte, the single byte character set that we
+	 build below suffices. */
+      if (nrules > 0 || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+	  if (BE (*range_alloc == mbcset->nranges, 0))
+	    {
+	      /* There is not enough space, need realloc.  */
+	      uint32_t *new_array_start;
+	      uint32_t *new_array_end;
+	      Idx new_nranges;
+
+	      /* +1 in case of mbcset->nranges is 0.  */
+	      new_nranges = 2 * mbcset->nranges + 1;
+	      new_array_start = re_realloc (mbcset->range_starts, uint32_t,
+					    new_nranges);
+	      new_array_end = re_realloc (mbcset->range_ends, uint32_t,
+					  new_nranges);
+
+	      if (BE (new_array_start == NULL || new_array_end == NULL, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+
+	      mbcset->range_starts = new_array_start;
+	      mbcset->range_ends = new_array_end;
+	      *range_alloc = new_nranges;
+	    }
+
+	  mbcset->range_starts[mbcset->nranges] = start_collseq;
+	  mbcset->range_ends[mbcset->nranges++] = end_collseq;
+	}
+
+      /* Build the table for single byte characters.  */
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ch++)
+	{
+	  uint32_t ch_collseq;
+	  /*
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1)
+	  */
+	  if (nrules == 0)
+	    ch_collseq = collseqmb[ch];
+	  else
+	    ch_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, __btowc (ch));
+	  if (start_collseq <= ch_collseq && ch_collseq <= end_collseq)
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+	}
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Local function for parse_bracket_exp used in _LIBC environment.
+     Build the collating element which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     COLL_SYM_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->coll_sym, is a
+     pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+  auto inline reg_errcode_t
+  __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+  build_collating_symbol (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+			  Idx *coll_sym_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+    {
+      int32_t elem, idx;
+      size_t name_len = strlen ((const char *) name);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+	{
+	  elem = seek_collating_symbol_entry (name, name_len);
+	  if (elem != -1)
+	    {
+	      /* We found the entry.  */
+	      idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+	      /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	      idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+	    }
+	  else if (name_len == 1)
+	    {
+	      /* No valid character, treat it as a normal
+		 character.  */
+	      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+	      return REG_NOERROR;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+	  /* Got valid collation sequence, add it as a new entry.  */
+	  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+	  if (BE (*coll_sym_alloc == mbcset->ncoll_syms, 0))
+	    {
+	      /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+	      /* +1 in case of mbcset->ncoll_syms is 0.  */
+	      Idx new_coll_sym_alloc = 2 * mbcset->ncoll_syms + 1;
+	      /* Use realloc since mbcset->coll_syms is NULL
+		 if *alloc == 0.  */
+	      int32_t *new_coll_syms = re_realloc (mbcset->coll_syms, int32_t,
+						   new_coll_sym_alloc);
+	      if (BE (new_coll_syms == NULL, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	      mbcset->coll_syms = new_coll_syms;
+	      *coll_sym_alloc = new_coll_sym_alloc;
+	    }
+	  mbcset->coll_syms[mbcset->ncoll_syms++] = idx;
+	  return REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (BE (name_len != 1, 0))
+	    return REG_ECOLLATE;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      bitset_set (sbcset, name[0]);
+	      return REG_NOERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx coll_sym_alloc = 0, range_alloc = 0, mbchar_alloc = 0;
+  Idx equiv_class_alloc = 0, char_class_alloc = 0;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  bool non_match = false;
+  bin_tree_t *work_tree;
+  int token_len;
+  bool first_round = true;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  collseqmb = (const unsigned char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+  nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules)
+    {
+      /*
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+      */
+      collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+      table_size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+      symb_table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						  _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+    }
+#endif
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0))
+#else
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0))
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      re_free (mbcset);
+#endif
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+  if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_BADPAT;
+      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+    }
+  if (token->type == OP_NON_MATCH_LIST)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      non_match = true;
+      if (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE)
+	bitset_set (sbcset, '\n');
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_BADPAT;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We treat the first ']' as a normal character.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+    token->type = CHARACTER;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      bracket_elem_t start_elem, end_elem;
+      unsigned char start_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      unsigned char end_name_buf[BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE];
+      reg_errcode_t ret;
+      int token_len2 = 0;
+      bool is_range_exp = false;
+      re_token_t token2;
+
+      start_elem.opr.name = start_name_buf;
+      ret = parse_bracket_element (&start_elem, regexp, token, token_len, dfa,
+				   syntax, first_round);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = ret;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      first_round = false;
+
+      /* Get information about the next token.  We need it in any case.  */
+      token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+      /* Do not check for ranges if we know they are not allowed.  */
+      if (start_elem.type != CHAR_CLASS && start_elem.type != EQUIV_CLASS)
+	{
+	  if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+	    {
+	      *err = REG_EBRACK;
+	      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	    }
+	  if (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE)
+	    {
+	      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip '-'.  */
+	      token_len2 = peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+	      if (BE (token2.type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+		{
+		  *err = REG_EBRACK;
+		  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+		}
+	      if (token2.type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+		{
+		  /* We treat the last '-' as a normal character.  */
+		  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, -token_len);
+		  token->type = CHARACTER;
+		}
+	      else
+		is_range_exp = true;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (is_range_exp == true)
+	{
+	  end_elem.opr.name = end_name_buf;
+	  ret = parse_bracket_element (&end_elem, regexp, &token2, token_len2,
+				       dfa, syntax, true);
+	  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      *err = ret;
+	      goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	    }
+
+	  token_len = peek_token_bracket (token, regexp, syntax);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	  *err = build_range_exp (sbcset, mbcset, &range_alloc,
+				  &start_elem, &end_elem);
+#else
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  *err = build_range_exp (syntax, sbcset,
+				  dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 ? mbcset : NULL,
+				  &range_alloc, &start_elem, &end_elem);
+# else
+	  *err = build_range_exp (syntax, sbcset, &start_elem, &end_elem);
+# endif
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+	  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  switch (start_elem.type)
+	    {
+	    case SB_CHAR:
+	      bitset_set (sbcset, start_elem.opr.ch);
+	      break;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	    case MB_CHAR:
+	      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+	      if (BE (mbchar_alloc == mbcset->nmbchars, 0))
+		{
+		  wchar_t *new_mbchars;
+		  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+		  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nmbchars is 0.  */
+		  mbchar_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nmbchars + 1;
+		  /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+		  new_mbchars = re_realloc (mbcset->mbchars, wchar_t,
+					    mbchar_alloc);
+		  if (BE (new_mbchars == NULL, 0))
+		    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+		  mbcset->mbchars = new_mbchars;
+		}
+	      mbcset->mbchars[mbcset->nmbchars++] = start_elem.opr.wch;
+	      break;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+	    case EQUIV_CLASS:
+	      *err = build_equiv_class (sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+					mbcset, &equiv_class_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+					start_elem.opr.name);
+	      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    case COLL_SYM:
+	      *err = build_collating_symbol (sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+					     mbcset, &coll_sym_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+					     start_elem.opr.name);
+	      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    case CHAR_CLASS:
+	      *err = build_charclass (regexp->trans, sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+				      mbcset, &char_class_alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+				      (const char *) start_elem.opr.name,
+				      syntax);
+	      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	       goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      assert (0);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_EBRACK;
+	  goto parse_bracket_exp_free_return;
+	}
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+
+  if (mbcset->nmbchars || mbcset->ncoll_syms || mbcset->nequiv_classes
+      || mbcset->nranges || (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1 && (mbcset->nchar_classes
+						     || mbcset->non_match)))
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      int sbc_idx;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0))
+	goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+      for (sbc_idx = 0; sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS; ++sbc_idx)
+	if (sbcset[sbc_idx])
+	  break;
+      /* If there are no bits set in sbcset, there is no point
+	 of having both SIMPLE_BRACKET and COMPLEX_BRACKET.  */
+      if (sbc_idx < BITSET_WORDS)
+	{
+	  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+	  br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+	  br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+	  work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+	  if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+
+	  /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+	  work_tree = create_tree (dfa, work_tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+	  if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+	    goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  re_free (sbcset);
+	  work_tree = mbc_tree;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif
+      /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+      work_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (work_tree == NULL, 0))
+	goto parse_bracket_exp_espace;
+    }
+  return work_tree;
+
+ parse_bracket_exp_espace:
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+ parse_bracket_exp_free_return:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Parse an element in the bracket expression.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_element (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+		       re_token_t *token, int token_len, re_dfa_t *dfa,
+		       reg_syntax_t syntax, bool accept_hyphen)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  int cur_char_size;
+  cur_char_size = re_string_char_size_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+  if (cur_char_size > 1)
+    {
+      elem->type = MB_CHAR;
+      elem->opr.wch = re_string_wchar_at (regexp, re_string_cur_idx (regexp));
+      re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, cur_char_size);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, token_len); /* Skip a token.  */
+  if (token->type == OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM || token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS
+      || token->type == OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS)
+    return parse_bracket_symbol (elem, regexp, token);
+  if (BE (token->type == OP_CHARSET_RANGE, 0) && !accept_hyphen)
+    {
+      /* A '-' must only appear as anything but a range indicator before
+	 the closing bracket.  Everything else is an error.  */
+      re_token_t token2;
+      (void) peek_token_bracket (&token2, regexp, syntax);
+      if (token2.type != OP_CLOSE_BRACKET)
+	/* The actual error value is not standardized since this whole
+	   case is undefined.  But ERANGE makes good sense.  */
+	return REG_ERANGE;
+    }
+  elem->type = SB_CHAR;
+  elem->opr.ch = token->opr.c;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Parse a bracket symbol in the bracket expression.  Bracket symbols are
+   such as [:<character_class>:], [.<collating_element>.], and
+   [=<equivalent_class>=].  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+parse_bracket_symbol (bracket_elem_t *elem, re_string_t *regexp,
+		      re_token_t *token)
+{
+  unsigned char ch, delim = token->opr.c;
+  int i = 0;
+  if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+    return REG_EBRACK;
+  for (;; ++i)
+    {
+      if (i >= BRACKET_NAME_BUF_SIZE)
+	return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (token->type == OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS)
+	ch = re_string_fetch_byte_case (regexp);
+      else
+	ch = re_string_fetch_byte (regexp);
+      if (re_string_eoi(regexp))
+	return REG_EBRACK;
+      if (ch == delim && re_string_peek_byte (regexp, 0) == ']')
+	break;
+      elem->opr.name[i] = ch;
+    }
+  re_string_skip_bytes (regexp, 1);
+  elem->opr.name[i] = '\0';
+  switch (token->type)
+    {
+    case OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM:
+      elem->type = COLL_SYM;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS:
+      elem->type = EQUIV_CLASS;
+      break;
+    case OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS:
+      elem->type = CHAR_CLASS;
+      break;
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the equivalence class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     EQUIV_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->equiv_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, re_charset_t *mbcset,
+		   Idx *equiv_class_alloc, const unsigned char *name)
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_equiv_class (bitset_t sbcset, const unsigned char *name)
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+      const unsigned char *weights, *extra, *cp;
+      unsigned char char_buf[2];
+      int32_t idx1, idx2;
+      unsigned int ch;
+      size_t len;
+      /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+# include <locale/weight.h>
+      /* Calculate the index for equivalence class.  */
+      cp = name;
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      weights = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						   _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      idx1 = findidx (&cp, -1);
+      if (BE (idx1 == 0 || *cp != '\0', 0))
+	/* This isn't a valid character.  */
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+
+      /* Build single byte matching table for this equivalence class.  */
+      len = weights[idx1 & 0xffffff];
+      for (ch = 0; ch < SBC_MAX; ++ch)
+	{
+	  char_buf[0] = ch;
+	  cp = char_buf;
+	  idx2 = findidx (&cp, 1);
+/*
+	  idx2 = table[ch];
+*/
+	  if (idx2 == 0)
+	    /* This isn't a valid character.  */
+	    continue;
+	  /* Compare only if the length matches and the collation rule
+	     index is the same.  */
+	  if (len == weights[idx2 & 0xffffff] && (idx1 >> 24) == (idx2 >> 24))
+	    {
+	      int cnt = 0;
+
+	      while (cnt <= len &&
+		     weights[(idx1 & 0xffffff) + 1 + cnt]
+		     == weights[(idx2 & 0xffffff) + 1 + cnt])
+		++cnt;
+
+	      if (cnt > len)
+		bitset_set (sbcset, ch);
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Check whether the array has enough space.  */
+      if (BE (*equiv_class_alloc == mbcset->nequiv_classes, 0))
+	{
+	  /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+	  /* +1 in case of mbcset->nequiv_classes is 0.  */
+	  Idx new_equiv_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nequiv_classes + 1;
+	  /* Use realloc since the array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+	  int32_t *new_equiv_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->equiv_classes,
+						   int32_t,
+						   new_equiv_class_alloc);
+	  if (BE (new_equiv_classes == NULL, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  mbcset->equiv_classes = new_equiv_classes;
+	  *equiv_class_alloc = new_equiv_class_alloc;
+	}
+      mbcset->equiv_classes[mbcset->nequiv_classes++] = idx1;
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+    {
+      if (BE (strlen ((const char *) name) != 1, 0))
+	return REG_ECOLLATE;
+      bitset_set (sbcset, *name);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+  /* Helper function for parse_bracket_exp.
+     Build the character class which is represented by NAME.
+     The result are written to MBCSET and SBCSET.
+     CHAR_CLASS_ALLOC is the allocated size of mbcset->char_classes,
+     is a pointer argument since we may update it.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+		 re_charset_t *mbcset, Idx *char_class_alloc,
+		 const char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+build_charclass (RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bitset_t sbcset,
+		 const char *class_name, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *name = class_name;
+
+  /* In case of REG_ICASE "upper" and "lower" match the both of
+     upper and lower cases.  */
+  if ((syntax & RE_ICASE)
+      && (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0 || strcmp (name, "lower") == 0))
+    name = "alpha";
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Check the space of the arrays.  */
+  if (BE (*char_class_alloc == mbcset->nchar_classes, 0))
+    {
+      /* Not enough, realloc it.  */
+      /* +1 in case of mbcset->nchar_classes is 0.  */
+      Idx new_char_class_alloc = 2 * mbcset->nchar_classes + 1;
+      /* Use realloc since array is NULL if *alloc == 0.  */
+      wctype_t *new_char_classes = re_realloc (mbcset->char_classes, wctype_t,
+					       new_char_class_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_char_classes == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mbcset->char_classes = new_char_classes;
+      *char_class_alloc = new_char_class_alloc;
+    }
+  mbcset->char_classes[mbcset->nchar_classes++] = __wctype (name);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#define BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP(ctype_func)	\
+  do {						\
+    if (BE (trans != NULL, 0))			\
+      {						\
+	for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)		\
+	  if (ctype_func (i))			\
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, trans[i]);	\
+      }						\
+    else					\
+      {						\
+	for (i = 0; i < SBC_MAX; ++i)		\
+	  if (ctype_func (i))			\
+	    bitset_set (sbcset, i);		\
+      }						\
+  } while (0)
+
+  if (strcmp (name, "alnum") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalnum);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "cntrl") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (iscntrl);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "lower") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (islower);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "space") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isspace);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "alpha") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isalpha);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "digit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isdigit);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "print") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isprint);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "upper") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isupper);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "blank") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isblank);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "graph") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isgraph);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "punct") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (ispunct);
+  else if (strcmp (name, "xdigit") == 0)
+    BUILD_CHARCLASS_LOOP (isxdigit);
+  else
+    return REG_ECTYPE;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+build_charclass_op (re_dfa_t *dfa, RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans,
+		    const char *class_name,
+		    const char *extra, bool non_match,
+		    reg_errcode_t *err)
+{
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_charset_t *mbcset;
+  Idx alloc = 0;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_token_t br_token;
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+
+  sbcset = (re_bitset_ptr_t) calloc (sizeof (bitset_t), 1);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  mbcset = (re_charset_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_charset_t), 1);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL || mbcset == NULL, 0))
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  if (BE (sbcset == NULL, 0))
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    {
+      *err = REG_ESPACE;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  if (non_match)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      mbcset->non_match = 1;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    }
+
+  /* We don't care the syntax in this case.  */
+  ret = build_charclass (trans, sbcset,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+			 mbcset, &alloc,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+			 class_name, 0);
+
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      *err = ret;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* \w match '_' also.  */
+  for (; *extra; extra++)
+    bitset_set (sbcset, *extra);
+
+  /* If it is non-matching list.  */
+  if (non_match)
+    bitset_not (sbcset);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure only single byte characters are set.  */
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    bitset_mask (sbcset, dfa->sb_char);
+#endif
+
+  /* Build a tree for simple bracket.  */
+  br_token.type = SIMPLE_BRACKET;
+  br_token.opr.sbcset = sbcset;
+  tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+  if (BE (tree == NULL, 0))
+    goto build_word_op_espace;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      bin_tree_t *mbc_tree;
+      /* Build a tree for complex bracket.  */
+      br_token.type = COMPLEX_BRACKET;
+      br_token.opr.mbcset = mbcset;
+      dfa->has_mb_node = 1;
+      mbc_tree = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &br_token);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree == NULL, 0))
+	goto build_word_op_espace;
+      /* Then join them by ALT node.  */
+      tree = create_tree (dfa, tree, mbc_tree, OP_ALT);
+      if (BE (mbc_tree != NULL, 1))
+	return tree;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      free_charset (mbcset);
+      return tree;
+    }
+#else /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  return tree;
+#endif /* not RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+ build_word_op_espace:
+  re_free (sbcset);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  free_charset (mbcset);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* This is intended for the expressions like "a{1,3}".
+   Fetch a number from 'input', and return the number.
+   Return REG_MISSING if the number field is empty like "{,1}".
+   Return RE_DUP_MAX + 1 if the number field is too large.
+   Return REG_ERROR if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+fetch_number (re_string_t *input, re_token_t *token, reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  Idx num = REG_MISSING;
+  unsigned char c;
+  while (1)
+    {
+      fetch_token (token, input, syntax);
+      c = token->opr.c;
+      if (BE (token->type == END_OF_RE, 0))
+	return REG_ERROR;
+      if (token->type == OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM || c == ',')
+	break;
+      num = ((token->type != CHARACTER || c < '0' || '9' < c
+	      || num == REG_ERROR)
+	     ? REG_ERROR
+	     : num == REG_MISSING
+	     ? c - '0'
+	     : MIN (RE_DUP_MAX + 1, num * 10 + c - '0'));
+    }
+  return num;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void
+free_charset (re_charset_t *cset)
+{
+  re_free (cset->mbchars);
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  re_free (cset->coll_syms);
+  re_free (cset->equiv_classes);
+  re_free (cset->range_starts);
+  re_free (cset->range_ends);
+# endif
+  re_free (cset->char_classes);
+  re_free (cset);
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+/* Functions for binary tree operation.  */
+
+/* Create a tree node.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+	     re_token_type_t type)
+{
+  re_token_t t;
+  t.type = type;
+  return create_token_tree (dfa, left, right, &t);
+}
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+create_token_tree (re_dfa_t *dfa, bin_tree_t *left, bin_tree_t *right,
+		   const re_token_t *token)
+{
+  bin_tree_t *tree;
+  if (BE (dfa->str_tree_storage_idx == BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE, 0))
+    {
+      bin_tree_storage_t *storage = re_malloc (bin_tree_storage_t, 1);
+
+      if (storage == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      storage->next = dfa->str_tree_storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage = storage;
+      dfa->str_tree_storage_idx = 0;
+    }
+  tree = &dfa->str_tree_storage->data[dfa->str_tree_storage_idx++];
+
+  tree->parent = NULL;
+  tree->left = left;
+  tree->right = right;
+  tree->token = *token;
+  tree->token.duplicated = 0;
+  tree->token.opt_subexp = 0;
+  tree->first = NULL;
+  tree->next = NULL;
+  tree->node_idx = REG_MISSING;
+
+  if (left != NULL)
+    left->parent = tree;
+  if (right != NULL)
+    right->parent = tree;
+  return tree;
+}
+
+/* Mark the tree SRC as an optional subexpression.
+   To be called from preorder or postorder.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+mark_opt_subexp (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  Idx idx = (uintptr_t) extra;
+  if (node->token.type == SUBEXP && node->token.opr.idx == idx)
+    node->token.opt_subexp = 1;
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Free the allocated memory inside NODE. */
+
+static void
+free_token (re_token_t *node)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+    free_charset (node->opr.mbcset);
+  else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    if (node->type == SIMPLE_BRACKET && node->duplicated == 0)
+      re_free (node->opr.sbcset);
+}
+
+/* Worker function for tree walking.  Free the allocated memory inside NODE
+   and its children. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+free_tree (void *extra, bin_tree_t *node)
+{
+  free_token (&node->token);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Duplicate the node SRC, and return new node.  This is a preorder
+   visit similar to the one implemented by the generic visitor, but
+   we need more infrastructure to maintain two parallel trees --- so,
+   it's easier to duplicate.  */
+
+static bin_tree_t *
+duplicate_tree (const bin_tree_t *root, re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  const bin_tree_t *node;
+  bin_tree_t *dup_root;
+  bin_tree_t **p_new = &dup_root, *dup_node = root->parent;
+
+  for (node = root; ; )
+    {
+      /* Create a new tree and link it back to the current parent.  */
+      *p_new = create_token_tree (dfa, NULL, NULL, &node->token);
+      if (*p_new == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      (*p_new)->parent = dup_node;
+      (*p_new)->token.duplicated = 1;
+      dup_node = *p_new;
+
+      /* Go to the left node, or up and to the right.  */
+      if (node->left)
+	{
+	  node = node->left;
+	  p_new = &dup_node->left;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  const bin_tree_t *prev = NULL;
+	  while (node->right == prev || node->right == NULL)
+	    {
+	      prev = node;
+	      node = node->parent;
+	      dup_node = dup_node->parent;
+	      if (!node)
+		return dup_root;
+	    }
+	  node = node->right;
+	  p_new = &dup_node->right;
+	}
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85091669c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+
+# if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wsuggest-attribute=pure"
+# endif
+# if (__GNUC__ == 4 && 3 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || 4 < __GNUC__
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-definition"
+#  pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wtype-limits"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure no one compiles this code with a C++ compiler.  */
+#if defined __cplusplus && defined _LIBC
+# error "This is C code, use a C compiler"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+# define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+# define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+# define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+# define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+	__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+# define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+	__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+# define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+	__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+# define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+	__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+# define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+	__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+# define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+	__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+# define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+# define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+	__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+# define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+# error #include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* On some systems, limits.h sets RE_DUP_MAX to a lower value than
+   GNU regex allows.  Include it before <regex.h>, which correctly
+   #undefs RE_DUP_MAX and sets it to the right value.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <regex.h>
+#include "regex_internal.h"
+
+#include "regex_internal.c"
+#include "regcomp.c"
+#include "regexec.c"
+
+/* Binary backward compatibility.  */
+#if _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3)
+link_warning (re_max_failures, "the 're_max_failures' variable is obsolete and will go away.")
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..854c6edaf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1989-1993, 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Define __USE_GNU to declare GNU extensions that violate the
+   POSIX name space rules.  */
+#ifdef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define __USE_GNU 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+
+/* Use types and values that are wide enough to represent signed and
+   unsigned byte offsets in memory.  This currently works only when
+   the regex code is used outside of the GNU C library; it is not yet
+   supported within glibc itself, and glibc users should not define
+   _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS.  */
+
+/* The type of nonnegative object indexes.  Traditionally, GNU regex
+   uses 'int' for these.  Code that uses __re_idx_t should work
+   regardless of whether the type is signed.  */
+typedef size_t __re_idx_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes.  */
+typedef size_t __re_size_t;
+
+/* The type of object sizes, in places where the traditional code
+   uses unsigned long int.  */
+typedef size_t __re_long_size_t;
+
+#else
+
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef int __re_idx_t;
+typedef unsigned int __re_size_t;
+typedef unsigned long int __re_long_size_t;
+
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+# define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+# define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+# define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+	^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+	   expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+	$  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+	   before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+# define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+# define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+# define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+# define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+# define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then '{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then '\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+# define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+# define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+# define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+# define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+# define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+# define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+# define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+# define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This bit is used internally like RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS but only
+   for ^, because it is difficult to scan the regex backwards to find
+   whether ^ should be special.  */
+# define RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE (RE_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \{ cannot be first in a regex or
+   immediately after an alternation, open-group or \} operator.  */
+# define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP (RE_CARET_ANCHORS_HERE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then no_sub will be set to 1 during
+   re_compile_pattern.  */
+# define RE_NO_SUB (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP << 1)
+#endif
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_CHAR_CLASSES							\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+    | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)						\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS				\
+      | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS				\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
+  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
+   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+# define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON					\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_DUP)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+# define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  POSIX-conforming
+   systems might define this in <limits.h>, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+# ifdef _REGEX_INCLUDE_LIMITS_H
+#  include <limits.h>
+# endif
+# ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+#  undef RE_DUP_MAX
+# endif
+
+/* RE_DUP_MAX is 2**15 - 1 because an earlier implementation stored
+   the counter as a 2-byte signed integer.  This is no longer true, so
+   RE_DUP_MAX could be increased to (INT_MAX / 10 - 1), or to
+   ((SIZE_MAX - 9) / 10) if _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS is defined.
+   However, there would be a huge performance problem if someone
+   actually used a pattern like a\{214748363\}, so RE_DUP_MAX retains
+   its historical value.  */
+# define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX 'cflags' bits (i.e., information for 'regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (1 << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (1 << 2)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (1 << 3)
+
+
+/* POSIX 'eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+/* Use PMATCH[0] to delimit the start and end of the search in the
+   buffer.  */
+#define REG_STARTEND (1 << 2)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   '__re_error_msgid' table in regcomp.c.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  _REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+  _REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
+  _REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  _REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
+  _REG_ECOLLATE,	/* Invalid collating element.  */
+  _REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
+  _REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
+  _REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
+  _REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  _REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  _REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
+  _REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  _REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
+  _REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
+  _REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  _REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
+  _REG_ESIZE,		/* Too large (e.g., repeat count too large).  */
+  _REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+#if defined _XOPEN_SOURCE || defined __USE_XOPEN2K
+# define REG_ENOSYS	_REG_ENOSYS
+#endif
+#define REG_NOERROR	_REG_NOERROR
+#define REG_NOMATCH	_REG_NOMATCH
+#define REG_BADPAT	_REG_BADPAT
+#define REG_ECOLLATE	_REG_ECOLLATE
+#define REG_ECTYPE	_REG_ECTYPE
+#define REG_EESCAPE	_REG_EESCAPE
+#define REG_ESUBREG	_REG_ESUBREG
+#define REG_EBRACK	_REG_EBRACK
+#define REG_EPAREN	_REG_EPAREN
+#define REG_EBRACE	_REG_EBRACE
+#define REG_BADBR	_REG_BADBR
+#define REG_ERANGE	_REG_ERANGE
+#define REG_ESPACE	_REG_ESPACE
+#define REG_BADRPT	_REG_BADRPT
+#define REG_EEND	_REG_EEND
+#define REG_ESIZE	_REG_ESIZE
+#define REG_ERPAREN	_REG_ERPAREN
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields 'buffer', 'allocated', 'fastmap',
+   and 'translate' can be set.  After the pattern has been compiled,
+   the fields 're_nsub', 'not_bol' and 'not_eol' are available.  All
+   other fields are private to the regex routines.  */
+
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# define __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE unsigned char *
+# ifdef __USE_GNU
+#  define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) name
+#else
+# define __REPB_PREFIX(name) __##name
+#endif
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+  /* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  The type
+     'struct re_dfa_t' is private and is not declared here.  */
+  struct re_dfa_t *__REPB_PREFIX(buffer);
+
+  /* Number of bytes to which 'buffer' points.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(allocated);
+
+  /* Number of bytes actually used in 'buffer'.  */
+  __re_long_size_t __REPB_PREFIX(used);
+
+  /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t __REPB_PREFIX(syntax);
+
+  /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses the
+     fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible starting points
+     for matches.  */
+  char *__REPB_PREFIX(fastmap);
+
+  /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+     comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation is
+     applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string when it
+     is matched.  */
+  __RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE __REPB_PREFIX(translate);
+
+  /* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+  /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+     Well, in truth it's used only in 're_search_2', to see whether or
+     not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set this absolutely
+     perfectly; see 're_compile_fastmap' (the "duplicate" case).  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(can_be_null) : 1;
+
+  /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the 'regs' structure
+     for 'max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+     If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+     If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+# define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+# define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+# define REGS_FIXED 2
+#endif
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(regs_allocated) : 2;
+
+  /* Set to zero when 're_compile_pattern' compiles a pattern; set to
+     one by 're_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(fastmap_accurate) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, 're_match_2' does not return information about
+     subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(no_sub) : 1;
+
+  /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the beginning
+     of the string.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_bol) : 1;
+
+  /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(not_eol) : 1;
+
+  /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned __REPB_PREFIX(newline_anchor) : 1;
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+/* POSIX 1003.1-2008 requires that regoff_t be at least as wide as
+   ptrdiff_t and ssize_t.  We don't know of any hosts where ptrdiff_t
+   is wider than ssize_t, so ssize_t is safe.  */
+typedef ssize_t regoff_t;
+#else
+/* The traditional GNU regex implementation mishandles strings longer
+   than INT_MAX.  */
+typedef int regoff_t;
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  __re_size_t num_regs;
+  regoff_t *start;
+  regoff_t *end;
+};
+
+
+/* If 'regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   're_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a 'regs' structure is passed.  */
+# ifndef RE_NREGS
+#  define RE_NREGS 30
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   're_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+#ifdef __USE_GNU
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the 're_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t __syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global 're_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.
+
+   To free the allocated storage, you must call 'regfree' on BUFFER.
+   Note that the translate table must either have been initialised by
+   'regcomp', with a malloc'ed value, or set to NULL before calling
+   'regfree'.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *__pattern, size_t __length,
+				       struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern regoff_t re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			   const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+			   __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			   struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern regoff_t re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			     const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+			     const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+			     __re_idx_t __start, regoff_t __range,
+			     struct re_registers *__regs,
+			     __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Like 're_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			  const char *__string, __re_idx_t __length,
+			  __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs);
+
+
+/* Relates to 're_match' as 're_search_2' relates to 're_search'.  */
+extern regoff_t re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			    const char *__string1, __re_idx_t __length1,
+			    const char *__string2, __re_idx_t __length2,
+			    __re_idx_t __start, struct re_registers *__regs,
+			    __re_idx_t __stop);
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least 'NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *__buffer,
+			      struct re_registers *__regs,
+			      __re_size_t __num_regs,
+			      regoff_t *__starts, regoff_t *__ends);
+#endif	/* Use GNU */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || (defined _LIBC && defined __USE_BSD)
+# ifndef _CRAY
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
+   Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
+   'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words, so pick a
+   different name.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_
+# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#  define _Restrict_ restrict
+# elif 2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#  define _Restrict_ __restrict
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_
+# endif
+#endif
+/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax.  Don't trust
+   sys/cdefs.h's definition of __restrict_arr, though, as it
+   mishandles gcc -ansi -pedantic.  */
+#ifndef _Restrict_arr_
+# if ((199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__					\
+       || ((3 < __GNUC__ || (3 == __GNUC__ && 1 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))	\
+	   && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__))					\
+      && !defined __GNUG__)
+#  define _Restrict_arr_ _Restrict_
+# else
+#  define _Restrict_arr_
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __pattern,
+		    int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+		    const char *_Restrict_ __string, size_t __nmatch,
+		    regmatch_t __pmatch[_Restrict_arr_],
+		    int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *_Restrict_ __preg,
+			char *_Restrict_ __errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..899b0ae67e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1741 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static void re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len,
+					re_string_t *pstr,
+					RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+					const re_dfa_t *dfa) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes,
+					  re_hashval_t hash) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes,
+					  unsigned int context,
+					  re_hashval_t hash) internal_function;
+
+/* Functions for string operation.  */
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers.  It is necessary to call
+   re_string_reconstruct before using the object.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_allocate (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len, Idx init_len,
+		    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  Idx init_buf_len;
+
+  /* Ensure at least one character fits into the buffers.  */
+  if (init_len < dfa->mb_cur_max)
+    init_len = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  init_buf_len = (len + 1 < init_len) ? len + 1: init_len;
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, init_buf_len);
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  pstr->word_char = dfa->word_char;
+  pstr->word_ops_used = dfa->word_ops_used;
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->valid_len = (pstr->mbs_allocated || dfa->mb_cur_max > 1) ? 0 : len;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* This function allocate the buffers, and initialize them.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_construct (re_string_t *pstr, const char *str, Idx len,
+		     RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase, const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  memset (pstr, '\0', sizeof (re_string_t));
+  re_string_construct_common (str, len, pstr, trans, icase, dfa);
+
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, len + 1);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return ret;
+    }
+  pstr->mbs = pstr->mbs_allocated ? pstr->mbs : (unsigned char *) str;
+
+  if (icase)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  while (1)
+	    {
+	      ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return ret;
+	      if (pstr->valid_raw_len >= len)
+		break;
+	      if (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->valid_len + dfa->mb_cur_max)
+		break;
+	      ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr, pstr->bufs_len * 2);
+	      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return ret;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+	build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+	{
+	  if (trans != NULL)
+	    re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pstr->valid_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->bufs_len;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for re_string_allocate, and re_string_construct.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_buf_len)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t *new_wcs;
+
+      /* Avoid overflow in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (wint_t), sizeof (Idx));
+      if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) < new_buf_len, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      new_wcs = re_realloc (pstr->wcs, wint_t, new_buf_len);
+      if (BE (new_wcs == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->wcs = new_wcs;
+      if (pstr->offsets != NULL)
+	{
+	  Idx *new_offsets = re_realloc (pstr->offsets, Idx, new_buf_len);
+	  if (BE (new_offsets == NULL, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  pstr->offsets = new_offsets;
+	}
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    {
+      unsigned char *new_mbs = re_realloc (pstr->mbs, unsigned char,
+					   new_buf_len);
+      if (BE (new_mbs == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      pstr->mbs = new_mbs;
+    }
+  pstr->bufs_len = new_buf_len;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_construct_common (const char *str, Idx len, re_string_t *pstr,
+			    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans, bool icase,
+			    const re_dfa_t *dfa)
+{
+  pstr->raw_mbs = (const unsigned char *) str;
+  pstr->len = len;
+  pstr->raw_len = len;
+  pstr->trans = trans;
+  pstr->icase = icase;
+  pstr->mbs_allocated = (trans != NULL || icase);
+  pstr->mb_cur_max = dfa->mb_cur_max;
+  pstr->is_utf8 = dfa->is_utf8;
+  pstr->map_notascii = dfa->map_notascii;
+  pstr->stop = pstr->len;
+  pstr->raw_stop = pstr->stop;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS.
+   If the byte sequence of the string are:
+     <mb1>(0), <mb1>(1), <mb2>(0), <mb2>(1), <sb3>
+   Then wide character buffer will be:
+     <wc1>   , WEOF    , <wc2>   , WEOF    , <wc3>
+   We use WEOF for padding, they indicate that the position isn't
+   a first byte of a multibyte character.
+
+   Note that this function assumes PSTR->VALID_LEN elements are already
+   built and starts from PSTR->VALID_LEN.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  unsigned char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  unsigned char buf[64];
+#endif
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+
+  /* Build the buffers from pstr->valid_len to either pstr->len or
+     pstr->bufs_len.  */
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+  for (byte_idx = pstr->valid_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      const char *p;
+
+      remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      /* Apply the translation if we need.  */
+      if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  int i, ch;
+
+	  for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+	    {
+	      ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx + i];
+	      buf[i] = pstr->mbs[byte_idx + i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+	    }
+	  p = (const char *) buf;
+	}
+      else
+	p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+	      || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len), 0))
+	{
+	  /* We treat these cases as a singlebyte character.  */
+	  mbclen = 1;
+	  wc = (wchar_t) pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+	  if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+	    wc = pstr->trans[wc];
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	}
+      else if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2, 0))
+	{
+	  /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Write wide character and padding.  */
+      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wc;
+      /* Write paddings.  */
+      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+	pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+}
+
+/* Build wide character buffer PSTR->WCS like build_wcs_buffer,
+   but for REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx src_idx, byte_idx, end_idx, remain_len;
+  size_t mbclen;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  char buf[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  assert (MB_LEN_MAX >= pstr->mb_cur_max);
+#else
+  char buf[64];
+#endif
+
+  byte_idx = pstr->valid_len;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  /* The following optimization assumes that ASCII characters can be
+     mapped to wide characters with a simple cast.  */
+  if (! pstr->map_notascii && pstr->trans == NULL && !pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      while (byte_idx < end_idx)
+	{
+	  wchar_t wc;
+
+	  if (isascii (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx])
+	      && mbsinit (&pstr->cur_state))
+	    {
+	      /* In case of a singlebyte character.  */
+	      pstr->mbs[byte_idx]
+		= toupper (pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx]);
+	      /* The next step uses the assumption that wchar_t is encoded
+		 ASCII-safe: all ASCII values can be converted like this.  */
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = (wchar_t) pstr->mbs[byte_idx];
+	      ++byte_idx;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+	  prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+	  mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc,
+			      ((const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx
+			       + byte_idx), remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+	  if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1))
+	    {
+	      wchar_t wcu = wc;
+	      if (iswlower (wc))
+		{
+		  size_t mbcdlen;
+
+		  wcu = towupper (wc);
+		  mbcdlen = wcrtomb (buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+		  if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1))
+		    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+		  else
+		    {
+		      src_idx = byte_idx;
+		      goto offsets_needed;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx,
+			pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx, mbclen);
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+	      /* Write paddings.  */
+	      for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+		pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+	    }
+	  else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+		   || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+	    {
+	      /* It is an invalid character, an incomplete character
+		 at the end of the string, or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+	      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + byte_idx];
+	      pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+	      /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+	      if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0))
+		pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	      pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = byte_idx;
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  else
+    for (src_idx = pstr->valid_raw_len; byte_idx < end_idx;)
+      {
+	wchar_t wc;
+	const char *p;
+      offsets_needed:
+	remain_len = end_idx - byte_idx;
+	prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+	if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+	  {
+	    int i, ch;
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < pstr->mb_cur_max && i < remain_len; ++i)
+	      {
+		ch = pstr->raw_mbs [pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx + i];
+		buf[i] = pstr->trans[ch];
+	      }
+	    p = (const char *) buf;
+	  }
+	else
+	  p = (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx;
+	mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc, p, remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+	if (BE (mbclen < (size_t) -2, 1))
+	  {
+	    wchar_t wcu = wc;
+	    if (iswlower (wc))
+	      {
+		size_t mbcdlen;
+
+		wcu = towupper (wc);
+		mbcdlen = wcrtomb ((char *) buf, wcu, &prev_st);
+		if (BE (mbclen == mbcdlen, 1))
+		  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbclen);
+		else if (mbcdlen != (size_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    size_t i;
+
+		    if (byte_idx + mbcdlen > pstr->bufs_len)
+		      {
+			pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+			break;
+		      }
+
+		    if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+		      {
+			pstr->offsets = re_malloc (Idx, pstr->bufs_len);
+
+			if (pstr->offsets == NULL)
+			  return REG_ESPACE;
+		      }
+		    if (!pstr->offsets_needed)
+		      {
+			for (i = 0; i < (size_t) byte_idx; ++i)
+			  pstr->offsets[i] = i;
+			pstr->offsets_needed = 1;
+		      }
+
+		    memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, buf, mbcdlen);
+		    pstr->wcs[byte_idx] = wcu;
+		    pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+		    for (i = 1; i < mbcdlen; ++i)
+		      {
+			pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i]
+			  = src_idx + (i < mbclen ? i : mbclen - 1);
+			pstr->wcs[byte_idx + i] = WEOF;
+		      }
+		    pstr->len += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+		    if (pstr->raw_stop > src_idx)
+		      pstr->stop += mbcdlen - mbclen;
+		    end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len)
+			      ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+		    byte_idx += mbcdlen;
+		    src_idx += mbclen;
+		    continue;
+		  }
+		else
+		  memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      memcpy (pstr->mbs + byte_idx, p, mbclen);
+
+	    if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+	      {
+		size_t i;
+		for (i = 0; i < mbclen; ++i)
+		  pstr->offsets[byte_idx + i] = src_idx + i;
+	      }
+	    src_idx += mbclen;
+
+	    pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = wcu;
+	    /* Write paddings.  */
+	    for (remain_len = byte_idx + mbclen - 1; byte_idx < remain_len ;)
+	      pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = WEOF;
+	  }
+	else if (mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0
+		 || (mbclen == (size_t) -2 && pstr->bufs_len >= pstr->len))
+	  {
+	    /* It is an invalid character or '\0'.  Just use the byte.  */
+	    int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + src_idx];
+
+	    if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+	      ch = pstr->trans [ch];
+	    pstr->mbs[byte_idx] = ch;
+
+	    if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+	      pstr->offsets[byte_idx] = src_idx;
+	    ++src_idx;
+
+	    /* And also cast it to wide char.  */
+	    pstr->wcs[byte_idx++] = (wchar_t) ch;
+	    if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -1, 0))
+	      pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* The buffer doesn't have enough space, finish to build.  */
+	    pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	    break;
+	  }
+      }
+  pstr->valid_len = byte_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = src_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Skip characters until the index becomes greater than NEW_RAW_IDX.
+   Return the index.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+re_string_skip_chars (re_string_t *pstr, Idx new_raw_idx, wint_t *last_wc)
+{
+  mbstate_t prev_st;
+  Idx rawbuf_idx;
+  size_t mbclen;
+  wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+  /* Skip the characters which are not necessary to check.  */
+  for (rawbuf_idx = pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->valid_raw_len;
+       rawbuf_idx < new_raw_idx;)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc2;
+      Idx remain_len = pstr->raw_len - rawbuf_idx;
+      prev_st = pstr->cur_state;
+      mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx,
+			  remain_len, &pstr->cur_state);
+      if (BE (mbclen == (size_t) -2 || mbclen == (size_t) -1 || mbclen == 0, 0))
+	{
+	  /* We treat these cases as a single byte character.  */
+	  if (mbclen == 0 || remain_len == 0)
+	    wc = L'\0';
+	  else
+	    wc = *(unsigned char *) (pstr->raw_mbs + rawbuf_idx);
+	  mbclen = 1;
+	  pstr->cur_state = prev_st;
+	}
+      else
+	wc = wc2;
+      /* Then proceed the next character.  */
+      rawbuf_idx += mbclen;
+    }
+  *last_wc = wc;
+  return rawbuf_idx;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+
+/* Build the buffer PSTR->MBS, and apply the translation if we need.
+   This function is used in case of REG_ICASE.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx char_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (char_idx = pstr->valid_len; char_idx < end_idx; ++char_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + char_idx];
+      if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+	ch = pstr->trans[ch];
+      if (islower (ch))
+	pstr->mbs[char_idx] = toupper (ch);
+      else
+	pstr->mbs[char_idx] = ch;
+    }
+  pstr->valid_len = char_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = char_idx;
+}
+
+/* Apply TRANS to the buffer in PSTR.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  Idx buf_idx, end_idx;
+  end_idx = (pstr->bufs_len > pstr->len) ? pstr->len : pstr->bufs_len;
+
+  for (buf_idx = pstr->valid_len; buf_idx < end_idx; ++buf_idx)
+    {
+      int ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + buf_idx];
+      pstr->mbs[buf_idx] = pstr->trans[ch];
+    }
+
+  pstr->valid_len = buf_idx;
+  pstr->valid_raw_len = buf_idx;
+}
+
+/* This function re-construct the buffers.
+   Concretely, convert to wide character in case of pstr->mb_cur_max > 1,
+   convert to upper case in case of REG_ICASE, apply translation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_string_reconstruct (re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  Idx offset;
+
+  if (BE (pstr->raw_mbs_idx <= idx, 0))
+    offset = idx - pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+  else
+    {
+      /* Reset buffer.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len;
+      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop;
+      pstr->valid_len = 0;
+      pstr->raw_mbs_idx = 0;
+      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+      pstr->tip_context = ((eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+			   : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF);
+      if (!pstr->mbs_allocated)
+	pstr->mbs = (unsigned char *) pstr->raw_mbs;
+      offset = idx;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (offset != 0, 1))
+    {
+      /* Should the already checked characters be kept?  */
+      if (BE (offset < pstr->valid_raw_len, 1))
+	{
+	  /* Yes, move them to the front of the buffer.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0))
+	    {
+	      Idx low = 0, high = pstr->valid_len, mid;
+	      do
+		{
+		  mid = (high + low) / 2;
+		  if (pstr->offsets[mid] > offset)
+		    high = mid;
+		  else if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+		    low = mid + 1;
+		  else
+		    break;
+		}
+	      while (low < high);
+	      if (pstr->offsets[mid] < offset)
+		++mid;
+	      pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, mid - 1,
+							eflags);
+	      /* This can be quite complicated, so handle specially
+		 only the common and easy case where the character with
+		 different length representation of lower and upper
+		 case is present at or after offset.  */
+	      if (pstr->valid_len > offset
+		  && mid == offset && pstr->offsets[mid] == offset)
+		{
+		  memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+			   (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+		  memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset, pstr->valid_len - offset);
+		  pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+		  pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+		  for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; low++)
+		    pstr->offsets[low] = pstr->offsets[low + offset] - offset;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* Otherwise, just find out how long the partial multibyte
+		     character at offset is and fill it with WEOF/255.  */
+		  pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+		  pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+		  pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+		  while (mid > 0 && pstr->offsets[mid - 1] == offset)
+		    --mid;
+		  while (mid < pstr->valid_len)
+		    if (pstr->wcs[mid] != WEOF)
+		      break;
+		    else
+		      ++mid;
+		  if (mid == pstr->valid_len)
+		    pstr->valid_len = 0;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      pstr->valid_len = pstr->offsets[mid] - offset;
+		      if (pstr->valid_len)
+			{
+			  for (low = 0; low < pstr->valid_len; ++low)
+			    pstr->wcs[low] = WEOF;
+			  memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+			}
+		    }
+		  pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif
+	    {
+	      pstr->tip_context = re_string_context_at (pstr, offset - 1,
+							eflags);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		memmove (pstr->wcs, pstr->wcs + offset,
+			 (pstr->valid_len - offset) * sizeof (wint_t));
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+	      if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+		memmove (pstr->mbs, pstr->mbs + offset,
+			 pstr->valid_len - offset);
+	      pstr->valid_len -= offset;
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len -= offset;
+#if DEBUG
+	      assert (pstr->valid_len > 0);
+#endif
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  /* No, skip all characters until IDX.  */
+	  Idx prev_valid_len = pstr->valid_len;
+
+	  if (BE (pstr->offsets_needed, 0))
+	    {
+	      pstr->len = pstr->raw_len - idx + offset;
+	      pstr->stop = pstr->raw_stop - idx + offset;
+	      pstr->offsets_needed = 0;
+	    }
+#endif
+	  pstr->valid_len = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    {
+	      Idx wcs_idx;
+	      wint_t wc = WEOF;
+
+	      if (pstr->is_utf8)
+		{
+		  const unsigned char *raw, *p, *end;
+
+		  /* Special case UTF-8.  Multi-byte chars start with any
+		     byte other than 0x80 - 0xbf.  */
+		  raw = pstr->raw_mbs + pstr->raw_mbs_idx;
+		  end = raw + (offset - pstr->mb_cur_max);
+		  if (end < pstr->raw_mbs)
+		    end = pstr->raw_mbs;
+		  p = raw + offset - 1;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+		  /* We know the wchar_t encoding is UCS4, so for the simple
+		     case, ASCII characters, skip the conversion step.  */
+		  if (isascii (*p) && BE (pstr->trans == NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+		      /* pstr->valid_len = 0; */
+		      wc = (wchar_t) *p;
+		    }
+		  else
+#endif
+		    for (; p >= end; --p)
+		      if ((*p & 0xc0) != 0x80)
+			{
+			  mbstate_t cur_state;
+			  wchar_t wc2;
+			  Idx mlen = raw + pstr->len - p;
+			  unsigned char buf[6];
+			  size_t mbclen;
+
+			  const unsigned char *pp = p;
+			  if (BE (pstr->trans != NULL, 0))
+			    {
+			      int i = mlen < 6 ? mlen : 6;
+			      while (--i >= 0)
+				buf[i] = pstr->trans[p[i]];
+			      pp = buf;
+			    }
+			  /* XXX Don't use mbrtowc, we know which conversion
+			     to use (UTF-8 -> UCS4).  */
+			  memset (&cur_state, 0, sizeof (cur_state));
+			  mbclen = __mbrtowc (&wc2, (const char *) pp, mlen,
+					      &cur_state);
+			  if (raw + offset - p <= mbclen
+			      && mbclen < (size_t) -2)
+			    {
+			      memset (&pstr->cur_state, '\0',
+				      sizeof (mbstate_t));
+			      pstr->valid_len = mbclen - (raw + offset - p);
+			      wc = wc2;
+			    }
+			  break;
+			}
+		}
+
+	      if (wc == WEOF)
+		pstr->valid_len = re_string_skip_chars (pstr, idx, &wc) - idx;
+	      if (wc == WEOF)
+		pstr->tip_context
+		  = re_string_context_at (pstr, prev_valid_len - 1, eflags);
+	      else
+		pstr->tip_context = ((BE (pstr->word_ops_used != 0, 0)
+				      && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+				     ? CONTEXT_WORD
+				     : ((IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc)
+					 && pstr->newline_anchor)
+					? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+	      if (BE (pstr->valid_len, 0))
+		{
+		  for (wcs_idx = 0; wcs_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++wcs_idx)
+		    pstr->wcs[wcs_idx] = WEOF;
+		  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+		    memset (pstr->mbs, 255, pstr->valid_len);
+		}
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = pstr->valid_len;
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+	    {
+	      int c = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + offset - 1];
+	      pstr->valid_raw_len = 0;
+	      if (pstr->trans)
+		c = pstr->trans[c];
+	      pstr->tip_context = (bitset_contain (pstr->word_char, c)
+				   ? CONTEXT_WORD
+				   : ((IS_NEWLINE (c) && pstr->newline_anchor)
+				      ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0));
+	    }
+	}
+      if (!BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+	pstr->mbs += offset;
+    }
+  pstr->raw_mbs_idx = idx;
+  pstr->len -= offset;
+  pstr->stop -= offset;
+
+  /* Then build the buffers.  */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      if (pstr->icase)
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return ret;
+	}
+      else
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    if (BE (pstr->mbs_allocated, 0))
+      {
+	if (pstr->icase)
+	  build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	else if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+	  re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+      }
+    else
+      pstr->valid_len = pstr->len;
+
+  pstr->cur_idx = 0;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure))
+re_string_peek_byte_case (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int ch;
+  Idx off;
+
+  /* Handle the common (easiest) cases first.  */
+  if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1
+      && ! re_string_is_single_byte_char (pstr, pstr->cur_idx + idx))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+#endif
+
+  off = pstr->cur_idx + idx;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    off = pstr->offsets[off];
+#endif
+
+  ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Ensure that e.g. for tr_TR.UTF-8 BACKSLASH DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I
+     this function returns CAPITAL LETTER I instead of first byte of
+     DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I.  The latter would confuse the parser,
+     since peek_byte_case doesn't advance cur_idx in any way.  */
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed && !isascii (ch))
+    return re_string_peek_byte (pstr, idx);
+#endif
+
+  return ch;
+}
+
+static unsigned char
+internal_function
+re_string_fetch_byte_case (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+  if (BE (!pstr->mbs_allocated, 1))
+    return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (pstr->offsets_needed)
+    {
+      Idx off;
+      int ch;
+
+      /* For tr_TR.UTF-8 [[:islower:]] there is
+	 [[: CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DOT lower:]] in mbs.  Skip
+	 in that case the whole multi-byte character and return
+	 the original letter.  On the other side, with
+	 [[: DOTLESS SMALL LETTER I return [[:I, as doing
+	 anything else would complicate things too much.  */
+
+      if (!re_string_first_byte (pstr, pstr->cur_idx))
+	return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      off = pstr->offsets[pstr->cur_idx];
+      ch = pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + off];
+
+      if (! isascii (ch))
+	return re_string_fetch_byte (pstr);
+
+      re_string_skip_bytes (pstr,
+			    re_string_char_size_at (pstr, pstr->cur_idx));
+      return ch;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return pstr->raw_mbs[pstr->raw_mbs_idx + pstr->cur_idx++];
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_string_destruct (re_string_t *pstr)
+{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  re_free (pstr->wcs);
+  re_free (pstr->offsets);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+  if (pstr->mbs_allocated)
+    re_free (pstr->mbs);
+}
+
+/* Return the context at IDX in INPUT.  */
+
+static unsigned int
+internal_function
+re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx, int eflags)
+{
+  int c;
+  if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (idx), 0))
+    /* In this case, we use the value stored in input->tip_context,
+       since we can't know the character in input->mbs[-1] here.  */
+    return input->tip_context;
+  if (BE (idx == input->len, 0))
+    return ((eflags & REG_NOTEOL) ? CONTEXT_ENDBUF
+	    : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_ENDBUF);
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  if (input->mb_cur_max > 1)
+    {
+      wint_t wc;
+      Idx wc_idx = idx;
+      while(input->wcs[wc_idx] == WEOF)
+	{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	  /* It must not happen.  */
+	  assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx));
+#endif
+	  --wc_idx;
+	  if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (wc_idx))
+	    return input->tip_context;
+	}
+      wc = input->wcs[wc_idx];
+      if (BE (input->word_ops_used != 0, 0) && IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR (wc))
+	return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return (IS_WIDE_NEWLINE (wc) && input->newline_anchor
+	      ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    {
+      c = re_string_byte_at (input, idx);
+      if (bitset_contain (input->word_char, c))
+	return CONTEXT_WORD;
+      return IS_NEWLINE (c) && input->newline_anchor ? CONTEXT_NEWLINE : 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Functions for set operation.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_alloc (re_node_set *set, Idx size)
+{
+  set->alloc = size;
+  set->nelem = 0;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, size);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0) && (MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL || size != 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_1 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  set->alloc = 1;
+  set->nelem = 1;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 1);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      set->alloc = set->nelem = 0;
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  set->elems[0] = elem;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_2 (re_node_set *set, Idx elem1, Idx elem2)
+{
+  set->alloc = 2;
+  set->elems = re_malloc (Idx, 2);
+  if (BE (set->elems == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  if (elem1 == elem2)
+    {
+      set->nelem = 1;
+      set->elems[0] = elem1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      set->nelem = 2;
+      if (elem1 < elem2)
+	{
+	  set->elems[0] = elem1;
+	  set->elems[1] = elem2;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  set->elems[0] = elem2;
+	  set->elems[1] = elem1;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_copy (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+  if (src->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = dest->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  dest->alloc = dest->nelem = 0;
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+  else
+    re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the intersection of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And merge it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.
+   Note: We assume dest->elems is NULL, when dest->alloc is 0.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_add_intersect (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+			   const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, is, id, delta, sbase;
+  if (src1->nelem == 0 || src2->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* We need dest->nelem + 2 * elems_in_intersection; this is a
+     conservative estimate.  */
+  if (src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->nelem > dest->alloc)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem + dest->alloc;
+      Idx *new_elems = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_elems;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  /* Find the items in the intersection of SRC1 and SRC2, and copy
+     into the top of DEST those that are not already in DEST itself.  */
+  sbase = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+  i1 = src1->nelem - 1;
+  i2 = src2->nelem - 1;
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  /* Try to find the item in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search?  */
+	  while (REG_VALID_INDEX (id) && dest->elems[id] > src1->elems[i1])
+	    --id;
+
+          if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (id) || dest->elems[id] != src1->elems[i1])
+            dest->elems[--sbase] = src1->elems[i1];
+
+	  if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1) || ! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2))
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      /* Lower the highest of the two items.  */
+      else if (src1->elems[i1] < src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i2))
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--i1))
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + src1->nelem + src2->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place; this is more or
+     less the same loop that is in re_node_set_merge.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  if (delta > 0 && REG_VALID_INDEX (id))
+    for (;;)
+      {
+	if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+	  {
+	    /* Copy from the top.  */
+	    dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+	    if (delta == 0)
+	      break;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+	    dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+	    if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id))
+	      break;
+	  }
+      }
+
+  /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+  memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase, delta * sizeof (Idx));
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets SRC1 and SRC2. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_init_union (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src1,
+			const re_node_set *src2)
+{
+  Idx i1, i2, id;
+  if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0 && src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+    {
+      dest->alloc = src1->nelem + src2->nelem;
+      dest->elems = re_malloc (Idx, dest->alloc);
+      if (BE (dest->elems == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (src1 != NULL && src1->nelem > 0)
+	return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src1);
+      else if (src2 != NULL && src2->nelem > 0)
+	return re_node_set_init_copy (dest, src2);
+      else
+	re_node_set_init_empty (dest);
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+  for (i1 = i2 = id = 0 ; i1 < src1->nelem && i2 < src2->nelem ;)
+    {
+      if (src1->elems[i1] > src2->elems[i2])
+	{
+	  dest->elems[id++] = src2->elems[i2++];
+	  continue;
+	}
+      if (src1->elems[i1] == src2->elems[i2])
+	++i2;
+      dest->elems[id++] = src1->elems[i1++];
+    }
+  if (i1 < src1->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src1->elems + i1,
+	     (src1->nelem - i1) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src1->nelem - i1;
+    }
+  else if (i2 < src2->nelem)
+    {
+      memcpy (dest->elems + id, src2->elems + i2,
+	     (src2->nelem - i2) * sizeof (Idx));
+      id += src2->nelem - i2;
+    }
+  dest->nelem = id;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Calculate the union set of the sets DEST and SRC. And store it to
+   DEST. Return value indicate the error code or REG_NOERROR if succeeded.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_merge (re_node_set *dest, const re_node_set *src)
+{
+  Idx is, id, sbase, delta;
+  if (src == NULL || src->nelem == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+  if (dest->alloc < 2 * src->nelem + dest->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * (src->nelem + dest->alloc);
+      Idx *new_buffer = re_realloc (dest->elems, Idx, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_buffer == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      dest->elems = new_buffer;
+      dest->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (dest->nelem == 0, 0))
+    {
+      dest->nelem = src->nelem;
+      memcpy (dest->elems, src->elems, src->nelem * sizeof (Idx));
+      return REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy into the top of DEST the items of SRC that are not
+     found in DEST.  Maybe we could binary search in DEST?  */
+  for (sbase = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem,
+       is = src->nelem - 1, id = dest->nelem - 1;
+       REG_VALID_INDEX (is) && REG_VALID_INDEX (id); )
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[id] == src->elems[is])
+	is--, id--;
+      else if (dest->elems[id] < src->elems[is])
+	dest->elems[--sbase] = src->elems[is--];
+      else /* if (dest->elems[id] > src->elems[is]) */
+	--id;
+    }
+
+  if (REG_VALID_INDEX (is))
+    {
+      /* If DEST is exhausted, the remaining items of SRC must be unique.  */
+      sbase -= is + 1;
+      memcpy (dest->elems + sbase, src->elems, (is + 1) * sizeof (Idx));
+    }
+
+  id = dest->nelem - 1;
+  is = dest->nelem + 2 * src->nelem - 1;
+  delta = is - sbase + 1;
+  if (delta == 0)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  /* Now copy.  When DELTA becomes zero, the remaining
+     DEST elements are already in place.  */
+  dest->nelem += delta;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (dest->elems[is] > dest->elems[id])
+	{
+	  /* Copy from the top.  */
+	  dest->elems[id + delta--] = dest->elems[is--];
+	  if (delta == 0)
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Slide from the bottom.  */
+	  dest->elems[id + delta] = dest->elems[id];
+	  if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (--id))
+	    {
+	      /* Copy remaining SRC elements.  */
+	      memcpy (dest->elems, dest->elems + sbase,
+		      delta * sizeof (Idx));
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  /* In case the set is empty.  */
+  if (set->alloc == 0)
+    return BE (re_node_set_init_1 (set, elem) == REG_NOERROR, 1);
+
+  if (BE (set->nelem, 0) == 0)
+    {
+      /* We already guaranteed above that set->alloc != 0.  */
+      set->elems[0] = elem;
+      ++set->nelem;
+      return true;
+    }
+
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = set->alloc * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+	return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Move the elements which follows the new element.  Test the
+     first element separately to skip a check in the inner loop.  */
+  if (elem < set->elems[0])
+    {
+      idx = 0;
+      for (idx = set->nelem; idx > 0; idx--)
+	set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (idx = set->nelem; set->elems[idx - 1] > elem; idx--)
+	set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx - 1];
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[idx] = elem;
+  ++set->nelem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Insert the new element ELEM to the re_node_set* SET.
+   SET should not already have any element greater than or equal to ELEM.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_node_set_insert_last (re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  /* Realloc if we need.  */
+  if (set->alloc == set->nelem)
+    {
+      Idx *new_elems;
+      set->alloc = (set->alloc + 1) * 2;
+      new_elems = re_realloc (set->elems, Idx, set->alloc);
+      if (BE (new_elems == NULL, 0))
+	return false;
+      set->elems = new_elems;
+    }
+
+  /* Insert the new element.  */
+  set->elems[set->nelem++] = elem;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Compare two node sets SET1 and SET2.
+   Return true if SET1 and SET2 are equivalent.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_compare (const re_node_set *set1, const re_node_set *set2)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  if (set1 == NULL || set2 == NULL || set1->nelem != set2->nelem)
+    return false;
+  for (i = set1->nelem ; REG_VALID_INDEX (--i) ; )
+    if (set1->elems[i] != set2->elems[i])
+      return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Return (idx + 1) if SET contains the element ELEM, return 0 otherwise.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure))
+re_node_set_contains (const re_node_set *set, Idx elem)
+{
+  __re_size_t idx, right, mid;
+  if (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (set->nelem))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Binary search the element.  */
+  idx = 0;
+  right = set->nelem - 1;
+  while (idx < right)
+    {
+      mid = (idx + right) / 2;
+      if (set->elems[mid] < elem)
+	idx = mid + 1;
+      else
+	right = mid;
+    }
+  return set->elems[idx] == elem ? idx + 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+re_node_set_remove_at (re_node_set *set, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (idx < 0 || idx >= set->nelem)
+    return;
+  --set->nelem;
+  for (; idx < set->nelem; idx++)
+    set->elems[idx] = set->elems[idx + 1];
+}
+
+
+/* Add the token TOKEN to dfa->nodes, and return the index of the token.
+   Or return REG_MISSING if an error occurred.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+re_dfa_add_node (re_dfa_t *dfa, re_token_t token)
+{
+  if (BE (dfa->nodes_len >= dfa->nodes_alloc, 0))
+    {
+      size_t new_nodes_alloc = dfa->nodes_alloc * 2;
+      Idx *new_nexts, *new_indices;
+      re_node_set *new_edests, *new_eclosures;
+      re_token_t *new_nodes;
+
+      /* Avoid overflows in realloc.  */
+      const size_t max_object_size = MAX (sizeof (re_token_t),
+					  MAX (sizeof (re_node_set),
+					       sizeof (Idx)));
+      if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) < new_nodes_alloc, 0))
+	return REG_MISSING;
+
+      new_nodes = re_realloc (dfa->nodes, re_token_t, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_nodes == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_MISSING;
+      dfa->nodes = new_nodes;
+      new_nexts = re_realloc (dfa->nexts, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_indices = re_realloc (dfa->org_indices, Idx, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_edests = re_realloc (dfa->edests, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      new_eclosures = re_realloc (dfa->eclosures, re_node_set, new_nodes_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_nexts == NULL || new_indices == NULL
+	      || new_edests == NULL || new_eclosures == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_MISSING;
+      dfa->nexts = new_nexts;
+      dfa->org_indices = new_indices;
+      dfa->edests = new_edests;
+      dfa->eclosures = new_eclosures;
+      dfa->nodes_alloc = new_nodes_alloc;
+    }
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len] = token;
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].constraint = 0;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  dfa->nodes[dfa->nodes_len].accept_mb =
+    ((token.type == OP_PERIOD && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+     || token.type == COMPLEX_BRACKET);
+#endif
+  dfa->nexts[dfa->nodes_len] = REG_MISSING;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->edests + dfa->nodes_len);
+  re_node_set_init_empty (dfa->eclosures + dfa->nodes_len);
+  return dfa->nodes_len++;
+}
+
+static re_hashval_t
+internal_function
+calc_state_hash (const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash = nodes->nelem + context;
+  Idx i;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    hash += nodes->elems[i];
+  return hash;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+	   return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+	 - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+	   optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+		  const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (BE (nodes->nelem == 0, 0))
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, 0);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (hash != state->hash)
+	continue;
+      if (re_node_set_compare (&state->nodes, nodes))
+	return state;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no appropriate state in the dfa, create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_ci_newstate (dfa, nodes, hash);
+  if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Search for the state whose node_set is equivalent to NODES and
+   whose context is equivalent to CONTEXT.
+   Return the pointer to the state, if we found it in the DFA.
+   Otherwise create the new one and return it.  In case of an error
+   return NULL and set the error code in ERR.
+   Note: - We assume NULL as the invalid state, then it is possible that
+	   return value is NULL and ERR is REG_NOERROR.
+	 - We never return non-NULL value in case of any errors, it is for
+	   optimization.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_acquire_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+			  const re_node_set *nodes, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_dfastate_t *new_state;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  Idx i;
+#ifdef lint
+  /* Suppress bogus uninitialized-variable warnings.  */
+  *err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  if (nodes->nelem == 0)
+    {
+      *err = REG_NOERROR;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  hash = calc_state_hash (nodes, context);
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < spot->num ; i++)
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *state = spot->array[i];
+      if (state->hash == hash
+	  && state->context == context
+	  && re_node_set_compare (state->entrance_nodes, nodes))
+	return state;
+    }
+  /* There are no appropriate state in 'dfa', create the new one.  */
+  new_state = create_cd_newstate (dfa, nodes, context, hash);
+  if (BE (new_state == NULL, 0))
+    *err = REG_ESPACE;
+
+  return new_state;
+}
+
+/* Finish initialization of the new state NEWSTATE, and using its hash value
+   HASH put in the appropriate bucket of DFA's state table.  Return value
+   indicates the error code if failed.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+register_state (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *newstate,
+		re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  struct re_state_table_entry *spot;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  newstate->hash = hash;
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, newstate->nodes.nelem);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  for (i = 0; i < newstate->nodes.nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx elem = newstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      if (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[elem].type))
+	if (! re_node_set_insert_last (&newstate->non_eps_nodes, elem))
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  spot = dfa->state_table + (hash & dfa->state_hash_mask);
+  if (BE (spot->alloc <= spot->num, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_alloc = 2 * spot->num + 2;
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (spot->array, re_dfastate_t *,
+					      new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      spot->array = new_array;
+      spot->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  spot->array[spot->num++] = newstate;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+free_state (re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_node_set_free (&state->non_eps_nodes);
+  re_node_set_free (&state->inveclosure);
+  if (state->entrance_nodes != &state->nodes)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+      re_free (state->entrance_nodes);
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&state->nodes);
+  re_free (state->word_trtable);
+  re_free (state->trtable);
+  re_free (state);
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is independent of contexts.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_ci_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		    re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->constraint)
+	continue;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	newstate->has_backref = 1;
+      else if (type == ANCHOR || node->constraint)
+	newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return newstate;
+}
+
+/* Create the new state which is depend on the context CONTEXT.
+   Return the new state if succeeded, otherwise return NULL.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+create_cd_newstate (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		    unsigned int context, re_hashval_t hash)
+{
+  Idx i, nctx_nodes = 0;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  re_dfastate_t *newstate;
+
+  newstate = (re_dfastate_t *) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t), 1);
+  if (BE (newstate == NULL, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&newstate->nodes, nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      re_free (newstate);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  newstate->context = context;
+  newstate->entrance_nodes = &newstate->nodes;
+
+  for (i = 0 ; i < nodes->nelem ; i++)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + nodes->elems[i];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      if (type == CHARACTER && !constraint)
+	continue;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      newstate->accept_mb |= node->accept_mb;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* If the state has the halt node, the state is a halt state.  */
+      if (type == END_OF_RE)
+	newstate->halt = 1;
+      else if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	newstate->has_backref = 1;
+
+      if (constraint)
+	{
+	  if (newstate->entrance_nodes == &newstate->nodes)
+	    {
+	      newstate->entrance_nodes = re_malloc (re_node_set, 1);
+	      if (BE (newstate->entrance_nodes == NULL, 0))
+		{
+		  free_state (newstate);
+		  return NULL;
+		}
+	      if (re_node_set_init_copy (newstate->entrance_nodes, nodes)
+		  != REG_NOERROR)
+		return NULL;
+	      nctx_nodes = 0;
+	      newstate->has_constraint = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT (constraint,context))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_remove_at (&newstate->nodes, i - nctx_nodes);
+	      ++nctx_nodes;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  err = register_state (dfa, newstate, hash);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    {
+      free_state (newstate);
+      newstate = NULL;
+    }
+  return  newstate;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6205dbe726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regex_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,909 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_INTERNAL_H
+#define _REGEX_INTERNAL_H 1
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <wctype.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+# define lock_define(name) __libc_lock_define (, name)
+# define lock_init(lock) (__libc_lock_init (lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) 0
+# define lock_lock(lock) __libc_lock_lock (lock)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) __libc_lock_unlock (lock)
+#elif defined GNULIB_LOCK
+# include "glthread/lock.h"
+  /* Use gl_lock_define if empty macro arguments are known to work.
+     Otherwise, fall back on less-portable substitutes.  */
+# if ((defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
+      || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__))
+#  define lock_define(name) gl_lock_define (, name)
+# elif USE_POSIX_THREADS
+#  define lock_define(name) pthread_mutex_t name;
+# elif USE_PTH_THREADS
+#  define lock_define(name) pth_mutex_t name;
+# elif USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+#  define lock_define(name) mutex_t name;
+# elif USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
+#  define lock_define(name) gl_lock_t name;
+# else
+#  define lock_define(name)
+# endif
+# define lock_init(lock) glthread_lock_init (&(lock))
+# define lock_fini(lock) glthread_lock_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) glthread_lock_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) glthread_lock_unlock (&(lock))
+#elif defined GNULIB_PTHREAD
+# include <pthread.h>
+# define lock_define(name) pthread_mutex_t name;
+# define lock_init(lock) pthread_mutex_init (&(lock), 0)
+# define lock_fini(lock) pthread_mutex_destroy (&(lock))
+# define lock_lock(lock) pthread_mutex_lock (&(lock))
+# define lock_unlock(lock) pthread_mutex_unlock (&(lock))
+#else
+# define lock_define(name)
+# define lock_init(lock) 0
+# define lock_fini(lock) ((void) 0)
+  /* The 'dfa' avoids an "unused variable 'dfa'" warning from GCC.  */
+# define lock_lock(lock) ((void) dfa)
+# define lock_unlock(lock) ((void) 0)
+#endif
+
+/* In case that the system doesn't have isblank().  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && ! (defined isblank || (HAVE_ISBLANK && HAVE_DECL_ISBLANK))
+# define isblank(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifndef _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS
+#  define _RE_DEFINE_LOCALE_FUNCTIONS 1
+#   include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#   include <locale/elem-hash.h>
+#   include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) \
+  __dcgettext (_libc_intl_domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
+#else
+# define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef gettext_noop
+/* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable
+   strings.  */
+# define gettext_noop(String) String
+#endif
+
+#if (defined MB_CUR_MAX && HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_ISWCTYPE && HAVE_WCSCOLL) || _LIBC
+# define RE_ENABLE_I18N
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+# define BE(expr, val) __builtin_expect (expr, val)
+#else
+# define BE(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Number of ASCII characters.  */
+#define ASCII_CHARS 0x80
+
+/* Number of single byte characters.  */
+#define SBC_MAX (UCHAR_MAX + 1)
+
+#define COLL_ELEM_LEN_MAX 8
+
+/* The character which represents newline.  */
+#define NEWLINE_CHAR '\n'
+#define WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR L'\n'
+
+/* Rename to standard API for using out of glibc.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# undef __wctype
+# undef __iswctype
+# define __wctype wctype
+# define __iswctype iswctype
+# define __btowc btowc
+# define __mbrtowc mbrtowc
+# define __wcrtomb wcrtomb
+# define __regfree regfree
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+#if __GNUC__ < 3 + (__GNUC_MINOR__ < 1)
+# define __attribute__(arg)
+#endif
+
+typedef __re_idx_t Idx;
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define IDX_MAX (SIZE_MAX - 2)
+#else
+# define IDX_MAX INT_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Special return value for failure to match.  */
+#define REG_MISSING ((Idx) -1)
+
+/* Special return value for internal error.  */
+#define REG_ERROR ((Idx) -2)
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid index, and is not one of the above.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) ((Idx) (n) < REG_ERROR)
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_INDEX(n) (0 <= (n))
+#endif
+
+/* Test whether N is a valid nonzero index.  */
+#ifdef _REGEX_LARGE_OFFSETS
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) ((Idx) ((n) - 1) < (Idx) (REG_ERROR - 1))
+#else
+# define REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX(n) (0 < (n))
+#endif
+
+/* A hash value, suitable for computing hash tables.  */
+typedef __re_size_t re_hashval_t;
+
+/* An integer used to represent a set of bits.  It must be unsigned,
+   and must be at least as wide as unsigned int.  */
+typedef unsigned long int bitset_word_t;
+/* All bits set in a bitset_word_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORD_MAX ULONG_MAX
+
+/* Number of bits in a bitset_word_t.  For portability to hosts with
+   padding bits, do not use '(sizeof (bitset_word_t) * CHAR_BIT)';
+   instead, deduce it directly from BITSET_WORD_MAX.  Avoid
+   greater-than-32-bit integers and unconditional shifts by more than
+   31 bits, as they're not portable.  */
+#if BITSET_WORD_MAX == 0xffffffffUL
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 32
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 4 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 36
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 16 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 48
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 28 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 60
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 1 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 64
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 9 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 72
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 3 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 128
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 == 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 256
+#elif BITSET_WORD_MAX >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 31 >> 7 > 1
+# define BITSET_WORD_BITS 257 /* any value > SBC_MAX will do here */
+# if BITSET_WORD_BITS <= SBC_MAX
+#  error "Invalid SBC_MAX"
+# endif
+#else
+# error "Add case for new bitset_word_t size"
+#endif
+
+/* Number of bitset_word_t values in a bitset_t.  */
+#define BITSET_WORDS ((SBC_MAX + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+
+typedef bitset_word_t bitset_t[BITSET_WORDS];
+typedef bitset_word_t *re_bitset_ptr_t;
+typedef const bitset_word_t *re_const_bitset_ptr_t;
+
+#define PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0001
+#define PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0002
+#define NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0004
+#define NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT 0x0008
+#define PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0010
+#define NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT 0x0020
+#define PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0040
+#define NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT 0x0080
+#define WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0100
+#define NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT 0x0200
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  INSIDE_WORD = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_FIRST = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_LAST = PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  INSIDE_NOTWORD = PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT | NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_FIRST = PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  LINE_LAST = NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_FIRST = PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  BUF_LAST = NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT,
+  WORD_DELIM = WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT,
+  NOT_WORD_DELIM = NOT_WORD_DELIM_CONSTRAINT
+} re_context_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx alloc;
+  Idx nelem;
+  Idx *elems;
+} re_node_set;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  NON_TYPE = 0,
+
+  /* Node type, These are used by token, node, tree.  */
+  CHARACTER = 1,
+  END_OF_RE = 2,
+  SIMPLE_BRACKET = 3,
+  OP_BACK_REF = 4,
+  OP_PERIOD = 5,
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  COMPLEX_BRACKET = 6,
+  OP_UTF8_PERIOD = 7,
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  /* We define EPSILON_BIT as a macro so that OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is used
+     when the debugger shows values of this enum type.  */
+#define EPSILON_BIT 8
+  OP_OPEN_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 0,
+  OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP = EPSILON_BIT | 1,
+  OP_ALT = EPSILON_BIT | 2,
+  OP_DUP_ASTERISK = EPSILON_BIT | 3,
+  ANCHOR = EPSILON_BIT | 4,
+
+  /* Tree type, these are used only by tree. */
+  CONCAT = 16,
+  SUBEXP = 17,
+
+  /* Token type, these are used only by token.  */
+  OP_DUP_PLUS = 18,
+  OP_DUP_QUESTION,
+  OP_OPEN_BRACKET,
+  OP_CLOSE_BRACKET,
+  OP_CHARSET_RANGE,
+  OP_OPEN_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_CLOSE_DUP_NUM,
+  OP_NON_MATCH_LIST,
+  OP_OPEN_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_CLOSE_COLL_ELEM,
+  OP_OPEN_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_EQUIV_CLASS,
+  OP_OPEN_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_CLOSE_CHAR_CLASS,
+  OP_WORD,
+  OP_NOTWORD,
+  OP_SPACE,
+  OP_NOTSPACE,
+  BACK_SLASH
+
+} re_token_type_t;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* Multibyte characters.  */
+  wchar_t *mbchars;
+
+  /* Collating symbols.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *coll_syms;
+# endif
+
+  /* Equivalence classes. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  int32_t *equiv_classes;
+# endif
+
+  /* Range expressions. */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t *range_starts;
+  uint32_t *range_ends;
+# else /* not _LIBC */
+  wchar_t *range_starts;
+  wchar_t *range_ends;
+# endif /* not _LIBC */
+
+  /* Character classes. */
+  wctype_t *char_classes;
+
+  /* If this character set is the non-matching list.  */
+  unsigned int non_match : 1;
+
+  /* # of multibyte characters.  */
+  Idx nmbchars;
+
+  /* # of collating symbols.  */
+  Idx ncoll_syms;
+
+  /* # of equivalence classes. */
+  Idx nequiv_classes;
+
+  /* # of range expressions. */
+  Idx nranges;
+
+  /* # of character classes. */
+  Idx nchar_classes;
+} re_charset_t;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char c;		/* for CHARACTER */
+    re_bitset_ptr_t sbcset;	/* for SIMPLE_BRACKET */
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+    re_charset_t *mbcset;	/* for COMPLEX_BRACKET */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+    Idx idx;			/* for BACK_REF */
+    re_context_type ctx_type;	/* for ANCHOR */
+  } opr;
+#if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __STRICT_ANSI__
+  re_token_type_t type : 8;
+#else
+  re_token_type_t type;
+#endif
+  unsigned int constraint : 10;	/* context constraint */
+  unsigned int duplicated : 1;
+  unsigned int opt_subexp : 1;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* These 2 bits can be moved into the union if needed (e.g. if running out
+     of bits; move opr.c to opr.c.c and move the flags to opr.c.flags).  */
+  unsigned int mb_partial : 1;
+#endif
+  unsigned int word_char : 1;
+} re_token_t;
+
+#define IS_EPSILON_NODE(type) ((type) & EPSILON_BIT)
+
+struct re_string_t
+{
+  /* Indicate the raw buffer which is the original string passed as an
+     argument of regexec(), re_search(), etc..  */
+  const unsigned char *raw_mbs;
+  /* Store the multibyte string.  In case of "case insensitive mode" like
+     REG_ICASE, upper cases of the string are stored, otherwise MBS points
+     the same address that RAW_MBS points.  */
+  unsigned char *mbs;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* Store the wide character string which is corresponding to MBS.  */
+  wint_t *wcs;
+  Idx *offsets;
+  mbstate_t cur_state;
+#endif
+  /* Index in RAW_MBS.  Each character mbs[i] corresponds to
+     raw_mbs[raw_mbs_idx + i].  */
+  Idx raw_mbs_idx;
+  /* The length of the valid characters in the buffers.  */
+  Idx valid_len;
+  /* The corresponding number of bytes in raw_mbs array.  */
+  Idx valid_raw_len;
+  /* The length of the buffers MBS and WCS.  */
+  Idx bufs_len;
+  /* The index in MBS, which is updated by re_string_fetch_byte.  */
+  Idx cur_idx;
+  /* length of RAW_MBS array.  */
+  Idx raw_len;
+  /* This is RAW_LEN - RAW_MBS_IDX + VALID_LEN - VALID_RAW_LEN.  */
+  Idx len;
+  /* End of the buffer may be shorter than its length in the cases such
+     as re_match_2, re_search_2.  Then, we use STOP for end of the buffer
+     instead of LEN.  */
+  Idx raw_stop;
+  /* This is RAW_STOP - RAW_MBS_IDX adjusted through OFFSETS.  */
+  Idx stop;
+
+  /* The context of mbs[0].  We store the context independently, since
+     the context of mbs[0] may be different from raw_mbs[0], which is
+     the beginning of the input string.  */
+  unsigned int tip_context;
+  /* The translation passed as a part of an argument of re_compile_pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE trans;
+  /* Copy of re_dfa_t's word_char.  */
+  re_const_bitset_ptr_t word_char;
+  /* true if REG_ICASE.  */
+  unsigned char icase;
+  unsigned char is_utf8;
+  unsigned char map_notascii;
+  unsigned char mbs_allocated;
+  unsigned char offsets_needed;
+  unsigned char newline_anchor;
+  unsigned char word_ops_used;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+};
+typedef struct re_string_t re_string_t;
+
+
+struct re_dfa_t;
+typedef struct re_dfa_t re_dfa_t;
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NOT_IN_libc
+static reg_errcode_t re_string_realloc_buffers (re_string_t *pstr,
+						Idx new_buf_len)
+     internal_function;
+# ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static void build_wcs_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t build_wcs_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr)
+  internal_function;
+# endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static void build_upper_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static void re_string_translate_buffer (re_string_t *pstr) internal_function;
+static unsigned int re_string_context_at (const re_string_t *input, Idx idx,
+					  int eflags)
+     internal_function __attribute__ ((pure));
+#endif
+#define re_string_peek_byte(pstr, offset) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx + offset])
+#define re_string_fetch_byte(pstr) \
+  ((pstr)->mbs[(pstr)->cur_idx++])
+#define re_string_first_byte(pstr, idx) \
+  ((idx) == (pstr)->valid_len || (pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF)
+#define re_string_is_single_byte_char(pstr, idx) \
+  ((pstr)->wcs[idx] != WEOF && ((pstr)->valid_len == (idx) + 1 \
+				|| (pstr)->wcs[(idx) + 1] != WEOF))
+#define re_string_eoi(pstr) ((pstr)->stop <= (pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_cur_idx(pstr) ((pstr)->cur_idx)
+#define re_string_get_buffer(pstr) ((pstr)->mbs)
+#define re_string_length(pstr) ((pstr)->len)
+#define re_string_byte_at(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->mbs[idx])
+#define re_string_skip_bytes(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx += (idx))
+#define re_string_set_index(pstr,idx) ((pstr)->cur_idx = (idx))
+
+#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ALLOCA
+# include "palloca.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
+   and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes.  So we cannot safely
+   allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes.  Also care for the possibility
+   of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
+# else
+/* alloca is implemented with malloc, so just use malloc.  */
+#  define __libc_use_alloca(n) 0
+#  undef alloca
+#  define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 1
+#elif !defined MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL
+# define MALLOC_0_IS_NONNULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+#ifndef MIN
+# define MIN(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define re_malloc(t,n) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_realloc(p,t,n) ((t *) realloc (p, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+#define re_free(p) free (p)
+
+struct bin_tree_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_t *parent;
+  struct bin_tree_t *left;
+  struct bin_tree_t *right;
+  struct bin_tree_t *first;
+  struct bin_tree_t *next;
+
+  re_token_t token;
+
+  /* 'node_idx' is the index in dfa->nodes, if 'type' == 0.
+     Otherwise 'type' indicate the type of this node.  */
+  Idx node_idx;
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_t bin_tree_t;
+
+#define BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE \
+  ((1024 - sizeof (void *)) / sizeof (bin_tree_t))
+
+struct bin_tree_storage_t
+{
+  struct bin_tree_storage_t *next;
+  bin_tree_t data[BIN_TREE_STORAGE_SIZE];
+};
+typedef struct bin_tree_storage_t bin_tree_storage_t;
+
+#define CONTEXT_WORD 1
+#define CONTEXT_NEWLINE (CONTEXT_WORD << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_BEGBUF (CONTEXT_NEWLINE << 1)
+#define CONTEXT_ENDBUF (CONTEXT_BEGBUF << 1)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_WORD)
+#define IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_NEWLINE)
+#define IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_BEGBUF)
+#define IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT(c) ((c) & CONTEXT_ENDBUF)
+#define IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT(c) ((c) == 0)
+
+#define IS_WORD_CHAR(ch) (isalnum (ch) || (ch) == '_')
+#define IS_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == NEWLINE_CHAR)
+#define IS_WIDE_WORD_CHAR(ch) (iswalnum (ch) || (ch) == L'_')
+#define IS_WIDE_NEWLINE(ch) ((ch) == WIDE_NEWLINE_CHAR)
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_PREV_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & PREV_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || ((constraint & PREV_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))\
+  || ((constraint & PREV_BEGBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+#define NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT(constraint,context) \
+ ((((constraint) & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT) && IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context)) \
+  || (((constraint) & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT) && !IS_ENDBUF_CONTEXT (context)))
+
+struct re_dfastate_t
+{
+  re_hashval_t hash;
+  re_node_set nodes;
+  re_node_set non_eps_nodes;
+  re_node_set inveclosure;
+  re_node_set *entrance_nodes;
+  struct re_dfastate_t **trtable, **word_trtable;
+  unsigned int context : 4;
+  unsigned int halt : 1;
+  /* If this state can accept "multi byte".
+     Note that we refer to multibyte characters, and multi character
+     collating elements as "multi byte".  */
+  unsigned int accept_mb : 1;
+  /* If this state has backreference node(s).  */
+  unsigned int has_backref : 1;
+  unsigned int has_constraint : 1;
+};
+typedef struct re_dfastate_t re_dfastate_t;
+
+struct re_state_table_entry
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+};
+
+/* Array type used in re_sub_match_last_t and re_sub_match_top_t.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx next_idx;
+  Idx alloc;
+  re_dfastate_t **array;
+} state_array_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx; /* The position NODE match at.  */
+  state_array_t path;
+} re_sub_match_last_t;
+
+/* Store information about the node NODE whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP.
+   And information about the node, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP,
+   corresponding to NODE is stored in LASTS.  */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx node;
+  state_array_t *path;
+  Idx alasts; /* Allocation size of LASTS.  */
+  Idx nlasts; /* The number of LASTS.  */
+  re_sub_match_last_t **lasts;
+} re_sub_match_top_t;
+
+struct re_backref_cache_entry
+{
+  Idx node;
+  Idx str_idx;
+  Idx subexp_from;
+  Idx subexp_to;
+  char more;
+  char unused;
+  unsigned short int eps_reachable_subexps_map;
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  /* The string object corresponding to the input string.  */
+  re_string_t input;
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa;
+#else
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa;
+#endif
+  /* EFLAGS of the argument of regexec.  */
+  int eflags;
+  /* Where the matching ends.  */
+  Idx match_last;
+  Idx last_node;
+  /* The state log used by the matcher.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **state_log;
+  Idx state_log_top;
+  /* Back reference cache.  */
+  Idx nbkref_ents;
+  Idx abkref_ents;
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents;
+  int max_mb_elem_len;
+  Idx nsub_tops;
+  Idx asub_tops;
+  re_sub_match_top_t **sub_tops;
+} re_match_context_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **limited_states;
+  Idx last_node;
+  Idx last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set limits;
+} re_sift_context_t;
+
+struct re_fail_stack_ent_t
+{
+  Idx idx;
+  Idx node;
+  regmatch_t *regs;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+};
+
+struct re_fail_stack_t
+{
+  Idx num;
+  Idx alloc;
+  struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *stack;
+};
+
+struct re_dfa_t
+{
+  re_token_t *nodes;
+  size_t nodes_alloc;
+  size_t nodes_len;
+  Idx *nexts;
+  Idx *org_indices;
+  re_node_set *edests;
+  re_node_set *eclosures;
+  re_node_set *inveclosures;
+  struct re_state_table_entry *state_table;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_word;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_nl;
+  re_dfastate_t *init_state_begbuf;
+  bin_tree_t *str_tree;
+  bin_tree_storage_t *str_tree_storage;
+  re_bitset_ptr_t sb_char;
+  int str_tree_storage_idx;
+
+  /* number of subexpressions 're_nsub' is in regex_t.  */
+  re_hashval_t state_hash_mask;
+  Idx init_node;
+  Idx nbackref; /* The number of backreference in this dfa.  */
+
+  /* Bitmap expressing which backreference is used.  */
+  bitset_word_t used_bkref_map;
+  bitset_word_t completed_bkref_map;
+
+  unsigned int has_plural_match : 1;
+  /* If this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a backreference or
+     a node which can accept multibyte character or multi character
+     collating element.  */
+  unsigned int has_mb_node : 1;
+  unsigned int is_utf8 : 1;
+  unsigned int map_notascii : 1;
+  unsigned int word_ops_used : 1;
+  int mb_cur_max;
+  bitset_t word_char;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+  Idx *subexp_map;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  char* re_str;
+#endif
+  lock_define (lock)
+};
+
+#define re_node_set_init_empty(set) memset (set, '\0', sizeof (re_node_set))
+#define re_node_set_remove(set,id) \
+  (re_node_set_remove_at (set, re_node_set_contains (set, id) - 1))
+#define re_node_set_empty(p) ((p)->nelem = 0)
+#define re_node_set_free(set) re_free ((set)->elems)
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  SB_CHAR,
+  MB_CHAR,
+  EQUIV_CLASS,
+  COLL_SYM,
+  CHAR_CLASS
+} bracket_elem_type;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  bracket_elem_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned char ch;
+    unsigned char *name;
+    wchar_t wch;
+  } opr;
+} bracket_elem_t;
+
+
+/* Functions for bitset_t operation.  */
+
+static void
+bitset_set (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] |= (bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+}
+
+static void
+bitset_clear (bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] &= ~ ((bitset_word_t) 1 << i % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+static bool
+bitset_contain (const bitset_t set, Idx i)
+{
+  return (set[i / BITSET_WORD_BITS] >> i % BITSET_WORD_BITS) & 1;
+}
+
+static void
+bitset_empty (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, '\0', sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static void
+bitset_set_all (bitset_t set)
+{
+  memset (set, -1, sizeof (bitset_word_t) * (SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1;
+}
+
+static void
+bitset_copy (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  memcpy (dest, src, sizeof (bitset_t));
+}
+
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+bitset_not (bitset_t set)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < SBC_MAX / BITSET_WORD_BITS; ++bitset_i)
+    set[bitset_i] = ~set[bitset_i];
+  if (SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS != 0)
+    set[BITSET_WORDS - 1] =
+      ((((bitset_word_t) 1 << SBC_MAX % BITSET_WORD_BITS) - 1)
+       & ~set[BITSET_WORDS - 1]);
+}
+
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+bitset_merge (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] |= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+bitset_mask (bitset_t dest, const bitset_t src)
+{
+  int bitset_i;
+  for (bitset_i = 0; bitset_i < BITSET_WORDS; ++bitset_i)
+    dest[bitset_i] &= src[bitset_i];
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* Functions for re_string.  */
+static int
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_char_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  int byte_idx;
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return 1;
+  for (byte_idx = 1; idx + byte_idx < pstr->valid_len; ++byte_idx)
+    if (pstr->wcs[idx + byte_idx] != WEOF)
+      break;
+  return byte_idx;
+}
+
+static wint_t
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_wchar_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+  if (pstr->mb_cur_max == 1)
+    return (wint_t) pstr->mbs[idx];
+  return (wint_t) pstr->wcs[idx];
+}
+
+# ifndef NOT_IN_libc
+static int
+internal_function __attribute__ ((pure, unused))
+re_string_elem_size_at (const re_string_t *pstr, Idx idx)
+{
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *p, *extra;
+  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+#   include <locale/weight.h>
+  uint_fast32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      table = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+      indirect = (const int32_t *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+      p = pstr->mbs + idx;
+      findidx (&p, pstr->len - idx);
+      return p - pstr->mbs - idx;
+    }
+  else
+#  endif /* _LIBC */
+    return 1;
+}
+# endif
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+# if defined __GNUC__ && defined __GNUC_MINOR__
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) \
+         ((__GNUC__ << 16) + __GNUC_MINOR__ >= ((maj) << 16) + (min))
+# else
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4)
+# undef __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
+   __attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
+#else
+# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#endif /*  _REGEX_INTERNAL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regexec.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regexec.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d29d442baf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/regexec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4410 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Isamu Hasegawa <isamu@yamato.ibm.com>.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
+   <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *cache, int eflags,
+				     Idx n) internal_function;
+static void match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function;
+static void match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *cache) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *cache, Idx node,
+					  Idx str_idx, Idx from, Idx to)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node,
+					   Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+static re_sub_match_last_t * match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop,
+						    Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static void sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+			   re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node,
+			   Idx last_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+					 const char *string, Idx length,
+					 Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+					 size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+					 int eflags) internal_function;
+static regoff_t re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				  const char *string1, Idx length1,
+				  const char *string2, Idx length2,
+				  Idx start, regoff_t range,
+				  struct re_registers *regs,
+				  Idx stop, bool ret_len) internal_function;
+static regoff_t re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				const char *string, Idx length, Idx start,
+				regoff_t range, Idx stop,
+				struct re_registers *regs,
+				bool ret_len) internal_function;
+static unsigned re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+                              Idx nregs, int regs_allocated) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+			   Idx *p_match_first) internal_function;
+static Idx check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+static void update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+			 regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node,
+			 Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs,
+				      Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node, Idx nregs,
+				      regmatch_t *regs,
+				      re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t set_regs (const regex_t *preg,
+			       const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			       size_t nmatch, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+			       bool fl_backtrack) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+				Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					   re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					  re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+					  re_node_set *cur_dest)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					      re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+					      Idx str_idx,
+					      re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					    re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+					    const re_node_set *candidates)
+     internal_function;
+static bool check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			      const re_node_set *limits,
+			      Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node,
+			      Idx src_idx) internal_function;
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					int boundaries, Idx subexp_idx,
+					Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static int check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				      Idx limit, Idx subexp_idx,
+				      Idx node, Idx str_idx,
+				      Idx bkref_idx) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					  re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+					  const re_node_set *candidates,
+					  re_node_set *limits,
+					  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents,
+					  Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+					Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					re_dfastate_t **dst,
+					re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+     internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					 re_match_context_t *mctx) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err,
+				     re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function;
+static re_dfastate_t *merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					    re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					    re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+						re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+						Idx str_idx) internal_function;
+#if 0
+static re_dfastate_t *transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err,
+					re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+     internal_function;
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				       re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+     internal_function;
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static reg_errcode_t transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					  const re_node_set *nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				 Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				     const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+				     re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last,
+				     Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+     internal_function;
+static Idx find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+			     Idx subexp_idx, int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+				    state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+				    Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str,
+				    int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+						   Idx str_idx,
+						   re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+						   re_node_set *next_nodes)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+					       re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+					       Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+						   re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+						   Idx target, Idx ex_subexp,
+						   int type) internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx,
+					 re_node_set *cur_nodes, Idx cur_str,
+					 Idx subexp_num, int type)
+     internal_function;
+static bool build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+			   re_dfastate_t *state) internal_function;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+				    const re_string_t *input, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs,
+						   size_t name_len)
+     internal_function;
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+static Idx group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa,
+				       const re_dfastate_t *state,
+				       re_node_set *states_node,
+				       bitset_t *states_ch) internal_function;
+static bool check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			       const re_token_t *node, Idx idx)
+     internal_function;
+static reg_errcode_t extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len)
+     internal_function;
+
+/* Entry point for POSIX code.  */
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   'regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies "execution flags" which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not.  */
+
+int
+regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch, eflags)
+    const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg;
+    const char *_Restrict_ string;
+    size_t nmatch;
+    regmatch_t pmatch[_Restrict_arr_];
+    int eflags;
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx start, length;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+
+  if (eflags & ~(REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL | REG_STARTEND))
+    return REG_BADPAT;
+
+  if (eflags & REG_STARTEND)
+    {
+      start = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+      length = pmatch[0].rm_eo;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      start = 0;
+      length = strlen (string);
+    }
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+  if (preg->no_sub)
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+			      length, 0, NULL, eflags);
+  else
+    err = re_search_internal (preg, string, length, start, length,
+			      length, nmatch, pmatch, eflags);
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return err != REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+versioned_symbol (libc, __regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_3_4);
+
+# if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_3_4)
+__typeof__ (__regexec) __compat_regexec;
+
+int
+attribute_compat_text_section
+__compat_regexec (const regex_t *_Restrict_ preg,
+		  const char *_Restrict_ string, size_t nmatch,
+		  regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)
+{
+  return regexec (preg, string, nmatch, pmatch,
+		  eflags & (REG_NOTBOL | REG_NOTEOL));
+}
+compat_symbol (libc, __compat_regexec, regexec, GLIBC_2_0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_match, re_search, re_match_2, re_search_2
+
+   The former two functions operate on STRING with length LENGTH,
+   while the later two operate on concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2
+   with lengths LENGTH1 and LENGTH2, respectively.
+
+   re_match() matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the string,
+   starting at index START.
+
+   re_search() first tries matching at index START, then it tries to match
+   starting from index START + 1, and so on.  The last start position tried
+   is START + RANGE.  (Thus RANGE = 0 forces re_search to operate the same
+   way as re_match().)
+
+   The parameter STOP of re_{match,search}_2 specifies that no match exceeding
+   the first STOP characters of the concatenation of the strings should be
+   concerned.
+
+   If REGS is not NULL, and BUFP->no_sub is not set, the offsets of the match
+   and all groups is stored in REGS.  (For the "_2" variants, the offsets are
+   computed relative to the concatenation, not relative to the individual
+   strings.)
+
+   On success, re_match* functions return the length of the match, re_search*
+   return the position of the start of the match.  Return value -1 means no
+   match was found and -2 indicates an internal error.  */
+
+regoff_t
+re_match (bufp, string, length, start, regs)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string;
+    Idx length, start;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, 0, length, regs, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search (bufp, string, length, start, range, regs)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string;
+    Idx length, start;
+    regoff_t range;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_stub (bufp, string, length, start, range, length, regs,
+			 false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_match_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, regs, stop)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string1, *string2;
+    Idx length1, length2, start, stop;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+			   start, 0, regs, stop, true);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+regoff_t
+re_search_2 (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2, start, range, regs, stop)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    const char *string1, *string2;
+    Idx length1, length2, start, stop;
+    regoff_t range;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+{
+  return re_search_2_stub (bufp, string1, length1, string2, length2,
+			   start, range, regs, stop, false);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_2_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+		  const char *string1, Idx length1,
+		  const char *string2, Idx length2,
+		  Idx start, regoff_t range, struct re_registers *regs,
+		  Idx stop, bool ret_len)
+{
+  const char *str;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  Idx len = length1 + length2;
+  char *s = NULL;
+
+  if (BE (length1 < 0 || length2 < 0 || stop < 0 || len < length1, 0))
+    return -2;
+
+  /* Concatenate the strings.  */
+  if (length2 > 0)
+    if (length1 > 0)
+      {
+	s = re_malloc (char, len);
+
+	if (BE (s == NULL, 0))
+	  return -2;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	memcpy (__mempcpy (s, string1, length1), string2, length2);
+#else
+	memcpy (s, string1, length1);
+	memcpy (s + length1, string2, length2);
+#endif
+	str = s;
+      }
+    else
+      str = string2;
+  else
+    str = string1;
+
+  rval = re_search_stub (bufp, str, len, start, range, stop, regs,
+			 ret_len);
+  re_free (s);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* The parameters have the same meaning as those of re_search.
+   Additional parameters:
+   If RET_LEN is true the length of the match is returned (re_match style);
+   otherwise the position of the match is returned.  */
+
+static regoff_t
+re_search_stub (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+		const char *string, Idx length,
+		Idx start, regoff_t range, Idx stop, struct re_registers *regs,
+		bool ret_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t result;
+  regmatch_t *pmatch;
+  Idx nregs;
+  regoff_t rval;
+  int eflags = 0;
+  re_dfa_t *dfa = bufp->buffer;
+  Idx last_start = start + range;
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range.  */
+  if (BE (start < 0 || start > length, 0))
+    return -1;
+  if (BE (length < last_start || (0 <= range && last_start < start), 0))
+    last_start = length;
+  else if (BE (last_start < 0 || (range < 0 && start <= last_start), 0))
+    last_start = 0;
+
+  lock_lock (dfa->lock);
+
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_bol) ? REG_NOTBOL : 0;
+  eflags |= (bufp->not_eol) ? REG_NOTEOL : 0;
+
+  /* Compile fastmap if we haven't yet.  */
+  if (start < last_start && bufp->fastmap != NULL && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    re_compile_fastmap (bufp);
+
+  if (BE (bufp->no_sub, 0))
+    regs = NULL;
+
+  /* We need at least 1 register.  */
+  if (regs == NULL)
+    nregs = 1;
+  else if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED
+	       && regs->num_regs <= bufp->re_nsub, 0))
+    {
+      nregs = regs->num_regs;
+      if (BE (nregs < 1, 0))
+	{
+	  /* Nothing can be copied to regs.  */
+	  regs = NULL;
+	  nregs = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    nregs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+  pmatch = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (BE (pmatch == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      rval = -2;
+      goto out;
+    }
+
+  result = re_search_internal (bufp, string, length, start, last_start, stop,
+			       nregs, pmatch, eflags);
+
+  rval = 0;
+
+  /* I hope we needn't fill their regs with -1's when no match was found.  */
+  if (result != REG_NOERROR)
+    rval = result == REG_NOMATCH ? -1 : -2;
+  else if (regs != NULL)
+    {
+      /* If caller wants register contents data back, copy them.  */
+      bufp->regs_allocated = re_copy_regs (regs, pmatch, nregs,
+					   bufp->regs_allocated);
+      if (BE (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED, 0))
+	rval = -2;
+    }
+
+  if (BE (rval == 0, 1))
+    {
+      if (ret_len)
+	{
+	  assert (pmatch[0].rm_so == start);
+	  rval = pmatch[0].rm_eo - start;
+	}
+      else
+	rval = pmatch[0].rm_so;
+    }
+  re_free (pmatch);
+ out:
+  lock_unlock (dfa->lock);
+  return rval;
+}
+
+static unsigned
+re_copy_regs (struct re_registers *regs, regmatch_t *pmatch, Idx nregs,
+	      int regs_allocated)
+{
+  int rval = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx need_regs = nregs + 1;
+  /* We need one extra element beyond 'num_regs' for the '-1' marker GNU code
+     uses.  */
+
+  /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+  if (regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+    { /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  */
+      regs->start = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (BE (regs->start == NULL, 0))
+	return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->end = re_malloc (regoff_t, need_regs);
+      if (BE (regs->end == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  re_free (regs->start);
+	  return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	}
+      regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+    }
+  else if (regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+    { /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+	 allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+	 leave it alone.  */
+      if (BE (need_regs > regs->num_regs, 0))
+	{
+	  regoff_t *new_start = re_realloc (regs->start, regoff_t, need_regs);
+	  regoff_t *new_end;
+	  if (BE (new_start == NULL, 0))
+	    return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	  new_end = re_realloc (regs->end, regoff_t, need_regs);
+	  if (BE (new_end == NULL, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_free (new_start);
+	      return REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+	    }
+	  regs->start = new_start;
+	  regs->end = new_end;
+	  regs->num_regs = need_regs;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      assert (regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+      /* This function may not be called with REGS_FIXED and nregs too big.  */
+      assert (regs->num_regs >= nregs);
+      rval = REGS_FIXED;
+    }
+
+  /* Copy the regs.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < nregs; ++i)
+    {
+      regs->start[i] = pmatch[i].rm_so;
+      regs->end[i] = pmatch[i].rm_eo;
+    }
+  for ( ; i < regs->num_regs; ++i)
+    regs->start[i] = regs->end[i] = -1;
+
+  return rval;
+}
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (bufp, regs, num_regs, starts, ends)
+    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp;
+    struct re_registers *regs;
+    __re_size_t num_regs;
+    regoff_t *starts, *ends;
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = NULL;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+int
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+# endif
+re_exec (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  return 0 == regexec (&re_comp_buf, s, 0, NULL, 0);
+}
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* Internal entry point.  */
+
+/* Searches for a compiled pattern PREG in the string STRING, whose
+   length is LENGTH.  NMATCH, PMATCH, and EFLAGS have the same
+   meaning as with regexec.  LAST_START is START + RANGE, where
+   START and RANGE have the same meaning as with re_search.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if we find a match, and REG_NOMATCH if not,
+   otherwise return the error code.
+   Note: We assume front end functions already check ranges.
+   (0 <= LAST_START && LAST_START <= LENGTH)  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+re_search_internal (const regex_t *preg,
+		    const char *string, Idx length,
+		    Idx start, Idx last_start, Idx stop,
+		    size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[],
+		    int eflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx left_lim, right_lim;
+  int incr;
+  bool fl_longest_match;
+  int match_kind;
+  Idx match_first;
+  Idx match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  Idx extra_nmatch;
+  bool sb;
+  int ch;
+#if defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+  re_match_context_t mctx = { .dfa = dfa };
+#else
+  re_match_context_t mctx;
+#endif
+  char *fastmap = ((preg->fastmap != NULL && preg->fastmap_accurate
+		    && start != last_start && !preg->can_be_null)
+		   ? preg->fastmap : NULL);
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE t = preg->translate;
+
+#if !(defined _LIBC || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
+  memset (&mctx, '\0', sizeof (re_match_context_t));
+  mctx.dfa = dfa;
+#endif
+
+  extra_nmatch = (nmatch > preg->re_nsub) ? nmatch - (preg->re_nsub + 1) : 0;
+  nmatch -= extra_nmatch;
+
+  /* Check if the DFA haven't been compiled.  */
+  if (BE (preg->used == 0 || dfa->init_state == NULL
+	  || dfa->init_state_word == NULL || dfa->init_state_nl == NULL
+	  || dfa->init_state_begbuf == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_NOMATCH;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* We assume front-end functions already check them.  */
+  assert (0 <= last_start && last_start <= length);
+#endif
+
+  /* If initial states with non-begbuf contexts have no elements,
+     the regex must be anchored.  If preg->newline_anchor is set,
+     we'll never use init_state_nl, so do not check it.  */
+  if (dfa->init_state->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && dfa->init_state_word->nodes.nelem == 0
+      && (dfa->init_state_nl->nodes.nelem == 0
+	  || !preg->newline_anchor))
+    {
+      if (start != 0 && last_start != 0)
+        return REG_NOMATCH;
+      start = last_start = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We must check the longest matching, if nmatch > 0.  */
+  fl_longest_match = (nmatch != 0 || dfa->nbackref);
+
+  err = re_string_allocate (&mctx.input, string, length, dfa->nodes_len + 1,
+			    preg->translate, (preg->syntax & RE_ICASE) != 0,
+			    dfa);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+  mctx.input.stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.raw_stop = stop;
+  mctx.input.newline_anchor = preg->newline_anchor;
+
+  err = match_ctx_init (&mctx, eflags, dfa->nbackref * 2);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* We will log all the DFA states through which the dfa pass,
+     if nmatch > 1, or this dfa has "multibyte node", which is a
+     back-reference or a node which can accept multibyte character or
+     multi character collating element.  */
+  if (nmatch > 1 || dfa->has_mb_node)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      if (BE ((MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *))
+               <= mctx.input.bufs_len), 0))
+	{
+	  err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      mctx.state_log = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, mctx.input.bufs_len + 1);
+      if (BE (mctx.state_log == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    mctx.state_log = NULL;
+
+  match_first = start;
+  mctx.input.tip_context = (eflags & REG_NOTBOL) ? CONTEXT_BEGBUF
+			   : CONTEXT_NEWLINE | CONTEXT_BEGBUF;
+
+  /* Check incrementally whether the input string matches.  */
+  incr = (last_start < start) ? -1 : 1;
+  left_lim = (last_start < start) ? last_start : start;
+  right_lim = (last_start < start) ? start : last_start;
+  sb = dfa->mb_cur_max == 1;
+  match_kind =
+    (fastmap
+     ? ((sb || !(preg->syntax & RE_ICASE || t) ? 4 : 0)
+	| (start <= last_start ? 2 : 0)
+	| (t != NULL ? 1 : 0))
+     : 8);
+
+  for (;; match_first += incr)
+    {
+      err = REG_NOMATCH;
+      if (match_first < left_lim || right_lim < match_first)
+	goto free_return;
+
+      /* Advance as rapidly as possible through the string, until we
+	 find a plausible place to start matching.  This may be done
+	 with varying efficiency, so there are various possibilities:
+	 only the most common of them are specialized, in order to
+	 save on code size.  We use a switch statement for speed.  */
+      switch (match_kind)
+	{
+	case 8:
+	  /* No fastmap.  */
+	  break;
+
+	case 7:
+	  /* Fastmap with single-byte translation, match forward.  */
+	  while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1)
+		 && !fastmap[t[(unsigned char) string[match_first]]])
+	    ++match_first;
+	  goto forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end;
+
+	case 6:
+	  /* Fastmap without translation, match forward.  */
+	  while (BE (match_first < right_lim, 1)
+		 && !fastmap[(unsigned char) string[match_first]])
+	    ++match_first;
+
+	forward_match_found_start_or_reached_end:
+	  if (BE (match_first == right_lim, 0))
+	    {
+	      ch = match_first >= length
+		       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+	      if (!fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 4:
+	case 5:
+	  /* Fastmap without multi-byte translation, match backwards.  */
+	  while (match_first >= left_lim)
+	    {
+	      ch = match_first >= length
+		       ? 0 : (unsigned char) string[match_first];
+	      if (fastmap[t ? t[ch] : ch])
+		break;
+	      --match_first;
+	    }
+	  if (match_first < left_lim)
+	    goto free_return;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  /* In this case, we can't determine easily the current byte,
+	     since it might be a component byte of a multibyte
+	     character.  Then we use the constructed buffer instead.  */
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the valid range, reconstruct the
+		 buffers.  */
+	      __re_size_t offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+	      if (BE (offset >= (__re_size_t) mctx.input.valid_raw_len, 0))
+		{
+		  err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first,
+					       eflags);
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		    goto free_return;
+
+		  offset = match_first - mctx.input.raw_mbs_idx;
+		}
+	      /* If MATCH_FIRST is out of the buffer, leave it as '\0'.
+		 Note that MATCH_FIRST must not be smaller than 0.  */
+	      ch = (match_first >= length
+		    ? 0 : re_string_byte_at (&mctx.input, offset));
+	      if (fastmap[ch])
+		break;
+	      match_first += incr;
+	      if (match_first < left_lim || match_first > right_lim)
+		{
+		  err = REG_NOMATCH;
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Reconstruct the buffers so that the matcher can assume that
+	 the matching starts from the beginning of the buffer.  */
+      err = re_string_reconstruct (&mctx.input, match_first, eflags);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto free_return;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+     /* Don't consider this char as a possible match start if it part,
+	yet isn't the head, of a multibyte character.  */
+      if (!sb && !re_string_first_byte (&mctx.input, 0))
+	continue;
+#endif
+
+      /* It seems to be appropriate one, then use the matcher.  */
+      /* We assume that the matching starts from 0.  */
+      mctx.state_log_top = mctx.nbkref_ents = mctx.max_mb_elem_len = 0;
+      match_last = check_matching (&mctx, fl_longest_match,
+				   start <= last_start ? &match_first : NULL);
+      if (match_last != REG_MISSING)
+	{
+	  if (BE (match_last == REG_ERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      mctx.match_last = match_last;
+	      if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1) || dfa->nbackref)
+		{
+		  re_dfastate_t *pstate = mctx.state_log[match_last];
+		  mctx.last_node = check_halt_state_context (&mctx, pstate,
+							     match_last);
+		}
+	      if ((!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1 && dfa->has_plural_match)
+		  || dfa->nbackref)
+		{
+		  err = prune_impossible_nodes (&mctx);
+		  if (err == REG_NOERROR)
+		    break;
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOMATCH, 0))
+		    goto free_return;
+		  match_last = REG_MISSING;
+		}
+	      else
+		break; /* We found a match.  */
+	    }
+	}
+
+      match_ctx_clean (&mctx);
+    }
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (match_last != REG_MISSING);
+  assert (err == REG_NOERROR);
+#endif
+
+  /* Set pmatch[] if we need.  */
+  if (nmatch > 0)
+    {
+      Idx reg_idx;
+
+      /* Initialize registers.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 1; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so = pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+
+      /* Set the points where matching start/end.  */
+      pmatch[0].rm_so = 0;
+      pmatch[0].rm_eo = mctx.match_last;
+      /* FIXME: This function should fail if mctx.match_last exceeds
+	 the maximum possible regoff_t value.  We need a new error
+	 code REG_OVERFLOW.  */
+
+      if (!preg->no_sub && nmatch > 1)
+	{
+	  err = set_regs (preg, &mctx, nmatch, pmatch,
+			  dfa->has_plural_match && dfa->nbackref > 0);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      /* At last, add the offset to each register, since we slid
+	 the buffers so that we could assume that the matching starts
+	 from 0.  */
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so != -1)
+	  {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	    if (BE (mctx.input.offsets_needed != 0, 0))
+	      {
+		pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so =
+		  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so == mctx.input.valid_len
+		   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+		   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so]);
+		pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo =
+		  (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == mctx.input.valid_len
+		   ? mctx.input.valid_raw_len
+		   : mctx.input.offsets[pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo]);
+	      }
+#else
+	    assert (mctx.input.offsets_needed == 0);
+#endif
+	    pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so += match_first;
+	    pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo += match_first;
+	  }
+      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < extra_nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+	{
+	  pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_so = -1;
+	  pmatch[nmatch + reg_idx].rm_eo = -1;
+	}
+
+      if (dfa->subexp_map)
+	for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx + 1 < nmatch; reg_idx++)
+	  if (dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] != reg_idx)
+	    {
+	      pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_so
+		= pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_so;
+	      pmatch[reg_idx + 1].rm_eo
+		= pmatch[dfa->subexp_map[reg_idx] + 1].rm_eo;
+	    }
+    }
+
+ free_return:
+  re_free (mctx.state_log);
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    match_ctx_free (&mctx);
+  re_string_destruct (&mctx.input);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+__attribute_warn_unused_result__
+prune_impossible_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx halt_node, match_last;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_dfastate_t **sifted_states;
+  re_dfastate_t **lim_states = NULL;
+  re_sift_context_t sctx;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+#endif
+  match_last = mctx->match_last;
+  halt_node = mctx->last_node;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)) <= match_last, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  sifted_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+  if (BE (sifted_states == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      ret = REG_ESPACE;
+      goto free_return;
+    }
+  if (dfa->nbackref)
+    {
+      lim_states = re_malloc (re_dfastate_t *, match_last + 1);
+      if (BE (lim_states == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  ret = REG_ESPACE;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  memset (lim_states, '\0',
+		  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (match_last + 1));
+	  sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node,
+			 match_last);
+	  ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+	  re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+	  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	      goto free_return;
+	  if (sifted_states[0] != NULL || lim_states[0] != NULL)
+	    break;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      --match_last;
+	      if (! REG_VALID_INDEX (match_last))
+		{
+		  ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	    } while (mctx->state_log[match_last] == NULL
+		     || !mctx->state_log[match_last]->halt);
+	  halt_node = check_halt_state_context (mctx,
+						mctx->state_log[match_last],
+						match_last);
+	}
+      ret = merge_state_array (dfa, sifted_states, lim_states,
+			       match_last + 1);
+      re_free (lim_states);
+      lim_states = NULL;
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto free_return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      sift_ctx_init (&sctx, sifted_states, lim_states, halt_node, match_last);
+      ret = sift_states_backward (mctx, &sctx);
+      re_node_set_free (&sctx.limits);
+      if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto free_return;
+      if (sifted_states[0] == NULL)
+	{
+	  ret = REG_NOMATCH;
+	  goto free_return;
+	}
+    }
+  re_free (mctx->state_log);
+  mctx->state_log = sifted_states;
+  sifted_states = NULL;
+  mctx->last_node = halt_node;
+  mctx->match_last = match_last;
+  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_free (sifted_states);
+  re_free (lim_states);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Acquire an initial state and return it.
+   We must select appropriate initial state depending on the context,
+   since initial states may have constraints like "\<", "^", etc..  */
+
+static inline re_dfastate_t *
+__attribute__ ((always_inline)) internal_function
+acquire_init_state_context (reg_errcode_t *err, const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			    Idx idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  if (dfa->init_state->has_constraint)
+    {
+      unsigned int context;
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_word;
+      else if (IS_ORDINARY_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context) && IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_begbuf;
+      else if (IS_NEWLINE_CONTEXT (context))
+	return dfa->init_state_nl;
+      else if (IS_BEGBUF_CONTEXT (context))
+	{
+	  /* It is relatively rare case, then calculate on demand.  */
+	  return re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa,
+					   dfa->init_state->entrance_nodes,
+					   context);
+	}
+      else
+	/* Must not happen?  */
+	return dfa->init_state;
+    }
+  else
+    return dfa->init_state;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the regular expression match input string INPUT or not,
+   and return the index where the matching end.  Return REG_MISSING if
+   there is no match, and return REG_ERROR in case of an error.
+   FL_LONGEST_MATCH means we want the POSIX longest matching.
+   If P_MATCH_FIRST is not NULL, and the match fails, it is set to the
+   next place where we may want to try matching.
+   Note that the matcher assumes that the matching starts from the current
+   index of the buffer.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_matching (re_match_context_t *mctx, bool fl_longest_match,
+		Idx *p_match_first)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx match = 0;
+  Idx match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  bool at_init_state = p_match_first != NULL;
+  Idx next_start_idx = cur_str_idx;
+
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+  cur_state = acquire_init_state_context (&err, mctx, cur_str_idx);
+  /* An initial state must not be NULL (invalid).  */
+  if (BE (cur_state == NULL, 0))
+    {
+      assert (err == REG_ESPACE);
+      return REG_ERROR;
+    }
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] = cur_state;
+
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the initial state in case that we use them
+	 later.  E.g. Processing back references.  */
+      if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0))
+	{
+	  at_init_state = false;
+	  err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &cur_state->nodes, 0);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+
+	  if (cur_state->has_backref)
+	    {
+	      err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &cur_state->nodes);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If the RE accepts NULL string.  */
+  if (BE (cur_state->halt, 0))
+    {
+      if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+	  || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state, cur_str_idx))
+	{
+	  if (!fl_longest_match)
+	    return cur_str_idx;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      match_last = cur_str_idx;
+	      match = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (!re_string_eoi (&mctx->input))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *old_state = cur_state;
+      Idx next_char_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + 1;
+
+      if ((BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len, 0)
+	   && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+	  || (BE (next_char_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0)
+	      && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+	{
+	  err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_char_idx + 1);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      assert (err == REG_ESPACE);
+	      return REG_ERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      cur_state = transit_state (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+      if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+	cur_state = merge_state_with_log (&err, mctx, cur_state);
+
+      if (cur_state == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* Reached the invalid state or an error.  Try to recover a valid
+	     state using the state log, if available and if we have not
+	     already found a valid (even if not the longest) match.  */
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return REG_ERROR;
+
+	  if (mctx->state_log == NULL
+	      || (match && !fl_longest_match)
+	      || (cur_state = find_recover_state (&err, mctx)) == NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      if (BE (at_init_state, 0))
+	{
+	  if (old_state == cur_state)
+	    next_start_idx = next_char_idx;
+	  else
+	    at_init_state = false;
+	}
+
+      if (cur_state->halt)
+	{
+	  /* Reached a halt state.
+	     Check the halt state can satisfy the current context.  */
+	  if (!cur_state->has_constraint
+	      || check_halt_state_context (mctx, cur_state,
+					   re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input)))
+	    {
+	      /* We found an appropriate halt state.  */
+	      match_last = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+	      match = 1;
+
+	      /* We found a match, do not modify match_first below.  */
+	      p_match_first = NULL;
+	      if (!fl_longest_match)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (p_match_first)
+    *p_match_first += next_start_idx;
+
+  return match_last;
+}
+
+/* Check NODE match the current context.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_halt_node_context (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, unsigned int context)
+{
+  re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+  unsigned int constraint = dfa->nodes[node].constraint;
+  if (type != END_OF_RE)
+    return false;
+  if (!constraint)
+    return true;
+  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (constraint, context))
+    return false;
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Check the halt state STATE match the current context.
+   Return 0 if not match, if the node, STATE has, is a halt node and
+   match the context, return the node.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+check_halt_state_context (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			  const re_dfastate_t *state, Idx idx)
+{
+  Idx i;
+  unsigned int context;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (state->halt);
+#endif
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx, mctx->eflags);
+  for (i = 0; i < state->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    if (check_halt_node_context (mctx->dfa, state->nodes.elems[i], context))
+      return state->nodes.elems[i];
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute the next node to which "NFA" transit from NODE("NFA" is a NFA
+   corresponding to the DFA).
+   Return the destination node, and update EPS_VIA_NODES;
+   return REG_MISSING in case of errors.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+proceed_next_node (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs,
+		   Idx *pidx, Idx node, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes,
+		   struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx i;
+  bool ok;
+  if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[node].type))
+    {
+      re_node_set *cur_nodes = &mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes;
+      re_node_set *edests = &dfa->edests[node];
+      Idx dest_node;
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	return REG_ERROR;
+      /* Pick up a valid destination, or return REG_MISSING if none
+	 is found.  */
+      for (dest_node = REG_MISSING, i = 0; i < edests->nelem; ++i)
+	{
+	  Idx candidate = edests->elems[i];
+	  if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, candidate))
+	    continue;
+          if (dest_node == REG_MISSING)
+	    dest_node = candidate;
+
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* In order to avoid infinite loop like "(a*)*", return the second
+		 epsilon-transition if the first was already considered.  */
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (eps_via_nodes, dest_node))
+		return candidate;
+
+	      /* Otherwise, push the second epsilon-transition on the fail stack.  */
+	      else if (fs != NULL
+		       && push_fail_stack (fs, *pidx, candidate, nregs, regs,
+					   eps_via_nodes))
+		return REG_ERROR;
+
+	      /* We know we are going to exit.  */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      return dest_node;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      Idx naccepted = 0;
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].accept_mb)
+	naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node, &mctx->input, *pidx);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      if (type == OP_BACK_REF)
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx + 1;
+	  naccepted = regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo - regs[subexp_idx].rm_so;
+	  if (fs != NULL)
+	    {
+	      if (regs[subexp_idx].rm_so == -1 || regs[subexp_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+		return REG_MISSING;
+	      else if (naccepted)
+		{
+		  char *buf = (char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		  if (memcmp (buf + regs[subexp_idx].rm_so, buf + *pidx,
+			      naccepted) != 0)
+		    return REG_MISSING;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (naccepted == 0)
+	    {
+	      Idx dest_node;
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (eps_via_nodes, node);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+		return REG_ERROR;
+	      dest_node = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+					dest_node))
+		return dest_node;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (naccepted != 0
+	  || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + node, *pidx))
+	{
+	  Idx dest_node = dfa->nexts[node];
+	  *pidx = (naccepted == 0) ? *pidx + 1 : *pidx + naccepted;
+	  if (fs && (*pidx > mctx->match_last || mctx->state_log[*pidx] == NULL
+		     || !re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[*pidx]->nodes,
+					       dest_node)))
+	    return REG_MISSING;
+	  re_node_set_empty (eps_via_nodes);
+	  return dest_node;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+push_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx str_idx, Idx dest_node,
+		 Idx nregs, regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx num = fs->num++;
+  if (fs->num == fs->alloc)
+    {
+      struct re_fail_stack_ent_t *new_array;
+      new_array = realloc (fs->stack, (sizeof (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t)
+				       * fs->alloc * 2));
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      fs->alloc *= 2;
+      fs->stack = new_array;
+    }
+  fs->stack[num].idx = str_idx;
+  fs->stack[num].node = dest_node;
+  fs->stack[num].regs = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nregs);
+  if (fs->stack[num].regs == NULL)
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  memcpy (fs->stack[num].regs, regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes, eps_via_nodes);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+pop_fail_stack (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs, Idx *pidx, Idx nregs,
+		regmatch_t *regs, re_node_set *eps_via_nodes)
+{
+  Idx num = --fs->num;
+  assert (REG_VALID_INDEX (num));
+  *pidx = fs->stack[num].idx;
+  memcpy (regs, fs->stack[num].regs, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nregs);
+  re_node_set_free (eps_via_nodes);
+  re_free (fs->stack[num].regs);
+  *eps_via_nodes = fs->stack[num].eps_via_nodes;
+  return fs->stack[num].node;
+}
+
+/* Set the positions where the subexpressions are starts/ends to registers
+   PMATCH.
+   Note: We assume that pmatch[0] is already set, and
+   pmatch[i].rm_so == pmatch[i].rm_eo == -1 for 0 < i < nmatch.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+set_regs (const regex_t *preg, const re_match_context_t *mctx, size_t nmatch,
+	  regmatch_t *pmatch, bool fl_backtrack)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *dfa = preg->buffer;
+  Idx idx, cur_node;
+  re_node_set eps_via_nodes;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t *fs;
+  struct re_fail_stack_t fs_body = { 0, 2, NULL };
+  regmatch_t *prev_idx_match;
+  bool prev_idx_match_malloced = false;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (nmatch > 1);
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL);
+#endif
+  if (fl_backtrack)
+    {
+      fs = &fs_body;
+      fs->stack = re_malloc (struct re_fail_stack_ent_t, fs->alloc);
+      if (fs->stack == NULL)
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  else
+    fs = NULL;
+
+  cur_node = dfa->init_node;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&eps_via_nodes);
+
+  if (__libc_use_alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t)))
+    prev_idx_match = (regmatch_t *) alloca (nmatch * sizeof (regmatch_t));
+  else
+    {
+      prev_idx_match = re_malloc (regmatch_t, nmatch);
+      if (prev_idx_match == NULL)
+	{
+	  free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      prev_idx_match_malloced = true;
+    }
+  memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+
+  for (idx = pmatch[0].rm_so; idx <= pmatch[0].rm_eo ;)
+    {
+      update_regs (dfa, pmatch, prev_idx_match, cur_node, idx, nmatch);
+
+      if (idx == pmatch[0].rm_eo && cur_node == mctx->last_node)
+	{
+	  Idx reg_idx;
+	  if (fs)
+	    {
+	      for (reg_idx = 0; reg_idx < nmatch; ++reg_idx)
+		if (pmatch[reg_idx].rm_so > -1 && pmatch[reg_idx].rm_eo == -1)
+		  break;
+	      if (reg_idx == nmatch)
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+		  if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+		    re_free (prev_idx_match);
+		  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+		}
+	      cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+					 &eps_via_nodes);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+		re_free (prev_idx_match);
+	      return REG_NOERROR;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Proceed to next node.  */
+      cur_node = proceed_next_node (mctx, nmatch, pmatch, &idx, cur_node,
+				    &eps_via_nodes, fs);
+
+      if (BE (! REG_VALID_INDEX (cur_node), 0))
+	{
+	  if (BE (cur_node == REG_ERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+		re_free (prev_idx_match);
+	      free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+	      return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  if (fs)
+	    cur_node = pop_fail_stack (fs, &idx, nmatch, pmatch,
+				       &eps_via_nodes);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+	      if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+		re_free (prev_idx_match);
+	      return REG_NOMATCH;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&eps_via_nodes);
+  if (prev_idx_match_malloced)
+    re_free (prev_idx_match);
+  return free_fail_stack_return (fs);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+free_fail_stack_return (struct re_fail_stack_t *fs)
+{
+  if (fs)
+    {
+      Idx fs_idx;
+      for (fs_idx = 0; fs_idx < fs->num; ++fs_idx)
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&fs->stack[fs_idx].eps_via_nodes);
+	  re_free (fs->stack[fs_idx].regs);
+	}
+      re_free (fs->stack);
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+update_regs (const re_dfa_t *dfa, regmatch_t *pmatch,
+	     regmatch_t *prev_idx_match, Idx cur_node, Idx cur_idx, Idx nmatch)
+{
+  int type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+  if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+
+      /* We are at the first node of this sub expression.  */
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+	{
+	  pmatch[reg_num].rm_so = cur_idx;
+	  pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = -1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+    {
+      Idx reg_num = dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx + 1;
+      if (reg_num < nmatch)
+	{
+	  /* We are at the last node of this sub expression.  */
+	  if (pmatch[reg_num].rm_so < cur_idx)
+	    {
+	      pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+	      /* This is a non-empty match or we are not inside an optional
+		 subexpression.  Accept this right away.  */
+	      memcpy (prev_idx_match, pmatch, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].opt_subexp
+		  && prev_idx_match[reg_num].rm_so != -1)
+		/* We transited through an empty match for an optional
+		   subexpression, like (a?)*, and this is not the subexp's
+		   first match.  Copy back the old content of the registers
+		   so that matches of an inner subexpression are undone as
+		   well, like in ((a?))*.  */
+		memcpy (pmatch, prev_idx_match, sizeof (regmatch_t) * nmatch);
+	      else
+		/* We completed a subexpression, but it may be part of
+		   an optional one, so do not update PREV_IDX_MATCH.  */
+		pmatch[reg_num].rm_eo = cur_idx;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* This function checks the STATE_LOG from the SCTX->last_str_idx to 0
+   and sift the nodes in each states according to the following rules.
+   Updated state_log will be wrote to STATE_LOG.
+
+   Rules: We throw away the Node 'a' in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] if...
+     1. When STR_IDX == MATCH_LAST(the last index in the state_log):
+	If 'a' isn't the LAST_NODE and 'a' can't epsilon transit to
+	the LAST_NODE, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     2. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' accepts
+	string 's' and transit to 'b':
+	i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')], we throw
+	   away the node 'a'.
+	ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX+strlen('s')] but 'b' is
+	    thrown away, we throw away the node 'a'.
+     3. When 0 <= STR_IDX < MATCH_LAST and 'a' epsilon transit to 'b':
+	i. If 'b' isn't in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX], we throw away the
+	   node 'a'.
+	ii. If 'b' is in the STATE_LOG[STR_IDX] but 'b' is thrown away,
+	    we throw away the node 'a'.  */
+
+#define STATE_NODE_CONTAINS(state,node) \
+  ((state) != NULL && re_node_set_contains (&(state)->nodes, node))
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+sift_states_backward (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  int null_cnt = 0;
+  Idx str_idx = sctx->last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set cur_dest;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->state_log != NULL && mctx->state_log[str_idx] != NULL);
+#endif
+
+  /* Build sifted state_log[str_idx].  It has the nodes which can epsilon
+     transit to the last_node and the last_node itself.  */
+  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&cur_dest, sctx->last_node);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto free_return;
+
+  /* Then check each states in the state_log.  */
+  while (str_idx > 0)
+    {
+      /* Update counters.  */
+      null_cnt = (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] == NULL) ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+      if (null_cnt > mctx->max_mb_elem_len)
+	{
+	  memset (sctx->sifted_states, '\0',
+		  sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * str_idx);
+	  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+	  return REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+      re_node_set_empty (&cur_dest);
+      --str_idx;
+
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx])
+	{
+	  err = build_sifted_states (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto free_return;
+	}
+
+      /* Add all the nodes which satisfy the following conditions:
+	 - It can epsilon transit to a node in CUR_DEST.
+	 - It is in CUR_SRC.
+	 And update state_log.  */
+      err = update_cur_sifted_state (mctx, sctx, str_idx, &cur_dest);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto free_return;
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  re_node_set_free (&cur_dest);
+  return err;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+build_sifted_states (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		     Idx str_idx, re_node_set *cur_dest)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *cur_src = &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->non_eps_nodes;
+  Idx i;
+
+  /* Then build the next sifted state.
+     We build the next sifted state on 'cur_dest', and update
+     'sifted_states[str_idx]' with 'cur_dest'.
+     Note:
+     'cur_dest' is the sifted state from 'state_log[str_idx + 1]'.
+     'cur_src' points the node_set of the old 'state_log[str_idx]'
+     (with the epsilon nodes pre-filtered out).  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_src->nelem; i++)
+    {
+      Idx prev_node = cur_src->elems[i];
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      bool ok;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[prev_node].type;
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type));
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[prev_node].accept_mb)
+	naccepted = sift_states_iter_mb (mctx, sctx, prev_node,
+					 str_idx, sctx->last_str_idx);
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+      /* We don't check backreferences here.
+	 See update_cur_sifted_state().  */
+      if (!naccepted
+	  && check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + prev_node, str_idx)
+	  && STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + 1],
+				  dfa->nexts[prev_node]))
+	naccepted = 1;
+
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+	{
+	  Idx to_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+	  if (check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits,
+				dfa->nexts[prev_node], to_idx,
+				prev_node, str_idx))
+	    continue;
+	}
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (cur_dest, prev_node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+clean_state_log_if_needed (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx next_state_log_idx)
+{
+  Idx top = mctx->state_log_top;
+
+  if ((next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.bufs_len
+       && mctx->input.bufs_len < mctx->input.len)
+      || (next_state_log_idx >= mctx->input.valid_len
+	  && mctx->input.valid_len < mctx->input.len))
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      err = extend_buffers (mctx, next_state_log_idx + 1);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  if (top < next_state_log_idx)
+    {
+      memset (mctx->state_log + top + 1, '\0',
+	      sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (next_state_log_idx - top));
+      mctx->state_log_top = next_state_log_idx;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+merge_state_array (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t **dst,
+		   re_dfastate_t **src, Idx num)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < num; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      if (dst[st_idx] == NULL)
+	dst[st_idx] = src[st_idx];
+      else if (src[st_idx] != NULL)
+	{
+	  re_node_set merged_set;
+	  err = re_node_set_init_union (&merged_set, &dst[st_idx]->nodes,
+					&src[st_idx]->nodes);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	  dst[st_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &merged_set);
+	  re_node_set_free (&merged_set);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+update_cur_sifted_state (const re_match_context_t *mctx,
+			 re_sift_context_t *sctx, Idx str_idx,
+			 re_node_set *dest_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  const re_node_set *candidates;
+  candidates = ((mctx->state_log[str_idx] == NULL) ? NULL
+		: &mctx->state_log[str_idx]->nodes);
+
+  if (dest_nodes->nelem == 0)
+    sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = NULL;
+  else
+    {
+      if (candidates)
+	{
+	  /* At first, add the nodes which can epsilon transit to a node in
+	     DEST_NODE.  */
+	  err = add_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+
+	  /* Then, check the limitations in the current sift_context.  */
+	  if (sctx->limits.nelem)
+	    {
+	      err = check_subexp_limits (dfa, dest_nodes, candidates, &sctx->limits,
+					 mctx->bkref_ents, str_idx);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      sctx->sifted_states[str_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+
+  if (candidates && mctx->state_log[str_idx]->has_backref)
+    {
+      err = sift_states_bkref (mctx, sctx, str_idx, candidates);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+add_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx i;
+
+  re_dfastate_t *state = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, dest_nodes);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+
+  if (!state->inveclosure.alloc)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_alloc (&state->inveclosure, dest_nodes->nelem);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      for (i = 0; i < dest_nodes->nelem; i++)
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&state->inveclosure,
+				   dfa->inveclosures + dest_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+    }
+  return re_node_set_add_intersect (dest_nodes, candidates,
+				    &state->inveclosure);
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+sub_epsilon_src_nodes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		       const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+    Idx ecl_idx;
+    reg_errcode_t err;
+    re_node_set *inv_eclosure = dfa->inveclosures + node;
+    re_node_set except_nodes;
+    re_node_set_init_empty (&except_nodes);
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+	Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+	if (cur_node == node)
+	  continue;
+	if (IS_EPSILON_NODE (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type))
+	  {
+	    Idx edst1 = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+	    Idx edst2 = ((dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem > 1)
+			 ? dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1] : REG_MISSING);
+	    if ((!re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst1)
+		 && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst1))
+		|| (REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (edst2)
+		    && !re_node_set_contains (inv_eclosure, edst2)
+		    && re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, edst2)))
+	      {
+		err = re_node_set_add_intersect (&except_nodes, candidates,
+						 dfa->inveclosures + cur_node);
+		if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		  {
+		    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+		    return err;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+    for (ecl_idx = 0; ecl_idx < inv_eclosure->nelem; ++ecl_idx)
+      {
+	Idx cur_node = inv_eclosure->elems[ecl_idx];
+	if (!re_node_set_contains (&except_nodes, cur_node))
+	  {
+	    Idx idx = re_node_set_contains (dest_nodes, cur_node) - 1;
+	    re_node_set_remove_at (dest_nodes, idx);
+	  }
+      }
+    re_node_set_free (&except_nodes);
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *limits,
+		  Idx dst_node, Idx dst_idx, Idx src_node, Idx src_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx lim_idx, src_pos, dst_pos;
+
+  Idx dst_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, dst_idx);
+  Idx src_bkref_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, src_idx);
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = mctx->bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+
+      dst_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+					   subexp_idx, dst_node, dst_idx,
+					   dst_bkref_idx);
+      src_pos = check_dst_limits_calc_pos (mctx, limits->elems[lim_idx],
+					   subexp_idx, src_node, src_idx,
+					   src_bkref_idx);
+
+      /* In case of:
+	 <src> <dst> ( <subexp> )
+	 ( <subexp> ) <src> <dst>
+	 ( <subexp1> <src> <subexp2> <dst> <subexp3> )  */
+      if (src_pos == dst_pos)
+	continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+      else
+	return true;
+    }
+  return false;
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (const re_match_context_t *mctx, int boundaries,
+			     Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  const re_node_set *eclosures = dfa->eclosures + from_node;
+  Idx node_idx;
+
+  /* Else, we are on the boundary: examine the nodes on the epsilon
+     closure.  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < eclosures->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = eclosures->elems[node_idx];
+      switch (dfa->nodes[node].type)
+	{
+	case OP_BACK_REF:
+	  if (bkref_idx != REG_MISSING)
+	    {
+	      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkref_idx;
+	      do
+		{
+		  Idx dst;
+		  int cpos;
+
+		  if (ent->node != node)
+		    continue;
+
+		  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+		      && !(ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+			   & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx)))
+		    continue;
+
+		  /* Recurse trying to reach the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and
+		     OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP cases below.  But, if the
+		     destination node is the same node as the source
+		     node, don't recurse because it would cause an
+		     infinite loop: a regex that exhibits this behavior
+		     is ()\1*\1*  */
+		  dst = dfa->edests[node].elems[0];
+		  if (dst == from_node)
+		    {
+		      if (boundaries & 1)
+			return -1;
+		      else /* if (boundaries & 2) */
+			return 0;
+		    }
+
+		  cpos =
+		    check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+						 dst, bkref_idx);
+		  if (cpos == -1 /* && (boundaries & 1) */)
+		    return -1;
+		  if (cpos == 0 && (boundaries & 2))
+		    return 0;
+
+		  if (subexp_idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+		    ent->eps_reachable_subexps_map
+		      &= ~((bitset_word_t) 1 << subexp_idx);
+		}
+	      while (ent++->more);
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case OP_OPEN_SUBEXP:
+	  if ((boundaries & 1) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+	    return -1;
+	  break;
+
+	case OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP:
+	  if ((boundaries & 2) && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+	    return 0;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (boundaries & 2) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_dst_limits_calc_pos (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx limit,
+			   Idx subexp_idx, Idx from_node, Idx str_idx,
+			   Idx bkref_idx)
+{
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *lim = mctx->bkref_ents + limit;
+  int boundaries;
+
+  /* If we are outside the range of the subexpression, return -1 or 1.  */
+  if (str_idx < lim->subexp_from)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (lim->subexp_to < str_idx)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* If we are within the subexpression, return 0.  */
+  boundaries = (str_idx == lim->subexp_from);
+  boundaries |= (str_idx == lim->subexp_to) << 1;
+  if (boundaries == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Else, examine epsilon closure.  */
+  return check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 (mctx, boundaries, subexp_idx,
+				      from_node, bkref_idx);
+}
+
+/* Check the limitations of sub expressions LIMITS, and remove the nodes
+   which are against limitations from DEST_NODES. */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_subexp_limits (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dest_nodes,
+		     const re_node_set *candidates, re_node_set *limits,
+		     struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ents, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, lim_idx;
+
+  for (lim_idx = 0; lim_idx < limits->nelem; ++lim_idx)
+    {
+      Idx subexp_idx;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+      ent = bkref_ents + limits->elems[lim_idx];
+
+      if (str_idx <= ent->subexp_from || ent->str_idx < str_idx)
+	continue; /* This is unrelated limitation.  */
+
+      subexp_idx = dfa->nodes[ent->node].opr.idx;
+      if (ent->subexp_to == str_idx)
+	{
+	  Idx ops_node = REG_MISSING;
+	  Idx cls_node = REG_MISSING;
+	  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	    {
+	      Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+	      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+	      if (type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+		  && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		ops_node = node;
+	      else if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP
+		       && subexp_idx == dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		cls_node = node;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check the limitation of the open subexpression.  */
+	  /* Note that (ent->subexp_to = str_idx != ent->subexp_from).  */
+	  if (REG_VALID_INDEX (ops_node))
+	    {
+	      err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, ops_node, dest_nodes,
+					   candidates);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return err;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Check the limitation of the close subexpression.  */
+	  if (REG_VALID_INDEX (cls_node))
+	    for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	      {
+		Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+		if (!re_node_set_contains (dfa->inveclosures + node,
+					   cls_node)
+		    && !re_node_set_contains (dfa->eclosures + node,
+					      cls_node))
+		  {
+		    /* It is against this limitation.
+		       Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+		    err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+						 candidates);
+		    if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		      return err;
+		    --node_idx;
+		  }
+	      }
+	}
+      else /* (ent->subexp_to != str_idx)  */
+	{
+	  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < dest_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+	    {
+	      Idx node = dest_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+	      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+	      if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP || type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP)
+		{
+		  if (subexp_idx != dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)
+		    continue;
+		  /* It is against this limitation.
+		     Remove it form the current sifted state.  */
+		  err = sub_epsilon_src_nodes (dfa, node, dest_nodes,
+					       candidates);
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		    return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+sift_states_bkref (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		   Idx str_idx, const re_node_set *candidates)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx node_idx, node;
+  re_sift_context_t local_sctx;
+  Idx first_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, str_idx);
+
+  if (first_idx == REG_MISSING)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  local_sctx.sifted_states = NULL; /* Mark that it hasn't been initialized.  */
+
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < candidates->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx enabled_idx;
+      re_token_type_t type;
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry;
+      node = candidates->elems[node_idx];
+      type = dfa->nodes[node].type;
+      /* Avoid infinite loop for the REs like "()\1+".  */
+      if (node == sctx->last_node && str_idx == sctx->last_str_idx)
+	continue;
+      if (type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	continue;
+
+      entry = mctx->bkref_ents + first_idx;
+      enabled_idx = first_idx;
+      do
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_len;
+	  Idx to_idx;
+	  Idx dst_node;
+	  bool ok;
+	  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+
+	  if (entry->node != node)
+	    continue;
+	  subexp_len = entry->subexp_to - entry->subexp_from;
+	  to_idx = str_idx + subexp_len;
+	  dst_node = (subexp_len ? dfa->nexts[node]
+		      : dfa->edests[node].elems[0]);
+
+	  if (to_idx > sctx->last_str_idx
+	      || sctx->sifted_states[to_idx] == NULL
+	      || !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[to_idx], dst_node)
+	      || check_dst_limits (mctx, &sctx->limits, node,
+				   str_idx, dst_node, to_idx))
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (local_sctx.sifted_states == NULL)
+	    {
+	      local_sctx = *sctx;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (&local_sctx.limits, &sctx->limits);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  local_sctx.last_node = node;
+	  local_sctx.last_str_idx = str_idx;
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    {
+	      err = REG_ESPACE;
+	      goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  cur_state = local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx];
+	  err = sift_states_backward (mctx, &local_sctx);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto free_return;
+	  if (sctx->limited_states != NULL)
+	    {
+	      err = merge_state_array (dfa, sctx->limited_states,
+				       local_sctx.sifted_states,
+				       str_idx + 1);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  local_sctx.sifted_states[str_idx] = cur_state;
+	  re_node_set_remove (&local_sctx.limits, enabled_idx);
+
+	  /* mctx->bkref_ents may have changed, reload the pointer.  */
+	  entry = mctx->bkref_ents + enabled_idx;
+	}
+      while (enabled_idx++, entry++->more);
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  if (local_sctx.sifted_states != NULL)
+    {
+      re_node_set_free (&local_sctx.limits);
+    }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static int
+internal_function
+sift_states_iter_mb (const re_match_context_t *mctx, re_sift_context_t *sctx,
+		     Idx node_idx, Idx str_idx, Idx max_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  int naccepted;
+  /* Check the node can accept "multi byte".  */
+  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, node_idx, &mctx->input, str_idx);
+  if (naccepted > 0 && str_idx + naccepted <= max_str_idx &&
+      !STATE_NODE_CONTAINS (sctx->sifted_states[str_idx + naccepted],
+			    dfa->nexts[node_idx]))
+    /* The node can't accept the "multi byte", or the
+       destination was already thrown away, then the node
+       could't accept the current input "multi byte".   */
+    naccepted = 0;
+  /* Otherwise, it is sure that the node could accept
+     'naccepted' bytes input.  */
+  return naccepted;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+
+/* Functions for state transition.  */
+
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte, and update STATE_LOG if necessary.
+   If STATE can accept a multibyte char/collating element/back reference
+   update the destination of STATE_LOG.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+transit_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+	       re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  unsigned char ch;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  /* If the current state can accept multibyte.  */
+  if (BE (state->accept_mb, 0))
+    {
+      *err = transit_state_mb (mctx, state);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return NULL;
+    }
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+  /* Then decide the next state with the single byte.  */
+#if 0
+  if (0)
+    /* don't use transition table  */
+    return transit_state_sb (err, mctx, state);
+#endif
+
+  /* Use transition table  */
+  ch = re_string_fetch_byte (&mctx->input);
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      trtable = state->trtable;
+      if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1))
+	return trtable[ch];
+
+      trtable = state->word_trtable;
+      if (BE (trtable != NULL, 1))
+	{
+	  unsigned int context;
+	  context
+	    = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+				    re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+				    mctx->eflags);
+	  if (IS_WORD_CONTEXT (context))
+	    return trtable[ch + SBC_MAX];
+	  else
+	    return trtable[ch];
+	}
+
+      if (!build_trtable (mctx->dfa, state))
+	{
+	  *err = REG_ESPACE;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+
+      /* Retry, we now have a transition table.  */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Update the state_log if we need */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+merge_state_with_log (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+		      re_dfastate_t *next_state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx cur_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  if (cur_idx > mctx->state_log_top)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+      mctx->state_log_top = cur_idx;
+    }
+  else if (mctx->state_log[cur_idx] == 0)
+    {
+      mctx->state_log[cur_idx] = next_state;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t *pstate;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_node_set next_nodes, *log_nodes, *table_nodes = NULL;
+      /* If (state_log[cur_idx] != 0), it implies that cur_idx is
+	 the destination of a multibyte char/collating element/
+	 back reference.  Then the next state is the union set of
+	 these destinations and the results of the transition table.  */
+      pstate = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+      log_nodes = pstate->entrance_nodes;
+      if (next_state != NULL)
+	{
+	  table_nodes = next_state->entrance_nodes;
+	  *err = re_node_set_init_union (&next_nodes, table_nodes,
+					     log_nodes);
+	  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+      else
+	next_nodes = *log_nodes;
+      /* Note: We already add the nodes of the initial state,
+	 then we don't need to add them here.  */
+
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+				      re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) - 1,
+				      mctx->eflags);
+      next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx]
+	= re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+	 this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+      if (table_nodes != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+    }
+
+  if (BE (dfa->nbackref, 0) && next_state != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Check OP_OPEN_SUBEXP in the current state in case that we use them
+	 later.  We must check them here, since the back references in the
+	 next state might use them.  */
+      *err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, &next_state->nodes,
+					cur_idx);
+      if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return NULL;
+
+      /* If the next state has back references.  */
+      if (next_state->has_backref)
+	{
+	  *err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, &next_state->nodes);
+	  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return NULL;
+	  next_state = mctx->state_log[cur_idx];
+	}
+    }
+
+  return next_state;
+}
+
+/* Skip bytes in the input that correspond to part of a
+   multi-byte match, then look in the log for a state
+   from which to restart matching.  */
+static re_dfastate_t *
+internal_function
+find_recover_state (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx max = mctx->state_log_top;
+      Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (++cur_str_idx > max)
+	    return NULL;
+	  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+	}
+      while (mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL);
+
+      cur_state = merge_state_with_log (err, mctx, NULL);
+    }
+  while (*err == REG_NOERROR && cur_state == NULL);
+  return cur_state;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for transit_state.  */
+
+/* From the node set CUR_NODES, pick up the nodes whose types are
+   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and which have corresponding back references in the regular
+   expression. And register them to use them later for evaluating the
+   corresponding back references.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_subexp_matching_top (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+			   Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx node_idx;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+
+  /* TODO: This isn't efficient.
+	   Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+	   OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+	   nodes.
+	   E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+  for (node_idx = 0; node_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++node_idx)
+    {
+      Idx node = cur_nodes->elems[node_idx];
+      if (dfa->nodes[node].type == OP_OPEN_SUBEXP
+	  && dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx < BITSET_WORD_BITS
+	  && (dfa->used_bkref_map
+	      & ((bitset_word_t) 1 << dfa->nodes[node].opr.idx)))
+	{
+	  err = match_ctx_add_subtop (mctx, node, str_idx);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Return the next state to which the current state STATE will transit by
+   accepting the current input byte.  */
+
+static re_dfastate_t *
+transit_state_sb (reg_errcode_t *err, re_match_context_t *mctx,
+		  re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  re_node_set next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t *next_state;
+  Idx node_cnt, cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  *err = re_node_set_alloc (&next_nodes, state->nodes.nelem + 1);
+  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return NULL;
+  for (node_cnt = 0; node_cnt < state->nodes.nelem; ++node_cnt)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = state->nodes.elems[node_cnt];
+      if (check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, cur_str_idx))
+	{
+	  *err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+				    dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+	  if (BE (*err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx, mctx->eflags);
+  next_state = re_acquire_state_context (err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+  /* We don't need to check errors here, since the return value of
+     this function is next_state and ERR is already set.  */
+
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  re_string_skip_bytes (&mctx->input, 1);
+  return next_state;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+transit_state_mb (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_dfastate_t *pstate)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < pstate->nodes.nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_node_set dest_nodes, *new_nodes;
+      Idx cur_node_idx = pstate->nodes.elems[i];
+      int naccepted;
+      Idx dest_idx;
+      unsigned int context;
+      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+
+      if (!dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].accept_mb)
+	continue;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint)
+	{
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input,
+					  re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input),
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (dfa->nodes[cur_node_idx].constraint,
+					   context))
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* How many bytes the node can accept?  */
+      naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node_idx, &mctx->input,
+					   re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input));
+      if (naccepted == 0)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The node can accepts 'naccepted' bytes.  */
+      dest_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input) + naccepted;
+      mctx->max_mb_elem_len = ((mctx->max_mb_elem_len < naccepted) ? naccepted
+			       : mctx->max_mb_elem_len);
+      err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, dest_idx);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx] != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+      new_nodes = dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[cur_node_idx];
+
+      dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_idx];
+      if (dest_state == NULL)
+	dest_nodes = *new_nodes;
+      else
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+					dest_state->entrance_nodes, new_nodes);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_idx - 1,
+				      mctx->eflags);
+      mctx->state_log[dest_idx]
+	= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+      if (dest_state != NULL)
+	re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+      if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_idx] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+transit_state_bkref (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_node_set *nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i;
+  Idx cur_str_idx = re_string_cur_idx (&mctx->input);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx dest_str_idx, prev_nelem, bkc_idx;
+      Idx node_idx = nodes->elems[i];
+      unsigned int context;
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+      re_node_set *new_dest_nodes;
+
+      /* Check whether 'node' is a backreference or not.  */
+      if (node->type != OP_BACK_REF)
+	continue;
+
+      if (node->constraint)
+	{
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, cur_str_idx,
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+	    continue;
+	}
+
+      /* 'node' is a backreference.
+	 Check the substring which the substring matched.  */
+      bkc_idx = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+      err = get_subexp (mctx, node_idx, cur_str_idx);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto free_return;
+
+      /* And add the epsilon closures (which is 'new_dest_nodes') of
+	 the backreference to appropriate state_log.  */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      assert (dfa->nexts[node_idx] != REG_MISSING);
+#endif
+      for (; bkc_idx < mctx->nbkref_ents; ++bkc_idx)
+	{
+	  Idx subexp_len;
+	  re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+	  struct re_backref_cache_entry *bkref_ent;
+	  bkref_ent = mctx->bkref_ents + bkc_idx;
+	  if (bkref_ent->node != node_idx || bkref_ent->str_idx != cur_str_idx)
+	    continue;
+	  subexp_len = bkref_ent->subexp_to - bkref_ent->subexp_from;
+	  new_dest_nodes = (subexp_len == 0
+			    ? dfa->eclosures + dfa->edests[node_idx].elems[0]
+			    : dfa->eclosures + dfa->nexts[node_idx]);
+	  dest_str_idx = (cur_str_idx + bkref_ent->subexp_to
+			  - bkref_ent->subexp_from);
+	  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, dest_str_idx - 1,
+					  mctx->eflags);
+	  dest_state = mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx];
+	  prev_nelem = ((mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx] == NULL) ? 0
+			: mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem);
+	  /* Add 'new_dest_node' to state_log.  */
+	  if (dest_state == NULL)
+	    {
+	      mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+		= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, new_dest_nodes,
+					    context);
+	      if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+		      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      re_node_set dest_nodes;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_union (&dest_nodes,
+					    dest_state->entrance_nodes,
+					    new_dest_nodes);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+		  goto free_return;
+		}
+	      mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx]
+		= re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &dest_nodes, context);
+	      re_node_set_free (&dest_nodes);
+	      if (BE (mctx->state_log[dest_str_idx] == NULL
+		      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	  /* We need to check recursively if the backreference can epsilon
+	     transit.  */
+	  if (subexp_len == 0
+	      && mctx->state_log[cur_str_idx]->nodes.nelem > prev_nelem)
+	    {
+	      err = check_subexp_matching_top (mctx, new_dest_nodes,
+					       cur_str_idx);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	      err = transit_state_bkref (mctx, new_dest_nodes);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto free_return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  err = REG_NOERROR;
+ free_return:
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* Enumerate all the candidates which the backreference BKREF_NODE can match
+   at BKREF_STR_IDX, and register them by match_ctx_add_entry().
+   Note that we might collect inappropriate candidates here.
+   However, the cost of checking them strictly here is too high, then we
+   delay these checking for prune_impossible_nodes().  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+get_subexp (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str_idx)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  Idx subexp_num, sub_top_idx;
+  const char *buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+  /* Return if we have already checked BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR_IDX.  */
+  Idx cache_idx = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, bkref_str_idx);
+  if (cache_idx != REG_MISSING)
+    {
+      const struct re_backref_cache_entry *entry
+	= mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx;
+      do
+	if (entry->node == bkref_node)
+	  return REG_NOERROR; /* We already checked it.  */
+      while (entry++->more);
+    }
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[bkref_node].opr.idx;
+
+  /* For each sub expression  */
+  for (sub_top_idx = 0; sub_top_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++sub_top_idx)
+    {
+      reg_errcode_t err;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top = mctx->sub_tops[sub_top_idx];
+      re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last;
+      Idx sub_last_idx, sl_str, bkref_str_off;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[sub_top->node].opr.idx != subexp_num)
+	continue; /* It isn't related.  */
+
+      sl_str = sub_top->str_idx;
+      bkref_str_off = bkref_str_idx;
+      /* At first, check the last node of sub expressions we already
+	 evaluated.  */
+      for (sub_last_idx = 0; sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts; ++sub_last_idx)
+	{
+	  regoff_t sl_str_diff;
+	  sub_last = sub_top->lasts[sub_last_idx];
+	  sl_str_diff = sub_last->str_idx - sl_str;
+	  /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+	     at the back reference?  */
+	  if (sl_str_diff > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (BE (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.valid_len, 0))
+		{
+		  /* Not enough chars for a successful match.  */
+		  if (bkref_str_off + sl_str_diff > mctx->input.len)
+		    break;
+
+		  err = clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx,
+						   bkref_str_off
+						   + sl_str_diff);
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		    return err;
+		  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		}
+	      if (memcmp (buf + bkref_str_off, buf + sl_str, sl_str_diff) != 0)
+		/* We don't need to search this sub expression any more.  */
+		break;
+	    }
+	  bkref_str_off += sl_str_diff;
+	  sl_str += sl_str_diff;
+	  err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+				bkref_str_idx);
+
+	  /* Reload buf, since the preceding call might have reallocated
+	     the buffer.  */
+	  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	    continue;
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+
+      if (sub_last_idx < sub_top->nlasts)
+	continue;
+      if (sub_last_idx > 0)
+	++sl_str;
+      /* Then, search for the other last nodes of the sub expression.  */
+      for (; sl_str <= bkref_str_idx; ++sl_str)
+	{
+	  Idx cls_node;
+	  regoff_t sl_str_off;
+	  const re_node_set *nodes;
+	  sl_str_off = sl_str - sub_top->str_idx;
+	  /* The matched string by the sub expression match with the substring
+	     at the back reference?  */
+	  if (sl_str_off > 0)
+	    {
+	      if (BE (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.valid_len, 0))
+		{
+		  /* If we are at the end of the input, we cannot match.  */
+		  if (bkref_str_off >= mctx->input.len)
+		    break;
+
+		  err = extend_buffers (mctx, bkref_str_off + 1);
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		    return err;
+
+		  buf = (const char *) re_string_get_buffer (&mctx->input);
+		}
+	      if (buf [bkref_str_off++] != buf[sl_str - 1])
+		break; /* We don't need to search this sub expression
+			  any more.  */
+	    }
+	  if (mctx->state_log[sl_str] == NULL)
+	    continue;
+	  /* Does this state have a ')' of the sub expression?  */
+	  nodes = &mctx->state_log[sl_str]->nodes;
+	  cls_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, nodes, subexp_num,
+				       OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+	  if (cls_node == REG_MISSING)
+	    continue; /* No.  */
+	  if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+	    {
+	      sub_top->path = calloc (sizeof (state_array_t),
+				      sl_str - sub_top->str_idx + 1);
+	      if (sub_top->path == NULL)
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  /* Can the OP_OPEN_SUBEXP node arrive the OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP node
+	     in the current context?  */
+	  err = check_arrival (mctx, sub_top->path, sub_top->node,
+			       sub_top->str_idx, cls_node, sl_str,
+			       OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP);
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	      continue;
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	      return err;
+	  sub_last = match_ctx_add_sublast (sub_top, cls_node, sl_str);
+	  if (BE (sub_last == NULL, 0))
+	    return REG_ESPACE;
+	  err = get_subexp_sub (mctx, sub_top, sub_last, bkref_node,
+				bkref_str_idx);
+	  if (err == REG_NOMATCH)
+	    continue;
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for get_subexp().  */
+
+/* Check SUB_LAST can arrive to the back reference BKREF_NODE at BKREF_STR.
+   If it can arrive, register the sub expression expressed with SUB_TOP
+   and SUB_LAST.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+get_subexp_sub (re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_sub_match_top_t *sub_top,
+		re_sub_match_last_t *sub_last, Idx bkref_node, Idx bkref_str)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx to_idx;
+  /* Can the subexpression arrive the back reference?  */
+  err = check_arrival (mctx, &sub_last->path, sub_last->node,
+		       sub_last->str_idx, bkref_node, bkref_str,
+		       OP_OPEN_SUBEXP);
+  if (err != REG_NOERROR)
+    return err;
+  err = match_ctx_add_entry (mctx, bkref_node, bkref_str, sub_top->str_idx,
+			     sub_last->str_idx);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  to_idx = bkref_str + sub_last->str_idx - sub_top->str_idx;
+  return clean_state_log_if_needed (mctx, to_idx);
+}
+
+/* Find the first node which is '(' or ')' and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX.
+   Search '(' if FL_OPEN, or search ')' otherwise.
+   TODO: This function isn't efficient...
+	 Because there might be more than one nodes whose types are
+	 OP_OPEN_SUBEXP and whose index is SUBEXP_IDX, we must check all
+	 nodes.
+	 E.g. RE: (a){2}  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+find_subexp_node (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_node_set *nodes,
+		  Idx subexp_idx, int type)
+{
+  Idx cls_idx;
+  for (cls_idx = 0; cls_idx < nodes->nelem; ++cls_idx)
+    {
+      Idx cls_node = nodes->elems[cls_idx];
+      const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + cls_node;
+      if (node->type == type
+	  && node->opr.idx == subexp_idx)
+	return cls_node;
+    }
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+/* Check whether the node TOP_NODE at TOP_STR can arrive to the node
+   LAST_NODE at LAST_STR.  We record the path onto PATH since it will be
+   heavily reused.
+   Return REG_NOERROR if it can arrive, or REG_NOMATCH otherwise.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival (re_match_context_t *mctx, state_array_t *path, Idx top_node,
+	       Idx top_str, Idx last_node, Idx last_str, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+  Idx subexp_num, backup_cur_idx, str_idx, null_cnt;
+  re_dfastate_t *cur_state = NULL;
+  re_node_set *cur_nodes, next_nodes;
+  re_dfastate_t **backup_state_log;
+  unsigned int context;
+
+  subexp_num = dfa->nodes[top_node].opr.idx;
+  /* Extend the buffer if we need.  */
+  if (BE (path->alloc < last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1, 0))
+    {
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array;
+      Idx old_alloc = path->alloc;
+      Idx incr_alloc = last_str + mctx->max_mb_elem_len + 1;
+      Idx new_alloc;
+      if (BE (IDX_MAX - old_alloc < incr_alloc, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_alloc = old_alloc + incr_alloc;
+      if (BE (SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) < new_alloc, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      new_array = re_realloc (path->array, re_dfastate_t *, new_alloc);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      path->array = new_array;
+      path->alloc = new_alloc;
+      memset (new_array + old_alloc, '\0',
+	      sizeof (re_dfastate_t *) * (path->alloc - old_alloc));
+    }
+
+  str_idx = path->next_idx ? path->next_idx : top_str;
+
+  /* Temporary modify MCTX.  */
+  backup_state_log = mctx->state_log;
+  backup_cur_idx = mctx->input.cur_idx;
+  mctx->state_log = path->array;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Setup initial node set.  */
+  context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+  if (str_idx == top_str)
+    {
+      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&next_nodes, top_node);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	return err;
+      err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      cur_state = mctx->state_log[str_idx];
+      if (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref)
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_init_copy (&next_nodes, &cur_state->nodes);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      else
+	re_node_set_init_empty (&next_nodes);
+    }
+  if (str_idx == top_str || (cur_state && cur_state->has_backref))
+    {
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+	{
+	  err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+				    subexp_num, type);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+    }
+
+  for (null_cnt = 0; str_idx < last_str && null_cnt <= mctx->max_mb_elem_len;)
+    {
+      re_node_set_empty (&next_nodes);
+      if (mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1])
+	{
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&next_nodes,
+				   &mctx->state_log[str_idx + 1]->nodes);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (cur_state)
+	{
+	  err = check_arrival_add_next_nodes (mctx, str_idx,
+					      &cur_state->non_eps_nodes,
+					      &next_nodes);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      ++str_idx;
+      if (next_nodes.nelem)
+	{
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &next_nodes, subexp_num, type);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	  err = expand_bkref_cache (mctx, &next_nodes, str_idx,
+				    subexp_num, type);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, str_idx - 1, mctx->eflags);
+      cur_state = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &next_nodes, context);
+      if (BE (cur_state == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	{
+	  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+	  return err;
+	}
+      mctx->state_log[str_idx] = cur_state;
+      null_cnt = cur_state == NULL ? null_cnt + 1 : 0;
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&next_nodes);
+  cur_nodes = (mctx->state_log[last_str] == NULL ? NULL
+	       : &mctx->state_log[last_str]->nodes);
+  path->next_idx = str_idx;
+
+  /* Fix MCTX.  */
+  mctx->state_log = backup_state_log;
+  mctx->input.cur_idx = backup_cur_idx;
+
+  /* Then check the current node set has the node LAST_NODE.  */
+  if (cur_nodes != NULL && re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, last_node))
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+  return REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+/* Helper functions for check_arrival.  */
+
+/* Calculate the destination nodes of CUR_NODES at STR_IDX, and append them
+   to NEXT_NODES.
+   TODO: This function is similar to the functions transit_state*(),
+	 however this function has many additional works.
+	 Can't we unify them?  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_add_next_nodes (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx,
+			      re_node_set *cur_nodes, re_node_set *next_nodes)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx cur_idx;
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+  reg_errcode_t err = REG_NOERROR;
+#endif
+  re_node_set union_set;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&union_set);
+  for (cur_idx = 0; cur_idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++cur_idx)
+    {
+      int naccepted = 0;
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[cur_idx];
+#ifdef DEBUG
+      re_token_type_t type = dfa->nodes[cur_node].type;
+      assert (!IS_EPSILON_NODE (type));
+#endif
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      /* If the node may accept "multi byte".  */
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].accept_mb)
+	{
+	  naccepted = check_node_accept_bytes (dfa, cur_node, &mctx->input,
+					       str_idx);
+	  if (naccepted > 1)
+	    {
+	      re_dfastate_t *dest_state;
+	      Idx next_node = dfa->nexts[cur_node];
+	      Idx next_idx = str_idx + naccepted;
+	      dest_state = mctx->state_log[next_idx];
+	      re_node_set_empty (&union_set);
+	      if (dest_state)
+		{
+		  err = re_node_set_merge (&union_set, &dest_state->nodes);
+		  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		    {
+		      re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		      return err;
+		    }
+		}
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  return REG_ESPACE;
+		}
+	      mctx->state_log[next_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa,
+							    &union_set);
+	      if (BE (mctx->state_log[next_idx] == NULL
+		      && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+      if (naccepted
+	  || check_node_accept (mctx, dfa->nodes + cur_node, str_idx))
+	{
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (next_nodes, dfa->nexts[cur_node]);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+	      return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* For all the nodes in CUR_NODES, add the epsilon closures of them to
+   CUR_NODES, however exclude the nodes which are:
+    - inside the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if FL_OPEN.
+    - out of the sub expression whose number is EX_SUBEXP, if !FL_OPEN.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function
+check_arrival_expand_ecl (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+			  Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx idx, outside_node;
+  re_node_set new_nodes;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (cur_nodes->nelem);
+#endif
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&new_nodes, cur_nodes->nelem);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return err;
+  /* Create a new node set NEW_NODES with the nodes which are epsilon
+     closures of the node in CUR_NODES.  */
+
+  for (idx = 0; idx < cur_nodes->nelem; ++idx)
+    {
+      Idx cur_node = cur_nodes->elems[idx];
+      const re_node_set *eclosure = dfa->eclosures + cur_node;
+      outside_node = find_subexp_node (dfa, eclosure, ex_subexp, type);
+      if (outside_node == REG_MISSING)
+	{
+	  /* There are no problematic nodes, just merge them.  */
+	  err = re_node_set_merge (&new_nodes, eclosure);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* There are problematic nodes, re-calculate incrementally.  */
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, &new_nodes, cur_node,
+					      ex_subexp, type);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      re_node_set_free (&new_nodes);
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  re_node_set_free (cur_nodes);
+  *cur_nodes = new_nodes;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Helper function for check_arrival_expand_ecl.
+   Check incrementally the epsilon closure of TARGET, and if it isn't
+   problematic append it to DST_NODES.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_node_set *dst_nodes,
+			      Idx target, Idx ex_subexp, int type)
+{
+  Idx cur_node;
+  for (cur_node = target; !re_node_set_contains (dst_nodes, cur_node);)
+    {
+      bool ok;
+
+      if (dfa->nodes[cur_node].type == type
+	  && dfa->nodes[cur_node].opr.idx == ex_subexp)
+	{
+	  if (type == OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP)
+	    {
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+	      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+		return REG_ESPACE;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+      ok = re_node_set_insert (dst_nodes, cur_node);
+      if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 0)
+	break;
+      if (dfa->edests[cur_node].nelem == 2)
+	{
+	  reg_errcode_t err;
+	  err = check_arrival_expand_ecl_sub (dfa, dst_nodes,
+					      dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[1],
+					      ex_subexp, type);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+      cur_node = dfa->edests[cur_node].elems[0];
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* For all the back references in the current state, calculate the
+   destination of the back references by the appropriate entry
+   in MCTX->BKREF_ENTS.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+expand_bkref_cache (re_match_context_t *mctx, re_node_set *cur_nodes,
+		    Idx cur_str, Idx subexp_num, int type)
+{
+  const re_dfa_t *const dfa = mctx->dfa;
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx cache_idx_start = search_cur_bkref_entry (mctx, cur_str);
+  struct re_backref_cache_entry *ent;
+
+  if (cache_idx_start == REG_MISSING)
+    return REG_NOERROR;
+
+ restart:
+  ent = mctx->bkref_ents + cache_idx_start;
+  do
+    {
+      Idx to_idx, next_node;
+
+      /* Is this entry ENT is appropriate?  */
+      if (!re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, ent->node))
+	continue; /* No.  */
+
+      to_idx = cur_str + ent->subexp_to - ent->subexp_from;
+      /* Calculate the destination of the back reference, and append it
+	 to MCTX->STATE_LOG.  */
+      if (to_idx == cur_str)
+	{
+	  /* The backreference did epsilon transit, we must re-check all the
+	     node in the current state.  */
+	  re_node_set new_dests;
+	  reg_errcode_t err2, err3;
+	  next_node = dfa->edests[ent->node].elems[0];
+	  if (re_node_set_contains (cur_nodes, next_node))
+	    continue;
+	  err = re_node_set_init_1 (&new_dests, next_node);
+	  err2 = check_arrival_expand_ecl (dfa, &new_dests, subexp_num, type);
+	  err3 = re_node_set_merge (cur_nodes, &new_dests);
+	  re_node_set_free (&new_dests);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || err2 != REG_NOERROR
+		  || err3 != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    {
+	      err = (err != REG_NOERROR ? err
+		     : (err2 != REG_NOERROR ? err2 : err3));
+	      return err;
+	    }
+	  /* TODO: It is still inefficient...  */
+	  goto restart;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  re_node_set union_set;
+	  next_node = dfa->nexts[ent->node];
+	  if (mctx->state_log[to_idx])
+	    {
+	      bool ok;
+	      if (re_node_set_contains (&mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes,
+					next_node))
+		continue;
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (&union_set,
+					   &mctx->state_log[to_idx]->nodes);
+	      ok = re_node_set_insert (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR || ! ok, 0))
+		{
+		  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+		  err = err != REG_NOERROR ? err : REG_ESPACE;
+		  return err;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      err = re_node_set_init_1 (&union_set, next_node);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		return err;
+	    }
+	  mctx->state_log[to_idx] = re_acquire_state (&err, dfa, &union_set);
+	  re_node_set_free (&union_set);
+	  if (BE (mctx->state_log[to_idx] == NULL
+		  && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return err;
+	}
+    }
+  while (ent++->more);
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Build transition table for the state.
+   Return true if successful.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+build_trtable (const re_dfa_t *dfa, re_dfastate_t *state)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  Idx i, j;
+  int ch;
+  bool need_word_trtable = false;
+  bitset_word_t elem, mask;
+  bool dests_node_malloced = false;
+  bool dest_states_malloced = false;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destination states from 'state'.  */
+  re_dfastate_t **trtable;
+  re_dfastate_t **dest_states = NULL, **dest_states_word, **dest_states_nl;
+  re_node_set follows, *dests_node;
+  bitset_t *dests_ch;
+  bitset_t acceptable;
+
+  struct dests_alloc
+  {
+    re_node_set dests_node[SBC_MAX];
+    bitset_t dests_ch[SBC_MAX];
+  } *dests_alloc;
+
+  /* We build DFA states which corresponds to the destination nodes
+     from 'state'.  'dests_node[i]' represents the nodes which i-th
+     destination state contains, and 'dests_ch[i]' represents the
+     characters which i-th destination state accepts.  */
+  if (__libc_use_alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc)))
+    dests_alloc = (struct dests_alloc *) alloca (sizeof (struct dests_alloc));
+  else
+    {
+      dests_alloc = re_malloc (struct dests_alloc, 1);
+      if (BE (dests_alloc == NULL, 0))
+	return false;
+      dests_node_malloced = true;
+    }
+  dests_node = dests_alloc->dests_node;
+  dests_ch = dests_alloc->dests_ch;
+
+  /* Initialize transition table.  */
+  state->word_trtable = state->trtable = NULL;
+
+  /* At first, group all nodes belonging to 'state' into several
+     destinations.  */
+  ndests = group_nodes_into_DFAstates (dfa, state, dests_node, dests_ch);
+  if (BE (! REG_VALID_NONZERO_INDEX (ndests), 0))
+    {
+      if (dests_node_malloced)
+	free (dests_alloc);
+      /* Return false in case of an error, true otherwise.  */
+      if (ndests == 0)
+	{
+	  state->trtable = (re_dfastate_t **)
+	    calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+          if (BE (state->trtable == NULL, 0))
+            return false;
+	  return true;
+	}
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  err = re_node_set_alloc (&follows, ndests + 1);
+  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    goto out_free;
+
+  /* Avoid arithmetic overflow in size calculation.  */
+  if (BE ((((SIZE_MAX - (sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX)
+	    / (3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)))
+	   < ndests),
+	  0))
+    goto out_free;
+
+  if (__libc_use_alloca ((sizeof (re_node_set) + sizeof (bitset_t)) * SBC_MAX
+			 + ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)))
+    dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **)
+      alloca (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *));
+  else
+    {
+      dest_states = (re_dfastate_t **)
+	malloc (ndests * 3 * sizeof (re_dfastate_t *));
+      if (BE (dest_states == NULL, 0))
+	{
+out_free:
+	  if (dest_states_malloced)
+	    free (dest_states);
+	  re_node_set_free (&follows);
+	  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+	    re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+	  if (dests_node_malloced)
+	    free (dests_alloc);
+	  return false;
+	}
+      dest_states_malloced = true;
+    }
+  dest_states_word = dest_states + ndests;
+  dest_states_nl = dest_states_word + ndests;
+  bitset_empty (acceptable);
+
+  /* Then build the states for all destinations.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    {
+      Idx next_node;
+      re_node_set_empty (&follows);
+      /* Merge the follows of this destination states.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < dests_node[i].nelem; ++j)
+	{
+	  next_node = dfa->nexts[dests_node[i].elems[j]];
+	  if (next_node != REG_MISSING)
+	    {
+	      err = re_node_set_merge (&follows, dfa->eclosures + next_node);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto out_free;
+	    }
+	}
+      dest_states[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows, 0);
+      if (BE (dest_states[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	goto out_free;
+      /* If the new state has context constraint,
+	 build appropriate states for these contexts.  */
+      if (dest_states[i]->has_constraint)
+	{
+	  dest_states_word[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+							  CONTEXT_WORD);
+	  if (BE (dest_states_word[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto out_free;
+
+	  if (dest_states[i] != dest_states_word[i] && dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    need_word_trtable = true;
+
+	  dest_states_nl[i] = re_acquire_state_context (&err, dfa, &follows,
+							CONTEXT_NEWLINE);
+	  if (BE (dest_states_nl[i] == NULL && err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto out_free;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  dest_states_word[i] = dest_states[i];
+	  dest_states_nl[i] = dest_states[i];
+	}
+      bitset_merge (acceptable, dests_ch[i]);
+    }
+
+  if (!BE (need_word_trtable, 0))
+    {
+      /* We don't care about whether the following character is a word
+	 character, or we are in a single-byte character set so we can
+	 discern by looking at the character code: allocate a
+	 256-entry transition table.  */
+      trtable = state->trtable =
+	(re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), SBC_MAX);
+      if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0))
+	goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+	     elem;
+	     mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+	  if (BE (elem & 1, 0))
+	    {
+	      /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+		 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	      for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+		;
+
+	      /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+	      if (dfa->word_char[i] & mask)
+		trtable[ch] = dest_states_word[j];
+	      else
+		trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+	    }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We care about whether the following character is a word
+	 character, and we are in a multi-byte character set: discern
+	 by looking at the character code: build two 256-entry
+	 transition tables, one starting at trtable[0] and one
+	 starting at trtable[SBC_MAX].  */
+      trtable = state->word_trtable =
+	(re_dfastate_t **) calloc (sizeof (re_dfastate_t *), 2 * SBC_MAX);
+      if (BE (trtable == NULL, 0))
+	goto out_free;
+
+      /* For all characters ch...:  */
+      for (i = 0; i < BITSET_WORDS; ++i)
+	for (ch = i * BITSET_WORD_BITS, elem = acceptable[i], mask = 1;
+	     elem;
+	     mask <<= 1, elem >>= 1, ++ch)
+	  if (BE (elem & 1, 0))
+	    {
+	      /* There must be exactly one destination which accepts
+		 character ch.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	      for (j = 0; (dests_ch[j][i] & mask) == 0; ++j)
+		;
+
+	      /* j-th destination accepts the word character ch.  */
+	      trtable[ch] = dest_states[j];
+	      trtable[ch + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_word[j];
+	    }
+    }
+
+  /* new line */
+  if (bitset_contain (acceptable, NEWLINE_CHAR))
+    {
+      /* The current state accepts newline character.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+	if (bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], NEWLINE_CHAR))
+	  {
+	    /* k-th destination accepts newline character.  */
+	    trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR] = dest_states_nl[j];
+	    if (need_word_trtable)
+	      trtable[NEWLINE_CHAR + SBC_MAX] = dest_states_nl[j];
+	    /* There must be only one destination which accepts
+	       newline.  See group_nodes_into_DFAstates.  */
+	    break;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  if (dest_states_malloced)
+    free (dest_states);
+
+  re_node_set_free (&follows);
+  for (i = 0; i < ndests; ++i)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + i);
+
+  if (dests_node_malloced)
+    free (dests_alloc);
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Group all nodes belonging to STATE into several destinations.
+   Then for all destinations, set the nodes belonging to the destination
+   to DESTS_NODE[i] and set the characters accepted by the destination
+   to DEST_CH[i].  This function return the number of destinations.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+group_nodes_into_DFAstates (const re_dfa_t *dfa, const re_dfastate_t *state,
+			    re_node_set *dests_node, bitset_t *dests_ch)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t err;
+  bool ok;
+  Idx i, j, k;
+  Idx ndests; /* Number of the destinations from 'state'.  */
+  bitset_t accepts; /* Characters a node can accept.  */
+  const re_node_set *cur_nodes = &state->nodes;
+  bitset_empty (accepts);
+  ndests = 0;
+
+  /* For all the nodes belonging to 'state',  */
+  for (i = 0; i < cur_nodes->nelem; ++i)
+    {
+      re_token_t *node = &dfa->nodes[cur_nodes->elems[i]];
+      re_token_type_t type = node->type;
+      unsigned int constraint = node->constraint;
+
+      /* Enumerate all single byte character this node can accept.  */
+      if (type == CHARACTER)
+	bitset_set (accepts, node->opr.c);
+      else if (type == SIMPLE_BRACKET)
+	{
+	  bitset_merge (accepts, node->opr.sbcset);
+	}
+      else if (type == OP_PERIOD)
+	{
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	  if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	    bitset_merge (accepts, dfa->sb_char);
+	  else
+#endif
+	    bitset_set_all (accepts);
+	  if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+	  if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+	}
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      else if (type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD)
+	{
+	  if (ASCII_CHARS % BITSET_WORD_BITS == 0)
+	    memset (accepts, -1, ASCII_CHARS / CHAR_BIT);
+	  else
+	    bitset_merge (accepts, utf8_sb_map);
+	  if (!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\n');
+	  if (dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)
+	    bitset_clear (accepts, '\0');
+	}
+#endif
+      else
+	continue;
+
+      /* Check the 'accepts' and sift the characters which are not
+	 match it the context.  */
+      if (constraint)
+	{
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_NEWLINE_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bool accepts_newline = bitset_contain (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+	      bitset_empty (accepts);
+	      if (accepts_newline)
+		bitset_set (accepts, NEWLINE_CHAR);
+	      else
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_ENDBUF_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_empty (accepts);
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_WORD_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+	      if (type == CHARACTER && !node->word_char)
+		{
+		  bitset_empty (accepts);
+		  continue;
+		}
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= (dfa->word_char[j] | ~dfa->sb_char[j]));
+	      else
+#endif
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= dfa->word_char[j]);
+	      if (!any_set)
+		continue;
+	    }
+	  if (constraint & NEXT_NOTWORD_CONSTRAINT)
+	    {
+	      bitset_word_t any_set = 0;
+	      if (type == CHARACTER && node->word_char)
+		{
+		  bitset_empty (accepts);
+		  continue;
+		}
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+	      if (dfa->mb_cur_max > 1)
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~(dfa->word_char[j] & dfa->sb_char[j]));
+	      else
+#endif
+		for (j = 0; j < BITSET_WORDS; ++j)
+		  any_set |= (accepts[j] &= ~dfa->word_char[j]);
+	      if (!any_set)
+		continue;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Then divide 'accepts' into DFA states, or create a new
+	 state.  Above, we make sure that accepts is not empty.  */
+      for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+	{
+	  bitset_t intersec; /* Intersection sets, see below.  */
+	  bitset_t remains;
+	  /* Flags, see below.  */
+	  bitset_word_t has_intersec, not_subset, not_consumed;
+
+	  /* Optimization, skip if this state doesn't accept the character.  */
+	  if (type == CHARACTER && !bitset_contain (dests_ch[j], node->opr.c))
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Enumerate the intersection set of this state and 'accepts'.  */
+	  has_intersec = 0;
+	  for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+	    has_intersec |= intersec[k] = accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+	  /* And skip if the intersection set is empty.  */
+	  if (!has_intersec)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Then check if this state is a subset of 'accepts'.  */
+	  not_subset = not_consumed = 0;
+	  for (k = 0; k < BITSET_WORDS; ++k)
+	    {
+	      not_subset |= remains[k] = ~accepts[k] & dests_ch[j][k];
+	      not_consumed |= accepts[k] = accepts[k] & ~dests_ch[j][k];
+	    }
+
+	  /* If this state isn't a subset of 'accepts', create a
+	     new group state, which has the 'remains'. */
+	  if (not_subset)
+	    {
+	      bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], remains);
+	      bitset_copy (dests_ch[j], intersec);
+	      err = re_node_set_init_copy (dests_node + ndests, &dests_node[j]);
+	      if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+		goto error_return;
+	      ++ndests;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Put the position in the current group. */
+	  ok = re_node_set_insert (&dests_node[j], cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (BE (! ok, 0))
+	    goto error_return;
+
+	  /* If all characters are consumed, go to next node. */
+	  if (!not_consumed)
+	    break;
+	}
+      /* Some characters remain, create a new group. */
+      if (j == ndests)
+	{
+	  bitset_copy (dests_ch[ndests], accepts);
+	  err = re_node_set_init_1 (dests_node + ndests, cur_nodes->elems[i]);
+	  if (BE (err != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    goto error_return;
+	  ++ndests;
+	  bitset_empty (accepts);
+	}
+    }
+  return ndests;
+ error_return:
+  for (j = 0; j < ndests; ++j)
+    re_node_set_free (dests_node + j);
+  return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+/* Check how many bytes the node 'dfa->nodes[node_idx]' accepts.
+   Return the number of the bytes the node accepts.
+   STR_IDX is the current index of the input string.
+
+   This function handles the nodes which can accept one character, or
+   one collating element like '.', '[a-z]', opposite to the other nodes
+   can only accept one byte.  */
+
+static int
+internal_function
+check_node_accept_bytes (const re_dfa_t *dfa, Idx node_idx,
+			 const re_string_t *input, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  const re_token_t *node = dfa->nodes + node_idx;
+  int char_len, elem_len;
+  Idx i;
+
+  if (BE (node->type == OP_UTF8_PERIOD, 0))
+    {
+      unsigned char c = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx), d;
+      if (BE (c < 0xc2, 1))
+	return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + 2 > input->len)
+	return 0;
+
+      d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + 1);
+      if (c < 0xe0)
+	return (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf) ? 0 : 2;
+      else if (c < 0xf0)
+	{
+	  char_len = 3;
+	  if (c == 0xe0 && d < 0xa0)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xf8)
+	{
+	  char_len = 4;
+	  if (c == 0xf0 && d < 0x90)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xfc)
+	{
+	  char_len = 5;
+	  if (c == 0xf8 && d < 0x88)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (c < 0xfe)
+	{
+	  char_len = 6;
+	  if (c == 0xfc && d < 0x84)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else
+	return 0;
+
+      if (str_idx + char_len > input->len)
+	return 0;
+
+      for (i = 1; i < char_len; ++i)
+	{
+	  d = re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx + i);
+	  if (d < 0x80 || d > 0xbf)
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  char_len = re_string_char_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if (node->type == OP_PERIOD)
+    {
+      if (char_len <= 1)
+	return 0;
+      /* FIXME: I don't think this if is needed, as both '\n'
+	 and '\0' are char_len == 1.  */
+      /* '.' accepts any one character except the following two cases.  */
+      if ((!(dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) &&
+	   re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\n') ||
+	  ((dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL) &&
+	   re_string_byte_at (input, str_idx) == '\0'))
+	return 0;
+      return char_len;
+    }
+
+  elem_len = re_string_elem_size_at (input, str_idx);
+  if ((elem_len <= 1 && char_len <= 1) || char_len == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (node->type == COMPLEX_BRACKET)
+    {
+      const re_charset_t *cset = node->opr.mbcset;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      const unsigned char *pin
+	= ((const unsigned char *) re_string_get_buffer (input) + str_idx);
+      Idx j;
+      uint32_t nrules;
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+      int match_len = 0;
+      wchar_t wc = ((cset->nranges || cset->nchar_classes || cset->nmbchars)
+		    ? re_string_wchar_at (input, str_idx) : 0);
+
+      /* match with multibyte character?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nmbchars; ++i)
+	if (wc == cset->mbchars[i])
+	  {
+	    match_len = char_len;
+	    goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	  }
+      /* match with character_class?  */
+      for (i = 0; i < cset->nchar_classes; ++i)
+	{
+	  wctype_t wt = cset->char_classes[i];
+	  if (__iswctype (wc, wt))
+	    {
+	      match_len = char_len;
+	      goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	    }
+	}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+      nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+      if (nrules != 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int in_collseq = 0;
+	  const int32_t *table, *indirect;
+	  const unsigned char *weights, *extra;
+	  const char *collseqwc;
+	  /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+
+	  /* match with collating_symbol?  */
+	  if (cset->ncoll_syms)
+	    extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->ncoll_syms; ++i)
+	    {
+	      const unsigned char *coll_sym = extra + cset->coll_syms[i];
+	      /* Compare the length of input collating element and
+		 the length of current collating element.  */
+	      if (*coll_sym != elem_len)
+		continue;
+	      /* Compare each bytes.  */
+	      for (j = 0; j < *coll_sym; j++)
+		if (pin[j] != coll_sym[1 + j])
+		  break;
+	      if (j == *coll_sym)
+		{
+		  /* Match if every bytes is equal.  */
+		  match_len = j;
+		  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (cset->nranges)
+	    {
+	      if (elem_len <= char_len)
+		{
+		  collseqwc = _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+		  in_collseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseqwc, wc);
+		}
+	      else
+		in_collseq = find_collation_sequence_value (pin, elem_len);
+	    }
+	  /* match with range expression?  */
+	  /* FIXME: Implement rational ranges here, too.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+	    if (cset->range_starts[i] <= in_collseq
+		&& in_collseq <= cset->range_ends[i])
+	      {
+		match_len = elem_len;
+		goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+	      }
+
+	  /* match with equivalence_class?  */
+	  if (cset->nequiv_classes)
+	    {
+	      const unsigned char *cp = pin;
+	      table = (const int32_t *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+	      weights = (const unsigned char *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+	      extra = (const unsigned char *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+	      indirect = (const int32_t *)
+		_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+	      int32_t idx = findidx (&cp, elem_len);
+	      if (idx > 0)
+		for (i = 0; i < cset->nequiv_classes; ++i)
+		  {
+		    int32_t equiv_class_idx = cset->equiv_classes[i];
+		    size_t weight_len = weights[idx & 0xffffff];
+		    if (weight_len == weights[equiv_class_idx & 0xffffff]
+			&& (idx >> 24) == (equiv_class_idx >> 24))
+		      {
+			Idx cnt = 0;
+
+			idx &= 0xffffff;
+			equiv_class_idx &= 0xffffff;
+
+			while (cnt <= weight_len
+			       && (weights[equiv_class_idx + 1 + cnt]
+				   == weights[idx + 1 + cnt]))
+			  ++cnt;
+			if (cnt > weight_len)
+			  {
+			    match_len = elem_len;
+			    goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+			  }
+		      }
+		  }
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+	{
+	  /* match with range expression?  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < cset->nranges; ++i)
+	    {
+	      if (cset->range_starts[i] <= wc && wc <= cset->range_ends[i])
+		{
+		  match_len = char_len;
+		  goto check_node_accept_bytes_match;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    check_node_accept_bytes_match:
+      if (!cset->non_match)
+	return match_len;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (match_len > 0)
+	    return 0;
+	  else
+	    return (elem_len > char_len) ? elem_len : char_len;
+	}
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+static unsigned int
+internal_function
+find_collation_sequence_value (const unsigned char *mbs, size_t mbs_len)
+{
+  uint32_t nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules == 0)
+    {
+      if (mbs_len == 1)
+	{
+	  /* No valid character.  Match it as a single byte character.  */
+	  const unsigned char *collseq = (const unsigned char *)
+	    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+	  return collseq[mbs[0]];
+	}
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int32_t idx;
+      const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+      int32_t extrasize = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB + 1) - extra;
+
+      for (idx = 0; idx < extrasize;)
+	{
+	  int mbs_cnt;
+	  bool found = false;
+	  int32_t elem_mbs_len;
+	  /* Skip the name of collating element name.  */
+	  idx = idx + extra[idx] + 1;
+	  elem_mbs_len = extra[idx++];
+	  if (mbs_len == elem_mbs_len)
+	    {
+	      for (mbs_cnt = 0; mbs_cnt < elem_mbs_len; ++mbs_cnt)
+		if (extra[idx + mbs_cnt] != mbs[mbs_cnt])
+		  break;
+	      if (mbs_cnt == elem_mbs_len)
+		/* Found the entry.  */
+		found = true;
+	    }
+	  /* Skip the byte sequence of the collating element.  */
+	  idx += elem_mbs_len;
+	  /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+	  idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+	  /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+	  idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+	  /* Skip the wide char sequence of the collating element.  */
+	  idx = idx + sizeof (uint32_t) * (*(int32_t *) (extra + idx) + 1);
+	  /* If we found the entry, return the sequence value.  */
+	  if (found)
+	    return *(uint32_t *) (extra + idx);
+	  /* Skip the collation sequence value.  */
+	  idx += sizeof (uint32_t);
+	}
+      return UINT_MAX;
+    }
+}
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N */
+
+/* Check whether the node accepts the byte which is IDX-th
+   byte of the INPUT.  */
+
+static bool
+internal_function
+check_node_accept (const re_match_context_t *mctx, const re_token_t *node,
+		   Idx idx)
+{
+  unsigned char ch;
+  ch = re_string_byte_at (&mctx->input, idx);
+  switch (node->type)
+    {
+    case CHARACTER:
+      if (node->opr.c != ch)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case SIMPLE_BRACKET:
+      if (!bitset_contain (node->opr.sbcset, ch))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+    case OP_UTF8_PERIOD:
+      if (ch >= ASCII_CHARS)
+        return false;
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+#endif
+    case OP_PERIOD:
+      if ((ch == '\n' && !(mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	  || (ch == '\0' && (mctx->dfa->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL)))
+	return false;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      return false;
+    }
+
+  if (node->constraint)
+    {
+      /* The node has constraints.  Check whether the current context
+	 satisfies the constraints.  */
+      unsigned int context = re_string_context_at (&mctx->input, idx,
+						   mctx->eflags);
+      if (NOT_SATISFY_NEXT_CONSTRAINT (node->constraint, context))
+	return false;
+    }
+
+  return true;
+}
+
+/* Extend the buffers, if the buffers have run out.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+extend_buffers (re_match_context_t *mctx, int min_len)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  re_string_t *pstr = &mctx->input;
+
+  /* Avoid overflow.  */
+  if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / sizeof (re_dfastate_t *)) / 2
+          <= pstr->bufs_len, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+
+  /* Double the lengths of the buffers, but allocate at least MIN_LEN.  */
+  ret = re_string_realloc_buffers (pstr,
+				   MAX (min_len,
+					MIN (pstr->len, pstr->bufs_len * 2)));
+  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+    return ret;
+
+  if (mctx->state_log != NULL)
+    {
+      /* And double the length of state_log.  */
+      /* XXX We have no indication of the size of this buffer.  If this
+	 allocation fail we have no indication that the state_log array
+	 does not have the right size.  */
+      re_dfastate_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->state_log, re_dfastate_t *,
+					      pstr->bufs_len + 1);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->state_log = new_array;
+    }
+
+  /* Then reconstruct the buffers.  */
+  if (pstr->icase)
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	{
+	  ret = build_wcs_upper_buffer (pstr);
+	  if (BE (ret != REG_NOERROR, 0))
+	    return ret;
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+	build_upper_buffer (pstr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#ifdef RE_ENABLE_I18N
+      if (pstr->mb_cur_max > 1)
+	build_wcs_buffer (pstr);
+      else
+#endif /* RE_ENABLE_I18N  */
+	{
+	  if (pstr->trans != NULL)
+	    re_string_translate_buffer (pstr);
+	}
+    }
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+
+/* Functions for matching context.  */
+
+/* Initialize MCTX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_init (re_match_context_t *mctx, int eflags, Idx n)
+{
+  mctx->eflags = eflags;
+  mctx->match_last = REG_MISSING;
+  if (n > 0)
+    {
+      /* Avoid overflow.  */
+      size_t max_object_size =
+	MAX (sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry),
+	     sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t *));
+      if (BE (MIN (IDX_MAX, SIZE_MAX / max_object_size) < n, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+
+      mctx->bkref_ents = re_malloc (struct re_backref_cache_entry, n);
+      mctx->sub_tops = re_malloc (re_sub_match_top_t *, n);
+      if (BE (mctx->bkref_ents == NULL || mctx->sub_tops == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  /* Already zero-ed by the caller.
+     else
+       mctx->bkref_ents = NULL;
+     mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+     mctx->nsub_tops = 0;  */
+  mctx->abkref_ents = n;
+  mctx->max_mb_elem_len = 1;
+  mctx->asub_tops = n;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Clean the entries which depend on the current input in MCTX.
+   This function must be invoked when the matcher changes the start index
+   of the input, or changes the input string.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+match_ctx_clean (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  Idx st_idx;
+  for (st_idx = 0; st_idx < mctx->nsub_tops; ++st_idx)
+    {
+      Idx sl_idx;
+      re_sub_match_top_t *top = mctx->sub_tops[st_idx];
+      for (sl_idx = 0; sl_idx < top->nlasts; ++sl_idx)
+	{
+	  re_sub_match_last_t *last = top->lasts[sl_idx];
+	  re_free (last->path.array);
+	  re_free (last);
+	}
+      re_free (top->lasts);
+      if (top->path)
+	{
+	  re_free (top->path->array);
+	  re_free (top->path);
+	}
+      free (top);
+    }
+
+  mctx->nsub_tops = 0;
+  mctx->nbkref_ents = 0;
+}
+
+/* Free all the memory associated with MCTX.  */
+
+static void
+internal_function
+match_ctx_free (re_match_context_t *mctx)
+{
+  /* First, free all the memory associated with MCTX->SUB_TOPS.  */
+  match_ctx_clean (mctx);
+  re_free (mctx->sub_tops);
+  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+}
+
+/* Add a new backreference entry to MCTX.
+   Note that we assume that caller never call this function with duplicate
+   entry, and call with STR_IDX which isn't smaller than any existing entry.
+*/
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_entry (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx, Idx from,
+		     Idx to)
+{
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents >= mctx->abkref_ents)
+    {
+      struct re_backref_cache_entry* new_entry;
+      new_entry = re_realloc (mctx->bkref_ents, struct re_backref_cache_entry,
+			      mctx->abkref_ents * 2);
+      if (BE (new_entry == NULL, 0))
+	{
+	  re_free (mctx->bkref_ents);
+	  return REG_ESPACE;
+	}
+      mctx->bkref_ents = new_entry;
+      memset (mctx->bkref_ents + mctx->nbkref_ents, '\0',
+	      sizeof (struct re_backref_cache_entry) * mctx->abkref_ents);
+      mctx->abkref_ents *= 2;
+    }
+  if (mctx->nbkref_ents > 0
+      && mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].str_idx == str_idx)
+    mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents - 1].more = 1;
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].node = node;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].str_idx = str_idx;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_from = from;
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].subexp_to = to;
+
+  /* This is a cache that saves negative results of check_dst_limits_calc_pos.
+     If bit N is clear, means that this entry won't epsilon-transition to
+     an OP_OPEN_SUBEXP or OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP for the N+1-th subexpression.  If
+     it is set, check_dst_limits_calc_pos_1 will recurse and try to find one
+     such node.
+
+     A backreference does not epsilon-transition unless it is empty, so set
+     to all zeros if FROM != TO.  */
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents].eps_reachable_subexps_map
+    = (from == to ? -1 : 0);
+
+  mctx->bkref_ents[mctx->nbkref_ents++].more = 0;
+  if (mctx->max_mb_elem_len < to - from)
+    mctx->max_mb_elem_len = to - from;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Return the first entry with the same str_idx, or REG_MISSING if none is
+   found.  Note that MCTX->BKREF_ENTS is already sorted by MCTX->STR_IDX.  */
+
+static Idx
+internal_function
+search_cur_bkref_entry (const re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  Idx left, right, mid, last;
+  last = right = mctx->nbkref_ents;
+  for (left = 0; left < right;)
+    {
+      mid = (left + right) / 2;
+      if (mctx->bkref_ents[mid].str_idx < str_idx)
+	left = mid + 1;
+      else
+	right = mid;
+    }
+  if (left < last && mctx->bkref_ents[left].str_idx == str_idx)
+    return left;
+  else
+    return REG_MISSING;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_OPEN_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+internal_function __attribute_warn_unused_result__
+match_ctx_add_subtop (re_match_context_t *mctx, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  assert (mctx->sub_tops != NULL);
+  assert (mctx->asub_tops > 0);
+#endif
+  if (BE (mctx->nsub_tops == mctx->asub_tops, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_asub_tops = mctx->asub_tops * 2;
+      re_sub_match_top_t **new_array = re_realloc (mctx->sub_tops,
+						   re_sub_match_top_t *,
+						   new_asub_tops);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+	return REG_ESPACE;
+      mctx->sub_tops = new_array;
+      mctx->asub_tops = new_asub_tops;
+    }
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_top_t));
+  if (BE (mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops] == NULL, 0))
+    return REG_ESPACE;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops]->node = node;
+  mctx->sub_tops[mctx->nsub_tops++]->str_idx = str_idx;
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+}
+
+/* Register the node NODE, whose type is OP_CLOSE_SUBEXP, and which matches
+   at STR_IDX, whose corresponding OP_OPEN_SUBEXP is SUB_TOP.  */
+
+static re_sub_match_last_t *
+internal_function
+match_ctx_add_sublast (re_sub_match_top_t *subtop, Idx node, Idx str_idx)
+{
+  re_sub_match_last_t *new_entry;
+  if (BE (subtop->nlasts == subtop->alasts, 0))
+    {
+      Idx new_alasts = 2 * subtop->alasts + 1;
+      re_sub_match_last_t **new_array = re_realloc (subtop->lasts,
+						    re_sub_match_last_t *,
+						    new_alasts);
+      if (BE (new_array == NULL, 0))
+	return NULL;
+      subtop->lasts = new_array;
+      subtop->alasts = new_alasts;
+    }
+  new_entry = calloc (1, sizeof (re_sub_match_last_t));
+  if (BE (new_entry != NULL, 1))
+    {
+      subtop->lasts[subtop->nlasts] = new_entry;
+      new_entry->node = node;
+      new_entry->str_idx = str_idx;
+      ++subtop->nlasts;
+    }
+  return new_entry;
+}
+
+static void
+internal_function
+sift_ctx_init (re_sift_context_t *sctx, re_dfastate_t **sifted_sts,
+	       re_dfastate_t **limited_sts, Idx last_node, Idx last_str_idx)
+{
+  sctx->sifted_states = sifted_sts;
+  sctx->limited_states = limited_sts;
+  sctx->last_node = last_node;
+  sctx->last_str_idx = last_str_idx;
+  re_node_set_init_empty (&sctx->limits);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rename.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e463ea86a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/* Work around rename bugs in some systems.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Volker Borchert, Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#undef rename
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* The mingw rename has problems with trailing slashes; it also
+   requires use of native Windows calls to allow atomic renames over
+   existing files.  */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdbool.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Rename the file SRC to DST.  This replacement is necessary on
+   Windows, on which the system rename function will not replace
+   an existing DST.  */
+int
+rpl_rename (char const *src, char const *dst)
+{
+  int error;
+  size_t src_len = strlen (src);
+  size_t dst_len = strlen (dst);
+  char *src_base = last_component (src);
+  char *dst_base = last_component (dst);
+  bool src_slash;
+  bool dst_slash;
+  bool dst_exists;
+  struct stat src_st;
+  struct stat dst_st;
+
+  /* Filter out dot as last component.  */
+  if (!src_len || !dst_len)
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  if (*src_base == '.')
+    {
+      size_t len = base_len (src_base);
+      if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && src_base[1] == '.'))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (*dst_base == '.')
+    {
+      size_t len = base_len (dst_base);
+      if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dst_base[1] == '.'))
+        {
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Presence of a trailing slash requires directory semantics.  If
+     the source does not exist, or if the destination cannot be turned
+     into a directory, give up now.  Otherwise, strip trailing slashes
+     before calling rename.  There are no symlinks on mingw, so stat
+     works instead of lstat.  */
+  src_slash = ISSLASH (src[src_len - 1]);
+  dst_slash = ISSLASH (dst[dst_len - 1]);
+  if (stat (src, &src_st))
+    return -1;
+  if (stat (dst, &dst_st))
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT || (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode) && dst_slash))
+        return -1;
+      dst_exists = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) != S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) ? EISDIR : ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      dst_exists = true;
+    }
+
+  /* There are no symlinks, so if a file existed with a trailing
+     slash, it must be a directory, and we don't have to worry about
+     stripping strip trailing slash.  However, mingw refuses to
+     replace an existing empty directory, so we have to help it out.
+     And canonicalize_file_name is not yet ported to mingw; however,
+     for directories, getcwd works as a viable alternative.  Ensure
+     that we can get back to where we started before using it; later
+     attempts to return are fatal.  Note that we can end up losing a
+     directory if rename then fails, but it was empty, so not much
+     damage was done.  */
+  if (dst_exists && S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode))
+    {
+      char *cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
+      char *src_temp;
+      char *dst_temp;
+      if (!cwd || chdir (cwd))
+        return -1;
+      if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (src))
+        {
+          dst_temp = chdir (dst) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+          src_temp = chdir (src) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          src_temp = chdir (src) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+          if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dst) && chdir (cwd))
+            abort ();
+          dst_temp = chdir (dst) ? NULL : getcwd (NULL, 0);
+        }
+      if (chdir (cwd))
+        abort ();
+      free (cwd);
+      if (!src_temp || !dst_temp)
+        {
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          errno = ENOMEM;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      src_len = strlen (src_temp);
+      if (strncmp (src_temp, dst_temp, src_len) == 0
+          && (ISSLASH (dst_temp[src_len]) || dst_temp[src_len] == '\0'))
+        {
+          error = dst_temp[src_len];
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          if (error)
+            {
+              errno = EINVAL;
+              return -1;
+            }
+          return 0;
+        }
+      if (rmdir (dst))
+        {
+          error = errno;
+          free (src_temp);
+          free (dst_temp);
+          errno = error;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      free (src_temp);
+      free (dst_temp);
+    }
+
+  /* MoveFileEx works if SRC is a directory without any flags, but
+     fails with MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING, so try without flags first.
+     Thankfully, MoveFileEx handles hard links correctly, even though
+     rename() does not.  */
+  if (MoveFileEx (src, dst, 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Retry with MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING if the move failed
+     due to the destination already existing.  */
+  error = GetLastError ();
+  if (error == ERROR_FILE_EXISTS || error == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS)
+    {
+      if (MoveFileEx (src, dst, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING))
+        return 0;
+
+      error = GetLastError ();
+    }
+
+  switch (error)
+    {
+    case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+    case ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND:
+    case ERROR_BAD_PATHNAME:
+    case ERROR_DIRECTORY:
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+    case ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION:
+      errno = EACCES;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY:
+      errno = ENOMEM;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_CURRENT_DIRECTORY:
+      errno = EBUSY;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE:
+      errno = EXDEV;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT:
+      errno = EROFS;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_WRITE_FAULT:
+    case ERROR_READ_FAULT:
+    case ERROR_GEN_FAILURE:
+      errno = EIO;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL:
+    case ERROR_DISK_FULL:
+    case ERROR_DISK_TOO_FRAGMENTED:
+      errno = ENOSPC;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_FILE_EXISTS:
+    case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS:
+      errno = EEXIST;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
+    case ERROR_FILENAME_EXCED_RANGE:
+      errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+      break;
+
+    case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:
+    case ERROR_DELETE_PENDING:
+      errno = EPERM;        /* ? */
+      break;
+
+# ifndef ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE
+/* This value is documented but not defined in all versions of windows.h.  */
+#  define ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE 223
+# endif
+    case ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE:
+      errno = EFBIG;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#else /* ! W32 platform */
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+# include "dirname.h"
+# include "same-inode.h"
+
+/* Rename the file SRC to DST, fixing any trailing slash bugs.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rename (char const *src, char const *dst)
+{
+  size_t src_len = strlen (src);
+  size_t dst_len = strlen (dst);
+  char *src_temp = (char *) src;
+  char *dst_temp = (char *) dst;
+  bool src_slash;
+  bool dst_slash;
+  bool dst_exists;
+  int ret_val = -1;
+  int rename_errno = ENOTDIR;
+  struct stat src_st;
+  struct stat dst_st;
+
+  if (!src_len || !dst_len)
+    return rename (src, dst); /* Let strace see the ENOENT failure.  */
+
+# if RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  {
+    char *src_base = last_component (src);
+    char *dst_base = last_component (dst);
+    if (*src_base == '.')
+      {
+        size_t len = base_len (src_base);
+        if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && src_base[1] == '.'))
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return -1;
+          }
+      }
+    if (*dst_base == '.')
+      {
+        size_t len = base_len (dst_base);
+        if (len == 1 || (len == 2 && dst_base[1] == '.'))
+          {
+            errno = EINVAL;
+            return -1;
+          }
+      }
+  }
+# endif /* RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  src_slash = src[src_len - 1] == '/';
+  dst_slash = dst[dst_len - 1] == '/';
+
+# if !RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG && !RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  /* If there are no trailing slashes, then trust the native
+     implementation unless we also suspect issues with hard link
+     detection or file/directory conflicts.  */
+  if (!src_slash && !dst_slash)
+    return rename (src, dst);
+# endif /* !RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG && !RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  /* Presence of a trailing slash requires directory semantics.  If
+     the source does not exist, or if the destination cannot be turned
+     into a directory, give up now.  Otherwise, strip trailing slashes
+     before calling rename.  */
+  if (lstat (src, &src_st))
+    return -1;
+  if (lstat (dst, &dst_st))
+    {
+      if (errno != ENOENT || (!S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode) && dst_slash))
+        return -1;
+      dst_exists = false;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) != S_ISDIR (src_st.st_mode))
+        {
+          errno = S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode) ? EISDIR : ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+# if RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG
+      if (SAME_INODE (src_st, dst_st))
+        return 0;
+# endif /* RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+      dst_exists = true;
+    }
+
+# if (RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG || RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG        \
+      || RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG)
+  /* If the only bug was that a trailing slash was allowed on a
+     non-existing file destination, as in Solaris 10, then we've
+     already covered that situation.  But if there is any problem with
+     a trailing slash on an existing source or destination, as in
+     Solaris 9, or if a directory can overwrite a symlink, as on
+     Cygwin 1.5, or if directories cannot be created with trailing
+     slash, as on NetBSD 1.6, then we must strip the offending slash
+     and check that we have not encountered a symlink instead of a
+     directory.
+
+     Stripping a trailing slash interferes with POSIX semantics, where
+     rename behavior on a symlink with a trailing slash operates on
+     the corresponding target directory.  We prefer the GNU semantics
+     of rejecting any use of a symlink with trailing slash, but do not
+     enforce them, since Solaris 10 is able to obey POSIX semantics
+     and there might be clients expecting it, as counter-intuitive as
+     those semantics are.
+
+     Technically, we could also follow the POSIX behavior by chasing a
+     readlink trail, but that is harder to implement.  */
+  if (src_slash)
+    {
+      src_temp = strdup (src);
+      if (!src_temp)
+        {
+          /* Rather than rely on strdup-posix, we set errno ourselves.  */
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (src_temp);
+      if (lstat (src_temp, &src_st))
+        {
+          rename_errno = errno;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (S_ISLNK (src_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+  if (dst_slash)
+    {
+      dst_temp = strdup (dst);
+      if (!dst_temp)
+        {
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dst_temp);
+      if (lstat (dst_temp, &dst_st))
+        {
+          if (errno != ENOENT)
+            {
+              rename_errno = errno;
+              goto out;
+            }
+        }
+      else if (S_ISLNK (dst_st.st_mode))
+        goto out;
+    }
+# endif /* RENAME_TRAILING_SLASH_SOURCE_BUG || RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+           || RENAME_HARD_LINK_BUG */
+
+# if RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG
+  /* Cygwin 1.5 sometimes behaves oddly when moving a non-empty
+     directory on top of an empty one (the old directory name can
+     reappear if the new directory tree is removed).  Work around this
+     by removing the target first, but don't remove the target if it
+     is a subdirectory of the source.  Note that we can end up losing
+     a directory if rename then fails, but it was empty, so not much
+     damage was done.  */
+  if (dst_exists && S_ISDIR (dst_st.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (src_st.st_dev != dst_st.st_dev)
+        {
+          rename_errno = EXDEV;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (src_temp != src)
+        free (src_temp);
+      src_temp = canonicalize_file_name (src);
+      if (dst_temp != dst)
+        free (dst_temp);
+      dst_temp = canonicalize_file_name (dst);
+      if (!src_temp || !dst_temp)
+        {
+          rename_errno = ENOMEM;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      src_len = strlen (src_temp);
+      if (strncmp (src_temp, dst_temp, src_len) == 0
+          && dst_temp[src_len] == '/')
+        {
+          rename_errno = EINVAL;
+          goto out;
+        }
+      if (rmdir (dst))
+        {
+          rename_errno = errno;
+          goto out;
+        }
+    }
+# endif /* RENAME_DEST_EXISTS_BUG */
+
+  ret_val = rename (src_temp, dst_temp);
+  rename_errno = errno;
+ out:
+  if (src_temp != src)
+    free (src_temp);
+  if (dst_temp != dst)
+    free (dst_temp);
+  errno = rename_errno;
+  return ret_val;
+}
+#endif /* ! W32 platform */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rmdir.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rmdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8d907ebf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/rmdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Work around rmdir bugs.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1999, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "dosname.h"
+
+#undef rmdir
+
+/* Remove directory DIR.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
+
+int
+rpl_rmdir (char const *dir)
+{
+  /* Work around cygwin 1.5.x bug where rmdir("dir/./") succeeds.  */
+  size_t len = strlen (dir);
+  int result;
+  while (len && ISSLASH (dir[len - 1]))
+    len--;
+  if (len && dir[len - 1] == '.' && (1 == len || ISSLASH (dir[len - 2])))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  result = rmdir (dir);
+  /* Work around mingw bug, where rmdir("file/") fails with EINVAL
+     instead of ENOTDIR.  We've already filtered out trailing ., the
+     only reason allowed by POSIX for EINVAL.  */
+  if (result == -1 && errno == EINVAL)
+    errno = ENOTDIR;
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/same-inode.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/same-inode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3843b07078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/same-inode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Determine whether two stat buffers refer to the same file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef SAME_INODE_H
+# define SAME_INODE_H 1
+
+# ifdef __VMS
+#  define SAME_INODE(a, b)             \
+    ((a).st_ino[0] == (b).st_ino[0]    \
+     && (a).st_ino[1] == (b).st_ino[1] \
+     && (a).st_ino[2] == (b).st_ino[2] \
+     && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev)
+# else
+#  define SAME_INODE(a, b)    \
+    ((a).st_ino == (b).st_ino \
+     && (a).st_dev == (b).st_dev)
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/secure_getenv.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/secure_getenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c11c5e0ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/secure_getenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Look up an environment variable more securely.
+
+   Copyright 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if !HAVE___SECURE_GETENV
+# if HAVE_ISSETUGID
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# else
+#  undef issetugid
+#  define issetugid() 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char *
+secure_getenv (char const *name)
+{
+#if HAVE___SECURE_GETENV
+  return __secure_getenv (name);
+#else
+  if (issetugid ())
+    return 0;
+  return getenv (name);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52c36217e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define SIG_HANDLER_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "sig-handler.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67d061d599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sig-handler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Convenience declarations when working with <signal.h>.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H
+#define _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef SIG_HANDLER_INLINE
+# define SIG_HANDLER_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* Convenience type when working with signal handlers.  */
+typedef void (*sa_handler_t) (int);
+
+/* Return the handler of a signal, as a sa_handler_t value regardless
+   of its true type.  The resulting function can be compared to
+   special values like SIG_IGN but it is not portable to call it.  */
+SIG_HANDLER_INLINE sa_handler_t
+get_handler (struct sigaction const *a)
+{
+#ifdef SA_SIGINFO
+  /* POSIX says that special values like SIG_IGN can only occur when
+     action.sa_flags does not contain SA_SIGINFO.  But in Linux 2.4,
+     for example, sa_sigaction and sa_handler are aliases and a signal
+     is ignored if sa_sigaction (after casting) equals SIG_IGN.  So
+     use (and cast) sa_sigaction in that case.  */
+  if (a->sa_flags & SA_SIGINFO)
+    return (sa_handler_t) a->sa_sigaction;
+#endif
+  return a->sa_handler;
+}
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _GL_SIG_HANDLER_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigaction.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigaction.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97eb76d92e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigaction.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This implementation of sigaction is tailored to native Windows behavior:
+   signal() has SysV semantics (ie. the handler is uninstalled before
+   it is invoked).  This is an inherent data race if an asynchronous
+   signal is sent twice in a row before we can reinstall our handler,
+   but there's nothing we can do about it.  Meanwhile, sigprocmask()
+   is not present, and while we can use the gnulib replacement to
+   provide critical sections, it too suffers from potential data races
+   in the face of an ill-timed asynchronous signal.  And we compound
+   the situation by reading static storage in a signal handler, which
+   POSIX warns is not generically async-signal-safe.  Oh well.
+
+   Additionally:
+     - We don't implement SA_NOCLDSTOP or SA_NOCLDWAIT, because SIGCHLD
+       is not defined.
+     - We don't implement SA_ONSTACK, because sigaltstack() is not present.
+     - We ignore SA_RESTART, because blocking native Windows API calls are
+       not interrupted anyway when an asynchronous signal occurs, and the
+       MSVCRT runtime never sets errno to EINTR.
+     - We don't implement SA_SIGINFO because it is impossible to do so
+       portably.
+
+   POSIX states that an application should not mix signal() and
+   sigaction().  We support the use of signal() within the gnulib
+   sigprocmask() substitute, but all other application code linked
+   with this module should stick with only sigaction().  */
+
+/* Check some of our assumptions.  */
+#if defined SIGCHLD || defined HAVE_SIGALTSTACK || defined HAVE_SIGINTERRUPT
+# error "Revisit the assumptions made in the sigaction module"
+#endif
+
+/* Out-of-range substitutes make a good fallback for uncatchable
+   signals.  */
+#ifndef SIGKILL
+# define SIGKILL (-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGSTOP
+# define SIGSTOP (-1)
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows, as of 2008, the signal SIGABRT_COMPAT is an alias
+   for the signal SIGABRT.  Only one signal handler is stored for both
+   SIGABRT and SIGABRT_COMPAT.  SIGABRT_COMPAT is not a signal of its own.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# undef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT 6
+#endif
+
+/* A signal handler.  */
+typedef void (*handler_t) (int signal);
+
+/* Set of current actions.  If sa_handler for an entry is NULL, then
+   that signal is not currently handled by the sigaction handler.  */
+static struct sigaction volatile action_array[NSIG] /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Signal handler that is installed for signals.  */
+static void
+sigaction_handler (int sig)
+{
+  handler_t handler;
+  sigset_t mask;
+  sigset_t oldmask;
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+  if (sig < 0 || NSIG <= sig || !action_array[sig].sa_handler)
+    {
+      /* Unexpected situation; be careful to avoid recursive abort.  */
+      if (sig == SIGABRT)
+        signal (SIGABRT, SIG_DFL);
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  /* Reinstall the signal handler when required; otherwise update the
+     bookkeeping so that the user's handler may call sigaction and get
+     accurate results.  We know the signal isn't currently blocked, or
+     we wouldn't be in its handler, therefore we know that we are not
+     interrupting a sigaction() call.  There is a race where any
+     asynchronous instance of the same signal occurring before we
+     reinstall the handler will trigger the default handler; oh
+     well.  */
+  handler = action_array[sig].sa_handler;
+  if ((action_array[sig].sa_flags & SA_RESETHAND) == 0)
+    signal (sig, sigaction_handler);
+  else
+    action_array[sig].sa_handler = NULL;
+
+  /* Block appropriate signals.  */
+  mask = action_array[sig].sa_mask;
+  if ((action_array[sig].sa_flags & SA_NODEFER) == 0)
+    sigaddset (&mask, sig);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &oldmask);
+
+  /* Invoke the user's handler, then restore prior mask.  */
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  handler (sig);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+}
+
+/* Change and/or query the action that will be taken on delivery of
+   signal SIG.  If not NULL, ACT describes the new behavior.  If not
+   NULL, OACT is set to the prior behavior.  Return 0 on success, or
+   set errno and return -1 on failure.  */
+int
+sigaction (int sig, const struct sigaction *restrict act,
+           struct sigaction *restrict oact)
+{
+  sigset_t mask;
+  sigset_t oldmask;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  if (sig < 0 || NSIG <= sig || sig == SIGKILL || sig == SIGSTOP
+      || (act && act->sa_handler == SIG_ERR))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+  if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+    sig = SIGABRT;
+#endif
+
+  /* POSIX requires sigaction() to be async-signal-safe.  In other
+     words, if an asynchronous signal can occur while we are anywhere
+     inside this function, the user's handler could then call
+     sigaction() recursively and expect consistent results.  We meet
+     this rule by using sigprocmask to block all signals before
+     modifying any data structure that could be read from a signal
+     handler; this works since we know that the gnulib sigprocmask
+     replacement does not try to use sigaction() from its handler.  */
+  if (!act && !oact)
+    return 0;
+  sigfillset (&mask);
+  sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &oldmask);
+  if (oact)
+    {
+      if (action_array[sig].sa_handler)
+        *oact = action_array[sig];
+      else
+        {
+          /* Safe to change the handler at will here, since all
+             signals are currently blocked.  */
+          oact->sa_handler = signal (sig, SIG_DFL);
+          if (oact->sa_handler == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          signal (sig, oact->sa_handler);
+          oact->sa_flags = SA_RESETHAND | SA_NODEFER;
+          sigemptyset (&oact->sa_mask);
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (act)
+    {
+      /* Safe to install the handler before updating action_array,
+         since all signals are currently blocked.  */
+      if (act->sa_handler == SIG_DFL || act->sa_handler == SIG_IGN)
+        {
+          if (signal (sig, act->sa_handler) == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          action_array[sig].sa_handler = NULL;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (signal (sig, sigaction_handler) == SIG_ERR)
+            goto failure;
+          action_array[sig] = *act;
+        }
+    }
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  return 0;
+
+ failure:
+  saved_errno = errno;
+  sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &oldmask, NULL);
+  errno = saved_errno;
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/siglist.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/siglist.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7817c95b31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/siglist.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Canonical list of all signal names.
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file should be usable for any platform, since it just associates
+   the SIG* macros with text names and descriptions.  The actual values
+   come from <bits/signum.h> (via <signal.h>).  For any signal macros do not
+   exist on every platform, we can use #ifdef tests here and still use
+   this single common file for all platforms.  */
+
+/* This file is included multiple times.  */
+
+/* Duplicate values (such as SIGBUS==SIGSEGV on Haiku) favor the last
+   list entry.  */
+
+/* Standard signals  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+  init_sig (SIGHUP, "HUP", N_("Hangup"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINT
+  init_sig (SIGINT, "INT", N_("Interrupt"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGQUIT
+  init_sig (SIGQUIT, "QUIT", N_("Quit"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGILL
+  init_sig (SIGILL, "ILL", N_("Illegal instruction"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTRAP
+  init_sig (SIGTRAP, "TRAP", N_("Trace/breakpoint trap"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT
+  init_sig (SIGABRT, "ABRT", N_("Aborted"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGFPE
+  init_sig (SIGFPE, "FPE", N_("Floating point exception"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGKILL
+  init_sig (SIGKILL, "KILL", N_("Killed"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGBUS
+  init_sig (SIGBUS, "BUS", N_("Bus error"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSEGV
+  init_sig (SIGSEGV, "SEGV", N_("Segmentation fault"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPIPE
+  init_sig (SIGPIPE, "PIPE", N_("Broken pipe"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGALRM
+  init_sig (SIGALRM, "ALRM", N_("Alarm clock"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTERM
+  init_sig (SIGTERM, "TERM", N_("Terminated"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGURG
+  init_sig (SIGURG, "URG", N_("Urgent I/O condition"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTOP
+  init_sig (SIGSTOP, "STOP", N_("Stopped (signal)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTSTP
+  init_sig (SIGTSTP, "TSTP", N_("Stopped"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCONT
+  init_sig (SIGCONT, "CONT", N_("Continued"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGCHLD
+  init_sig (SIGCHLD, "CHLD", N_("Child exited"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTIN
+  init_sig (SIGTTIN, "TTIN", N_("Stopped (tty input)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGTTOU
+  init_sig (SIGTTOU, "TTOU", N_("Stopped (tty output)"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGIO
+  init_sig (SIGIO, "IO", N_("I/O possible"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXCPU
+  init_sig (SIGXCPU, "XCPU", N_("CPU time limit exceeded"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGXFSZ
+  init_sig (SIGXFSZ, "XFSZ", N_("File size limit exceeded"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGVTALRM
+  init_sig (SIGVTALRM, "VTALRM", N_("Virtual timer expired"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGPROF
+  init_sig (SIGPROF, "PROF", N_("Profiling timer expired"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGWINCH
+  init_sig (SIGWINCH, "WINCH", N_("Window changed"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR1
+  init_sig (SIGUSR1, "USR1", N_("User defined signal 1"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGUSR2
+  init_sig (SIGUSR2, "USR2", N_("User defined signal 2"))
+#endif
+
+/* Variations  */
+#ifdef SIGEMT
+  init_sig (SIGEMT, "EMT", N_("EMT trap"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSYS
+  init_sig (SIGSYS, "SYS", N_("Bad system call"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGSTKFLT
+  init_sig (SIGSTKFLT, "STKFLT", N_("Stack fault"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGINFO
+  init_sig (SIGINFO, "INFO", N_("Information request"))
+#elif defined(SIGPWR) && (!defined(SIGLOST) || (SIGPWR != SIGLOST))
+  init_sig (SIGPWR, "PWR", N_("Power failure"))
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGLOST
+  init_sig (SIGLOST, "LOST", N_("Resource lost"))
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitd.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a434f8eea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitd_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitd
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitd (double arg)
+{
+#if defined DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[DBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> DBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGN_IN_LIBC
+  return copysign (1.0, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnand (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0 and -0.0.  */
+      static double plus_zero = 0.0;
+      double arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_DBL) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f133be57f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnanf-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitf_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitf
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitf (float arg)
+{
+#if defined FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (float) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { float value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[FLT_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> FLT_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGNF_IN_LIBC
+  return copysignf (1.0f, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnanf (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0f)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0f)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0f and -0.0f.  */
+      static float plus_zero = 0.0f;
+      float arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_FLT) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitl.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitl.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e1e900e16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/signbitl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* signbit() macro: Determine the sign bit of a floating-point number.
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+#include "float+.h"
+
+#ifdef gl_signbitl_OPTIMIZED_MACRO
+# undef gl_signbitl
+#endif
+
+int
+gl_signbitl (long double arg)
+{
+#if defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD && defined LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT
+  /* The use of a union to extract the bits of the representation of a
+     'long double' is safe in practice, despite of the "aliasing rules" of
+     C99, because the GCC docs say
+       "Even with '-fstrict-aliasing', type-punning is allowed, provided the
+        memory is accessed through the union type."
+     and similarly for other compilers.  */
+# define NWORDS \
+    ((sizeof (long double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+  union { long double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+  m.value = arg;
+  return (m.word[LDBL_SIGNBIT_WORD] >> LDBL_SIGNBIT_BIT) & 1;
+#elif HAVE_COPYSIGNL_IN_LIBC
+  return copysignl (1.0L, arg) < 0;
+#else
+  /* This does not do the right thing for NaN, but this is irrelevant for
+     most use cases.  */
+  if (isnanl (arg))
+    return 0;
+  if (arg < 0.0L)
+    return 1;
+  else if (arg == 0.0L)
+    {
+      /* Distinguish 0.0L and -0.0L.  */
+      static long double plus_zero = 0.0L;
+      long double arg_mem = arg;
+      return (memcmp (&plus_zero, &arg_mem, SIZEOF_LDBL) != 0);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigprocmask.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigprocmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8de3777db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/sigprocmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* POSIX compatible signal blocking.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+# include "msvc-inval.h"
+#endif
+
+/* We assume that a platform without POSIX signal blocking functions
+   also does not have the POSIX sigaction() function, only the
+   signal() function.  We also assume signal() has SysV semantics,
+   where any handler is uninstalled prior to being invoked.  This is
+   true for native Windows platforms.  */
+
+/* We use raw signal(), but also provide a wrapper rpl_signal() so
+   that applications can query or change a blocked signal.  */
+#undef signal
+
+/* Provide invalid signal numbers as fallbacks if the uncatchable
+   signals are not defined.  */
+#ifndef SIGKILL
+# define SIGKILL (-1)
+#endif
+#ifndef SIGSTOP
+# define SIGSTOP (-1)
+#endif
+
+/* On native Windows, as of 2008, the signal SIGABRT_COMPAT is an alias
+   for the signal SIGABRT.  Only one signal handler is stored for both
+   SIGABRT and SIGABRT_COMPAT.  SIGABRT_COMPAT is not a signal of its own.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# undef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT 6
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK (1U << SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+#else
+# define SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK 0
+#endif
+
+typedef void (*handler_t) (int);
+
+#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
+static handler_t
+signal_nothrow (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  handler_t result;
+
+  TRY_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+  CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
+    {
+      result = SIG_ERR;
+      errno = EINVAL;
+    }
+  DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
+
+  return result;
+}
+# define signal signal_nothrow
+#endif
+
+/* Handling of gnulib defined signals.  */
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+static handler_t SIGPIPE_handler = SIG_DFL;
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+static handler_t
+ext_signal (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  switch (sig)
+    {
+    case SIGPIPE:
+      {
+        handler_t old_handler = SIGPIPE_handler;
+        SIGPIPE_handler = handler;
+        return old_handler;
+      }
+    default: /* System defined signal */
+      return signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+}
+# undef signal
+# define signal ext_signal
+#endif
+
+int
+sigismember (const sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      return (*set >> sig) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigemptyset (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  *set = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+sigaddset (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      *set |= 1U << sig;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+sigdelset (sigset_t *set, int sig)
+{
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      *set &= ~(1U << sig);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+int
+sigfillset (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  *set = ((2U << (NSIG - 1)) - 1) & ~ SIGABRT_COMPAT_MASK;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Set of currently blocked signals.  */
+static volatile sigset_t blocked_set /* = 0 */;
+
+/* Set of currently blocked and pending signals.  */
+static volatile sig_atomic_t pending_array[NSIG] /* = { 0 } */;
+
+/* Signal handler that is installed for blocked signals.  */
+static void
+blocked_handler (int sig)
+{
+  /* Reinstall the handler, in case the signal occurs multiple times
+     while blocked.  There is an inherent race where an asynchronous
+     signal in between when the kernel uninstalled the handler and
+     when we reinstall it will trigger the default handler; oh
+     well.  */
+  signal (sig, blocked_handler);
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG)
+    pending_array[sig] = 1;
+}
+
+int
+sigpending (sigset_t *set)
+{
+  sigset_t pending = 0;
+  int sig;
+
+  for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+    if (pending_array[sig])
+      pending |= 1U << sig;
+  *set = pending;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* The previous signal handlers.
+   Only the array elements corresponding to blocked signals are relevant.  */
+static volatile handler_t old_handlers[NSIG];
+
+int
+sigprocmask (int operation, const sigset_t *set, sigset_t *old_set)
+{
+  if (old_set != NULL)
+    *old_set = blocked_set;
+
+  if (set != NULL)
+    {
+      sigset_t new_blocked_set;
+      sigset_t to_unblock;
+      sigset_t to_block;
+
+      switch (operation)
+        {
+        case SIG_BLOCK:
+          new_blocked_set = blocked_set | *set;
+          break;
+        case SIG_SETMASK:
+          new_blocked_set = *set;
+          break;
+        case SIG_UNBLOCK:
+          new_blocked_set = blocked_set & ~*set;
+          break;
+        default:
+          errno = EINVAL;
+          return -1;
+        }
+      to_unblock = blocked_set & ~new_blocked_set;
+      to_block = new_blocked_set & ~blocked_set;
+
+      if (to_block != 0)
+        {
+          int sig;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if ((to_block >> sig) & 1)
+              {
+                pending_array[sig] = 0;
+                if ((old_handlers[sig] = signal (sig, blocked_handler)) != SIG_ERR)
+                  blocked_set |= 1U << sig;
+              }
+        }
+
+      if (to_unblock != 0)
+        {
+          sig_atomic_t received[NSIG];
+          int sig;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if ((to_unblock >> sig) & 1)
+              {
+                if (signal (sig, old_handlers[sig]) != blocked_handler)
+                  /* The application changed a signal handler while the signal
+                     was blocked, bypassing our rpl_signal replacement.
+                     We don't support this.  */
+                  abort ();
+                received[sig] = pending_array[sig];
+                blocked_set &= ~(1U << sig);
+                pending_array[sig] = 0;
+              }
+            else
+              received[sig] = 0;
+
+          for (sig = 0; sig < NSIG; sig++)
+            if (received[sig])
+              raise (sig);
+        }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Install the handler FUNC for signal SIG, and return the previous
+   handler.  */
+handler_t
+rpl_signal (int sig, handler_t handler)
+{
+  /* We must provide a wrapper, so that a user can query what handler
+     they installed even if that signal is currently blocked.  */
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG && sig != SIGKILL && sig != SIGSTOP
+      && handler != SIG_ERR)
+    {
+      #ifdef SIGABRT_COMPAT
+      if (sig == SIGABRT_COMPAT)
+        sig = SIGABRT;
+      #endif
+
+      if (blocked_set & (1U << sig))
+        {
+          /* POSIX states that sigprocmask and signal are both
+             async-signal-safe.  This is not true of our
+             implementation - there is a slight data race where an
+             asynchronous interrupt on signal A can occur after we
+             install blocked_handler but before we have updated
+             old_handlers for signal B, such that handler A can see
+             stale information if it calls signal(B).  Oh well -
+             signal handlers really shouldn't try to manipulate the
+             installed handlers of unrelated signals.  */
+          handler_t result = old_handlers[sig];
+          old_handlers[sig] = handler;
+          return result;
+        }
+      else
+        return signal (sig, handler);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return SIG_ERR;
+    }
+}
+
+#if GNULIB_defined_SIGPIPE
+/* Raise the signal SIGPIPE.  */
+int
+_gl_raise_SIGPIPE (void)
+{
+  if (blocked_set & (1U << SIGPIPE))
+    pending_array[SIGPIPE] = 1;
+  else
+    {
+      handler_t handler = SIGPIPE_handler;
+      if (handler == SIG_DFL)
+        exit (128 + SIGPIPE);
+      else if (handler != SIG_IGN)
+        (*handler) (SIGPIPE);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/snprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/snprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c34de3bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/snprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Simon Josefsson and Paul Eggert.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900
+/* Print formatted output to string STR.  Similar to sprintf, but
+   additional length SIZE limit how much is written into STR.  Returns
+   string length of formatted string (which may be larger than SIZE).
+   STR may be NULL, in which case nothing will be written.  On error,
+   return a negative value.  */
+int
+snprintf (char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  char *output;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t lenbuf = size;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  output = vasnprintf (str, &lenbuf, format, args);
+  len = lenbuf;
+  va_end (args);
+
+  if (!output)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (output != str)
+    {
+      if (size)
+        {
+          size_t pruned_len = (len < size ? len : size - 1);
+          memcpy (str, output, pruned_len);
+          str[pruned_len] = '\0';
+        }
+
+      free (output);
+    }
+
+  if (INT_MAX < len)
+    {
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#endif
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  return len;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86b929a7f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.c
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/* Creation of subprocesses, communicating via pipes.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "spawn-pipe.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#include "penviron.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fatal-signal.h"
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+#include "wait-process.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+# include <process.h>
+# include "w32spawn.h"
+
+#else
+
+/* Unix API.  */
+# include <spawn.h>
+
+#endif
+
+/* The results of open() in this file are not used with fchdir,
+   therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c.  */
+#undef open
+#undef close
+
+
+#ifdef EINTR
+
+/* EINTR handling for close().
+   These functions can return -1/EINTR even though we don't have any
+   signal handlers set up, namely when we get interrupted via SIGSTOP.  */
+
+static int
+nonintr_close (int fd)
+{
+  int retval;
+
+  do
+    retval = close (fd);
+  while (retval < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#define close nonintr_close
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+static int
+nonintr_open (const char *pathname, int oflag, mode_t mode)
+{
+  int retval;
+
+  do
+    retval = open (pathname, oflag, mode);
+  while (retval < 0 && errno == EINTR);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+# undef open /* avoid warning on VMS */
+# define open nonintr_open
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Open a pipe connected to a child process.
+ *
+ *           write       system                read
+ *    parent  ->   fd[1]   ->   STDIN_FILENO    ->   child       if pipe_stdin
+ *    parent  <-   fd[0]   <-   STDOUT_FILENO   <-   child       if pipe_stdout
+ *           read        system                write
+ *
+ * At least one of pipe_stdin, pipe_stdout must be true.
+ * pipe_stdin and prog_stdin together determine the child's standard input.
+ * pipe_stdout and prog_stdout together determine the child's standard output.
+ * If pipe_stdin is true, prog_stdin is ignored.
+ * If pipe_stdout is true, prog_stdout is ignored.
+ */
+static pid_t
+create_pipe (const char *progname,
+             const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+             bool pipe_stdin, bool pipe_stdout,
+             const char *prog_stdin, const char *prog_stdout,
+             bool null_stderr,
+             bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+             int fd[2])
+{
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+  /* Native Windows API.
+     This uses _pipe(), dup2(), and spawnv().  It could also be implemented
+     using the low-level functions CreatePipe(), DuplicateHandle(),
+     CreateProcess() and _open_osfhandle(); see the GNU make and GNU clisp
+     and cvs source code.  */
+  int ifd[2];
+  int ofd[2];
+  int orig_stdin;
+  int orig_stdout;
+  int orig_stderr;
+  int child;
+  int nulloutfd;
+  int stdinfd;
+  int stdoutfd;
+  int saved_errno;
+
+  /* FIXME: Need to free memory allocated by prepare_spawn.  */
+  prog_argv = prepare_spawn (prog_argv);
+
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    if (pipe2_safer (ifd, O_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC) < 0)
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot create pipe"));
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    if (pipe2_safer (ofd, O_BINARY | O_CLOEXEC) < 0)
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot create pipe"));
+/* Data flow diagram:
+ *
+ *           write        system         read
+ *    parent  ->   ofd[1]   ->   ofd[0]   ->   child       if pipe_stdin
+ *    parent  <-   ifd[0]   <-   ifd[1]   <-   child       if pipe_stdout
+ *           read         system         write
+ *
+ */
+
+  /* Save standard file handles of parent process.  */
+  if (pipe_stdin || prog_stdin != NULL)
+    orig_stdin = dup_safer_noinherit (STDIN_FILENO);
+  if (pipe_stdout || prog_stdout != NULL)
+    orig_stdout = dup_safer_noinherit (STDOUT_FILENO);
+  if (null_stderr)
+    orig_stderr = dup_safer_noinherit (STDERR_FILENO);
+  child = -1;
+
+  /* Create standard file handles of child process.  */
+  nulloutfd = -1;
+  stdinfd = -1;
+  stdoutfd = -1;
+  if ((!pipe_stdin || dup2 (ofd[0], STDIN_FILENO) >= 0)
+      && (!pipe_stdout || dup2 (ifd[1], STDOUT_FILENO) >= 0)
+      && (!null_stderr
+          || ((nulloutfd = open ("NUL", O_RDWR, 0)) >= 0
+              && (nulloutfd == STDERR_FILENO
+                  || (dup2 (nulloutfd, STDERR_FILENO) >= 0
+                      && close (nulloutfd) >= 0))))
+      && (pipe_stdin
+          || prog_stdin == NULL
+          || ((stdinfd = open (prog_stdin, O_RDONLY, 0)) >= 0
+              && (stdinfd == STDIN_FILENO
+                  || (dup2 (stdinfd, STDIN_FILENO) >= 0
+                      && close (stdinfd) >= 0))))
+      && (pipe_stdout
+          || prog_stdout == NULL
+          || ((stdoutfd = open (prog_stdout, O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0
+              && (stdoutfd == STDOUT_FILENO
+                  || (dup2 (stdoutfd, STDOUT_FILENO) >= 0
+                      && close (stdoutfd) >= 0)))))
+    /* The child process doesn't inherit ifd[0], ifd[1], ofd[0], ofd[1],
+       but it inherits all open()ed or dup2()ed file handles (which is what
+       we want in the case of STD*_FILENO).  */
+    /* Use spawnvpe and pass the environment explicitly.  This is needed if
+       the program has modified the environment using putenv() or [un]setenv().
+       On Windows, programs have two environments, one in the "environment
+       block" of the process and managed through SetEnvironmentVariable(), and
+       one inside the process, in the location retrieved by the 'environ'
+       macro.  When using spawnvp() without 'e', the child process inherits a
+       copy of the environment block - ignoring the effects of putenv() and
+       [un]setenv().  */
+    {
+      child = spawnvpe (P_NOWAIT, prog_path, (const char **) prog_argv,
+                        (const char **) environ);
+      if (child < 0 && errno == ENOEXEC)
+        {
+          /* prog is not a native executable.  Try to execute it as a
+             shell script.  Note that prepare_spawn() has already prepended
+             a hidden element "sh.exe" to prog_argv.  */
+          --prog_argv;
+          child = spawnvpe (P_NOWAIT, prog_argv[0], (const char **) prog_argv,
+                            (const char **) environ);
+        }
+    }
+  if (child == -1)
+    saved_errno = errno;
+  if (stdinfd >= 0)
+    close (stdinfd);
+  if (stdoutfd >= 0)
+    close (stdoutfd);
+  if (nulloutfd >= 0)
+    close (nulloutfd);
+
+  /* Restore standard file handles of parent process.  */
+  if (null_stderr)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stderr, STDERR_FILENO);
+  if (pipe_stdout || prog_stdout != NULL)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stdout, STDOUT_FILENO);
+  if (pipe_stdin || prog_stdin != NULL)
+    undup_safer_noinherit (orig_stdin, STDIN_FILENO);
+
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    close (ofd[0]);
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    close (ifd[1]);
+  if (child == -1)
+    {
+      if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, saved_errno,
+               _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+      if (pipe_stdout)
+        close (ifd[0]);
+      if (pipe_stdin)
+        close (ofd[1]);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    fd[0] = ifd[0];
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    fd[1] = ofd[1];
+  return child;
+
+#else
+
+  /* Unix API.  */
+  int ifd[2];
+  int ofd[2];
+  sigset_t blocked_signals;
+  posix_spawn_file_actions_t actions;
+  bool actions_allocated;
+  posix_spawnattr_t attrs;
+  bool attrs_allocated;
+  int err;
+  pid_t child;
+
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    if (pipe_safer (ifd) < 0)
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot create pipe"));
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    if (pipe_safer (ofd) < 0)
+      error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot create pipe"));
+/* Data flow diagram:
+ *
+ *           write        system         read
+ *    parent  ->   ofd[1]   ->   ofd[0]   ->   child       if pipe_stdin
+ *    parent  <-   ifd[0]   <-   ifd[1]   <-   child       if pipe_stdout
+ *           read         system         write
+ *
+ */
+
+  if (slave_process)
+    {
+      sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, NULL, &blocked_signals);
+      block_fatal_signals ();
+    }
+  actions_allocated = false;
+  attrs_allocated = false;
+  if ((err = posix_spawn_file_actions_init (&actions)) != 0
+      || (actions_allocated = true,
+          (pipe_stdin
+           && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions,
+                                                       ofd[0], STDIN_FILENO))
+              != 0)
+          || (pipe_stdout
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (&actions,
+                                                          ifd[1], STDOUT_FILENO))
+                 != 0)
+          || (pipe_stdin
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, ofd[0]))
+                 != 0)
+          || (pipe_stdout
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, ifd[1]))
+                 != 0)
+          || (pipe_stdin
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, ofd[1]))
+                 != 0)
+          || (pipe_stdout
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (&actions, ifd[0]))
+                 != 0)
+          || (null_stderr
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                          STDERR_FILENO,
+                                                          "/dev/null", O_RDWR,
+                                                          0))
+                 != 0)
+          || (!pipe_stdin
+              && prog_stdin != NULL
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                          STDIN_FILENO,
+                                                          prog_stdin, O_RDONLY,
+                                                          0))
+                 != 0)
+          || (!pipe_stdout
+              && prog_stdout != NULL
+              && (err = posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (&actions,
+                                                          STDOUT_FILENO,
+                                                          prog_stdout, O_WRONLY,
+                                                          0))
+                 != 0)
+          || (slave_process
+              && ((err = posix_spawnattr_init (&attrs)) != 0
+                  || (attrs_allocated = true,
+                      (err = posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (&attrs,
+                                                         &blocked_signals))
+                      != 0
+                      || (err = posix_spawnattr_setflags (&attrs,
+                                                        POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK))
+                         != 0)))
+          || (err = posix_spawnp (&child, prog_path, &actions,
+                                  attrs_allocated ? &attrs : NULL, prog_argv,
+                                  environ))
+             != 0))
+    {
+      if (actions_allocated)
+        posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (&actions);
+      if (attrs_allocated)
+        posix_spawnattr_destroy (&attrs);
+      if (slave_process)
+        unblock_fatal_signals ();
+      if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, err,
+               _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+      if (pipe_stdout)
+        {
+          close (ifd[0]);
+          close (ifd[1]);
+        }
+      if (pipe_stdin)
+        {
+          close (ofd[0]);
+          close (ofd[1]);
+        }
+      errno = err;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (&actions);
+  if (attrs_allocated)
+    posix_spawnattr_destroy (&attrs);
+  if (slave_process)
+    {
+      register_slave_subprocess (child);
+      unblock_fatal_signals ();
+    }
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    close (ofd[0]);
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    close (ifd[1]);
+
+  if (pipe_stdout)
+    fd[0] = ifd[0];
+  if (pipe_stdin)
+    fd[1] = ofd[1];
+  return child;
+
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Open a bidirectional pipe.
+ *
+ *           write       system                read
+ *    parent  ->   fd[1]   ->   STDIN_FILENO    ->   child
+ *    parent  <-   fd[0]   <-   STDOUT_FILENO   <-   child
+ *           read        system                write
+ *
+ */
+pid_t
+create_pipe_bidi (const char *progname,
+                  const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                  bool null_stderr,
+                  bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                  int fd[2])
+{
+  pid_t result = create_pipe (progname, prog_path, prog_argv,
+                              true, true, NULL, NULL,
+                              null_stderr, slave_process, exit_on_error,
+                              fd);
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Open a pipe for input from a child process.
+ * The child's stdin comes from a file.
+ *
+ *           read        system                write
+ *    parent  <-   fd[0]   <-   STDOUT_FILENO   <-   child
+ *
+ */
+pid_t
+create_pipe_in (const char *progname,
+                const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                const char *prog_stdin, bool null_stderr,
+                bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                int fd[1])
+{
+  int iofd[2];
+  pid_t result = create_pipe (progname, prog_path, prog_argv,
+                              false, true, prog_stdin, NULL,
+                              null_stderr, slave_process, exit_on_error,
+                              iofd);
+  if (result != -1)
+    fd[0] = iofd[0];
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* Open a pipe for output to a child process.
+ * The child's stdout goes to a file.
+ *
+ *           write       system                read
+ *    parent  ->   fd[0]   ->   STDIN_FILENO    ->   child
+ *
+ */
+pid_t
+create_pipe_out (const char *progname,
+                 const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                 const char *prog_stdout, bool null_stderr,
+                 bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                 int fd[1])
+{
+  int iofd[2];
+  pid_t result = create_pipe (progname, prog_path, prog_argv,
+                              true, false, NULL, prog_stdout,
+                              null_stderr, slave_process, exit_on_error,
+                              iofd);
+  if (result != -1)
+    fd[0] = iofd[1];
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ea8284f268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn-pipe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* Creation of subprocesses, communicating via pipes.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _SPAWN_PIPE_H
+#define _SPAWN_PIPE_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* All these functions create a subprocess and don't wait for its termination.
+   They return the process id of the subprocess.  They also return in fd[]
+   one or two file descriptors for communication with the subprocess.
+   If the subprocess creation fails: if exit_on_error is true, the main
+   process exits with an error message; otherwise, an error message is given
+   if null_stderr is false, then -1 is returned, with errno set, and fd[]
+   remain uninitialized.
+
+   After finishing communication, the caller should call wait_subprocess()
+   to get rid of the subprocess in the process table.
+
+   If slave_process is true, the child process will be terminated when its
+   creator receives a catchable fatal signal or exits normally.  If
+   slave_process is false, the child process will continue running in this
+   case, until it is lucky enough to attempt to communicate with its creator
+   and thus get a SIGPIPE signal.
+
+   If exit_on_error is false, a child process id of -1 should be treated the
+   same way as a subprocess which accepts no input, produces no output and
+   terminates with exit code 127.  Why?  Some errors during posix_spawnp()
+   cause the function posix_spawnp() to return an error code; some other
+   errors cause the subprocess to exit with return code 127.  It is
+   implementation dependent which error is reported which way.  The caller
+   must treat both cases as equivalent.
+
+   It is recommended that no signal is blocked or ignored (i.e. have a
+   signal handler with value SIG_IGN) while any of these functions is called.
+   The reason is that child processes inherit the mask of blocked signals
+   from their parent (both through posix_spawn() and fork()/exec());
+   likewise, signals ignored in the parent are also ignored in the child
+   (except possibly for SIGCHLD).  And POSIX:2001 says [in the description
+   of exec()]:
+       "it should be noted that many existing applications wrongly
+        assume that they start with certain signals set to the default
+        action and/or unblocked. In particular, applications written
+        with a simpler signal model that does not include blocking of
+        signals, such as the one in the ISO C standard, may not behave
+        properly if invoked with some signals blocked. Therefore, it is
+        best not to block or ignore signals across execs without explicit
+        reason to do so, and especially not to block signals across execs
+        of arbitrary (not closely co-operating) programs."  */
+
+/* Open a pipe for output to a child process.
+ * The child's stdout goes to a file.
+ *
+ *           write       system                read
+ *    parent  ->   fd[0]   ->   STDIN_FILENO    ->   child
+ *
+ * Note: When writing to a child process, it is useful to ignore the SIGPIPE
+ * signal and the EPIPE error code.
+ */
+extern pid_t create_pipe_out (const char *progname,
+                              const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                              const char *prog_stdout, bool null_stderr,
+                              bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                              int fd[1]);
+
+/* Open a pipe for input from a child process.
+ * The child's stdin comes from a file.
+ *
+ *           read        system                write
+ *    parent  <-   fd[0]   <-   STDOUT_FILENO   <-   child
+ *
+ */
+extern pid_t create_pipe_in (const char *progname,
+                             const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                             const char *prog_stdin, bool null_stderr,
+                             bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                             int fd[1]);
+
+/* Open a bidirectional pipe.
+ *
+ *           write       system                read
+ *    parent  ->   fd[1]   ->   STDIN_FILENO    ->   child
+ *    parent  <-   fd[0]   <-   STDOUT_FILENO   <-   child
+ *           read        system                write
+ *
+ * Note: When writing to a child process, it is useful to ignore the SIGPIPE
+ * signal and the EPIPE error code.
+ *
+ * Note: The parent process must be careful to avoid deadlock.
+ * 1) If you write more than PIPE_MAX bytes or, more generally, if you write
+ *    more bytes than the subprocess can handle at once, the subprocess
+ *    may write its data and wait on you to read it, but you are currently
+ *    busy writing.
+ * 2) When you don't know ahead of time how many bytes the subprocess
+ *    will produce, the usual technique of calling read (fd, buf, BUFSIZ)
+ *    with a fixed BUFSIZ will, on Linux 2.2.17 and on BSD systems, cause
+ *    the read() call to block until *all* of the buffer has been filled.
+ *    But the subprocess cannot produce more data until you gave it more
+ *    input.  But you are currently busy reading from it.
+ */
+extern pid_t create_pipe_bidi (const char *progname,
+                               const char *prog_path, char **prog_argv,
+                               bool null_stderr,
+                               bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                               int fd[2]);
+
+/* The name of the "always silent" device.  */
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+# define DEV_NULL "NUL"
+#else
+/* Unix API.  */
+# define DEV_NULL "/dev/null"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _SPAWN_PIPE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addclose.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addclose.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a9aba2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addclose.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __sysconf(open_max) getdtablesize ()
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+# include "spawn_int.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'close' for the given file descriptor during the 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+                                   int fd)
+#undef posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose
+{
+  int maxfd = __sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX);
+
+  /* Test for the validity of the file descriptor.  */
+  if (fd < 0 || fd >= maxfd)
+    return EBADF;
+
+#if HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+  return posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose (file_actions, fd);
+#else
+  /* Allocate more memory if needed.  */
+  if (file_actions->_used == file_actions->_allocated
+      && __posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc (file_actions) != 0)
+    /* This can only mean we ran out of memory.  */
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  {
+    struct __spawn_action *rec;
+
+    /* Add the new value.  */
+    rec = &file_actions->_actions[file_actions->_used];
+    rec->tag = spawn_do_close;
+    rec->action.open_action.fd = fd;
+
+    /* Account for the new entry.  */
+    ++file_actions->_used;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_adddup2.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_adddup2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56ff1ecc18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_adddup2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __sysconf(open_max) getdtablesize ()
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+# include "spawn_int.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'dup2' for the given file descriptors during the 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+                                  int fd, int newfd)
+#undef posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2
+{
+  int maxfd = __sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX);
+
+  /* Test for the validity of the file descriptor.  */
+  if (fd < 0 || newfd < 0 || fd >= maxfd || newfd >= maxfd)
+    return EBADF;
+
+#if HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+  return posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 (file_actions, fd, newfd);
+#else
+  /* Allocate more memory if needed.  */
+  if (file_actions->_used == file_actions->_allocated
+      && __posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc (file_actions) != 0)
+    /* This can only mean we ran out of memory.  */
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  {
+    struct __spawn_action *rec;
+
+    /* Add the new value.  */
+    rec = &file_actions->_actions[file_actions->_used];
+    rec->tag = spawn_do_dup2;
+    rec->action.dup2_action.fd = fd;
+    rec->action.dup2_action.newfd = newfd;
+
+    /* Account for the new entry.  */
+    ++file_actions->_used;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addopen.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addopen.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aaeca6a50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_addopen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __sysconf(open_max) getdtablesize ()
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+# include "spawn_int.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Add an action to FILE-ACTIONS which tells the implementation to call
+   'open' for the given file during the 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+                                  int fd, const char *path, int oflag,
+                                  mode_t mode)
+#undef posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen
+{
+  int maxfd = __sysconf (_SC_OPEN_MAX);
+
+  /* Test for the validity of the file descriptor.  */
+  if (fd < 0 || fd >= maxfd)
+    return EBADF;
+
+#if HAVE_WORKING_POSIX_SPAWN
+  return posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen (file_actions, fd, path, oflag, mode);
+#else
+  /* Allocate more memory if needed.  */
+  if (file_actions->_used == file_actions->_allocated
+      && __posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc (file_actions) != 0)
+    /* This can only mean we ran out of memory.  */
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  {
+    struct __spawn_action *rec;
+
+    /* Add the new value.  */
+    rec = &file_actions->_actions[file_actions->_used];
+    rec->tag = spawn_do_open;
+    rec->action.open_action.fd = fd;
+    rec->action.open_action.path = path;
+    rec->action.open_action.oflag = oflag;
+    rec->action.open_action.mode = mode;
+
+    /* Account for the new entry.  */
+    ++file_actions->_used;
+
+    return 0;
+  }
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_destroy.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_destroy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..942733dc6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_destroy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Initialize data structure for file attribute for 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions)
+{
+  /* Free the memory allocated.  */
+  free (file_actions->_actions);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_init.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf1d0a6adc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_faction_init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "spawn_int.h"
+
+
+/* Function used to increase the size of the allocated array.  This
+   function is called from the 'add'-functions.  */
+int
+__posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions)
+{
+  int newalloc = file_actions->_allocated + 8;
+  void *newmem = realloc (file_actions->_actions,
+                          newalloc * sizeof (struct __spawn_action));
+
+  if (newmem == NULL)
+    /* Not enough memory.  */
+    return ENOMEM;
+
+  file_actions->_actions = (struct __spawn_action *) newmem;
+  file_actions->_allocated = newalloc;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize data structure for file attribute for 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawn_file_actions_init (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions)
+{
+  /* Simply clear all the elements.  */
+  memset (file_actions, '\0', sizeof (*file_actions));
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_int.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f22a659fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawn_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Data structure to contain the action information.  */
+struct __spawn_action
+{
+  enum
+  {
+    spawn_do_close,
+    spawn_do_dup2,
+    spawn_do_open
+  } tag;
+
+  union
+  {
+    struct
+    {
+      int fd;
+    } close_action;
+    struct
+    {
+      int fd;
+      int newfd;
+    } dup2_action;
+    struct
+    {
+      int fd;
+      const char *path;
+      int oflag;
+      mode_t mode;
+    } open_action;
+  } action;
+};
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc gl_posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc
+#endif
+extern int __posix_spawn_file_actions_realloc (posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
+                                               file_actions);
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __spawni gl_posix_spawn_internal
+#endif
+extern int __spawni (pid_t *pid, const char *path,
+                     const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+                     const posix_spawnattr_t *attrp, char *const argv[],
+                     char *const envp[], int use_path);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_destroy.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_destroy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec6c7cf003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_destroy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+/* Initialize data structure for file attribute for 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawnattr_destroy (posix_spawnattr_t *attr)
+{
+  /* Nothing to do in the moment.  */
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_init.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_init.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b050fb4ab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_init.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Initialize data structure for file attribute for 'spawn' call.  */
+int
+posix_spawnattr_init (posix_spawnattr_t *attr)
+{
+  /* All elements have to be initialized to the default values which
+     is generally zero.  */
+  memset (attr, '\0', sizeof (*attr));
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setflags.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setflags.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..babbb19593
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setflags.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define ALL_FLAGS (POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS                                       \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP                                    \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF                                    \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK                                   \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM                                \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER                                 \
+                   | POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK)
+
+/* Store flags in the attribute structure.  */
+int
+posix_spawnattr_setflags (posix_spawnattr_t *attr, short int flags)
+{
+  /* Check no invalid bits are set.  */
+  if (flags & ~ALL_FLAGS)
+    return EINVAL;
+
+  /* Store the flag word.  */
+  attr->_flags = flags;
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setsigmask.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setsigmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aa6da9437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnattr_setsigmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Set signal mask for the new process in ATTR to SIGMASK.  */
+int
+posix_spawnattr_setsigmask (posix_spawnattr_t *attr,
+                            const sigset_t *sigmask)
+{
+  /* Copy the sigset_t data to the user buffer.  */
+  memcpy (&attr->_ss, sigmask, sizeof (sigset_t));
+
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawni.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawni.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e2f7b45b60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawni.c
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/* Guts of POSIX spawn interface.  Generic POSIX.1 version.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+#include "spawn_int.h"
+
+#include "palloca.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#ifndef O_LARGEFILE
+# define O_LARGEFILE 0
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC || HAVE_PATHS_H
+# include <paths.h>
+#else
+# define _PATH_BSHELL "/bin/sh"
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if _LIBC
+# include <not-cancel.h>
+#else
+# define close_not_cancel close
+# define open_not_cancel open
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# include <local-setxid.h>
+#else
+# if !HAVE_SETEUID
+#  define seteuid(id) setresuid (-1, id, -1)
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_SETEGID
+#  define setegid(id) setresgid (-1, id, -1)
+# endif
+# define local_seteuid(id) seteuid (id)
+# define local_setegid(id) setegid (id)
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define alloca __alloca
+# define execve __execve
+# define dup2 __dup2
+# define fork __fork
+# define getgid __getgid
+# define getuid __getuid
+# define sched_setparam __sched_setparam
+# define sched_setscheduler __sched_setscheduler
+# define setpgid __setpgid
+# define sigaction __sigaction
+# define sigismember __sigismember
+# define sigprocmask __sigprocmask
+# define strchrnul __strchrnul
+# define vfork __vfork
+#else
+# undef internal_function
+# define internal_function /* empty */
+#endif
+
+
+/* The Unix standard contains a long explanation of the way to signal
+   an error after the fork() was successful.  Since no new wait status
+   was wanted there is no way to signal an error using one of the
+   available methods.  The committee chose to signal an error by a
+   normal program exit with the exit code 127.  */
+#define SPAWN_ERROR     127
+
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Native Windows API.  */
+int
+__spawni (pid_t *pid, const char *file,
+          const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+          const posix_spawnattr_t *attrp, char *const argv[],
+          char *const envp[], int use_path)
+{
+  /* Not yet implemented.  */
+  return ENOSYS;
+}
+
+#else
+
+
+/* The file is accessible but it is not an executable file.  Invoke
+   the shell to interpret it as a script.  */
+static void
+internal_function
+script_execute (const char *file, char *const argv[], char *const envp[])
+{
+  /* Count the arguments.  */
+  int argc = 0;
+  while (argv[argc++])
+    ;
+
+  /* Construct an argument list for the shell.  */
+  {
+    char **new_argv = (char **) alloca ((argc + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+    new_argv[0] = (char *) _PATH_BSHELL;
+    new_argv[1] = (char *) file;
+    while (argc > 1)
+      {
+        new_argv[argc] = argv[argc - 1];
+        --argc;
+      }
+
+    /* Execute the shell.  */
+    execve (new_argv[0], new_argv, envp);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/* Spawn a new process executing PATH with the attributes describes in *ATTRP.
+   Before running the process perform the actions described in FILE-ACTIONS. */
+int
+__spawni (pid_t *pid, const char *file,
+          const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+          const posix_spawnattr_t *attrp, char *const argv[],
+          char *const envp[], int use_path)
+{
+  pid_t new_pid;
+  char *path, *p, *name;
+  size_t len;
+  size_t pathlen;
+
+  /* Do this once.  */
+  short int flags = attrp == NULL ? 0 : attrp->_flags;
+
+  /* Avoid gcc warning
+       "variable 'flags' might be clobbered by 'longjmp' or 'vfork'"  */
+  (void) &flags;
+
+  /* Generate the new process.  */
+#if HAVE_VFORK
+  if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_USEVFORK) != 0
+      /* If no major work is done, allow using vfork.  Note that we
+         might perform the path searching.  But this would be done by
+         a call to execvp(), too, and such a call must be OK according
+         to POSIX.  */
+      || ((flags & (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF
+                    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER
+                    | POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP | POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS)) == 0
+          && file_actions == NULL))
+    new_pid = vfork ();
+  else
+#endif
+    new_pid = fork ();
+
+  if (new_pid != 0)
+    {
+      if (new_pid < 0)
+        return errno;
+
+      /* The call was successful.  Store the PID if necessary.  */
+      if (pid != NULL)
+        *pid = new_pid;
+
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Set signal mask.  */
+  if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK) != 0
+      && sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &attrp->_ss, NULL) != 0)
+    _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+  /* Set signal default action.  */
+  if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF) != 0)
+    {
+      /* We have to iterate over all signals.  This could possibly be
+         done better but it requires system specific solutions since
+         the sigset_t data type can be very different on different
+         architectures.  */
+      int sig;
+      struct sigaction sa;
+
+      memset (&sa, '\0', sizeof (sa));
+      sa.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+
+      for (sig = 1; sig <= NSIG; ++sig)
+        if (sigismember (&attrp->_sd, sig) != 0
+            && sigaction (sig, &sa, NULL) != 0)
+          _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+    }
+
+#if (_LIBC ? defined _POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING : HAVE_SCHED_SETPARAM && HAVE_SCHED_SETSCHEDULER)
+  /* Set the scheduling algorithm and parameters.  */
+  if ((flags & (POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM | POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER))
+      == POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM)
+    {
+      if (sched_setparam (0, &attrp->_sp) == -1)
+        _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+    }
+  else if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER) != 0)
+    {
+      if (sched_setscheduler (0, attrp->_policy,
+                              (flags & POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM) != 0
+                              ? &attrp->_sp : NULL) == -1)
+        _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Set the process group ID.  */
+  if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP) != 0
+      && setpgid (0, attrp->_pgrp) != 0)
+    _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+  /* Set the effective user and group IDs.  */
+  if ((flags & POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS) != 0
+      && (local_seteuid (getuid ()) != 0
+          || local_setegid (getgid ()) != 0))
+    _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+  /* Execute the file actions.  */
+  if (file_actions != NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < file_actions->_used; ++cnt)
+        {
+          struct __spawn_action *action = &file_actions->_actions[cnt];
+
+          switch (action->tag)
+            {
+            case spawn_do_close:
+              if (close_not_cancel (action->action.close_action.fd) != 0)
+                /* Signal the error.  */
+                _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+              break;
+
+            case spawn_do_open:
+              {
+                int new_fd = open_not_cancel (action->action.open_action.path,
+                                              action->action.open_action.oflag
+                                              | O_LARGEFILE,
+                                              action->action.open_action.mode);
+
+                if (new_fd == -1)
+                  /* The 'open' call failed.  */
+                  _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+                /* Make sure the desired file descriptor is used.  */
+                if (new_fd != action->action.open_action.fd)
+                  {
+                    if (dup2 (new_fd, action->action.open_action.fd)
+                        != action->action.open_action.fd)
+                      /* The 'dup2' call failed.  */
+                      _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+
+                    if (close_not_cancel (new_fd) != 0)
+                      /* The 'close' call failed.  */
+                      _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+                  }
+              }
+              break;
+
+            case spawn_do_dup2:
+              if (dup2 (action->action.dup2_action.fd,
+                        action->action.dup2_action.newfd)
+                  != action->action.dup2_action.newfd)
+                /* The 'dup2' call failed.  */
+                _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+              break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (! use_path || strchr (file, '/') != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The FILE parameter is actually a path.  */
+      execve (file, argv, envp);
+
+      if (errno == ENOEXEC)
+        script_execute (file, argv, envp);
+
+      /* Oh, oh.  'execve' returns.  This is bad.  */
+      _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+    }
+
+  /* We have to search for FILE on the path.  */
+  path = getenv ("PATH");
+  if (path == NULL)
+    {
+#if HAVE_CONFSTR
+      /* There is no 'PATH' in the environment.
+         The default search path is the current directory
+         followed by the path 'confstr' returns for '_CS_PATH'.  */
+      len = confstr (_CS_PATH, (char *) NULL, 0);
+      path = (char *) alloca (1 + len);
+      path[0] = ':';
+      (void) confstr (_CS_PATH, path + 1, len);
+#else
+      /* Pretend that the PATH contains only the current directory.  */
+      path = "";
+#endif
+    }
+
+  len = strlen (file) + 1;
+  pathlen = strlen (path);
+  name = alloca (pathlen + len + 1);
+  /* Copy the file name at the top.  */
+  name = (char *) memcpy (name + pathlen + 1, file, len);
+  /* And add the slash.  */
+  *--name = '/';
+
+  p = path;
+  do
+    {
+      char *startp;
+
+      path = p;
+      p = strchrnul (path, ':');
+
+      if (p == path)
+        /* Two adjacent colons, or a colon at the beginning or the end
+           of 'PATH' means to search the current directory.  */
+        startp = name + 1;
+      else
+        startp = (char *) memcpy (name - (p - path), path, p - path);
+
+      /* Try to execute this name.  If it works, execv will not return.  */
+      execve (startp, argv, envp);
+
+      if (errno == ENOEXEC)
+        script_execute (startp, argv, envp);
+
+      switch (errno)
+        {
+        case EACCES:
+        case ENOENT:
+        case ESTALE:
+        case ENOTDIR:
+          /* Those errors indicate the file is missing or not executable
+             by us, in which case we want to just try the next path
+             directory.  */
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          /* Some other error means we found an executable file, but
+             something went wrong executing it; return the error to our
+             caller.  */
+          _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+        }
+    }
+  while (*p++ != '\0');
+
+  /* Return with an error.  */
+  _exit (SPAWN_ERROR);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bc5f99aca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/spawnp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <spawn.h>
+
+#include "spawn_int.h"
+
+/* Spawn a new process executing FILE with the attributes describes in *ATTRP.
+   Before running the process perform the actions described in FILE-ACTIONS. */
+int
+posix_spawnp (pid_t *pid, const char *file,
+              const posix_spawn_file_actions_t *file_actions,
+              const posix_spawnattr_t *attrp, char *const argv[],
+              char *const envp[])
+{
+  return __spawni (pid, file, file_actions, attrp, argv, envp, 1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stat.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f888130d26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* Work around platform bugs in stat.
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* written by Eric Blake */
+
+/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
+   the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_stat doesn't recurse to
+   rpl_stat.  */
+#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Get the original definition of stat.  It might be defined as a macro.  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# if _GL_WINDOWS_64_BIT_ST_SIZE
+#  undef stat /* avoid warning on mingw64 with _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 */
+#  define stat _stati64
+#  define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR 1
+#  undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+# elif REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+/* mingw64 has a broken stat() function, based on _stat(), in libmingwex.a.
+   Bypass it.  */
+#  define stat _stat
+#  define REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR 1
+#  undef REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static int
+orig_stat (const char *filename, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  return stat (filename, buf);
+}
+
+/* Specification.  */
+/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
+   eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
+   above.  */
+#include "sys/stat.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "dosname.h"
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR
+# include "pathmax.h"
+  /* The only known systems where REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR is needed also
+     have a constant PATH_MAX.  */
+# ifndef PATH_MAX
+#  error "Please port this replacement to your platform"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Store information about NAME into ST.  Work around bugs with
+   trailing slashes.  Mingw has other bugs (such as st_ino always
+   being 0 on success) which this wrapper does not work around.  But
+   at least this implementation provides the ability to emulate fchdir
+   correctly.  */
+
+int
+rpl_stat (char const *name, struct stat *st)
+{
+  int result = orig_stat (name, st);
+#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE
+  /* Solaris 9 mistakenly succeeds when given a non-directory with a
+     trailing slash.  */
+  if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (name);
+      if (ISSLASH (name[len - 1]))
+        {
+          errno = ENOTDIR;
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_FILE */
+#if REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR
+
+  if (result == -1 && errno == ENOENT)
+    {
+      /* Due to mingw's oddities, there are some directories (like
+         c:\) where stat() only succeeds with a trailing slash, and
+         other directories (like c:\windows) where stat() only
+         succeeds without a trailing slash.  But we want the two to be
+         synonymous, since chdir() manages either style.  Likewise, Mingw also
+         reports ENOENT for names longer than PATH_MAX, when we want
+         ENAMETOOLONG, and for stat("file/"), when we want ENOTDIR.
+         Fortunately, mingw PATH_MAX is small enough for stack
+         allocation.  */
+      char fixed_name[PATH_MAX + 1] = {0};
+      size_t len = strlen (name);
+      bool check_dir = false;
+      verify (PATH_MAX <= 4096);
+      if (PATH_MAX <= len)
+        errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+      else if (len)
+        {
+          strcpy (fixed_name, name);
+          if (ISSLASH (fixed_name[len - 1]))
+            {
+              check_dir = true;
+              while (len && ISSLASH (fixed_name[len - 1]))
+                fixed_name[--len] = '\0';
+              if (!len)
+                fixed_name[0] = '/';
+            }
+          else
+            fixed_name[len++] = '/';
+          result = orig_stat (fixed_name, st);
+          if (result == 0 && check_dir && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+            {
+              result = -1;
+              errno = ENOTDIR;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* REPLACE_FUNC_STAT_DIR */
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio--.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d9b19b50a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Like stdio.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "stdio-safer.h"
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+int fpurge(FILE *stream);
+int fseeko(FILE *stream, off_t offset, int whence);
+off_t ftello(FILE *stream);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+# undef fopen
+# define fopen fopen_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+# undef freopen
+# define freopen freopen_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_TMPFILE_SAFER
+# undef tmpfile
+# define tmpfile tmpfile_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_POPEN_SAFER
+# undef popen
+# define popen popen_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-impl.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-impl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e510bb8f42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-impl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Implementation details of FILE streams.
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2008, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Glibc 2.28 made _IO_IN_BACKUP private.  For now, work around this
+   problem by defining it ourselves.  FIXME: Do not rely on glibc
+   internals.  */
+#if !defined _IO_IN_BACKUP && defined _IO_EOF_SEEN
+# define _IO_IN_BACKUP 0x100
+#endif
+
+/* Many stdio implementations have the same logic and therefore can share
+   the same implementation of stdio extension API, except that some fields
+   have different naming conventions, or their access requires some casts.  */
+
+
+/* BSD stdio derived implementations.  */
+
+#if defined __NetBSD__                         /* NetBSD */
+/* Get __NetBSD_Version__.  */
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>                             /* For detecting Plan9.  */
+
+#if defined __sferror || defined __DragonFly__ /* FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+
+# if defined __DragonFly__          /* DragonFly */
+  /* See <http://www.dragonflybsd.org/cvsweb/src/lib/libc/stdio/priv_stdio.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>.  */
+#  define fp_ ((struct { struct __FILE_public pub; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _bf; \
+                         void *cookie; \
+                         void *_close; \
+                         void *_read; \
+                         void *_seek; \
+                         void *_write; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _ub; \
+                         int _ur; \
+                         unsigned char _ubuf[3]; \
+                         unsigned char _nbuf[1]; \
+                         struct { unsigned char *_base; int _size; } _lb; \
+                         int _blksize; \
+                         fpos_t _offset; \
+                         /* More fields, not relevant here.  */ \
+                       } *) fp)
+  /* See <http://www.dragonflybsd.org/cvsweb/src/include/stdio.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>.  */
+#  define _p pub._p
+#  define _flags pub._flags
+#  define _r pub._r
+#  define _w pub._w
+# else
+#  define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if (defined __NetBSD__ && __NetBSD_Version__ >= 105270000) || defined __OpenBSD__ || defined __ANDROID__ /* NetBSD >= 1.5ZA, OpenBSD, Android */
+  /* See <http://cvsweb.netbsd.org/bsdweb.cgi/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup>
+     and <http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb/src/lib/libc/stdio/fileext.h?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup> */
+  struct __sfileext
+    {
+      struct  __sbuf _ub; /* ungetc buffer */
+      /* More fields, not relevant here.  */
+    };
+#  define fp_ub ((struct __sfileext *) fp->_ext._base)->_ub
+# else                                         /* FreeBSD, NetBSD <= 1.5Z, DragonFly, Mac OS X, Cygwin */
+#  define fp_ub fp_->_ub
+# endif
+
+# define HASUB(fp) (fp_ub._base != NULL)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* SystemV derived implementations.  */
+
+#ifdef __TANDEM                     /* NonStop Kernel */
+# ifndef _IOERR
+/* These values were determined by the program 'stdioext-flags' at
+   <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnulib/2010-12/msg00165.html>.  */
+#  define _IOERR   0x40
+#  define _IOREAD  0x80
+#  define _IOWRT    0x4
+#  define _IORW   0x100
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _IOERR
+
+# if defined __sun && defined _LP64 /* Solaris/{SPARC,AMD64} 64-bit */
+#  define fp_ ((struct { unsigned char *_ptr; \
+                         unsigned char *_base; \
+                         unsigned char *_end; \
+                         long _cnt; \
+                         int _file; \
+                         unsigned int _flag; \
+                       } *) fp)
+# else
+#  define fp_ fp
+# endif
+
+# if defined _SCO_DS                /* OpenServer */
+#  define _cnt __cnt
+#  define _ptr __ptr
+#  define _base __base
+#  define _flag __flag
+# endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-safer.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b67ae059d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Invoke stdio functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if GNULIB_FOPEN_SAFER
+FILE *fopen_safer (char const *, char const *);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
+FILE *freopen_safer (char const *, char const *, FILE *);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_POPEN_SAFER
+FILE *popen_safer (char const *, char const *);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_TMPFILE_SAFER
+FILE *tmpfile_safer (void);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-write.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-write.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68d54ce93e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdio-write.c
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/* POSIX compatible FILE stream write function.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Replace these functions only if module 'nonblocking' or module 'sigpipe' is
+   requested.  */
+#if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING || GNULIB_SIGPIPE
+
+/* On native Windows platforms, SIGPIPE does not exist.  When write() is
+   called on a pipe with no readers, WriteFile() fails with error
+   GetLastError() = ERROR_NO_DATA, and write() in consequence fails with
+   error EINVAL.  This write() function is at the basis of the function
+   which flushes the buffer of a FILE stream.  */
+
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  include <signal.h>
+#  include <io.h>
+
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+#  include <windows.h>
+
+#  include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+#  if GNULIB_NONBLOCKING
+#   define CLEAR_ERRNO \
+      errno = 0;
+#   define HANDLE_ENOSPC \
+          if (errno == ENOSPC && ferror (stream))                             \
+            {                                                                 \
+              int fd = fileno (stream);                                       \
+              if (fd >= 0)                                                    \
+                {                                                             \
+                  HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);                    \
+                  if (GetFileType (h) == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)                      \
+                    {                                                         \
+                      /* h is a pipe or socket.  */                           \
+                      DWORD state;                                            \
+                      if (GetNamedPipeHandleState (h, &state, NULL, NULL,     \
+                                                   NULL, NULL, 0)             \
+                          && (state & PIPE_NOWAIT) != 0)                      \
+                        /* h is a pipe in non-blocking mode.                  \
+                           Change errno from ENOSPC to EAGAIN.  */            \
+                        errno = EAGAIN;                                       \
+                    }                                                         \
+                }                                                             \
+            }                                                                 \
+          else
+#  else
+#   define CLEAR_ERRNO
+#   define HANDLE_ENOSPC
+#  endif
+
+#  if GNULIB_SIGPIPE
+#   define CLEAR_LastError \
+      SetLastError (0);
+#   define HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA \
+          if (GetLastError () == ERROR_NO_DATA && ferror (stream))            \
+            {                                                                 \
+              int fd = fileno (stream);                                       \
+              if (fd >= 0                                                     \
+                  && GetFileType ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd))               \
+                     == FILE_TYPE_PIPE)                                       \
+                {                                                             \
+                  /* Try to raise signal SIGPIPE.  */                         \
+                  raise (SIGPIPE);                                            \
+                  /* If it is currently blocked or ignored, change errno from \
+                     EINVAL to EPIPE.  */                                     \
+                  errno = EPIPE;                                              \
+                }                                                             \
+            }                                                                 \
+          else
+#  else
+#   define CLEAR_LastError
+#   define HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA
+#  endif
+
+#  define CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION(RETTYPE, EXPRESSION, FAILED) \
+  if (ferror (stream))                                                        \
+    return (EXPRESSION);                                                      \
+  else                                                                        \
+    {                                                                         \
+      RETTYPE ret;                                                            \
+      CLEAR_ERRNO                                                             \
+      CLEAR_LastError                                                         \
+      ret = (EXPRESSION);                                                     \
+      if (FAILED)                                                             \
+        {                                                                     \
+          HANDLE_ENOSPC                                                       \
+          HANDLE_ERROR_NO_DATA                                                \
+          ;                                                                   \
+        }                                                                     \
+      return ret;                                                             \
+    }
+
+#  if !REPLACE_PRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with printf.c */
+int
+printf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_FPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with fprintf.c */
+int
+fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  int retval;
+  va_list args;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_VPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with vprintf.c */
+int
+vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+}
+#  endif
+
+#  if !REPLACE_VFPRINTF_POSIX /* avoid collision with vfprintf.c */
+int
+vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
+#undef vfprintf
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, vfprintf (stream, format, args), ret == EOF)
+}
+#  endif
+
+int
+putchar (int c)
+{
+  return fputc (c, stdout);
+}
+
+int
+fputc (int c, FILE *stream)
+#undef fputc
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, fputc (c, stream), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+int
+fputs (const char *string, FILE *stream)
+#undef fputs
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, fputs (string, stream), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+int
+puts (const char *string)
+#undef puts
+{
+  FILE *stream = stdout;
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (int, puts (string), ret == EOF)
+}
+
+size_t
+fwrite (const void *ptr, size_t s, size_t n, FILE *stream)
+#undef fwrite
+{
+  CALL_WITH_SIGPIPE_EMULATION (size_t, fwrite (ptr, s, n, stream), ret < n)
+}
+
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib--.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28360a2707
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Like stdlib.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "stdlib-safer.h"
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+char *mkdtemp(char *template);
+int mkstemp(char*);
+char *secure_getenv(const char *name);
+#endif
+
+#undef mkstemp
+#define mkstemp mkstemp_safer
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+# define mkostemp mkostemp_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+# define mkostemps mkostemps_safer
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+# define mkstemps mkstemps_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib-safer.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e3149370e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stdlib-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Invoke stdlib.h functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+int mkstemp_safer (char *);
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMP
+int mkostemp_safer (char *, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKOSTEMPS
+int mkostemps_safer (char *, int, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_MKSTEMPS
+int mkstemps_safer (char *, int);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stpcpy.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stpcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5aa8d67e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stpcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* stpcpy.c -- copy a string and return pointer to end of new string
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1995, 1997-1998, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __stpcpy
+#if defined(_LIBC) || (defined(__MACH__) && defined(stpcpy))
+# undef stpcpy
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __stpcpy stpcpy
+#endif
+
+/* Copy SRC to DEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in DEST.  */
+char *
+__stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  char *d = dest;
+  const char *s = src;
+
+  do
+    *d++ = *s;
+  while (*s++ != '\0');
+
+  return d - 1;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__stpcpy, stpcpy)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/str-two-way.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/str-two-way.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..707145dbdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/str-two-way.h
@@ -0,0 +1,452 @@
+/* Byte-wise substring search, using the Two-Way algorithm.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Before including this file, you need to include <config.h> and
+   <string.h>, and define:
+     RESULT_TYPE             A macro that expands to the return type.
+     AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l)
+                             A macro that returns nonzero if there are
+                             at least N_L bytes left starting at H[J].
+                             H is 'unsigned char *', H_L, J, and N_L
+                             are 'size_t'; H_L is an lvalue.  For
+                             NUL-terminated searches, H_L can be
+                             modified each iteration to avoid having
+                             to compute the end of H up front.
+
+  For case-insensitivity, you may optionally define:
+     CMP_FUNC(p1, p2, l)     A macro that returns 0 iff the first L
+                             characters of P1 and P2 are equal.
+     CANON_ELEMENT(c)        A macro that canonicalizes an element right after
+                             it has been fetched from one of the two strings.
+                             The argument is an 'unsigned char'; the result
+                             must be an 'unsigned char' as well.
+
+  This file undefines the macros documented above, and defines
+  LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+*/
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* We use the Two-Way string matching algorithm (also known as
+   Chrochemore-Perrin), which guarantees linear complexity with
+   constant space.  Additionally, for long needles, we also use a bad
+   character shift table similar to the Boyer-Moore algorithm to
+   achieve improved (potentially sub-linear) performance.
+
+   See http://www-igm.univ-mlv.fr/~lecroq/string/node26.html#SECTION00260,
+   http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boyer-Moore_string_search_algorithm,
+   http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.34.6641&rep=rep1&type=pdf
+*/
+
+/* Point at which computing a bad-byte shift table is likely to be
+   worthwhile.  Small needles should not compute a table, since it
+   adds (1 << CHAR_BIT) + NEEDLE_LEN computations of preparation for a
+   speedup no greater than a factor of NEEDLE_LEN.  The larger the
+   needle, the better the potential performance gain.  On the other
+   hand, on non-POSIX systems with CHAR_BIT larger than eight, the
+   memory required for the table is prohibitive.  */
+#if CHAR_BIT < 10
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD 32U
+#else
+# define LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD SIZE_MAX
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a < b) ? (b) : (a))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CANON_ELEMENT
+# define CANON_ELEMENT(c) c
+#endif
+#ifndef CMP_FUNC
+# define CMP_FUNC memcmp
+#endif
+
+/* Perform a critical factorization of NEEDLE, of length NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Return the index of the first byte in the right half, and set
+   *PERIOD to the global period of the right half.
+
+   The global period of a string is the smallest index (possibly its
+   length) at which all remaining bytes in the string are repetitions
+   of the prefix (the last repetition may be a subset of the prefix).
+
+   When NEEDLE is factored into two halves, a local period is the
+   length of the smallest word that shares a suffix with the left half
+   and shares a prefix with the right half.  All factorizations of a
+   non-empty NEEDLE have a local period of at least 1 and no greater
+   than NEEDLE_LEN.
+
+   A critical factorization has the property that the local period
+   equals the global period.  All strings have at least one critical
+   factorization with the left half smaller than the global period.
+   And while some strings have more than one critical factorization,
+   it is provable that with an ordered alphabet, at least one of the
+   critical factorizations corresponds to a maximal suffix.
+
+   Given an ordered alphabet, a critical factorization can be computed
+   in linear time, with 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons, by computing the
+   shorter of two ordered maximal suffixes.  The ordered maximal
+   suffixes are determined by lexicographic comparison while tracking
+   periodicity.  */
+static size_t
+critical_factorization (const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len,
+                        size_t *period)
+{
+  /* Index of last byte of left half, or SIZE_MAX.  */
+  size_t max_suffix, max_suffix_rev;
+  size_t j; /* Index into NEEDLE for current candidate suffix.  */
+  size_t k; /* Offset into current period.  */
+  size_t p; /* Intermediate period.  */
+  unsigned char a, b; /* Current comparison bytes.  */
+
+  /* Special case NEEDLE_LEN of 1 or 2 (all callers already filtered
+     out 0-length needles.  */
+  if (needle_len < 3)
+    {
+      *period = 1;
+      return needle_len - 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Invariants:
+     0 <= j < NEEDLE_LEN - 1
+     -1 <= max_suffix{,_rev} < j (treating SIZE_MAX as if it were signed)
+     min(max_suffix, max_suffix_rev) < global period of NEEDLE
+     1 <= p <= global period of NEEDLE
+     p == global period of the substring NEEDLE[max_suffix{,_rev}+1...j]
+     1 <= k <= p
+  */
+
+  /* Perform lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix + k]);
+      if (a < b)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* b < a */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+  *period = p;
+
+  /* Perform reverse lexicographic search.  */
+  max_suffix_rev = SIZE_MAX;
+  j = 0;
+  k = p = 1;
+  while (j + k < needle_len)
+    {
+      a = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[j + k]);
+      b = CANON_ELEMENT (needle[max_suffix_rev + k]);
+      if (b < a)
+        {
+          /* Suffix is smaller, period is entire prefix so far.  */
+          j += k;
+          k = 1;
+          p = j - max_suffix_rev;
+        }
+      else if (a == b)
+        {
+          /* Advance through repetition of the current period.  */
+          if (k != p)
+            ++k;
+          else
+            {
+              j += p;
+              k = 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else /* a < b */
+        {
+          /* Suffix is larger, start over from current location.  */
+          max_suffix_rev = j++;
+          k = p = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Choose the shorter suffix.  Return the index of the first byte of
+     the right half, rather than the last byte of the left half.
+
+     For some examples, 'banana' has two critical factorizations, both
+     exposed by the two lexicographic extreme suffixes of 'anana' and
+     'nana', where both suffixes have a period of 2.  On the other
+     hand, with 'aab' and 'bba', both strings have a single critical
+     factorization of the last byte, with the suffix having a period
+     of 1.  While the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'aab' is 'b',
+     the maximal lexicographic suffix of 'bba' is 'ba', which is not a
+     critical factorization.  Conversely, the maximal reverse
+     lexicographic suffix of 'a' works for 'bba', but not 'ab' for
+     'aab'.  The shorter suffix of the two will always be a critical
+     factorization.  */
+  if (max_suffix_rev + 1 < max_suffix + 1)
+    return max_suffix + 1;
+  *period = p;
+  return max_suffix_rev + 1;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for NEEDLE_LEN < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 2 * NEEDLE_LEN comparisons.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE
+two_way_short_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                      const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                    == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return the first location of non-empty NEEDLE within HAYSTACK, or
+   NULL.  HAYSTACK_LEN is the minimum known length of HAYSTACK.  This
+   method is optimized for LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD <= NEEDLE_LEN.
+   Performance is guaranteed to be linear, with an initialization cost
+   of 3 * NEEDLE_LEN + (1 << CHAR_BIT) operations.
+
+   If AVAILABLE does not modify HAYSTACK_LEN (as in memmem), then at
+   most 2 * HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching,
+   and sublinear performance O(HAYSTACK_LEN / NEEDLE_LEN) is possible.
+   If AVAILABLE modifies HAYSTACK_LEN (as in strstr), then at most 3 *
+   HAYSTACK_LEN - NEEDLE_LEN comparisons occur in searching, and
+   sublinear performance is not possible.  */
+static RETURN_TYPE
+two_way_long_needle (const unsigned char *haystack, size_t haystack_len,
+                     const unsigned char *needle, size_t needle_len)
+{
+  size_t i; /* Index into current byte of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t j; /* Index into current window of HAYSTACK.  */
+  size_t period; /* The period of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t suffix; /* The index of the right half of needle.  */
+  size_t shift_table[1U << CHAR_BIT]; /* See below.  */
+
+  /* Factor the needle into two halves, such that the left half is
+     smaller than the global period, and the right half is
+     periodic (with a period as large as NEEDLE_LEN - suffix).  */
+  suffix = critical_factorization (needle, needle_len, &period);
+
+  /* Populate shift_table.  For each possible byte value c,
+     shift_table[c] is the distance from the last occurrence of c to
+     the end of NEEDLE, or NEEDLE_LEN if c is absent from the NEEDLE.
+     shift_table[NEEDLE[NEEDLE_LEN - 1]] contains the only 0.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < 1U << CHAR_BIT; i++)
+    shift_table[i] = needle_len;
+  for (i = 0; i < needle_len; i++)
+    shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])] = needle_len - i - 1;
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Each iteration compares the right half
+     first.  */
+  if (CMP_FUNC (needle, needle + period, suffix) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Entire needle is periodic; a mismatch in the left half can
+         only advance by the period, so use memory to avoid rescanning
+         known occurrences of the period in the right half.  */
+      size_t memory = 0;
+      size_t shift;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              if (memory && shift < period)
+                {
+                  /* Since needle is periodic, but the last period has
+                     a byte out of place, there can be no match until
+                     after the mismatch.  */
+                  shift = needle_len - period;
+                }
+              memory = 0;
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = MAX (suffix, memory);
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (memory < i + 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i + 1 < memory + 1)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              /* No match, so remember how many repetitions of period
+                 on the right half were scanned.  */
+              j += period;
+              memory = needle_len - period;
+            }
+          else
+            {
+              j += i - suffix + 1;
+              memory = 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The two halves of needle are distinct; no extra memory is
+         required, and any mismatch results in a maximal shift.  */
+      size_t shift;
+      period = MAX (suffix, needle_len - suffix) + 1;
+      j = 0;
+      while (AVAILABLE (haystack, haystack_len, j, needle_len))
+        {
+          /* Check the last byte first; if it does not match, then
+             shift to the next possible match location.  */
+          shift = shift_table[CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[j + needle_len - 1])];
+          if (0 < shift)
+            {
+              j += shift;
+              continue;
+            }
+          /* Scan for matches in right half.  The last byte has
+             already been matched, by virtue of the shift table.  */
+          i = suffix;
+          while (i < needle_len - 1 && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                        == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+            ++i;
+          if (needle_len - 1 <= i)
+            {
+              /* Scan for matches in left half.  */
+              i = suffix - 1;
+              while (i != SIZE_MAX && (CANON_ELEMENT (needle[i])
+                                       == CANON_ELEMENT (haystack[i + j])))
+                --i;
+              if (i == SIZE_MAX)
+                return (RETURN_TYPE) (haystack + j);
+              j += period;
+            }
+          else
+            j += i - suffix + 1;
+        }
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#undef AVAILABLE
+#undef CANON_ELEMENT
+#undef CMP_FUNC
+#undef MAX
+#undef RETURN_TYPE
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strchrnul.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strchrnul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4308889950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strchrnul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Searching in a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "string--.h"
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte.  */
+char *
+strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in)
+{
+  /* On 32-bit hardware, choosing longword to be a 32-bit unsigned
+     long instead of a 64-bit uintmax_t tends to give better
+     performance.  On 64-bit hardware, unsigned long is generally 64
+     bits already.  Change this typedef to experiment with
+     performance.  */
+  typedef unsigned long int longword;
+
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const longword *longword_ptr;
+  longword repeated_one;
+  longword repeated_c;
+  unsigned char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+  if (!c)
+    return rawmemchr (s, 0);
+
+  /* Handle the first few bytes by reading one byte at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s;
+       (size_t) char_ptr % sizeof (longword) != 0;
+       ++char_ptr)
+    if (!*char_ptr || *char_ptr == c)
+      return (char *) char_ptr;
+
+  longword_ptr = (const longword *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to any size longwords.  */
+
+  /* Compute auxiliary longword values:
+     repeated_one is a value which has a 1 in every byte.
+     repeated_c has c in every byte.  */
+  repeated_one = 0x01010101;
+  repeated_c = c | (c << 8);
+  repeated_c |= repeated_c << 16;
+  if (0xffffffffU < (longword) -1)
+    {
+      repeated_one |= repeated_one << 31 << 1;
+      repeated_c |= repeated_c << 31 << 1;
+      if (8 < sizeof (longword))
+        {
+          size_t i;
+
+          for (i = 64; i < sizeof (longword) * 8; i *= 2)
+            {
+              repeated_one |= repeated_one << i;
+              repeated_c |= repeated_c << i;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each byte, we will
+     test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing if *any of
+     the four* bytes in the longword in question are equal to NUL or
+     c.  We first use an xor with repeated_c.  This reduces the task
+     to testing whether *any of the four* bytes in longword1 or
+     longword2 is zero.
+
+     Let's consider longword1.  We compute tmp =
+       ((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1) & (repeated_one << 7).
+     That is, we perform the following operations:
+       1. Subtract repeated_one.
+       2. & ~longword1.
+       3. & a mask consisting of 0x80 in every byte.
+     Consider what happens in each byte:
+       - If a byte of longword1 is zero, step 1 and 2 transform it into 0xff,
+         and step 3 transforms it into 0x80.  A carry can also be propagated
+         to more significant bytes.
+       - If a byte of longword1 is nonzero, let its lowest 1 bit be at
+         position k (0 <= k <= 7); so the lowest k bits are 0.  After step 1,
+         the byte ends in a single bit of value 0 and k bits of value 1.
+         After step 2, the result is just k bits of value 1: 2^k - 1.  After
+         step 3, the result is 0.  And no carry is produced.
+     So, if longword1 has only non-zero bytes, tmp is zero.
+     Whereas if longword1 has a zero byte, call j the position of the least
+     significant zero byte.  Then the result has a zero at positions 0, ...,
+     j-1 and a 0x80 at position j.  We cannot predict the result at the more
+     significant bytes (positions j+1..3), but it does not matter since we
+     already have a non-zero bit at position 8*j+7.
+
+     The test whether any byte in longword1 or longword2 is zero is equivalent
+     to testing whether tmp1 is nonzero or tmp2 is nonzero.  We can combine
+     this into a single test, whether (tmp1 | tmp2) is nonzero.
+
+     This test can read more than one byte beyond the end of a string,
+     depending on where the terminating NUL is encountered.  However,
+     this is considered safe since the initialization phase ensured
+     that the read will be aligned, therefore, the read will not cross
+     page boundaries and will not cause a fault.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      longword longword1 = *longword_ptr ^ repeated_c;
+      longword longword2 = *longword_ptr;
+
+      if (((((longword1 - repeated_one) & ~longword1)
+            | ((longword2 - repeated_one) & ~longword2))
+           & (repeated_one << 7)) != 0)
+        break;
+      longword_ptr++;
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  /* At this point, we know that one of the sizeof (longword) bytes
+     starting at char_ptr is == 0 or == c.  On little-endian machines,
+     we could determine the first such byte without any further memory
+     accesses, just by looking at the tmp result from the last loop
+     iteration.  But this does not work on big-endian machines.
+     Choose code that works in both cases.  */
+
+  char_ptr = (unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+  while (*char_ptr && (*char_ptr != c))
+    char_ptr++;
+  return (char *) char_ptr;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strdup.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5826ab02af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1996-1998, 2002-2004, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __strdup
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef strdup
+#endif
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strdup strdup
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+char *
+__strdup (const char *s)
+{
+  size_t len = strlen (s) + 1;
+  void *new = malloc (len);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  return (char *) memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
+#ifdef libc_hidden_def
+libc_hidden_def (__strdup)
+#endif
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strdup, strdup)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/streq.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/streq.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12c1867c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/streq.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Optimized string comparison.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_STREQ_H
+#define _GL_STREQ_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* STREQ_OPT allows to optimize string comparison with a small literal string.
+     STREQ_OPT (s, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+   is semantically equivalent to
+     strcmp (s, "EUC-KR") == 0
+   just faster.  */
+
+/* Help GCC to generate good code for string comparisons with
+   immediate strings. */
+#if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__OPTIMIZE__)
+
+static inline int
+streq9 (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  return strcmp (s1 + 9, s2 + 9) == 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq8 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[8] == s28)
+    {
+      if (s28 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq9 (s1, s2);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq7 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[7] == s27)
+    {
+      if (s27 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq8 (s1, s2, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq6 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[6] == s26)
+    {
+      if (s26 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq7 (s1, s2, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq5 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[5] == s25)
+    {
+      if (s25 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq6 (s1, s2, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq4 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[4] == s24)
+    {
+      if (s24 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq5 (s1, s2, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq3 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[3] == s23)
+    {
+      if (s23 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq4 (s1, s2, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq2 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[2] == s22)
+    {
+      if (s22 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq3 (s1, s2, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq1 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[1] == s21)
+    {
+      if (s21 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq2 (s1, s2, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int
+streq0 (const char *s1, const char *s2, char s20, char s21, char s22, char s23, char s24, char s25, char s26, char s27, char s28)
+{
+  if (s1[0] == s20)
+    {
+      if (s20 == 0)
+        return 1;
+      else
+        return streq1 (s1, s2, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28);
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  streq0 (s1, s2, s20, s21, s22, s23, s24, s25, s26, s27, s28)
+
+#else
+
+#define STREQ_OPT(s1,s2,s20,s21,s22,s23,s24,s25,s26,s27,s28) \
+  (strcmp (s1, s2) == 0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _GL_STREQ_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/string--.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/string--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24a1932992
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/string--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+void *rawmemchr(const void *s, int c);
+char *stpcpy(char *dest, const char *src);
+#endif
+
+int strverscmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stripslash.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e452a95ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE.  Return true if a trailing slash
+   was removed.  This is useful when using file name completion from a
+   shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and
+   bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls
+   have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is
+   present.  */
+
+bool
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *file)
+{
+  char *base = last_component (file);
+  char *base_lim;
+  bool had_slash;
+
+  /* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn
+     "///" into "/".  */
+  if (! *base)
+    base = file;
+  base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strndup.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strndup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e60268b86e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strndup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* A replacement function, for systems that lack strndup.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1996-1998, 2001-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+char *
+strndup (char const *s, size_t n)
+{
+  size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
+  char *new = malloc (len + 1);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  new[len] = '\0';
+  return memcpy (new, s, len);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strsignal.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strsignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..20d604ff38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strsignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994-2002, 2005, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+# define N_(msgid) gettext_noop (msgid)
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+# include "glthread/lock.h"
+# include "glthread/tls.h"
+# define __libc_once_define(CLASS, NAME) gl_once_define (CLASS, NAME)
+# define __libc_once(NAME, INIT) gl_once ((NAME), (INIT))
+# define __libc_key_t gl_tls_key_t
+# define __libc_getspecific(NAME) gl_tls_get ((NAME))
+# define __libc_setspecific(NAME, POINTER) gl_tls_set ((NAME), (POINTER))
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+# define __snprintf _snprintf
+#else
+# define __snprintf snprintf
+#endif
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+/* Defined in siglist.c.  */
+extern const char *const _sys_siglist[];
+extern const char *const _sys_siglist_internal[] attribute_hidden;
+
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+
+/* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+# define INTUSE(x) (x)
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+#  undef _sys_siglist
+#  define _sys_siglist sys_siglist
+# else /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+#  ifndef NSIG
+#   define NSIG 32
+#  endif /* NSIG */
+#  if !HAVE_DECL__SYS_SIGLIST
+static const char *_sys_siglist[NSIG];
+#  endif
+# endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+static __libc_key_t key;
+
+/* If nonzero the key allocation failed and we should better use a
+   static buffer than fail.  */
+#define BUFFERSIZ       100
+static char local_buf[BUFFERSIZ];
+static char *static_buf;
+
+/* Destructor for the thread-specific data.  */
+static void init (void);
+static void free_key_mem (void *mem);
+static char *getbuffer (void);
+
+
+/* Return a string describing the meaning of the signal number SIGNUM.  */
+char *
+strsignal (int signum)
+{
+  const char *desc;
+  __libc_once_define (static, once);
+
+  /* If we have not yet initialized the buffer do it now.  */
+  __libc_once (once, init);
+
+  if (
+#ifdef SIGRTMIN
+      (signum >= SIGRTMIN && signum <= SIGRTMAX) ||
+#endif
+      signum < 0 || signum >= NSIG
+      || (desc = INTUSE(_sys_siglist)[signum]) == NULL)
+    {
+      char *buffer = getbuffer ();
+      int len;
+#ifdef SIGRTMIN
+      if (signum >= SIGRTMIN && signum <= SIGRTMAX)
+        len = __snprintf (buffer, BUFFERSIZ - 1, _("Real-time signal %d"),
+                          signum - (int) SIGRTMIN);
+      else
+#endif
+        len = __snprintf (buffer, BUFFERSIZ - 1, _("Unknown signal %d"),
+                          signum);
+      if (len >= BUFFERSIZ)
+        buffer = NULL;
+      else
+        buffer[len] = '\0';
+
+      return buffer;
+    }
+
+  return (char *) _(desc);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialize buffer.  */
+static void
+init (void)
+{
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  if (__libc_key_create (&key, free_key_mem))
+    /* Creating the key failed.  This means something really went
+       wrong.  In any case use a static buffer which is better than
+       nothing.  */
+    static_buf = local_buf;
+#else /* !_LIBC */
+  gl_tls_key_init (key, free_key_mem);
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
+  memset (_sys_siglist, 0, NSIG * sizeof *_sys_siglist);
+
+  /* No need to use a do {} while (0) here since init_sig(...) must expand
+     to a complete statement.  (We cannot use the ISO C99 designated array
+     initializer syntax since it is not supported by ANSI C compilers and
+     since some signal numbers might exceed NSIG.)  */
+#  define init_sig(sig, abbrev, desc) \
+  if (sig >= 0 && sig < NSIG) \
+    _sys_siglist[sig] = desc;
+
+#  include "siglist.h"
+
+#  undef init_sig
+
+# endif /* !HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST */
+#endif /* !_LIBC */
+}
+
+
+/* Free the thread specific data, this is done if a thread terminates.  */
+static void
+free_key_mem (void *mem)
+{
+  free (mem);
+  __libc_setspecific (key, NULL);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the buffer to be used.  */
+static char *
+getbuffer (void)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  if (static_buf != NULL)
+    result = static_buf;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We don't use the static buffer and so we have a key.  Use it
+         to get the thread-specific buffer.  */
+      result = __libc_getspecific (key);
+      if (result == NULL)
+        {
+          /* No buffer allocated so far.  */
+          result = malloc (BUFFERSIZ);
+          if (result == NULL)
+            /* No more memory available.  We use the static buffer.  */
+            result = local_buf;
+          else
+            __libc_setspecific (key, result);
+        }
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strstr.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b91acec7c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1994, 1996-1998, 2000, 2004, 2007-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This particular implementation was written by Eric Blake, 2008.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification of strstr.  */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val)   (expr)
+#endif
+
+#define RETURN_TYPE char *
+#define AVAILABLE(h, h_l, j, n_l)                       \
+  (!memchr ((h) + (h_l), '\0', (j) + (n_l) - (h_l))     \
+   && ((h_l) = (j) + (n_l)))
+#include "str-two-way.h"
+
+/* Return the first occurrence of NEEDLE in HAYSTACK.  Return HAYSTACK
+   if NEEDLE is empty, otherwise NULL if NEEDLE is not found in
+   HAYSTACK.  */
+char *
+strstr (const char *haystack_start, const char *needle_start)
+{
+  const char *haystack = haystack_start;
+  const char *needle = needle_start;
+  size_t needle_len; /* Length of NEEDLE.  */
+  size_t haystack_len; /* Known minimum length of HAYSTACK.  */
+  bool ok = true; /* True if NEEDLE is prefix of HAYSTACK.  */
+
+  /* Determine length of NEEDLE, and in the process, make sure
+     HAYSTACK is at least as long (no point processing all of a long
+     NEEDLE if HAYSTACK is too short).  */
+  while (*haystack && *needle)
+    ok &= *haystack++ == *needle++;
+  if (*needle)
+    return NULL;
+  if (ok)
+    return (char *) haystack_start;
+
+  /* Reduce the size of haystack using strchr, since it has a smaller
+     linear coefficient than the Two-Way algorithm.  */
+  needle_len = needle - needle_start;
+  haystack = strchr (haystack_start + 1, *needle_start);
+  if (!haystack || __builtin_expect (needle_len == 1, 0))
+    return (char *) haystack;
+  needle -= needle_len;
+  haystack_len = (haystack > haystack_start + needle_len ? 1
+                  : needle_len + haystack_start - haystack);
+
+  /* Perform the search.  Abstract memory is considered to be an array
+     of 'unsigned char' values, not an array of 'char' values.  See
+     ISO C 99 section 6.2.6.1.  */
+  if (needle_len < LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD)
+    return two_way_short_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack,
+                                 haystack_len,
+                                 (const unsigned char *) needle, needle_len);
+  return two_way_long_needle ((const unsigned char *) haystack, haystack_len,
+                              (const unsigned char *) needle, needle_len);
+}
+
+#undef LONG_NEEDLE_THRESHOLD
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strverscmp.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strverscmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db4f1edc70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/strverscmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/* Compare strings while treating digits characters numerically.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Jean-François Bignolles <bignolle@ecoledoc.ibp.fr>, 1997.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* states: S_N: normal, S_I: comparing integral part, S_F: comparing
+           fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
+#define S_N    0x0
+#define S_I    0x4
+#define S_F    0x8
+#define S_Z    0xC
+
+/* result_type: CMP: return diff; LEN: compare using len_diff/diff */
+#define CMP    2
+#define LEN    3
+
+
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
+   - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char
+     or EOF.
+   - It's typically faster.
+   POSIX says that only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to
+   isdigit unless it's important to use the locale's definition
+   of "digit" even when the host does not conform to POSIX.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned int) (c) - '0' <= 9)
+
+#undef __strverscmp
+#undef strverscmp
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strverscmp strverscmp
+#endif
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding indices/version numbers,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is less than,
+   equal to or greater than S2 (for more info, see the texinfo doc).
+*/
+
+int
+__strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+{
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+  int state;
+  int diff;
+
+  /* Symbol(s)    0       [1-9]   others  (padding)
+     Transition   (10) 0  (01) d  (00) x  (11) -   */
+  static const unsigned int next_state[] =
+  {
+      /* state    x    d    0    - */
+      /* S_N */  S_N, S_I, S_Z, S_N,
+      /* S_I */  S_N, S_I, S_I, S_I,
+      /* S_F */  S_N, S_F, S_F, S_F,
+      /* S_Z */  S_N, S_F, S_Z, S_Z
+  };
+
+  static const int result_type[] =
+  {
+      /* state   x/x  x/d  x/0  x/-  d/x  d/d  d/0  d/-
+                 0/x  0/d  0/0  0/-  -/x  -/d  -/0  -/- */
+
+      /* S_N */  CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, LEN, CMP, CMP,
+                 CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_I */  CMP, -1,  -1,  CMP,  1,  LEN, LEN, CMP,
+                  1,  LEN, LEN, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_F */  CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, LEN, CMP, CMP,
+                 CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_Z */  CMP,  1,   1,  CMP, -1,  CMP, CMP, CMP,
+                 -1,  CMP, CMP, CMP
+  };
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  c1 = *p1++;
+  c2 = *p2++;
+  /* Hint: '0' is a digit too.  */
+  state = S_N | ((c1 == '0') + (ISDIGIT (c1) != 0));
+
+  while ((diff = c1 - c2) == 0 && c1 != '\0')
+    {
+      state = next_state[state];
+      c1 = *p1++;
+      c2 = *p2++;
+      state |= (c1 == '0') + (ISDIGIT (c1) != 0);
+    }
+
+  state = result_type[state << 2 | ((c2 == '0') + (ISDIGIT (c2) != 0))];
+
+  switch (state)
+    {
+    case CMP:
+      return diff;
+
+    case LEN:
+      while (ISDIGIT (*p1++))
+        if (!ISDIGIT (*p2++))
+          return 1;
+
+      return ISDIGIT (*p2) ? -1 : diff;
+
+    default:
+      return state;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strverscmp, strverscmp)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9975449a89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/* tempname.c - generate the name of a temporary file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Extracted from glibc sysdeps/posix/tempname.c.  See also tmpdir.c.  */
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include <config.h>
+# include "tempname.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE      0
+# define __GT_DIR       1
+# define __GT_NOCREATE  2
+#endif
+#if !_LIBC && (GT_FILE != __GT_FILE || GT_DIR != __GT_DIR       \
+               || GT_NOCREATE != __GT_NOCREATE)
+# error report this to bug-gnulib@gnu.org
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "unistd--.h"
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __gen_tempname gen_tempname
+# define __getpid getpid
+# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __lxstat64(version, file, buf) lstat (file, buf)
+# define __secure_getenv secure_getenv
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <hp-timing.h>
+# if HP_TIMING_AVAIL
+#  define RANDOM_BITS(Var) \
+  if (__builtin_expect (value == UINT64_C (0), 0))                            \
+    {                                                                         \
+      /* If this is the first time this function is used initialize           \
+         the variable we accumulate the value in to some somewhat             \
+         random value.  If we'd not do this programs at startup time          \
+         might have a reduced set of possible names, at least on slow         \
+         machines.  */                                                        \
+      struct timeval tv;                                                      \
+      __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);                                             \
+      value = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;                      \
+    }                                                                         \
+  HP_TIMING_NOW (Var)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
+   available.  The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
+   (approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
+   uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
+   which is better than not having mkstemp at all.  */
+#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
+# define uint64_t uintmax_t
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+               int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+        plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+        dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+        /* nothing */ ;
+      else
+        dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+        dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+        dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+        {
+          __set_errno (ENOENT);
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;                     /* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary file names.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX", possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   __gen_tempname.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:       simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:           create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_DIR:            create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind)
+{
+  int len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  static uint64_t value;
+  uint64_t random_time_bits;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all of these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.  */
+#define ATTEMPTS_MIN (62 * 62 * 62)
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+#if ATTEMPTS_MIN < TMP_MAX
+  unsigned int attempts = TMP_MAX;
+#else
+  unsigned int attempts = ATTEMPTS_MIN;
+#endif
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < 6 + suffixlen || memcmp (&tmpl[len - 6 - suffixlen], "XXXXXX", 6))
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6 - suffixlen];
+
+  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
+#ifdef RANDOM_BITS
+  RANDOM_BITS (random_time_bits);
+#else
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+    random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
+  }
+#endif
+  value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; value += 7777, ++count)
+    {
+      uint64_t v = value;
+
+      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
+      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
+
+      switch (kind)
+        {
+        case __GT_FILE:
+          fd = __open (tmpl,
+                       (flags & ~O_ACCMODE)
+                       | O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+          break;
+
+        case __GT_DIR:
+          fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+          break;
+
+        case __GT_NOCREATE:
+          /* This case is backward from the other three.  __gen_tempname
+             succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
+             Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
+             of the loop.  */
+          if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
+            {
+              if (errno == ENOENT)
+                {
+                  __set_errno (save_errno);
+                  return 0;
+                }
+              else
+                /* Give up now. */
+                return -1;
+            }
+          continue;
+
+        default:
+          assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
+          abort ();
+        }
+
+      if (fd >= 0)
+        {
+          __set_errno (save_errno);
+          return fd;
+        }
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..333267dfd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tempname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Create a temporary file or directory.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* header written by Eric Blake */
+
+#ifndef GL_TEMPNAME_H
+# define GL_TEMPNAME_H
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifdef __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_FILE     __GT_FILE
+#  define GT_DIR      __GT_DIR
+#  define GT_NOCREATE __GT_NOCREATE
+# else
+#  define GT_FILE     0
+#  define GT_DIR      1
+#  define GT_NOCREATE 2
+# endif
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX", possibly with a suffix).
+   The name constructed does not exist at the time of the call to
+   gen_tempname.  TMPL is overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   GT_NOCREATE:         simply verify that the name does not exist
+                        at the time of the call.
+   GT_FILE:             create a large file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+                        and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   GT_DIR:              create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+extern int gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int suffixlen, int flags, int kind);
+
+#endif /* GL_TEMPNAME_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9dbdbdee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if IN_GCC
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "intl.h"
+#include "rtl.h"
+
+#else
+
+#if defined(_musl_)
+    #define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1
+    #define HAVE_STRUCT_TMS 1
+    #define HAVE_CLOCK_T 1
+#endif
+
+/* This source file is taken from the GCC source code, with slight
+   modifications that are under control of the IN_GCC preprocessor
+   variable.  The !IN_GCC part of this file is specific to Bison.  */
+
+# include "bison-system.h"
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+int timevar_report = 0;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_CLOCK_T
+typedef int clock_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TMS
+struct tms
+{
+  clock_t tms_utime;
+  clock_t tms_stime;
+  clock_t tms_cutime;
+  clock_t tms_cstime;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE && !HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE
+extern int getrusage (int, struct rusage *);
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_TIMES && !HAVE_DECL_TIMES
+extern clock_t times (struct tms *);
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_CLOCK && !HAVE_DECL_CLOCK
+extern clock_t clock (void);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
+# define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+#endif
+
+/* Calculation of scale factor to convert ticks to microseconds.
+   We mustn't use CLOCKS_PER_SEC except with clock().  */
+#if HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_CLK_TCK
+# define TICKS_PER_SECOND sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK) /* POSIX 1003.1-1996 */
+#else
+# ifdef CLK_TCK
+#  define TICKS_PER_SECOND CLK_TCK /* POSIX 1003.1-1988; obsolescent */
+# else
+#  ifdef HZ
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND HZ  /* traditional UNIX */
+#  else
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND 100 /* often the correct value */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer times to getrusage to clock (each gives successively less
+   information).  */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+# define USE_TIMES
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+# define HAVE_WALL_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+# define USE_GETRUSAGE
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CLOCK
+# define USE_CLOCK
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* libc is very likely to have snuck a call to sysconf() into one of
+   the underlying constants, and that can be very slow, so we have to
+   precompute them.  Whose wonderful idea was it to make all those
+   _constants_ variable at run time, anyway?  */
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+static float ticks_to_msec;
+#define TICKS_TO_MSEC (1.0 / TICKS_PER_SECOND)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+static float clocks_to_msec;
+#define CLOCKS_TO_MSEC (1.0 / CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+#endif
+
+#if IN_GCC
+#include "flags.h"
+#endif
+#include "timevar.h"
+
+/* See timevar.h for an explanation of timing variables.  */
+
+/* This macro evaluates to nonzero if timing variables are enabled.  */
+#define TIMEVAR_ENABLE (timevar_report)
+
+/* A timing variable.  */
+
+struct timevar_def
+{
+  /* Elapsed time for this variable.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def elapsed;
+
+  /* If this variable is timed independently of the timing stack,
+     using timevar_start, this contains the start time.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+  /* The name of this timing variable.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable is running as a standalone
+     timer.  */
+  unsigned standalone : 1;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable was ever started or pushed onto
+     the timing stack.  */
+  unsigned used : 1;
+};
+
+/* An element on the timing stack.  Elapsed time is attributed to the
+   topmost timing variable on the stack.  */
+
+struct timevar_stack_def
+{
+  /* The timing variable at this stack level.  */
+  struct timevar_def *timevar;
+
+  /* The next lower timing variable context in the stack.  */
+  struct timevar_stack_def *next;
+};
+
+/* Declared timing variables.  Constructed from the contents of
+   timevar.def.  */
+static struct timevar_def timevars[TIMEVAR_LAST];
+
+/* The top of the timing stack.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *stack;
+
+/* A list of unused (i.e. allocated and subsequently popped)
+   timevar_stack_def instances.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *unused_stack_instances;
+
+/* The time at which the topmost element on the timing stack was
+   pushed.  Time elapsed since then is attributed to the topmost
+   element.  */
+static struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+static void get_time (struct timevar_time_def *);
+static void timevar_accumulate (struct timevar_time_def *,
+                                struct timevar_time_def *,
+                                struct timevar_time_def *);
+
+/* Fill the current times into TIME.  The definition of this function
+   also defines any or all of the HAVE_USER_TIME, HAVE_SYS_TIME, and
+   HAVE_WALL_TIME macros.  */
+
+static void
+get_time (now)
+     struct timevar_time_def *now;
+{
+  now->user = 0;
+  now->sys  = 0;
+  now->wall = 0;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  {
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+    struct tms tms;
+    now->wall = times (&tms)  * ticks_to_msec;
+#if IN_GCC
+    now->user = tms.tms_utime * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = tms.tms_stime * ticks_to_msec;
+#else
+    now->user = (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_cutime) * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = (tms.tms_stime + tms.tms_cstime) * ticks_to_msec;
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_GETRUSAGE
+    struct rusage rusage;
+#if IN_GCC
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage);
+#else
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &rusage);
+#endif
+    now->user = rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  = rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+    now->user = clock () * clocks_to_msec;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/* Add the difference between STOP and START to TIMER.  */
+
+static void
+timevar_accumulate (timer, start, stop)
+     struct timevar_time_def *timer;
+     struct timevar_time_def *start;
+     struct timevar_time_def *stop;
+{
+  timer->user += stop->user - start->user;
+  timer->sys += stop->sys - start->sys;
+  timer->wall += stop->wall - start->wall;
+}
+
+/* Initialize timing variables.  */
+
+void
+init_timevar ()
+{
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Zero all elapsed times.  */
+  memset ((void *) timevars, 0, sizeof (timevars));
+
+  /* Initialize the names of timing variables.  */
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+  timevars[identifier__].name = name__;
+#include "timevar.def"
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+  ticks_to_msec = TICKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+  clocks_to_msec = CLOCKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Push TIMEVAR onto the timing stack.  No further elapsed time is
+   attributed to the previous topmost timing variable on the stack;
+   subsequent elapsed time is attributed to TIMEVAR, until it is
+   popped or another element is pushed on top.
+
+   TIMEVAR cannot be running as a standalone timer.  */
+
+void
+timevar_push (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_stack_def *context;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Can't push a standalone timer.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* See if we have a previously-allocated stack instance.  If so,
+     take it off the list.  If not, malloc a new one.  */
+  if (unused_stack_instances != NULL)
+    {
+      context = unused_stack_instances;
+      unused_stack_instances = unused_stack_instances->next;
+    }
+  else
+    context = (struct timevar_stack_def *)
+      xmalloc (sizeof (struct timevar_stack_def));
+
+  /* Fill it in and put it on the stack.  */
+  context->timevar = tv;
+  context->next = stack;
+  stack = context;
+}
+
+/* Pop the topmost timing variable element off the timing stack.  The
+   popped variable must be TIMEVAR.  Elapsed time since the that
+   element was pushed on, or since it was last exposed on top of the
+   stack when the element above it was popped off, is credited to that
+   timing variable.  */
+
+void
+timevar_pop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+  struct timevar_stack_def *popped = stack;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  if (&timevars[timevar] != stack->timevar)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* Attribute the elapsed time to the element we're popping.  */
+  timevar_accumulate (&popped->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to the
+     element just exposed on the stack.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* Take the item off the stack.  */
+  stack = stack->next;
+
+  /* Don't delete the stack element; instead, add it to the list of
+     unused elements for later use.  */
+  popped->next = unused_stack_instances;
+  unused_stack_instances = popped;
+}
+
+/* Start timing TIMEVAR independently of the timing stack.  Elapsed
+   time until timevar_stop is called for the same timing variable is
+   attributed to TIMEVAR.  */
+
+void
+timevar_start (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Don't allow the same timing variable to be started more than
+     once.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+  tv->standalone = 1;
+
+  get_time (&tv->start_time);
+}
+
+/* Stop timing TIMEVAR.  Time elapsed since timevar_start was called
+   is attributed to it.  */
+
+void
+timevar_stop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* TIMEVAR must have been started via timevar_start.  */
+  if (!tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  get_time (&now);
+  timevar_accumulate (&tv->elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+}
+
+/* Fill the elapsed time for TIMEVAR into ELAPSED.  Returns
+   update-to-date information even if TIMEVAR is currently running.  */
+
+void
+timevar_get (timevar, elapsed)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+     struct timevar_time_def *elapsed;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  *elapsed = tv->elapsed;
+
+  /* Is TIMEVAR currently running as a standalone timer?  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+    }
+  /* Or is TIMEVAR at the top of the timer stack?  */
+  else if (stack->timevar == tv)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Summarize timing variables to FP.  The timing variable TV_TOTAL has
+   a special meaning -- it's considered to be the total elapsed time,
+   for normalizing the others, and is displayed last.  */
+
+void
+timevar_print (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  /* Only print stuff if we have some sort of time information.  */
+#if defined HAVE_USER_TIME || defined HAVE_SYS_TIME || defined HAVE_WALL_TIME
+  unsigned int /* timevar_id_t */ id;
+  struct timevar_time_def *total = &timevars[TV_TOTAL].elapsed;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Update timing information in case we're calling this from GDB.  */
+
+  if (fp == 0)
+    fp = stderr;
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  fputs (_("\nExecution times (seconds)\n"), fp);
+  for (id = 0; id < (unsigned int) TIMEVAR_LAST; ++id)
+    {
+      struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[(timevar_id_t) id];
+      const float tiny = 5e-3;
+
+      /* Don't print the total execution time here; that goes at the
+         end.  */
+      if ((timevar_id_t) id == TV_TOTAL)
+        continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables that were never used.  */
+      if (!tv->used)
+        continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables if we're going to get a row of
+         zeroes.  */
+      if (tv->elapsed.user < tiny
+          && tv->elapsed.sys < tiny
+          && tv->elapsed.wall < tiny)
+        continue;
+
+      /* The timing variable name.  */
+      fprintf (fp, " %-22s:", tv->name);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+      /* Print user-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) usr",
+               tv->elapsed.user,
+               (total->user == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.user / total->user) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_USER_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+      /* Print system-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) sys",
+               tv->elapsed.sys,
+               (total->sys == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.sys / total->sys) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+      /* Print wall clock time elapsed.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) wall",
+               tv->elapsed.wall,
+               (total->wall == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.wall / total->wall) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_WALL_TIME */
+
+      putc ('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+  /* Print total time.  */
+  fputs (_(" TOTAL                 :"), fp);
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->user);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->sys);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f\n", total->wall);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME)
+          || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME) */
+}
+
+/* Returns time (user + system) used so far by the compiler process,
+   in microseconds.  */
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def total_elapsed;
+  timevar_get (TV_TOTAL, &total_elapsed);
+  return total_elapsed.user + total_elapsed.sys;
+}
+
+/* Prints a message to stderr stating that time elapsed in STR is
+   TOTAL (given in microseconds).  */
+
+void
+print_time (str, total)
+     const char *str;
+     long total;
+{
+  long all_time = get_run_time ();
+  fprintf (stderr,
+           _("time in %s: %ld.%06ld (%ld%%)\n"),
+           str, total / 1000000, total % 1000000,
+           all_time == 0 ? 0
+           : (long) (((100.0 * (double) total) / (double) all_time) + .5));
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.def b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..484fe35f7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.def
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* This file contains the definitions for timing variables used to -*- C -*-
+   measure run-time performance of the compiler.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille <akim@freefriends.org>.
+
+   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file contains timing variable definitions, used by timevar.h
+   and timevar.c.
+
+   Syntax:
+
+     DEFTIMEVAR (id, name)
+
+   where ID is the enumeral value used to identify the timing
+   variable, and NAME is a character string describing its purpose.  */
+
+/* The total execution time.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_TOTAL                 , "total time")
+
+/* Time spent in the reader.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_READER                , "reader")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SCANNING              , "scanner")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSING               , "parser")
+
+/* Time spent handling the grammar.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REDUCE                , "reducing the grammar")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SETS                  , "computing the sets")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LR0                   , "LR(0)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LALR                  , "LALR(1)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_IELR_PHASE1           , "IELR(1) Phase 1")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_IELR_PHASE2           , "IELR(1) Phase 2")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_IELR_PHASE3           , "IELR(1) Phase 3")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_IELR_PHASE4           , "IELR(1) Phase 4")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_CONFLICTS             , "conflicts")
+
+/* Time spent outputing results.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REPORT                , "outputing report")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_GRAPH                 , "outputing graph")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_XML                   , "outputing xml")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_ACTIONS               , "parser action tables")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSER                , "outputing parser")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_M4                    , "running m4")
+
+/* Time spent by freeing the memory :).  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_FREE                  , "freeing")
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d397bd7ff0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/timevar.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+#define GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+
+/* Timing variables are used to measure elapsed time in various
+   portions of the compiler.  Each measures elapsed user, system, and
+   wall-clock time, as appropriate to and supported by the host
+   system.
+
+   Timing variables are defined using the DEFTIMEVAR macro in
+   timevar.def.  Each has an enumeral identifier, used when referring
+   to the timing variable in code, and a character string name.
+
+   Timing variables can be used in two ways:
+
+     - On the timing stack, using timevar_push and timevar_pop.
+       Timing variables may be pushed onto the stack; elapsed time is
+       attributed to the topmost timing variable on the stack.  When
+       another variable is pushed on, the previous topmost variable is
+       'paused' until the pushed variable is popped back off.
+
+     - As a standalone timer, using timevar_start and timevar_stop.
+       All time elapsed between the two calls is attributed to the
+       variable.
+*/
+
+/* This structure stores the various varieties of time that can be
+   measured.  Times are stored in seconds.  The time may be an
+   absolute time or a time difference; in the former case, the time
+   base is undefined, except that the difference between two times
+   produces a valid time difference.  */
+
+struct timevar_time_def
+{
+  /* User time in this process.  */
+  float user;
+
+  /* System time (if applicable for this host platform) in this
+     process.  */
+  float sys;
+
+  /* Wall clock time.  */
+  float wall;
+};
+
+/* An enumeration of timing variable identifiers.  Constructed from
+   the contents of timevar.def.  */
+
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+    identifier__,
+typedef enum
+{
+#include "timevar.def"
+  TIMEVAR_LAST
+}
+timevar_id_t;
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+extern void init_timevar (void);
+extern void timevar_push (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_pop (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_start (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_stop (timevar_id_t);
+extern void timevar_get (timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *);
+extern void timevar_print (FILE *);
+
+/* Provided for backward compatibility.  */
+extern long get_run_time (void);
+extern void print_time (const char *, long);
+
+extern int timevar_report;
+
+#endif /* ! GCC_TIMEVAR_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1b3fb023a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1999, 2001-2002, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Extracted from sysdeps/posix/tempname.c.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "tmpdir.h"
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "stdlib--.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# ifdef _P_tmpdir /* native Windows */
+#  define P_tmpdir _P_tmpdir
+# else
+#  define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN  /* avoid including junk */
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "pathmax.h"
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __libc_secure_getenv secure_getenv
+# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static bool
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+             bool try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+  bool add_slash;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+        plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __libc_secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+        dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+        /* nothing */ ;
+      else
+        dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+#if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+      char dirbuf[PATH_MAX];
+      DWORD retval;
+
+      /* Find Windows temporary file directory.
+         We try this before P_tmpdir because Windows defines P_tmpdir to "\\"
+         and will therefore try to put all temporary files in the root
+         directory (unless $TMPDIR is set).  */
+      retval = GetTempPath (PATH_MAX, dirbuf);
+      if (retval > 0 && retval < PATH_MAX && direxists (dirbuf))
+        dir = dirbuf;
+      else
+#endif
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+        dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+        dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+        {
+          __set_errno (ENOENT);
+          return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+#ifdef __VMS
+  add_slash = 0;
+#else
+  add_slash = dlen != 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dlen - 1]);
+#endif
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + add_slash + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  memcpy (tmpl, dir, dlen);
+  sprintf (tmpl + dlen, &"/%.*sXXXXXX"[!add_slash], (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff7c70f346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/tmpdir.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Determine a temporary directory.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+extern int path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx, bool try_tmpdir);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd--.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fee7ecf03d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Like unistd.h, but redefine some names to avoid glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "unistd-safer.h"
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#   include <process.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef dup
+#define dup dup_safer
+
+#undef pipe
+#define pipe pipe_safer
+
+#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER
+# undef pipe2
+# define pipe2 pipe2_safer
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd-safer.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd-safer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5c2b55ae2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd-safer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Invoke unistd-like functions, but avoid some glitches.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake.  */
+
+int dup_safer (int);
+int fd_safer (int);
+int pipe_safer (int[2]);
+
+#if GNULIB_FD_SAFER_FLAG
+int dup_safer_flag (int, int);
+int fd_safer_flag (int, int);
+#endif
+
+#if GNULIB_PIPE2_SAFER
+int pipe2_safer (int[2], int);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c6a8e268c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unistd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define _GL_UNISTD_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "unistd.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11b14dfec5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/cjk.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Test for CJK encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2005-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include "streq.h"
+
+static int
+is_cjk_encoding (const char *encoding)
+{
+  if (0
+      /* Legacy Japanese encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-JP", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'J', 'P', 0, 0, 0)
+      /* Legacy Chinese encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GB2312", 'G', 'B', '2', '3', '1', '2', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "GBK", 'G', 'B', 'K', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-TW", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'T', 'W', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "BIG5", 'B', 'I', 'G', '5', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      /* Legacy Korean encodings */
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "EUC-KR", 'E', 'U', 'C', '-', 'K', 'R', 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "CP949", 'C', 'P', '9', '4', '9', 0, 0, 0, 0)
+      || STREQ_OPT (encoding, "JOHAB", 'J', 'O', 'H', 'A', 'B', 0, 0, 0, 0))
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/width.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/width.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..173d0872c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/uniwidth/width.c
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/* Determine display width of Unicode character.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2002.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "uniwidth.h"
+
+#include "cjk.h"
+
+/*
+ * Non-spacing attribute table.
+ * Consists of:
+ * - Non-spacing characters; generated from PropList.txt or
+ *   "grep '^[^;]*;[^;]*;[^;]*;[^;]*;NSM;' UnicodeData.txt"
+ * - Format control characters; generated from
+ *   "grep '^[^;]*;[^;]*;Cf;' UnicodeData.txt"
+ * - Zero width characters; generated from
+ *   "grep '^[^;]*;ZERO WIDTH ' UnicodeData.txt"
+ */
+static const unsigned char nonspacing_table_data[27*64] = {
+  /* 0x0000-0x01ff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0000-0x003f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0x0040-0x007f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0080-0x00bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x00c0-0x00ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0100-0x013f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0140-0x017f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0180-0x01bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x01c0-0x01ff */
+  /* 0x0200-0x03ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0200-0x023f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0240-0x027f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0280-0x02bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x02c0-0x02ff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x0300-0x033f */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0340-0x037f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0380-0x03bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x03c0-0x03ff */
+  /* 0x0400-0x05ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0400-0x043f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0440-0x047f */
+  0xf8, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0480-0x04bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x04c0-0x04ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0500-0x053f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0540-0x057f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xbf, /* 0x0580-0x05bf */
+  0xb6, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x05c0-0x05ff */
+  /* 0x0600-0x07ff */
+  0x0f, 0x00, 0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0600-0x063f */
+  0x00, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x0640-0x067f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0680-0x06bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xbf, 0x9f, 0x3d, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x06c0-0x06ff */
+  0x00, 0x80, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x0700-0x073f */
+  0xff, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0740-0x077f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x0780-0x07bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00, /* 0x07c0-0x07ff */
+  /* 0x0800-0x09ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0xfb, 0xef, 0x3e, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0800-0x083f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0840-0x087f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0880-0x08bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x08c0-0x08ff */
+  0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x14, /* 0x0900-0x093f */
+  0xfe, 0x21, 0xfe, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0940-0x097f */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0980-0x09bf */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x09c0-0x09ff */
+  /* 0x0a00-0x0bff */
+  0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0a00-0x0a3f */
+  0x86, 0x39, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x23, 0x00, /* 0x0a40-0x0a7f */
+  0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0a80-0x0abf */
+  0xbe, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0ac0-0x0aff */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, /* 0x0b00-0x0b3f */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x40, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0b40-0x0b7f */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0b80-0x0bbf */
+  0x01, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0bc0-0x0bff */
+  /* 0x0c00-0x0dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, /* 0x0c00-0x0c3f */
+  0xc1, 0x3d, 0x60, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0c40-0x0c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, /* 0x0c80-0x0cbf */
+  0x00, 0x30, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0cc0-0x0cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0d00-0x0d3f */
+  0x1e, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0d40-0x0d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0d80-0x0dbf */
+  0x00, 0x04, 0x5c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0dc0-0x0dff */
+  /* 0x0e00-0x0fff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0x07, /* 0x0e00-0x0e3f */
+  0x80, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0e40-0x0e7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf2, 0x1b, /* 0x0e80-0x0ebf */
+  0x00, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0ec0-0x0eff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0xa0, 0x02, /* 0x0f00-0x0f3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x7f, /* 0x0f40-0x0f7f */
+  0xdf, 0xe0, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x1f, /* 0x0f80-0x0fbf */
+  0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x0fc0-0x0fff */
+  /* 0x1000-0x11ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0xfd, 0x66, /* 0x1000-0x103f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc3, 0x01, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x00, /* 0x1040-0x107f */
+  0x64, 0x20, 0x00, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1080-0x10bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10c0-0x10ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1100-0x113f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1140-0x117f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1180-0x11bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11c0-0x11ff */
+  /* 0x1200-0x13ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1200-0x123f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1240-0x127f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1280-0x12bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x12c0-0x12ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1300-0x133f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xe0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1340-0x137f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1380-0x13bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x13c0-0x13ff */
+  /* 0x1600-0x17ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1600-0x163f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1640-0x167f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1680-0x16bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x16c0-0x16ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1c, 0x00, /* 0x1700-0x173f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x00, /* 0x1740-0x177f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xb0, 0x3f, /* 0x1780-0x17bf */
+  0x40, 0xfe, 0x0f, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x17c0-0x17ff */
+  /* 0x1800-0x19ff */
+  0x00, 0x38, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1800-0x183f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1840-0x187f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1880-0x18bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x18c0-0x18ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x87, 0x01, 0x04, 0x0e, /* 0x1900-0x193f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1940-0x197f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1980-0x19bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x19c0-0x19ff */
+  /* 0x1a00-0x1bff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1a00-0x1a3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x7f, 0xe5, 0x1f, 0xf8, 0x9f, /* 0x1a40-0x1a7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1a80-0x1abf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1ac0-0x1aff */
+  0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xd0, 0x17, /* 0x1b00-0x1b3f */
+  0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf8, 0x0f, 0x00, /* 0x1b40-0x1b7f */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1b80-0x1bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0xa3, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0x1bc0-0x1bff */
+  /* 0x1c00-0x1dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, 0xcf, 0x00, /* 0x1c00-0x1c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1c40-0x1c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1c80-0x1cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xf7, 0xff, 0xfd, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1cc0-0x1cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d00-0x1d3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d40-0x1d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d80-0x1dbf */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0xf0, /* 0x1dc0-0x1dff */
+  /* 0x2000-0x21ff */
+  0x00, 0xf8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2000-0x203f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x1f, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2040-0x207f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2080-0x20bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x01, 0x00, /* 0x20c0-0x20ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2100-0x213f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2140-0x217f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2180-0x21bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x21c0-0x21ff */
+  /* 0x2c00-0x2dff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c00-0x2c3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c40-0x2c7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2c80-0x2cbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0x2cc0-0x2cff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2d00-0x2d3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0x2d40-0x2d7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x2d80-0x2dbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, /* 0x2dc0-0x2dff */
+  /* 0x3000-0x31ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xfc, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3000-0x303f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3040-0x307f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3080-0x30bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x30c0-0x30ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3100-0x313f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3140-0x317f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x3180-0x31bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x31c0-0x31ff */
+  /* 0xa600-0xa7ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa600-0xa63f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x07, 0x30, /* 0xa640-0xa67f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa680-0xa6bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0xa6c0-0xa6ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa700-0xa73f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa740-0xa77f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa780-0xa7bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa7c0-0xa7ff */
+  /* 0xa800-0xa9ff */
+  0x44, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa800-0xa83f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa840-0xa87f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa880-0xa8bf */
+  0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, /* 0xa8c0-0xa8ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc0, 0x3f, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa900-0xa93f */
+  0x80, 0xff, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa940-0xa97f */
+  0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xc8, 0x13, /* 0xa980-0xa9bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xa9c0-0xa9ff */
+  /* 0xaa00-0xabff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7e, 0x66, 0x00, /* 0xaa00-0xaa3f */
+  0x08, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xaa40-0xaa7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9d, 0xc1, /* 0xaa80-0xaabf */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xaac0-0xaaff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab00-0xab3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab40-0xab7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xab80-0xabbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, 0x21, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xabc0-0xabff */
+  /* 0xfa00-0xfbff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa00-0xfa3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa40-0xfa7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfa80-0xfabf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfac0-0xfaff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb00-0xfb3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb40-0xfb7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfb80-0xfbbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfbc0-0xfbff */
+  /* 0xfe00-0xffff */
+  0xff, 0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe00-0xfe3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe40-0xfe7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xfe80-0xfebf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 0xfec0-0xfeff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff00-0xff3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff40-0xff7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xff80-0xffbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0e, /* 0xffc0-0xffff */
+  /* 0x10000-0x101ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10000-0x1003f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10040-0x1007f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10080-0x100bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x100c0-0x100ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10100-0x1013f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10140-0x1017f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10180-0x101bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x20, /* 0x101c0-0x101ff */
+  /* 0x10a00-0x10bff */
+  0x6e, 0xf0, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x87, /* 0x10a00-0x10a3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10a40-0x10a7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10a80-0x10abf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10ac0-0x10aff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b00-0x10b3f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b40-0x10b7f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10b80-0x10bbf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x10bc0-0x10bff */
+  /* 0x11000-0x111ff */
+  0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, /* 0x11000-0x1103f */
+  0x7f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11040-0x1107f */
+  0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x26, /* 0x11080-0x110bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x110c0-0x110ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11100-0x1113f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11140-0x1117f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x11180-0x111bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x111c0-0x111ff */
+  /* 0x1d000-0x1d1ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d000-0x1d03f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d040-0x1d07f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d080-0x1d0bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d0c0-0x1d0ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d100-0x1d13f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x03, 0xf8, 0xff, /* 0x1d140-0x1d17f */
+  0xe7, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d180-0x1d1bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d1c0-0x1d1ff */
+  /* 0x1d200-0x1d3ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d200-0x1d23f */
+  0x1c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d240-0x1d27f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d280-0x1d2bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d2c0-0x1d2ff */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d300-0x1d33f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d340-0x1d37f */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0x1d380-0x1d3bf */
+  0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00  /* 0x1d3c0-0x1d3ff */
+};
+static const signed char nonspacing_table_ind[240] = {
+   0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7, /* 0x0000-0x0fff */
+   8,  9, -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, /* 0x1000-0x1fff */
+  14, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 15, -1, /* 0x2000-0x2fff */
+  16, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x3000-0x3fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x4000-0x4fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x5000-0x5fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x6000-0x6fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x7000-0x7fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x8000-0x8fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x9000-0x9fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, 17, 18, 19, -1, -1, /* 0xa000-0xafff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xb000-0xbfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xc000-0xcfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xd000-0xdfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0xe000-0xefff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 20, -1, 21, /* 0xf000-0xffff */
+  22, -1, -1, -1, -1, 23, -1, -1, /* 0x10000-0x10fff */
+  24, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x11000-0x11fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x12000-0x12fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x13000-0x13fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x14000-0x14fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x15000-0x15fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x16000-0x16fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x17000-0x17fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x18000-0x18fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x19000-0x19fff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x1a000-0x1afff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x1b000-0x1bfff */
+  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, /* 0x1c000-0x1cfff */
+  25, 26, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1  /* 0x1d000-0x1dfff */
+};
+
+/* Determine number of column positions required for UC.  */
+int
+uc_width (ucs4_t uc, const char *encoding)
+{
+  /* Test for non-spacing or control character.  */
+  if ((uc >> 9) < 240)
+    {
+      int ind = nonspacing_table_ind[uc >> 9];
+      if (ind >= 0)
+        if ((nonspacing_table_data[64*ind + ((uc >> 3) & 63)] >> (uc & 7)) & 1)
+          {
+            if (uc > 0 && uc < 0xa0)
+              return -1;
+            else
+              return 0;
+          }
+    }
+  else if ((uc >> 9) == (0xe0000 >> 9))
+    {
+      if (uc >= 0xe0100)
+        {
+          if (uc <= 0xe01ef)
+            return 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          if (uc >= 0xe0020 ? uc <= 0xe007f : uc == 0xe0001)
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+  /* Test for double-width character.
+   * Generated from "grep '^[^;]\{4,5\};[WF]' EastAsianWidth.txt"
+   * and            "grep '^[^;]\{4,5\};[^WF]' EastAsianWidth.txt"
+   */
+  if (uc >= 0x1100
+      && ((uc < 0x1160) /* Hangul Jamo */
+          || (uc >= 0x2329 && uc < 0x232b) /* Angle Brackets */
+          || (uc >= 0x2e80 && uc < 0xa4d0  /* CJK ... Yi */
+              && !(uc == 0x303f) && !(uc >= 0x4dc0 && uc < 0x4e00))
+          || (uc >= 0xac00 && uc < 0xd7a4) /* Hangul Syllables */
+          || (uc >= 0xf900 && uc < 0xfb00) /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */
+          || (uc >= 0xfe10 && uc < 0xfe20) /* Presentation Forms for Vertical */
+          || (uc >= 0xfe30 && uc < 0xfe70) /* CJK Compatibility Forms */
+          || (uc >= 0xff00 && uc < 0xff61) /* Fullwidth Forms */
+          || (uc >= 0xffe0 && uc < 0xffe7) /* Fullwidth Signs */
+          || (uc >= 0x20000 && uc <= 0x2ffff) /* Supplementary Ideographic Plane */
+          || (uc >= 0x30000 && uc <= 0x3ffff) /* Tertiary Ideographic Plane */
+     )   )
+    return 2;
+  /* In ancient CJK encodings, Cyrillic and most other characters are
+     double-width as well.  */
+  if (uc >= 0x00A1 && uc < 0xFF61 && uc != 0x20A9
+      && is_cjk_encoding (encoding))
+    return 2;
+  return 1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unlocked-io.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unlocked-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df3e13911e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unlocked-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
+   from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
+
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
+
+   Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
+   the *_unlocked functions directly.  On hosts that lack those
+   functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead.  */
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+#  undef clearerr
+#  define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+#  undef feof
+#  define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+#  undef ferror
+#  define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fflush
+#  define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fgets
+#  define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fputc
+#  define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fputs
+#  define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fread
+#  define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+#  undef fwrite
+#  define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+# else
+#  define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+#  undef getc
+#  define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#  undef getchar
+#  define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+# else
+#  define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+#  undef putc
+#  define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+# else
+#  define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#  undef putchar
+#  define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+# else
+#  define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+# endif
+
+# undef flockfile
+# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+# undef ftrylockfile
+# define ftrylockfile(x) 0
+
+# undef funlockfile
+# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unsetenv.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unsetenv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c58c82f4f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/unsetenv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995-2002, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit.  Otherwise gcc
+   optimizes away the name == NULL test below.  */
+#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __set_errno(ev) ((errno) = (ev))
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# define __environ      environ
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+/* This lock protects against simultaneous modifications of 'environ'.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, envlock)
+# define LOCK   __libc_lock_lock (envlock)
+# define UNLOCK __libc_lock_unlock (envlock)
+#else
+# define LOCK
+# define UNLOCK
+#endif
+
+/* In the GNU C library we must keep the namespace clean.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define unsetenv __unsetenv
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC || !HAVE_UNSETENV
+
+int
+unsetenv (const char *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+  char **ep;
+
+  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr (name, '=') != NULL)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  len = strlen (name);
+
+  LOCK;
+
+  ep = __environ;
+  while (*ep != NULL)
+    if (!strncmp (*ep, name, len) && (*ep)[len] == '=')
+      {
+        /* Found it.  Remove this pointer by moving later ones back.  */
+        char **dp = ep;
+
+        do
+          dp[0] = dp[1];
+        while (*dp++);
+        /* Continue the loop in case NAME appears again.  */
+      }
+    else
+      ++ep;
+
+  UNLOCK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# undef unsetenv
+weak_alias (__unsetenv, unsetenv)
+#endif
+
+#else /* HAVE_UNSETENV */
+
+# undef unsetenv
+# if !HAVE_DECL_UNSETENV
+#  if VOID_UNSETENV
+extern void unsetenv (const char *);
+#  else
+extern int unsetenv (const char *);
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+/* Call the underlying unsetenv, in case there is hidden bookkeeping
+   that needs updating beyond just modifying environ.  */
+int
+rpl_unsetenv (const char *name)
+{
+  int result = 0;
+  if (!name || !*name || strchr (name, '='))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  while (getenv (name))
+# if !VOID_UNSETENV
+    result =
+# endif
+      unsetenv (name);
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_UNSETENV */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4de22819fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,5610 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* This file can be parametrized with the following macros:
+     VASNPRINTF         The name of the function being defined.
+     FCHAR_T            The element type of the format string.
+     DCHAR_T            The element type of the destination (result) string.
+     FCHAR_T_ONLY_ASCII Set to 1 to enable verification that all characters
+                        in the format string are ASCII. MUST be set if
+                        FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type.
+     DIRECTIVE          Structure denoting a format directive.
+                        Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     DIRECTIVES         Structure denoting the set of format directives of a
+                        format string.  Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     PRINTF_PARSE       Function that parses a format string.
+                        Depends on FCHAR_T.
+     DCHAR_CPY          memcpy like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     DCHAR_SET          memset like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     DCHAR_MBSNLEN      mbsnlen like function for DCHAR_T[] arrays.
+     SNPRINTF           The system's snprintf (or similar) function.
+                        This may be either snprintf or swprintf.
+     TCHAR_T            The element type of the argument and result string
+                        of the said SNPRINTF function.  This may be either
+                        char or wchar_t.  The code exploits that
+                        sizeof (TCHAR_T) | sizeof (DCHAR_T) and
+                        alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T).
+     DCHAR_IS_TCHAR     Set to 1 if DCHAR_T and TCHAR_T are the same type.
+     DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING A function to convert from char[] to DCHAR[].
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T   Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint8_t.
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T  Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint16_t.
+     DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T  Set to 1 if DCHAR_T is uint32_t.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
+# include "palloca.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  include "vasnwprintf.h"
+# else
+#  include "vasnprintf.h"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>     /* localeconv() */
+#include <stdio.h>      /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
+#include <stdlib.h>     /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
+#include <string.h>     /* memcpy(), strlen() */
+#include <errno.h>      /* errno */
+#include <limits.h>     /* CHAR_BIT */
+#include <float.h>      /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
+#if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  include "wprintf-parse.h"
+# else
+#  include "printf-parse.h"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#include "verify.h"
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "float+.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
+# include "printf-frexp.h"
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+# include <math.h>
+# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
+# include "printf-frexpl.h"
+# include "fpucw.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Default parameters.  */
+#ifndef VASNPRINTF
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
+#  define FCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define DCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define TCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1
+#  define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+#  define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+#  define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+#  define DCHAR_CPY wmemcpy
+#  define DCHAR_SET wmemset
+# else
+#  define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
+#  define FCHAR_T char
+#  define DCHAR_T char
+#  define TCHAR_T char
+#  define DCHAR_IS_TCHAR 1
+#  define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+#  define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#  define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+#  define DCHAR_CPY memcpy
+#  define DCHAR_SET memset
+# endif
+#endif
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+  /* TCHAR_T is wchar_t.  */
+# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
+   /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
+      on Unix; we use the function _snwprintf() or - on mingw - snwprintf()
+      instead.  The mingw function snwprintf() has fewer bugs than the
+      MSVCRT function _snwprintf(), so prefer that.  */
+#  if defined __MINGW32__
+#   define SNPRINTF snwprintf
+#  else
+#   define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
+#  endif
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF swprintf
+# endif
+#else
+  /* TCHAR_T is char.  */
+  /* Use snprintf if it exists under the name 'snprintf' or '_snprintf'.
+     But don't use it on BeOS, since BeOS snprintf produces no output if the
+     size argument is >= 0x3000000.
+     Also don't use it on Linux libc5, since there snprintf with size = 1
+     writes any output without bounds, like sprintf.  */
+# if (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF) && !defined __BEOS__ && !(__GNU_LIBRARY__ == 1)
+#  define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# else
+#  define USE_SNPRINTF 0
+# endif
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  The mingw function snprintf() has fewer bugs than the MSVCRT
+      function _snprintf(), so prefer that.  */
+#  if defined __MINGW32__
+#   define SNPRINTF snprintf
+    /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf.  */
+#   undef snprintf
+#  else
+#   define SNPRINTF _snprintf
+#  endif
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF snprintf
+   /* Here we need to call the native snprintf, not rpl_snprintf.  */
+#  undef snprintf
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Here we need to call the native sprintf, not rpl_sprintf.  */
+#undef sprintf
+
+/* GCC >= 4.0 with -Wall emits unjustified "... may be used uninitialized"
+   warnings in this file.  Use -Dlint to suppress them.  */
+#ifdef lint
+# define IF_LINT(Code) Code
+#else
+# define IF_LINT(Code) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid some warnings from "gcc -Wshadow".
+   This file doesn't use the exp() and remainder() functions.  */
+#undef exp
+#define exp expo
+#undef remainder
+#define remainder rem
+
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if (HAVE_STRNLEN && !defined _AIX)
+#  define local_strnlen strnlen
+# else
+#  ifndef local_strnlen_defined
+#   define local_strnlen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION) || ((!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL)) && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION && DCHAR_IS_TCHAR)) && HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# if HAVE_WCSLEN
+#  define local_wcslen wcslen
+# else
+   /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
+      a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
+      Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
+      twice in the same compilation unit.  */
+#  ifndef local_wcslen_defined
+#   define local_wcslen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99) && HAVE_WCHAR_T && WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# if HAVE_WCSNLEN
+#  define local_wcsnlen wcsnlen
+# else
+#  ifndef local_wcsnlen_defined
+#   define local_wcsnlen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcsnlen (const wchar_t *s, size_t maxlen)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; maxlen > 0 && *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++, maxlen--)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+/* Determine the decimal-point character according to the current locale.  */
+# ifndef decimal_point_char_defined
+#  define decimal_point_char_defined 1
+static char
+decimal_point_char (void)
+{
+  const char *point;
+  /* Determine it in a multithread-safe way.  We know nl_langinfo is
+     multithread-safe on glibc systems and Mac OS X systems, but is not required
+     to be multithread-safe by POSIX.  sprintf(), however, is multithread-safe.
+     localeconv() is rarely multithread-safe.  */
+#  if HAVE_NL_LANGINFO && (__GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__ || (defined __APPLE__ && defined __MACH__))
+  point = nl_langinfo (RADIXCHAR);
+#  elif 1
+  char pointbuf[5];
+  sprintf (pointbuf, "%#.0f", 1.0);
+  point = &pointbuf[1];
+#  else
+  point = localeconv () -> decimal_point;
+#  endif
+  /* The decimal point is always a single byte: either '.' or ','.  */
+  return (point[0] != '\0' ? point[0] : '.');
+}
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm.  */
+static int
+is_infinite_or_zero (double x)
+{
+  return isnand (x) || x + x == x;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE && !NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Equivalent to !isfinite(x) || x == 0, but does not require libm.  */
+static int
+is_infinite_or_zerol (long double x)
+{
+  return isnanl (x) || x + x == x;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+
+/* Converting 'long double' to decimal without rare rounding bugs requires
+   real bignums.  We use the naming conventions of GNU gmp, but vastly simpler
+   (and slower) algorithms.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int mp_limb_t;
+# define GMP_LIMB_BITS 32
+verify (sizeof (mp_limb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+
+typedef unsigned long long mp_twolimb_t;
+# define GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS 64
+verify (sizeof (mp_twolimb_t) * CHAR_BIT == GMP_TWOLIMB_BITS);
+
+/* Representation of a bignum >= 0.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t nlimbs;
+  mp_limb_t *limbs; /* Bits in little-endian order, allocated with malloc().  */
+} mpn_t;
+
+/* Compute the product of two bignums >= 0.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+multiply (mpn_t src1, mpn_t src2, mpn_t *dest)
+{
+  const mp_limb_t *p1;
+  const mp_limb_t *p2;
+  size_t len1;
+  size_t len2;
+
+  if (src1.nlimbs <= src2.nlimbs)
+    {
+      len1 = src1.nlimbs;
+      p1 = src1.limbs;
+      len2 = src2.nlimbs;
+      p2 = src2.limbs;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      len1 = src2.nlimbs;
+      p1 = src2.limbs;
+      len2 = src1.nlimbs;
+      p2 = src1.limbs;
+    }
+  /* Now 0 <= len1 <= len2.  */
+  if (len1 == 0)
+    {
+      /* src1 or src2 is zero.  */
+      dest->nlimbs = 0;
+      dest->limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Here 1 <= len1 <= len2.  */
+      size_t dlen;
+      mp_limb_t *dp;
+      size_t k, i, j;
+
+      dlen = len1 + len2;
+      dp = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (dlen * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+      if (dp == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+      for (k = len2; k > 0; )
+        dp[--k] = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < len1; i++)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t digit1 = p1[i];
+          mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+          for (j = 0; j < len2; j++)
+            {
+              mp_limb_t digit2 = p2[j];
+              carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2;
+              carry += dp[i + j];
+              dp[i + j] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+              carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          dp[i + len2] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+        }
+      /* Normalise.  */
+      while (dlen > 0 && dp[dlen - 1] == 0)
+        dlen--;
+      dest->nlimbs = dlen;
+      dest->limbs = dp;
+    }
+  return dest->limbs;
+}
+
+/* Compute the quotient of a bignum a >= 0 and a bignum b > 0.
+   a is written as  a = q * b + r  with 0 <= r < b.  q is the quotient, r
+   the remainder.
+   Finally, round-to-even is performed: If r > b/2 or if r = b/2 and q is odd,
+   q is incremented.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+divide (mpn_t a, mpn_t b, mpn_t *q)
+{
+  /* Algorithm:
+     First normalise a and b: a=[a[m-1],...,a[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]]
+     with m>=0 and n>0 (in base beta = 2^GMP_LIMB_BITS).
+     If m<n, then q:=0 and r:=a.
+     If m>=n=1, perform a single-precision division:
+       r:=0, j:=m,
+       while j>0 do
+         {Here (q[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+q[j]*beta^j) * b[0] + r*beta^j =
+               = a[m-1]*beta^(m-1)+...+a[j]*beta^j und 0<=r<b[0]<beta}
+         j:=j-1, r:=r*beta+a[j], q[j]:=floor(r/b[0]), r:=r-b[0]*q[j].
+       Normalise [q[m-1],...,q[0]], yields q.
+     If m>=n>1, perform a multiple-precision division:
+       We have a/b < beta^(m-n+1).
+       s:=intDsize-1-(highest bit in b[n-1]), 0<=s<intDsize.
+       Shift a and b left by s bits, copying them. r:=a.
+       r=[r[m],...,r[0]], b=[b[n-1],...,b[0]] with b[n-1]>=beta/2.
+       For j=m-n,...,0: {Here 0 <= r < b*beta^(j+1).}
+         Compute q* :
+           q* := floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1])/b[n-1]).
+           In case of overflow (q* >= beta) set q* := beta-1.
+           Compute c2 := ((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1])*beta + r[j+n-2]
+           and c3 := b[n-2] * q*.
+           {We have 0 <= c2 < 2*beta^2, even 0 <= c2 < beta^2 if no overflow
+            occurred.  Furthermore 0 <= c3 < beta^2.
+            If there was overflow and
+            r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - q* * b[n-1] >= beta, i.e. c2 >= beta^2,
+            the next test can be skipped.}
+           While c3 > c2, {Here 0 <= c2 < c3 < beta^2}
+             Put q* := q* - 1, c2 := c2 + b[n-1]*beta, c3 := c3 - b[n-2].
+           If q* > 0:
+             Put r := r - b * q* * beta^j. In detail:
+               [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] - q* * [b[n-1],...,b[0]].
+               hence: u:=0, for i:=0 to n-1 do
+                              u := u + q* * b[i],
+                              r[j+i]:=r[j+i]-(u mod beta) (+ beta, if carry),
+                              u:=u div beta (+ 1, if carry in subtraction)
+                      r[n+j]:=r[n+j]-u.
+               {Since always u = (q* * [b[i-1],...,b[0]] div beta^i) + 1
+                               < q* + 1 <= beta,
+                the carry u does not overflow.}
+             If a negative carry occurs, put q* := q* - 1
+               and [r[n+j],...,r[j]] := [r[n+j],...,r[j]] + [0,b[n-1],...,b[0]].
+         Set q[j] := q*.
+       Normalise [q[m-n],..,q[0]]; this yields the quotient q.
+       Shift [r[n-1],...,r[0]] right by s bits and normalise; this yields the
+       rest r.
+       The room for q[j] can be allocated at the memory location of r[n+j].
+     Finally, round-to-even:
+       Shift r left by 1 bit.
+       If r > b or if r = b and q[0] is odd, q := q+1.
+   */
+  const mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs;
+  size_t a_len = a.nlimbs;
+  const mp_limb_t *b_ptr = b.limbs;
+  size_t b_len = b.nlimbs;
+  mp_limb_t *roomptr;
+  mp_limb_t *tmp_roomptr = NULL;
+  mp_limb_t *q_ptr;
+  size_t q_len;
+  mp_limb_t *r_ptr;
+  size_t r_len;
+
+  /* Allocate room for a_len+2 digits.
+     (Need a_len+1 digits for the real division and 1 more digit for the
+     final rounding of q.)  */
+  roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((a_len + 2) * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (roomptr == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Normalise a.  */
+  while (a_len > 0 && a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0)
+    a_len--;
+
+  /* Normalise b.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (b_len == 0)
+        /* Division by zero.  */
+        abort ();
+      if (b_ptr[b_len - 1] == 0)
+        b_len--;
+      else
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* Here m = a_len >= 0 and n = b_len > 0.  */
+
+  if (a_len < b_len)
+    {
+      /* m<n: trivial case.  q=0, r := copy of a.  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      r_len = a_len;
+      memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+      q_ptr = roomptr + a_len;
+      q_len = 0;
+    }
+  else if (b_len == 1)
+    {
+      /* n=1: single precision division.
+         beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m  ==>  beta^(m-2) <= a/b < beta^m  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      q_ptr = roomptr + 1;
+      {
+        mp_limb_t den = b_ptr[0];
+        mp_limb_t remainder = 0;
+        const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr + a_len;
+        mp_limb_t *destptr = q_ptr + a_len;
+        size_t count;
+        for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+          {
+            mp_twolimb_t num =
+              ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--sourceptr;
+            *--destptr = num / den;
+            remainder = num % den;
+          }
+        /* Normalise and store r.  */
+        if (remainder > 0)
+          {
+            r_ptr[0] = remainder;
+            r_len = 1;
+          }
+        else
+          r_len = 0;
+        /* Normalise q.  */
+        q_len = a_len;
+        if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0)
+          q_len--;
+      }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* n>1: multiple precision division.
+         beta^(m-1) <= a < beta^m, beta^(n-1) <= b < beta^n  ==>
+         beta^(m-n-1) <= a/b < beta^(m-n+1).  */
+      /* Determine s.  */
+      size_t s;
+      {
+        mp_limb_t msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* = b[n-1], > 0 */
+        /* Determine s = GMP_LIMB_BITS - integer_length (msd).
+           Code copied from gnulib's integer_length.c.  */
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 4)
+        s = __builtin_clz (msd);
+# else
+#  if defined DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD && defined DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT
+        if (GMP_LIMB_BITS <= DBL_MANT_BIT)
+          {
+            /* Use 'double' operations.
+               Assumes an IEEE 754 'double' implementation.  */
+#   define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
+#   define DBL_EXP_BIAS (DBL_EXP_MASK / 2 - 1)
+#   define NWORDS \
+     ((sizeof (double) + sizeof (unsigned int) - 1) / sizeof (unsigned int))
+            union { double value; unsigned int word[NWORDS]; } m;
+
+            /* Use a single integer to floating-point conversion.  */
+            m.value = msd;
+
+            s = GMP_LIMB_BITS
+                - (((m.word[DBL_EXPBIT0_WORD] >> DBL_EXPBIT0_BIT) & DBL_EXP_MASK)
+                   - DBL_EXP_BIAS);
+          }
+        else
+#   undef NWORDS
+#  endif
+          {
+            s = 31;
+            if (msd >= 0x10000)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 16;
+                s -= 16;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x100)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 8;
+                s -= 8;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x10)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 4;
+                s -= 4;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x4)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 2;
+                s -= 2;
+              }
+            if (msd >= 0x2)
+              {
+                msd = msd >> 1;
+                s -= 1;
+              }
+          }
+# endif
+      }
+      /* 0 <= s < GMP_LIMB_BITS.
+         Copy b, shifting it left by s bits.  */
+      if (s > 0)
+        {
+          tmp_roomptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (b_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          if (tmp_roomptr == NULL)
+            {
+              free (roomptr);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          {
+            const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+            mp_limb_t *destptr = tmp_roomptr;
+            mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+            size_t count;
+            for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+              {
+                accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s;
+                *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+                accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+              }
+            /* accu must be zero, since that was how s was determined.  */
+            if (accu != 0)
+              abort ();
+          }
+          b_ptr = tmp_roomptr;
+        }
+      /* Copy a, shifting it left by s bits, yields r.
+         Memory layout:
+         At the beginning: r = roomptr[0..a_len],
+         at the end: r = roomptr[0..b_len-1], q = roomptr[b_len..a_len]  */
+      r_ptr = roomptr;
+      if (s == 0)
+        {
+          memcpy (r_ptr, a_ptr, a_len * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          r_ptr[a_len] = 0;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = a_ptr;
+          mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s;
+              *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+        }
+      q_ptr = roomptr + b_len;
+      q_len = a_len - b_len + 1; /* q will have m-n+1 limbs */
+      {
+        size_t j = a_len - b_len; /* m-n */
+        mp_limb_t b_msd = b_ptr[b_len - 1]; /* b[n-1] */
+        mp_limb_t b_2msd = b_ptr[b_len - 2]; /* b[n-2] */
+        mp_twolimb_t b_msdd = /* b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] */
+          ((mp_twolimb_t) b_msd << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | b_2msd;
+        /* Division loop, traversed m-n+1 times.
+           j counts down, b is unchanged, beta/2 <= b[n-1] < beta.  */
+        for (;;)
+          {
+            mp_limb_t q_star;
+            mp_limb_t c1;
+            if (r_ptr[j + b_len] < b_msd) /* r[j+n] < b[n-1] ? */
+              {
+                /* Divide r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] by b[n-1], no overflow.  */
+                mp_twolimb_t num =
+                  ((mp_twolimb_t) r_ptr[j + b_len] << GMP_LIMB_BITS)
+                  | r_ptr[j + b_len - 1];
+                q_star = num / b_msd;
+                c1 = num % b_msd;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                /* Overflow, hence r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] >= beta*b[n-1].  */
+                q_star = (mp_limb_t)~(mp_limb_t)0; /* q* = beta-1 */
+                /* Test whether r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] >= beta
+                   <==> r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] + b[n-1] >= beta*b[n-1]+beta
+                   <==> b[n-1] < floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta)
+                        {<= beta !}.
+                   If yes, jump directly to the subtraction loop.
+                   (Otherwise, r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1] - (beta-1)*b[n-1] < beta
+                    <==> floor((r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]+b[n-1])/beta) = b[n-1] ) */
+                if (r_ptr[j + b_len] > b_msd
+                    || (c1 = r_ptr[j + b_len - 1] + b_msd) < b_msd)
+                  /* r[j+n] >= b[n-1]+1 or
+                     r[j+n] = b[n-1] and the addition r[j+n-1]+b[n-1] gives a
+                     carry.  */
+                  goto subtract;
+              }
+            /* q_star = q*,
+               c1 = (r[j+n]*beta+r[j+n-1]) - q* * b[n-1] (>=0, <beta).  */
+            {
+              mp_twolimb_t c2 = /* c1*beta+r[j+n-2] */
+                ((mp_twolimb_t) c1 << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | r_ptr[j + b_len - 2];
+              mp_twolimb_t c3 = /* b[n-2] * q* */
+                (mp_twolimb_t) b_2msd * (mp_twolimb_t) q_star;
+              /* While c2 < c3, increase c2 and decrease c3.
+                 Consider c3-c2.  While it is > 0, decrease it by
+                 b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2].  Because of b[n-1]*beta+b[n-2] >= beta^2/2
+                 this can happen only twice.  */
+              if (c3 > c2)
+                {
+                  q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                  if (c3 - c2 > b_msdd)
+                    q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                }
+            }
+            if (q_star > 0)
+              subtract:
+              {
+                /* Subtract r := r - b * q* * beta^j.  */
+                mp_limb_t cr;
+                {
+                  const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+                  mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j;
+                  mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+                  size_t count;
+                  for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+                    {
+                      /* Here 0 <= carry <= q*.  */
+                      carry =
+                        carry
+                        + (mp_twolimb_t) q_star * (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++
+                        + (mp_limb_t) ~(*destptr);
+                      /* Here 0 <= carry <= beta*q* + beta-1.  */
+                      *destptr++ = ~(mp_limb_t) carry;
+                      carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS; /* <= q* */
+                    }
+                  cr = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+                }
+                /* Subtract cr from r_ptr[j + b_len], then forget about
+                   r_ptr[j + b_len].  */
+                if (cr > r_ptr[j + b_len])
+                  {
+                    /* Subtraction gave a carry.  */
+                    q_star = q_star - 1; /* q* := q* - 1 */
+                    /* Add b back.  */
+                    {
+                      const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = b_ptr;
+                      mp_limb_t *destptr = r_ptr + j;
+                      mp_limb_t carry = 0;
+                      size_t count;
+                      for (count = b_len; count > 0; count--)
+                        {
+                          mp_limb_t source1 = *sourceptr++;
+                          mp_limb_t source2 = *destptr;
+                          *destptr++ = source1 + source2 + carry;
+                          carry =
+                            (carry
+                             ? source1 >= (mp_limb_t) ~source2
+                             : source1 > (mp_limb_t) ~source2);
+                        }
+                    }
+                    /* Forget about the carry and about r[j+n].  */
+                  }
+              }
+            /* q* is determined.  Store it as q[j].  */
+            q_ptr[j] = q_star;
+            if (j == 0)
+              break;
+            j--;
+          }
+      }
+      r_len = b_len;
+      /* Normalise q.  */
+      if (q_ptr[q_len - 1] == 0)
+        q_len--;
+# if 0 /* Not needed here, since we need r only to compare it with b/2, and
+          b is shifted left by s bits.  */
+      /* Shift r right by s bits.  */
+      if (s > 0)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t ptr = r_ptr + r_len;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = r_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu = (mp_twolimb_t) (mp_limb_t) accu << GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *--ptr << (GMP_LIMB_BITS - s);
+              *ptr = (mp_limb_t) (accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+            }
+        }
+# endif
+      /* Normalise r.  */
+      while (r_len > 0 && r_ptr[r_len - 1] == 0)
+        r_len--;
+    }
+  /* Compare r << 1 with b.  */
+  if (r_len > b_len)
+    goto increment_q;
+  {
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = b_len;;)
+      {
+        mp_limb_t r_i =
+          (i <= r_len && i > 0 ? r_ptr[i - 1] >> (GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) : 0)
+          | (i < r_len ? r_ptr[i] << 1 : 0);
+        mp_limb_t b_i = (i < b_len ? b_ptr[i] : 0);
+        if (r_i > b_i)
+          goto increment_q;
+        if (r_i < b_i)
+          goto keep_q;
+        if (i == 0)
+          break;
+        i--;
+      }
+  }
+  if (q_len > 0 && ((q_ptr[0] & 1) != 0))
+    /* q is odd.  */
+    increment_q:
+    {
+      size_t i;
+      for (i = 0; i < q_len; i++)
+        if (++(q_ptr[i]) != 0)
+          goto keep_q;
+      q_ptr[q_len++] = 1;
+    }
+  keep_q:
+  if (tmp_roomptr != NULL)
+    free (tmp_roomptr);
+  q->limbs = q_ptr;
+  q->nlimbs = q_len;
+  return roomptr;
+}
+
+/* Convert a bignum a >= 0, multiplied with 10^extra_zeroes, to decimal
+   representation.
+   Destroys the contents of a.
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+convert_to_decimal (mpn_t a, size_t extra_zeroes)
+{
+  mp_limb_t *a_ptr = a.limbs;
+  size_t a_len = a.nlimbs;
+  /* 0.03345 is slightly larger than log(2)/(9*log(10)).  */
+  size_t c_len = 9 * ((size_t)(a_len * (GMP_LIMB_BITS * 0.03345f)) + 1);
+  char *c_ptr = (char *) malloc (xsum (c_len, extra_zeroes));
+  if (c_ptr != NULL)
+    {
+      char *d_ptr = c_ptr;
+      for (; extra_zeroes > 0; extra_zeroes--)
+        *d_ptr++ = '0';
+      while (a_len > 0)
+        {
+          /* Divide a by 10^9, in-place.  */
+          mp_limb_t remainder = 0;
+          mp_limb_t *ptr = a_ptr + a_len;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = a_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              mp_twolimb_t num =
+                ((mp_twolimb_t) remainder << GMP_LIMB_BITS) | *--ptr;
+              *ptr = num / 1000000000;
+              remainder = num % 1000000000;
+            }
+          /* Store the remainder as 9 decimal digits.  */
+          for (count = 9; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              *d_ptr++ = '0' + (remainder % 10);
+              remainder = remainder / 10;
+            }
+          /* Normalize a.  */
+          if (a_ptr[a_len - 1] == 0)
+            a_len--;
+        }
+      /* Remove leading zeroes.  */
+      while (d_ptr > c_ptr && d_ptr[-1] == '0')
+        d_ptr--;
+      /* But keep at least one zero.  */
+      if (d_ptr == c_ptr)
+        *d_ptr++ = '0';
+      /* Terminate the string.  */
+      *d_ptr = '\0';
+    }
+  return c_ptr;
+}
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0:
+   write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+decode_long_double (long double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp)
+{
+  mpn_t m;
+  int exp;
+  long double y;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Allocate memory for result.  */
+  m.nlimbs = (LDBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (m.limbs == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexpl (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT), and the
+     latter is an integer.  */
+  /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^LDBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs.
+     I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'long double' value between
+     2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only
+     'long double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int',
+     doesn't matter).  */
+#  if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0
+#   if (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#   else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t d;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (LDBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      d = (int) y;
+      y -= d;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d;
+    }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+  for (i = LDBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; )
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#  if 0 /* On FreeBSD 6.1/x86, 'long double' numbers sometimes have excess
+           precision.  */
+  if (!(y == 0.0L))
+    abort ();
+#  endif
+  /* Normalise.  */
+  while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0)
+    m.nlimbs--;
+  *mp = m;
+  *ep = exp - LDBL_MANT_BIT;
+  return m.limbs;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0:
+   write x as x = 2^e * m, where m is a bignum.
+   Return the allocated memory in case of success, NULL in case of memory
+   allocation failure.  */
+static void *
+decode_double (double x, int *ep, mpn_t *mp)
+{
+  mpn_t m;
+  int exp;
+  double y;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Allocate memory for result.  */
+  m.nlimbs = (DBL_MANT_BIT + GMP_LIMB_BITS - 1) / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  m.limbs = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (m.nlimbs * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (m.limbs == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexp (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* x = 2^exp * y = 2^(exp - DBL_MANT_BIT) * (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT), and the
+     latter is an integer.  */
+  /* Convert the mantissa (y * 2^DBL_MANT_BIT) to a sequence of limbs.
+     I'm not sure whether it's safe to cast a 'double' value between
+     2^31 and 2^32 to 'unsigned int', therefore play safe and cast only
+     'double' values between 0 and 2^16 (to 'unsigned int' or 'int',
+     doesn't matter).  */
+#  if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) != 0
+#   if (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS) > GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+#   else
+    {
+      mp_limb_t d;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (DBL_MANT_BIT % GMP_LIMB_BITS);
+      d = (int) y;
+      y -= d;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS] = d;
+    }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+  for (i = DBL_MANT_BIT / GMP_LIMB_BITS; i > 0; )
+    {
+      mp_limb_t hi, lo;
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      hi = (int) y;
+      y -= hi;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      y *= (mp_limb_t) 1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2);
+      lo = (int) y;
+      y -= lo;
+      if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+        abort ();
+      m.limbs[--i] = (hi << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) | lo;
+    }
+  if (!(y == 0.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* Normalise.  */
+  while (m.nlimbs > 0 && m.limbs[m.nlimbs - 1] == 0)
+    m.nlimbs--;
+  *mp = m;
+  *ep = exp - DBL_MANT_BIT;
+  return m.limbs;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* Assuming x = 2^e * m is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_decoded (int e, mpn_t m, void *memory, int n)
+{
+  int s;
+  size_t extra_zeroes;
+  unsigned int abs_n;
+  unsigned int abs_s;
+  mp_limb_t *pow5_ptr;
+  size_t pow5_len;
+  unsigned int s_limbs;
+  unsigned int s_bits;
+  mpn_t pow5;
+  mpn_t z;
+  void *z_memory;
+  char *digits;
+
+  if (memory == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  /* x = 2^e * m, hence
+     y = round (2^e * 10^n * m) = round (2^(e+n) * 5^n * m)
+       = round (2^s * 5^n * m).  */
+  s = e + n;
+  extra_zeroes = 0;
+  /* Factor out a common power of 10 if possible.  */
+  if (s > 0 && n > 0)
+    {
+      extra_zeroes = (s < n ? s : n);
+      s -= extra_zeroes;
+      n -= extra_zeroes;
+    }
+  /* Here y = round (2^s * 5^n * m) * 10^extra_zeroes.
+     Before converting to decimal, we need to compute
+     z = round (2^s * 5^n * m).  */
+  /* Compute 5^|n|, possibly shifted by |s| bits if n and s have the same
+     sign.  2.322 is slightly larger than log(5)/log(2).  */
+  abs_n = (n >= 0 ? n : -n);
+  abs_s = (s >= 0 ? s : -s);
+  pow5_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc (((int)(abs_n * (2.322f / GMP_LIMB_BITS)) + 1
+                                    + abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS + 1)
+                                   * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+  if (pow5_ptr == NULL)
+    {
+      free (memory);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  /* Initialize with 1.  */
+  pow5_ptr[0] = 1;
+  pow5_len = 1;
+  /* Multiply with 5^|n|.  */
+  if (abs_n > 0)
+    {
+      static mp_limb_t const small_pow5[13 + 1] =
+        {
+          1, 5, 25, 125, 625, 3125, 15625, 78125, 390625, 1953125, 9765625,
+          48828125, 244140625, 1220703125
+        };
+      unsigned int n13;
+      for (n13 = 0; n13 <= abs_n; n13 += 13)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t digit1 = small_pow5[n13 + 13 <= abs_n ? 13 : abs_n - n13];
+          size_t j;
+          mp_twolimb_t carry = 0;
+          for (j = 0; j < pow5_len; j++)
+            {
+              mp_limb_t digit2 = pow5_ptr[j];
+              carry += (mp_twolimb_t) digit1 * (mp_twolimb_t) digit2;
+              pow5_ptr[j] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+              carry = carry >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          if (carry > 0)
+            pow5_ptr[pow5_len++] = (mp_limb_t) carry;
+        }
+    }
+  s_limbs = abs_s / GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  s_bits = abs_s % GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+  if (n >= 0 ? s >= 0 : s <= 0)
+    {
+      /* Multiply with 2^|s|.  */
+      if (s_bits > 0)
+        {
+          mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr;
+          mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = pow5_len; count > 0; count--)
+            {
+              accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *ptr << s_bits;
+              *ptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+            }
+          if (accu > 0)
+            {
+              *ptr = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              pow5_len++;
+            }
+        }
+      if (s_limbs > 0)
+        {
+          size_t count;
+          for (count = pow5_len; count > 0;)
+            {
+              count--;
+              pow5_ptr[s_limbs + count] = pow5_ptr[count];
+            }
+          for (count = s_limbs; count > 0;)
+            {
+              count--;
+              pow5_ptr[count] = 0;
+            }
+          pow5_len += s_limbs;
+        }
+      pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr;
+      pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len;
+      if (n >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Multiply m with pow5.  No division needed.  */
+          z_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &z);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* Divide m by pow5 and round.  */
+          z_memory = divide (m, pow5, &z);
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      pow5.limbs = pow5_ptr;
+      pow5.nlimbs = pow5_len;
+      if (n >= 0)
+        {
+          /* n >= 0, s < 0.
+             Multiply m with pow5, then divide by 2^|s|.  */
+          mpn_t numerator;
+          mpn_t denominator;
+          void *tmp_memory;
+          tmp_memory = multiply (m, pow5, &numerator);
+          if (tmp_memory == NULL)
+            {
+              free (pow5_ptr);
+              free (memory);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          /* Construct 2^|s|.  */
+          {
+            mp_limb_t *ptr = pow5_ptr + pow5_len;
+            size_t i;
+            for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++)
+              ptr[i] = 0;
+            ptr[s_limbs] = (mp_limb_t) 1 << s_bits;
+            denominator.limbs = ptr;
+            denominator.nlimbs = s_limbs + 1;
+          }
+          z_memory = divide (numerator, denominator, &z);
+          free (tmp_memory);
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          /* n < 0, s > 0.
+             Multiply m with 2^s, then divide by pow5.  */
+          mpn_t numerator;
+          mp_limb_t *num_ptr;
+          num_ptr = (mp_limb_t *) malloc ((m.nlimbs + s_limbs + 1)
+                                          * sizeof (mp_limb_t));
+          if (num_ptr == NULL)
+            {
+              free (pow5_ptr);
+              free (memory);
+              return NULL;
+            }
+          {
+            mp_limb_t *destptr = num_ptr;
+            {
+              size_t i;
+              for (i = 0; i < s_limbs; i++)
+                *destptr++ = 0;
+            }
+            if (s_bits > 0)
+              {
+                const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs;
+                mp_twolimb_t accu = 0;
+                size_t count;
+                for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--)
+                  {
+                    accu += (mp_twolimb_t) *sourceptr++ << s_bits;
+                    *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+                    accu = accu >> GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+                  }
+                if (accu > 0)
+                  *destptr++ = (mp_limb_t) accu;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                const mp_limb_t *sourceptr = m.limbs;
+                size_t count;
+                for (count = m.nlimbs; count > 0; count--)
+                  *destptr++ = *sourceptr++;
+              }
+            numerator.limbs = num_ptr;
+            numerator.nlimbs = destptr - num_ptr;
+          }
+          z_memory = divide (numerator, pow5, &z);
+          free (num_ptr);
+        }
+    }
+  free (pow5_ptr);
+  free (memory);
+
+  /* Here y = round (x * 10^n) = z * 10^extra_zeroes.  */
+
+  if (z_memory == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+  digits = convert_to_decimal (z, extra_zeroes);
+  free (z_memory);
+  return digits;
+}
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_long_double (long double x, int n)
+{
+  int e IF_LINT(= 0);
+  mpn_t m;
+  void *memory = decode_long_double (x, &e, &m);
+  return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and >= 0, and n is an integer:
+   Returns the decimal representation of round (x * 10^n).
+   Return the allocated memory - containing the decimal digits in low-to-high
+   order, terminated with a NUL character - in case of success, NULL in case
+   of memory allocation failure.  */
+static char *
+scale10_round_decimal_double (double x, int n)
+{
+  int e IF_LINT(= 0);
+  mpn_t m;
+  void *memory = decode_double (x, &e, &m);
+  return scale10_round_decimal_decoded (e, m, memory, n);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and > 0:
+   Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1).
+   The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes.  */
+static int
+floorlog10l (long double x)
+{
+  int exp;
+  long double y;
+  double z;
+  double l;
+
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexpl (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  if (y == 0.0L)
+    return INT_MIN;
+  if (y < 0.5L)
+    {
+      while (y < (1.0L / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+          exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 16)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 16);
+          exp -= 16;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 8)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 8);
+          exp -= 8;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 4)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 4);
+          exp -= 4;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 2)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 2);
+          exp -= 2;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0L / (1 << 1)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0L * (1 << 1);
+          exp -= 1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!(y >= 0.5L && y < 1.0L))
+    abort ();
+  /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y).  */
+  l = exp;
+  z = y;
+  if (z < 0.70710678118654752444)
+    {
+      z *= 1.4142135623730950488;
+      l -= 0.5;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.8408964152537145431)
+    {
+      z *= 1.1892071150027210667;
+      l -= 0.25;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.91700404320467123175)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0905077326652576592;
+      l -= 0.125;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.9576032806985736469)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0442737824274138403;
+      l -= 0.0625;
+    }
+  /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01.  */
+  z = 1 - z;
+  /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...)
+     Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7.  */
+  l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25)));
+  /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for
+     log10(x).  */
+  l *= 0.30102999566398119523;
+  /* Round down to the next integer.  */
+  return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+
+/* Assuming x is finite and > 0:
+   Return an approximation for n with 10^n <= x < 10^(n+1).
+   The approximation is usually the right n, but may be off by 1 sometimes.  */
+static int
+floorlog10 (double x)
+{
+  int exp;
+  double y;
+  double z;
+  double l;
+
+  /* Split into exponential part and mantissa.  */
+  y = frexp (x, &exp);
+  if (!(y >= 0.0 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  if (y == 0.0)
+    return INT_MIN;
+  if (y < 0.5)
+    {
+      while (y < (1.0 / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) / (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2))))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2)) * (1 << (GMP_LIMB_BITS / 2));
+          exp -= GMP_LIMB_BITS;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 16)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 16);
+          exp -= 16;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 8)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 8);
+          exp -= 8;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 4)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 4);
+          exp -= 4;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 2)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 2);
+          exp -= 2;
+        }
+      if (y < (1.0 / (1 << 1)))
+        {
+          y *= 1.0 * (1 << 1);
+          exp -= 1;
+        }
+    }
+  if (!(y >= 0.5 && y < 1.0))
+    abort ();
+  /* Compute an approximation for l = log2(x) = exp + log2(y).  */
+  l = exp;
+  z = y;
+  if (z < 0.70710678118654752444)
+    {
+      z *= 1.4142135623730950488;
+      l -= 0.5;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.8408964152537145431)
+    {
+      z *= 1.1892071150027210667;
+      l -= 0.25;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.91700404320467123175)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0905077326652576592;
+      l -= 0.125;
+    }
+  if (z < 0.9576032806985736469)
+    {
+      z *= 1.0442737824274138403;
+      l -= 0.0625;
+    }
+  /* Now 0.95 <= z <= 1.01.  */
+  z = 1 - z;
+  /* log2(1-z) = 1/log(2) * (- z - z^2/2 - z^3/3 - z^4/4 - ...)
+     Four terms are enough to get an approximation with error < 10^-7.  */
+  l -= 1.4426950408889634074 * z * (1.0 + z * (0.5 + z * ((1.0 / 3) + z * 0.25)));
+  /* Finally multiply with log(2)/log(10), yields an approximation for
+     log10(x).  */
+  l *= 0.30102999566398119523;
+  /* Round down to the next integer.  */
+  return (int) l + (l < 0 ? -1 : 0);
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* Tests whether a string of digits consists of exactly PRECISION zeroes and
+   a single '1' digit.  */
+static int
+is_borderline (const char *digits, size_t precision)
+{
+  for (; precision > 0; precision--, digits++)
+    if (*digits != '0')
+      return 0;
+  if (*digits != '1')
+    return 0;
+  digits++;
+  return *digits == '\0';
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99
+
+/* Use a different function name, to make it possible that the 'wchar_t'
+   parametrization and the 'char' parametrization get compiled in the same
+   translation unit.  */
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED wmax_room_needed
+# else
+#  define MAX_ROOM_NEEDED max_room_needed
+# endif
+
+/* Returns the number of TCHAR_T units needed as temporary space for the result
+   of sprintf or SNPRINTF of a single conversion directive.  */
+static size_t
+MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (const arguments *ap, size_t arg_index, FCHAR_T conversion,
+                 arg_type type, int flags, size_t width, int has_precision,
+                 size_t precision, int pad_ourselves)
+{
+  size_t tmp_length;
+
+  switch (conversion)
+    {
+    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+# endif
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length);
+      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 'o':
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+# endif
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+      break;
+
+    case 'x': case 'X':
+# if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+# endif
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+                          * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2);
+      break;
+
+    case 'f': case 'F':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                         )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
+                          * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+                          * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+                         )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+      break;
+
+    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+      tmp_length =
+        12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+      break;
+
+    case 'a': case 'A':
+      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (LDBL_DIG
+                          * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      else
+        tmp_length =
+          (unsigned int) (DBL_DIG
+                          * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                         )
+          + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+      if (tmp_length < precision)
+        tmp_length = precision;
+      /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+      break;
+
+    case 'c':
+# if HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
+        tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
+      else
+# endif
+        tmp_length = 1;
+      break;
+
+    case 's':
+# if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
+        {
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+          /* ISO C says about %ls in fwprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size
+                of the array, the array shall contain a null wide character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen.  */
+          const wchar_t *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+
+          if (has_precision)
+            tmp_length = local_wcsnlen (arg, precision);
+          else
+            tmp_length = local_wcslen (arg);
+#  else
+          /* ISO C says about %ls in fprintf:
+               "If a precision is specified, no more than that many bytes are
+                written (including shift sequences, if any), and the array
+                shall contain a null wide character if, to equal the multibyte
+                character sequence length given by the precision, the function
+                would need to access a wide character one past the end of the
+                array."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use wcslen.  */
+          /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF.  */
+          abort ();
+#  endif
+        }
+      else
+# endif
+        {
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+          /* ISO C says about %s in fwprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or is greater than the size
+                of the converted array, the converted array shall contain a
+                null wide character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen.  */
+          /* This case has already been handled separately in VASNPRINTF.  */
+          abort ();
+# else
+          /* ISO C says about %s in fprintf:
+               "If the precision is not specified or greater than the size of
+                the array, the array shall contain a null character."
+             So if there is a precision, we must not use strlen.  */
+          const char *arg = ap->arg[arg_index].a.a_string;
+
+          if (has_precision)
+            tmp_length = local_strnlen (arg, precision);
+          else
+            tmp_length = strlen (arg);
+# endif
+        }
+      break;
+
+    case 'p':
+      tmp_length =
+        (unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
+                        * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+                       )
+          + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+          + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  if (!pad_ourselves)
+    {
+# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+      /* Padding considers the number of characters, therefore the number of
+         elements after padding may be
+           > max (tmp_length, width)
+         but is certainly
+           <= tmp_length + width.  */
+      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, width);
+# else
+      /* Padding considers the number of elements, says POSIX.  */
+      if (tmp_length < width)
+        tmp_length = width;
+# endif
+    }
+
+  tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+  return tmp_length;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+DCHAR_T *
+VASNPRINTF (DCHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp,
+            const FCHAR_T *format, va_list args)
+{
+  DIRECTIVES d;
+  arguments a;
+
+  if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
+    /* errno is already set.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+#define CLEANUP() \
+  if (d.dir != d.direct_alloc_dir)                                      \
+    free (d.dir);                                                       \
+  if (a.arg != a.direct_alloc_arg)                                      \
+    free (a.arg);
+
+  if (PRINTF_FETCHARGS (args, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      CLEANUP ();
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t buf_neededlength;
+    TCHAR_T *buf;
+    TCHAR_T *buf_malloced;
+    const FCHAR_T *cp;
+    size_t i;
+    DIRECTIVE *dp;
+    /* Output string accumulator.  */
+    DCHAR_T *result;
+    size_t allocated;
+    size_t length;
+
+    /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
+       sprintf or snprintf.  */
+    buf_neededlength =
+      xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+    if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+      {
+        buf = (TCHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+        buf_malloced = NULL;
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+      {
+        size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+        if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
+        if (buf == NULL)
+          goto out_of_memory_1;
+        buf_malloced = buf;
+      }
+
+    if (resultbuf != NULL)
+      {
+        result = resultbuf;
+        allocated = *lengthp;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+        result = NULL;
+        allocated = 0;
+      }
+    length = 0;
+    /* Invariants:
+       result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
+       If length > 0, then result != NULL.  */
+
+    /* Ensures that allocated >= needed.  Aborts through a jump to
+       out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big.  */
+#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
+    if ((needed) > allocated)                                                \
+      {                                                                      \
+        size_t memory_size;                                                  \
+        DCHAR_T *memory;                                                     \
+                                                                             \
+        allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12);            \
+        if ((needed) > allocated)                                            \
+          allocated = (needed);                                              \
+        memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (DCHAR_T));                  \
+        if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))                                   \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                                \
+        if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL)                           \
+          memory = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size);                         \
+        else                                                                 \
+          memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size);                \
+        if (memory == NULL)                                                  \
+          goto out_of_memory;                                                \
+        if (result == resultbuf && length > 0)                               \
+          DCHAR_CPY (memory, result, length);                                \
+        result = memory;                                                     \
+      }
+
+    for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
+      {
+        if (cp != dp->dir_start)
+          {
+            size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
+            size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
+
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            /* This copies a piece of FCHAR_T[] into a DCHAR_T[].  Here we
+               need that the format string contains only ASCII characters
+               if FCHAR_T and DCHAR_T are not the same type.  */
+            if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+              {
+                DCHAR_CPY (result + length, (const DCHAR_T *) cp, n);
+                length = augmented_length;
+              }
+            else
+              {
+                do
+                  result[length++] = (unsigned char) *cp++;
+                while (--n > 0);
+              }
+          }
+        if (i == d.count)
+          break;
+
+        /* Execute a single directive.  */
+        if (dp->conversion == '%')
+          {
+            size_t augmented_length;
+
+            if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+            augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
+            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+            result[length] = '%';
+            length = augmented_length;
+          }
+        else
+          {
+            if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
+              abort ();
+
+            if (dp->conversion == 'n')
+              {
+                switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+                    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
+                    break;
+#endif
+                  default:
+                    abort ();
+                  }
+              }
+#if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+            /* The unistdio extensions.  */
+            else if (dp->conversion == 'U')
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = (unsigned int) (-arg);
+                          }
+                        else
+                          width = arg;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                switch (type)
+                  {
+                  case TYPE_U8_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint8_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u8_string;
+                      const uint8_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u8_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u8_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT8_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-8 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u8_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                               iconveh_question_mark,
+                                               arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                               converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-8 to UTF-16/UTF-32.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U8_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                       converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            int saved_errno = errno;
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            errno = saved_errno;
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len));
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  case TYPE_U16_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint16_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u16_string;
+                      const uint16_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u16_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u16_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT16_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-16 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u16_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                                iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                                converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-16 to UTF-8/UTF-32.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U16_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                        converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            int saved_errno = errno;
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            errno = saved_errno;
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len));
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  case TYPE_U32_STRING:
+                    {
+                      const uint32_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_u32_string;
+                      const uint32_t *arg_end;
+                      size_t characters;
+
+                      if (has_precision)
+                        {
+                          /* Use only PRECISION characters, from the left.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                            {
+                              int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else if (has_width)
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                             characters.  */
+                          arg_end = arg;
+                          characters = 0;
+                          for (;;)
+                            {
+                              int count = u32_strmblen (arg_end);
+                              if (count == 0)
+                                break;
+                              if (count < 0)
+                                {
+                                  if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                    free (result);
+                                  if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                    free (buf_malloced);
+                                  CLEANUP ();
+                                  errno = EILSEQ;
+                                  return NULL;
+                                }
+                              arg_end += count;
+                              characters++;
+                            }
+                        }
+                      else
+                        {
+                          /* Use the entire string.  */
+                          arg_end = arg + u32_strlen (arg);
+                          /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                          characters = 0;
+                        }
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+
+# if DCHAR_IS_UINT32_T
+                      {
+                        size_t n = arg_end - arg;
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, arg, n);
+                        length += n;
+                      }
+# else
+                      { /* Convert.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *converted = result + length;
+                        size_t converted_len = allocated - length;
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                        /* Convert from UTF-32 to locale encoding.  */
+                        converted =
+                          u32_conv_to_encoding (locale_charset (),
+                                                iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                arg, arg_end - arg, NULL,
+                                                converted, &converted_len);
+#  else
+                        /* Convert from UTF-32 to UTF-8/UTF-16.  */
+                        converted =
+                          U32_TO_DCHAR (arg, arg_end - arg,
+                                        converted, &converted_len);
+#  endif
+                        if (converted == NULL)
+                          {
+                            int saved_errno = errno;
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            errno = saved_errno;
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        if (converted != result + length)
+                          {
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, converted_len));
+                            DCHAR_CPY (result + length, converted, converted_len);
+                            free (converted);
+                          }
+                        length += converted_len;
+                      }
+# endif
+
+                      if (has_width && width > characters
+                          && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                        {
+                          size_t n = width - characters;
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                          DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                          length += n;
+                        }
+                    }
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    abort ();
+                  }
+              }
+#endif
+#if (!USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_LS && !defined IN_LIBINTL)) && HAVE_WCHAR_T
+            else if (dp->conversion == 's'
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                     && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type != TYPE_WIDE_STRING
+# else
+                     && a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING
+# endif
+                    )
+              {
+                /* The normal handling of the 's' directive below requires
+                   allocating a temporary buffer.  The determination of its
+                   length (tmp_length), in the case when a precision is
+                   specified, below requires a conversion between a char[]
+                   string and a wchar_t[] wide string.  It could be done, but
+                   we have no guarantee that the implementation of sprintf will
+                   use the exactly same algorithm.  Without this guarantee, it
+                   is possible to have buffer overrun bugs.  In order to avoid
+                   such bugs, we implement the entire processing of the 's'
+                   directive ourselves.  */
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = (unsigned int) (-arg);
+                          }
+                        else
+                          width = arg;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 6;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                /* %s in vasnwprintf.  See the specification of fwprintf.  */
+                {
+                  const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+                  const char *arg_end;
+                  size_t characters;
+
+                  if (has_precision)
+                    {
+                      /* Use only as many bytes as needed to produce PRECISION
+                         wide characters, from the left.  */
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                        {
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+                          if (count == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating NUL.  */
+                            break;
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end += count;
+                          characters++;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  else if (has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string, and count the number of wide
+                         characters.  */
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (;;)
+                        {
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrlen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mblen (arg_end, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+                          if (count == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating NUL.  */
+                            break;
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Invalid or incomplete multibyte character.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end += count;
+                          characters++;
+                        }
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string.  */
+                      arg_end = arg + strlen (arg);
+                      /* The number of characters doesn't matter.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                    }
+
+                  if (has_width && width > characters
+                      && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - characters;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+
+                  if (has_precision || has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* We know the number of wide characters in advance.  */
+                      size_t remaining;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters));
+                      for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; remaining--)
+                        {
+                          wchar_t wc;
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg);
+#  endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc
+                               not consistent with mblen.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          result[length++] = wc;
+                          arg += count;
+                        }
+                      if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                        abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      while (arg < arg_end)
+                        {
+                          wchar_t wc;
+                          int count;
+#  if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+                          count = mbrtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = mbtowc (&wc, arg, arg_end - arg);
+#  endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* mbrtowc not consistent with mbrlen, or mbtowc
+                               not consistent with mblen.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+                          result[length++] = wc;
+                          arg += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+
+                  if (has_width && width > characters
+                      && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - characters;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+                }
+# else
+                /* %ls in vasnprintf.  See the specification of fprintf.  */
+                {
+                  const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+                  const wchar_t *arg_end;
+                  size_t characters;
+#  if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'.  */
+                  verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1);
+                  TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                  DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                  size_t tmpdst_len;
+#  endif
+                  size_t w;
+
+                  if (has_precision)
+                    {
+                      /* Use only as many wide characters as needed to produce
+                         at most PRECISION bytes, from the left.  */
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      while (precision > 0)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg_end == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating null wide character.  */
+                            break;
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg_end);
+#  endif
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          if (precision < count)
+                            break;
+                          arg_end++;
+                          characters += count;
+                          precision -= count;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  else if (has_width)
+#  else
+                  else
+#  endif
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string, and count the number of
+                         bytes.  */
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#  endif
+                      arg_end = arg;
+                      characters = 0;
+                      for (;;)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg_end == 0)
+                            /* Found the terminating null wide character.  */
+                            break;
+#  if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg_end, &state);
+#  else
+                          count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg_end);
+#  endif
+                          if (count < 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          arg_end++;
+                          characters += count;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  else
+                    {
+                      /* Use the entire string.  */
+                      arg_end = arg + local_wcslen (arg);
+                      /* The number of bytes doesn't matter.  */
+                      characters = 0;
+                    }
+#  endif
+
+#  if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  /* Convert the string into a piece of temporary memory.  */
+                  tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (characters * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                  if (tmpsrc == NULL)
+                    goto out_of_memory;
+                  {
+                    TCHAR_T *tmpptr = tmpsrc;
+                    size_t remaining;
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                    mbstate_t state;
+                    memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                    for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; )
+                      {
+                        char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                        int count;
+
+                        if (*arg == 0)
+                          abort ();
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                        count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+#   else
+                        count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg);
+#   endif
+                        if (count <= 0)
+                          /* Inconsistency.  */
+                          abort ();
+                        memcpy (tmpptr, cbuf, count);
+                        tmpptr += count;
+                        arg++;
+                        remaining -= count;
+                      }
+                    if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                      abort ();
+                  }
+
+                  /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[].  */
+                  tmpdst =
+                    DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (),
+                                              iconveh_question_mark,
+                                              tmpsrc, characters,
+                                              NULL,
+                                              NULL, &tmpdst_len);
+                  if (tmpdst == NULL)
+                    {
+                      int saved_errno = errno;
+                      free (tmpsrc);
+                      if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                        free (result);
+                      if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                        free (buf_malloced);
+                      CLEANUP ();
+                      errno = saved_errno;
+                      return NULL;
+                    }
+                  free (tmpsrc);
+#  endif
+
+                  if (has_width)
+                    {
+#  if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                      /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width
+                         against the number of _characters_ of the converted
+                         value.  */
+                      w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, characters);
+#  else
+                      /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_
+                         of the converted value, says POSIX.  */
+                      w = characters;
+#  endif
+                    }
+                  else
+                    /* w doesn't matter.  */
+                    w = 0;
+
+                  if (has_width && width > w
+                      && !(dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+
+#  if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                  if (has_precision || has_width)
+                    {
+                      /* We know the number of bytes in advance.  */
+                      size_t remaining;
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, characters));
+                      for (remaining = characters; remaining > 0; )
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg == 0)
+                            abort ();
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+#   else
+                          count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg);
+#   endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            /* Inconsistency.  */
+                            abort ();
+                          memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count);
+                          length += count;
+                          arg++;
+                          remaining -= count;
+                        }
+                      if (!(arg == arg_end))
+                        abort ();
+                    }
+                  else
+                    {
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                      mbstate_t state;
+                      memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#   endif
+                      while (arg < arg_end)
+                        {
+                          char cbuf[64]; /* Assume MB_CUR_MAX <= 64.  */
+                          int count;
+
+                          if (*arg == 0)
+                            abort ();
+#   if HAVE_WCRTOMB && !defined GNULIB_defined_mbstate_t
+                          count = wcrtomb (cbuf, *arg, &state);
+#   else
+                          count = wctomb (cbuf, *arg);
+#   endif
+                          if (count <= 0)
+                            {
+                              /* Cannot convert.  */
+                              if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                                free (result);
+                              if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                                free (buf_malloced);
+                              CLEANUP ();
+                              errno = EILSEQ;
+                              return NULL;
+                            }
+                          ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                          memcpy (result + length, cbuf, count);
+                          length += count;
+                          arg++;
+                        }
+                    }
+#  else
+                  ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, tmpdst_len));
+                  DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len);
+                  free (tmpdst);
+                  length += tmpdst_len;
+#  endif
+
+                  if (has_width && width > w
+                      && (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT))
+                    {
+                      size_t n = width - w;
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, n));
+                      DCHAR_SET (result + length, ' ', n);
+                      length += n;
+                    }
+                }
+# endif
+              }
+#endif
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+            else if ((dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+# if !(NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE))
+                     && (0
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+#  endif
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+#  endif
+                        )
+# endif
+                    )
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                DCHAR_T *tmp;
+                DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+                DCHAR_T *p;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = (unsigned int) (-arg);
+                          }
+                        else
+                          width = arg;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size.  */
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+                  tmp_length =
+                    (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1)
+                                    * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                                   )
+                    + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                else
+                  tmp_length =
+                    (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1)
+                                    * 0.831 /* decimal -> hexadecimal */
+                                   )
+                    + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+                if (tmp_length < precision)
+                  tmp_length = precision;
+                /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+
+                if (tmp_length < width)
+                  tmp_length = width;
+
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+
+                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                p = tmp;
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+                  {
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                    long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+
+                    if (isnanl (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+                        DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+
+                        BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            int exponent;
+                            long double mantissa;
+
+                            if (arg > 0.0L)
+                              mantissa = printf_frexpl (arg, &exponent);
+                            else
+                              {
+                                exponent = 0;
+                                mantissa = 0.0L;
+                              }
+
+                            if (has_precision
+                                && precision < (unsigned int) ((LDBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1)
+                              {
+                                /* Round the mantissa.  */
+                                long double tail = mantissa;
+                                size_t q;
+
+                                for (q = precision; ; q--)
+                                  {
+                                    int digit = (int) tail;
+                                    tail -= digit;
+                                    if (q == 0)
+                                      {
+                                        if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5L : tail > 0.5L)
+                                          tail = 1 - tail;
+                                        else
+                                          tail = - tail;
+                                        break;
+                                      }
+                                    tail *= 16.0L;
+                                  }
+                                if (tail != 0.0L)
+                                  for (q = precision; q > 0; q--)
+                                    tail *= 0.0625L;
+                                mantissa += tail;
+                              }
+
+                            *p++ = '0';
+                            *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+                            {
+                              int digit;
+
+                              digit = (int) mantissa;
+                              mantissa -= digit;
+                              *p++ = '0' + digit;
+                              if ((flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  || mantissa > 0.0L || precision > 0)
+                                {
+                                  *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                  /* This loop terminates because we assume
+                                     that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2.  */
+                                  while (mantissa > 0.0L)
+                                    {
+                                      mantissa *= 16.0L;
+                                      digit = (int) mantissa;
+                                      mantissa -= digit;
+                                      *p++ = digit
+                                             + (digit < 10
+                                                ? '0'
+                                                : dp->conversion - 10);
+                                      if (precision > 0)
+                                        precision--;
+                                    }
+                                  while (precision > 0)
+                                    {
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                      precision--;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                              }
+                              *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                              {
+                                static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                  { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' };
+                                SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                              }
+                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                p++;
+#  else
+                              if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                {
+                                  sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  while (*p != '\0')
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                  const char *ep;
+                                  sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+#  endif
+                          }
+
+                        END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                      }
+# else
+                    abort ();
+# endif
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_A || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                    double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+
+                    if (isnand (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            int exponent;
+                            double mantissa;
+
+                            if (arg > 0.0)
+                              mantissa = printf_frexp (arg, &exponent);
+                            else
+                              {
+                                exponent = 0;
+                                mantissa = 0.0;
+                              }
+
+                            if (has_precision
+                                && precision < (unsigned int) ((DBL_DIG + 1) * 0.831) + 1)
+                              {
+                                /* Round the mantissa.  */
+                                double tail = mantissa;
+                                size_t q;
+
+                                for (q = precision; ; q--)
+                                  {
+                                    int digit = (int) tail;
+                                    tail -= digit;
+                                    if (q == 0)
+                                      {
+                                        if (digit & 1 ? tail >= 0.5 : tail > 0.5)
+                                          tail = 1 - tail;
+                                        else
+                                          tail = - tail;
+                                        break;
+                                      }
+                                    tail *= 16.0;
+                                  }
+                                if (tail != 0.0)
+                                  for (q = precision; q > 0; q--)
+                                    tail *= 0.0625;
+                                mantissa += tail;
+                              }
+
+                            *p++ = '0';
+                            *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+                            {
+                              int digit;
+
+                              digit = (int) mantissa;
+                              mantissa -= digit;
+                              *p++ = '0' + digit;
+                              if ((flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  || mantissa > 0.0 || precision > 0)
+                                {
+                                  *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                  /* This loop terminates because we assume
+                                     that FLT_RADIX is a power of 2.  */
+                                  while (mantissa > 0.0)
+                                    {
+                                      mantissa *= 16.0;
+                                      digit = (int) mantissa;
+                                      mantissa -= digit;
+                                      *p++ = digit
+                                             + (digit < 10
+                                                ? '0'
+                                                : dp->conversion - 10);
+                                      if (precision > 0)
+                                        precision--;
+                                    }
+                                  while (precision > 0)
+                                    {
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                      precision--;
+                                    }
+                                }
+                              }
+                              *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+#  if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                              {
+                                static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                  { '%', '+', 'd', '\0' };
+                                SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                              }
+                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                p++;
+#  else
+                              if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                {
+                                  sprintf ((char *) p, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  while (*p != '\0')
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                  const char *ep;
+                                  sprintf (expbuf, "%+d", exponent);
+                                  for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                    p++;
+                                }
+#  endif
+                          }
+                      }
+# else
+                    abort ();
+# endif
+                  }
+                /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the
+                   zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr.  */
+                if (has_width && p - tmp < width)
+                  {
+                    size_t pad = width - (p - tmp);
+                    DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+
+                    if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+                    else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > pad_ptr)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = '0';
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > tmp)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+
+                    p = end;
+                  }
+
+                {
+                  size_t count = p - tmp;
+
+                  if (count >= tmp_length)
+                    /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                       code above!  */
+                    abort ();
+
+                  /* Make room for the result.  */
+                  if (count >= allocated - length)
+                    {
+                      size_t n = xsum (length, count);
+
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                    }
+
+                  /* Append the result.  */
+                  memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+                  if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                    free (tmp);
+                  length += count;
+                }
+              }
+#endif
+#if (NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE) && !defined IN_LIBINTL
+            else if ((dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G'
+                      || dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+                     && (0
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                         || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_DOUBLE
+                             /* The systems (mingw) which produce wrong output
+                                for Inf, -Inf, and NaN also do so for -0.0.
+                                Therefore we treat this case here as well.  */
+                             && is_infinite_or_zero (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double))
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                         || (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE
+                             /* Some systems produce wrong output for Inf,
+                                -Inf, and NaN.  Some systems in this category
+                                (IRIX 5.3) also do so for -0.0.  Therefore we
+                                treat this case here as well.  */
+                             && is_infinite_or_zerol (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble))
+# endif
+                        ))
+              {
+# if (NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE) && (NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE)
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+# endif
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                DCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                DCHAR_T *tmp;
+                DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+                DCHAR_T *p;
+
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = (unsigned int) (-arg);
+                          }
+                        else
+                          width = arg;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 0;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                /* POSIX specifies the default precision to be 6 for %f, %F,
+                   %e, %E, but not for %g, %G.  Implementations appear to use
+                   the same default precision also for %g, %G.  But for %a, %A,
+                   the default precision is 0.  */
+                if (!has_precision)
+                  if (!(dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A'))
+                    precision = 6;
+
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size.  */
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : DBL_DIG + 1);
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE && NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE ? LDBL_DIG + 1 : 0);
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = LDBL_DIG + 1;
+# elif NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                tmp_length = DBL_DIG + 1;
+# else
+                tmp_length = 0;
+# endif
+                if (tmp_length < precision)
+                  tmp_length = precision;
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                    {
+                      long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+                      if (!(isnanl (arg) || arg + arg == arg))
+                        {
+                          /* arg is finite and nonzero.  */
+                          int exponent = floorlog10l (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg);
+                          if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision)
+                            tmp_length = exponent + precision;
+                        }
+                    }
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_DOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                    {
+                      double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+                      if (!(isnand (arg) || arg + arg == arg))
+                        {
+                          /* arg is finite and nonzero.  */
+                          int exponent = floorlog10 (arg < 0 ? -arg : arg);
+                          if (exponent >= 0 && tmp_length < exponent + precision)
+                            tmp_length = exponent + precision;
+                        }
+                    }
+# endif
+                /* Account for sign, decimal point etc. */
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 12);
+
+                if (tmp_length < width)
+                  tmp_length = width;
+
+                tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (DCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (DCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+
+                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                p = tmp;
+
+# if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_LONG_DOUBLE
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+#  endif
+                  {
+                    long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+
+                    if (isnanl (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+                        DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
+
+                        BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0L or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0L && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_LONG_DOUBLE
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                char *digits;
+                                size_t ndigits;
+
+                                digits =
+                                  scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg, precision);
+                                if (digits == NULL)
+                                  {
+                                    END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                    goto out_of_memory;
+                                  }
+                                ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                if (ndigits > precision)
+                                  do
+                                    {
+                                      --ndigits;
+                                      *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                    }
+                                  while (ndigits > precision);
+                                else
+                                  *p++ = '0';
+                                /* Here ndigits <= precision.  */
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > ndigits; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                    while (ndigits > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        --ndigits;
+                                        *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                      }
+                                  }
+
+                                free (digits);
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                int exponent;
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0L)
+                                  {
+                                    exponent = 0;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                          *p++ = '0';
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0L.  */
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10l (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)precision - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision + 1)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 2)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)precision - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+
+                                    *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > 0)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                          }
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                {
+                                  static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+                                  SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                }
+                                while (*p != '\0')
+                                  p++;
+#   else
+                                if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                  {
+                                    sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                    while (*p != '\0')
+                                      p++;
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                    const char *ep;
+                                    sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                    for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                      p++;
+                                  }
+#   endif
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                if (precision == 0)
+                                  precision = 1;
+                                /* precision >= 1.  */
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0L)
+                                  /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision.
+                                     Use fixed-point notation.  */
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits = precision;
+                                    /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be
+                                       dropped.  */
+                                    size_t nzeroes =
+                                      (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1);
+
+                                    --ndigits;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0L.  */
+                                    int exponent;
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+                                    size_t nzeroes;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10l (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)(precision - 1) - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision - 1
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 1)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits < precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_long_double (arg,
+                                                                             (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+
+                                    /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes
+                                       that have to be dropped.  */
+                                    nzeroes = 0;
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0)
+                                      while (nzeroes < ndigits
+                                             && digits[nzeroes] == '0')
+                                        nzeroes++;
+
+                                    /* The exponent is now determined.  */
+                                    if (exponent >= -4
+                                        && exponent < (long)precision)
+                                      {
+                                        /* Fixed-point notation:
+                                           max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the
+                                           decimal point, then the remaining
+                                           digits without trailing zeroes.  */
+                                        if (exponent >= 0)
+                                          {
+                                            size_t count = exponent + 1;
+                                            /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits.  */
+                                            for (; count > 0; count--)
+                                              *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                            if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                                while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                                  {
+                                                    --ndigits;
+                                                    *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                                  }
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            size_t count = -exponent - 1;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            for (; count > 0; count--)
+                                              *p++ = '0';
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                    else
+                                      {
+                                        /* Exponential notation.  */
+                                        *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                        if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                        {
+                                          static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+                                          SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                        }
+                                        while (*p != '\0')
+                                          p++;
+#   else
+                                        if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                          {
+                                            sprintf ((char *) p, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                            while (*p != '\0')
+                                              p++;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                            const char *ep;
+                                            sprintf (expbuf, "%+.2d", exponent);
+                                            for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                              p++;
+                                          }
+#   endif
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  else
+                            /* arg is finite.  */
+                            if (!(arg == 0.0L))
+                              abort ();
+
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits =
+                                      (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0);
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'a' || dp->conversion == 'A')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'X';
+                                pad_ptr = p;
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion - 'A' + 'P';
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  endif
+                          }
+
+                        END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ();
+                      }
+                  }
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                else
+#  endif
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE || NEED_PRINTF_INFINITE_DOUBLE
+                  {
+                    double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+
+                    if (isnand (arg))
+                      {
+                        if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'A'; *p++ = 'N';
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'a'; *p++ = 'n';
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        int sign = 0;
+
+                        if (signbit (arg)) /* arg < 0.0 or negative zero */
+                          {
+                            sign = -1;
+                            arg = -arg;
+                          }
+
+                        if (sign < 0)
+                          *p++ = '-';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                          *p++ = '+';
+                        else if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+
+                        if (arg > 0.0 && arg + arg == arg)
+                          {
+                            if (dp->conversion >= 'A' && dp->conversion <= 'Z')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'I'; *p++ = 'N'; *p++ = 'F';
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                *p++ = 'i'; *p++ = 'n'; *p++ = 'f';
+                              }
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+#  if NEED_PRINTF_DOUBLE
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                char *digits;
+                                size_t ndigits;
+
+                                digits =
+                                  scale10_round_decimal_double (arg, precision);
+                                if (digits == NULL)
+                                  goto out_of_memory;
+                                ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                if (ndigits > precision)
+                                  do
+                                    {
+                                      --ndigits;
+                                      *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                    }
+                                  while (ndigits > precision);
+                                else
+                                  *p++ = '0';
+                                /* Here ndigits <= precision.  */
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > ndigits; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                    while (ndigits > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        --ndigits;
+                                        *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                      }
+                                  }
+
+                                free (digits);
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                int exponent;
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0)
+                                  {
+                                    exponent = 0;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                          *p++ = '0';
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0.  */
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10 (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)precision - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          goto out_of_memory;
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision + 1)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 2)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)precision - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision + 1)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision+1.  */
+
+                                    *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > 0)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                          }
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                {
+                                  static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                    /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                       as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' };
+#    else
+                                    { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+#    endif
+                                  SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                }
+                                while (*p != '\0')
+                                  p++;
+#   else
+                                {
+                                  static const char decimal_format[] =
+                                    /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                       as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                    "%+.3d";
+#    else
+                                    "%+.2d";
+#    endif
+                                  if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                    {
+                                      sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                      while (*p != '\0')
+                                        p++;
+                                    }
+                                  else
+                                    {
+                                      char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                      const char *ep;
+                                      sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                      for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                        p++;
+                                    }
+                                }
+#   endif
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                if (precision == 0)
+                                  precision = 1;
+                                /* precision >= 1.  */
+
+                                if (arg == 0.0)
+                                  /* The exponent is 0, >= -4, < precision.
+                                     Use fixed-point notation.  */
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits = precision;
+                                    /* Number of trailing zeroes that have to be
+                                       dropped.  */
+                                    size_t nzeroes =
+                                      (flags & FLAG_ALT ? 0 : precision - 1);
+
+                                    --ndigits;
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                      {
+                                        *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                        while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            --ndigits;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                  }
+                                else
+                                  {
+                                    /* arg > 0.0.  */
+                                    int exponent;
+                                    int adjusted;
+                                    char *digits;
+                                    size_t ndigits;
+                                    size_t nzeroes;
+
+                                    exponent = floorlog10 (arg);
+                                    adjusted = 0;
+                                    for (;;)
+                                      {
+                                        digits =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)(precision - 1) - exponent);
+                                        if (digits == NULL)
+                                          goto out_of_memory;
+                                        ndigits = strlen (digits);
+
+                                        if (ndigits == precision)
+                                          break;
+                                        if (ndigits < precision - 1
+                                            || ndigits > precision + 1)
+                                          /* The exponent was not guessed
+                                             precisely enough.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        if (adjusted)
+                                          /* None of two values of exponent is
+                                             the right one.  Prevent an endless
+                                             loop.  */
+                                          abort ();
+                                        free (digits);
+                                        if (ndigits < precision)
+                                          exponent -= 1;
+                                        else
+                                          exponent += 1;
+                                        adjusted = 1;
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+                                    if (is_borderline (digits, precision - 1))
+                                      {
+                                        /* Maybe the exponent guess was too high
+                                           and a smaller exponent can be reached
+                                           by turning a 10...0 into 9...9x.  */
+                                        char *digits2 =
+                                          scale10_round_decimal_double (arg,
+                                                                        (int)(precision - 1) - exponent + 1);
+                                        if (digits2 == NULL)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            goto out_of_memory;
+                                          }
+                                        if (strlen (digits2) == precision)
+                                          {
+                                            free (digits);
+                                            digits = digits2;
+                                            exponent -= 1;
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          free (digits2);
+                                      }
+                                    /* Here ndigits = precision.  */
+
+                                    /* Determine the number of trailing zeroes
+                                       that have to be dropped.  */
+                                    nzeroes = 0;
+                                    if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) == 0)
+                                      while (nzeroes < ndigits
+                                             && digits[nzeroes] == '0')
+                                        nzeroes++;
+
+                                    /* The exponent is now determined.  */
+                                    if (exponent >= -4
+                                        && exponent < (long)precision)
+                                      {
+                                        /* Fixed-point notation:
+                                           max(exponent,0)+1 digits, then the
+                                           decimal point, then the remaining
+                                           digits without trailing zeroes.  */
+                                        if (exponent >= 0)
+                                          {
+                                            size_t count = exponent + 1;
+                                            /* Note: count <= precision = ndigits.  */
+                                            for (; count > 0; count--)
+                                              *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                            if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                                while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                                  {
+                                                    --ndigits;
+                                                    *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                                  }
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        else
+                                          {
+                                            size_t count = -exponent - 1;
+                                            *p++ = '0';
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            for (; count > 0; count--)
+                                              *p++ = '0';
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                      }
+                                    else
+                                      {
+                                        /* Exponential notation.  */
+                                        *p++ = digits[--ndigits];
+                                        if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                          {
+                                            *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                            while (ndigits > nzeroes)
+                                              {
+                                                --ndigits;
+                                                *p++ = digits[ndigits];
+                                              }
+                                          }
+                                        *p++ = dp->conversion - 'G' + 'E'; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+#   if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+                                        {
+                                          static const wchar_t decimal_format[] =
+                                            /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                               as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '3', 'd', '\0' };
+#    else
+                                            { '%', '+', '.', '2', 'd', '\0' };
+#    endif
+                                          SNPRINTF (p, 6 + 1, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                        }
+                                        while (*p != '\0')
+                                          p++;
+#   else
+                                        {
+                                          static const char decimal_format[] =
+                                            /* Produce the same number of exponent digits
+                                               as the native printf implementation.  */
+#    if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                            "%+.3d";
+#    else
+                                            "%+.2d";
+#    endif
+                                          if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) == 1)
+                                            {
+                                              sprintf ((char *) p, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                              while (*p != '\0')
+                                                p++;
+                                            }
+                                          else
+                                            {
+                                              char expbuf[6 + 1];
+                                              const char *ep;
+                                              sprintf (expbuf, decimal_format, exponent);
+                                              for (ep = expbuf; (*p = *ep) != '\0'; ep++)
+                                                p++;
+                                            }
+                                        }
+#   endif
+                                      }
+
+                                    free (digits);
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  else
+                            /* arg is finite.  */
+                            if (!(arg == 0.0))
+                              abort ();
+
+                            pad_ptr = p;
+
+                            if (dp->conversion == 'f' || dp->conversion == 'F')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'e' || dp->conversion == 'E')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if ((flags & FLAG_ALT) || precision > 0)
+                                  {
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; precision > 0; precision--)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                                *p++ = dp->conversion; /* 'e' or 'E' */
+                                *p++ = '+';
+                                /* Produce the same number of exponent digits as
+                                   the native printf implementation.  */
+#   if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                                *p++ = '0';
+#   endif
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                              }
+                            else if (dp->conversion == 'g' || dp->conversion == 'G')
+                              {
+                                *p++ = '0';
+                                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                                  {
+                                    size_t ndigits =
+                                      (precision > 0 ? precision - 1 : 0);
+                                    *p++ = decimal_point_char ();
+                                    for (; ndigits > 0; --ndigits)
+                                      *p++ = '0';
+                                  }
+                              }
+                            else
+                              abort ();
+#  endif
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+# endif
+
+                /* The generated string now extends from tmp to p, with the
+                   zero padding insertion point being at pad_ptr.  */
+                if (has_width && p - tmp < width)
+                  {
+                    size_t pad = width - (p - tmp);
+                    DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+
+                    if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+                    else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > pad_ptr)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = '0';
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                        while (p > tmp)
+                          *--q = *--p;
+                        for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                          *p++ = ' ';
+                      }
+
+                    p = end;
+                  }
+
+                {
+                  size_t count = p - tmp;
+
+                  if (count >= tmp_length)
+                    /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                       code above!  */
+                    abort ();
+
+                  /* Make room for the result.  */
+                  if (count >= allocated - length)
+                    {
+                      size_t n = xsum (length, count);
+
+                      ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                    }
+
+                  /* Append the result.  */
+                  memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+                  if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                    free (tmp);
+                  length += count;
+                }
+              }
+#endif
+            else
+              {
+                arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+                int flags = dp->flags;
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int has_width;
+                size_t width;
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int has_precision;
+                size_t precision;
+#endif
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int prec_ourselves;
+#else
+#               define prec_ourselves 0
+#endif
+#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST
+#               define pad_ourselves 1
+#elif !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                int pad_ourselves;
+#else
+#               define pad_ourselves 0
+#endif
+                TCHAR_T *fbp;
+                unsigned int prefix_count;
+                int prefixes[2] IF_LINT (= { 0 });
+                int orig_errno;
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                size_t tmp_length;
+                TCHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+                TCHAR_T *tmp;
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                has_width = 0;
+                width = 0;
+                if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        if (arg < 0)
+                          {
+                            /* "A negative field width is taken as a '-' flag
+                                followed by a positive field width."  */
+                            flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+                            width = (unsigned int) (-arg);
+                          }
+                        else
+                          width = arg;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+                        do
+                          width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+                      }
+                    has_width = 1;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF || !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                has_precision = 0;
+                precision = 6;
+                if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                      {
+                        int arg;
+
+                        if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                          abort ();
+                        arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                        /* "A negative precision is taken as if the precision
+                            were omitted."  */
+                        if (arg >= 0)
+                          {
+                            precision = arg;
+                            has_precision = 1;
+                          }
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        const FCHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+                        precision = 0;
+                        while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+                          precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+                        has_precision = 1;
+                      }
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Decide whether to handle the precision ourselves.  */
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                switch (dp->conversion)
+                  {
+                  case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+                  case 'o':
+                  case 'x': case 'X': case 'p':
+                    prec_ourselves = has_precision && (precision > 0);
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    prec_ourselves = 0;
+                    break;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Decide whether to perform the padding ourselves.  */
+#if !NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST && (!DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION)
+                switch (dp->conversion)
+                  {
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                  /* If we need conversion from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[], we need
+                     to perform the padding after this conversion.  Functions
+                     with unistdio extensions perform the padding based on
+                     character count rather than element count.  */
+                  case 'c': case 's':
+# endif
+# if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO
+                  case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+                  case 'a': case 'A':
+# endif
+                    pad_ourselves = 1;
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    pad_ourselves = prec_ourselves;
+                    break;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                /* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
+                   sprintf.  */
+                tmp_length =
+                  MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index, dp->conversion, type,
+                                   flags, width, has_precision, precision,
+                                   pad_ourselves);
+
+                if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                  tmp = tmpbuf;
+                else
+                  {
+                    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+
+                    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+                      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                    tmp = (TCHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+                    if (tmp == NULL)
+                      /* Out of memory.  */
+                      goto out_of_memory;
+                  }
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
+                   sprintf.  */
+                fbp = buf;
+                *fbp++ = '%';
+#if NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_GROUPING
+                /* The underlying implementation doesn't support the ' flag.
+                   Produce no grouping characters in this case; this is
+                   acceptable because the grouping is locale dependent.  */
+#else
+                if (flags & FLAG_GROUP)
+                  *fbp++ = '\'';
+#endif
+                if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                  *fbp++ = '-';
+                if (flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+                  *fbp++ = '+';
+                if (flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+                  *fbp++ = ' ';
+                if (flags & FLAG_ALT)
+                  *fbp++ = '#';
+#if __GLIBC__ >= 2 && !defined __UCLIBC__
+                if (flags & FLAG_LOCALIZED)
+                  *fbp++ = 'I';
+#endif
+                if (!pad_ourselves)
+                  {
+                    if (flags & FLAG_ZERO)
+                      *fbp++ = '0';
+                    if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+                      {
+                        size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+                        /* The width specification is known to consist only
+                           of standard ASCII characters.  */
+                        if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                          {
+                            memcpy (fbp, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                            fbp += n;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->width_start;
+                            do
+                              *fbp++ = (unsigned char) *mp++;
+                            while (--n > 0);
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+                if (!prec_ourselves)
+                  {
+                    if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+                      {
+                        size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+                        /* The precision specification is known to consist only
+                           of standard ASCII characters.  */
+                        if (sizeof (FCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                          {
+                            memcpy (fbp, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (TCHAR_T));
+                            fbp += n;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            const FCHAR_T *mp = dp->precision_start;
+                            do
+                              *fbp++ = (unsigned char) *mp++;
+                            while (--n > 0);
+                          }
+                      }
+                  }
+
+                switch (type)
+                  {
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+# if (defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__
+                    *fbp++ = 'I';
+                    *fbp++ = '6';
+                    *fbp++ = '4';
+                    break;
+# else
+                    *fbp++ = 'l';
+                    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+# endif
+#endif
+                  case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+#endif
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+#endif
+                    *fbp++ = 'l';
+                    break;
+                  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                    *fbp++ = 'L';
+                    break;
+                  default:
+                    break;
+                  }
+#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F
+                if (dp->conversion == 'F')
+                  *fbp = 'f';
+                else
+#endif
+                  *fbp = dp->conversion;
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+# if !defined(__APPLE__) && !(((__GLIBC__ > 2 || (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 3)) && !defined __UCLIBC__) || ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && ! defined __CYGWIN__))
+                fbp[1] = '%';
+                fbp[2] = 'n';
+                fbp[3] = '\0';
+# else
+                /* On glibc2 systems from glibc >= 2.3 - probably also older
+                   ones - we know that snprintf's return value conforms to
+                   ISO C 99: the tests gl_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 and
+                   gl_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 pass.
+                   Therefore we can avoid using %n in this situation.
+                   On glibc2 systems from 2004-10-18 or newer, the use of %n
+                   in format strings in writable memory may crash the program
+                   (if compiled with _FORTIFY_SOURCE=2), so we should avoid it
+                   in this situation.  */
+                /* On native Windows systems (such as mingw), we can avoid using
+                   %n because:
+                     - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_TRUNCATION_C99 test fails,
+                       snprintf does not write more than the specified number
+                       of bytes. (snprintf (buf, 3, "%d %d", 4567, 89) writes
+                       '4', '5', '6' into buf, not '4', '5', '\0'.)
+                     - Although the gl_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99 test fails, snprintf
+                       allows us to recognize the case of an insufficient
+                       buffer size: it returns -1 in this case.
+                   On native Windows systems (such as mingw) where the OS is
+                   Windows Vista, the use of %n in format strings by default
+                   crashes the program. See
+                     <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-06/msg00122.html> and
+                     <http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms175782(VS.80).aspx>
+                   So we should avoid %n in this situation.  */
+                fbp[1] = '\0';
+# endif
+#else
+                fbp[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                /* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf.  */
+                prefix_count = 0;
+                if (!pad_ourselves && dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+                if (!prec_ourselves && dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+                  {
+                    if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+                      abort ();
+                    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+                  }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                /* The SNPRINTF result is appended after result[0..length].
+                   The latter is an array of DCHAR_T; SNPRINTF appends an
+                   array of TCHAR_T to it.  This is possible because
+                   sizeof (TCHAR_T) divides sizeof (DCHAR_T) and
+                   alignof (TCHAR_T) <= alignof (DCHAR_T).  */
+# define TCHARS_PER_DCHAR (sizeof (DCHAR_T) / sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+                /* Ensure that maxlen below will be >= 2.  Needed on BeOS,
+                   where an snprintf() with maxlen==1 acts like sprintf().  */
+                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length,
+                                         (2 + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                         / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR));
+                /* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
+                   via %n.  */
+                *(TCHAR_T *) (result + length) = '\0';
+#endif
+
+                orig_errno = errno;
+
+                for (;;)
+                  {
+                    int count = -1;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    int retcount = 0;
+                    size_t maxlen = allocated - length;
+                    /* SNPRINTF can fail if its second argument is
+                       > INT_MAX.  */
+                    if (maxlen > INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR)
+                      maxlen = INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                    maxlen = maxlen * TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             arg, &count);                  \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             prefixes[0], arg, &count);     \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        retcount = SNPRINTF ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length), \
+                                             maxlen, buf,                   \
+                                             prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
+                                             &count);                       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#else
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+                    switch (prefix_count)                                   \
+                      {                                                     \
+                      case 0:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg);                    \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 1:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg);       \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      case 2:                                               \
+                        count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
+                                         arg);                              \
+                        break;                                              \
+                      default:                                              \
+                        abort ();                                           \
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    errno = 0;
+                    switch (type)
+                      {
+                      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_SHORT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_USHORT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_INT:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_UINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+                      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+                        {
+                          unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+                        {
+                          long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      case TYPE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#if HAVE_WINT_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+                        {
+                          wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_T
+                      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+                        {
+                          const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+#endif
+                      case TYPE_POINTER:
+                        {
+                          void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
+                          SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+                        }
+                        break;
+                      default:
+                        abort ();
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
+                       are ISO C 99 compliant.  Determine the number of
+                       bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
+                       produced.  */
+                    if (count >= 0)
+                      {
+                        /* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
+                           result.  */
+                        if (count < maxlen
+                            && ((TCHAR_T *) (result + length)) [count] != '\0')
+                          abort ();
+                        /* Portability hack.  */
+                        if (retcount > count)
+                          count = retcount;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
+                           directive.  */
+                        if (fbp[1] != '\0')
+                          {
+                            /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
+                               at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            fbp[1] = '\0';
+                            continue;
+                          }
+                        else
+                          {
+                            /* Look at the snprintf() return value.  */
+                            if (retcount < 0)
+                              {
+# if !HAVE_SNPRINTF_RETVAL_C99
+                                /* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
+                                   It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
+                                   *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
+                                   that would have been required) when the
+                                   buffer is too small.
+                                   But a failure at this point can also come
+                                   from other reasons than a too small buffer,
+                                   such as an invalid wide string argument to
+                                   the %ls directive, or possibly an invalid
+                                   floating-point argument.  */
+                                size_t tmp_length =
+                                  MAX_ROOM_NEEDED (&a, dp->arg_index,
+                                                   dp->conversion, type, flags,
+                                                   has_width ? width : 0,
+                                                   has_precision,
+                                                   precision, pad_ourselves);
+
+                                if (maxlen < tmp_length)
+                                  {
+                                    /* Make more room.  But try to do through
+                                       this reallocation only once.  */
+                                    size_t bigger_need =
+                                      xsum (length,
+                                            xsum (tmp_length,
+                                                  TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                            / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR);
+                                    /* And always grow proportionally.
+                                       (There may be several arguments, each
+                                       needing a little more room than the
+                                       previous one.)  */
+                                    size_t bigger_need2 =
+                                      xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
+                                    if (bigger_need < bigger_need2)
+                                      bigger_need = bigger_need2;
+                                    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
+                                    continue;
+                                  }
+# endif
+                              }
+                            else
+                              count = retcount;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Attempt to handle failure.  */
+                    if (count < 0)
+                      {
+                        /* SNPRINTF or sprintf failed.  Save and use the errno
+                           that it has set, if any.  */
+                        int saved_errno = errno;
+
+                        if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                          free (result);
+                        if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                          free (buf_malloced);
+                        CLEANUP ();
+                        errno =
+                          (saved_errno != 0
+                           ? saved_errno
+                           : (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's'
+                              ? EILSEQ
+                              : EINVAL));
+                        return NULL;
+                      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Handle overflow of the allocated buffer.
+                       If such an overflow occurs, a C99 compliant snprintf()
+                       returns a count >= maxlen.  However, a non-compliant
+                       snprintf() function returns only count = maxlen - 1.  To
+                       cover both cases, test whether count >= maxlen - 1.  */
+                    if ((unsigned int) count + 1 >= maxlen)
+                      {
+                        /* If maxlen already has attained its allowed maximum,
+                           allocating more memory will not increase maxlen.
+                           Instead of looping, bail out.  */
+                        if (maxlen == INT_MAX / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR)
+                          goto overflow;
+                        else
+                          {
+                            /* Need at least (count + 1) * sizeof (TCHAR_T)
+                               bytes.  (The +1 is for the trailing NUL.)
+                               But ask for (count + 2) * sizeof (TCHAR_T)
+                               bytes, so that in the next round, we likely get
+                                 maxlen > (unsigned int) count + 1
+                               and so we don't get here again.
+                               And allocate proportionally, to avoid looping
+                               eternally if snprintf() reports a too small
+                               count.  */
+                            size_t n =
+                              xmax (xsum (length,
+                                          ((unsigned int) count + 2
+                                           + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                          / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR),
+                                    xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                            continue;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                    if (prec_ourselves)
+                      {
+                        /* Handle the precision.  */
+                        TCHAR_T *prec_ptr =
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                          (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# else
+                          tmp;
+# endif
+                        size_t prefix_count;
+                        size_t move;
+
+                        prefix_count = 0;
+                        /* Put the additional zeroes after the sign.  */
+                        if (count >= 1
+                            && (*prec_ptr == '-' || *prec_ptr == '+'
+                                || *prec_ptr == ' '))
+                          prefix_count = 1;
+                        /* Put the additional zeroes after the 0x prefix if
+                           (flags & FLAG_ALT) || (dp->conversion == 'p').  */
+                        else if (count >= 2
+                                 && prec_ptr[0] == '0'
+                                 && (prec_ptr[1] == 'x' || prec_ptr[1] == 'X'))
+                          prefix_count = 2;
+
+                        move = count - prefix_count;
+                        if (precision > move)
+                          {
+                            /* Insert zeroes.  */
+                            size_t insert = precision - move;
+                            TCHAR_T *prec_end;
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                            size_t n =
+                              xsum (length,
+                                    (count + insert + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1)
+                                    / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR);
+                            length += (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                            length -= (count + TCHARS_PER_DCHAR - 1) / TCHARS_PER_DCHAR;
+                            prec_ptr = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# endif
+
+                            prec_end = prec_ptr + count;
+                            prec_ptr += prefix_count;
+
+                            while (prec_end > prec_ptr)
+                              {
+                                prec_end--;
+                                prec_end[insert] = prec_end[0];
+                              }
+
+                            prec_end += insert;
+                            do
+                              *--prec_end = '0';
+                            while (prec_end > prec_ptr);
+
+                            count += insert;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    if (count >= tmp_length)
+                      /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+                         code above!  */
+                      abort ();
+#endif
+
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+                    /* Convert from TCHAR_T[] to DCHAR_T[].  */
+                    if (dp->conversion == 'c' || dp->conversion == 's')
+                      {
+                        /* type = TYPE_CHAR or TYPE_WIDE_CHAR or TYPE_STRING
+                           TYPE_WIDE_STRING.
+                           The result string is not certainly ASCII.  */
+                        const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                        DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                        size_t tmpdst_len;
+                        /* This code assumes that TCHAR_T is 'char'.  */
+                        verify (sizeof (TCHAR_T) == 1);
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                        tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+# else
+                        tmpsrc = tmp;
+# endif
+                        tmpdst =
+                          DCHAR_CONV_FROM_ENCODING (locale_charset (),
+                                                    iconveh_question_mark,
+                                                    tmpsrc, count,
+                                                    NULL,
+                                                    NULL, &tmpdst_len);
+                        if (tmpdst == NULL)
+                          {
+                            int saved_errno = errno;
+                            if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+                              free (result);
+                            if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+                              free (buf_malloced);
+                            CLEANUP ();
+                            errno = saved_errno;
+                            return NULL;
+                          }
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, tmpdst_len));
+                        DCHAR_CPY (result + length, tmpdst, tmpdst_len);
+                        free (tmpdst);
+                        count = tmpdst_len;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        /* The result string is ASCII.
+                           Simple 1:1 conversion.  */
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                        /* If sizeof (DCHAR_T) == sizeof (TCHAR_T), it's a
+                           no-op conversion, in-place on the array starting
+                           at (result + length).  */
+                        if (sizeof (DCHAR_T) != sizeof (TCHAR_T))
+# endif
+                          {
+                            const TCHAR_T *tmpsrc;
+                            DCHAR_T *tmpdst;
+                            size_t n;
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                            if (result == resultbuf)
+                              {
+                                tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+                                /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will not move tmpsrc
+                                   (because it's part of resultbuf).  */
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                              }
+                            else
+                              {
+                                /* ENSURE_ALLOCATION will move the array
+                                   (because it uses realloc().  */
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+                                tmpsrc = (TCHAR_T *) (result + length);
+                              }
+# else
+                            tmpsrc = tmp;
+                            ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, count));
+# endif
+                            tmpdst = result + length;
+                            /* Copy backwards, because of overlapping.  */
+                            tmpsrc += count;
+                            tmpdst += count;
+                            for (n = count; n > 0; n--)
+                              *--tmpdst = (unsigned char) *--tmpsrc;
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+#if DCHAR_IS_TCHAR && !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* Make room for the result.  */
+                    if (count > allocated - length)
+                      {
+                        /* Need at least count elements.  But allocate
+                           proportionally.  */
+                        size_t n =
+                          xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+                        ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Here count <= allocated - length.  */
+
+                    /* Perform padding.  */
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_LEFTADJUST || NEED_PRINTF_FLAG_ZERO || NEED_PRINTF_UNBOUNDED_PRECISION
+                    if (pad_ourselves && has_width)
+                      {
+                        size_t w;
+# if ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                        /* Outside POSIX, it's preferable to compare the width
+                           against the number of _characters_ of the converted
+                           value.  */
+                        w = DCHAR_MBSNLEN (result + length, count);
+# else
+                        /* The width is compared against the number of _bytes_
+                           of the converted value, says POSIX.  */
+                        w = count;
+# endif
+                        if (w < width)
+                          {
+                            size_t pad = width - w;
+
+                            /* Make room for the result.  */
+                            if (xsum (count, pad) > allocated - length)
+                              {
+                                /* Need at least count + pad elements.  But
+                                   allocate proportionally.  */
+                                size_t n =
+                                  xmax (xsum3 (length, count, pad),
+                                        xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+# if USE_SNPRINTF
+                                length += count;
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+                                length -= count;
+# else
+                                ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+# endif
+                              }
+                            /* Here count + pad <= allocated - length.  */
+
+                            {
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF
+                              DCHAR_T * const rp = result + length;
+# else
+                              DCHAR_T * const rp = tmp;
+# endif
+                              DCHAR_T *p = rp + count;
+                              DCHAR_T *end = p + pad;
+                              DCHAR_T *pad_ptr;
+# if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || ENABLE_UNISTDIO
+                              if (dp->conversion == 'c'
+                                  || dp->conversion == 's')
+                                /* No zero-padding for string directives.  */
+                                pad_ptr = NULL;
+                              else
+# endif
+                                {
+                                  pad_ptr = (*rp == '-' ? rp + 1 : rp);
+                                  /* No zero-padding of "inf" and "nan".  */
+                                  if ((*pad_ptr >= 'A' && *pad_ptr <= 'Z')
+                                      || (*pad_ptr >= 'a' && *pad_ptr <= 'z'))
+                                    pad_ptr = NULL;
+                                }
+                              /* The generated string now extends from rp to p,
+                                 with the zero padding insertion point being at
+                                 pad_ptr.  */
+
+                              count = count + pad; /* = end - rp */
+
+                              if (flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with spaces on the right.  */
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = ' ';
+                                }
+                              else if ((flags & FLAG_ZERO) && pad_ptr != NULL)
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with zeroes.  */
+                                  DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                                  while (p > pad_ptr)
+                                    *--q = *--p;
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = '0';
+                                }
+                              else
+                                {
+                                  /* Pad with spaces on the left.  */
+                                  DCHAR_T *q = end;
+
+                                  while (p > rp)
+                                    *--q = *--p;
+                                  for (; pad > 0; pad--)
+                                    *p++ = ' ';
+                                }
+                            }
+                          }
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    /* Here still count <= allocated - length.  */
+
+#if !DCHAR_IS_TCHAR || USE_SNPRINTF
+                    /* The snprintf() result did fit.  */
+#else
+                    /* Append the sprintf() result.  */
+                    memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+#endif
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+                    if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+                      free (tmp);
+#endif
+
+#if NEED_PRINTF_DIRECTIVE_F
+                    if (dp->conversion == 'F')
+                      {
+                        /* Convert the %f result to upper case for %F.  */
+                        DCHAR_T *rp = result + length;
+                        size_t rc;
+                        for (rc = count; rc > 0; rc--, rp++)
+                          if (*rp >= 'a' && *rp <= 'z')
+                            *rp = *rp - 'a' + 'A';
+                      }
+#endif
+
+                    length += count;
+                    break;
+                  }
+                errno = orig_errno;
+#undef pad_ourselves
+#undef prec_ourselves
+              }
+          }
+      }
+
+    /* Add the final NUL.  */
+    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+    result[length] = '\0';
+
+    if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
+      {
+        /* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
+        DCHAR_T *memory;
+
+        memory = (DCHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (DCHAR_T));
+        if (memory != NULL)
+          result = memory;
+      }
+
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+    *lengthp = length;
+    /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX.  POSIX
+       says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but
+       that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'.  This function does
+       not have this limitation.  */
+    return result;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+  overflow:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+    errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#endif
+    return NULL;
+#endif
+
+  out_of_memory:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+  out_of_memory_1:
+    CLEANUP ();
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+#undef MAX_ROOM_NEEDED
+#undef TCHARS_PER_DCHAR
+#undef SNPRINTF
+#undef USE_SNPRINTF
+#undef DCHAR_SET
+#undef DCHAR_CPY
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef DCHAR_IS_TCHAR
+#undef TCHAR_T
+#undef DCHAR_T
+#undef FCHAR_T
+#undef VASNPRINTF
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7658f505e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasnprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
+#define _VASNPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
+   size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
+   If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
+   if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
+   number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  Upon error, set
+   errno and return NULL.
+
+   When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
+   alone (with possibly modified contents).  This makes it possible to use
+   a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
+
+          char buf[100];
+          size_t len = sizeof (buf);
+          char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
+          if (output == NULL)
+            ... error handling ...;
+          else
+            {
+              ... use the output string ...;
+              if (output != buf)
+                free (output);
+            }
+  */
+#if REPLACE_VASNPRINTF
+# define asnprintf rpl_asnprintf
+# define vasnprintf rpl_vasnprintf
+#endif
+extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 4));
+extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afc8056194
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBASPRINTF
+# include "vasprintf.h"
+#else
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "vasnprintf.h"
+
+int
+vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  size_t length;
+  char *result = vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (length > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      free (result);
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#endif
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  *resultp = result;
+  /* Return the number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  */
+  return length;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7200cdaa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1140 @@
+/* Variable array bitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "vbitset.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements variable size bitsets stored as a variable
+   length array of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be
+   zero.
+
+   Note that binary or ternary operations assume that each bitset operand
+   has the same size.
+*/
+
+static void vbitset_unused_clear (bitset);
+
+static void vbitset_set (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+static void vbitset_reset (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+static bool vbitset_test (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+static bitset_bindex vbitset_list (bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+                                   bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *);
+static bitset_bindex vbitset_list_reverse (bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+                                           bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *);
+
+#define VBITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define VBITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->b.cdata)
+#define VBITSET_SIZE(X) ((X)->b.csize)
+#define VBITSET_ASIZE(X) ((X)->v.size)
+
+#undef min
+#undef max
+#define min(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+static bitset_bindex
+vbitset_resize (bitset src, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex oldsize;
+  bitset_windex newsize;
+
+  if (n_bits == BITSET_NBITS_ (src))
+    return n_bits;
+
+  oldsize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  newsize = VBITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+
+  if (oldsize < newsize)
+    {
+      bitset_windex size;
+
+      /* The bitset needs to grow.  If we already have enough memory
+         allocated, then just zero what we need.  */
+      if (newsize > VBITSET_ASIZE (src))
+        {
+          /* We need to allocate more memory.  When oldsize is
+             non-zero this means that we are changing the size, so
+             grow the bitset 25% larger than requested to reduce
+             number of reallocations.  */
+
+          if (oldsize == 0)
+            size = newsize;
+          else
+            size = newsize + newsize / 4;
+
+          VBITSET_WORDS (src)
+            = realloc (VBITSET_WORDS (src), size * sizeof (bitset_word));
+          VBITSET_ASIZE (src) = size;
+        }
+
+      memset (VBITSET_WORDS (src) + oldsize, 0,
+              (newsize - oldsize) * sizeof (bitset_word));
+      VBITSET_SIZE (src) = newsize;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The bitset needs to shrink.  There's no point deallocating
+         the memory unless it is shrinking by a reasonable amount.  */
+      if ((oldsize - newsize) >= oldsize / 2)
+        {
+          VBITSET_WORDS (src)
+            = realloc (VBITSET_WORDS (src), newsize * sizeof (bitset_word));
+          VBITSET_ASIZE (src) = newsize;
+        }
+
+      /* Need to prune any excess bits.  FIXME.  */
+
+      VBITSET_SIZE (src) = newsize;
+    }
+
+  BITSET_NBITS_ (src) = n_bits;
+  return n_bits;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+vbitset_set (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst;
+     bitset_bindex bitno;
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  /* Perhaps we should abort.  The user should explicitly call
+     bitset_resize since this will not catch the case when we set a
+     bit larger than the current size but smaller than the allocated
+     size.  */
+  vbitset_resize (dst, bitno);
+
+  dst->b.cdata[windex - dst->b.cindex] |=
+    (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+vbitset_reset (dst, bitno)
+     bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* We must be accessing outside the cache so the bit is
+     zero anyway.  */
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static bool
+vbitset_test (src, bitno)
+     bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+     bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  /* We must be accessing outside the cache so the bit is
+     zero anyway.  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+vbitset_list_reverse (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word *srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = BITSET_SIZE_ (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      bitset_word word;
+
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+        {
+          if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+            {
+              list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+              if (count >= num)
+                {
+                  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+                  return count;
+                }
+            }
+          word <<= 1;
+        }
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+vbitset_list (src, list, num, next)
+     bitset src;
+     bitset_bindex *list;
+     bitset_bindex num;
+     bitset_bindex *next;
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  bitset_word *srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+        continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+        return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+         of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= BITSET_SIZE_ (src))
+        return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+        {
+          /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+             Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+             with many set bits where we filled the array
+             on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+          bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+          word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+          for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                {
+                  list[count++] = bitno;
+                  if (count >= num)
+                    {
+                      *next = bitno + 1;
+                      return count;
+                    }
+                }
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+          windex++;
+        }
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+        continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+        {
+          for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                list[count++] = bitno;
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+            {
+              if (word & 1)
+                {
+                  list[count++] = bitno;
+                  if (count >= num)
+                    {
+                      *next = bitno + 1;
+                      return count;
+                    }
+                }
+              word >>= 1;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+vbitset_unused_clear (dst)
+     bitset dst;
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = BITSET_SIZE_ (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    VBITSET_WORDS (dst)[VBITSET_SIZE (dst) - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+  vbitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_zero (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  unsigned int bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < VBITSET_SIZE (dst); i++)
+    if (dstp[i])
+      return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_copy1 (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_word *srcp;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  if (src == dst)
+      return;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_SIZE_ (src));
+
+  srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  ssize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * ssize);
+
+  memset (dstp + sizeof (bitset_word) * ssize, 0,
+          sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize));
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_SIZE_ (src));
+
+  srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  ssize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < ssize; i++)
+      *dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+
+  vbitset_unused_clear (dst);
+  memset (dstp + sizeof (bitset_word) * ssize, 0,
+          sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize));
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex ssize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  bitset_windex dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize, dsize); i++)
+      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+          return 0;
+
+  if (ssize > dsize)
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize; i++)
+        if (*srcp++)
+          return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (; i < dsize; i++)
+        if (*dstp++)
+          return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex ssize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  bitset_windex dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize, dsize); i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+          return 0;
+
+  if (ssize > dsize)
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize; i++)
+        if (*srcp++)
+          return 0;
+    }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = VBITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex ssize = VBITSET_SIZE (src);
+  bitset_windex dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize, dsize); i++)
+      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+          return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - min (ssize1, ssize2)));
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      src1p = src2p;
+      ssize1 = ssize2;
+    }
+
+  for (; i < ssize1; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      if (*dstp != 0)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize2; i++)
+        *dstp++ = 0;
+
+      memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize2));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize1; i++)
+        *dstp++ = *src1p++;
+
+      memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+    }
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize2; i++, dstp++)
+        {
+          if (*dstp != 0)
+            {
+              changed = 1;
+              *dstp = 0;
+            }
+        }
+
+      memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize2));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (; i < ssize1; i++, dstp++)
+        {
+          bitset_word tmp = *src1p++;
+
+          if (*dstp != tmp)
+            {
+              changed = 1;
+              *dstp = tmp;
+            }
+        }
+
+      memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+    }
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      src1p = src2p;
+      ssize1 = ssize2;
+    }
+
+  for (; i < ssize1; i++)
+    *dstp++ = *src1p++;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      src1p = src2p;
+      ssize1 = ssize2;
+    }
+
+  for (; i < ssize1; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      src1p = src2p;
+      ssize1 = ssize2;
+    }
+
+  for (; i < ssize1; i++)
+    *dstp++ = *src1p++;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex ssize1;
+  bitset_windex ssize2;
+  bitset_windex dsize;
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, max (BITSET_SIZE_ (src1), BITSET_SIZE_ (src2)));
+
+  dsize = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+  ssize1 = VBITSET_SIZE (src1);
+  ssize2 = VBITSET_SIZE (src2);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < min (ssize1, ssize2); i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  if (ssize2 > ssize1)
+    {
+      src1p = src2p;
+      ssize1 = ssize2;
+    }
+
+  for (; i < ssize1; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, sizeof (bitset_word) * (dsize - ssize1));
+
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* FIXME, these operations need fixing for different size
+   bitsets.  */
+
+static void
+vbitset_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    {
+      bitset_and_or_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    return bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    {
+      bitset_andn_or_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    return bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    {
+      bitset_or_and_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static bool
+vbitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p;
+  bitset_word *src2p;
+  bitset_word *src3p;
+  bitset_word *dstp;
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  if (BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src2)
+      || BITSET_NBITS_ (src1) != BITSET_NBITS_ (src3))
+    return bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  vbitset_resize (dst, BITSET_NBITS_ (src1));
+
+  src1p = VBITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  src2p = VBITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  src3p = VBITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  dstp = VBITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size = VBITSET_SIZE (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+        {
+          changed = 1;
+          *dstp = tmp;
+        }
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+vbitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+      vbitset_copy1 (dst, src);
+  else
+      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable vbitset_vtable = {
+  vbitset_set,
+  vbitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  vbitset_test,
+  vbitset_resize,
+  bitset_size_,
+  bitset_count_,
+  vbitset_empty_p,
+  vbitset_ones,
+  vbitset_zero,
+  vbitset_copy,
+  vbitset_disjoint_p,
+  vbitset_equal_p,
+  vbitset_not,
+  vbitset_subset_p,
+  vbitset_and,
+  vbitset_and_cmp,
+  vbitset_andn,
+  vbitset_andn_cmp,
+  vbitset_or,
+  vbitset_or_cmp,
+  vbitset_xor,
+  vbitset_xor_cmp,
+  vbitset_and_or,
+  vbitset_and_or_cmp,
+  vbitset_andn_or,
+  vbitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  vbitset_or_and,
+  vbitset_or_and_cmp,
+  vbitset_list,
+  vbitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_VARRAY
+};
+
+
+size_t
+vbitset_bytes (n_bits)
+     bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
+{
+  return sizeof (struct vbitset_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+vbitset_init (bset, n_bits)
+     bitset bset;
+     bitset_bindex n_bits;
+{
+  bset->b.vtable = &vbitset_vtable;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+
+  VBITSET_SIZE (bset) = 0;
+  vbitset_resize (bset, n_bits);
+  return bset;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b91019bcb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/vbitset.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* Functions to support vbitsets.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes (m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz).
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _VBITSET_H
+#define _VBITSET_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t vbitset_bytes (bitset_bindex);
+
+extern bitset vbitset_init (bitset, bitset_bindex);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verify.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verify.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d42d0750ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verify.h
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* Compile-time assert-like macros.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert, Bruno Haible, and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef _GL_VERIFY_H
+#define _GL_VERIFY_H
+
+
+/* Define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if _Static_assert works as per C11.
+   This is supported by GCC 4.6.0 and later, in C mode, and its use
+   here generates easier-to-read diagnostics when verify (R) fails.
+
+   Define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT to 1 if static_assert works as per C++11.
+   This will likely be supported by future GCC versions, in C++ mode.
+
+   Use this only with GCC.  If we were willing to slow 'configure'
+   down we could also use it with other compilers, but since this
+   affects only the quality of diagnostics, why bother?  */
+#if (4 < __GNUC__ + (6 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
+     && (201112L <= __STDC_VERSION__  || !defined __STRICT_ANSI__) \
+     && !defined __cplusplus)
+# define _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT 1
+#endif
+/* The condition (99 < __GNUC__) is temporary, until we know about the
+   first G++ release that supports static_assert.  */
+#if (99 < __GNUC__) && defined __cplusplus
+# define _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT 1
+#endif
+
+/* FreeBSD 9.1 <sys/cdefs.h>, included by <stddef.h> and lots of other
+   system headers, defines a conflicting _Static_assert that is no
+   better than ours; override it.  */
+#ifndef _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT
+# include <stddef.h>
+# undef _Static_assert
+#endif
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   If _Static_assert works, verify (R) uses it directly.  Similarly,
+   _GL_VERIFY_TRUE works by packaging a _Static_assert inside a struct
+   that is an operand of sizeof.
+
+   The code below uses several ideas for C++ compilers, and for C
+   compilers that do not support _Static_assert:
+
+   * The first step is ((R) ? 1 : -1).  Given an expression R, of
+     integral or boolean or floating-point type, this yields an
+     expression of integral type, whose value is later verified to be
+     constant and nonnegative.
+
+   * Next this expression W is wrapped in a type
+     struct _gl_verify_type {
+       unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: W;
+     }.
+     If W is negative, this yields a compile-time error.  No compiler can
+     deal with a bit-field of negative size.
+
+     One might think that an array size check would have the same
+     effect, that is, that the type struct { unsigned int dummy[W]; }
+     would work as well.  However, inside a function, some compilers
+     (such as C++ compilers and GNU C) allow local parameters and
+     variables inside array size expressions.  With these compilers,
+     an array size check would not properly diagnose this misuse of
+     the verify macro:
+
+       void function (int n) { verify (n < 0); }
+
+   * For the verify macro, the struct _gl_verify_type will need to
+     somehow be embedded into a declaration.  To be portable, this
+     declaration must declare an object, a constant, a function, or a
+     typedef name.  If the declared entity uses the type directly,
+     such as in
+
+       struct dummy {...};
+       typedef struct {...} dummy;
+       extern struct {...} *dummy;
+       extern void dummy (struct {...} *);
+       extern struct {...} *dummy (void);
+
+     two uses of the verify macro would yield colliding declarations
+     if the entity names are not disambiguated.  A workaround is to
+     attach the current line number to the entity name:
+
+       #define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+       #define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+       extern struct {...} * _GL_CONCAT (dummy, __LINE__);
+
+     But this has the problem that two invocations of verify from
+     within the same macro would collide, since the __LINE__ value
+     would be the same for both invocations.  (The GCC __COUNTER__
+     macro solves this problem, but is not portable.)
+
+     A solution is to use the sizeof operator.  It yields a number,
+     getting rid of the identity of the type.  Declarations like
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+     can be repeated.
+
+   * Should the implementation use a named struct or an unnamed struct?
+     Which of the following alternatives can be used?
+
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int dummy [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct {...})]);
+       extern void dummy (int [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})]);
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct _gl_verify_type {...})];
+
+     In the second and sixth case, the struct type is exported to the
+     outer scope; two such declarations therefore collide.  GCC warns
+     about the first, third, and fourth cases.  So the only remaining
+     possibility is the fifth case:
+
+       extern int (*dummy (void)) [sizeof (struct {...})];
+
+   * GCC warns about duplicate declarations of the dummy function if
+     -Wredundant-decls is used.  GCC 4.3 and later have a builtin
+     __COUNTER__ macro that can let us generate unique identifiers for
+     each dummy function, to suppress this warning.
+
+   * This implementation exploits the fact that older versions of GCC,
+     which do not support _Static_assert, also do not warn about the
+     last declaration mentioned above.
+
+   * GCC warns if -Wnested-externs is enabled and verify() is used
+     within a function body; but inside a function, you can always
+     arrange to use verify_expr() instead.
+
+   * In C++, any struct definition inside sizeof is invalid.
+     Use a template type to work around the problem.  */
+
+/* Concatenate two preprocessor tokens.  */
+#define _GL_CONCAT(x, y) _GL_CONCAT0 (x, y)
+#define _GL_CONCAT0(x, y) x##y
+
+/* _GL_COUNTER is an integer, preferably one that changes each time we
+   use it.  Use __COUNTER__ if it works, falling back on __LINE__
+   otherwise.  __LINE__ isn't perfect, but it's better than a
+   constant.  */
+#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
+# define _GL_COUNTER __COUNTER__
+#else
+# define _GL_COUNTER __LINE__
+#endif
+
+/* Generate a symbol with the given prefix, making it unique if
+   possible.  */
+#define _GL_GENSYM(prefix) _GL_CONCAT (prefix, _GL_COUNTER)
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression
+   that returns 1.  If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
+   with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.  */
+
+#define _GL_VERIFY_TRUE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+   (!!sizeof (_GL_VERIFY_TYPE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)))
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# if !GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type
+template <int w>
+  struct _gl_verify_type {
+    unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: w;
+  };
+#  define GNULIB_defined_struct__gl_verify_type 1
+# endif
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    _gl_verify_type<(R) ? 1 : -1>
+#elif defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct {                                   \
+      _Static_assert (R, DIAGNOSTIC);          \
+      int _gl_dummy;                          \
+    }
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY_TYPE(R, DIAGNOSTIC) \
+    struct { unsigned int _gl_verify_error_if_negative: (R) ? 1 : -1; }
+#endif
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  If R is false, fail at compile-time, preferably
+   with a diagnostic that includes the string-literal DIAGNOSTIC.
+
+   Unfortunately, unlike C11, this implementation must appear as an
+   ordinary declaration, and cannot appear inside struct { ... }.  */
+
+#ifdef _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT
+# define _GL_VERIFY _Static_assert
+#else
+# define _GL_VERIFY(R, DIAGNOSTIC)				       \
+    extern int (*_GL_GENSYM (_gl_verify_function) (void))	       \
+      [_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, DIAGNOSTIC)]
+#endif
+
+/* _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H is defined if this code is copied into assert.h.  */
+#ifdef _GL_STATIC_ASSERT_H
+# if !defined _GL_HAVE__STATIC_ASSERT && !defined _Static_assert
+#  define _Static_assert(R, DIAGNOSTIC) _GL_VERIFY (R, DIAGNOSTIC)
+# endif
+# if !defined _GL_HAVE_STATIC_ASSERT && !defined static_assert
+#  define static_assert _Static_assert /* C11 requires this #define.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @assert.h omit start@  */
+
+/* Each of these macros verifies that its argument R is nonzero.  To
+   be portable, R should be an integer constant expression.  Unlike
+   assert (R), there is no run-time overhead.
+
+   There are two macros, since no single macro can be used in all
+   contexts in C.  verify_true (R) is for scalar contexts, including
+   integer constant expression contexts.  verify (R) is for declaration
+   contexts, e.g., the top level.  */
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as an integer constant expression.
+   Return 1.  This is equivalent to verify_expr (R, 1).
+
+   verify_true is obsolescent; please use verify_expr instead.  */
+
+#define verify_true(R) _GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_true (" #R ")")
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time.  Return the value of the
+   expression E.  */
+
+#define verify_expr(R, E) \
+   (_GL_VERIFY_TRUE (R, "verify_expr (" #R ", " #E ")") ? (E) : (E))
+
+/* Verify requirement R at compile-time, as a declaration without a
+   trailing ';'.  */
+
+#define verify(R) _GL_VERIFY (R, "verify (" #R ")")
+
+/* @assert.h omit end@  */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f899c1b7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* va_list error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Eric Blake.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "verror.h"
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   Use the globals error_print_progname and error_message_count similarly
+   to error().  */
+void
+verror (int status, int errnum, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  verror_at_line (status, errnum, NULL, 0, format, args);
+}
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   If FNAME is not NULL, prepend the message with "FNAME:LINENO:".
+   Use the globals error_print_progname, error_message_count, and
+   error_one_per_line similarly to error_at_line().  */
+void
+verror_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file,
+                unsigned int line_number, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char *message = xvasprintf (format, args);
+  if (message)
+    {
+      /* Until http://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=2997 is fixed,
+         glibc violates GNU Coding Standards when the file argument to
+         error_at_line is NULL.  */
+      if (file)
+        error_at_line (status, errnum, file, line_number, "%s", message);
+      else
+        error (status, errnum, "%s", message);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* EOVERFLOW, EINVAL, and EILSEQ from xvasprintf are signs of
+         serious programmer errors.  */
+      error (0, errno, _("unable to display error message"));
+      abort ();
+    }
+  free (message);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7e7284ad82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/verror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* Declaration for va_list error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _VERROR_H
+#define _VERROR_H 1
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "error.h" /* for _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   Use the globals error_print_progname and error_message_count similarly
+   to error().  */
+
+extern void verror (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format,
+                    va_list __args)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 3, 0));
+
+/* Print a message with 'vfprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ARGS)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'.
+   If FNAME is not NULL, prepend the message with "FNAME:LINENO:".
+   Use the globals error_print_progname, error_message_count, and
+   error_one_per_line similarly to error_at_line().  */
+
+extern void verror_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+                            unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format,
+                            va_list __args)
+     _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 5, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* verror.h */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc-fsf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc-fsf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1c69da94a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc-fsf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Variable with FSF copyright information, for version-etc.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+/* Default copyright goes to the FSF. */
+
+const char version_etc_copyright[] =
+  /* Do *not* mark this string for translation.  %s is a copyright
+     symbol suitable for this locale, and %d is the copyright
+     year.  */
+  "Copyright %s %d Free Software Foundation, Inc.";
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7d23ab597
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/* Print --version and bug-reporting information in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+/* If you use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE's no-define option,
+   PACKAGE is not defined.  Use PACKAGE_TARNAME instead.  */
+#if ! defined PACKAGE && defined PACKAGE_TARNAME
+# define PACKAGE PACKAGE_TARNAME
+#endif
+
+enum { COPYRIGHT_YEAR = 2013 };
+
+/* The three functions below display the --version information the
+   standard way.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The functions differ in the way they are passed author names. */
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.
+
+   Author names are given in the array AUTHORS. N_AUTHORS is the
+   number of elements in the array. */
+void
+version_etc_arn (FILE *stream,
+                 const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                 const char *version,
+                 const char * const * authors, size_t n_authors)
+{
+  if (command_name)
+    fprintf (stream, "%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+  else
+    fprintf (stream, "%s %s\n", package, version);
+
+#ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER
+# ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION
+  fprintf (stream, _("Packaged by %s (%s)\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER,
+           PACKAGE_PACKAGER_VERSION);
+# else
+  fprintf (stream, _("Packaged by %s\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  /* TRANSLATORS: Translate "(C)" to the copyright symbol
+     (C-in-a-circle), if this symbol is available in the user's
+     locale.  Otherwise, do not translate "(C)"; leave it as-is.  */
+  fprintf (stream, version_etc_copyright, _("(C)"), COPYRIGHT_YEAR);
+
+  fputs (_("\
+\n\
+License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <http://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n\
+This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n\
+There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n\
+\n\
+"),
+         stream);
+
+  switch (n_authors)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      /* The caller must provide at least one author name.  */
+      abort ();
+    case 1:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s.\n"), authors[0]);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s and %s.\n"), authors[0], authors[1]);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2]);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3]);
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4]);
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5]);
+      break;
+    case 7:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5], authors[6]);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"),
+                authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+                authors[5], authors[6], authors[7]);
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"),
+               authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+               authors[5], authors[6], authors[7], authors[8]);
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* 10 or more authors.  Use an abbreviation, since the human reader
+         will probably not want to read the entire list anyway.  */
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+         You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+         ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      fprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and others.\n"),
+                authors[0], authors[1], authors[2], authors[3], authors[4],
+                authors[5], authors[6], authors[7], authors[8]);
+      break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.  See the initial
+   comment to this module, for more information.
+
+   Author names are given in the NULL-terminated array AUTHORS. */
+void
+version_etc_ar (FILE *stream,
+                const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                const char *version, const char * const * authors)
+{
+  size_t n_authors;
+
+  for (n_authors = 0; authors[n_authors]; n_authors++)
+    ;
+  version_etc_arn (stream, command_name, package, version, authors, n_authors);
+}
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.  See the initial
+   comment to this module, for more information.
+
+   Author names are given in the NULL-terminated va_list AUTHORS. */
+void
+version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+                const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                const char *version, va_list authors)
+{
+  size_t n_authors;
+  const char *authtab[10];
+
+  for (n_authors = 0;
+       n_authors < 10
+         && (authtab[n_authors] = va_arg (authors, const char *)) != NULL;
+       n_authors++)
+    ;
+  version_etc_arn (stream, command_name, package, version,
+                   authtab, n_authors);
+}
+
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The authors names are passed as separate arguments, with an additional
+   NULL argument at the end.  */
+void
+version_etc (FILE *stream,
+             const char *command_name, const char *package,
+             const char *version, /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...)
+{
+  va_list authors;
+
+  va_start (authors, version);
+  version_etc_va (stream, command_name, package, version, authors);
+  va_end (authors);
+}
+
+void
+emit_bug_reporting_address (void)
+{
+  /* TRANSLATORS: The placeholder indicates the bug-reporting address
+     for this package.  Please add _another line_ saying
+     "Report translation bugs to <...>\n" with the address for translation
+     bugs (typically your translation team's web or email address).  */
+  printf (_("\nReport bugs to: %s\n"), PACKAGE_BUGREPORT);
+#ifdef PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS
+  printf (_("Report %s bugs to: %s\n"), PACKAGE_PACKAGER,
+          PACKAGE_PACKAGER_BUG_REPORTS);
+#endif
+#ifdef PACKAGE_URL
+  printf (_("%s home page: <%s>\n"), PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_URL);
+#else
+  printf (_("%s home page: <http://www.gnu.org/software/%s/>\n"),
+          PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE);
+#endif
+  fputs (_("General help using GNU software: <http://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>\n"),
+         stdout);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c3d08431c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/version-etc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* Print --version and bug-reporting information in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003, 2005, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef VERSION_ETC_H
+# define VERSION_ETC_H 1
+
+# include <stdarg.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+/* The 'sentinel' attribute was added in gcc 4.0.  */
+#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL
+# if 4 <= __GNUC__
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL __attribute__ ((__sentinel__))
+# else
+#  define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL /* empty */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+extern const char version_etc_copyright[];
+
+/* The three functions below display the --version information in the
+   standard way: command and package names, package version, followed
+   by a short GPLv3+ notice and a list of up to 10 author names.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is assumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The functions differ in the way they are passed author names: */
+
+/* N_AUTHORS names are supplied in array AUTHORS.  */
+extern void version_etc_arn (FILE *stream,
+                             const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                             const char *version,
+                             const char * const * authors, size_t n_authors);
+
+/* Names are passed in the NULL-terminated array AUTHORS.  */
+extern void version_etc_ar (FILE *stream,
+                            const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                            const char *version, const char * const * authors);
+
+/* Names are passed in the NULL-terminated va_list.  */
+extern void version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+                            const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                            const char *version, va_list authors);
+
+/* Names are passed as separate arguments, with an additional
+   NULL argument at the end.  */
+extern void version_etc (FILE *stream,
+                         const char *command_name, const char *package,
+                         const char *version,
+                         /* const char *author1, ..., NULL */ ...)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL;
+
+/* Display the usual "Report bugs to" stanza.  */
+extern void emit_bug_reporting_address (void);
+
+#endif /* VERSION_ETC_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/w32spawn.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/w32spawn.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b5c08afcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/w32spawn.h
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Auxiliary functions for the creation of subprocesses.  Native Windows API.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2003-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions.  */
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* Get _open_osfhandle().  */
+#include <io.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Get _get_osfhandle().  */
+#include "msvc-nothrow.h"
+
+#include "cloexec.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle, making the copy uninheritable.
+   Returns -1 for a file handle that is equivalent to closed.  */
+static int
+dup_noinherit (int fd)
+{
+  fd = dup_cloexec (fd);
+  if (fd < 0 && errno == EMFILE)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("_open_osfhandle failed"));
+
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/* Returns a file descriptor equivalent to FD, except that the resulting file
+   descriptor is none of STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO.
+   FD must be open and non-inheritable.  The result will be non-inheritable as
+   well.
+   If FD < 0, FD itself is returned.  */
+static int
+fd_safer_noinherit (int fd)
+{
+  if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      /* The recursion depth is at most 3.  */
+      int nfd = fd_safer_noinherit (dup_noinherit (fd));
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+      close (fd);
+      errno = saved_errno;
+      return nfd;
+    }
+  return fd;
+}
+
+/* Duplicates a file handle, making the copy uninheritable and ensuring the
+   result is none of STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, STDERR_FILENO.
+   Returns -1 for a file handle that is equivalent to closed.  */
+static int
+dup_safer_noinherit (int fd)
+{
+  return fd_safer_noinherit (dup_noinherit (fd));
+}
+
+/* Undoes the effect of TEMPFD = dup_safer_noinherit (ORIGFD);  */
+static void
+undup_safer_noinherit (int tempfd, int origfd)
+{
+  if (tempfd >= 0)
+    {
+      if (dup2 (tempfd, origfd) < 0)
+        error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("cannot restore fd %d: dup2 failed"),
+               origfd);
+      close (tempfd);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* origfd was closed or open to no handle at all.  Set it to a closed
+         state.  This is (nearly) equivalent to the original state.  */
+      close (origfd);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Prepares an argument vector before calling spawn().
+   Note that spawn() does not by itself call the command interpreter
+     (getenv ("COMSPEC") != NULL ? getenv ("COMSPEC") :
+      ({ OSVERSIONINFO v; v.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO);
+         GetVersionEx(&v);
+         v.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
+      }) ? "cmd.exe" : "command.com").
+   Instead it simply concatenates the arguments, separated by ' ', and calls
+   CreateProcess().  We must quote the arguments since Windows CreateProcess()
+   interprets characters like ' ', '\t', '\\', '"' (but not '<' and '>') in a
+   special way:
+   - Space and tab are interpreted as delimiters. They are not treated as
+     delimiters if they are surrounded by double quotes: "...".
+   - Unescaped double quotes are removed from the input. Their only effect is
+     that within double quotes, space and tab are treated like normal
+     characters.
+   - Backslashes not followed by double quotes are not special.
+   - But 2*n+1 backslashes followed by a double quote become
+     n backslashes followed by a double quote (n >= 0):
+       \" -> "
+       \\\" -> \"
+       \\\\\" -> \\"
+   - '*', '?' characters may get expanded through wildcard expansion in the
+     callee: By default, in the callee, the initialization code before main()
+     takes the result of GetCommandLine(), wildcard-expands it, and passes it
+     to main(). The exceptions to this rule are:
+       - programs that inspect GetCommandLine() and ignore argv,
+       - mingw programs that have a global variable 'int _CRT_glob = 0;',
+       - Cygwin programs, when invoked from a Cygwin program.
+ */
+#define SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS "\"\\ \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037*?"
+#define SHELL_SPACE_CHARS " \001\002\003\004\005\006\007\010\011\012\013\014\015\016\017\020\021\022\023\024\025\026\027\030\031\032\033\034\035\036\037"
+static char **
+prepare_spawn (char **argv)
+{
+  size_t argc;
+  char **new_argv;
+  size_t i;
+
+  /* Count number of arguments.  */
+  for (argc = 0; argv[argc] != NULL; argc++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Allocate new argument vector.  */
+  new_argv = XNMALLOC (1 + argc + 1, char *);
+
+  /* Add an element upfront that can be used when argv[0] turns out to be a
+     script, not a program.
+     On Unix, this would be "/bin/sh". On native Windows, "sh" is actually
+     "sh.exe".  We have to omit the directory part and rely on the search in
+     PATH, because the mingw "mount points" are not visible inside Windows
+     CreateProcess().  */
+  *new_argv++ = "sh.exe";
+
+  /* Put quoted arguments into the new argument vector.  */
+  for (i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      const char *string = argv[i];
+
+      if (string[0] == '\0')
+        new_argv[i] = xstrdup ("\"\"");
+      else if (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPECIAL_CHARS) != NULL)
+        {
+          bool quote_around = (strpbrk (string, SHELL_SPACE_CHARS) != NULL);
+          size_t length;
+          unsigned int backslashes;
+          const char *s;
+          char *quoted_string;
+          char *p;
+
+          length = 0;
+          backslashes = 0;
+          if (quote_around)
+            length++;
+          for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+            {
+              char c = *s;
+              if (c == '"')
+                length += backslashes + 1;
+              length++;
+              if (c == '\\')
+                backslashes++;
+              else
+                backslashes = 0;
+            }
+          if (quote_around)
+            length += backslashes + 1;
+
+          quoted_string = (char *) xmalloc (length + 1);
+
+          p = quoted_string;
+          backslashes = 0;
+          if (quote_around)
+            *p++ = '"';
+          for (s = string; *s != '\0'; s++)
+            {
+              char c = *s;
+              if (c == '"')
+                {
+                  unsigned int j;
+                  for (j = backslashes + 1; j > 0; j--)
+                    *p++ = '\\';
+                }
+              *p++ = c;
+              if (c == '\\')
+                backslashes++;
+              else
+                backslashes = 0;
+            }
+          if (quote_around)
+            {
+              unsigned int j;
+              for (j = backslashes; j > 0; j--)
+                *p++ = '\\';
+              *p++ = '"';
+            }
+          *p = '\0';
+
+          new_argv[i] = quoted_string;
+        }
+      else
+        new_argv[i] = (char *) string;
+    }
+  new_argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+  return new_argv;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17a2430f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.c
@@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+/* Waiting for a subprocess to finish.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "wait-process.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "fatal-signal.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+#define _(str) gettext (str)
+
+#define SIZEOF(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof(a[0]))
+
+
+#if defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+/* The return value of spawnvp() is really a process handle as returned
+   by CreateProcess().  Therefore we can kill it using TerminateProcess.  */
+#define kill(pid,sig) TerminateProcess ((HANDLE) (pid), sig)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Type of an entry in the slaves array.
+   The 'used' bit determines whether this entry is currently in use.
+   (If pid_t was an atomic type like sig_atomic_t, we could just set the
+   'child' field to 0 when unregistering a slave process, and wouldn't need
+   the 'used' field.)
+   The 'used' and 'child' fields are accessed from within the cleanup_slaves()
+   action, therefore we mark them as 'volatile'.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  volatile sig_atomic_t used;
+  volatile pid_t child;
+}
+slaves_entry_t;
+
+/* The registered slave subprocesses.  */
+static slaves_entry_t static_slaves[32];
+static slaves_entry_t * volatile slaves = static_slaves;
+static sig_atomic_t volatile slaves_count = 0;
+static size_t slaves_allocated = SIZEOF (static_slaves);
+
+/* The termination signal for slave subprocesses.
+   2003-10-07:  Terminator becomes Governator.  */
+#ifdef SIGHUP
+# define TERMINATOR SIGHUP
+#else
+# define TERMINATOR SIGTERM
+#endif
+
+/* The cleanup action.  It gets called asynchronously.  */
+static void
+cleanup_slaves (void)
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* Get the last registered slave.  */
+      size_t n = slaves_count;
+      if (n == 0)
+        break;
+      n--;
+      slaves_count = n;
+      /* Skip unused entries in the slaves array.  */
+      if (slaves[n].used)
+        {
+          pid_t slave = slaves[n].child;
+
+          /* Kill the slave.  */
+          kill (slave, TERMINATOR);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/* Register a subprocess as being a slave process.  This means that the
+   subprocess will be terminated when its creator receives a catchable fatal
+   signal or exits normally.  Registration ends when wait_subprocess()
+   notices that the subprocess has exited.  */
+void
+register_slave_subprocess (pid_t child)
+{
+  static bool cleanup_slaves_registered = false;
+  if (!cleanup_slaves_registered)
+    {
+      atexit (cleanup_slaves);
+      at_fatal_signal (cleanup_slaves);
+      cleanup_slaves_registered = true;
+    }
+
+  /* Try to store the new slave in an unused entry of the slaves array.  */
+  {
+    slaves_entry_t *s = slaves;
+    slaves_entry_t *s_end = s + slaves_count;
+
+    for (; s < s_end; s++)
+      if (!s->used)
+        {
+          /* The two uses of 'volatile' in the slaves_entry_t type above
+             (and ISO C 99 section 5.1.2.3.(5)) ensure that we mark the
+             entry as used only after the child pid has been written to the
+             memory location s->child.  */
+          s->child = child;
+          s->used = 1;
+          return;
+        }
+  }
+
+  if (slaves_count == slaves_allocated)
+    {
+      /* Extend the slaves array.  Note that we cannot use xrealloc(),
+         because then the cleanup_slaves() function could access an already
+         deallocated array.  */
+      slaves_entry_t *old_slaves = slaves;
+      size_t new_slaves_allocated = 2 * slaves_allocated;
+      slaves_entry_t *new_slaves =
+        (slaves_entry_t *)
+        malloc (new_slaves_allocated * sizeof (slaves_entry_t));
+      if (new_slaves == NULL)
+        {
+          /* xalloc_die() will call exit() which will invoke cleanup_slaves().
+             Additionally we need to kill child, because it's not yet among
+             the slaves list.  */
+          kill (child, TERMINATOR);
+          xalloc_die ();
+        }
+      memcpy (new_slaves, old_slaves,
+              slaves_allocated * sizeof (slaves_entry_t));
+      slaves = new_slaves;
+      slaves_allocated = new_slaves_allocated;
+      /* Now we can free the old slaves array.  */
+      if (old_slaves != static_slaves)
+        free (old_slaves);
+    }
+  /* The three uses of 'volatile' in the types above (and ISO C 99 section
+     5.1.2.3.(5)) ensure that we increment the slaves_count only after the
+     new slave and its 'used' bit have been written to the memory locations
+     that make up slaves[slaves_count].  */
+  slaves[slaves_count].child = child;
+  slaves[slaves_count].used = 1;
+  slaves_count++;
+}
+
+/* Unregister a child from the list of slave subprocesses.  */
+static void
+unregister_slave_subprocess (pid_t child)
+{
+  /* The easiest way to remove an entry from a list that can be used by
+     an asynchronous signal handler is just to mark it as unused.  For this,
+     we rely on sig_atomic_t.  */
+  slaves_entry_t *s = slaves;
+  slaves_entry_t *s_end = s + slaves_count;
+
+  for (; s < s_end; s++)
+    if (s->used && s->child == child)
+      s->used = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Wait for a subprocess to finish.  Return its exit code.
+   If it didn't terminate correctly, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise
+   return 127.  */
+int
+wait_subprocess (pid_t child, const char *progname,
+                 bool ignore_sigpipe, bool null_stderr,
+                 bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                 int *termsigp)
+{
+#if HAVE_WAITID && defined WNOWAIT && 0
+  /* Commented out because waitid() without WEXITED and with WNOWAIT doesn't
+     work: On Solaris 7 and OSF/1 4.0, it returns -1 and sets errno = ECHILD,
+     and on HP-UX 10.20 it just hangs.  */
+  /* Use of waitid() with WNOWAIT avoids a race condition: If slave_process is
+     true, and this process sleeps a very long time between the return from
+     waitpid() and the execution of unregister_slave_subprocess(), and
+     meanwhile another process acquires the same PID as child, and then - still
+     before unregister_slave_subprocess() - this process gets a fatal signal,
+     it would kill the other totally unrelated process.  */
+  siginfo_t info;
+
+  if (termsigp != NULL)
+    *termsigp = 0;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      if (waitid (P_PID, child, &info, WEXITED | (slave_process ? WNOWAIT : 0))
+          < 0)
+        {
+# ifdef EINTR
+          if (errno == EINTR)
+            continue;
+# endif
+          if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+            error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, errno,
+                   _("%s subprocess"), progname);
+          return 127;
+        }
+
+      /* info.si_code is set to one of CLD_EXITED, CLD_KILLED, CLD_DUMPED,
+         CLD_TRAPPED, CLD_STOPPED, CLD_CONTINUED.  Loop until the program
+         terminates.  */
+      if (info.si_code == CLD_EXITED
+          || info.si_code == CLD_KILLED || info.si_code == CLD_DUMPED)
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* The child process has exited or was signalled.  */
+
+  if (slave_process)
+    {
+      /* Unregister the child from the list of slave subprocesses, so that
+         later, when we exit, we don't kill a totally unrelated process which
+         may have acquired the same pid.  */
+      unregister_slave_subprocess (child);
+
+      /* Now remove the zombie from the process list.  */
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          if (waitid (P_PID, child, &info, WEXITED) < 0)
+            {
+# ifdef EINTR
+              if (errno == EINTR)
+                continue;
+# endif
+              if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+                error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, errno,
+                       _("%s subprocess"), progname);
+              return 127;
+            }
+          break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  switch (info.si_code)
+    {
+    case CLD_KILLED:
+    case CLD_DUMPED:
+      if (termsigp != NULL)
+        *termsigp = info.si_status; /* TODO: or info.si_signo? */
+# ifdef SIGPIPE
+      if (info.si_status == SIGPIPE && ignore_sigpipe)
+        return 0;
+# endif
+      if (exit_on_error || (!null_stderr && termsigp == NULL))
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, 0,
+               _("%s subprocess got fatal signal %d"),
+               progname, info.si_status);
+      return 127;
+    case CLD_EXITED:
+      if (info.si_status == 127)
+        {
+          if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+            error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, 0,
+                   _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+          return 127;
+        }
+      return info.si_status;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+#else
+  /* waitpid() is just as portable as wait() nowadays.  */
+  int status;
+
+  if (termsigp != NULL)
+    *termsigp = 0;
+  status = 0;
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int result = waitpid (child, &status, 0);
+
+      if (result != child)
+        {
+# ifdef EINTR
+          if (errno == EINTR)
+            continue;
+# endif
+# if 0 /* defined ECHILD */
+          if (errno == ECHILD)
+            {
+              /* Child process nonexistent?! Assume it terminated
+                 successfully.  */
+              status = 0;
+              break;
+            }
+# endif
+          if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+            error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, errno,
+                   _("%s subprocess"), progname);
+          return 127;
+        }
+
+      /* One of WIFSIGNALED (status), WIFEXITED (status), WIFSTOPPED (status)
+         must always be true, since we did not specify WCONTINUED in the
+         waitpid() call.  Loop until the program terminates.  */
+      if (!WIFSTOPPED (status))
+        break;
+    }
+
+  /* The child process has exited or was signalled.  */
+
+  if (slave_process)
+    /* Unregister the child from the list of slave subprocesses, so that
+       later, when we exit, we don't kill a totally unrelated process which
+       may have acquired the same pid.  */
+    unregister_slave_subprocess (child);
+
+  if (WIFSIGNALED (status))
+    {
+      if (termsigp != NULL)
+        *termsigp = WTERMSIG (status);
+# ifdef SIGPIPE
+      if (WTERMSIG (status) == SIGPIPE && ignore_sigpipe)
+        return 0;
+# endif
+      if (exit_on_error || (!null_stderr && termsigp == NULL))
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, 0,
+               _("%s subprocess got fatal signal %d"),
+               progname, (int) WTERMSIG (status));
+      return 127;
+    }
+  if (!WIFEXITED (status))
+    abort ();
+  if (WEXITSTATUS (status) == 127)
+    {
+      if (exit_on_error || !null_stderr)
+        error (exit_on_error ? EXIT_FAILURE : 0, 0,
+               _("%s subprocess failed"), progname);
+      return 127;
+    }
+  return WEXITSTATUS (status);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d8f0d2b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wait-process.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Waiting for a subprocess to finish.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _WAIT_PROCESS_H
+#define _WAIT_PROCESS_H
+
+/* Get pid_t.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Wait for a subprocess to finish.  Return its exit code.
+   If it didn't terminate correctly, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise
+   return 127.
+   Arguments:
+   - child is the pid of the subprocess.
+   - progname is the name of the program executed by the subprocess, used for
+     error messages.
+   - If ignore_sigpipe is true, consider a subprocess termination due to
+     SIGPIPE as equivalent to a success.  This is suitable for processes whose
+     only purpose is to write to standard output.  This flag can be safely set
+     to false when the process' standard output is known to go to DEV_NULL.
+   - If null_stderr is true, the usual error message to stderr will be omitted.
+     This is suitable when the subprocess does not fulfill an important task.
+   - slave_process should be set to true if the process has been launched as a
+     slave process.
+   - If exit_on_error is true, any error will cause the main process to exit
+     with an error status.
+   - If termsigp is not NULL: *termsig will be set to the signal that
+     terminated the subprocess (if supported by the platform: not on native
+     Windows platforms), otherwise 0, and the error message about the signal
+     that terminated the subprocess will be omitted.
+   Prerequisites: The signal handler for SIGCHLD should not be set to SIG_IGN,
+   otherwise this function will not work.  */
+extern int wait_subprocess (pid_t child, const char *progname,
+                            bool ignore_sigpipe, bool null_stderr,
+                            bool slave_process, bool exit_on_error,
+                            int *termsigp);
+
+/* Register a subprocess as being a slave process.  This means that the
+   subprocess will be terminated when its creator receives a catchable fatal
+   signal or exits normally.  Registration ends when wait_subprocess()
+   notices that the subprocess has exited.  */
+extern void register_slave_subprocess (pid_t child);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _WAIT_PROCESS_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/waitpid.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/waitpid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d28a70b3ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/waitpid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Wait for process state change.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2003, 2005-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+/* Implementation for native Windows systems.  */
+
+#include <process.h> /* for _cwait, WAIT_CHILD */
+
+pid_t
+waitpid (pid_t pid, int *statusp, int options)
+{
+  return _cwait (statusp, pid, WAIT_CHILD);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wchar--.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wchar--.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41751e00ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wchar--.h
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#pragma once
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+int wcwidth(wchar_t c);
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcrtomb.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcrtomb.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3cda35803
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcrtomb.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Convert wide character to multibyte character.
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+// wcrtomb is defined for msvs 2017 15.7
+#if _MSC_VER < 1914
+size_t
+wcrtomb (char *s, wchar_t wc, mbstate_t *ps)
+{
+  /* This implementation of wcrtomb on top of wctomb() supports only
+     stateless encodings.  ps must be in the initial state.  */
+  if (ps != NULL && !mbsinit (ps))
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return (size_t)(-1);
+    }
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    /* We know the NUL wide character corresponds to the NUL character.  */
+    return 1;
+  else
+    {
+      int ret = wctomb (s, wc);
+
+      if (ret >= 0)
+        return ret;
+      else
+        {
+          errno = EILSEQ;
+          return (size_t)(-1);
+        }
+    }
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wctype-h.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wctype-h.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bb5f847e33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wctype-h.c
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+/* Normally this would be wctype.c, but that name's already taken.  */
+#include <config.h>
+#define _GL_WCTYPE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "wctype.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcwidth.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcwidth.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..253fcaa656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/wcwidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a character.
+   Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2010-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+/* Get iswprint.  */
+#include <wctype.h>
+
+#include "localcharset.h"
+#include "streq.h"
+#include "uniwidth.h"
+
+int
+wcwidth (wchar_t wc)
+#undef wcwidth
+{
+  /* In UTF-8 locales, use a Unicode aware width function.  */
+  const char *encoding = locale_charset ();
+  if (STREQ_OPT (encoding, "UTF-8", 'U', 'T', 'F', '-', '8', 0, 0, 0 ,0))
+    {
+      /* We assume that in a UTF-8 locale, a wide character is the same as a
+         Unicode character.  */
+      return uc_width (wc, encoding);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Otherwise, fall back to the system's wcwidth function.  */
+#if HAVE_WCWIDTH
+      return wcwidth (wc);
+#else
+      return wc == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1;
+#endif
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-die.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-die.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..daa403b9c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-die.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997-2000, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted"));
+
+  /* _Noreturn cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does not return, call abort.  Also, the abort is a
+     safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen).  */
+  abort ();
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-oversized.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a971c78ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc-oversized.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* xalloc-oversized.h -- memory allocation size checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+# define XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
+   to size arithmetic overflow.  S must be positive and N must be
+   nonnegative.  This is a macro, not a function, so that it
+   works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
+
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
+   calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
+   SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
+   However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
+   sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
+   exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
+   branch when S is known to be 1.  */
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+    ((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_OVERSIZED_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c9b53bf6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2003-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+#define XALLOC_H_
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "xalloc-oversized.h"
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XALLOC_INLINE
+# define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+#endif
+
+#if __GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) __attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ args))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args)
+#endif
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
+   It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
+   or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern _Noreturn void xalloc_die (void);
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t s)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1));
+void *xzalloc (size_t s)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1));
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2));
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2));
+void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
+void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2));
+char *xstrdup (char const *str)
+      _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC;
+
+/* In the following macros, T must be an elementary or structure/union or
+   typedef'ed type, or a pointer to such a type.  To apply one of the
+   following macros to a function pointer or array type, you need to typedef
+   it first and use the typedef name.  */
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XMALLOC (typename t); */
+#define XMALLOC(t) ((t *) xmalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking.  */
+/* extern t *XNMALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+#define XNMALLOC(n, t) \
+   ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xmalloc (n) : xnmalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XZALLOC (typename t); */
+#define XZALLOC(t) ((t *) xzalloc (sizeof (t)))
+
+/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking,
+   and zero it.  */
+/* extern t *XCALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
+#define XCALLOC(n, t) \
+   ((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xzalloc (n) : xcalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
+
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+XALLOC_INLINE void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1, 2));
+XALLOC_INLINE void *
+xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return xmalloc (n * s);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+XALLOC_INLINE void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((2, 3));
+XALLOC_INLINE void *
+xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
+   otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
+   each of S bytes.  *PN must be nonzero unless P is null, and S must
+   be nonzero.  Set *PN to the new number of objects, and return the
+   pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and the
+   returned pointer is never null.
+
+   Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
+   allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
+   larger block.
+
+   In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are increased by a
+   factor of approximately 1.5 so that repeated reallocations have
+   O(N) overall cost rather than O(N**2) cost, but the
+   specification for this function does not guarantee that rate.
+
+   Here is an example of use:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
+   first time it is called.
+
+   To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
+   nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL.  For
+   example:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+     size_t allocated1 = 1000;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+         if (used == allocated)
+           {
+             p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
+             allocated = allocated1;
+           }
+         p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   */
+
+XALLOC_INLINE void *
+x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  size_t n = *pn;
+
+  if (! p)
+    {
+      if (! n)
+        {
+          /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+             requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
+             zero.  This is the largest "small" request for the GNU C
+             library malloc.  */
+          enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 * sizeof (size_t) / 4 };
+
+          n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
+          n += !n;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Set N = ceil (1.5 * N) so that progress is made if N == 1.
+         Check for overflow, so that N * S stays in size_t range.
+         The check is slightly conservative, but an exact check isn't
+         worth the trouble.  */
+      if ((size_t) -1 / 3 * 2 / s <= n)
+        xalloc_die ();
+      n += (n + 1) / 2;
+    }
+
+  *pn = n;
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to a new buffer of N bytes.  This is like xmalloc,
+   except it returns char *.  */
+
+XALLOC_INLINE char *xcharalloc (size_t n)
+                    _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((1));
+XALLOC_INLINE char *
+xcharalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  return XNMALLOC (n, char);
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+/* C++ does not allow conversions from void * to other pointer types
+   without a cast.  Use templates to work around the problem when
+   possible.  */
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xrealloc (T *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xrealloc ((void *) p, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xnrealloc (T *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xnrealloc ((void *) p, n, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2realloc (T *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return (T *) x2realloc ((void *) p, pn);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+x2nrealloc (T *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) x2nrealloc ((void *) p, pn, s);
+}
+
+template <typename T> inline T *
+xmemdup (T const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return (T *) xmemdup ((void const *) p, s);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xasprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1808b70182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2004, 2006, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+char *
+xasprintf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  result = xvasprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xconcat-filename.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xconcat-filename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb2f8a9fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xconcat-filename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Construct a full filename from a directory and a relative filename.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "concat-filename.h"
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Concatenate a directory filename, a relative filename and an optional
+   suffix.  The directory may end with the directory separator.  The second
+   argument may not start with the directory separator (it is relative).
+   Return a freshly allocated filename.  */
+char *
+xconcatenated_filename (const char *directory, const char *filename,
+                        const char *suffix)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  result = concatenated_filename (directory, filename, suffix);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloc.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..57e34b7cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990-2000, 2002-2006, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#define XALLOC_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* 1 if calloc is known to be compatible with GNU calloc.  This
+   matters if we are not also using the calloc module, which defines
+   HAVE_CALLOC_GNU and supports the GNU API even on non-GNU platforms.  */
+#if defined HAVE_CALLOC_GNU || (defined __GLIBC__ && !defined __UCLIBC__)
+enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 1 };
+#else
+enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 0 };
+#endif
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  void *p = malloc (n);
+  if (!p && n != 0)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  if (!n && p)
+    {
+      /* The GNU and C99 realloc behaviors disagree here.  Act like
+         GNU, even if the underlying realloc is C99.  */
+      free (p);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  p = realloc (p, n);
+  if (!p && n)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise,
+   reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes.  *PN must be
+   nonzero unless P is null.  Set *PN to the new block's size, and
+   return the pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and
+   the returned pointer is never null.  */
+
+void *
+x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc (p, pn, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
+   There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
+   to xcalloc (N, S).  */
+
+void *
+xzalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
+   checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  /* Test for overflow, since some calloc implementations don't have
+     proper overflow checks.  But omit overflow and size-zero tests if
+     HAVE_GNU_CALLOC, since GNU calloc catches overflow and never
+     returns NULL if successful.  */
+  if ((! HAVE_GNU_CALLOC && xalloc_oversized (n, s))
+      || (! (p = calloc (n, s)) && (HAVE_GNU_CALLOC || n != 0)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  There's no need
+   for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any
+   need for an arithmetic overflow check.  */
+
+void *
+xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
+}
+
+/* Clone STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (char const *string)
+{
+  return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..50ee4807fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation with out of memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xmalloca.h"
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+void *
+xmmalloca (size_t n)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  p = mmalloca (n);
+  if (p == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2f7567d498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmalloca.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* Safe automatic memory allocation with out of memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XMALLOCA_H
+#define _XMALLOCA_H
+
+#include "malloca.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* xmalloca(N) is a checking safe variant of alloca(N).  It allocates N bytes
+   of memory allocated on the stack, that must be freed using freea() before
+   the function returns.  Upon failure, it exits with an error message.  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define xmalloca(N) \
+  ((N) < 4032 - sa_increment                                        \
+   ? (void *) ((char *) alloca ((N) + sa_increment) + sa_increment) \
+   : xmmalloca (N))
+extern void * xmmalloca (size_t n);
+#else
+# define xmalloca(N) \
+  xmalloc (N)
+#endif
+
+/* xnmalloca(N,S) is an overflow-safe variant of xmalloca (N * S).
+   It allocates an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   on the stack.  S must be positive and N must be nonnegative.
+   The array must be freed using freea() before the function returns.
+   Upon failure, it exits with an error message.  */
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Rely on xmalloca (SIZE_MAX) calling xalloc_die ().  */
+# define xnmalloca(n, s) \
+    xmalloca (xalloc_oversized ((n), (s)) ? (size_t) (-1) : (n) * (s))
+#else
+# define xnmalloca(n, s) \
+    xnmalloc ((n), (s))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _XMALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c070fa6343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.c
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/* xmemdup0.c -- copy a block of arbitrary bytes, plus a trailing NUL
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xmemdup0.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Clone an arbitrary block of bytes P of size S, with error checking,
+   and include a terminating NUL byte.  P is of type 'void const *',
+   to make it easier to use this with other mem* functions that return
+   'void *', but since appending a NUL byte only makes sense on bytes,
+   the return type is 'char *'.
+
+   The terminating NUL makes it safe to use strlen or rawmemchr to
+   check for embedded NUL; it also speeds up algorithms such as escape
+   sequence processing on arbitrary memory, by making it always safe
+   to read the byte after the escape character rather than having to
+   check if each escape character is the last byte in the object.  */
+
+char *
+xmemdup0 (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  char *result = xcharalloc (s + 1);
+  memcpy (result, p, s);
+  result[s] = 0;
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ec827107a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xmemdup0.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* xmemdup0.h -- copy a block of arbitrary bytes, plus a trailing NUL
+
+   Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XMEMDUP_H_
+# define XMEMDUP_H_
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
+   It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
+   or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module.  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern _Noreturn void xalloc_die (void);
+
+char *xmemdup0 (void const *p, size_t s);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* !XMEMDUP0_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e24b4f1875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* printf wrappers that fail immediately for non-file-related errors
+   Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "gettext.h"
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+/* Just like printf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xprintf (char const *restrict format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = xvprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like vprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xvprintf (char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+{
+  int retval = vprintf (format, args);
+  if (retval < 0 && ! ferror (stdout))
+    error (exit_failure, errno, gettext ("cannot perform formatted output"));
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like fprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = xvfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Just like vfprintf, but call error if it fails without setting the
+   stream's error indicator.  */
+int
+xvfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+{
+  int retval = vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  if (retval < 0 && ! ferror (stream))
+    error (exit_failure, errno, gettext ("cannot perform formatted output"));
+
+  return retval;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62986a8cee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* printf wrappers that fail immediately for non-file-related errors
+   Copyright (C) 2007-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XPRINTF_H
+#define _XPRINTF_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+extern int xprintf (char const *restrict format, ...)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2));
+extern int xvprintf (char const *restrict format, va_list args)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 0));
+extern int xfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format, ...)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 3));
+extern int xvfprintf (FILE *restrict stream, char const *restrict format,
+                      va_list args)
+  _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 2, 0));
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b4914c2ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_EXTERN_INLINE
+#include "xsize.h"
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5675593f54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xsize.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2008-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XSIZE_H
+#define _XSIZE_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+ #error "Please include config.h first."
+#endif
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_BEGIN
+#ifndef XSIZE_INLINE
+# define XSIZE_INLINE _GL_INLINE
+#endif
+
+/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
+   type size_t. Example:
+      void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
+   These computations can lead to overflow.  When this happens, malloc()
+   returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
+   crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
+   To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
+   The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
+   malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
+   implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
+   or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
+   The example thus becomes:
+      size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
+      void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
+*/
+
+/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t.  */
+#define xcast_size_t(N) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  size_t sum = size1 + size2;
+  return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
+}
+
+/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
+}
+
+/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+XSIZE_INLINE size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
+     max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX.  */
+  return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
+}
+
+/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
+   The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
+   This is a macro, not a function, so that it works correctly even
+   when N is of a wider type and N > SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Check for overflow.  */
+#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
+/* Check against overflow.  */
+#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
+
+_GL_INLINE_HEADER_END
+
+#endif /* _XSIZE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..741d5a1b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
+   checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006-2007, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xstrndup.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+static char *
+strndup(char const *s, size_t n)
+{
+	size_t len = strnlen(s, n);
+	char *new = malloc(len + 1);
+
+	if (new == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	new[len] = '\0';
+	return memcpy(new, s, len);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
+   In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
+   STRING.  */
+char *
+xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n)
+{
+  char *s = strndup (string, n);
+  if (! s)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59673b0489
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xstrndup.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
+   checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2009-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
+   In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
+   STRING.  */
+extern char *xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n);
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.c b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9c93492b80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xvasprintf.h"
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+static char *
+xstrcat (size_t argcount, va_list args)
+{
+  char *result;
+  va_list ap;
+  size_t totalsize;
+  size_t i;
+  char *p;
+
+  /* Determine the total size.  */
+  totalsize = 0;
+  va_copy (ap, args);
+  for (i = argcount; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+      const char *next = va_arg (ap, const char *);
+      totalsize = xsum (totalsize, strlen (next));
+    }
+  va_end (ap);
+
+  /* Test for overflow in the summing pass above or in (totalsize + 1) below.
+     Also, don't return a string longer than INT_MAX, for consistency with
+     vasprintf().  */
+  if (totalsize == SIZE_MAX || totalsize > INT_MAX)
+    {
+#if (defined _MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER < 1800)
+#else
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+#endif
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* Allocate and fill the result string.  */
+  result = XNMALLOC (totalsize + 1, char);
+  p = result;
+  for (i = argcount; i > 0; i--)
+    {
+      const char *next = va_arg (args, const char *);
+      size_t len = strlen (next);
+      memcpy (p, next, len);
+      p += len;
+    }
+  *p = '\0';
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+int vasprintf(char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args);
+#endif
+
+char *
+xvasprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  /* Recognize the special case format = "%s...%s".  It is a frequently used
+     idiom for string concatenation and needs to be fast.  We don't want to
+     have a separate function xstrcat() for this purpose.  */
+  {
+    size_t argcount = 0;
+    const char *f;
+
+    for (f = format;;)
+      {
+        if (*f == '\0')
+          /* Recognized the special case of string concatenation.  */
+          return xstrcat (argcount, args);
+        if (*f != '%')
+          break;
+        f++;
+        if (*f != 's')
+          break;
+        f++;
+        argcount++;
+      }
+  }
+
+  if (vasprintf (&result, format, args) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno == ENOMEM)
+        xalloc_die ();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.h b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1208fa193c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/xvasprintf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* vasprintf and asprintf with out-of-memory checking.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004, 2006-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef _XVASPRINTF_H
+#define _XVASPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
+   The __-protected variants of the attributes 'format' and 'printf' are
+   accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.
+   We enable _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT only if these are supported too, because
+   gnulib and libintl do '#define printf __printf__' when they override
+   the 'printf' function.  */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc(),
+   and return it.  Upon [ENOMEM] memory allocation error, call xalloc_die.
+   On some other error
+     - [EOVERFLOW] resulting string length is > INT_MAX,
+     - [EINVAL] invalid format string,
+     - [EILSEQ] error during conversion between wide and multibyte characters,
+   return NULL.  */
+extern char *xasprintf (const char *format, ...)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2));
+extern char *xvasprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+       _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 0));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _XVASPRINTF_H */
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ya.make b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ya.make
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..37e83bfcf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/lib/ya.make
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+LIBRARY()
+
+LICENSE(
+    BSD-3-Clause AND
+    GPL-3.0-or-later AND
+    LGPL-2.0-or-later
+)
+
+LICENSE_TEXTS(.yandex_meta/licenses.list.txt)
+
+IF (NOT MUSL)
+    NO_RUNTIME()
+ENDIF()
+
+NO_COMPILER_WARNINGS()
+
+ADDINCL(
+    GLOBAL contrib/tools/m4/lib
+)
+
+IF (OS_WINDOWS)
+    ADDINCL(
+        GLOBAL contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/win64
+    )
+ELSE()
+    ADDINCL(
+        GLOBAL contrib/tools/m4/lib/platform/posix
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (OS_DARWIN)
+    CFLAGS(
+        -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=600
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (NOT OS_WINDOWS)
+    CFLAGS(
+        GLOBAL -Dregcomp=gnu_regcomp
+        GLOBAL -Dregerror=gnu_regerror
+        GLOBAL -Dregfree=gnu_regfree
+        GLOBAL -Dregexec=gnu_regexec
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+SRCS(
+    abitset.c
+    argmatch.c
+    asnprintf.c
+    basename-lgpl.c
+    basename.c
+    binary-io.c
+    bitrotate.c
+    bitset.c
+    bitset_stats.c
+    bitsetv-print.c
+    bitsetv.c
+    c-ctype.c
+    c-stack.c
+    c-strcasecmp.c
+    c-strncasecmp.c
+    calloc.c
+    clean-temp.c
+    cloexec.c
+    close-stream.c
+    close.c
+    closein.c
+    closeout.c
+    concat-filename.c
+    dirname-lgpl.c
+    dirname.c
+    dup-safer-flag.c
+    dup-safer.c
+    dup2.c
+    ebitset.c
+    error.c
+    execute.c
+    exitfail.c
+    fatal-signal.c
+    fclose.c
+    fcntl.c
+    fd-hook.c
+    fd-safer-flag.c
+    fd-safer.c
+    fflush.c
+    filenamecat-lgpl.c
+    filenamecat.c
+    float.c
+    fopen-safer.c
+    fpurge.c
+    freading.c
+    fstat.c
+    get-errno.c
+    getdtablesize.c
+    getopt.c
+    getopt1.c
+    gl_avltree_oset.c
+    gl_linkedhash_list.c
+    gl_list.c
+    gl_oset.c
+    gl_xlist.c
+    gl_xoset.c
+    hash.c
+    isnand.c
+    isnanf.c
+    isnanl.c
+    itold.c
+    lbitset.c
+    localcharset.c
+    lseek.c
+    lstat.c
+    malloc.c
+    malloca.c
+    mbrtowc.c
+    mbswidth.c
+    memchr2.c
+    mkstemp-safer.c
+    nl_langinfo.c
+    pipe-safer.c
+    pipe2-safer.c
+    printf-args.c
+    printf-frexp.c
+    printf-frexpl.c
+    printf-parse.c
+    progname.c
+    quotearg.c
+    raise.c
+    rawmemchr.c
+    readlink.c
+    realloc.c
+    regex.c
+    rename.c
+    rmdir.c
+    secure_getenv.c
+    sig-handler.c
+    signbitd.c
+    signbitf.c
+    signbitl.c
+    spawn-pipe.c
+    stat.c
+    stpcpy.c
+    strchrnul.c
+    strdup.c
+    stripslash.c
+    tempname.c
+    timevar.c
+    tmpdir.c
+    unistd.c
+    unsetenv.c
+    vasnprintf.c
+    vbitset.c
+    verror.c
+    version-etc-fsf.c
+    version-etc.c
+    wait-process.c
+    wctype-h.c
+    xalloc-die.c
+    xasprintf.c
+    xconcat-filename.c
+    xmalloc.c
+    xmalloca.c
+    xmemdup0.c
+    xprintf.c
+    xsize.c
+    xstrndup.c
+    xvasprintf.c
+)
+
+IF (NOT MUSL)
+    SRCS(
+        freadahead.c
+        fseterr.c
+        #        fseek.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (NOT OS_LINUX)
+    SRCS(
+        pipe2.c
+        strverscmp.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (NOT OS_WINDOWS)
+    SRCS(
+        stdio-write.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (OS_WINDOWS)
+    SRCS(
+        frexp.c
+        wcrtomb.c
+        perror.c
+        strstr.c
+        mkstemp.c
+        vasprintf.c
+        strsignal.c
+        mkdtemp.c
+        fseeko.c
+        fopen.c
+        ftello.c
+        gettimeofday.c
+        localeconv.c
+        msvc-inval.c
+        msvc-nothrow.c
+        open.c
+        sigaction.c
+        sigprocmask.c
+        snprintf.c
+        spawn_faction_addclose.c
+        spawn_faction_adddup2.c
+        spawn_faction_addopen.c
+        spawn_faction_destroy.c
+        spawn_faction_init.c
+        spawnattr_destroy.c
+        spawnattr_init.c
+        spawnattr_setflags.c
+        spawnattr_setsigmask.c
+        spawni.c
+        spawnp.c
+        strndup.c
+        waitpid.c
+        wcwidth.c
+        uniwidth/width.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (NOT OS_LINUX OR MUSL)
+    SRCS(
+        obstack.c
+        obstack_printf.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+IF (OS_CYGWIN OR OS_LINUX)
+    #not need it
+ELSE()
+    SRCS(
+        fpending.c
+    )
+ENDIF()
+
+END()
diff --git a/contrib/tools/m4/ya.make b/contrib/tools/m4/ya.make
index f4d1a04138..00546536a6 100644
--- a/contrib/tools/m4/ya.make
+++ b/contrib/tools/m4/ya.make
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ SRCS(
 )
 
 PEERDIR(
-    contrib/tools/bison/lib
+    contrib/tools/m4/lib
 )
 
 END()